Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 19, 2021.

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Olo Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7372   20-2971562

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

285 Fulton Street

One World Trade Center, 82nd Floor

New York, New York 10007

(212) 260-0895

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Noah Glass

Founder and Chief Executive Officer

Olo Inc.

285 Fulton Street

One World Trade Center, 82nd Floor

New York, New York 10007

(212) 260-0895

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Nicole Brookshire

Stephane Levy

Brandon Fenn

Cooley LLP

55 Hudson Yards

New York, NY 10001

(212) 479-6000

 

Nithya B. Das

Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Olo Inc.

285 Fulton Street

One World Trade Center, 82nd Floor

New York, NY 10007

(212) 260-0895

 

John J. Egan, III

Edwin M. O’Connor

Andrew R. Pusar

Goodwin Procter LLP

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

(212) 813-8800

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer     Accelerated filer     Non-accelerated filer     Smaller reporting company     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $100,000,000   $10,910

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase, if any.

(3)

Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant will file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement will thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement will become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated                 , 2021

            Shares

 

 

LOGO

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Olo Inc. We are offering                 shares of Class A common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be between $                 and $                 per share. We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “OLO.”

Following this offering, we will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting, conversion and transfer rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. All shares of our capital stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, including all shares held by our executive officers, directors and their respective affiliates, and all shares issuable on the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock, will be reclassified into shares of our Class B common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately         % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following this offering.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” and a smaller reporting company as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 to read about factors you should consider before buying our Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

          Per Share                 Total        

Initial public offering price

  $                         $                  

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Olo Inc.

  $     $    

 

(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                 shares of Class A common stock, or up to     % of the shares to be issued by us and offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, certain of our customers and partners, and the friends and family members of certain of our employees, directors, customers, and partners. See “Underwriting—Directed Share Program” for additional information.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional                 shares of Class A common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on                 , 2021.

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan   RBC Capital Markets

 

Piper Sandler   Stifel   Truist Securities   William Blair

 

 

Prospectus dated                , 2021.


Table of Contents

LOGO

Leading SaaS Platform for On-Demand Restaurant Commerce


Table of Contents

LOGO

OLO AT-A-GLANCE 2005 NYC FOUNDED HEADQUARTERS 64K 400 RESTAURANTS BRANDS 1.8M $14.6B ORDERS PER DAY 2020 GMV AS OF Q4 2020 (1) Gross Merchandise Value


Table of Contents

LOGO

ATTRACTIVE OPERATING MODEL 94% 120%+ Y/Y REVENUE GROWTH* NET REVENUE RETENTION** 81% 16% GROSS MARGIN* OPERATING MARGIN* AS OF 2020 SUSTAINED SINCE Q1 2018 ; See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for additional information on Net Revenue Retention


Table of Contents

LOGO

FUELED BY A $400B SHIFT TO DIGITAL ORDERING* 1 Billion 1B 750M 500M 250M 0M 2005 2010 2015 2020 OLO ORDER NUMBER CUMULATIVE OLO TRANSACTIONS * SOU R C E : EMA R K E T E R , PA C K A G E D FA C T S , I N C I S I V


Table of Contents

LOGO

OLO POWERS THE LEADING ENTERPRISE BRANDS FAST CASUAL CASUAL DINING FAMILY DINING COFFEE & SNACK QUICK SERVICE


Table of Contents

LOGO

THE OLO ON-DEMAND COMMERCE PLATFORM OPEN ECOSYSTEM WITH 100+ TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

    Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY.

    1  

RISK FACTORS

    23  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    61  

MARKET, INDUSTRY, AND OTHER DATA

    63  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    64  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    65  

CAPITALIZATION

    66  

DILUTION

    69  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    72  

LETTER FROM NOAH GLASS, FOUNDER AND CEO

    100  

BUSINESS

    103  

MANAGEMENT

    128  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    137  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    155  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    159  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    163  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    169  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

    172  

UNDERWRITING

    177  

LEGAL MATTERS

    183  

EXPERTS

    183  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    183  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  

 

 

Through and including                 , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we nor any of the underwriters take responsibility for, or can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since such date.

 

i


Table of Contents

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

We use in this prospectus our Olo logo, for which a U.S. trademark application has been filed. The Olo logo, “Olo” and our other registered and common law trade names, trademarks, and service marks are the property of Olo. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames, and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear (after the first usage) without the ® and symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trademarks and tradenames.

 

ii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Olo,” the “company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to Olo Inc.

Overview

Olo provides a leading cloud-based, on-demand commerce platform for multi-location restaurant brands.

Our platform powers restaurant brands’ on-demand commerce operations, enabling digital ordering and delivery, while further strengthening and enhancing the restaurants’ direct consumer relationships. Consumers today expect more on-demand convenience and personalization from restaurants, particularly through digital channels, but many restaurants lack the in-house infrastructure and expertise to satisfy this increasing demand in a cost-effective manner. Olo provides restaurants with a business-to-business-to-consumer, enterprise-grade, open SaaS platform to manage their complex digital businesses and enable fast and more personalized experiences for their customers. Our platform and application programming interfaces, or APIs, seamlessly integrate with a wide range of solutions, unifying disparate technologies across the restaurant ecosystem. Restaurant brands rely on Olo to increase their digital and in-store sales, maximize profitability, establish and maintain direct consumer relationships, and collect, protect, and leverage valuable consumer data. As a result, we nearly doubled the gross merchandise value, or GMV, which we define as the gross value of orders processed through our platform, in each of the last five years and reached nearly $14.6 billion in GMV during the year ended December 31, 2020. Our well-established platform has led many of the major publicly traded and top 50 fastest growing private restaurant brands, measured by overall sales, in the United States to work with us and has been a factor in our high gross brand retention rate. Further, industry-recognized outlets, including Restaurant Business Online, QSR Magazine, and AP News, have also deemed Olo the leading food ordering platform for the restaurant industry.

The $1.6 trillion food industry is one of the largest consumer markets in the United States. According to the National Restaurant Association, restaurants accounted for $863 billion of that spend in 2019, surpassing grocery in aggregate consumer spending, before dropping to $659 billion in 2020 as a result of COVID-19. However, consumer spending on restaurants is expected to rebound to $1.1 trillion by 2024 according to analysis by The Freedonia Group. Growing consumer demand for convenience has made off-premise consumption, which includes take-out, drive-thru, and delivery orders, the single largest contributor to restaurant industry growth. Even before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, off-premise consumption accounted for 60% of restaurant orders in 2020, and was expected to contribute 70% to 80% of total restaurant industry growth in the next five years, according to the National Restaurant Association. Meanwhile, delivery continues to grow as a percentage of sales. The average portion of total sales from third-party delivery in the 12 months ending August 2019 was 6.5%. Even prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, that was expected to increase to 10% in 2020. As consumers have become accustomed to the immediate convenience of on-demand commerce, they are demanding the same digital experience from restaurants, placing significant pressure on restaurants to deploy solutions. This demand has only accelerated since the onset of COVID-19, as on-demand commerce has become a necessity for the majority of restaurants.



 

1


Table of Contents

Restaurants are an incredibly complex segment of the retail industry, making their shift to on-demand commerce especially challenging. The four walls of the restaurant uniquely serve as both the factory and showroom floor: restaurant operators must manage the intricacies of food production and customer service simultaneously while providing the high-quality, consistency, and hospitality that engenders consumer loyalty and trust. Furthermore, restaurants serve food that is perishable, has near infinite configurations, and must be made to order for just-in-time consumption under strict regulatory standards for health and safety. Most restaurant brands, which we define as a specific restaurant brand or restaurant chain, do not have the expertise or the resources to develop their own solutions to manage on-demand commerce and are more acutely challenged because their in-store technology is comprised of a fragmented set of legacy solutions, many of which were developed before the internet. At the same time, delivery service providers, or DSPs, and ordering aggregators have catalyzed digital demand, but pose new challenges for restaurant brands through lower long-term profitability, increased complexity, disintermediation of the restaurant’s direct relationship with the consumer and, increasingly, directly competitive food offerings. Additionally, restaurants face increasing economic pressure with an intensely competitive landscape, which has only been exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. Due to its unique complexities and challenges, the restaurant industry has historically been one of the lowest penetrated on-demand commerce segments of the retail industry, with digital sales accounting for less than 10% of sales, according to a report published by Cowen Equity Research in 2019.

Our open SaaS platform is purpose-built to meet these complex needs and align with the interests of the restaurant industry. For over 10 years, we have developed our platform in collaboration with many of the leading restaurant brands in the United States. We believe our platform is the only independent open SaaS platform for restaurants to provide seamless digital ordering and efficient delivery enablement, offering centralized management of a restaurant’s entire digital business. Our platform includes the following core modules:

 

   

Ordering. A fully-integrated, white-label, on-demand commerce solution, enabling consumers to order directly from and pay restaurants via mobile, web, kiosk, voice, and other digital channels.

 

   

Dispatch. A fulfillment solution, enabling restaurants to offer, manage and expand direct delivery while optimizing price, timing, and service quality.

 

   

Rails. An aggregator and channel management solution, allowing restaurants to control and syndicate menu, pricing, location data, and availability, while directly integrating and optimizing orders from third-parties into the restaurants’ point-of-sale, or POS, systems.

Leading restaurant brands trust Olo’s enterprise-grade platform for its capabilities, reliability, security, scalability, and interoperability. Our platform currently handles, on average, nearly 2 million orders per day. We continually invest in architectural improvements so our system can scale in tandem with our continued growth. Additionally, both internal and external security experts frequently test our system for vulnerabilities. We have never experienced a material breach of customer or consumer data. Our open SaaS platform integrates with over 100 restaurant technology solutions including POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, user experience, or UX, and user interface, or UI, providers, and loyalty programs, giving our customers significant control over the configuration and features of their distinct digital offering.

We are the exclusive direct digital ordering provider for our leading brands across all service models of the restaurant industry, including quick service, fast casual, casual, family, and snack food. Our customers include major publicly traded and the fastest growing private restaurant brands such as Chili’s, Wingstop, Shake Shack, Five Guys, and sweetgreen. As of December 31, 2020, we had



 

2


Table of Contents

approximately 400 brand customers representing over 64,000 active locations using our platform. We consider each specific restaurant brand to be a customer, even if owned by a parent organization that owns multiple restaurant brands, and define an active location as a specific restaurant location that has deployed one or more of our modules. Our average initial contract length is generally three years with continuous one-year automatic renewal periods, providing visibility into our future financial performance. Our enterprise brands, meaning those brands having 50 or more locations, are also highly loyal. Over the last five years, on average nearly 99% of our enterprise brand customers, which accounted for 91% of our total active locations as of December 31, 2020, have continued using our Ordering module each year. Our customers’ digital same-store sales has increased, on average, by 44% for the month ended December 31, 2019 when compared to the month ended December 31, 2018. This trend has further accelerated over the past year, with digital same-store sales up 156% for the month ended December 31, 2020 when compared to the month ended December 31, 2019.

We have a highly efficient go-to-market model as a result of our industry thought leadership, partnership approach with our restaurant customers, and experienced enterprise sales, customer success, and deployment teams. Unlike other enterprise software businesses, where the sales team works to add a single location or division and expand to others, we enter into relationships at the brand’s corporate level and secure exclusivity across all company-owned and franchise locations. This enables us to deploy our modules across all new and existing brand locations without any additional sales and marketing costs, and upsell new offerings to the brand itself, rather than each individual location. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, 44% and 71% of our customers used all three of our modules, respectively.

We refer to our business model as a transactional SaaS model as it includes both subscription and transaction-based revenue streams, and we designed it to align with our customers’ success. Our model allows our customers to forego the cost of building, maintaining, and securing their own digital ordering and delivery platforms and to retain direct relationships with their consumers while maximizing profitability. Our hybrid-pricing model provides us with a predictable revenue stream and enables us to further grow our revenue as our customers increase their digital order volume. We generate subscription revenue from our Ordering module and transaction revenue from our Rails and Dispatch modules. We charge our customers a fixed monthly subscription fee per restaurant location for access to our Ordering module. In addition, a growing portion of our customers purchase an allotment of monthly orders for a fixed monthly fee and pay us an additional fee for each excess order, which we also consider to be subscription revenue. Our transaction revenue includes revenue generated from our Rails and Dispatch modules. Customers who subscribe to our Rails and Dispatch modules pay a fee on a per transaction basis. In most cases, we also charge aggregators, channel partners, and other service providers in our ecosystem on a per transaction basis for access to our Rails and Dispatch modules. We also derive transactional revenue from other products, including Network, which allows brands to take orders from non-marketplace digital channels (e.g., Google Food Ordering, which enables restaurants to fulfill orders directly through Google search results and Maps pages). These products generate fees predominantly through revenue sharing agreements with partners. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, 93.2%, 80.8%, and 56.7% of our platform revenue was subscription revenue, respectively, and 6.8%, 19.2%, and 43.3% was transaction revenue, respectively.

Our business has experienced rapid growth in a highly capital efficient manner. Since inception 15 years ago, we have raised less than $100.0 million of primary investment capital, net of share repurchases, and as of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $75.8 million with no outstanding debt. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, we generated revenue of $31.8 million, $50.7 million, and $98.4 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 59.4% and 94.2%.



 

3


Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, we generated gross profit of $21.0 million, $35.1 million, and $79.8 million, respectively, or 66.0%, 69.3%, and 81.0% as a percentage of revenue, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred net losses of $11.6 million and $8.3 million, respectively, and during the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated net income of $3.1 million. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred operating losses of $8.8 million and $5.1 million, respectively and during the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated operating income of $16.1 million. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred non-GAAP operating losses of $4.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and during the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated non-GAAP operating income of $21.8 million. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information on our non-GAAP metrics.

COVID-19 Update

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic, impacting communities in the United States and across the world. Responses to the outbreak continue to develop, as consequences have affected communities and economies across the world. State mandated lockdowns have adversely impacted many restaurants, as public health regulations transformed or even halted daily operations. In order to stay in business, restaurants were forced to more aggressively adopt digital solutions to provide on-demand services, off-premise dining and delivery solutions for consumers, if they were not already. In just the first few weeks of the COVID-19 shutdowns in the United States, 59% of restaurant operators added new curbside pickup offerings and 20% added new online ordering or pre-pay functionalities as a direct response to the coronavirus pandemic, according to a survey by eMarketer. Consumers were receptive to these changes, with 30% of them affirming that they had begun using restaurant delivery and 50% affirming they had begun take out services, mostly due to COVID-19, according to a report by Packaged Facts.

Although we are optimistic that the emphasis on on-demand commerce in the food services industry will be an enduring trend, we do not have certainty on the long-term impact these developments will have on the industry. The degree of the pandemic’s effect on our restaurant partners across the food services industry will depend on many factors, particularly on government regulations and their impact on the financial viability of restaurant operations as well as the duration of the pandemic. We will continue to monitor these developments and their implications on our business. The COVID-19 pandemic could materially adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In the absence of updated industry sources giving effect to the market shifts precipitated by COVID-19, we have included in this prospectus select market research that was published prior to the COVID-19 outbreak and without considerations for its potential effects. Refer to “Risk Factors” in this prospectus for additional information regarding the impact of COVID-19 on our business.

 

   

Impact on Our Operations:

During the month of March 2020, in accordance with local, state, and national regulations, we closed our offices in New York, and transitioned our employees to work-from-home and efficiently adapted our operations to a remote working environment. In addition, we were able to operate without terminating or furloughing our employees. As the pandemic continued, we grew our employee base to scale the business in order to meet the increased customer demands we were facing.

We continue to monitor updates and consider regulatory guidance for reopening office locations. We believe that we are well equipped to support full or partial remote work without disruption to our business.



 

4


Table of Contents
   

Impact on Our Customers:

As many restaurants faced on-premise dining restrictions, our customers needed to transition and adapt their businesses quickly. In a recent survey of Olo customers, approximately 70% of respondents offered more off-premise delivery and pick-up options in response to COVID-19. We focused on optimizing the deployment process for our new customers and offered adaptive solutions to help them navigate through this challenging business environment. We reprioritized our strategic roadmap to address the most important solutions for our customers, including enhancements to our curbside pick-up functionality. As curbside pick-up became an even more integral component of restaurant transactions, we further enabled our platform capabilities so restaurants could more efficiently manage these orders, adding quick response, or QR, code functionality, kiosk ordering solutions, and additional ecosystem partners. We engaged with our customers to collaborate on implementing the most relevant short- and long-term solutions. In addition to helping our customer brands react to COVID-19, we recognized the importance of supporting the restaurant industry and front-line workers directly and made donations to the Restaurant Employee Relief Fund.

 

   

Impact on Our Financials:

Our revenue for the quarters ended March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2020 increased by 55.2%, 100.2%, 94.2%, and 117.6%, respectively, compared to 2019. While many restaurants have been struggling during this period, we have been uniquely positioned to expand our footprint and help support the restaurant industry when it was most in need. While we expect on-premise dining to return over time, we believe that off-premise offerings will continue to be an essential part of a restaurant’s operations.

Industry Background

There are a number of important industry trends driving our market opportunity.

 

   

Restaurants are facing complex challenges and are under significant economic pressure. The restaurant landscape has become increasingly dynamic, with competition coming from existing restaurant brands, new restaurant brands, aggregators and ghost kitchens, that frequently have sophisticated digital, marketing, ordering, and distribution strategies. As a result, it is difficult for some restaurants to attract and retain loyal consumers. Moreover, restaurant brands are increasingly having to share their revenue with aggregators. These challenges have only been exacerbated by COVID-19 as many governments imposed restrictions to on-premise dining, resulting in significant financial losses and many closures. All restaurant operators have had to adapt to these new, complex challenges or risk losing their business. There is now a real urgency for restaurants to adopt cost-effective digital solutions in order to support their businesses and drive margin expansion and incremental sales over the longer term.

 

   

The restaurant industry is massive and enterprises are rapidly expanding market share. The nearly $700 billion restaurant industry is undergoing a dynamic transformation, being forced to adapt to the new market environment created by COVID-19. According to the National Restaurant Association, the restaurant industry’s share of the dollars spent on food increased from 25% in 1955 to 51% in 2019, representing the first time in history that restaurants have surpassed grocery in aggregate sales. While restaurants have lost some traction against grocery due to COVID-19, we expect the increase in restaurant spend when compared to grocery to continue over the long-term, and according to analysis by The Freedonia Group, consumer spending on restaurants is expected to increase to $1.1 trillion by 2024. Enterprise restaurant brands in particular are rapidly increasing their share



 

5


Table of Contents
 

of the market as they are able to leverage their scale to more effectively deploy on-demand commerce solutions than many small and medium business, or SMB, restaurants. We expect consumers will continue to demand digital solutions from restaurants that offer more convenience and personalization, helping to drive sales and expand the industry.

 

   

Consumer behavior is shifting towards on-demand commerce convenience. In today’s on-demand economy, and even more so during the COVID-19 pandemic, consumers expect goods and services to be easily ordered through digital means. According to a 2019 Salesforce.com, Inc. publication, 66% of all consumers cite instant and on-demand fulfillment of purchases as important and approximately 50% say that they will switch brands if a company does not proactively anticipate their needs. The COVID-19 pandemic has only accelerated this long-term shift in consumer demand for adaptive on-demand commerce platforms. We believe these trends will continue to accelerate in the restaurant industry in particular as advances in technology allow restaurants to further reduce friction in digital ordering and fulfillment to further satisfy consumers’ new engagement preferences.

 

   

Off-premise dining is the main engine of restaurant growth, with pickup continuing to lead. Off-premise dining has continued to grow rapidly, accounting for 63% of U.S. restaurant transactions in 2019. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, off-premise dining had been expected to contribute 70% to 80% of total restaurant industry growth in the next five years according to the National Restaurant Association. Since then, off-premise offerings have become an even more critical part of a restaurant’s business and long-term growth. While off-premise consumption is growing rapidly, only approximately 3% of total restaurant orders were fulfilled through delivery in 2018, and 39% and 21% were attributed to take-out and drive-thru, respectively. Restaurants operators have known the importance of off-premise offerings, with 78% of operators identifying off-premise solutions as a strategic priority, according to the State of the Industry Report published by the National Restaurant Association in 2019. COVID-19 has accelerated this shift with at least 27% of restaurant operators reporting having added new off-premise delivery options since the pandemic began, according to a survey by the National Restaurant Association. While consumers currently appear less apprehensive to visit restaurants and dine-in than they did at the beginning of the pandemic, usage of delivery and carry-out options remains higher than pre-COVID-19 levels. According to a recent survey by the National Restaurant Association, approximately 70% of restaurant operators across service categories plan to keep the changes they made to their restaurant after COVID-19 has subsided.

 

   

Digital restaurant ordering is experiencing rapid growth in a shifting landscape. Both direct and indirect digital ordering channels are powering this expansion. Aggregators created consumer applications to meet the growing demand for convenient restaurant food, helping expand off-premise dining. In addition, major consumer facing platforms are embedding food ordering into products such as maps and search results, making it even more convenient for consumers to place orders from their favorite restaurant brands. Furthermore, COVID-19 tailwinds have accelerated this expansion, forcing restaurants to develop direct digital ordering operations or leverage indirect channels to meet customers’ digital demands through this unpredictable period. These channels are expected to drive the expansion of the U.S. online food delivery market, a subset of the restaurant digital ordering market, from $356 billion in 2019 to $470 billion by 2025, according to industry research.

 

   

Restaurant brands must evolve to own digital relationships with their consumers. Like any other retailer, understanding and owning the consumer relationship is vital to restaurants



 

6


Table of Contents
 

as it allows them to better analyze interactions, customize offerings, and maximize the long-term value of their consumers. However, restaurants risk losing direct consumer relationships if they are heavily reliant on aggregators, which generally do not provide visibility into who is ordering or enable a restaurant to articulate its unique brand value. According to a recent survey by the National Restaurant Association, 64% of adults prefer to order directly through the restaurant for delivery, compared to only 18% who prefer to order through a third-party service for delivery. In fact, over 70% of Olo customers in a recent survey indicated that their primary reason to own their own branded digital storefront was to own a direct relationship with their guests. The majority of respondents have 50% or less of their online orders coming through an aggregator compared to their own channel, and they expect their mix of aggregator order volumes to decrease in the future relative to their own channel. Additionally, aggregators typically limit a restaurant’s ability to collect and use data about consumers and orders transacted through the aggregator. Consumers also value this direct and personal connectivity with restaurant brands, and we believe consumers would rather interact directly with a brand than through an intermediary.

 

   

On-demand commerce has substantial opportunity to expand penetration in the restaurant industry. The nearly $700 billion restaurant market in the United States continues to be one of the most underpenetrated in terms of on-demand commerce at less than 10% of industry sales, according to research published by Cowen Equity Research, as well as U.S. government data. In comparison, sectors such as books and electronics have digital penetration well over 50%. Restaurants are uniquely positioned to benefit from consumers’ demand for digital convenience, but are limited by significant complexities in the restaurant ecosystem, which have slowed penetration to-date.

Complexities of the Current Ecosystem

  The key complexities that hinder restaurants’ digital transformation progress include:

POS and Technology Integration

 

   

Inconsistent technologies within and across brand locations. Restaurant brands historically have not standardized the type of technology platforms that must be deployed across their locations. For example, in our survey, 70% of respondents indicated they use two to four different technology providers to collect orders across various channels. This has led to significant differences in the types of technology that restaurants use across a brand and even within a given restaurant location.

 

   

Multiple platforms within a restaurant. Many brands have multiple POS systems, payment processors, and now tablets to manage incoming orders across various aggregators. In addition, many of these technologies have become deeply entrenched into their operations, making them difficult to replace with more modern solutions. These platforms cannot act quickly and harmoniously to meet the changing needs of restaurants, particularly during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Disparate integrations across the ecosystem. Many restaurants have adopted narrow point solutions that do not integrate seamlessly with other systems, such as POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, UI and UX providers, and loyalty programs. Restaurant location operators often lack the technical expertise and resources necessary to integrate both legacy and modern technologies.



 

7


Table of Contents
   

Static, legacy software infrastructure. Legacy restaurant systems were not built for modern, cloud-based environments. As a result, many lack the reliability, scalability, and security capabilities that today’s SaaS solutions offer, leaving restaurants and their consumer data vulnerable. Furthermore, brands are unable to access their consumer data, as it resides in different systems and databases that cannot communicate with each other.

Food and Menu Management

 

   

Numerous, highly modifiable menu items. Restaurant menus are inherently complex, highly configurable, and frequently updated for changing consumer preferences, out-of-stock ingredients, or product recalls. In addition, restaurants must ensure menus and pricing are always accurately reflected across their various channels to ensure consumers have the latest information and receive the exact food they order, particularly as food allergies, dietary preferences, and other health issues become more prevalent. This has made it challenging for restaurant brands, who are increasingly expected to offer intuitive digital menus where consumers can add, subtract, or modify a wide variety of ingredients or menu items, creating a nearly infinite number of order permutations.

Order Channels

 

   

Multiple ordering channels. Today’s restaurants need to seamlessly manage on-premise and off-premise operations to ensure they provide the optimal experience to all of their consumers. In-store orders are only one part of the overall operation, as restaurants receive off-premise orders from several different direct and indirect channels, which often require multiple POS systems and tablets at a single location. Food orders can be placed directly through restaurants’ mobile applications or over the phone and indirectly from aggregators at the same time. Many restaurants are not equipped to balance this on-premise and off-premise dynamic, let alone the direct and indirect channels of ordering.

 

   

Shifting from serial to parallel processing. Restaurants are accustomed to serial order processing, which means that they receive an order from an on-premise consumer and fulfill it accordingly. With the rise of off-premise dining and multiple direct and indirect channels for ordering, restaurants increasingly receive multiple orders simultaneously. Legacy restaurant technology is not properly equipped to centralize and track these orders or help restaurants prioritize orders to ensure high quality fulfillment or to provide accurate estimates of when the food will be ready. Restaurants require modernization to better accommodate parallel processing and streamline their operations.

Operations and Logistics

 

   

Complex, on-demand logistics management. A report published by Cowen Equity Research in 2019 projects that the majority of restaurant growth will come from expanded off-premises dining, which we expect will continue to place significant operational burdens on restaurants. Restaurant staff must prepare food at exactly the right time to ensure optimal quality. Restaurants must adapt locations to better accommodate take-out orders and manage multiple DSPs to ensure consumers get their food reliably at a cost-effective price. The COVID-19 pandemic has only exacerbated these complexities, as restaurants have had to adapt their operations to accommodate the massive increase in delivery and take-out orders, in particular.



 

8


Table of Contents

Building a Digital Brand and Owning the Consumer Relationship

 

   

Navigating the shift to digital branding. Many restaurants have spent decades building brand equity with their consumers and securing their loyalty. Meanwhile, consumers themselves are seeking direct engagement with brands through digital channels. However, restaurants lack the tools they need to interact and engage with their consumers across digital channels and to foster those direct relationships.

 

   

Competition for the direct consumer relationship. As aggregators have scaled, they have often disintermediated restaurants’ direct consumer relationships. Each consumer is more valuable to an aggregator than any individual restaurant brand and, therefore, aggregators can afford to spend more than a particular restaurant brand to acquire a consumer. These aggregators are digitally savvy, have more capabilities in search engine marketing and optimization, and are specialists at leveraging data to acquire consumers and extract much higher customer lifetime value relative to the cost of acquiring a consumer. Many restaurants do not have the digital aptitude to stay competitive, and are at risk of losing direct contact with their consumers.

 

   

Inability to access and leverage consumer data. Establishing direct digital relationships enables restaurants to collect data and learn from consumer interactions, evolve their offerings, and drive increased consumer loyalty. However, restaurants’ legacy technologies generally do not have the capabilities to collect, organize, and analyze these consumer data sets. There are also no major customer relationship management solutions built exclusively for the restaurant industry at scale. As a result, restaurants are forced to collect and integrate data from disparate systems, making it almost impossible to draw impactful, data-driven insights.

Our Platform

We provide the leading on-demand commerce platform designed for multi-location restaurant brands. Our customers use our software to create unique direct-to-consumer digital ordering experiences, manage orders across channels, and enable delivery across their restaurant locations. We have an open SaaS platform that seamlessly integrates with technology solutions throughout the restaurant ecosystem, including most POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, UI and UX providers, and loyalty programs. We provide restaurants with a centralized system to manage their digital business and ensure consumers receive better, faster, and more personalized service while increasing restaurant order volume and improving yield at lower cost.

We engineered our platform to handle the most complex issues for the leading restaurant brands, but with the simplicity and ease-of-use required within an individual restaurant. We developed our infrastructure with application programming interfaces, or APIs, which facilitate interactions across and integrate with multiple software programs and components of the restaurant ecosystem. We enable more streamlined data collection and facilitate analytical decision-making, so restaurants can better understand and adapt to unique consumer preferences. We are constantly innovating and enhancing our platform, with our continuously deployed, multi-tenant architecture ensuring all restaurant locations are always using the latest technology.



 

9


Table of Contents

Our platform includes the following core modules:

Ordering

 

   

Secure, white-label, direct-to-consumer, front-end solution enables consumers to directly order from and pay restaurants via mobile, web, kiosk, car, voice, and other digital channels.

 

   

Integrates with our customers’ back-end systems and provides a scalable digital ordering infrastructure behind custom front-end applications.

Dispatch

 

   

Enables restaurants to offer and expand delivery for orders generated via their own websites and applications.

 

   

Manages each restaurant’s delivery options and selects DSPs, including in-house couriers, based on optimal price, timing, availability, and other attributes.

Rails

 

   

Centralizes and manages location specific menu, pricing, and availability, enabling automatic updates across multiple ordering channels.

 

   

Integrates orders from aggregators into a restaurant’s POS systems.

Our Position in the Restaurant Industry

Restaurants rely on our enterprise-grade open SaaS platform to power their critically important digital ordering and fulfillment offerings. Our focus on developing solutions has aligned with restaurant brands’ interests, and our history of deploying our platform to approximately 400 restaurant brands through exclusive direct digital ordering relationships has allowed us to build what we believe is one of the largest technology ecosystems in the restaurant industry. We integrate with over 100 technology partners and believe that this positions us to be the only party able to unify and enhance the utility of disparate technologies across the industry, including POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, UI and UX providers, and loyalty programs.

We believe that our approach to building this two-sided network, comprised of restaurants and technology partners, has given us a valuable position that is deeply embedded within the restaurant industry. We intend to expand our influence and position as we onboard new customer brands, integrate with additional modern or legacy software systems and technology providers, improve our platform’s functionality, develop new modules, continue to provide industry-leading security, and as our restaurant customers increasingly process orders through digital channels.

Key Benefits of Our Platform

Restaurants use our intuitive ordering, delivery, and aggregator enablement platform to streamline restaurant operations and provide a superior consumer experience. Our platform enables restaurants to overcome the complexities of building and growing a digital business, own the overall consumer relationship, and scale, secure, and centralize their on-demand commerce operations with our enterprise-grade technology. The key benefits of our platform include:



 

10


Table of Contents

Overcome the Complexities of Restaurant On-Demand Commerce Operations

 

   

Utilize Olo as a centralized source of data. Our restaurant brand customers, many of whom leverage multiple technology providers across locations, can manage menus, including menu-item availability, and day-to-day operations with permission-based administration tools and reporting, utilizing Olo as a centralized source of data.

 

   

Extensible, modular platform. We have an open SaaS platform that integrates with over 100 restaurant technology solutions across the restaurant ecosystem. These integrations allow us to streamline order processing and fulfillment, and keep information in sync with a variety of POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, UX and UI providers, and loyalty programs. Our platform’s extensibility ensures restaurants are able to quickly adapt and address problems they face as the landscape rapidly evolves.

 

   

Manage demand across platforms to optimize yield. Our Rails module consolidates demand across aggregators, allowing our customers to generate more orders through an intuitive, coordinated system. Our customers are able to monitor and parallel process orders across the various channels and more easily and accurately prioritize and fulfill orders. We also help our restaurant brand customers optimize yield during peak periods by prioritizing different ordering channels as needed to ensure the highest priority items are fulfilled while maximizing profitability.

 

   

Enable and manage a restaurant’s delivery functions across providers. Our Dispatch module enables restaurants to automatically select the optimal delivery provider for an individual order based on dozens of attributes, such as delivery time, order size or value, cost of delivery, or service level, for each individual order at each individual location. Restaurant brands are able to fulfill orders just-in-time to allow for a better consumer experience at a competitive cost.

Enhance and Own the Consumer Experience

 

   

Own the consumer relationship. Our platform enables restaurants to provide individually branded and direct-to-consumer experiences across devices through our web and mobile front-end or via customized consumer experiences using our APIs and third-party UI and UX providers. This unique consumer experience extends beyond aesthetic and operative functionality to expanded order offerings like upsell, group ordering, and loyalty programs. With Olo, restaurants know their consumers better and can more effectively meet their needs while maximizing on-demand commerce results.

 

   

Leverage powerful data and analytics to guarantee the highest quality consumer experience. We enable our customers to collect a significant amount of data that they can use to generate valuable insights into their consumers’ ordering behaviors. Restaurant brands and their individual locations can leverage this data to better manage operations, provide consumers with a more personalized experience, and drive incremental sales.

Scalable and Secure Operations with Enterprise Grade Technology

 

   

Built for ensuring scalability and reliability. Our software infrastructure is cloud-hosted and highly flexible with the ability to handle large spikes in traffic and withstand many failure scenarios. Our high-availability, frequently deployed, multi-tenant architecture ensures that all of our customers are able to operate with the latest features and the



 

11


Table of Contents
 

newest innovations of the latest version of our platform. While our platform currently handles, on average, nearly 2 million orders per day, we continually invest in architectural improvements so our system can scale in tandem with our continued growth.

 

   

Enterprise-grade security and privacy. Our customers trust our platform with their most sensitive consumer and business data and many have run security assessments of our platform to verify that it has robust security capable of protecting their consumer data. We also employ in-house Blue and Red Security Teams that constantly monitor the platform, testing for and addressing vulnerabilities. Our technology also incorporates privacy-safe practices and tools as an integral and foundational part of our platform’s approach. Privacy best practices are proactively embedded into our systems and infrastructure.

 

   

Secure by design. Our software engineering practices consider, evaluate, and manage risk throughout the design, development, and deployment phases to provide best-in-class security across our platform. This includes risk and threat evaluation at the inception of all of our products and services, leveraging zero trust, least privilege, and role based access concepts, secure development training, avoiding common security anti-patterns, and extensive automated and manual security testing. Our security program also includes regular third-party examinations for security, including annual PCI-DSS Attestation of Compliance, or AoC, and SOC 1 and SOC 2 audits. The SOC 2 report demonstrates our compliance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ trust service principles criteria for security, availability, confidentiality, and processing integrity.

Our Market Opportunity

We believe our total addressable market opportunity is $7 billion based on our current product offerings and focus on enterprise restaurants primarily in the United States. To arrive at this figure, we determined the number of enterprise restaurant locations and number of orders that we could generate revenue from on a per location basis. According to a 2019 publication by the NPD Group, there are approximately 300,000 enterprise restaurant locations across the United States. We determined the number of orders per enterprise location, based on industry research, by dividing their total sales by the average order value in the United States. To determine our opportunity per location, we then multiplied the implied number of orders by the percentage of digital orders, and by our actual average fee per order, and then added our actual annual average subscription fee per location as of December 31, 2020 to get the estimated total annual average revenue per restaurant location. This figure was then multiplied by the number of enterprise locations to arrive at the U.S. estimate.

Driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, digital platforms are enabling many more restaurant transactions, including on-premise solutions such as table-top dining through the use of QR codes and kiosk ordering. While this is one of many potential opportunities, we believe that we can fulfill these transactions as we introduce new solutions to enable these services. By providing more products and services to our customers, we believe we can increase our fees per transaction, which could expand our total addressable market further to $15 billion.

As we provide more products and services and increase our efforts to pursue SMB restaurants, we believe our total addressable market will expand further. This is based on an increase the total number of SMB restaurants we serve, which would expand our market potential by an approximately 400,000 additional estimated restaurant locations. If successful, we believe this expansion would allow Olo to reach a total addressable market of $20 billion. We believe our opportunity outside of the United States is at least as large as our domestic opportunity implying a total global addressable market of $40 billion.



 

12


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategies

We aim to be the leading on-demand commerce platform for the restaurant industry. The principal components of our growth strategy are:

 

   

Add new large multi-location and high-growth restaurant brands and scale with them. We believe there is a substantial opportunity to continue to grow our customer base within the U.S. restaurant industry, adding to our approximately 400 existing brands across more than 64,000 active locations. We intend to continue to drive new customer growth by leveraging our brand and experience within the industry, and expanding our sales and marketing efforts. We have also historically pursued and will continue to target the most well-capitalized, fastest growing restaurant brands in the industry. As our restaurant brand customers open new locations, we are well-positioned to organically grow our revenue with little to no incremental sales and marketing costs to target additional locations.

 

   

Upsell existing customers additional modules. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, 44% and 71% of our customers used all three of our modules, respectively. We believe that we are well-positioned to upsell our remaining customers, as our modules provide significant value, are simple to add, operate seamlessly together, and improve restaurant brands’ on-demand commerce capabilities and consumer experience.

 

   

Enable higher transaction volume. We will continue to work with our existing restaurant customers to enable higher transaction volumes at their locations particularly through direct channels. As on-demand commerce grows to represent a larger share of total off-premise food consumption, we expect to significantly benefit from this secular trend through increased revenue. As we continue to expand our product offerings across both on and off-premise dining and improve our current software, we also believe there is an opportunity to increase our share of the transaction volume that flows through our platform both through direct channels and revenues from aggregators.

 

   

Develop and launch new product offerings. We intend to continue to invest in expanding the functionality of our current platform and broadening capabilities that address new opportunities, particularly around payments, on-premise dining, and data analytics. We plan to continue broadening our new product offerings for on-premise transactions, such as table top ordering, as the COVID-19 impacted restaurant landscape offers increased opportunity for technology integration even for on-premise dining. We believe this strategy will provide new avenues for growth and allow us to continue to deliver differentiated high-value outcomes to both our customers and stockholders.

 

   

Expand our ecosystem. We plan to expand our current ecosystem of developers, user experience designers, and other partners to better support our customers, attract new customers, and strengthen our competitive position. We believe that we can leverage our partnerships with POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, UX and UI providers, and loyalty programs to deliver additional value to our customers.

 

   

Grow our longer-term market opportunity. While we have not made any significant investments in this area to date, we believe there is an opportunity to partner with SMB brands to enable their on-demand commerce presence. Additionally, as many of our customers operate internationally, we believe there is a robust opportunity to expand their usage of our platform outside of the United States. We also believe that our platform can be applied to other verticals beyond the restaurant industry that are undergoing similar digital transformations. For example, we currently work with a number of grocery chains and convenience stores who use our software to help their consumers order ready-to-eat meals, and we may expand our efforts in these or other verticals in the future.



 

13


Table of Contents

Risk Factors Summary

Investing in our Class A common stock involves substantial risks. The risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary may cause us to not realize the full potential of our key benefits or to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the more significant risks include the following:

 

   

Our rapid growth may not be sustainable and depends on our ability to attract new customers, retain revenue from existing customers, and increase sales to both new and existing customers.

 

   

The COVID-19 pandemic could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

   

Our limited operating history with our new modules in a new and developing market makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects, and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

 

   

Our business could be harmed if we fail to manage our growth effectively.

 

   

We have a history of losses and we may be unable to sustain profitability.

 

   

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable investment of time and expense. If our sales cycle lengthens or we invest substantial resources pursuing unsuccessful sales opportunities, our operating results and growth would be harmed.

 

   

We expect fluctuations in our financial results, making it difficult to project future results, and if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors with respect to our results of operations, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline.

 

   

Our business depends on customers increasing their use of our platform, and any loss of customers or decline in their use of our platform could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

   

If we fail to continue to improve and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security, or scalability of our platform in a manner that responds to our customers’ evolving needs, our business may be adversely affected.

 

   

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties and our ability to integrate with third-party applications and software.

 

   

Our Dispatch module currently relies on a limited number of DSPs.

 

   

Our Rails module currently relies on a limited number of aggregators.

 

   

We currently generate significant revenue from our largest restaurant customers, and the loss or decline in revenue from any of these customers could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.



 

14


Table of Contents
   

Security breaches, denial of service attacks, or other hacking and phishing attacks on our systems or the systems with which our platform integrates could harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability and adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

   

Our business is highly competitive. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

 

   

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, our success and our business and competitive position may be harmed.

 

   

Our future success depends in part on our ability to drive the adoption of our platform by international and SMB customers, and to expand into new, on-demand commerce verticals.

 

   

We may be subject to claims by third parties of intellectual property infringement.

 

   

We identified a material weakness in our internal control over our financial reporting process. If we are unable to remediate this material weakness, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations.

 

   

The dual-class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with our existing stockholders, executive officers, directors, and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions and to influence corporate governance matters, such as electing directors, and to approve material mergers, acquisitions, or other business combination transactions that may not be aligned with your interests.

Our Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in June 2005. In January 2020, we changed our name from Mobo Systems, Inc. to Olo Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 285 Fulton Street, One World Trade Center, 82nd Floor, New York, New York 10007, and our telephone number is (212) 260-0895. Our website address is www.olo.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding to purchase our Class A common stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until we are no longer an emerging growth company, whichever is earlier. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act.



 

15


Table of Contents

Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year in which the market value of our equity securities, which includes Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of such fiscal year.

We are also a smaller reporting company as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as (i) the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company, we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and, similar to emerging growth companies, if we are a smaller reporting company with less than $100 million in annual revenue, we would not be required to obtain an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm.



 

16


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

                 shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock offered by us

                 shares

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

                 shares (                shares if the option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

                 shares

 

Total Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                 shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock that we are offering will be approximately $        million (or approximately $        million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, to create a public market for our Class A common stock, and to facilitate our future access to the capital markets. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds we receive from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to acquire complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments to enter into any acquisitions at this time.

 

  See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.


 

17


Table of Contents

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                      shares of Class A common stock, or         % of the shares offered by this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price, to our directors, certain of our customers and partners, and the friends and family members of certain of our employees, directors, customers, and partners. Shares purchased through the directed share program will not be subject to a lock-up restriction, except in the case of shares purchased by any of our directors or officers and certain of our employees and existing equity holders. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public as the same basis as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program” for additional information.

 

Voting rights

We will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share and Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect in connection with the closing of this offering. Once this offering is completed, based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, the holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will own approximately     % of our outstanding shares and control approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding shares, and our executive officers, directors, and stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding shares, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding shares and control approximately    % of the voting power of our outstanding shares. The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

 

Risk factors

You should carefully read the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of facts that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Proposed NYSE trading symbol

“OLO”


 

18


Table of Contents

The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 7,210,075 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

482,079 shares and 1,821,535 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2020 under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2005 Plan, and our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2015 Plan, respectively, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.69 per share and $40.75 per share, respectively;

 

   

386,940 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options issued after December 31, 2020 pursuant to our 2015 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $165.32 per share;

 

   

8,920 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase preferred stock, which will become a warrant to purchase shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering, at an exercise price of $2.80 per share;

 

   

96,853 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock appreciation rights issued pursuant to our 2015 Plan which will become vested upon the completion of this offering;

 

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases, in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, and any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under our 2005 Plan or our 2015 Plan that expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans”;

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases, in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP; and

 

   

                 shares of our Class A common stock that we plan to donate to a donor-advised fund after the completion of this offering, as more fully described in “Business—Social Responsibility and Community Initiatives.”

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

a                for                 stock split of our Class B common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 into an aggregate of 5,794,996 shares of Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;



 

19


Table of Contents
   

the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the exercise of warrants to purchase 90,071 shares of preferred stock;

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in this offering; and

 

   

no exercise of the outstanding stock options or warrants to purchase 8,920 shares of preferred stock described above.



 

20


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The summary statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, December 31, 2019, and December 31, 2020 and the summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the financial data set forth below in conjunction with our financial statements and the accompanying notes and the information in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any period in the future.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

      

Platform

   $ 28,319     $ 45,121     $ 92,764  

Professional services and other

     3,480       5,570       5,660  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     31,799       50,691       98,424  

Cost of revenues:

      

Platform(1)

     8,722       11,920       14,334  

Professional services and other(1)

     2,095       3,666       4,334  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     10,817       15,586       18,668  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     20,982       35,105       79,756  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development(1)

     17,123       21,687       32,907  

General and administrative(1)

     8,341       12,157       22,209  

Sales and marketing(1)

     4,299       6,351       8,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,763       40,195       63,661  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (8,781     (5,090     16,095  

Other income (expenses):

      

Interest expense

     (173     (219     (157

Other income, net

     100       36       28  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (2,681     (2,959     (12,714
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

     (2,754     (3,142     (12,843
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (11,535     (8,232     3,252  

Provision for income taxes

     17       26       189  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (11,552     $(8,258)       $3,063  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption

     (136     (136     (70

Undeclared 8% non-cumulative dividend on participating securities

     —         —         (2,993
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11,688   $ (8,394   $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

   $ (16.62     (8.18     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted(2)

     703,245       1,026,248       1,181,314  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

                                         $                
      

 

 

 


 

21


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      2020  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue—platform

   $         410      $         253    $         556  

Cost of revenue—professional services and other

     34        46      124  

Research and development

     1,409        814      1,497  

General and administrative

     1,928        3,493      2,827  

Sales and marketing

     415        220      376  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 4,196      $ 4,826    $ 5,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

See Note 13 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

     As of December 31, 2020  
     Actual      Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $             75,756      $                          $                      

Total assets

     134,424        

Working capital(4)

     53,242        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     111,737        

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     52,481        

 

(1)

The pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to (a) the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (b) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,230,827 shares of Class B common stock, (c) the reclassification of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital in connection with this offering with respect warrants to purchase 98,991 shares of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, 90,071 will be exercised in connection with this offering and 8,920 will remain outstanding and convert into warrants to purchase our Class B common stock, and (d) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to (a) the items described in footnote (1) above and (b) our receipt of estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $         million, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

(4)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.



 

22


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In such case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your original investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our rapid growth may not be sustainable and depends on our ability to attract new customers, retain revenue from existing customers, and increase sales to both new and existing customers.

We principally generate revenues through subscription revenue from our Ordering module, transaction fees associated with the use of our Rails and Dispatch modules, and professional service fees from the deployment and integration of our platform. While the number of customers using our platform, the number of modules that each customer uses, and the volume of transactions on our platform have grown rapidly in recent years, there can be no assurance that we will be able to retain these customers or acquire new customers, deploy additional modules to these customers, or that the volume of transactions on our platform will continue to increase. Our costs associated with subscription renewals and additional module deployments are substantially lower than costs associated with generating revenue from new customers. Therefore, if we are unable to retain or increase revenue from existing customers, even if such losses are offset by an increase in new customers or an increase in other revenues, our operating results could be adversely impacted.

We may also fail to attract new customers, increase the volume of transactions on our platform, retain or increase revenue from existing customers, or increase sales of our modules to both new and existing customers as a result of a number of factors, including:

 

   

reductions in our current or potential customers’ spending levels;

 

   

reduction in the number of transactions using our Ordering, Rails, and Dispatch modules due to the abatement of the effects of COVID-19 or otherwise;

 

   

competitive factors affecting the software as a service, or SaaS, or restaurant brand software applications markets, including the introduction of competing platforms, discount pricing, and other strategies that may be implemented by our competitors;

 

   

our ability to execute on our growth strategy and operating plans;

 

   

a decline in our customers’ level of satisfaction with our platform and customers’ usage of our platform;

 

   

the difficulty and cost to switch to a competitor may not be significant for many of our customers;

 

   

changes in our relationships with third parties, including our delivery service provider, or DSP, ordering aggregator, or aggregator, customer loyalty, and payment processor partners;

 

   

failure to maintain compatibility with third party systems or failure to integrate with new systems;

 

   

the timeliness and success of new modules we may develop;

 

23


Table of Contents
   

concerns relating to actual or perceived security breaches;

 

   

the frequency and severity of any system outages; and

 

   

technological changes or problems.

Additionally, we anticipate that our revenue growth rate will decline over time to the extent that the number of customers using our platform increases and we achieve higher market penetration rates. Furthermore, to the extent our market penetration among larger potential customers increases, we may be required to target smaller customers to maintain our revenue growth rates, which could result in lower gross profits. As our growth rate declines, investors’ perception of our business may be adversely affected and the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result. To the extent our growth rate slows, our business performance will become increasingly dependent on our ability to retain revenue from existing customers and increase sales to existing customers.

The COVID-19 pandemic could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The COVID-19 pandemic, the measures attempting to contain and mitigate the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, including stay-at-home, business closures, indoor dining restrictions, and other restrictive orders, and the resulting changes in consumer behaviors, have disrupted the restaurant industry, our normal operations and impacted our employees, partners, and customers. We expect these disruptions and impacts to continue. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken a number of actions that have impacted and continue to impact our business, including transitioning employees across our offices (including our corporate headquarters) to remote work-from-home arrangements, potentially cancelling business development events, and imposing travel and related restrictions. Given the continued spread of COVID-19 and the resultant personal, economic, and governmental reactions, we may have to take additional actions in the future that could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We continue to monitor the situation and may adjust our current policies as more information and guidance become available. Once our employees are able to return to our office space, we may experience decreased workforce productivity and disruptions if employees return on a staggered basis. Suspending travel and doing business remotely on a long-term basis could negatively impact our marketing efforts, our ability to enter into customer contracts in a timely manner, our international expansion efforts, and our ability to recruit employees across the organization. These changes could negatively impact our sales and marketing in particular, which could create operational or other challenges as our workforce remains predominantly remote. In addition, our management team has spent, and will likely continue to spend, significant time, attention, and resources monitoring the COVID-19 pandemic and associated global economic uncertainty and seeking to manage its effects on our business and workforce.

With the onset of COVID-19, we began to see an increase in transaction volumes as consumers turned to online ordering as compared to in-person dining. This shift began at end of the first quarter of 2020 and continued through the balance of 2020. We also experienced an increase in our penetration of our Rails and Dispatch modules, as evidenced by an increase from 44% in 2019 to 71% in 2020 of our customers using all three of our modules. The combination of increased transaction volumes and increased multi-module adoption resulted in an increase in transaction revenue as a percentage of platform revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, 93.2%, 80.8%, and 56.7% of our platform revenue was subscription revenue, respectively, and 6.8%, 19.2%, and 43.3% was transaction revenue, respectively. While we have benefited from the acceleration of demand for off-premise dining, our business and financial results could be materially adversely affected in the future if these trends do not continue. For example, as the effects of shelter-in-place orders abate with the roll-out of vaccines in the United States and consumers potentially return to pre-COVID digital ordering preferences and habits, the trends we experienced in 2020 on multi-module adoption and transaction volume may not continue and our revenue may fluctuate in the near term.

 

24


Table of Contents

The degree to which COVID-19 will affect our business and results of operations will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot currently be predicted. These development include but are not limited to the duration, extent, and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, actions taken to contain the COVID-19 pandemic, including restrictions on indoor dining that could impact our customers, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related restrictions on economic activity and domestic and international trade, and the extent of the impact of these and other factors on our employees, partners, vendors, and customers. The COVID-19 pandemic and related restrictions could limit our customers’ ability to continue to operate, serve customers, or make timely payments to us. It could disrupt or delay the ability of employees to work because they become sick or are required to care for those who become sick, or for dependents for whom external care is not available. It could cause delays or disruptions in services provided by key suppliers and vendors, increase vulnerability of us and our partners and service providers to security breaches, denial of service attacks or other hacking or phishing attacks, or cause other unpredictable effects. It could also result in declines in order volume as consumers potentially return to pre-COVID digital ordering preferences and habits.

The COVID-19 pandemic also has caused heightened uncertainty in the global economy. If economic conditions further deteriorate, consumers may not have the financial means to make purchases from our customers and may delay or reduce discretionary purchases, negatively impacting our customers and our results of operations. Uncertainty from the pandemic may cause prospective or existing customers to defer purchasing decisions in anticipation of new modules or enhancements by us or our competitors. Our small and medium business, or SMB, brands may be more susceptible to general economic conditions than our enterprise brands, which may have greater liquidity and access to capital. Uncertain and adverse economic conditions also may lead to increased refunds and chargebacks, reduced demand for our platform, lengthening of sales cycles, loss of customers, and difficulty in collections. Since the impact of COVID-19 is ongoing, the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic and the related impact on the global economy may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Volatility in the capital markets has been heightened during recent months and such volatility may continue, which may cause declines in the price of our Class A common stock.

Further, to the extent there is a sustained general economic downturn and our solutions are perceived by customers and potential customers as costly, or too difficult to deploy or migrate to, our revenue may be disproportionately affected by delays or reductions in on-demand commerce spending. Competitors may respond to market conditions by lowering prices and attempting to lure away our customers. In addition, the increased pace of consolidation in the restaurant industry and the loss of partners that may have gone out of business or may have merged with other of our partners, may result in reduced overall spending on our platform. We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown, instability, or recovery, generally or within the restaurant industry. If the economic conditions of the general economy or markets in which we operate worsen from present levels, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

Our limited operating history with our new modules in a new and developing market makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects, and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

In 2015 and 2017, we launched our Dispatch and Rails modules, respectively, and in 2016 we began to offer a transactional-based pricing model for our Ordering module. While the recent introduction of these new offerings and this new pricing model have contributed significantly to our recent growth in revenue, we have little experience with these new modules and pricing model, which makes it difficult to accurately assess our future prospects. You should consider our future prospects in light of the challenges and uncertainties that we face, including:

 

   

the fact that our business has grown rapidly and it may not be possible to fully discern the trends that we are subject to;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

that we operate in a new and developing market with a rapidly changing competitive landscape;

 

   

that we may be unable to accurately predict our revenue and operating expenses for new modules that we release;

 

   

our ability to enhance or retain our brand among customers and potential customers;

 

   

that we may in the future enter into additional new and developing markets that may not develop as we expect or that our platform or modules may not adequately address; and

 

   

that elements of our business strategy are new and subject to ongoing development.

We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, including increasing and unforeseen expenses as we continue to grow our business. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan and operate our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not manage these risks successfully, our reputation, business, results of operations, and prospects will be harmed.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to manage our growth effectively.

The rapid growth we have experienced in our business places significant demands on our operational infrastructure. The scalability and flexibility of our platform depends on the functionality of our technology and cloud infrastructure and its ability to handle increased traffic and demand. The growth in the number of third-party ecosystem partners, customers using our platform, and the number of orders processed, coordinated, and delivered through our Ordering, Rails, and Dispatch modules has increased the amount of data and requests that we process. Additionally, new modules, solutions, services, and restaurant ecosystem partners that we integrate may significantly increase the load on our technology infrastructure. Any problems with the transmission or storage of increased data and requests could result in harm to our brand or reputation. Moreover, as our business grows, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our operational infrastructure and continuing to enhance its scalability in order to maintain the performance of our platform, including by improving or expanding cloud infrastructure.

This rapid growth has also placed, and will likely continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial, and other resources. As a result, we intend to increase headcount significantly in the near future to further expand our overall business, with no assurance that our revenues will continue to grow. As we grow, we will be required to continue to improve our operational and financial controls and reporting procedures and we may not be able to do so effectively. In addition, our management team has little experience leading a large, potentially global business operation, so our management may not be able to lead any such growth effectively.

We have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

We have incurred significant losses since inception. We generated net losses of $11.6 million and $8.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, respectively. We generated net income of $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $69.3 million. These losses and accumulated deficit are a result of the substantial investments we made to grow our business and we expect to make significant expenditures to expand our business in the future. We anticipate that we will continue to incur losses in the near-term as we increase our operating expenses, including, without limitation, as a result of expected increases in:

 

   

sales and marketing expenses, as we continue to expand our sales efforts and spend on marketing activities;

 

   

research and development expenses, as we continue to introduce new modules and enhance existing modules to extend the functionality of our platform;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

expenses related to customer service and support, which is critical to our continued success and ability to maintain a strong reputation for our brand;

 

   

expenses related to further investments in our network infrastructure in order to support the continued growth of our business and to meet the demands of continuously changing security and operational requirements; and

 

   

general costs and administrative expenses as a result of our continued growth and the increased costs associated with being a public company.

These increased expenditures will make it harder for us to achieve or sustain profitability and we cannot predict if we will achieve or sustain profitability in the near term or at all. Historically, our costs have increased each year due to these investments and we expect to continue to incur increasing costs to support our anticipated future growth. In addition, the costs associated with acquiring new customers may materially rise in the future, including if we expand international sales efforts outside of the United States and Canada, increase our efforts to pursue SMB restaurant brands, or increase sales efforts to other verticals. If we are unable to generate adequate revenue growth and manage our expenses, we may continue to incur significant losses and may not achieve or sustain profitability.

We may also make decisions that would reduce our short-term operating results if we believe those decisions will improve the experiences of our customers and consumers and if we believe such decisions will improve our operating results over the long-term. These decisions may not be consistent with the expectations of investors and may not produce the long-term benefits that we expect, in which case our business may be materially harmed.

Our sales cycles can be long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable investment of time and expense. If our sales cycle lengthens or we invest substantial resources pursuing unsuccessful sales opportunities, our operating results and growth would be harmed.

We have historically incurred significant costs and experienced long sales cycles when selling to customers. In the restaurant brand market segment, the decision to adopt our modules may require the approval of multiple technical and business decision makers, including security, compliance, operations, finance and treasury, marketing, and IT. In addition, while our customers may more quickly deploy our modules on a limited basis, before they will commit to deploying our modules at scale, they often require extensive education about our modules and significant customer support time or pilot programs, engage in protracted pricing negotiations and seek to secure development resources. In addition, sales cycles for our customers in general and larger customers in particular, are inherently complex and unpredictable. These complex and resource intensive sales efforts could place additional strain on our development and engineering resources. Further, even after our customers contract to use our platform, they may require extensive integration or deployment resources from us before they become active customers, which have at times extended to multiple quarterly periods following the execution of the agreement. Because we generally only generate Ordering, Rails, and Dispatch module revenue after our platform is deployed, if we are unable to deploy our platform with our customers in a timely manner, our results of operations and financial condition may be harmed. Finally, our customers may choose to develop their own solutions that do not include any or all of our modules. They also may demand reductions in pricing as their usage of our modules increases, which could have an adverse impact on our gross margin. If we are unable to increase the revenue that we derive from these customers, then our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

27


Table of Contents

We expect fluctuations in our financial results, making it difficult to project future results, and if we fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors with respect to our results of operations, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline.

Our results of operations have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance. In addition to the other risks described herein, factors that may affect our results of operations include the following:

 

   

fluctuations in demand for or pricing of our platform, or any of our modules;

 

   

fluctuations in usage of our platform, or any of our modules, including due to the potential lack of durability of the growth we have experienced in the near term due to COVID-19 and the associated shelter-in-place orders on consumer preferences for digital ordering and customer adoption of multi-modules as COVID-19 associated restrictions abate;

 

   

our ability to attract new customers;

 

   

our ability to retain our existing customers;

 

   

the timing of our customer purchases and deployments;

 

   

customer expansion rates and the pricing and quantity of subscriptions renewed and transactions processed through our platform;

 

   

timing and amount of our investments to expand the capacity of our third-party cloud infrastructure providers;

 

   

the investment in new modules relative to investments in our existing infrastructure and platform;

 

   

fluctuations or delays in purchasing decisions in anticipation of new modules or enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

   

changes in customers’ budgets and in the timing of their budget cycles and purchasing decisions;

 

   

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

 

   

the amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly research and development and sales and marketing expenses, including sales commissions;

 

   

the amount and timing of non-cash expenses, including stock-based compensation, goodwill impairments and other non-cash charges;

 

   

the amount and timing of costs associated with recruiting, training and integrating new employees and retaining and motivating existing employees;

 

   

the effects of acquisitions and their integration;

 

   

general economic conditions, both domestically and internationally, as well as economic conditions specifically affecting industries in which our customers participate;

 

   

health epidemics or pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

the impact of new accounting pronouncements;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

changes in regulatory or legal environments that may cause us to incur, among other elements, expenses associated with compliance;

 

   

changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors, customers, or our partners; and

 

   

significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the delivery and use of our modules and platform capabilities or third-party applications or point of sale or management systems that our platform integrates with.

Any of these and other factors, or the cumulative effect of some of these factors, may cause our results of operations to vary significantly. If our quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of investors and securities analysts who follow our stock, the price of our Class A common stock could decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

Our business depends on customers increasing their use of our platform, and any loss of customers or decline in their use of our platform could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our ability to grow and generate incremental revenue depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and grow our relationships with existing customers, to have them increase their deployment and use of our platform and Ordering, Rails, and Dispatch modules, and to increase or maintain transaction volume on our platform. Although our customers generally have multi-year contracts with us, they generally have the right to elect not to renew by providing at least 90 days’ written notice prior to the expiration date of the contract. In addition, if our customers do not increase their use of our platform or adopt and deploy additional modules, or if they reduce the number of locations using our platform, then our revenue may decline and our results of operations may be harmed. Customers may not renew their contracts with us or reduce their use of our platform for any number of reasons, including if they are not satisfied with our platform or modules, the value proposition of our platform or our ability to meet their needs and expectations, security or platform reliability issues, or if they decide to build their own solution internally or if they decide to temporarily or permanently close their restaurants in a location then affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, consumers may change their purchasing habits or reduce their orders from our current customers, which could harm their business and reduce their use of our platform. We cannot accurately predict our customers’ usage levels and the loss of customers or reductions in the number of locations that use our platform or their usage levels of our modules may each have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition and may cause our expansion rate to decline. If a significant number of customers cease using, or reduce their usage of our platform, then we may be required to spend significantly more on sales and marketing than we currently plan to spend in order to maintain or increase revenue from our customers. Such additional sales and marketing expenditures could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

If we fail to continue to improve and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security, or scalability of our platform in a manner that responds to our customers’ evolving needs, our business may be adversely affected.

The on-demand commerce and digital ordering markets are characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product and service introductions, and evolving industry standards. Our success has been based on our ability to identify and anticipate the needs of our customers and design and maintain a platform that provides them with the tools they need to operate their businesses in a manner that is productive and meets or exceeds their expectations. Our ability to attract new

 

29


Table of Contents

customers, retain revenue from existing customers, and increase sales to both new and existing customers will depend in large part on our ability to continue to improve and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security, and scalability of our platform. Additionally, to achieve and maintain market acceptance for our platform, we must effectively integrate with new or existing software solutions that meet changing customer demands in a timely manner.

As we expand our platform and services, and as the number of our customers with higher volume sales increases, we expect that we will need to offer increased functionality, scalability and support, including to keep our platform, systems, and services secure, which requires us to devote additional resources to such efforts. To the extent we are not able to enhance our platform’s functionality in order to maintain its utility and security, enhance our platform’s scalability in order to maintain its performance and availability, or improve our support functions in order to meet increased customer service demands, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We may experience difficulties with software development that could delay or prevent the development, deployment, introduction, or implementation of new modules and enhancements. Software development involves a significant amount of time, as it can take our developers months to update, code, and test new and upgraded modules, and integrate those modules into our platform. We must also continually update, test, certify, maintain, and enhance our software platform. We may make significant investments in new modules or enhancements that may not achieve expected returns. The continual improvement and enhancement of our platform requires significant investment and we may not have the resources to make such investment. Our improvements and enhancements may not result in our ability to recoup our investments in a timely manner, or at all. The improvement and enhancement of the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security, and scalability of our platform is expensive and complex, and to the extent we are not able to perform it in a manner that responds to our customers’ evolving needs, our business, operating results, and financial condition will be adversely affected.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties and our ability to integrate with third-party applications and software.

The success of our platform depends, in part, on our ability to integrate third-party applications, software, and other offerings into our platform. We anticipate that the growth of our business will continue to depend on third-party relationships, including relationships with our point of sale, or POS, systems, DSPs, aggregators, digital agencies, payment processors, loyalty providers, and other partners. In addition to growing our third-party partner ecosystem, we have entered into agreements with, and intend to pursue additional relationships with, other third parties, such as search engine and social media, location services, voice ordering, autonomous vehicle, and virtual kitchen providers. Identifying, negotiating, and documenting relationships with third parties and integrating third-party content and technology requires significant time and resources, and third-party providers may choose to terminate their relationship with us, compete directly against us, enter into exclusive arrangements with our competitors, or make material changes to their businesses, solutions, or services that could be detrimental to our business.

Third-party developers may change the features of their offering of applications and software or alter the terms governing the use of their offerings in a manner that is adverse to us. We may also be unable to maintain our relationships with certain third-parties if we are unable to integrate our platform with their offerings. In addition, third-parties may refuse to partner with us or limit or restrict our access to their offerings. We may not be able to adapt to the data transfer requirements of third party offerings. If third-party applications or software change such that we do not, or cannot, maintain the compatibility of our platform with these applications and software, or if we fail to ensure there are

 

30


Table of Contents

third-party applications and software that our customers desire to add to their ordering or delivery portals, demand for our platform could decline. If we are unable to maintain technical interoperability, our customers may not be able to effectively integrate our platform with other systems and services they use. If we fail to integrate our platform with new third-party offerings that our customers need to operate their businesses, or to provide the proper support or ease of integration our customers require, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers and their consumers expect, which would harm our business.

The third party service providers we integrate with may not perform as expected under our agreements or under their agreements with our customers, we or our customers may in the future have disagreements or disputes with such providers, or such providers may experience reduced growth, reduce incentives for our customers’ consumers to make delivery orders or otherwise change their business models in ways that are disadvantageous to us or our customers. For example, if the DSP providers we partner with for our Dispatch module were to increase prices of the delivery to customers, the number of orders made through our platform could be reduced and our business may be harmed. In addition, if our Rails providers were to reduce incentives for consumers to order through those respective aggregators, our revenue and business may be harmed. If we lose access to solutions or services from a particular partner, or experience a significant reduction or disruption in the supply of services from a current partner, it could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Our Dispatch module currently relies on a limited number of DSPs.

The availability of DSPs generally, and of specific DSPs in certain markets, is integral to the value that our Dispatch module provides to our customers and our ability to generate revenue from orders fulfilled through Dispatch. However, the delivery service provider market has not yet fully developed and could be adversely affected by various conditions, including industry consolidation, changes in labor and independent contractor laws and changes in pricing models, the success of competitors or competing solutions for customers, and general economic conditions. In general, there is more than one DSP available to fulfill delivery orders through Dispatch. In certain markets, however, delivery orders are fulfilled by one or a limited number of DSPs, with a subset of such DSPs being responsible for fulfilling a majority of orders in that market. In addition, certain of these DSPs may be, or may be perceived to be, in competition with us with respect to some of our offerings and, as a result, may be less incentivized to continue to partner with us. If one or more DSPs that represents a significant volume of our Dispatch transactions overall, or DSPs that represent a significant volume of our Dispatch transactions in any single market, are no longer able to continue to provide timely and reliable delivery services, or if we or a DSP terminate our partnership, we could experience significant interruptions in the delivery of orders through our Dispatch module, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our Rails module currently relies on a limited number of aggregators.

Our Rails module integrates with a limited number of digital ordering aggregators to fulfill third-party ordering transactions on our platform. These aggregators could decide to create new software that is incompatible with our platform, enter into exclusive agreements directly with our customers or potential customers, or enter into agreements directly with our competitors or potential future competitors of ours that are exclusive or on terms that are more favorable than those we offer to our customers. Certain of these aggregators may be, or may be perceived to be, in competition with us with respect to some of our offerings and, as a result, may be less incentivized to continue to partner with us. Moreover, recently a number of aggregators have merged, consolidated, or gone out of business, which could reduce the number of aggregators on our Rails module, reduce our revenue and limit the effectiveness of Rails. In the event that any of the largest digital ordering aggregators do not integrate with our platform, or create software that is incompatible or competes with our platform by

 

31


Table of Contents

directly integrating with one of our customers, our ability to generate transactional revenue using our Rails module will decline, which could harm our business and results of operation. If we or one or more of these aggregators that represents a significant volume of our Rails transactions overall terminate our partnership, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, Rails module transaction revenue from our largest digital ordering aggregator, DoorDash Inc., or DoorDash, accounted for an aggregate of 2.6%, 10.2%, and 19.3% of our total revenue, respectively, and DoorDash accounted for a substantial majority of our transaction revenue from our Rails module during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020.

Our agreement with DoorDash has an initial two-year term, which began on March 30, 2017, with a one-year renewal period, unless either party notifies the other party in writing at least 90 days prior to the renewal term. Either party may terminate the agreement upon material breach of the terms of the agreement by the other party, subject to notice and opportunity to cure. The termination of this agreement would materially and adversely impact our revenue and could impair our profitability.

Security breaches, denial of service attacks, or other hacking and phishing attacks on our systems or the systems with which our platform integrates could harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability, and adversely affect our business and financial results.

We operate in the on-demand commerce industry, which is prone to cyber-attacks. In our operation as a private company, our board of directors reviews cybersecurity risks brought to its attention by members of senior management who report up to our board of directors. We have an established in-house security team which is responsible for reviewing and overseeing our cybersecurity program and bringing any cybersecurity risks to the attention of the board of directors and the audit committee at regular meetings of the audit committee. Failure to prevent or mitigate security breaches and improper access to or disclosure of our data, our customers’ data, or their consumers’ data, could result in the loss or misuse of such data, which could harm our business and reputation. The security measures we have integrated into our systems and processes, which are designed to prevent or minimize security breaches, may not function as expected or may not be sufficient to protect our internal networks and platform against attacks. Further, our platform also integrates with third-party applications and POS and management systems over which we exercise no control. Such third-party applications and POS and management systems are also susceptible to security breaches, which could directly or indirectly result in a breach of our platform. The failure of a customer’s third-party front-end provider to adequately protect their systems could result in an attack that we are unable to prevent from the back-end, which could result in a service outage for all customers, and may require us to take the affected customer offline to restore service to the platform for other customers. In addition, techniques used to sabotage or to obtain unauthorized access to data change frequently. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate measures to prevent an intrusion into our networks directly, or into our platform through the third-party applications or POS and management systems with which our platform integrates. Our exposure to security breaches may be heightened because our platform is accessible through hundreds of our customers’ white label domains and mobile applications.

Our storage and use of our customers’ data concerning their restaurants and consumers is essential to their use of our platform, which stores, transmits and processes our customers’ proprietary information and information relating to them and consumers. If a security breach were to occur, as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance, or otherwise, and the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our customers’ data was disrupted, we could incur significant liability to our customers and their consumers, and our platform may be perceived as less desirable, which could negatively

 

32


Table of Contents

affect our business and damage our reputation. In addition, any loss of customer or individual consumer data could create significant monetary damages for us that may harm our ability to operate the business.

A security vulnerability in our platform or point of sale integration software could compromise our customers’ in-store networks, which could expose customer or consumer information beyond what we collect through our platform. As a multitenant SaaS provider, despite our logical separation of data between customers, we may face an increased risk of accidentally commingling data between customers due to employee error, a software bug, or otherwise, which may result in unauthorized disclosure of data between customers. We may in the future be subject to distributed denial of service, or DDoS, attacks, a technique used by hackers to take an internet service offline by overloading its servers. A DDoS attack could delay or interrupt service to our customers and their consumers and may deter consumers from ordering or engaging with our customers’ restaurants. Our platform and third-party applications may also be subject to DDoS attacks in the future and we cannot guarantee that applicable recovery systems, security protocols, network protection mechanisms and other procedures are or will be adequate to prevent network and service interruption, system failure, or data loss. In addition, computer malware, viruses, hacking, credential stuffing, social engineering, phishing, physical theft, and other attacks by third parties are prevalent in our industry. We may experience such attacks in the future and, as a result of our increased visibility, we believe that we are increasingly a target for such breaches and attacks.

Moreover, our platform and third-party applications, services, or POS and management systems integrated with our platform could be breached if vulnerabilities in our platform or third-party applications or POS and management systems are exploited by unauthorized third parties or due to employee error, malfeasance, or otherwise. Further, third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers into disclosing sensitive information such as user names, passwords, or other information or otherwise compromise the security of our internal networks, electronic systems and/or physical facilities in order to gain access to our data or our customers’ data. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently and the size and severity of DDoS attacks and security breaches are increasing, we may be unable to implement adequate preventative measures or stop DDoS attacks or security breaches while they are occurring. In addition to our own platform and applications, some of the third parties we work with may receive information provided by us, by our customers, or by our customers’ consumers through web or mobile applications integrated with our platform. If these third parties fail to adhere to adequate data security practices, or in the event of a breach of their networks, our own and our customers’ data may be improperly accessed, used, or disclosed.

Any actual or perceived DDoS attack or security breach of our platform, systems, and networks could damage our reputation and brand, expose us to a risk of litigation and possible liability and require us to expend significant capital and other resources to respond to and alleviate problems caused by the DDoS attack or security breach. Our ability to retain adequate cyber-crime and liability insurance may be reduced. Some jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data and our agreements with certain customers and partners require us to notify them in the event of a security incident. Such mandatory disclosures are costly, could lead to negative publicity, and may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Moreover, if a high-profile security breach occurs with respect to another SaaS provider or one of the service providers we partner with, customers may lose trust in the security of the SaaS business model generally, which could adversely impact our ability to retain revenue from existing customers or attract new ones. Any of these events could harm our reputation or subject us to significant liability, and materially and adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

33


Table of Contents

If our software or APIs contain serious errors or defects, we may lose revenue and market acceptance and may incur costs to defend or settle claims with our customers.

Software or APIs such as ours may contain errors, defects, security vulnerabilities, or software bugs that are difficult to detect or correct, particularly when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. Despite internal testing, our platform may contain serious errors or defects, security vulnerabilities, or software bugs that we may be unable to successfully correct in a timely manner or at all, which could result in lost revenue, significant expenditures of capital, a delay or loss in market acceptance, and damage to our reputation and brand, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. For example, our payment processing code may contain a software bug or other misconfiguration, resulting in failure to collect payment for orders that are otherwise fulfilled, which could result in significant refunds owed to our customers. A software or API bug could also result in a customer receiving an item other than what they ordered or an ingredient to which they are allergic, causing reputational harm to us. In addition, our tax calculation code may also contain errors or defects, which may result in differences payable by us or fines owed by us, or our fraud detection software could identify false positives in the system, and in turn could reduce transactional revenue. Furthermore, our platform allows us to deploy new versions and enhancements to all of our customers simultaneously. To the extent we deploy new versions or enhancements that contain errors, defects, security vulnerabilities, or software bugs to all of our customers simultaneously, the consequences would be more severe than if such versions or enhancements were only deployed to a smaller number of our customers.

Because our customers use our platform for processes that are critical to their businesses, errors, defects, security vulnerabilities, service interruptions, or software bugs in our platform and APIs could result in losses to our customers. Although we endeavor to limit our liability in customer agreements, our customers may be entitled to significant compensation from us in the form of service level credits or to pursue litigation against us for any losses they suffer or cease conducting business with us altogether. Further, a customer could share information about bad experiences on social media, at industry conferences, or with peer companies, which could result in damage to our reputation and loss of future sales. There can be no assurance that provisions typically included in our agreements with our customers that attempt to limit our exposure to claims against us would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. Even if not successful, a claim brought against us by any of our customers would likely be time-consuming and distracting to our management team and costly to defend, and such a claim could seriously damage our reputation and brand, making it harder for us to sell our modules.

We and certain of our third-party partners, service providers, and subprocessors transmit and store personal information of our customers and consumers. If the security of this information is compromised or is otherwise accessed without authorization, our reputation may be harmed and we may be exposed to liability and loss of business.

We transmit and store personal information and other confidential information of our partners, our customers, and consumers. Third-party applications integrated with our platform may also handle or store personal information, credit card information, including cardholder data and sensitive authentication data, or other confidential information. We do not proactively monitor the content that our customers upload and store, or the information provided to us through the applications integrated with our platform, and, therefore, we do not control the substance of the content on our servers, which may include personal information. Additionally, we use dozens of third-party service providers and subprocessors to help us deliver services to customers and consumers. These service providers and subprocessors may handle or store personal information, credit card information, or other confidential information. There may in the future be successful attempts by third parties to obtain unauthorized access to the personal information of our partners, our customers, and consumers. This information

 

34


Table of Contents

could also be otherwise exposed through human error, malfeasance, or otherwise. The unauthorized release, unauthorized access, or compromise of this information could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Even if such a data breach did not arise out of our actions or inactions, or if it were to affect one or more of our competitors or our customers’ competitors, the resulting consumer concern could negatively affect our customers and our business.

We integrate with a number of third-party service providers in order to meet our customers’ needs, and although we contractually require our customers to ensure the security of such service providers, a security breach of one of these providers could become negatively associated with our brand, or our assistance in responding to such a breach could tie up our internal resources. By the nature of the integrations, we could also get directly drawn into any resulting lawsuits. We are also subject to federal, state, and provincial laws regarding cybersecurity and the protection of data. Some jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of security breaches involving certain types of personal information and our agreements with customers and partners require us to notify them in the event of certain security incidents. Additionally, some jurisdictions, as well as our contracts with certain customers, require us to use industry-standard or reasonable measures to safeguard personal information or confidential information. As cardholder data and sensitive authentication data is transmitted through our platform, we may be required by card networks and our contracts with payment processors to adhere to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, or PCI-DSS.

Our failure to comply with legal, regulatory or contractual requirements, and the rules of payment card networks and self-regulatory organizations, including PCI-DSS, around the security of personal information, cardholder data, or sensitive authentication data, could lead to significant fines and penalties imposed by regulators and card networks, as well as claims by our customers, consumers, or other relevant stakeholders. These proceedings or violations could force us to spend money in defense or settlement of these proceedings, result in the imposition of monetary liability or injunctive relief, divert management’s time and attention, increase our costs of doing business, and materially adversely affect our reputation and the demand for our platform. In addition, if our security measures fail to protect credit card information adequately, we could be liable to our partners, our customers and, consumers for their losses. As a result, we could be subject to fines, we could face regulatory or other legal action, and our customers could end their relationships with us. There can be no assurance that the limitations of liability in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing insurance coverage and coverage for errors and omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that our insurers will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds our available insurance coverage, or changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases, or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are subject to stringent and changing privacy laws, regulations and standards, and contractual obligations related to data privacy and security. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our reputation, subject us to significant fines and liability, or adversely affect our business.

The regulatory framework for privacy and security issues in the United States is rapidly evolving. Laws in all 50 states require us to provide notice to customers when certain sensitive personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. These laws are frequently inconsistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is costly. Moreover, states regularly enact new laws and regulations, which require us to provide consumers with certain disclosures related to our privacy practices, as well as maintain systems necessary to allow customers

 

35


Table of Contents

to invoke their rights. For example, on January 1, 2020, California adopted the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, or CCPA, which provides new data privacy rights for consumers and new operational requirements for covered businesses. The CCPA gives California residents more control over their personal information and includes a statutory damages framework and private right of action imposing civil penalties against businesses that fail to comply with certain security practices. Although the CCPA’s implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, the CCPA may increase our compliance costs and exposure to liability. More so, additional states that adopt privacy laws that differ from the CCPA may require us to do unanticipated and unbudgeted work in order to comply with additional privacy and data security requirements. The costs associated with compliance may impede our development and could limit the adoption of our services. Finally, any failure by our vendors to comply with applicable law or regulations could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities or others.

Additionally, virtually every foreign jurisdiction in which our current or potential future customers may operate has established privacy and data security laws, rules, and regulations. The European Union, or EU, has adopted the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which went into effect on May 25, 2018. Among other requirements, the GDPR regulates transfers of personally identifiable information from the EU to non-EU countries, such as the United States. Under the GDPR, fines of up to 20 million or up to 4% of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater, could be imposed for violations of certain GDPR requirements. Moreover, individuals can claim damages as a result of GDPR violations. Other jurisdictions outside the EU are similarly introducing or enhancing privacy and data security laws, rules, and regulations, which may increase the risks associated with non-compliance.

Certain current or potential future customers are subject to the GDPR and we may be required to assist such customers with their compliance obligations. While we are not currently subject to the GDPR ourselves, many of our customers are subject to the GDPR. We may be required to expend resources to assist our customers with such compliance obligations. Assisting our customers in complying with the GDPR or complying with the GDPR ourselves if we expand our business to the EU in the future may cause us to incur substantial operational costs or require us to change our business practices to maintain such information in the European Economic Area.

We publish privacy policies, self-certifications, such as the EU-US Privacy Shield, and other documentation regarding our collection, processing, use and disclosure of personal information, credit card information, and other confidential information. Recently the ES-US Privacy Shield was declared insufficient by the Court of Justice of the European Union and the EU-US Privacy Shield is no longer a valid mechanism to comply with EU data protection requirements relating to data transfers. We do not know when, or if, the EU-US Privacy Shield will become an effective mechanism for data transfers. Although we endeavor to comply with our published policies, certifications, and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or may be perceived to have failed to do so. Such failures can subject us to potential international, local, state, and federal action if they are found to be deceptive, unfair, or misrepresentative of our actual practices, resulting in reputational or financial harm to the company. Globally, there have been numerous lawsuits brought against technology companies related to their privacy and data security practices. If those lawsuits are successful, it could increase the risk that we may be exposed to liability for similar practices. Furthermore, if customer concerns regarding data security increase, customers may be hesitant to provide us with the data necessary to provide our service effectively. This could generally limit the adoption of our product and the growth of our company.

 

36


Table of Contents

Payment transactions processed on our platform may subject us to regulatory requirements and the rules of payment card networks, and other risks that could be costly and difficult to comply with or that could harm our business.

The payment card networks require us to comply with payment card network operating rules, including special operating rules that apply to us as a “payment service provider” that provides payment processing-related services to merchants and payment processors. The payment card networks set these network rules and have discretion to interpret them and change them. We are also required by our payment processors to comply with payment card network operating rules and we have agreed to reimburse our payment processors for any fines they are assessed by payment card networks as a result of any rule violations by us or our customers. Any changes to or interpretations of the network rules that are inconsistent with the way we and the payment processors and merchants currently operate may require us to make changes to our business that could be costly or difficult to implement. If we fail to make such changes or otherwise resolve the issue with the payment card networks, the networks could fine us, cancel or suspend our registration as a payment service provider, or prohibit us from processing payment cards, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. In addition, violations of the network rules or any failure to maintain good standing with the payment card networks as a payment service provider could impact our ability to facilitate payment card transactions on our platform, increase our costs, or could otherwise harm our business. If we were unable to facilitate payment card transactions on our platform, or were limited in our ability to do so, our business would be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to comply with the rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks, we would be in breach of our contractual obligations to our payment processors, financial institutions, or partners. Such failure to comply may subject us to fines, penalties, damages, higher transaction fees and civil liability, and could eventually prevent us from processing or accepting payment cards or could lead to a loss of payment processor partners, even if there is no compromise of customer or consumer information. In the event that we are found to be in violation of any of these legal or regulatory requirements, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed.

We believe the licensing requirements of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network and state agencies that regulate banks, money service businesses, money transmitters, and other providers of electronic commerce services do not apply to us. One or more governmental agencies may conclude that, under its statutes or regulations, we are engaged in activity requiring licensing or registration. In that event, we may be subject to monetary penalties, adverse publicity, and may be required to cease doing business with residents of those states until we obtain the requisite license or registration.

We currently generate significant revenue from our largest restaurant customers, and the loss or decline in revenue from any of these customers could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, our 10 largest restaurant customers generated an aggregate of approximately 35%, 30%, and 21% of our revenue, respectively. Although these customers enter into long-term contracts with us, they may reduce or terminate their usage of our platform or decide not to renew their agreements with us.

We have in the past, and we may in the future, lose one or more of our largest restaurant customers. While no such losses have been material to date, in the event that any other of our largest restaurant customers do not continue to use our platform, use fewer of our modules, use our modules in a more limited capacity, or not at all, or if the volume of transactions processed on our platform declines, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected in the future.

 

37


Table of Contents

Our business is highly competitive. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

We face competition in various aspects of our business and we expect such competition to intensify in the future, as existing and new competitors, including some of our current ecosystem partners, introduce new solutions or enhance existing solutions that are directly competitive with our modules. Our platform combines functionality from numerous product categories, and we may compete against providers in each of these categories including white-label digital ordering solution providers, restaurant-focused POS platforms, aggregators that provide direct digital ordering solutions, and custom software providers. Our potential new or existing competitors may be able to develop solutions that are better received by customers or may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, regulations, or customer requirements. Some ordering aggregators sell solutions that are competitive with our core platform and they may become more aggressive in their sales tactics, including by bundling competitive solutions with their delivery or aggregator products. If competitors, many of which are much better capitalized than we are, are successful in providing our customers with a more attractive solution or pricing, our business and results of operation may be harmed.

Competition may intensify as current or future competitors enter into business combinations or alliances or raise additional capital, or as established companies in other market segments or geographic markets expand into our market segments or geographic markets. For instance, current or future competitors could use strong or dominant positions in one or more markets to gain a competitive advantage against us in areas where we operate including by integrating additional or competing platforms or features into solutions they control, such as additional payment, rewards, or delivery platforms or features. In addition, certain customers may choose to partner with our competitors in a specific geographic market, or choose to engage exclusively with our competitors. Further, our current ecosystem partners could add features to their solutions, including point of sale functionality, limit or terminate the availability of their products on our platform, or directly compete with our solutions by expanding their product offerings. Current and future competitors may also choose to offer a different pricing model or to undercut prices in an effort to increase their market share. If we cannot compete successfully against current and future competitors, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

Mergers of or other strategic transactions by our competitors, our customers, or our partners could weaken our competitive position or reduce our revenue.

If one or more of our competitors, aggregator partners, or DSPs were to consolidate or partner with another one of our competitors, aggregator partners, or DSPs, the change in landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our third party ecosystem partners, thereby limiting our ability to promote our platform. In addition, we may lose customers that merge with or are acquired by companies using a competitor’s or an internally developed solution. Disruptions in our business caused by these events could adversely affect our revenue growth and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain a consistently high level of customer service or if we fail to manage our reputation, our brand, business, and financial results may be harmed.

We believe our focus on customer service and support is critical to onboarding new customers, retaining our existing customers and growing our business. As a result, we have invested heavily in the quality and training of our support team along with the tools they use to provide this service. If we are unable to maintain a consistently high level of customer service, we may lose existing customers or fail to increase revenues from existing customers. In addition, our ability to attract new customers is highly

 

38


Table of Contents

dependent on our reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain a consistently high level of customer service, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality customer service, could adversely affect our reputation and the number of positive customer referrals that we receive.

We are dependent on the continued services and performance of our senior management and other key employees, the loss of any of whom could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition. We may also engage the services of third parties who provide consulting services to support our business and the failure to identify and/or retain such third parties could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our future performance depends on the continued services and contributions of our senior management, including our Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Noah Glass, and other key employees to execute on our business plan, keep our platform stable and secure, and to identify and pursue new opportunities and platform innovations. The failure to properly manage succession plans or the loss of services of senior management or other key employees could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our strategic objectives. From time to time, there may be changes in our senior management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees with the exception of Noah Glass, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of the services of one or more of our senior management or other key employees for any reason could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results, and require significant amounts of time, training, and resources to find suitable replacements and integrate them within our business, and could affect our corporate culture.

We engage the services of third parties who provide us with certain consulting services to support our business. Any failure to identify and/or retain such third parties could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition and could require significant amounts of time and resources to find suitable replacements.

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, our success and our business and competitive position may be harmed.

We believe that a key contributor to our success to date has been our corporate culture, which is based on transparency, innovation, and entrepreneurial spirit. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, which is critical to our growth, and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives. Our substantial anticipated headcount growth and our transition from a private company to a public company may make it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our culture. If we fail to maintain our corporate culture, or if we are unable to retain or hire key personnel, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

If we are unable to hire, retain, and motivate qualified personnel, our business may be adversely affected.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for engineers experienced in designing and developing SaaS or on-demand commerce applications, products managers and designers, and experienced enterprise sales professionals.

Further, our ability to increase our customer base, especially among restaurant brands, SMBs, potential international customers and other customers we may pursue, or to achieve broader market acceptance of our platform will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively organize, focus and train our sales, marketing and customer success personnel.

 

39


Table of Contents

Our ability to convince restaurant brands to use our platform or adopt additional modules will depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain sales personnel with experience selling to large enterprises. We believe that there is significant competition for experienced sales professionals with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth in the future will depend, in part, on our ability to recruit, train, and retain a sufficient number of experienced sales professionals, particularly those with experience selling to restaurant brands or large enterprises. In addition, even if we are successful in hiring qualified sales personnel, new hires require significant training and experience before they achieve full productivity, particularly for sales efforts targeted at restaurant brands and new territories. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as quickly as we expect and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the future in the markets where we do business.

In the past we have experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring employees with the appropriate qualifications, particularly if we significantly expand headcount in the near-term. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, prospective and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our equity awards declines, experiences significant volatility, or increases such that prospective employees believe there is limited upside to the value of our equity awards, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain key employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects would be harmed.

Additionally, many of our employees currently work remotely, which has allowed us to reduce capital expenditures on office space, leases, and other related costs. If we increase the number of employees who do not work remotely, we could incur increased costs and expenses in order to provide the appropriate office infrastructure for these personnel.

We rely upon Amazon Web Services and other infrastructure to operate our platform, and any disruption of or interference with our use of these providers would adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We outsource substantial portions of our cloud infrastructure to Amazon Web Services, or AWS, Cloudflare, and other infrastructure providers. Our customers need to be able to access our platform at any time, without interruption or degradation of performance. Their failure to access our platform could make us liable for service credits or, in more severe cases, contractual breaches. We are, therefore, vulnerable to service interruptions at AWS, Cloudflare, and other infrastructure providers, which could decrease the number of transactions we process on our platform and negatively impact our revenue. We have experienced, and expect that in the future we may experience interruptions, delays and outages in service and availability due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, website hosting disruptions, and capacity constraints including those related to the complexity and number of order permutations. Capacity constraints could be due to a number of potential causes, including technical failures, natural disasters, fraud, or security attacks. In addition, if an infrastructure provider’s security is compromised, or our modules or platform are unavailable or our customers or their consumers are unable to use our platform within a reasonable amount of time or at all, then our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within a period of time acceptable to our customers. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our platform performance, especially during peak usage times, as our platform become more complex and the usage of our platform increases. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, either through AWS or

 

40


Table of Contents

alternative providers of cloud infrastructure, our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, any changes in service levels from AWS may adversely affect our ability to meet our customers’ requirements.

In addition, AWS provides us with service pursuant to an agreement that continues until terminated by either party. Pursuant to our agreement with AWS, we have committed to spending $3.4 million over the two-year period of November 2019 through November 2021. AWS may terminate the agreement by providing 90 days prior written notice, and it may, in some cases, terminate the agreement immediately for cause upon notice. Although we expect that we could receive similar services from other third parties, arranging alternative cloud infrastructure services could be costly, complicated, and time-consuming, and we could experience interruptions on our platform and in our ability to make our modules available to customers. Our agreement with AWS also includes a minimum spending commitment, part of which may be forfeited if we were to switch providers.

Any of the above circumstances or events may harm our reputation, cause customers to stop using our platform, impair our ability to increase revenue from existing customers, impair our ability to grow our customer base, subject us to financial penalties and liabilities under our service level agreements and otherwise harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We may be unable to achieve or maintain data transmission capacity.

Our customers often draw significant numbers of consumers to their websites and mobile applications over short periods of time, including during key television events, marketing events, holidays, or during peak delivery times, which significantly increases the traffic on our servers and the volume of transactions processed on our platform. Our infrastructure or software may be unable to achieve or maintain capacity high enough to handle increased traffic or process transactions in a timely manner. Our failure to achieve or maintain high capacity could significantly reduce demand for our platform. Further, as we continue to attract larger restaurant customers, the volume of data stored and transactions processed on our platform will increase, especially if such customers draw significant numbers of consumers over short periods of time. In the future, we may be required to allocate resources, including spending substantial amounts of money, to build, purchase, or lease additional infrastructure in order to handle the increased load. Our ability to deliver our platform also depends on the development and maintenance of internet and mobile application infrastructure by third parties, including by our cloud service provider. Such development and maintenance includes the maintenance of reliable networks with the necessary speed, data capacity, and bandwidth. If one of these third parties suffers from capacity constraints, our business may be adversely affected.

Our business and prospects would be harmed if changes to technologies used in our platform or new versions or upgrades of operating systems or applications adversely impact the process by which customers and consumers interface with our platform.

We believe that our platform’s functionality, simplicity, positive user experience, and ability to integrate with multiple technology partners in the restaurant ecosystem have helped us to expand and offer our platform to customers who may have limited technical personnel. In the future, providers of mobile, website, or other operating systems or applications could introduce new features, policies or rules that would make it difficult for customers to use our platform. In addition, mobile devices, websites, operating systems, or other applications could introduce new features, change existing operating systems, APIs, or other specifications such that they would be incompatible with our platform, or prevent delivery or aggregator partners from accessing customers who are using our platform. Any changes to technologies used in our platform, existing features that we rely on, or operating systems, APIs, or applications that make it difficult for customers to access our platform or consumers to access our customers’ ordering applications or websites, may make it more difficult for us to maintain or increase our revenue and could adversely impact our business and prospects.

 

41


Table of Contents

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate, including the risks described herein. Even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of addressable customers covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our platform at all or generate any particular level of revenue for us. Any expansion in our market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our platform and those of our competitors. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Additionally, ghost or dark kitchens could become more prominent, thereby reducing the total number of potential restaurant brand customers, and they may not use our platform or modules as much as restaurant brand customers. Our growth is subject to many additional factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth. For more information regarding our estimates of market opportunity and the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus, see the section titled “Market, Industry, and Other Data.”

Our future success depends in part on our ability to drive the adoption of our platform by international and SMB customers, and to expand into new, on-demand commerce verticals.

Although we currently do not derive significant revenue from customer accounts located outside the United States, and do not derive any revenue from customer accounts outside of North America, the future success of our business may depend, in part, on our ability to expand our customer base worldwide. However, because we have limited experience with international customers or in selling our platform internationally, our business model may not be successful or have the same traction outside the United States. As a result, our investment in marketing our platform to these potential customers may not be successful. Additionally, our success may depend in part on our ability to increase our partnerships with SMB customers. These customers may have different requirements than our larger restaurant brand customers, and therefore may not find our platform to be as attractive as our existing customers. They may also be unwilling to agree to pay subscription or transactional fees for our platform or modules at the levels required to make these transaction profitable, or they may request additional functionality, training, customer service, or software integrations. We also believe that our platform can be applied to other on-demand commerce verticals beyond the restaurant industry, and plan to focus on sectors or opportunities that are also undergoing the digital transformations. If we are unable to increase the revenue that we derive from international and SMB restaurant customers, or deploy our platform in other on-demand commerce verticals, then our business, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We may be subject to claims by third parties of intellectual property infringement.

The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, and other intellectual property rights, and frequent claims and related litigation regarding such intellectual property rights. Third parties have in the past asserted, and may in the future assert, that our platform, modules, technology, methods or practices infringe,

 

42


Table of Contents

misappropriate, or otherwise violate their intellectual property or other proprietary rights. Such claims may be made by our competitors seeking to obtain a competitive advantage or by other parties. Additionally, non-practicing entities purchasing intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement may attempt to extract settlements from us. The risk of claims may increase as the number of modules that we offer and competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur. In addition, to the extent that we gain greater visibility and market exposure, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims.

Any such claims, regardless of merit, that result in litigation could result in substantial expenses, divert the attention of management, cause significant delays in introducing new or enhanced services or technology, materially disrupt the conduct of our business and have a material and adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition, and results of operations. Although we do not believe that our proprietary technology, processes, and methods have been patented by any third party, it is possible that patents have been issued to third parties that cover all or a portion of our business. As a consequence of any patent or other intellectual property claims, we could be required to pay substantial damages, develop non-infringing technology, enter into royalty-bearing licensing agreements, stop selling or marketing some or all of our modules, or re-brand our modules. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers against intellectual property claims, and we may have to pay substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, in connection with any such claim or litigation and to obtain licenses, or modify applications, which could be costly. If it appears necessary, we may seek to secure license rights to intellectual property that we are alleged to infringe at a significant cost, potentially even if we believe such claims to be without merit. If required licenses cannot be obtained, or if existing licenses are not renewed, litigation could result. Litigation is inherently uncertain and can cause us to expend significant money, time and attention to it, even if we are ultimately successful. Any adverse decision could result in a loss of our proprietary rights, subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses for alternative technologies from third parties, prevent us from offering all or a portion of our modules and otherwise negatively affect our business and operating results.

We could incur substantial costs in protecting or defending our intellectual property rights, and any failure to protect our intellectual property or prevent third parties from making unauthorized use of our technology could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our brand and the proprietary methods and technologies that we develop under the intellectual property laws of the United States and, potentially in the future, foreign jurisdictions so that we can prevent others from using our inventions and proprietary information. Although we own one registered trademark in the United States as of December 31, 2020, we hold no issued patents and therefore would not be entitled to exert patents to exclude or prevent our competitors from using our proprietary technology, methods, and processes to the extent independently developed by our competitors.

We rely primarily on trade secret laws and confidentiality agreements with our business partners, employees, consultants, advisors, customers, and other current or prospective partners in our efforts to protect our proprietary technology, confidential information, processes, methods, and intellectual property. These confidentiality agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our confidential information or the unauthorized use of our technology, and it may be possible for unauthorized parties to copy our software or other proprietary technology or information, or to develop similar software independently without our having an adequate remedy for unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information, and in these cases, we would not be able to assert any trade secret rights against those parties. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce

 

43


Table of Contents

and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business position.

In addition, the laws of some countries do not protect intellectual property and other proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying, transfer and use of our proprietary technology or information may increase.

We cannot be certain that our means of protecting our intellectual property and proprietary rights will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop similar technology. If we fail to meaningfully protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

We may become subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our customers, our partners, or third parties in connection with commercial disputes or our technology or employment claims made by our current or former employees. Litigation might result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, potentially harming our business, financial position, and results of operations.

We use open source software in our platform, which could negatively affect our ability to sell our services or subject us to litigation or other actions.

We rely on open source software in our proprietary platforms and we expect to continue to rely on open source software in our platform in the future. The terms of certain open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our platforms. Certain open source projects also include other open source software and there is a risk that those dependent open source libraries may be subject to inconsistent licensing terms. This could create further uncertainties as to the governing terms for the open source software. Moreover, we cannot ensure that we have not incorporated and are currently relying on additional open source software in our platform in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the applicable license or our current policies and procedures. Although we employ open source software license screening measures, if we were to combine our proprietary software platform with open source software in a certain manner we could, under certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary platform, which could allow our customers and competitors to freely use such software solutions without compensation to us. Additionally, we may from time to time face claims from third parties: claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software or derivative works that we developed using such software, which could include our proprietary source code, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, required to comply with onerous conditions or restrictions, required to make our proprietary source code for our platform and any modifications and derivative works developed using such open source software generally available at no cost, purchase a costly license or cease offering the implicated services unless and until we can re-engineer them to avoid use of the open source software in dispute, which could disrupt the business dependent on the affected platforms. This re-engineering process could require significant additional

 

44


Table of Contents

research and development resources, and we may not be able to complete it successfully. In addition to risks related to license requirements, use of certain open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of software. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership rights in open source software against companies that incorporate it into their products and the licensors of such open source software provide no warranties or indemnities with respect to such claims. As a result, we and our customers could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Some open source projects have known vulnerabilities and architectural instabilities and are provided on an “as-is” basis which, if not properly addressed, could negatively affect the performance of our platform. Any of these risks could be difficult to eliminate or manage, and if not addressed, could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our brand is integral to our success. If we fail to effectively maintain, promote, and enhance our brand, our business and competitive advantage may be harmed.

We believe that maintaining, promoting, and enhancing the Olo brand is critical to expanding our business. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to continue to provide high-quality, well-designed, useful, reliable, and innovative modules, which we may not do successfully in the future.

Errors, defects, security incidents, disruptions, or other performance problems with our platform, including with third-party applications, services, or partners, may harm our reputation and brand. We may introduce new modules or terms of service that our customers or consumers do not like, which may negatively affect our brand. Additionally, if our customers or consumers have a negative experience using our modules or third-party solutions integrated with our platform, such an experience may affect our brand, especially as and if we continue to attract multi-location restaurant customers to our platform.

We receive significant media coverage in the United States, especially in the restaurant trade press. Any unfavorable media coverage or negative publicity about our company, for example, the quality and reliability of our platform, our privacy and security practices or the loss or misuse of our customer data or consumers’ personal information, our platform changes, litigation, or regulatory activity, or regarding the actions of our partners or our customers, could seriously harm our reputation. Such negative publicity could also adversely affect the size, demographics, engagement, and loyalty of our customers, and result in decreased revenue, which could seriously harm our business.

We believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. In addition to our ability to provide reliable and useful modules at competitive prices, successful promotion of our brand will depend on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts. While we primarily market our platform through direct sales efforts, our platform is also marketed through a number of free traffic sources, including customer referrals and word-of-mouth. Our efforts to market our brand have involved significant expenses, which we intend to increase, and as our market becomes increasingly competitive, these marketing initiatives may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Our marketing spend may not yield increased revenue, and even if it does, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building and maintaining our brand.

Activities of customers or partners or the content of our customers’ websites or mobile applications could damage our brand, subject us to liability, and harm our business and financial results.

Our terms of service and acceptable use policy prohibit our customers and partners from using our platform to engage in illegal or otherwise prohibited activities and our terms of service and

 

45


Table of Contents

acceptable use policy permit us to terminate a customer’s or partner’s account if we become aware of such use. Customers or partners may nonetheless engage in prohibited or illegal activities including in connection with their use of our products and services, which could subject us to civil or governmental liability or enforcement. We do not proactively monitor or review the appropriateness of the content of our customers’ websites or mobile applications and we do not have control over such content or our customers’ activities. The safeguards we have in place may not be sufficient for us to avoid liability, including through litigation, or avoid harm to our brand, especially if such inappropriate or illegal use is high profile, which could adversely affect our business and financial results. In addition, if we expand internationally, we may be subject to similar actions in foreign jurisdictions alleging that customers’ store content violates laws in foreign jurisdictions.

Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy, or reductions in digital ordering transaction volume or technology spending, could adversely impact the health of our customers and limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our results of operations.

Our results of operations may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our customers and potential customers. Negative conditions in the general economy both in the United States and abroad, including conditions resulting from changes in gross domestic product growth, decreases in restaurant and digital ordering spending, financial and credit market fluctuations, international trade relations, political turmoil, natural catastrophes, epidemics, warfare and terrorist attacks on the United States, Canada, or elsewhere, could cause a reduction in customer locations and digital ordering transaction volumes, a decrease in business investments, including spending on technology, business interruptions resulting from a destruction of our headquarters, and negatively affect the growth of our business.

More specifically, we are heavily reliant on the restaurant, food, and delivery industries and any downturn or fundamental shift in those industries could significantly impact our results. Reports, whether true or not, of foodborne illnesses and injuries caused by food tampering have severely injured the reputations of participants in the food business and could do so in the future. The potential for acts of terrorism on the United States’ food supply also exists and, if such an event occurs, it could harm our business and results of operations. In addition, reports of foodborne illnesses or food tampering could, as a result of negative publicity about the restaurant industry, harm our business and results of operations.

In addition, we contract directly with our DSPs to provide delivery services to our restaurant customers through Dispatch and then invoice our restaurant customers for the cost associated with DSP services. As a result, we may be required to make payments to DSPs prior to receiving payment from our restaurant customers for DSP transactions, which could reduce the amount of cash and cash equivalents we have available for the period between payment to the DSPs and receipt of payment from the restaurant customer. In addition, if any of our restaurant customers were to go out of business, become insolvent, or otherwise be unable to pay for DSP transactions, we would be responsible for making payments to the DSPs that our customers otherwise would have made, which could adversely affect our business.

Lastly, the increased pace of consolidation in certain industries may result in reduced overall spending on our platform and modules. We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown, instability, or recovery, generally or within any particular industry.

Increases in food, labor, and occupancy costs could adversely affect results of operations.

Our financial success is dependent, in part, on the ability of our restaurant customers to increase digital ordering and maintain profitability. These customers may experience increased

 

46


Table of Contents

operating costs, including as a result of changes to food, labor, occupancy, insurance, and supply costs, as well as costs of safety equipment related to the COVID-19 pandemic, and they may be unable to recover these costs through increased menu prices. Various factors beyond our control, including government regulations relating to independent contractor classifications and minimum wage increases, may affect the total cost of digital food orders to consumers. If our current or future customers are unable to maintain or increase digital orders, or maintain profitability, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed.

We may make acquisitions or enter into joint ventures or other partnerships, which could divert management’s attention, result in operating difficulties and dilution to our shareholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial position.

From time to time, we may evaluate potential strategic acquisition, joint venture, or partnership opportunities. Any transactions that we enter into could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. The process of acquiring and integrating another company or technology could create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. Acquisitions and other partnerships involve a number of risks, such as:

 

   

diversion of management time and focus from operating our business;

 

   

use of resources that are needed in other areas of our business;

 

   

in the case of an acquisition, implementation or remediation of controls, procedures, and policies of the acquired company;

 

   

in the case of an acquisition, difficulty integrating the accounting systems and operations of the acquired company and maintaining the quality and security standards consistent with our brand, including potential risks to our corporate culture;

 

   

coordination of product, engineering, and selling and marketing functions, including difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy services and platform and hosting infrastructure of the acquired company and difficulty converting the customers of the acquired company onto our platform and contract terms, including disparities in the revenues, licensing, support, or professional services model of the acquired company;

 

   

in the case of an acquisition, retention and integration of employees from the acquired company;

 

   

unforeseen costs or liabilities, including potential legal liability for violations of applicable law or industry rules and regulations arising from prior or ongoing acts or omissions by the acquired company or partner that are not discovered by due diligence during the acquisition or partnership process;

 

   

adverse effects to our existing business relationships with partners and customers as a result of the acquisition or joint venture;

 

   

the possibility of adverse tax consequences;

 

   

litigation or other claims arising in connection with the acquired company or partner; and

 

47


Table of Contents
   

in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political, and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Acquisitions and investments may also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, which could adversely affect our share price, or result in issuances of securities with superior rights and preferences to our Class A common stock, or the incurrence of debt with restrictive covenants that limit our future uses of capital in pursuit of business opportunities.

We may not be able to identify acquisition or investment opportunities that meet our strategic objectives, or to the extent such opportunities are identified, we may not be able to negotiate terms with respect to the acquisition or investment that are acceptable to us. At this time, we have made no commitments or agreements with respect to any such material transactions.

We rely on software licensed from, and services rendered by, third parties in order to provide our modules and run our business.

We rely on software licensed from, and services rendered by, third parties in order to provide our modules and run our business. Third-party software and services may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use, or any failures of, third-party software or services could result in delays in our ability to provide our modules or run our business until equivalent software or services are developed by us or, if available, identified, obtained and integrated, which could be costly and time-consuming and may not result in an equivalent module, any of which could cause an adverse effect on our business and operating results. Further, customers could assert claims against us in connection with such service disruption or cease conducting business with us altogether. Even if not successful, a claim brought against us by any of our customers would likely be time-consuming and costly to defend and could seriously damage our reputation and brand, making it harder for us to sell our modules.

Our pricing decisions and pricing models may adversely affect our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers.

In 2015 and 2017, we launched our Dispatch and Rails modules, respectively, and in 2016 we began to offer a transactional-based pricing model for our Ordering module. As a result, we have limited experience determining the optimal prices for our modules and may be unable to convert existing customers from a flat-fee model to our transactional based pricing models. We have changed our pricing model from time to time and expect to do so in the future or sell new modules. However, given our limited experience with selling new modules, it may turn out that the new pricing models, or the pricing for any other modules we may develop, is not optimal, which may result in our modules not being profitable or not gaining market share. As competitors introduce new solutions that compete with ours, especially in the digital ordering and delivery spaces where we face significant competition, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing models that we have used historically. Pricing decisions and pricing models may also impact the mix of adoption among our modules and negatively impact our overall revenue. Moreover, restaurant brands may be sensitive to price increases or to the prices offered by competitors. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices, which could adversely affect our revenue, profitability, financial position, and cash flows.

 

48


Table of Contents

Provisions of our financial instruments may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

We currently have a credit facility, which requires us, and any debt instruments we may enter into in the future may require us, to comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

 

   

dispose of or encumber assets;

 

   

complete mergers or acquisitions;

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

pay dividends or make other distributions to holders of our shares;

 

   

make specified investments;

 

   

change certain key management personnel;

 

   

engage in any business other than the businesses we currently engage in; and

 

   

engage in transactions with affiliates.

These restrictions could inhibit our ability to pursue our business strategies. If we default under our credit facility, and such event of default is not cured or waived, the lender could terminate commitments to lend and cause all amounts outstanding with respect to the debt to be due and payable immediately. Our assets and cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments if some or all of these instruments are accelerated upon a default.

We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. The instruments governing such indebtedness could contain provisions that are as, or more, restrictive than our existing debt instruments. If we are unable to repay, refinance, or restructure our indebtedness when payment is due, the lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure such indebtedness, as applicable, or force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Changes in our effective tax rate or tax liability may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our effective tax rate could increase due to several factors, including:

 

   

changes in the relative amounts of income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate that have differing statutory tax rates;

 

   

changes in tax laws, tax treaties, and regulations or the interpretation of them, including the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act;

 

   

changes to our assessment about our ability to realize our deferred tax assets that are based on estimates of our future results, the prudence and feasibility of possible tax planning strategies, and the economic and political environments in which we do business;

 

   

the outcome of current and future tax audits, examinations, or administrative appeals; and

 

   

limitations or adverse findings regarding our ability to do business in some jurisdictions.

Any of these developments could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

49


Table of Contents

We could be required to collect additional sales taxes or be subject to other tax liabilities that may increase the costs our customers would have to pay for our modules and adversely affect our results of operations.

An increasing number of states have considered or adopted laws that attempt to impose tax collection obligations on out-of-state companies. Additionally, the Supreme Court of the United States recently ruled in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. et al, or Wayfair, that online sellers can be required to collect sales and use tax despite not having a physical presence in the buyer’s state. In response to Wayfair, or otherwise, states or local governments may adopt, or begin to enforce, laws requiring us to calculate, collect, and remit taxes on sales in their jurisdictions. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect taxes where we presently do not do so, or to collect more taxes in a jurisdiction in which we currently do collect some taxes, could result in substantial tax liabilities, including taxes on past sales, as well as penalties and interest. The imposition by state governments or local governments of sales tax collection obligations on out-of-state sellers could also create additional administrative burdens for us, put us at a competitive disadvantage if they do not impose similar obligations on our competitors, and decrease our future sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, we had approximately $46.8 million and $31.7 million of federal net operating losses, or NOLs. Approximately $28.4 million of the federal NOLs will expire at various dates beginning in 2035 through 2037 if not utilized, while the remaining amount will have an indefinite life. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, we had approximately $38.0 million and $26.2 million of state NOLs. Of the state NOLs, some may follow the Tax Cut and Jobs Act and are indefinite life and most are definite life with various expiration dates beginning in 2025 through 2039. The federal research and development tax credits were approximately $1.3 million as of each of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The federal research credits will begin to expire in 2026. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change,” as defined under Section 382 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. We may experience a future ownership change, including, potentially, in connection with this offering, under Section 382 of the Code that could affect our ability to utilize the NOLs to offset our income. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we have acquired or may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to reduce future income tax liabilities, including for state tax purposes. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance sheet, even if we attain profitability, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us and could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported results of operations and could affect the reporting of transactions already completed before the announcement of a change.

 

50


Table of Contents

If our estimates or judgments relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, as provided in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity, and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant estimates and judgments involve revenue recognition, and the valuation of our stock-based compensation awards, including the determination of fair value of our Class A common stock, among others. Our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our results of operations to fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock.

We identified a material weakness in our internal control over our financial reporting process. If we are unable to remediate this material weakness, we may not be able to accurately or timely report our financial condition or results of operations.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We identified a material weakness in our internal control over our financial statement close process specifically related to insufficient written policies and procedures for accounting and financial reporting and the lack of properly designed controls related to accounting for revenue recognition in accordance with standards under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606 (“ASC 606”), Revenue from Contracts with Customers. These control deficiencies could result in a misstatement of our accounts or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement of our financial results that would not be prevented or detected, and accordingly, we determined that these control deficiencies constitute a material weakness.

We are working to remediate this material weakness through the development and implementation of processes and controls over the financial reporting process. Specifically, we have:

 

   

in the process of implementing a new revenue recognition system which will significantly reduce the number of manual controls currently required to recognize revenue;

 

   

engaged external resources to assist with remediation efforts and internal control execution as well as to provide additional training to existing personnel, including the development of written policies and procedures in certain areas; and

 

   

continued to hire additional internal resources with appropriate knowledge and expertise to effectively operate financial reporting processes and internal controls.

While we have designed and are implementing new controls to remediate this material weakness, they have not operated for a sufficient period of time to demonstrate the material weakness has been remediated. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness we identified or avoid the identification of additional material weaknesses in the future. If the steps we take do not remediate the material weakness in a timely manner, there could continue to be a reasonable possibility that this control deficiency or others could

 

51


Table of Contents

result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Furthermore, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis may harm our stock price.

As a result of being a public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting, and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our Class A common stock.

We are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” or after we are no longer a “smaller reporting company.” We have recently commenced the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, but we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing, and any required remediation in a timely fashion once initiated. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial expenses and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.

During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to certify that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. As we have had a material weakness in the past, any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

We may require additional capital, which additional financing may result in restrictions on our operations or substantial dilution to our stockholders, to support the growth of our business, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through equity financings, borrowings under our credit facility, and sales of our platform and core modules. We cannot be certain when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fully fund our ongoing operations or the growth of our business. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business, which may require us to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. Additional financing may not be

 

52


Table of Contents

available on terms favorable to us, if at all. In particular, the current COVID-19 pandemic has caused disruption in the global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital and negatively affect our liquidity in the future. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. If we incur additional debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of common stock to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our Class A common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in the future will depend on numerous considerations, including factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of any future issuances of debt or equity securities. As a result, our stockholders bear the risk of future issuances of debt or equity securities reducing the value of our Class A common stock and diluting their interests.

We recognize revenue from customer subscriptions over the term of the subscription agreement and, therefore, a significant downturn in our business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We recognize revenue from subscription agreements monthly over the terms of these agreements, which is typically three years or longer. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is generated from customer agreements entered into during previous periods. Consequently, a decline in new subscriptions or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not impact our financial performance in that quarter, but might negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. If a number of contracts expire and are not renewed in the same quarter, our revenue may decline significantly in that quarter and subsequent quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant declines in sales of our platform or modules may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations.

We experience significant seasonal fluctuations in our financial results, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate.

Our business is highly dependent on the behavior patterns of restaurant brands and consumers. We may experience a relative increase or decrease in the use of our Ordering, Rails, and Dispatch modules depending on the season and customer type, which may be difficult to assess. Additionally, our revenue can also be impacted by sales cycles and seasonality, which vary depending on customer type. Finally, even after we have executed a contract with a customer, deployment of our platform and the related modules is typically lower than average in the fourth quarter. As a result, seasonality will likely cause fluctuations in our financial results on a quarterly basis, and other seasonality trends may develop may similarly impact our results of operation.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile, and the value of our Class A common stock may decline.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and may fluctuate or decline substantially as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition or results of operations;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts;

 

   

changes in the pricing of our modules;

 

53


Table of Contents
   

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations applicable to our platform and modules;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions, or new offerings;

 

   

our involvement in litigation;

 

   

future sales of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;

 

   

significant data breaches, disruptions to or other incidents involving our software;

 

   

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

   

the trading volume of our Class A common stock;

 

   

changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our markets; and

 

   

general economic and market conditions.

Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory, and market conditions, may also negatively impact the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future, which could result in substantial expenses and divert our management’s attention.

The dual-class structure of our common stock will have the effect of concentrating voting control with our existing stockholders, executive officers, directors, and their affiliates, which will limit your ability to influence the outcome of important transactions and to influence corporate governance matters, such as electing directors, and to approve material mergers, acquisitions, or other business combination transactions that may not be aligned with your interests.

Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, whereas our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. Our existing stockholders, all of which hold shares of Class B common stock, will collectively own shares representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020. Our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will collectively beneficially own, in the aggregate, shares representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock immediately following the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020. As a result, the holders of our Class B common stock will be able to exercise considerable influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or our assets, even if their stock holdings represent less than     % of the outstanding shares of our capital stock. This concentration of ownership will limit the ability of other stockholders to influence corporate matters and may cause us to make strategic decisions that could involve risks to you or that may not be aligned with your interests. This control may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

54


Table of Contents

Further, future transfers by holders of our Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into shares of our Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for tax or estate planning purposes. The conversion of shares of our Class B common stock into shares of our Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term.

We cannot predict the impact our dual-class structure may have on the market price of our Class A common stock.

We cannot predict whether our dual-class structure, combined with the concentrated control of our stockholders who held our capital stock prior to the completion of our offering, including our executive officers, employees, and directors and their affiliates, will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple class share structures in certain of their indices. In July 2017, FTSE Russell and Standard & Poor’s announced that they would cease to allow most newly public companies utilizing dual or multi-class capital structures to be included in their indices. Under the announced policies, our dual class capital structure would make us ineligible for inclusion in any of these indices. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indexes, exclusion from stock indexes would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and could make our Class A common stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

No public market for our Class A common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

No public market for our Class A common stock currently exists. An active public trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, it may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them effectively, which could affect our results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, our ultimate use may vary substantially from our currently intended use. Investors will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. Pending use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government that may not generate a high yield for our stockholders. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.

 

55


Table of Contents

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market following this offering, including sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock by our existing stockholders, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market following the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Many of our existing equity holders have substantial unrecognized gains on the value of the equity they hold based upon the price of this offering, and therefore they may take steps to sell their shares or otherwise secure the unrecognized gains on those shares. We are unable to predict the timing of or the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock.

All of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our Class B common stock and securities convertible into our Class B common stock are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer shares of our capital stock for 175 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, provided that, up to 20% of the common stock (including common stock issuable upon exercise of vested options) held by employees and former employees (but excluding current executive officers and directors and certain members of management) may be sold beginning at the commencement of trading on the first trading day on which our common stock is listed on the NYSE and ending on the last day of the quarter following the most recent quarter for which quarterly or annual, as applicable, financial statements are included in this prospectus. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion, permit our stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements, subject to applicable notice requirements. If not earlier released, all of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the 175-day lock-up period, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

In addition, there were 2,208,475 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2020. We intend to register all of the shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options or other equity incentives we may grant in the future, for public resale under the Securities Act. The shares of Class A common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such options are exercised, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

Further, based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, holders of approximately                 shares, or     % of our capital stock after the completion of this offering, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

Our issuance of additional capital stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our equity incentive plans, or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.

We expect to issue additional capital stock in the future that will result in dilution to all other stockholders. We expect to grant equity awards to employees, directors, and consultants under our equity incentive plans. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in companies, products, or technologies and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition or investment. Any such issuances of additional capital stock may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our Class A common stock to decline.

 

56


Table of Contents

If our operating and financial performance in any given period does not meet the guidance that we provide to the public or the expectations of investment analysts, the market price of our Class A common stock may decline.

We may, but are not obligated to, provide public guidance on our expected operating and financial results for future periods. Any such guidance will comprise forward-looking statements, subject to the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus and in our other public filings and public statements. Our ability to provide this public guidance, and our ability to accurately forecast our results of operations, may be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our actual results may not always be in line with or exceed any guidance we have provided, especially in times of economic uncertainty, such as the current global economic uncertainty being experienced as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. If, in the future, our operating or financial results for a particular period do not meet any guidance we provide or the expectations of investment analysts, or if we reduce our guidance for future periods, the market price of our Class A common stock may decline as well. Even if we do issue public guidance, there can be no assurance that we will continue to do so in the future.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, the market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock could decline.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock following the completion of this offering will be heavily influenced by the way analysts interpret our financial information and other disclosures. We do not have control over these analysts. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, our stock price would be negatively affected. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, downgrade our Class A common stock, or publish negative reports about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price to decline and could decrease the trading volume of our Class A common stock.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of Class A common stock you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $         per share, or $         per share if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the sale of Class A common stock in this offering and the assumed public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See the section titled “Dilution.”

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our Class A common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, you may need to rely on sales of our Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on your investment.

 

57


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” and “smaller reporting companies,” including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors. In addition, if we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will no longer be able to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (4) the last day of the fiscal year in which the market value of our equity securities, which includes Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of such fiscal year.

We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies and will be able to take advantage of these scaled disclosures for so long as (i) the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter or (ii) our annual revenue is less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. For example, if we do not adopt a new or revised accounting standard, our future results of operations may not be as comparable to the results of operations of certain other companies in our industry that adopted such standards. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Our management team has limited experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors and securities analysts, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. These new obligations and constituents require significant attention from our management team and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

58


Table of Contents

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, which we expect to further increase after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the specific timing of such costs.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our Class A common stock;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be affected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

provide that our directors may be removed for cause only upon the vote of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of voting stock;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

   

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of voting stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

 

59


Table of Contents

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock, and they could deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you would receive a premium for your shares of our Class A common stock in an acquisition.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the United States of America as the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which will restrict our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of claims or causes of action under Delaware statutory or common law: any derivative claims or causes of action brought on our behalf; any claims or causes of action asserting a breach of a fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees. If a court were to find either choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions. For example, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware recently determined that the exclusive forum provision of federal district courts of the United States of America for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act is not enforceable.

 

60


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

   

our expectations regarding our revenue, expenses, and other operating results;

 

   

the durability of the growth we have experienced in the near term due to COVID-19 and the associated shelter-in-place orders on consumer preferences for digital ordering and customer adoption of multi-modules as COVID-19 associated restrictions abate;

 

   

our ability to acquire new customers and successfully retain existing customers;

 

   

our ability to increase usage of our platform and upsell and cross sell additional modules;

 

   

our ability to achieve or sustain our profitability;

 

   

the effects of COVID-19 and the associated global economic uncertainty or other public health crises;

 

   

future investments in our business, our anticipated capital expenditures, and our estimates regarding our capital requirements;

 

   

the loss or decline in revenue from any of our largest customers and our resulting financial condition;

 

   

our ability to compete effectively with existing competitors and new market entrants;

 

   

the costs and success of our sales and marketing efforts, and our ability to promote our brand;

 

   

our reliance on key personnel and our ability to identify, recruit, and retain skilled personnel;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our growth, including any international expansion;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and any costs associated therewith; and

 

   

the growth rates of the markets in which we compete.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and operating results. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. And while we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments.

 

62


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY, AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains estimates, projections, and other information concerning our industry, our business, and the markets for our products. Some market data and statistical information contained in this prospectus are also based on management’s estimates and calculations, which are derived from our review and interpretation of the independent sources listed below, our internal research, and knowledge of our market. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. In addition, projections, assumptions, and estimates of the future performance of the industry in which we operate and our future performance are necessarily subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the projections and estimates made by the independent third parties and us.

Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained industry, business, market, and other data from the reports, publications and other materials and sources listed below. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph is derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

 

63


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $        million (or approximately $        million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share of Class A common stock remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, to create a public market for our Class A common stock, and to facilitate our future access to the capital markets. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds we receive from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to acquire complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments to enter into any acquisitions at this time.

We will have broad discretion over how to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering. We intend to invest the net proceeds we receive from the offering that are not used as described above in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

 

64


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our loan and security agreement with Pacific Western Bank contains restrictive covenants that prohibit us, subject to certain exceptions, from paying dividends on our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, and future debt securities or other financing arrangements could contain similar or more restrictive negative covenants. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, including in our then-existing debt arrangements, capital requirements, business prospects, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

65


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of December 31, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (1) the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,230,827 shares of Class B common stock, (3) the reclassification of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital in connection with this offering with respect warrants to purchase 98,991 shares of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, 90,071 will be exercised in connection with this offering and 8,920 will remain outstanding and convert into warrants to purchase our Class B common stock, and (4) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (1) the pro forma adjustments described above and (2) our receipt of estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

66


Table of Contents

You should read this table together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2020  
     Actual        Pro Forma        Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 75,756        $                      $              
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Long-term debt, including current portion

            

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 3,559,380 shares authorized, 3,468,397 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     111,737            

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     19,735            

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

            

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value,                  shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, actual, and                  shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

            

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 9,500,000 shares authorized, 1,312,958 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and                  shares authorized, and                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, and                  shares authorized, and                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1            

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value,                  shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual,                  shares authorized and                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma,                  shares authorized and                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

            

Class B common stock, $0.001 par value,                  shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual,                  shares authorized and                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

            

Additional paid-in capital

    
16,819
 
         

Accumulated Deficit

     (69,301          
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (52,481 )      $          $    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 78,991      $          $    
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting

 

67


Table of Contents

discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share of Class A common stock remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 7,210,075 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

482,079 shares and 1,821,535 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2020 under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2005 Plan, and our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2015 Plan, respectively, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.69 per share and $40.75 per share, respectively;

 

   

386,940 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options issued after December 31, 2020 pursuant to our 2015 Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $165.32 per share;

 

   

8,920 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase preferred stock, which will become a warrant to purchase shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.80 per share;

 

   

96,853 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock appreciation rights issued pursuant to our 2015 Plan which will become vested upon the completion of this offering;

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases, in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, and any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under our 2005 Plan or our 2015 Plan that expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans”;

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases, in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP; and

 

   

                 shares of our Class A common stock that we plan to donate to a donor-advised fund after the completion of this offering, as more fully described in “Business—Social Responsibility and Community Initiatives.”

 

68


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 was $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of our shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, after giving effect to (1) the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,230,827 shares of Class B common stock, and (3) the reclassification of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital in connection with this offering with respect warrants to purchase 98,991 shares of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, 90,071 will be exercised in connection with this offering and 8,920 will remain outstanding and convert into warrants to purchase our Class B common stock.

After giving effect to the sale by us of              shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $              

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020

   $                 

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         per share and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $         per share, in each case assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         per share and increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by

 

69


Table of Contents

approximately $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would be $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2020, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (1) paid to us by existing stockholders and (2) to be paid by new investors acquiring our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased        Total Consideration      Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number        Percent        Amount      Percent         

Existing stockholders

                                                                          

New investors

                  
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Totals

          100.0        $                      100.0   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common Stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on no shares of Class A common stock and 7,210,075 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and excludes:

 

   

482,079 shares and 1,821,535 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2020 under our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2005 Plan, and our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2015 Plan, respectively, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.69 per share and $40.75 per share, respectively;

 

   

386,940 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options issued after December 31, 2020 pursuant to our 2015 Plan, with a weighted average exercise price of $165.32 per share;

 

   

8,920 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase Series A-1 Preferred Stock, which will become a warrant to purchase shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering, at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.80 per share;

 

   

96,853 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock appreciation rights issued pursuant to our 2015 Plan which will become vested upon the completion of this offering;

 

70


Table of Contents
   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases, in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, and any shares underlying outstanding stock awards granted under our 2005 Plan or our 2015 Plan that expire or are repurchased, forfeited, cancelled or withheld, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans”;

 

   

                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, as well as any future increases, including annual automatic evergreen increases, in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our ESPP; and

 

   

                 shares of our Class A common stock that we plan to donate to a donor-advised fund after the completion of this offering, as more fully described in “Business—Social Responsibility and Community Initiatives.”

To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised or new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans, or that we issue additional shares of capital stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding options under each of our 2005 Plan and 2015 Plan as of December 31, 2020 were exercised or settled, then our holders of our Class B common stock, including the holders of these options, would own     %, and our new investors would own     %, of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding following the completion of this offering.

 

71


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting the operating results, financial condition, liquidity, and cash flows of our company as of and for the period presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion contains forward-looking statements, including with respect to the durability of the acceleration we have experienced in the near term on consumer preferences for digital ordering and customer adoption of multi-modules, that are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

Olo provides a leading cloud-based, on-demand commerce platform for multi-location restaurant brands.

Our platform powers restaurant brands’ on-demand commerce operations, enabling digital ordering and delivery, while further strengthening and enhancing the restaurants’ direct consumer relationships. Consumers today expect more on-demand convenience and personalization from restaurants, particularly through digital channels, but many restaurants lack the in-house infrastructure and expertise to satisfy this increasing demand in a cost-effective manner. Olo provides restaurants with a business-to-business-to-consumer, enterprise-grade, open SaaS platform to manage their complex digital businesses and enable fast and more personalized experiences for their customers. Our platform and application programming interfaces, or APIs, seamlessly integrate with a wide range of solutions, unifying disparate technologies across the restaurant ecosystem. Restaurant brands rely on Olo to increase their digital and in-store sales, maximize profitability, establish and maintain direct consumer relationships, and collect, protect, and leverage valuable consumer data. As a result, we nearly doubled the gross merchandise value, or GMV, which we define as the gross value of orders processed through our platform, in each of the last five years and reached nearly $14.6 billion in GMV during the year ended December 31, 2020. Our well-established platform has led many of the major publicly traded and top 50 fastest growing private restaurant brands, measured by overall sales, in the United States to work with us and has been a factor in our high gross brand retention rate. Further, industry-recognized outlets, including Restaurant Business Online, QSR Magazine, and AP News, have also deemed Olo the leading food ordering platform for the restaurant industry.

We built Olo with the goal of being the leading SaaS platform for the restaurant industry by aligning the solutions we have developed with the needs of our customers. Our platform initially focused on enabling digital ordering, through the deployment of white label on-demand commerce websites and applications, and tools for digital order management. We then expanded our platform by launching Dispatch, our delivery enablement module, and Rails, our aggregator and channel management module. We believe our solution is the only independent SaaS platform for restaurants to provide seamless digital ordering and efficient delivery enablement, offering centralized management of a restaurant’s entire digital business. The key milestones in our corporate history are the following:

 

   

2005: Founder & CEO Noah Glass accepted $500,000 in Series A funding to start Mobo.

 

   

2010: We renamed our product as Olo and shifted our focus to enterprise customers.

 

   

2013: We surpassed $50 million in GMV and expanded our executive leadership team.

 

72


Table of Contents
   

2014: We surpassed $100 million in GMV, and restauranteur Danny Meyer joined our board of directors.

 

   

2015: We launched Dispatch, our first significant product extension.

 

   

2016: We surpassed $500 million in GMV.

 

   

2017: We launched Rails and surpassed $1 billion in GMV.

 

   

2018: We surpassed $2 billion in GMV.

 

   

2019: We reached nearly $4.6 billion in GMV.

 

   

2020: We reached nearly $14.6 billion in GMV.

Leading restaurant brands trust Olo’s enterprise-grade platform for its capabilities, reliability, security, scalability, and interoperability. Our platform currently handles, on average, nearly 2 million orders per day. We continually invest in architectural improvements so our system can scale in tandem with our continued growth. Additionally, both internal and external security experts frequently test our system for vulnerabilities. We have never experienced a material breach of customer or consumer data. Our open SaaS platform integrates with over 100 restaurant technology solutions including point-of-sale, or POS, systems, aggregators, delivery service providers, or DSPs, payment processors, user experience, or UX, and user interface, or UI, providers, and loyalty programs, giving our customers significant control over the configuration and features of their distinct digital offering.

We are the exclusive direct digital ordering provider for our leading brands across all service models of the restaurant industry, including quick service, fast casual, casual, family, and snack food. Our customers include major publicly traded and the fastest growing private restaurant brands such as Chili’s, Wingstop, Shake Shack, Five Guys, and sweetgreen. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 400 brand customers representing over 64,000 locations using our platform. Our average initial contract length is generally three years with continuous one-year automatic renewal periods, providing visibility into our future financial performance. Our enterprise brands, meaning those brands having 50 or more locations, are also highly loyal. Over the last five years, on average nearly 99% of our enterprise brand customers, which accounted for 91% of our total active locations as of December 31, 2020, have continued using our Ordering module each year. Our customers’ digital same-store sales has increased, on average, by 44% for the month ended December 31, 2019 when compared to the month ended December 31, 2018. This trend has further accelerated over the past year, with digital same-store sales up 156% for the month ended December 31, 2020 when compared to the month ended December 31, 2019.

We have a highly efficient go-to-market model as a result of our industry thought leadership, partnership approach with our restaurant customers, and experienced enterprise sales, customer success, and deployment teams. Unlike other enterprise software businesses, where the sales team works to add a single location or division and expand to others, we enter into relationships at the brand’s corporate level and secure exclusivity across all company-owned and franchise locations. This enables us to deploy our modules across all new and existing brand locations without any additional sales and marketing costs, and upsell new offerings to the brand itself, rather than each individual location. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, 44% and 71% of our customers used all three of our modules, respectively.

We refer to our business model as a transactional SaaS model as it includes both subscription and transaction-based revenue streams, and we designed it to align with our customers’ success. Our

 

73


Table of Contents

model allows our customers to forego the cost of building, maintaining, and securing their own digital ordering and delivery platforms and to retain direct relationships with their consumers while maximizing profitability. Our hybrid-pricing model provides us with a predictable revenue stream and enables us to further grow our revenue as our customers increase their digital order volume. We generate subscription revenue from our Ordering module and transaction revenue from our Rails and Dispatch modules. We charge our customers a fixed monthly subscription fee per restaurant location for access to our Ordering module. In addition, a growing portion of our customers purchase an allotment of monthly orders for a fixed monthly fee and pay us an additional fee for each excess order, which we also consider to be subscription revenue. Our transaction revenue includes revenue generated from our Rails and Dispatch modules. Customers who subscribe to our Rails and Dispatch modules pay a fee on a per transaction basis. In most cases, we also charge aggregators, channel partners, and other service providers in our ecosystem on a per transaction basis for access to our Rails and Dispatch modules. We also derive transactional revenue from other products, including Network, which allows brands to take orders from non-marketplace digital channels (e.g., Google Food Ordering, which enables restaurants to fulfill orders directly through Google search results and Maps pages). These products generate fees predominantly through revenue sharing agreements with partners. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, 93.2%, 80.8%, and 56.7% of our platform revenue was subscription revenue, respectively, and 6.8%, 19.2%, and 43.3% was transaction revenue, respectively.

Our business has experienced rapid growth in a highly capital efficient manner. Since inception 15 years ago, we have raised less than $100.0 million of primary investment capital, net of share repurchases, and as of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $75.8 million with no outstanding debt. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, we generated revenue of $31.8 million, $50.7 million, and $98.4 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 59.4% and 94.2%. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, we generated gross profit of $21.0 million, $35.1 million, and $79.8 million, respectively, or 66.0% , 69.3%, and 81.0% as a percentage of revenue, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred net losses of $11.6 million and $8.3 million, respectively and during the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated net income of $3.1 million. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred operating losses of $8.8 million and $5.1 million, respectively, and during the year ended December 31, 2020 we generated operating income of $16.1 million. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred non-GAAP operating losses of $4.6 million, and $0.2 million, respectively, and during the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated non-GAAP operating income of $21.8 million.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Add New Large Multi-Location and High-Growth Restaurant Brands

We believe there is a substantial opportunity to continue to grow our customer base across the U.S. restaurant industry, adding to our approximately 400 existing brands across more than 64,000 active locations. We consider each specific restaurant brand to be a customer, even if owned by a parent organization that owns multiple restaurant brands, and define active locations as a location where at least one of our modules is deployed. Our active locations increased 19% for the period from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019. The following year, our active locations increased 53% for the period from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020. We intend to continue to drive new customer growth by leveraging our brand and experience within the industry, and expanding our sales and marketing efforts. We have also historically pursued and will continue to target the most well-capitalized, fastest-growing restaurant brands in the industry. Our ability to attract new customers will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to innovate, the effectiveness and pricing of our new and existing modules, the growth of digital ordering, and the success of our marketing efforts.

 

74


Table of Contents

Expand Within Our Existing Customer Base

Our large base of enterprise customers and transactional SaaS revenue model represent an opportunity for further revenue expansion from the sale of additional modules, and the addition of new restaurant locations. A key factor to our success in executing our expansion strategy will be our ability to retain our existing and future restaurant customers. Our exclusive, long-term, direct digital ordering contracts with our customers provide us the opportunity to form unique, trusted partnerships with our restaurant brands, further enhancing our ability to satisfy and retain our customers. Our average initial contract length is generally three years, providing visibility into our future performance. Over the last five years, on average nearly 99% of our enterprise brand customers have continued to use our Ordering module each year.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, 44% and 71% of our customers used all three of our modules, respectively. We believe this demonstrates a continued opportunity to further increase revenue within our existing customer base by expanding and deploying additional modules. We believe that we are well-positioned to upsell our remaining customers, as our modules provide significant value, are simple to add, and operate seamlessly together. In addition, we intend to continue to work with our existing brand customers in implementing their digital strategies, which we expect will promote continued growth. In addition, our average revenue per location in 2020 was approximately $1,760, which we calculate by dividing the total platform revenue in a given period by the average active locations in that same period. We believe this demonstrates our ability to grow within our customer base through the development of our products that our customers value.

We work to build relationships with the fastest growing restaurant brands in the industry, enabling us to grow our revenue as our customers scale their locations. As our customers expand locations, we are well positioned to expand to new locations beyond the existing 64,000 active locations that we serve. Our contracts with our customers provide that our modules are implemented across an entire restaurant chain, growing as our customers expand locations. Our ability to increase sales to existing customers will depend on a number of factors, including our customers’ satisfaction with our platform, competition, pricing, and overall shift in the market to digital ordering and delivery.

We have a history of growing with our customers as they increase their annual spend with us over time. The chart below illustrates the total revenue generated within a given cohort over the years presented. All brands from which we received revenue for the first time at any time prior to January 1, 2017 are grouped as a single cohort. Each other cohort represents brands from which we received revenue for the first time in a given fiscal year. For example, the fiscal year 2018 cohort represents all brands who earned revenue for the first time at any point between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2018. We have seen significant expansion across all of our cohorts, even from brands that have been customers prior to 2017. For example, the fiscal year 2018 cohort increased its initial revenue from approximately $3.0 million to approximately $21.0 million in fiscal year 2020, representing an increase of approximately 700%. We expect cohort revenue will fluctuate from one period to another depending on, among other factors, our ability to increase revenue generated by the brands within a given cohort and other changes to products and services we offer to such brands. While we believe these cohorts are a fair representation of our overall customer base, there is no assurance that they will be representative of any future group of brands or periods.

 

75


Table of Contents

EXPANDING CUSTOMER COHORTS

LOGO

A further indication of the propensity of our customers to continue to work with and expand their relationship with us over time is our dollar-based net revenue retention, which compares our revenue from the same set of active customers in one period to the prior year period. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, our dollar-based net revenue retention was above 120% for each fiscal quarter. We calculate dollar-based net revenue retention as of a period-end by starting with the revenue from the cohort of all active customers as of 12 months prior to such period-end, or the prior period revenue. Revenue is defined as all platform revenue. We define active customers as those that generate platform revenue in all three months within a given quarterly period. We then calculate the platform revenue from these same customers as of the current period-end, or the current period revenue. Current period revenue includes any expansion and is net of contraction or attrition over the last 12 months, but excludes platform revenue from new customers in the current period. We then divide the total current period revenue by the total prior period revenue to arrive at the point-in-time dollar-based net revenue retention. While we have maintained this high net revenue retention over the past three years, we expect this number to decrease over time as our customer base matures. We are also seeing a trend where customers are purchasing all of our products at signing, which provides us with more platform revenue from the start, but leaves less room for expansion.

Enable Higher Transaction Volume

Transaction revenue will continue to be an important source of our growth. We intend to continue to work with our existing restaurant customers to enable higher transaction volume at their locations, which may enable us to generate additional subscription and transaction revenue. As on-demand commerce grows to represent a larger share of total off-premise food consumption, we expect to significantly benefit from this secular trend as we capture a portion of this increased on-demand commerce order volume. Not only does our software create the opportunity to drive more orders for our customers, but we also expect that the industry’s secular tailwinds will help increase transaction order volume as more consumers order food for off-premise consumption. As transaction volume

 

76


Table of Contents

increases, the subscription revenue we receive from our Ordering module may also increase as customers subscribe for higher tier ordering packages to enable more transactions. We evaluate our ability to drive increased transaction revenue by measuring digital same-store sales growth for our customers. Our customers’ digital same-store sales has increased, on average, by 44% for the month ended December 31, 2019 when compared to the month ended December 31, 2018. This trend has further accelerated over the past year, with digital same-store sales up 156% for the month ended December 31, 2020 when compared to the month ended December 31, 2019. We measure digital same-store sales by measuring the GMV for a given active restaurant brand location as compared to the GMV for the equivalent monthly period in the prior year. To determine same-store sales, we exclude locations that were not active in either the prior or current period. We believe that digital same-store sales growth is reflective of the future revenue opportunity inherent in our transactional SaaS revenue model because we expect our transaction revenue from our Rails and Dispatch modules to increase as the number of transactions and total GMV on our platform increases. In addition, as we continue to expand our product offerings and improve our current software, we also believe that we may be able to increase our share of the transaction revenue that flows through our platform. Our ability to increase transaction volume is dependent on the continued shift to digital ordering for off-premise food consumption and our ability to capture a meaningful portion of that shift. See “Components of Results of Operations — Revenue” for a further discussion of the impact of COVID- 19 and the associated shelter-in-place orders on our business.

Investment in Innovation and Growth

We have invested and intend to continue to invest in expanding the functionality of our current platform and broadening our capabilities to address new market opportunities, particularly around payments, catering, and data analytics. We also intend to continue to invest in enhancing awareness of our brand and developing more modules, features, and functionality that expand our capabilities to facilitate the extension of our platform to new use cases and industry verticals. We believe this strategy will provide new avenues for growth and allow us to continue to deliver differentiated, high-value outcomes to both our customers and stockholders. Specifically, we intend to invest in research and development to expand existing and build new modules, sales and marketing to promote our modules to new and existing customers and in existing and expanded geographies, professional services to ensure the success of our customers’ implementations of our platform, and other operational and administrative functions to support our expected growth and our transition to a public company. We expect our total operating expenses will increase over time and, in some cases, have short-term negative impacts on our operating margin. We also intend to continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions and investments in businesses and technologies to drive product and market expansion. Our future success is dependent, in part, on our ability to successfully develop, market, and sell new and existing modules to new and existing customers.

Grow Our Ecosystem

We plan to expand our current ecosystem of third-party partners to better support our customers. Our platform is highly configurable and deeply embedded into our customers’ disparate existing infrastructures. Our platform seamlessly integrates with technology providers across the restaurant ecosystem, including most POS systems, DSPs, aggregators, payment processors, and loyalty programs. We believe that we can leverage these unique partnerships to deliver additional value to our customers. We see opportunity to further broaden our partnership group and build upon the integrations we currently offer. We plan to continue to invest and expand our ecosystem of compatible third-party technology providers to allow us to service a broader network of restaurant brands. We believe that these technology partnerships make us a critical component for restaurant brands looking to enhance their digital ordering and delivery platforms. We intend to continue to invest in building functionality that further integrates our platform with additional third-party technology providers, which expands our capabilities and facilitates the extension of our platform to new use cases

 

77


Table of Contents

and industry verticals. Our future success is dependent on our ability to continue to integrate with third-party technology providers in the restaurant ecosystem.

Expand Our Longer-Term Market Opportunity

While we have not made any significant investments in this area to date, we believe there is an opportunity to partner with small and medium businesses to enable their on–demand commerce presence. Additionally, as many of our customers operate internationally, we believe there is a significant opportunity to expand the usage of our platform outside of the United States. We also believe that our platform can be applied to other commerce verticals beyond the restaurant industry that are undergoing a similar digital transformation to deliver real-time experiences and on-demand fulfillment to consumers. For example, we currently partner with a number of grocery chains who use our Ordering module to help their consumers order ready-to-eat meals and may potentially expand these or other partnerships in the future. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase as a result of these initiatives.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from platform fees and professional services.

Platform

Platform revenue primarily consists of fees that provide customers access to one or more of our modules and standard customer support. Our contracts typically begin with a minimum three-year term and auto-renew on an annual basis thereafter. We bill monthly in arrears. A majority of our platform revenue is derived from subscription fees from our Ordering module. Customers with subscriptions to our Ordering module can pay either a monthly flat fee or a reduced flat fee with a minimum, fixed number of monthly orders for a monthly fee once active with a module. Customers who elect the fixed number of monthly orders pay an additional fee for each excess order, which is also treated as subscription revenue.

We also generate platform revenue primarily from transaction revenue from our Rails, Dispatch, and other modules. Customers who subscribe to our Rails and Dispatch modules pay a fee on a per transaction basis. We may also charge third-party aggregators and other service providers in our ecosystem a per transaction fee for access to our Rails and Dispatch modules.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, Rails module transaction revenue from our largest digital ordering aggregator, DoorDash, accounted for an aggregate of 2.6%, 10.2%, and 19.3% of our total revenue, respectively, and this digital ordering aggregator accounted for a substantial majority of our transaction revenue from our Rails module during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020.

With the onset of COVID-19, we began to see an increase in transaction volumes as consumers turned to online ordering as compared to in-person dining. This shift began at end of the first quarter of 2020 and continued through the balance of 2020. We also experienced an increase in our penetration of our Rails and Dispatch modules, as evidenced by an increase from 44% in 2019 to 71% in 2020 of our customers using all three of our modules. The combination of increased transaction volumes and increased multi-module adoption resulted in an increase in transaction revenue as a percentage of platform revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, 93.2%, 80.8%, and 56.7% of our platform revenue was subscription revenue, respectively, and 6.8%, 19.2%, and 43.3% was transaction revenue, respectively. While we have benefited from the acceleration of

 

78


Table of Contents

demand for off-premise dining, our business and financial results could be materially adversely affected in the future if these trends do not continue. For example, as the effects of shelter-in-place orders abate with the roll-out of vaccines in the United States and consumers potentially return to pre-COVID digital ordering preferences and habits, the trends we experienced in 2020 on multi-module adoption and transaction volume may not continue and our revenue may fluctuate in the near term.

Professional Services and Other

Professional services and other revenue primarily consists of fees paid to us by our customers for the implementation of our platform. The majority of our professional service fees are billed on a fixed fee basis upon execution of our agreement.

Cost of Revenues

Platform

Platform cost of revenue primarily consists of costs directly related to our platform services, including expenses for customer support and infrastructure personnel, including salaries, taxes, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, which we refer to as personnel costs, third-party software licenses, hosting, amortization of internal-use software, and allocated overhead. We expect platform cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars in order to support additional customer and transaction volume growth on our platform and decline as a percent of revenue over time.

Professional Services and Other

Professional services and other cost of revenue primarily consists of the personnel costs of our deployment team associated with delivering these services and allocated overhead.

Gross Profit

Gross profit, or revenue less cost of revenue, has been, and will continue to be, affected by various factors, including revenue fluctuations, our mix of revenue associated with various modules, the timing and amount of investments in personnel, increased hosting capacity to align with customer growth, and third-party licensing costs.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, general and administrative, and sales and marketing expenses. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses primarily consist of engineering and product development personnel costs and allocated overhead costs. Research and development costs exclude capitalized software development costs as they are capitalized as a component of property and equipment, net and amortized to platform cost of revenue over the term of their useful life. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in the near term as we hire additional personnel and continue to make investments to innovate our platform and add additional modules.

 

79


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel costs and contractor fees for finance, legal, human resources, information technology, and other administrative functions. In addition, general and administrative expenses include insurance and travel-related expenses and allocated overhead. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase on an absolute dollar basis and as a percent of revenue in the near-term. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of sales, marketing, and other personnel costs, commissions, general marketing and promotional activities, and allocated overhead costs. Sales commissions earned by our sales force are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected benefit period. We plan to continue to invest in sales and marketing by expanding our go-to-market activities, hiring additional sales representatives, and sponsoring additional marketing events and trade shows. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase on an absolute dollar basis and as a percent of revenue.

Other Income (Expenses)

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest incurred on our outstanding borrowings under our outstanding debt facility. In 2020, we amended our loan agreement for our revolving line of credit. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Other Income, Net

Other income, net consists primarily of income earned on our money-market funds in cash and cash equivalents.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The change in the fair value of warrant liability relates to warrants issued to purchase our convertible preferred stock that are classified as liabilities on the balance sheet.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes primarily relates to U.S. federal and state income taxes where we conduct business.

 

80


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our statement of operations data for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue:

      

Platform

   $ 28,319     $ 45,121     $ 92,764  

Professional services and other

     3,480       5,570       5,660  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     31,799       50,691       98,424  

Cost of revenues:

      

Platform (1)

     8,722       11,920       14,334  

Professional services and other (1)

     2,095       3,666       4,334  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     10,817       15,586       18,668  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     20,982       35,105       79,756  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development (1)

     17,123       21,687       32,907  

General and administrative (1)

     8,341       12,157       22,209  

Sales and marketing (1)

     4,299       6,351       8,545  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,763       40,195       63,661  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (8,781     (5,090     16,095  

Other income (expenses):

      

Interest expense

     (173     (219     (157

Other income, net

     100       36       28  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (2,681     (2,959     (12,714
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

     (2,754     (3,142     (12,843
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (11,535     (8,232     3,252  

Provision for income taxes

     17       26       189  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (11,552   $ (8,258   $ 3,063  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption

     (136     (136     (70

Undeclared 8% non-cumulative dividend on participating securities

     —         —         (2,993
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11,688   $ (8,394   $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      2020  

Cost of revenue—platform

   $         410      $         253    $         556  

Cost of revenue—professional services and other

     34        46      124  

Research and development

     1,409        814      1,497  

General and administrative

     1,928        3,493      2,827  

Sales and marketing

     415        220      376  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 4,196      $ 4,826    $ 5,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2019     2020  

Revenue:

     

Platform

    89.1     89.0     94.2

Professional services and other

    10.9       11.0       5.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    100.0       100.0       100.0  

Cost of revenues:

     

Platform

    27.4       23.5       14.6  

Professional services and other

    6.6       7.2       4.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    34.0       30.7       19.0  

Gross profit

    66.0       69.3       81.0  

Operating expenses:

     

Research and development

    53.8       42.8       33.4  

General and administrative

    26.2       24.0       22.6  

Sales and marketing

    13.5       12.5       8.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    93.6       79.3       64.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (27.6     (10.0     16.4  

Other income (expenses):

     

Interest expense

    (0.5     (0.4     (0.2

Other income, net

    0.3       0.1       0.0  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (8.5     (5.9     (12.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

    (8.7     (6.2     (13.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (36.3     (16.2     3.3  

Provision for income taxes

    0.1       0.1       0.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)

    (36.4     (16.3     3.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    (0.4     (0.3     (0.1

Undeclared 8% non-cumulative dividend on participating securities

    0.0       0.0       (3.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

    (36.8 )%      (16.6 )%      0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020

Revenue

 

    Year Ended December 31,     2018 Change to
2019 Change
    2019 Change to
2020 Change
 
    2018     2019     2020     % Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)              

Revenue:

         

  Platform

  $ 28,319     $ 45,121     $ 92,764       59.3     105.6

  Professional services and other

    3,480       5,570       5,660       60.1     1.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  Total revenue

  $ 31,799     $ 50,691     $ 98,424       59.4     94.2

2019 Compared to 2020

Platform

Total platform revenue increased $47.6 million, or 105.6%, from $45.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $92.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily the result of additional active customer locations coming onto the platform, as well as an increase in average revenue per location. Active customer locations increased to approximately 64,000 as of December 31, 2020 from approximately 42,000 as of December 31, 2019, and average revenue per location increased to approximately $1,760 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 from approximately $1,160 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, 80.8% and 56.7% of our platform revenue was subscription revenue, respectively, and 19.2% and 43.3% was transaction revenue, respectively.

Professional Services and Other

Total professional services and other revenue increased $0.1 million, or 1.6%, from $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily a result of continued deployment of additional active locations, partially offset by lower other revenue.

2018 Compared to 2019

Platform

Total platform revenue increased $16.8 million, or 59.3%, from $28.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $45.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily the result additional active customer locations coming onto the platform, as well as increased average revenue per location. Active customer locations increased to approximately 42,000 as of December 31, 2019 from approximately 35,000 as of December 31, 2018, and average revenue per unit increased to approximately $1,160 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 from approximately $930 for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, 93.2% and 80.8% of our platform revenue was subscription revenue, respectively, and 6.8% and 19.2% was transaction revenue, respectively.

Professional Services and Other

Total professional services and other revenue increased $2.1 million, or 60.1%, from $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily a result of continued deployment of additional active locations and increases in other revenue.

 

83


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

    Year Ended December 31,     2018 Change to
2019 Change
    2019 Change to
2020 Change
 
    2018     2019     2020     % Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)              

Cost of revenues:

         

  Platform

  $ 8,722     $ 11,920     $ 14,334       36.7     20.3

  Professional services and other

    2,095       3,666       4,334       75.0     18.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

  Total cost of revenue

  $ 10,817     $ 15,586     $ 18,668       44.1     19.8

  Percentage of revenue

    34.0     30.7     19.0    

2019 Compared to 2020

Platform Cost of Revenue

Total platform cost of revenue increased $2.4 million, or 20.3%, from $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $14.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily the result of higher hosting costs due to increased transaction volume, as well as higher compensation costs associated with additional personnel to support growth in active locations.

Professional Services and Other Cost of Revenue

Total professional services and other cost of revenue increased $0.7 million, or 18.2%, from $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily the result of higher compensation costs associated with additional personnel to support growth in active locations.

Gross Profit

Gross margin increased to 81.0% for the year ended December 31, 2020 from 69.3% for the year ended December 31, 2019. Increases in gross margin were driven by increased platform revenue and improved platform cost of revenue optimization.

2018 Compared to 2019

Platform Cost of Revenue

Total platform cost of revenue increased $3.2 million, or 36.7%, from $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily the result of higher hosting costs due to increased transaction volume, as well as higher compensation costs associated with additional personnel to support growth in active locations.

Professional Services and Other Cost of Revenue

Total professional services and other cost of revenue increased $1.6 million, or 75.0%, from $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily the result of higher compensation costs associated with additional personnel to support growth in active locations.

Gross Profit

Gross margin increased to 69.3% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 66.0% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

84


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended December 31,     2018 Change to
2019 Change
    2019 Change to
2020 Change
 
     2018     2019     2020     % Change     % Change  
     (in thousands)              

Operating expenses:

          

    Research and development

   $ 17,123     $ 21,687     $ 32,907       26.7     51.7

    General and administrative

     8,341       12,157       22,209       45.7     82.7

    Sales and marketing

     4,299       6,351       8,545       47.7     34.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

    Total operating expenses

   $ 29,763     $ 40,195     $ 63,661       35.1     58.4

    Percentage of revenue

     93.6     79.3     64.7    

2019 Compared to 2020

Research and Development

Research and development expense increased $11.2 million, or 51.7%, from $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $32.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily the result of higher compensation costs associated with additional personnel to support further investments in our platform development and continued product innovation. As a percent of total revenue, research and development expenses decreased to 33.4% for the year ended December 31, 2020 from 42.8% for the year ended December 31, 2019.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense increased $10.1 million, or 82.7%, from $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, a result of increased compensation costs due to increased headcount to support the growth and stage of the organization, as well as, increased professional fees incurred in preparation for becoming a public company. As a percent of total revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 22.6% for the year ended December 31, 2020 from 24.0% for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense increased $2.2 million, or 34.5%, from $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. This increase was primarily the result of additional compensation costs due to increases in headcount, as well as increased marketing spend associated with our annual user conference. As a percent of total revenue, sales and marketing expense decreased to 8.7% for the year ended December 31, 2020 from 12.5% for the year ended December 31, 2019.

2018 Compared to 2019

Research and Development

Research and development expense increased $4.6 million, or 26.7%, from $17.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily the result of higher compensation costs associated with additional personnel to support further investments in our platform development as well as continued product innovation. As a percent of total revenue, research and development expenses decreased to 42.8% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 53.8% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

85


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense increased $3.8 million, or 45.7%, from $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily the result of additional compensation costs and professional fees incurred in preparation for becoming a public company, as well as additional rent expense associated with our new corporate headquarters. As a percent of total revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 24.0% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 26.2% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense increased $2.1 million, or 47.7%, from $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 to $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily the result of additional compensation costs due to increases in headcount. As a percent of total revenue, sales and marketing expense decreased to 12.5% for the year ended December 31, 2019 from 13.5% for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Other Income (Expense)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    2018 Change to
2019 Change
    2019 Change to
2020 Change
 
    2018     2019     2020     % Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)              

Other income (expenses):

         

    Interest expense

  $ (173   $ (219   $ (157     26.6     (28.3 )% 

    Other income, net

    100       36       28       (64.0 )%      (22.2 )% 

    Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (2,681     (2,959     (12,714     10.4     329.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

    Total other expenses

  $ (2,754   $ (3,142   $ (12,843     14.1     308.8

2019 Compared to 2020

Interest Expense

Interest expense remained consistent at approximately $0.2 million in total costs for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, a result of consistent borrowing amounts under our credit facility.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net remained consistent at approximately $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, a result of interest earned on our money-market funds in cash and cash equivalents.

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability

The increase of $9.8 million in the fair value of warrant liability for the year ended December 31, 2020 was the result of an increase in value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability.

2018 Compared to 2019

Interest Expense

Interest expense remained consistent at approximately $0.2 million in total costs for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, a result of consistent borrowing amounts under our credit facility.

 

86


Table of Contents

Other Income, Net

Other income, net remained consistent at approximately $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019, a result of interest earned on our money-market funds in cash and cash equivalents.

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liability

The increase of $0.3 million in the fair value of warrant liability for the year ended December 31, 2019 was the result of an increase in value of our redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     2018 Change to
2019 Change
    2019 Change to
2020 Change
 
     2018      2019      2020      % Change     % Change  
     (in thousands)               

    Provision for income taxes

   $ 17      $ 26      $ 189        52.9     626.9

Provision for income taxes primarily consists of state income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020. We maintain a full valuation allowance on our net federal and state deferred tax assets as we have concluded that it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

Quarterly Results of Operations

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters in the period ended December 31, 2020. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and, in our opinion, include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. The following unaudited quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our annual financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.

Quarterly Trends

Revenue

Our quarterly revenue increased in each period presented primarily due to increases in the number of active locations on the platform, increased adoption of additional product modules by our existing customers as evidenced by our net revenue retention rate, and an increase in transaction volumes. See “Components of Results of Operations — Revenue” for a further discussion of the impact of COVID- 19 and the associated shelter-in-place orders on our business.

Gross Margin

Our gross margin has improved over time as a result of increased average revenue per unit over this time period, driven by increased adoption of additional product modules per customer, and an increase in transaction volumes.

 

87


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Research and development expense increased for all periods presented, primarily due to an increase in personnel-related expenses as we have continued to increase our headcount to support product and platform innovation.

General and administrative expense generally increased for all periods presented, primarily due to increases in personnel-related expenses, facilities costs, and professional service fees as we grow our business and scale operations.

Sales and marketing expense increased in the first, third and fourth quarter of each fiscal year due to an increase in expenses associated with higher personnel-related expenses as we continue to grow and scale the team and marketing expenses associated with our annual user conference. Our annual user conference occurs in the first quarter of the year, which generally results in lower second quarter spend relative to the first quarter.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,     March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    2019     2019     2019     2019     2020     2020     2020     2020  
    (in thousands)  

Revenue:

               

Platform

  $ 9,715     $ 11,133     $ 11,640     $ 12,633     $ 14,808     $ 22,519     $ 26,197     $ 29,240  

Professional services and other

    637       1,006       2,522       1,405       1,260       1,785       1,308       1,307  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    10,352       12,139       14,162       14,038       16,068       24,304       27,505       30,547  

Cost of revenues:

               

Platform

    2,608       2,803       3,189       3,320       3,460       3,148       3,583       4,143  

Professional services and other

    416       938       1,354       958       882       1,113       1,196       1,143  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    3,024       3,741       4,543       4,278       4,342       4,261       4,779       5,286  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    7,328       8,398       9,619       9,760       11,726       20,043       22,726       25,261  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    4,497       5,034       5,658       6,498       7,217       7,628       7,870       10,192  

General and administrative

    1,928       4,958       2,327       2,944       4,832       4,844       5,462       7,071  

Sales and marketing

    1,650       1,433       1,609       1,659       2,280       1,806       2,002       2,457  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    8,075       11,425       9,594       11,101       14,329       14,278       15,334       19,720  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (747     (3,027     25       (1,341     (2,603     5,765       7,392       5,541  

Other income (expenses):

               

Interest expense

    (58     (56     (55     (50     (46     (111     —         —    

Other income, net

    18       (11     18       11       11       7       (4     14  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (997     (649     (656     (657     (341     (1,676     (2,233     (8,464
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

    (1,037     (716     (693     (696     (376     (1,780     (2,237     (8,450
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (1,784     (3,743     (668     (2,037     (2,979     3,985       5,155       (2,909

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (1     —         23       4       47       47       47       48  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (1,783   $ (3,743   $ (691   $ (2,041   $ (3,026   $ 3,938     $ 5,108     $ (2,957
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,     March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    2019     2019     2019     2019     2020     2020     2020     2020  

Revenue:

               

Platform

    93.8     91.7     82.2     90.0     92.2     92.7     95.2     95.7

Professional services and other

    6.2       8.3       17.8       10.0       7.8       7.3       4.8       4.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0       100.0  

Cost of revenues:

               

Platform

    25.2       23.1       22.5       23.7       21.5       13.0       13.0       13.6  

Professional services and other

    4.0       7.7       9.6       6.8       5.5       4.6       4.3       3.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    29.2       30.8       32.1       30.5       27.0       17.5       17.4       17.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    70.8       69.2       67.9       69.5       73.0       82.5       82.6       82.7  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    43.4       41.5       40.0       46.3       44.9       31.4       28.6       33.4  

General and administrative

    18.6       40.8       16.4       21.0       30.1       19.9       19.9       23.1  

Sales and marketing

    15.9       11.8       11.4       11.8       14.2       7.4       7.3       8.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    78.0       94.1       67.7       79.1       89.2       58.7       55.7       64.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (7.2     (24.9     0.2       (9.6     (16.2     23.7       26.9       18.1  

Other income (expenses):

               

Interest expense

    (0.6     (0.5     (0.4     (0.4     (0.3     (0.5            

Other income, net

    0.2       (0.1     0.1       0.1       0.1                    

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (9.6     (5.3     (4.6     (4.7     (2.1     (6.9     (8.1     (27.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

    (10.0     (5.9     (4.9     (5.0     (2.3     (7.3     (8.1     (27.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (17.2     (30.8     (4.7     (14.5     (18.5     16.4       18.7       (9.5

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                0.2             0.3       0.2       0.2       0.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)

    (17.2 )%      (30.8 )%      (4.9 )%      (14.5 )%      (18.8 )%      16.2     18.6     (9.7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

As of December 31, 2020, our principal source of liquidity was cash and cash equivalents totaling $75.8 million, which was held for working capital purposes, as well as the available balance of our revolving line of credit, described further below.

We have financed our operations primarily through sales of our equity securities and borrowings under our credit facility. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents and amounts available under our outstanding credit facility will be sufficient to support our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including but not limited to our obligation to repay any remaining balance under our credit facility,

 

89


Table of Contents

our platform revenue growth rate, receivable and payable cycles, the timing and extent of investments in research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative.

Credit Facility

We are party to an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement with Pacific Western Bank, or the Amended Loan and Security Agreement, for a revolving line of credit, or the credit facility. Under the Amended Loan and Security Agreement, effective February 11, 2020, we can borrow up to $35.0 million under a formula revolving line of credit, of which $25.0 million became available to us immediately on the agreement date. An additional $10.0 million will become available under the credit facility upon our achievement of revenue of at least $75.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2020. The amount available to us at any time is the lesser of (A) $25.0 million (or $35.0 million if revenue targets are achieved) or (B) five times our previous month’s recurring revenue. We can also borrow up to $5.0 million under a non-formula revolving line with aggregate borrowings under the formula and non-formula revolving line not to exceed $25.0 million (or $35.0 million if revenue targets are achieved). Advances under the formula revolving line of credit bear interest equal to the greater of (A) 0.20% above Pacific Western Bank’s prime rate then in effect; or (B) 4.50%. Advances under the non-formula revolving line of credit bear interest equal to the greater of (A) 0.75% above Pacific Western Bank’s prime rate then in effect; or (B) 5.00%. Interest is due and payable monthly in arrears. We may prepay advances under the credit facility in whole or in part at any time without premium or penalty, and the credit facility matures on February 11, 2022. Our obligations under the Amended Loan and Security Agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets. As of December 31, 2019, we had $3.5 million of outstanding borrowings under the credit facility. In March 2020, we borrowed an additional $15.0 million under the Amended Loan and Security Agreement, and the entire outstanding balance of $18.5 million was repaid in April 2020. As of December 31, 2020 we did not have any outstanding borrowings under the credit facility and had $25.0 million available to us under the credit facility.

The credit facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that require Pacific Western Bank’s consent to, among other things, merge or consolidate or acquire assets outside the ordinary course of business, make investments, incur additional indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness of others, pay dividends and redeem and repurchase our capital stock, enter into transactions with affiliates outside the ordinary course of business, and create liens on our assets. We are also required to comply with certain minimum EBITDA and minimum revenue covenants. Specifically, measured monthly and calculated on a trailing three-month basis, we are required to achieve a minimum EBITDA target and a minimum revenue target as of the end of each month in 2020, including EBITDA of at least ($64,000) for the reporting period ending December 31, 2020 and revenue of at least $66.1 million for the reporting period ending December 31, 2020. We are in compliance with these covenants and would have been in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2020.

The credit facility also contains events of default that include, among other things, non-payment defaults, covenant defaults, insolvency defaults, cross-defaults to other indebtedness and material obligations, judgment defaults, inaccuracy of representations and warranties, and a material adverse change default. Any default that is not cured or waived could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the credit facility, an increase in the applicable interest rate under the credit facility to a per annum rate equal to 5.00% above the applicable interest rate, and would permit Pacific Western Bank to exercise remedies with respect to all of the collateral that is securing the credit facility.

The Amended Loan and Security Agreement will continue in full force and effect for so long as any obligations remain outstanding thereunder, provided, that, Pacific Western Bank has the right to terminate its obligation to make further advances to us immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default. We may terminate the formula revolving

 

90


Table of Contents

line or the non-formula revolving line at any time prior to the maturity date, upon two business days written notice to Pacific Western Bank, at which time all then outstanding obligations arising under the Amended Loan and Security Agreement, including any unpaid interest thereon, will accelerate and become immediately due and payable.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In April 2020, we issued we issued 564,169 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $88.62 for total proceeds of approximately $50.0 million.

Cash Flows

The following table presents a summary of our cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the period indicated.

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    2018 Change to
2019 Change
    2019 Change to
2020 Change
 
    2018     2019     2020     % Change     % Change  
    (in thousands)              

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $ (4,178   $ 2,422     $ 20,768       (158.0 )%      757.5

Net cash used in investing activities

    (195     (1,352     (1,273     593.3     (5.8 )% 

Net cash provided by financing activities

  $ 4,431     $ 225     $ 45,326       (94.9 )%      20,044.9

Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $20.8 million, primarily due to net income of $3.1 million adjusted for non-cash charges of $19.4 million and a net decrease in our operating assets and liabilities of $1.7 million. The non-cash adjustments primarily relate to the change in the fair value of warrants of $12.7 million, stock-based compensation of $5.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.7 million and allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.6 million. The net decrease in operating assets and liabilities is primarily driven by an increase in accounts receivable of $31.5 million and deferred contract costs of $2.0 million due to the growth in our revenue. These increases are offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $32.0 million related primarily to higher fees owed to delivery service providers and vendors of $25.4 million and $2.7 million, respectively, a result of growth in Dispatch order volumes and operations and an increase in deferred rent of $0.6 million in connection with our new corporate headquarters.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by operating activities was $2.4 million, primarily due to a net loss of $8.3 million adjusted for non-cash charges of $8.2 million and a net decrease in our operating assets and liabilities of $2.5 million. The non-cash adjustments primarily relate to stock-based compensation of $4.8 million, the change in the fair value of warrants of $3.0 million and depreciation of $0.4 million. The net decrease in operating assets and liabilities is primarily driven by an increase in accounts receivable of $7.1 million and deferred contract costs of $1.1 million due to the growth in our revenue. These increases are offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $9.0 million related primarily to higher fees owed to delivery service providers and vendors of $4.1 million and $3.4 million, respectively, and an increase in deferred rent of $1.5 million in connection with our new corporate headquarters.

 

91


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in operating activities was $4.2 million, primarily due to a net loss of $11.6 million adjusted for non-cash charges of $7.1 million and a net decrease in our operating assets and liabilities of $0.3 million. The non-cash adjustments primarily relate to stock-based compensation of $4.2 million, the change in the fair value of warrants of $2.7 million and depreciation of $0.2 million. The net decrease in operating assets and liabilities is primarily driven by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $6.0 million related primarily to increased fees owed to vendors and Delivery Service Providers of $2.9 million and $1.7 million, respectively, and an increase in unearned revenue and contract assets of $0.4 million related to the overall growth of our business. These increases are offset by increases in accounts receivable of $4.3 million and deferred contract costs of $0.8 million due to an increase in revenue and increases in prepaid expenses of $1.0 million to support the growth in the business.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities was $1.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, primarily due to $0.8 million for the development of internal software and $0.5 million for purchases of computer and office equipment, furniture and fixtures, and leasehold improvements, investments to support further product development and to expand our corporate office.

Cash used in investing activities was $1.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to $0.8 million for the development of internal software and $0.6 million for purchases of computer and office equipment, furniture and fixtures, and leasehold improvements, investments to support further product development and to expand our corporate office.

Cash used in investing activities was $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to purchases of office equipment and leasehold improvements to expand our corporate office.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $45.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2020, reflecting $49.8 million of proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock, net of cost, $15.0 million of proceeds from the line of credit, and $2.6 million of net proceeds from the exercise of stock options. Increases were partially offset by $18.5 million of repayment of the line of credit, $2.2 million of payments for offering costs related to this offering, and $1.4 million for payment of employee taxes related to stock option net exercise.

Cash provided by financing activities was $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, reflecting $0.4 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and warrants, partially offset by $0.2 million of payments for offering costs related to this offering.

Cash provided by financing activities was $4.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2018, reflecting proceeds from borrowings under our line of credit for $3.5 million and the exercise of stock options and warrants, which were $0.8 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We report our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. To supplement our financial statements, we provide investors with non-GAAP operating income (loss) and free cash flow, each of which is a non-GAAP financial measure.

 

92


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Operating Income (Loss)

Non-GAAP operating income (loss) is defined as operating income (loss), adjusted for the impact of stock-based compensation expense and amortization of internally developed software expense. Management believes that it is useful to exclude certain non-cash charges and non-core operational charges from non-GAAP operating income (loss) because (1) the amount of such expenses in any specific period may not directly correlate to the underlying performance of our business operations; and (2) such expenses can vary significantly between periods as a result of the timing of new stock-based awards and secondary transactions. The presentation of the non-GAAP financial measures is not intended to be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for, or superior to, the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP.

The following table presents a reconciliation of GAAP operating loss to non-GAAP operating income (loss) for the following periods:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  
     (in thousands)  

Operating income (loss)

   $ (8,781   $ (5,090   $       16,095  

Stock-based compensation expense

             4,196               4,826       5,380  

Internally developed software amortization

     —         108       316  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating income (loss)

   $ (4,585   $ (156   $ 21,791  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Free Cash Flow

Free cash flow represents net cash used in operating activities, reduced by purchases of property and equipment, and capitalization of internally developed software. Free cash flow is a measure used by management to understand and evaluate our liquidity and to generate future operating plans. The reduction of capital expenditures facilitates comparisons of our liquidity on a period-to-period basis and excludes items that we do not consider to be indicative of our liquidity. We believe that free cash flow is a measure of liquidity that provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating the strength of our liquidity and future ability to generate cash that can be used for strategic opportunities or investing in our business in the same manner as our management and board of directors. Nevertheless, our use of free cash flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Further, our definition of free cash flow may differ from the definitions used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. You should consider free cash flow alongside our other GAAP-based financial performance measures, such as net cash used in operating activities, and our other GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of free cash flow to net cash used in operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2018     2019     2020  
    (in thousands)  

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

  $         (4,178   $         2,422     $         20,768  

Purchase of property and equipment

    (195     (573     (399

Capitalization of internally developed software

    —         (779     (874
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP free cash flow

  $ (4,373   $ 1,070     $ 19,495  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table sets forth the amounts of our significant contractual obligations and commitments with definitive payment terms as of December 31, 2020:

 

     Payment due by Period  
     Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than 5
years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 29,138      $ 3,514      $ 6,885      $ 5,665      $ 13,074  

Unconditional purchase obligations(1)

     1,750                        1,750        —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     30,888      $ 5,264      $         6,885      $         5,665      $         13,074  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Unconditional purchase obligations relate to cloud-based services to support our infrastructure.

The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. The table does not include obligations under agreements that we can cancel without a significant penalty.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses. We base our estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our financial statements and involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. A thorough understanding of these critical accounting policies is essential when reviewing our financial statements. We believe that the critical accounting policies listed below are the most difficult management decisions as they involve the use of significant estimates and assumptions as described above.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with Topic 606, which we adopted as of January 1, 2018 on a modified retrospective basis. We generate revenue from providing our customers access to our platform. We recognize revenue when we transfer promised goods or services in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or

 

94


Table of Contents

services. This is determined by following a five-step process which includes (1) identifying the contract with a customer, (2) identifying the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determining the transaction price, (4) allocating the transaction price, and (5) recognizing revenue when or as we satisfy a performance obligation.

The identification of distinct performance obligations in a contract requires judgment. Our performance obligations primarily include access to our platform and its different modules and implementation services associated with the platform. We believe that non-complex implementation services are generally distinct performance obligations while complex implementation services are generally combined with our platform services into one performance obligation.

The implementation fees in our contracts are variable. We estimate how many months it will take to implement the platform into the customer environment, including time to get restaurant franchise locations onboarded. This estimate is multiplied by the fixed monthly fee to determine the transaction price.

We allocate the transaction price of the contract to each distinct performance obligation based on a relative standalone selling price basis. We determine standalone selling price based on the price at which the performance obligation is sold separately. If the standalone selling price is not observable through past transactions, we estimate the standalone selling price taking into account available information such as market conditions and internally approved pricing guidelines related to the performance obligations.

Stock-Based Compensation

Accounting for stock-based compensation requires us to make a number of judgments, estimates, and assumptions. If any of our estimates prove to be inaccurate, our net loss and operating results could be adversely affected.

We estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including (1) the fair value of common stock, (2) the expected stock price volatility, (3) the expected term of the award, (4) the risk-free interest rate, and (5) expected dividends. Effective January 1, 2018, we changed our accounting policy to account for forfeitures as they occur. Prior to January 1, 2018, forfeitures were estimated at the date of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

   

Fair value of common stock. Because our Class A common stock is not yet publicly traded, we are required to estimate the fair value of our Class A common stock, as discussed in “Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

   

Expected volatility. Due to the lack of historical and implied volatility data of our Class A common stock, the expected stock price volatility has been estimated based on the average historical stock volatilities of several peer public companies over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards. We selected companies with comparable characteristics to us, including enterprise value, risk profiles and position within the industry and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected term of the stock options. The historical volatility data has been computed using the daily closing prices for the selected companies.

 

   

Expected term. For employee awards granted at-the-money, we estimate the expected term based on the simplified method, which is the mid-point between the vesting date and

 

95


Table of Contents
 

the end of the contractual term for each award since our historical share option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. For non-employee awards and employee awards granted out-of-the-money, our best estimate of the expected term is the contractual term of the award.

 

   

Risk-free rate. The risk-free rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant, whose term is consistent with the expected life of the stock option.

The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

         Year Ended December 31,    
     2018    2019    2020

Expected term (years)

   5.53 – 10.0    5.09 – 10.0    5.50 – 6.08

Volatility

   45% – 50%    45% – 50%    43% – 66%

Risk-free interest rate

   2.85% – 3.19%    1.60% – 2.50%    0.37% – 1.63%

Fair value of common stock

   $23.45 – $43.56    $45.27 – $63.86    $69.00 – $153.89

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of our shares of common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the board of directors, with contemporaneous third-party valuations, as there was no public market for our common stock. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each grant date.

These factors include:

 

   

relevant precedent transactions involving our capital stock;

 

   

the liquidation preferences, rights, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to the common stock;

 

   

our actual operating and financial performance;

 

   

current business conditions and projections;

 

   

our stage of development;

 

   

the likelihood and timing of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying the stock options, such as an initial public offering, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability of the common stock underlying the granted options;

 

96


Table of Contents
   

recent secondary stock sales and tender offers;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

   

U.S. and global capital market conditions.

In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determines the value using both the income and the market approach valuation methods. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate based on our weighted average cost of capital, or WACC. To derive our WACC, a cost of equity was developed using the Capital Asset Pricing Model and comparable company betas, and a cost of debt was determined based on our estimated cost of borrowing. The costs of debt and equity were then weighted based on our actual capital structure. The market approach estimates value based on a comparison of our company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business and acquisitions in the market. From the comparable companies, a representative market multiple is determined and subsequently applied to our financial results to estimate our enterprise value.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment, and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses, and future cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies, and the probability of possible future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions or the relationships between those assumptions impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of our common stock.

For valuations after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant. Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or market conditions.

Based on the assumed initial public offering price per share of $            , which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2020 was $            , with $            million related to vested stock options.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

Accounting for warrants requires us to make judgments, estimates, and assumptions. If any of our estimates prove to be inaccurate, our net loss and operating results could be adversely affected.

The fair value of the warrants was determined by first estimating the fair value of the enterprise based on recent transactions of our securities. An Option-Pricing Method, or OPM, was then used to allocate our total equity value to our different classes of equity according to their rights and preferences. This method treats classes having the attributes of common stock and preferred stock securities as call options on the value of the company equity, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences of preferred stockholders. Our classes of stock are modeled as a call option that give the owner the right to buy the underlying enterprise value at an exercise price. The OPM requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected term, which represents the estimate point for when liquidity will be achieved.

 

97


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2018, the fair value of each warrant was estimated using the OPM with the following assumptions:

 

Expected term (years)

     3.0  

Volatility

     45

Risk-free interest rate

     2.9

At December 31, 2019 and 2020, given the significant increase in fair value of each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to the warrant’s exercise price, we estimated the preferred stock warrant liability using the intrinsic value of each warrant since the warrants are significantly in-the-money and the Black Scholes input have a de minimis impact on their value.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of our recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting standards not yet adopted, see Note 2 to our financial statements: “Significant Accounting Policies” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of exposure to potential changes in interest rates. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure.

Interest Rate Risk

Our primary market risk exposure is changing interest rates in connection with the Amended Loan and Security Agreement with Pacific Western Bank. Interest rate risk is highly sensitive due to many factors, including U.S. monetary and tax policies, U.S. and international economic factors and other factors beyond our control. As of December 31, 2020, advances under the formula revolving line bear interest equal to the greater of (A) 0.75% above the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 5.00%. As of December 31, 2020, we had no outstanding debt under our credit facility.

Our interest-earning instruments also carry a degree of interest rate risk. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $75.8 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our revenue and costs are denominated in U.S. dollars and are not subject to foreign currency exchange risk. However, to the extent we commence generating revenue outside of the United States that is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, our results of operations could be impacted by changes in exchange rates.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, results of operations, or financial condition. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

98


Table of Contents

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation, and stockholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.

The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to “opt-in” to this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards on a non-delayed basis.

 

99


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM NOAH GLASS, FOUNDER AND CEO

Hi, Im Noah Glass, the Founder and CEO of Olo. Thank you for reading our prospectus and considering an investment in Olo. I’ve been obsessed with on-demand commerce since moving to New York City in 2003.

You cannot ship a hot cup of coffee from a warehouse. That was the original insight that first led me to think about how to more effectively connect the convenience of on-demand commerce with the nearly $700 billion restaurant industry over 15 years ago. What if you could utilize the convenience and technology of the burgeoning e-commerce sector to order and pay for a coffee directly from your mobile phone and have it ready when you got to the restaurant? At Olo, we call that “on-demand commerce”: a form of e-commerce that is focused on the restaurant industry and allows a consumer to order and pay on-demand and have a made-to-order product prepared just-in-time for real-time pickup or same-hour delivery.

Today, Olo has grown to become a leading software-as-a-service (SaaS) platform for the restaurant industry, enabling over $14.6 billion in on-demand commerce in 2020 for a network of over 400 top restaurant brands across 64,000 locations. As a result of the substantial investments we have made to grow our business, we have incurred significant losses since inception and as of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $69.3 million. Our well-established platform has led many of the major publicly traded and top 50 fastest growing private restaurant brands, measured by overall sales, in the United States to work with us and has been a factor in our high gross brand retention rate. Further, industry-recognized outlets, including Restaurant Business Online, QSR Magazine, and AP News, have also deemed Olo the leading food ordering platform for the restaurant industry.

Olos mission is to help our restaurant customers thrive by best meeting the needs of on-demand consumers. Olo is a software platform for restaurants. We are not an aggregator or marketplace for consumers. Our business-to-business-to-consumer (B2B2C) approach means that we are truly partners with our restaurant customers. We enable our restaurant customers to better serve their consumers, rather than competing with them for those same consumers. This differentiated market position has enabled us to establish one of the largest restaurant technology ecosystems with over 100 restaurant technology partners that integrate into Olo’s open SaaS platform and add value for our joint restaurant customers.

My fascination with the idea of more effectively connecting on-demand commerce with restaurants began when I first moved to New York City in 2003, carrying a Palm Pilot personal digital assistant. I came to believe that mobile devices would soon become ubiquitous and forever change how consumers conducted commerce with brick and mortar stores. My instinct was informed in equal parts by (1) my first restaurant industry job in 1998, as a pizza delivery driver at Pizzaman in my hometown of Newton, Massachusetts, and (2) spending a large chunk of 2003 and 2004 working in Johannesburg, South Africa with Endeavor (an organization dedicated to fostering high-growth entrepreneurship around the globe), where I first met mobile phone software developers and saw the inevitable ubiquity of smartphones and their potential impact for on-demand commerce in the restaurant industry. Throughout 2004, I worked with a small team of engineers based in Johannesburg to build a working prototype that enabled a simple mobile Internet device to construct and place a basic order from a limited menu and have that order ping a rudimentary point-of-sale (POS) application. Upon seeing the demo and hearing my business plan, my mentor David Frankel, a successful Internet entrepreneur and investor and current Olo board member, asked me if I had enough confidence in this idea to withdraw my admission to Harvard Business School and quit my job to pursue Olo in exchange for seed funding. It was a “burn the boats” prerequisite, with David testing my conviction level to make Olo my only path forward. I knew immediately that it was the right time to pursue the Olo opportunity. Smartphone mass adoption would happen exactly once in human history. This was the opportunity to plant a stake in the ground. Olo was born on June 1, 2005.

 

100


Table of Contents

We live our values at Olo. Our three primary values are:

 

  1.

Family First: Our families make us who we are and are who we work for every day. Olo is our second family. This focus on family and a balanced approach to work and family life has enabled Olo to recruit, attract, and retain a world-class team. Olo has indeed become my second family. The initial twelve Olo employees have been together for over a decade. The relatively “new” members of the executive team joined when we truly hit market-product fit in 2013 and have been with the company ever since, making our average executive tenure over eight years. We have all built this company together, having one another’s backs, fighting through setbacks, and laughing all the way. Our family first value has never been more important than during COVID-19.

 

  2.

Drive: As a high school All American and four-year starting defenseman for Yale Men’s Lacrosse, I introduced Team Olo to the concept of a “groundball” and we speak often about the importance of having a “groundball mentality.” A groundball is not like a jump ball in basketball, which is disproportionately won by the player who is the tallest or has the highest vertical leap. Instead, a groundball transcends physicality and requires both skill and creativity at peak physical intensity in order to win. We celebrate that grit at Olo. We dig deep to do what others are unwilling or unable to do.

 

  3.

Excelsior: The New York state motto meaning “ever upward” in Latin. We are constantly striving for self and company improvement at all levels. We do not get comfortable. We do not stop. This manifests in a greater desire to improve our community and our world, not just our financials. One example of our work to strive for improvement in our community is our long-standing affiliation with Share Our Strength: the parent organization behind the No Kid Hungry campaign to end childhood hunger in America. We seek to be an advocate for the restaurant industry as its most restaurant-aligned technology partner. In furtherance of this value, we have launched an Olo for Good initiative focused on fostering a sustainable contribution to the communities in which we live, work, and service by integrating social responsibility and impact into our business. As part of this initiative, we have created a donor-advised fund, which will be funded with shares of our Class A common stock upon completion of this offering, and have joined the Pledge 1% movement committing one percent of Olo’s time and product, in addition to equity, to Olo for Good Initiatives.

Restaurants are an incredibly complex type of retailer. They are a mashup of a showroom and a factory, making on-demand commerce for restaurants more difficult than typical on-demand commerce. Our restaurant customers serve perishable, made-to-order products just-in-time with modifications, substitutions, and combinations, manifesting in a scale of permutations that non-restaurant retailers do not face. Add to that the uphill battle that we faced in our efforts to integrate legacy software and POS systems that were coded pre-Internet with our cloud-based platform, retrofitting a brick and mortar store for an on-demand experience. We knew that building an enterprise-grade, on-demand commerce software platform with the security and robust features restaurants need would be one of the most challenging vertical on-demand commerce developments and took an “if we can make it here, we can make it anywhere” approach that has served us well over the years.

Consumers place a premium on safety and food convenience. Consumers are outsourcing food preparation more than ever, with the restaurant industry recently surpassing the grocery industry in aggregate consumer spending for the first time in history. Even before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, 63% of restaurant transactions were for off-premise consumption (with delivery representing only 3%) and leaving just 37% of restaurant meals consumed at restaurants. Those numbers are shocking even to restaurant industry insiders and they represent the voracious consumer appetite for on-demand commerce at restaurants. COVID-19 has led to more consumers

 

101


Table of Contents

utilizing digital ordering, many forging new habits based on the safety of never having to leave their vehicle or home and the convenience of still being able to enjoy their favorite dishes from the restaurants they love.

The nearly $700 billion restaurant industry is facing new and significant challenges with pressured growth and margins as it adapts to on-demand commerce, exacerbated by COVID-19. COVID-19 has forced many restaurants (particularly independent and small chain restaurants) to close their doors temporarily or permanently. Nearly all restaurants that remain open for business have had to shift their operational model to be off-premise focused. We have helped our restaurant customers to launch new capabilities to meet the new consumer needs: delivery, curbside pickup, and tableside digital ordering.

We believe that our success is distinctly aligned with the long-term success of the restaurants we serve. In January 2020, Nation’s Restaurant News’ named me as the #1 most powerful restaurant executive in its 2020 Power List. I was deeply honored by this recognition of Olo’s important role in the restaurant industry. We know that Olo’s responsibility to perform has never been greater. We built Olo to align with our restaurant customers and to help them continue to thrive. As we have stepped up to help our customers manage through the COVID-19 crisis as a mission-critical component of the essential service restaurant industry, we are even more driven by our mission to help our customers survive and thrive.

If you believe that consumers like restaurant food and on-demand commerce, we hope you will also believe in the core tenets of Olos ongoing success. We are the restaurant industry’s leading open SaaS platform. Our first-scaler advantage enabled us to build industry wide solutions like Dispatch (nationwide same-hour delivery-as-a-service) and Rails (aggregator channel and revenue management). As of December 31, 2020, 71% of our customers used all three of our modules because these products met their needs and the shifting demands of consumers. However, as we model our opportunity over 15 years into our journey, we believe there is an incredible opportunity to add more restaurant customers, sales volume, and product offerings. That’s our not-so-secret formula. Although we have incurred significant losses since inception and we have a substantial accumulated deficit, these losses and accumulated deficit are a result of the substantial investments we made to grow our business and we expect to make significant expenditures to expand our business in the future. We will continue to invest in Team Olo and Olo’s customers, community, and partners, in keeping with Olo Director Danny Meyer’s “Enlightened Hospitality” philosophy that we believe to be in our stakeholders’ long-term best interest.

The restaurant industry is our first, not our only vertical. For now, we remain laser-focused on restaurants and supporting our restaurant customers. However, we believe that the on-demand commerce platform we are building for the restaurant industry is ultimately transferable to other retail verticals like the grocery stores, convenience stores, and others that have faced similar struggles adopting traditional on-demand commerce.

We have miles to go before we sleep. I’ve been running Olo for over 15 years. I’d sign on to do it for the rest of my career, if given the chance. I’ve never been more excited about Olo’s opportunity and driven by our mission than I am today. Luckily, that has been true each day that I can remember and I’m confident that it will be true for a lifetime of tomorrows.

We would be honored for you to join us on this historic journey.

My best, Noah

 

102


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Olo provides a leading cloud-based, on-demand commerce platform for multi-location restaurant brands.

Our platform powers restaurant brands’ on-demand commerce operations, enabling digital ordering and delivery, while further strengthening and enhancing the restaurants’ direct consumer relationships. Consumers today expect more on-demand convenience and personalization from restaurants, particularly through digital channels, but many restaurants lack the in-house infrastructure and expertise to satisfy this increasing demand in a cost-effective manner. Olo provides restaurants with a business-to-business-to-consumer, enterprise-grade, open SaaS platform to manage their complex digital businesses and enable fast and more personalized experiences for their customers. Our platform and application programming interfaces, or APIs, seamlessly integrate with a wide range of solutions, unifying disparate technologies across the restaurant ecosystem. Restaurant brands rely on Olo to increase their digital and in-store sales, maximize profitability, establish and maintain direct consumer relationships, and collect, protect, and leverage valuable consumer data. As a result, we nearly doubled the gross merchandise value, or GMV, which we define as the gross value of orders processed through our platform, in each of the last five years and reached nearly $14.6 billion in GMV during the year ended December 31, 2020. Our well-established platform has led many of the major publicly traded and top 50 fastest growing private restaurant brands, measured by overall sales, in the United States to work with us and has been a factor in our high gross brand retention rate. Further, industry-recognized outlets, including Restaurant Business Online, QSR Magazine, and AP News, have also deemed Olo the leading food ordering platform for the restaurant industry.

The $1.6 trillion food industry is one of the largest consumer markets in the United States. According to the National Restaurant Association, restaurants accounted for $863 billion of that spend in 2019, surpassing grocery in aggregate consumer spending, before dropping to $659 billion in 2020 as a result of COVID-19. However, consumer spending on restaurants is expected to rebound to $1.1 trillion by 2024 according to analysis by The Freedonia Group. Growing consumer demand for convenience has made off-premise consumption, which includes take-out, drive-thru, and delivery orders, the single largest contributor to restaurant industry growth. Even before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, off-premise consumption accounted for 60% of restaurant orders in 2020, and was expected to contribute 70% to 80% of total restaurant industry growth in the next five years, according to the National Restaurant Association. Meanwhile, delivery continues to grow as a percentage of sales. The average portion of total sales from third-party delivery in the 12 months ending August 2019 was 6.5%. Even prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, that was expected to increase to 10% in 2020. As consumers have become accustomed to the immediate convenience of on-demand commerce, they are demanding the same digital experience from restaurants, placing significant pressure on restaurants to deploy solutions. This demand has only accelerated since the onset of COVID-19, as on-demand commerce has become a necessity for the majority of restaurants.

Restaurants are an incredibly complex segment of the retail industry, making their shift to on-demand commerce especially challenging. The four walls of the restaurant uniquely serve as both the factory and showroom floor: restaurant operators must manage the intricacies of food production and customer service simultaneously while providing the high-quality, consistency, and hospitality that engenders consumer loyalty and trust. Furthermore, restaurants serve food that is perishable, has near infinite configurations, and must be made to order for just-in-time consumption under strict regulatory standards for health and safety. Most restaurant brands, which we define as a specific restaurant brand or restaurant chain, do not have the expertise or the resources to develop their own solutions to manage on-demand commerce and are more acutely challenged because their in-store technology is

 

103


Table of Contents

comprised of a fragmented set of legacy solutions, many of which were developed before the internet. At the same time, delivery service providers, or DSPs, and ordering aggregators have catalyzed digital demand, but pose new challenges for restaurant brands through lower long-term profitability, increased complexity, disintermediation of the restaurant’s direct relationship with the consumer and, increasingly, directly competitive food offerings. Additionally, restaurants face increasing economic pressure with an intensely competitive landscape, which has only been exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. Due to its unique complexities and challenges, the restaurant industry has historically been one of the lowest penetrated on-demand commerce segments of the retail industry, with digital sales accounting for less than 10% of sales, according to a report published by Cowen Equity Research in 2019.

Our open SaaS platform is purpose-built to meet these complex needs and align with the interests of the restaurant industry. For over 10 years, we have developed our platform in collaboration with many of the leading restaurant brands in the United States. We believe our platform is the only independent open SaaS platform for restaurants to provide seamless digital ordering and efficient delivery enablement, offering centralized management of a restaurant’s entire digital business. Our platform includes the following core modules:

 

   

Ordering. A fully-integrated, white-label, on-demand commerce solution, enabling consumers to order directly from and pay restaurants via mobile, web, kiosk, car, voice, and other digital channels.

 

   

Dispatch. A fulfillment solution, enabling restaurants to offer, manage and expand direct delivery while optimizing price, timing, and service quality.

 

   

Rails. An aggregator and channel management solution, allowing restaurants to control and syndicate menu, pricing, location data, and availability, while directly integrating and optimizing orders from third-parties into the restaurants’ point-of-sale, or POS, systems.

Leading restaurant brands trust Olo’s enterprise-grade platform for its capabilities, reliability, security, scalability, and interoperability. Our platform currently handles, on average, nearly 2 million orders per day. We continually invest in architectural improvements so our system can scale in tandem with our continued growth. Additionally, both internal and external security experts frequently test our system for vulnerabilities. We have never experienced a material breach of customer or consumer data. Our open SaaS platform integrates with over 100 restaurant technology solutions including POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, user experience, or UX, and user interface, or UI, providers, and loyalty programs, giving our customers significant control over the configuration and features of their distinct digital offering.

We are the exclusive direct digital ordering provider for our leading brands across all service models of the restaurant industry, including quick service, fast casual, casual, family, and snack food. Our customers include major publicly traded and the fastest growing private restaurant brands such as Chili’s, Wingstop, Shake Shack, Five Guys, and sweetgreen. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 400 brand customers representing over 64,000 active locations using our platform. Our average initial contract length is generally three years with continuous one-year automatic renewal periods, providing visibility into our future financial performance. Our enterprise brands, meaning those brands having 50 or more locations, are also highly loyal. Over the last five years, on average nearly 99% of our enterprise brand customers, which accounted for 91% of our total active locations as of December 31, 2020, have continued using our Ordering module each year. Our customers and the success they have had increasing their digital sales volumes are the best reflection of the value of our platform. Our customers’ digital same-store sales has increased, on average, by 44% for the month ended December 31, 2019 when compared to the month ended December 31, 2018. This trend has further accelerated over the past year, with digital same-store sales up 156% for the month ended December 31, 2020 when compared to the month ended December 31, 2019.

 

104


Table of Contents

We have a highly efficient go-to-market model as a result of our industry thought leadership, partnership approach with our restaurant customers, and experienced enterprise sales, customer success, and deployment teams. Unlike other enterprise software businesses, where the sales team works to add a single location or division and expand to others, we enter into relationships at the brand’s corporate level and secure exclusivity across all company-owned and franchise locations. This enables us to deploy our modules across all new and existing brand locations without any additional sales and marketing costs, and upsell new offerings to the brand itself, rather than each individual location. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, 44% and 71% of our customers used all three of our modules, respectively.

We refer to our business model as a transactional SaaS model as it includes both subscription and transaction-based revenue streams, and we designed it to align with our customers’ success. Our model allows our customers to forego the cost of building, maintaining, and securing their own digital ordering and delivery platforms and to retain direct relationships with their consumers while maximizing profitability. Our hybrid-pricing model provides us with a predictable revenue stream and enables us to further grow our revenue as our customers increase their digital order volume. We generate subscription revenue from our Ordering module and transaction revenue from our Rails and Dispatch modules. We charge our customers a fixed monthly subscription fee per restaurant location for access to our Ordering module. In addition, a growing portion of our customers purchase an allotment of monthly orders for a fixed monthly fee and pay us an additional fee for each excess order, which we also consider to be subscription revenue. Our transaction revenue includes revenue generated from our Rails and Dispatch modules. Customers who subscribe to our Rails and Dispatch modules pay a fee on a per transaction basis. In most cases, we also charge aggregators, channel partners, and other service providers in our ecosystem on a per transaction basis for access to our Rails and Dispatch modules. We also derive transactional revenue from other products, including Network, which allows brands to take orders from non-marketplace digital channels (e.g., Google Food Ordering, which enables restaurants to fulfill orders directly through Google search results and Maps pages). These products generate fees predominantly through revenue sharing agreements with partners. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, 93.2%, 80.8%, and 56.7% of our platform revenue was subscription revenue, respectively, and 6.8%, 19.2%, and 43.3% was transaction revenue, respectively.

Our business has experienced rapid growth in a highly capital efficient manner. Since inception 15 years ago, we have raised less than $100.0 million of primary investment capital, net of share repurchases, and as of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $75.8 million with no outstanding debt. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, we generated revenue of $31.8 million, $50.7 million, and $98.4 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 59.4% and 94.2%. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, we generated gross profit of $21.0 million, $35.1 million, and $79.8 million, respectively, or 66.0%, 69.3% and 81.0% as a percentage of revenue, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred net losses of $11.6 million and $8.3 million, respectively and, during the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated net income of $3.1 million. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred operating losses of $8.8 million and $5.1 million, respectively, and during the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated operating income of $16.1 million. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we incurred non-GAAP operating losses of $4.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and during the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated non-GAAP operating income of $21.8 million. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information on our non-GAAP metrics.

COVID-19 Update

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a global pandemic, impacting communities in the United States and across the world. Responses to the outbreak continue

 

105


Table of Contents

to develop, as consequences have affected communities and economies across the world. State mandated lockdowns have adversely impacted many restaurants, as public health regulations transformed or even halted daily operations. In order to stay in business, restaurants were forced to more aggressively adopt digital solutions to provide on-demand services, off-premise dining and delivery solutions for consumers, if they were not already. In just the first few weeks of the COVID-19 shutdowns in the United States, 59% of restaurant operators added new curbside pickup offerings and 20% added new online ordering or pre-pay functionalities as a direct response to the coronavirus pandemic, according to a survey by eMarketer. Consumers were receptive to these changes, with 30% of them affirming that they had begun using restaurant delivery and 50% affirming they had begun take out services, mostly due to COVID-19, according to a report by Packaged Facts.

Although we are optimistic that the emphasis on on-demand commerce in the food services industry will be an enduring trend, we do not have certainty on the long-term impact these developments will have on the industry. The degree of the pandemic’s effect on our restaurant partners across the food services industry will depend on many factors, particularly on government regulations and their impact on the financial viability of restaurant operations as well as the duration of the pandemic. We will continue to monitor these developments and their implications on our business. The COVID-19 pandemic could materially adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In the absence of updated industry sources giving effect to the market shifts precipitated by COVID-19, we have included in this prospectus select market research that was published prior to the COVID-19 outbreak and without considerations for its potential effects. Refer to “Risk Factors” in this prospectus for additional information regarding the impact of COVID-19 on our business.

 

   

Impact on Our Operations:

During the month of March, in accordance with local, state, and national regulations, we closed our offices in New York, and transitioned our employees to work-from-home and efficiently adapted our operations to a remote working environment. In addition, we were able to operate without terminating or furloughing our employees. As the pandemic continued, we grew our employee base to scale the business in order to meet the increased customer demands we were facing.

We continue to monitor updates and consider regulatory guidance for reopening office locations. We believe that we are well equipped to support full or partial remote work without disruption to our business.

 

   

Impact on Our Customers:

As many restaurants faced on-premise dining restrictions, our customers needed to transition and adapt their businesses quickly. In a recent survey of Olo customers, approximately 70% of respondents offered more off-premise delivery and pick-up options in response to COVID-19. We focused on optimizing the deployment process for our new customers and offered adaptive solutions to help them navigate through this challenging business environment. We reprioritized our strategic roadmap to address the most important solutions for our customers, including enhancements to our curbside pick-up functionality. As curbside pick-up became an even more integral component of restaurant transactions, we further enabled our platform capabilities so restaurants could more efficiently manage these orders, adding quick response, or QR, code functionality, kiosk ordering solutions, and additional ecosystem partners. We engaged with our customers to collaborate on implementing the most relevant short- and long-term solutions. In addition to helping our customer brands react to COVID-19, we recognized the importance of supporting the restaurant industry and front-line workers directly and made donations to the Restaurant Employee Relief Fund.

 

106


Table of Contents
   

Impact on Our Financials:

Our revenue for the quarters ended March 31, 2020, June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2020 increased by 55.2%, 100.2%, 94.2%, and 117.6%, respectively, compared to 2019. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, 93.2%, 80.8%, and 56.7% of our platform revenue was subscription revenue, respectively, and 6.8%, 19.2%, and 43.3% was transaction revenue, respectively. While many restaurants have been struggling during this period, we have been uniquely positioned to expand our footprint and help support the restaurant industry when it was most in need. While we expect on-premise dining to return over time, we believe that off-premise offerings will continue to be an essential part of a restaurant’s operations. See “Components of Results of Operations - Revenue” for a further discussion of the impact of COVID-19 and the associated shelter-in-place orders on our business.

Industry Background

There are a number of important industry trends driving our market opportunity.

 

   

Restaurants are facing complex challenges and are under significant economic pressure. The restaurant landscape has become increasingly dynamic, with competition coming from existing restaurant brands, new restaurant brands, aggregators and ghost kitchens, that frequently have sophisticated digital, marketing, ordering, and distribution strategies. As a result, it is difficult for some restaurants to attract and retain loyal consumers. Moreover, restaurant brands are increasingly having to share their revenue with aggregators. These challenges have only been exacerbated by COVID-19 as many governments imposed restrictions to on-premise dining, resulting in significant financial losses and many closures. All restaurant operators have had to adapt to these new, complex challenges or risk losing their business. There is now a real urgency for restaurants to adopt cost-effective digital solutions in order to support their businesses and drive margin expansion and incremental sales over the longer term.

 

   

The restaurant industry is massive and enterprises are rapidly expanding market share. The nearly $700 billion restaurant industry is undergoing a dynamic transformation, being forced to adapt to the new market environment created by COVID-19. According to the National Restaurant Association, the restaurant industry’s share of the dollars spent on food increased from 25% in 1955 to 51% in 2019, representing the first time in history that restaurants have surpassed grocery in aggregate sales. While restaurants have lost some traction against grocery due to COVID-19, we expect the increase in restaurant spend when compared to grocery to continue over the long-term, and according to analysis by The Freedonia Group, consumer spending on restaurants is expected to increase to $1.1 trillion by 2024. Enterprise restaurant brands in particular are rapidly increasing their share of the market as they are able to leverage their scale to more effectively deploy on-demand commerce solutions than many small and medium business, or SMB restaurants. We expect consumers will continue to demand digital solutions from restaurants that offer more convenience and personalization, helping to drive sales and expand the industry.

 

   

Consumer behavior is shifting towards on-demand commerce convenience. In today’s on-demand economy, and even more so during the COVID-19 pandemic, consumers expect goods and services to be easily ordered through digital means. According to a 2019 Salesforce.com, Inc. publication, 66% of all consumers cite instant and on-demand fulfillment of purchases as important and approximately 50% say that they will switch brands if a company does not proactively anticipate their needs. The COVID-19

 

107


Table of Contents
 

pandemic has only accelerated this long-term shift in consumer demand for adaptive on-demand commerce platforms. We believe these trends will continue to accelerate in the restaurant industry in particular as advances in technology allow restaurants to further reduce friction in digital ordering and fulfillment to further satisfy consumers’ new engagement preferences.

 

   

Off-premise dining is the main engine of restaurant growth, with pickup continuing to lead. Off-premise dining has continued to grow rapidly, accounting for 63% of U.S. restaurant transactions in 2019. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, off-premise dining had been expected to contribute 70% to 80% of total restaurant industry growth in the next five years according to the National Restaurant Association. Since then, off-premise offerings have become an even more critical part of a restaurant’s business and long-term growth. While off-premise consumption is growing rapidly, only approximately 3% of total restaurant orders were fulfilled through delivery in 2018, and 39% and 21% were attributed to take-out and drive-thru, respectively. Restaurants operators have known the importance

  of off-premise offerings with 78% of operators identifying off-premise solutions as a strategic priority, according to the State of the Industry Report published by the National Restaurant Association in 2019. COVID-19 has accelerated this shift with at least 27% of restaurant operators reporting having added new off-premise delivery options since the pandemic began, according to a survey by the National Restaurant Association. While consumers currently appear less apprehensive to visit restaurants and dine-in than they did at the beginning of the pandemic, usage of delivery and carry-out options remains higher than pre-COVID-19 levels. According to a recent survey by the National Restaurant Association, approximately 70% of restaurant operators across service categories plan to keep the changes they made to their restaurant after COVID-19 has subsided.

 

   

Digital restaurant ordering is experiencing rapid growth in a shifting landscape. Both direct and indirect digital ordering channels are powering this expansion. Aggregators created consumer applications to meet the growing demand for convenient restaurant food, helping expand off-premise dining. In addition, major consumer facing platforms are embedding food ordering into products such as maps and search results, making it even more convenient for consumers to place orders from their favorite restaurant brands. Furthermore, COVID-19 tailwinds have accelerated this expansion, forcing restaurants to develop direct digital ordering operations or leverage indirect channels to meet customers’ digital demands through this unpredictable period. These channels are expected to drive the expansion of the U.S. online food delivery market, a subset of the restaurant digital ordering market, from $356 billion in 2019 to $470 billion by 2025, according to industry research.

 

   

Restaurant brands must evolve to own digital relationships with their consumers. Like any other retailer, understanding and owning the consumer relationship is vital to restaurants as it allows them to better analyze interactions, customize offerings, and maximize the long-term value of their consumers. However, restaurants risk losing direct consumer relationships if they are heavily reliant on aggregators, which generally do not provide visibility into who is ordering or enable a restaurant to articulate its unique brand value. According to a recent survey by the National Restaurant Association, 64% of adults prefer to order directly through the restaurant for delivery, compared to only 18% who prefer to order through a third-party service for delivery. In fact, over 70% of Olo customers in a recent survey indicated that their primary reason to own their own branded digital storefront was to own a direct relationship with their guests. The majority of respondents have 50% or less of their online orders coming through an aggregator compared to their own channel, and they expect their mix of aggregator order volumes to decrease in the future relative to their own channel. Additionally, aggregators typically limit a restaurant’s

 

108


Table of Contents
 

ability to collect and use data about consumers and orders transacted through the aggregator. Consumers also value this direct and personal connectivity with restaurant brands, and we believe consumers would rather interact directly with a brand than through an intermediary.

 

   

On-demand commerce has substantial opportunity to expand penetration in the restaurant industry. The nearly $700 billion restaurant market in the United States continues to be one of the most underpenetrated in terms of on-demand commerce at less than 10% of industry sales, according to research published by Cowen Equity Research, as well as U.S. government data. In comparison, sectors such as books and electronics have digital penetration well over 50%. Restaurants are uniquely positioned to benefit from consumers’ demand for digital convenience, but are limited by significant complexities in the restaurant ecosystem, which have slowed penetration to-date.

Complexities of the Current Ecosystem

The key complexities that hinder restaurants’ digital transformation progress include:

POS and Technology Integration

 

   

Inconsistent technologies within and across brand locations. Restaurant brands historically have not standardized the type of technology platforms that must be deployed across their locations. For example, in our survey, 70% of respondents indicated they use two to four different technology providers to collect orders across various channels. This has led to significant differences in the types of technology that restaurants use across a brand and even within a given restaurant location.

 

   

Multiple platforms within a restaurant. Many brands have multiple POS systems, payment processors, and now tablets to manage incoming orders across various aggregators. In addition, many of these technologies have become deeply entrenched into their operations, making them difficult to replace with more modern solutions. These platforms cannot act quickly and harmoniously to meet the changing needs of restaurants, particularly during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Disparate integrations across the ecosystem. Many restaurants have adopted narrow point solutions that do not integrate seamlessly with other systems, such as POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, UI and UX providers, and loyalty programs. Restaurant location operators often lack the technical expertise and resources necessary to integrate both legacy and modern technologies.

 

   

Static, legacy software infrastructure. Legacy restaurant systems were not built for modern, cloud–based environments. As a result, many lack the reliability, scalability, and security capabilities that today’s SaaS solutions offer, leaving restaurants and their consumer data vulnerable. Furthermore, brands are unable to access their consumer data, as it resides in different systems and databases that cannot communicate with each other.

Food and Menu Management

 

   

Numerous, highly modifiable menu items. Restaurant menus are inherently complex, highly configurable, and frequently updated for changing consumer preferences, out-of-stock ingredients, or product recalls. In addition, restaurants must ensure menus and pricing are always accurately reflected across their various channels to ensure

 

109


Table of Contents
 

consumers have the latest information and receive the exact food they order, particularly as food allergies, dietary preferences, and other health issues become more prevalent. This has made it challenging for restaurant brands, who are increasingly expected to offer intuitive digital menus where consumers can add, subtract, or modify a wide variety of ingredients or menu items, creating a nearly infinite number of order permutations.

Order Channels

 

   

Multiple ordering channels. Today’s restaurants need to seamlessly manage on-premise and off-premise operations to ensure they provide the optimal experience to all of their consumers. In-store orders are only one part of the overall operation, as restaurants receive off-premise orders from several different direct and indirect channels, which often require multiple POS systems and tablets at a single location. Food orders can be placed directly through restaurants’ mobile applications or over the phone and indirectly from aggregators at the same time. Many restaurants are not equipped to balance this on-premise and off-premise dynamic, let alone the direct and indirect channels of ordering.

 

   

Shifting from serial to parallel processing. Restaurants are accustomed to serial order processing, which means that they receive an order from an on-premise consumer and fulfill it accordingly. With the rise of off-premise dining and multiple direct and indirect channels for ordering, restaurants increasingly receive multiple orders simultaneously. Legacy restaurant technology is not properly equipped to centralize and track these orders or help restaurants prioritize orders to ensure high quality fulfillment or to provide accurate estimates of when the food will be ready. Restaurants require modernization to better accommodate parallel processing and streamline their operations.

Operations and Logistics

 

   

Complex, on-demand logistics management. A report published by Cowen Equity Research in 2019 projects that the majority of restaurant growth will come from expanded off-premises dining, which we expect will continue to place significant operational burdens on restaurants. Restaurant staff must prepare food at exactly the right time to ensure optimal quality. Restaurants must adapt locations to better accommodate take-out orders and manage multiple DSPs to ensure consumers get their food reliably at a cost-effective price. The COVID-19 pandemic has only exacerbated these complexities, as restaurants have had to adapt their operations to accommodate the massive increase in delivery and take-out orders, in particular.

Building a Digital Brand and Owning the Consumer Relationship

 

   

Navigating the shift to digital branding. Many restaurants have spent decades building brand equity with their consumers and securing their loyalty. Meanwhile, consumers themselves are seeking direct engagement with brands through digital channels. However, restaurants lack the tools they need to interact and engage with their consumers across digital channels and to foster those direct relationships.

 

   

Competition for the direct consumer relationship. As aggregators have scaled, they have often disintermediated restaurants’ direct consumer relationships. Each consumer is more valuable to an aggregator than any individual restaurant brand and, therefore, aggregators can afford to spend more than a particular restaurant brand to acquire a consumer. These aggregators are digitally savvy, have more capabilities in search engine marketing and optimization, and are specialists at leveraging data to acquire consumers

 

110


Table of Contents
 

and extract much higher customer lifetime value relative to the cost of acquiring a consumer. Many restaurants do not have the digital aptitude to stay competitive, and are at risk of losing direct contact with their consumers.

 

   

Inability to access and leverage consumer data. Establishing direct digital relationships enables restaurants to collect data and learn from consumer interactions, evolve their offerings, and drive increased consumer loyalty. However, restaurants’ legacy technologies generally do not have the capabilities to collect, organize, and analyze these consumer data sets. There are also no major customer relationship management solutions built exclusively for the restaurant industry at scale. As a result, restaurants are forced to collect and integrate data from disparate systems, making it almost impossible to draw impactful, data-driven insights.

Our Platform

We provide the leading on-demand commerce platform designed for multi-location restaurant brands. Our customers use our software to create unique direct-to-consumer digital ordering experiences, manage orders across channels, and enable delivery across their restaurant locations. We have an open SaaS platform that seamlessly integrates with technology solutions throughout the restaurant ecosystem, including most POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, UI and UX providers, and loyalty programs. We provide restaurants with a centralized system to manage their digital business and ensure consumers receive better, faster, and more personalized service while increasing restaurant order volume and improving yield at lower cost.

We engineered our platform to handle the most complex issues for the leading restaurant brands, but with the simplicity and ease-of-use required within an individual restaurant. We developed our infrastructure with application programming interfaces, or APIs, which facilitate interactions across and integrate with multiple software programs and components of the restaurant ecosystem. We enable more streamlined data collection and facilitate analytical decision-making, so restaurants can better understand and adapt to unique consumer preferences. We are constantly innovating and enhancing our platform, with our continuously deployed, multi-tenant architecture ensuring all restaurant locations are always using the latest technology.

Our platform includes the following core modules:

Ordering

 

   

Secure, white-label, direct-to-consumer, front-end solution enables consumers to directly order from and pay restaurants via via mobile, web, kiosk, car, voice, and other digital channels.

 

   

Integrates with our customers’ back-end systems and provides a scalable digital ordering infrastructure behind custom front-end applications.

Dispatch

 

   

Enables restaurants to offer and expand delivery for orders generated via their own websites and applications.

 

   

Manages each restaurant’s delivery options and selects DSPs, including in-house couriers, based on optimal price, timing, availability, and other attributes.

 

111


Table of Contents

Rails

 

   

Centralizes and manages location specific menu, pricing, and availability, enabling automatic updates across multiple ordering channels.

 

   

Integrates orders from aggregators into a restaurant’s POS systems.

Our Position in the Restaurant Industry

Restaurants rely on our enterprise-grade open SaaS platform to power their critically important digital ordering and fulfillment offerings. Our focus on developing solutions has aligned with restaurant brands’ interests, and our history of deploying our platform to approximately 400 restaurant brands through exclusive direct digital ordering relationships has allowed us to build what we believe is one of the largest technology ecosystems in the restaurant industry. We integrate with over 100 technology partners and believe that this positions us to be the only party able to unify and enhance the utility of disparate technologies across the industry, including POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, UI and UX providers, and loyalty programs.

We believe that our approach to building this two-sided network, comprised of restaurants and technology partners, has given us a valuable position that is deeply embedded within the restaurant industry. We intend to expand our influence and position as we onboard new customer brands, integrate with additional modern or legacy software systems and technology providers, improve our platform’s functionality, develop new modules, continue to provide industry-leading security, and as our restaurant customers increasingly process orders through digital channels.

Key Benefits of Our Platform

Restaurants use our intuitive ordering, delivery, and aggregator enablement platform to streamline restaurant operations and provide a superior consumer experience. Our platform enables restaurants to overcome the complexities of building and growing a digital business, own the overall consumer relationship, and scale, secure, and centralize their on-demand commerce operations with our enterprise-grade technology. The key benefits of our platform include:

Overcome the Complexities of Restaurant On-Demand Commerce Operations

 

   

Utilize Olo as a centralized source of data. Our restaurant brand customers, many of whom leverage multiple technology providers across locations, can manage menus, including menu-item availability, and day-to-day operations with permission-based administration tools and reporting, utilizing Olo as a centralized source of data.

 

   

Extensible, modular platform. We have an open SaaS platform that integrates with over 100 restaurant technology solutions across the restaurant ecosystem. These integrations allow us to streamline order processing and fulfillment, and keep information in sync with a variety of POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, UX and UI providers, and loyalty programs. Our platform’s extensibility ensures restaurants are able to quickly adapt and address problems they face as the landscape rapidly evolves.

 

   

Manage demand across platforms to optimize yield. Our Rails module consolidates demand across aggregators, allowing our customers to generate more orders through an intuitive, coordinated system. Our customers are able to monitor and parallel process orders across the various channels and more easily and accurately prioritize and fulfill orders. We also help our restaurant brand customers optimize yield during peak periods by prioritizing different ordering channels as needed to ensure the highest priority items are fulfilled while maximizing profitability.

 

112


Table of Contents
   

Enable and manage a restaurant’s delivery functions across providers. Our Dispatch module enables restaurants to automatically select the optimal delivery provider for an individual order based on dozens of attributes, such as delivery time, order size or value, cost of delivery, or service level, for each individual order at each individual location. Restaurant brands are able to fulfill orders just-in-time to allow for a better consumer experience at a competitive cost.

Enhance and Own the Consumer Experience

 

   

Own the consumer relationship. Our platform enables restaurants to provide individually branded and direct-to-consumer experiences across devices through our web and mobile front-end or via customized consumer experiences using our APIs and third-party UI and UX providers. This unique consumer experience extends beyond aesthetic and operative functionality to expanded order offerings like upsell, group ordering, and loyalty programs. With Olo, restaurants know their consumers better and can more effectively meet their needs while maximizing on-demand commerce results.

 

   

Leverage powerful data and analytics to guarantee the highest quality consumer experience. We enable our customers to collect a significant amount of data that they can use to generate valuable insights into their consumers’ ordering behaviors. Restaurant brands and their individual locations can leverage this data to better manage operations, provide consumers with a more personalized experience, and drive incremental sales.

Scalable and Secure Operations with Enterprise Grade Technology

 

   

Built for ensuring scalability and reliability. Our software infrastructure is cloud-hosted and highly flexible with the ability to handle large spikes in traffic and withstand many failure scenarios. Our high-availability, frequently deployed, multi-tenant architecture ensures that all of our customers are able to operate with the latest features and the newest innovations of the latest version of our platform. While our platform currently handles, on average, nearly 2 million orders per day, we continually invest in architectural improvements so our system can scale in tandem with our continued growth.

 

   

Enterprise-grade security and privacy. Our customers trust our platform with their most sensitive consumer and business data and many have run security assessments of our platform to verify that it has robust security capable of protecting their consumer data. We also employ in-house Blue and Red Security Teams that constantly monitor the platform, testing for and addressing vulnerabilities. Our technology also incorporates privacy-safe practices and tools as an integral and foundational part of our platform’s approach. Privacy best practices are proactively embedded into our systems and infrastructure.

 

   

Secure by design. Our software engineering practices consider, evaluate and manage risk throughout the design, development and deployment phases to provide best-in-class security across our platform. This includes risk and threat evaluation at the inception of all of our products and services, leveraging zero trust, least privilege and role based access concepts, secure development training, avoiding common security anti-patterns, and extensive automated and manual security testing. Our security program also includes regular third-party examinations for security, including annual PCI-DSS Attestation of Compliance, and SOC 1 and SOC 2 audits. The SOC 2 report demonstrates our compliance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ trust service principles criteria for security, availability, confidentiality, and processing integrity.

 

113


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

We believe our total addressable market opportunity is $7 billion based on our current product offerings and focus on enterprise restaurants primarily in the United States. To arrive at this figure, we determined the number of enterprise restaurant locations and number of orders that we could generate revenue from on a per location basis. According to a 2019 publication by the NPD Group, there are approximately 300,000 enterprise restaurant locations across the United States. We determined the number of orders per enterprise location, based on industry research, by dividing their total sales by the average order value in the United States. To determine our opportunity per location, we then multiplied the implied number of orders by the percentage of digital orders, and by our actual average fee per order, and then added our actual annual average subscription fee per location as of December 31, 2020 to get the estimated total annual average revenue per restaurant location. This figure was then multiplied by the number of enterprise locations to arrive at the U.S. estimate.

Driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, digital platforms are enabling many more restaurant transactions, including on-premise solutions such as table-top dining through the use of QR codes and kiosk ordering. While this is one of many potential opportunities, we believe that we can fulfill these transactions as we introduce new solutions to enable these services. By providing more products and services to our customers, we believe we can increase our fees per transaction, which could expand our total addressable market further to $15 billion.

As we increase our efforts to pursue SMB restaurants, we believe our total addressable market will expand further. This is based on an increase in the total number of SMB restaurants we serve, which would expand our market potential by an approximately 400,000 additional estimated restaurant locations. If successful, we believe this expansion would allow Olo to reach a total addressable market of $20 billion. We believe our opportunity outside of the United States is at least as large as our domestic opportunity, implying a total global addressable market of $40 billion.

Our Growth Strategies

We aim to be the leading on-demand commerce platform for the restaurant industry. The principal components of our growth strategy are:

 

   

Add new large multi-location and high-growth restaurant brands and scale with them. We believe there is a substantial opportunity to continue to grow our customer base within the U.S. restaurant industry, adding to our approximately 400 existing brands across more than 64,000 active locations. We intend to continue to drive new customer growth by leveraging our brand and experience within the industry, and expanding our sales and marketing efforts. We have also historically pursued and will continue to target the most well-capitalized, fastest growing restaurant brands in the industry. As our restaurant brand customers open new locations, we are well-positioned to organically grow our revenue with little to no incremental sales and marketing costs to target additional locations.

 

   

Upsell existing customers additional modules. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, 44% and 71% of our customers used all three of our modules, respectively. We believe that we are well-positioned to upsell our remaining customers, as our modules provide significant value, are simple to add, operate seamlessly together, and improve restaurant brands’ on-demand commerce capabilities and consumer experience.

 

   

Enable higher transaction volume. We will continue to work with our existing restaurant customers to enable higher transaction volumes at their locations particularly through direct channels. As on-demand commerce grows to represent a larger share of total

 

114


Table of Contents
 

off-premise food consumption, we expect to significantly benefit from this secular trend through increased revenue. As we continue to expand our product offerings across both on and off-premise dining and improve our current software, we also believe there is an opportunity to increase our share of the transaction volume that flows through our platform both through direct channels and revenues from aggregators.

 

   

Develop and launch new product offerings. We intend to continue to invest in expanding the functionality of our current platform and broadening capabilities that address new opportunities, particularly around payments, on-premise dining, and data analytics. We plan to continue broadening our new product offerings for on-premise transactions, such as table top ordering, as the COVID-19 impacted restaurant landscape offers increased opportunity for technology integration even for on-premise dining. We believe this strategy will provide new avenues for growth and allow us to continue to deliver differentiated high-value outcomes to both our customers and stockholders.

 

   

Expand our ecosystem. We plan to expand our current ecosystem of developers, user experience designers, and other partners to better support our customers, attract new customers, and strengthen our competitive position. We believe that we can leverage our partnerships with POS systems, aggregators, DSPs, payment processors, UX and UI providers, and loyalty programs to deliver additional value to our customers.

 

   

Grow our longer-term market opportunity. While we have not made any significant investments in this area to date, we believe there is an opportunity to partner with SMB brands to enable their on-demand commerce presence. Additionally, as many of our customers operate internationally, we believe there is a robust opportunity to expand their usage of our platform outside of the United States. We also believe that our platform can be applied to other verticals beyond the restaurant industry that are undergoing similar digital transformations. For example, we currently work with a number of grocery chains and convenience stores who use our software to help their consumers order ready-to-eat meals, and we may expand our efforts in these or other verticals in the future.

Our Product Modules

The Olo platform provides restaurant brands with the capabilities necessary to develop, provision, and operate best-in-class, operationally-scalable digital ordering and delivery programs. Our platform provides digital order processing, in-restaurant order management, delivery enablement, and digital channel management features suitable for enterprise, multi-location brands regardless of service model, food type, and scale of operations. We designed our transactional SaaS business model to align with our customers’ success, as it includes both subscription and transaction-based revenue streams. We generate subscription revenue from our Ordering module and transaction revenue from our Rails and Dispatch modules. We charge our customers a fixed monthly subscription fee that is priced in tiers per restaurant location for access to our Ordering module. In addition, a growing portion of our customers purchase an allotment of monthly orders for a fixed monthly fee and pay us an additional fee for each excess order, which we also consider to be subscription revenue. Our transaction revenue includes revenue generated from our Rails and Dispatch modules. Customers who subscribe to our Rails and Dispatch modules pay a fee on a per transaction basis.

Olo has organized its platform into three principal product modules:

Ordering Module. Our Ordering module enables restaurants to provide seamless, fully-branded digital ordering programs to their consumers, and to process, manage, and integrate digital orders from direct and indirect channels into the restaurants’ other legacy systems.

 

115


Table of Contents

The key capabilities of our Ordering module include:

Create Customized Ordering Channels

 

   

White-label native mobile applications (iOS and Android), web, phone-in order-taking application, and other digital channels that are customizable to reflect elements of a brand’s identity.

 

   

User-interface APIs facilitate the development of rich, fully custom consumer experiences across digital channels, such as mobile apps, kiosks, interactive voice applications, and other digital channels.

Manage Complex Menus

 

   

Store and host discrete versions of the restaurant’s menus that include consumer-friendly descriptions, high resolution, and ADA-compliant menu item images.

 

   

Synchronize and manage menu item availability, ingredient modifier availability, and prices on a per-location basis, including limited-time or regional offers, out of stock items or modifiers and prices, with integrations between established POS and menu management systems.

Process and Monitor Orders and Restaurant Operations

 

   

Transmit orders to the restaurant for preparation and order fulfilment via integrations to established in-restaurant systems, including POS, menu management systems, and kitchen display systems, or KDS.

 

   

Establish and implement distinct ordering rules and limitations for each order type, including by setting minimum and maximum order size, or by establishing menu item availability for given meal occasions (individual meals, catering), dayparts (breakfast, lunch, dinner), and handoff methods (drive-thru, delivery, in-restaurant pickup, curbside pickup, dine-in), on a brand-wide or per-location basis.

 

   

Complete ordering functionality for commercial food preparation kitchens and virtual branded concepts with no retail dining space.

 

   

Facilitate centralized telephone ordering via our optional Switchboard offering, which modernizes phone orders, in some cases enabling order entry to occur offsite, allowing in-restaurant employees to focus on consumers in the restaurant. The responsive web UI provides flexibility to those store locations choosing to leverage in-store employees to take phone-in orders via a mobile device, such as a tablet.

 

   

Provide easy-to-navigate in-restaurant order management via Expo, our tablet-friendly web application intended for use by restaurant staff, which offers visibility into past, current, and upcoming digital orders and pick-up methods from all direct and indirect digital channels, and highlights time-sensitive tasks.

 

   

Utilize permission-based administration tools and reporting to both brand management and in-restaurant staff via the Olo dashboard.

Enhance Consumer Engagement and Build Brand Loyalty

 

   

Create and manage one-time and multi-use promotions via the Olo Coupon Manager, which empowers restaurants to create compelling promotional offers, build brand loyalty, increase consumer engagement, and encourage repeat business.

 

   

Retrieve, apply, and integrate with established consumer loyalty and rewards platforms.

 

116


Table of Contents
   

Transmit consumer and transaction details to established loyalty and customer relationship management platforms via system integration, API integration, or webhooks.

Dispatch Module. Dispatch enables delivery directly from the restaurant’s digital ordering program channels through a network of third-party DSPs and a brand’s own delivery couriers, if available.

The key capabilities of our Dispatch module include:

Enable Delivery

 

   

Integrate with a nationwide network of third-party DSPs that are operationalized together on a single software platform, in some cases offering up to eight different delivery providers per market and covering 97% of our customers’ U.S. store locations.

 

   

Evaluate and select a DSP for each order in real time using a number of different criteria, including time, cost, or level of service, either on a brand-wide or per-location basis. With this flexibility, brands are able to partially or wholly subsidize the cost of delivery to the consumer.

 

   

Apply preference to specific DSPs and exclude specific DSPs from participating on a brand-wide or per-location basis.

Manage and Optimize Delivery Logistics

 

   

Include seamless integration with our Ordering module and APIs that allow for full integration to any third-party ordering platform, including direct integration to in-restaurant POS systems.

 

   

Coordinate the arrival of a DSP or internal delivery personnel with the estimated time an order will be available for pickup in-restaurant to ensure food is of the highest quality by the time it reaches the consumer.

 

   

Monitor and communicate status of en-route deliveries through to completion and provide alerts regarding status changes.

 

   

Provide activity reports and consolidated billing for all deliveries with tools to resolve and adjust billing for unsatisfactory or cancelled deliveries on a brand-wide or per-location basis.

 

   

Offer comprehensive tools for DSPs, allowing them to create their own delivery areas, optimize their participation by geography, time, and pricing, and expand demand and additional delivery trips for their drivers.

Rails Module. Our Rails module facilitates the operational and systems integration of aggregators and other indirect channels, and better equips brands to handle multi-channel digital ordering and delivery at scale. Our Rails Premium offering drives direct digital orders and replicates the features of a more traditional affiliate type of model, sending orders to our customer’s locations via deep links on sites across the internet.

The key capabilities of our Rails module include:

 

   

Real-time syndication of menu, item availability, price, and location attributes to marketplace and channel partners via a robust API integration on a brand-wide or per-location basis.

 

117


Table of Contents
   

Transmit marketplace orders via APIs to our Ordering module, and subsequently to all relevant in-restaurant systems such as POS and KDS.

 

   

Fully integrate ordering partners into the Olo platform, without significant infrastructure and personnel investment.

 

   

Eliminate the need for standalone order management tablets by direct API integrations.

 

   

Provide permission-based administration tools and consolidated marketplace sales reporting to both brand management and in-restaurant staff via the Olo dashboard.

Other Products. Beyond our core product modules, we offer several additional products:

 

   

Network. Allows brands to take orders from non-marketplace digital channels, including, among others, Google Food Ordering, which enables restaurants to fulfill orders directly through Google search results and Maps pages.

 

   

Switchboard. Phone-in ordering platform that allows restaurants and third-party call centers to accept meal-time and catering orders for pick-up or delivery. The Switchboard software then sends these orders to the POS at a given restaurant.

Our Restaurant Technology Ecosystem

Restaurants need to seamlessly manage on-premise and off-premise operations to ensure they provide the optimal experience to all of their consumers. This has generally required restaurants to integrate with and use solutions like POS systems, payments processors, fraud prevention solutions, loyalty programs, front-end designers, UX and UI providers, aggregators, and DSPs. We currently integrate with over 100 technology solutions. These solutions historically did not integrate together, as they offered competing services or non-standard technology. Our platform is the neutral solution that is able to integrate, unite, and partner with these players, thereby enabling restaurants to seamlessly manage their operations. We give restaurants the ability to pick and choose their technology providers. Our flexibility and large partner ecosystem is designed to ensure that our offering remains relevant and critical to our customers. We believe our decision to support a variety of technology partners using our API-first strategy is essential in ensuring that restaurants can efficiently meet the needs of consumers.

Building, enhancing, and growing our partner ecosystem is a critical component of our growth strategy. We have developed our ecosystem so that we can provide our customers with complementary offerings across a range of services that we do not focus on today. Our goal is to ensure that our customers always have the choice of using best-in-class providers across the restaurant industry, and we have grown our partner ecosystem, and allocated additional personnel to partner and developer support, as the needs of our customers have changed over time. Instead of locking our customers into a set of technology providers, we proactively seek innovative partners, and embrace partners introduced to us directly by our customers. Our developer and partner support teams work closely with our partners on technical and product issues, collaborating together with the goal of ensuring our mutual customers receive an excellent product.

Our Technology

Our managed multi-tenant, multi-partner SaaS platform is designed to provide our customers with enterprise-grade security, reliability, and performance. Because we have historically integrated with disparate and fragmented technology providers, we have invested significant development resources into connecting a variety of systems using APIs and other solutions. By sharing infrastructure and code across our customer base, we believe we will be able to further leverage our

 

118


Table of Contents

technology and technical infrastructure investment. The key components of our technology platform include:

 

   

Enterprise-grade security. Our customers trust our platform with their most sensitive consumer and business data and many have run security assessments of our platform to verify that it has robust security capable of protecting their consumer data. We also employ in-house Blue and Red Security Teams that constantly monitor the platform, testing for and addressing vulnerabilities. Our technology also incorporates privacy-safe practices and tools as an integral and foundational part of our platform’s approach. Privacy best practices are proactively embedded into our systems and infrastructure.

 

   

Platform reliability and resilience. Multiple data centers host our platform for redundancy. Features are equipped with metrics and logging to provide visibility into operations, with alerts configured to automatically notify our 24/7 on-call rotation in the event of a problem. All changes undergo peer reviews, automated tests, and quality assurance before they can be deployed. Continuous integration, frequent releases, and infrastructure as code are designed to optimize for efficient deployment. We are also SOC 1, Type 2 and SOC 2, Type 2 compliant.

 

   

Proprietary infrastructure provides scalability. We designed the components of our platform to scale for high transaction volumes. We use Amazon Web Services’, or AWS’s, cloud infrastructure, which we overprovision in order to minimize the risk of outages from surges in traffic. If required, we can also increase our platform’s capacity with AWS. Multiple layers of caching are leveraged to reduce load on downstream components and improve performance. We build and extract features as modular services to align with the engineering teams that maintain them, and these services are scaled independently on their own infrastructure. Where possible, we use event-driven, asynchronous workflows to offload work to background services. Our system undergoes regular automated load tests.

 

   

Focus on the restaurant ecosystem allows extensive integrations. We designed our platform to integrate with multiple POS providers, loyalty programs, payment processors, front-end developers, aggregators, and DSPs. Our platform allows our customers to integrate their systems using our APIs, webhooks, and other specifications. We have published a POS API and loyalty API standard that has been adopted by many POS and loyalty providers respectively. We use both cloud based APIs and, where necessary, older in-store agent-based technologies. In-store agent software uses our proprietary real-time protocol, which can operate over low-bandwidth connections and does not require restaurants to open incoming firewall ports. Customers may also use our fully managed, white-label web and mobile ordering module, or they may build more tailored front-ends on our APIs. In some circumstances, a restaurant customer may decide it would like to add additional functionality or a new provider to our platform, and in those circumstances our development support team may assist in integrating a new provider or technology component.

Our solution offers our restaurant customers a customizable, white-label ordering platform, with the ability to integrate to a variety of third-party technology partners such as POS systems, payment processors, loyalty providers, and others. We also provide our customers with easy to use APIs, access to a development portal, and a development support team to assist with questions and to facilitate integrations.

To deploy our modules, some of the steps our customers take to operationalize our platform’s functionality are: learn to build and customize a digital ordering menu; coordinating with our team to test their digital menus; provide us with or integrate their digital assets, including logos, fonts and color schemes; train franchisee operators how to use our platform, including how to enable or disable certain DSPs, how to

 

119


Table of Contents

override regular restaurant hours for holiday hours; and coordinating with various third-parties to obtain relevant information needed to enable payment processing and loyalty or gift card programs, as applicable. Internally at each location, customers must also create physical signage or redesign the restaurant to designate pickup and delivery areas and review and evaluate how digital orders print, are processed in the kitchen, and coordinated with other staff to ensure an efficient take-out or delivery process.

Our Customers

Approximately 400 restaurant brands, representing over 64,000 active locations nationwide, currently offer consumers the opportunity to order ahead for pick-up or delivery through our platform. Both private and public restaurants choose our platform, including over 50% of publicly-traded restaurant focused companies and over 50% of the top 50 fastest growing private restaurant brands, measured by overall sales, in the United States. We accommodate service models of all types, including quick service, fast casual, casual dining, family dining, convenience store, and coffee and snack locations. In every one of our customer relationships, we are the exclusive provider of direct digital ordering services with 100% franchisee participation. Brands use our platform to strengthen their customer relationships and boost their digital orders. Our average initial contract length is three years with a one year auto-renewal period, providing visibility into our forward performance.

 

Fast Casual 

 

Casual Dining 

 

Family Dining

 

Coffee & Snack

 

Quick Service

Five Guys

MOD Pizza

Wingstop

Noodles &

Company

Qdoba

 

BJ’s Restaurant & Brewhouse

P.F. Chang’s

Red Lobster

Red Robin

 

Denny’s

Cracker Barrel

Bob Evans

First Watch

IHOP

 

Jamba

Cold Stone

Smoothie King

Tropical

Smoothie

 

Jimmy John’s

Checkers

Del Taco

Panda Express

Subway

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, Rails module transaction revenue from our largest digital ordering aggregator, DoorDash, accounted for an aggregate of 2.6%, 10.2% and 19.3% of our total revenue, respectively, and this digital ordering aggregator accounted for a substantial majority of our transaction revenue from our Rails module during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

Customer Case Studies

We believe that the following case studies provide a representative sample of how our restaurant customers leverage the Olo platform to enhance their business.

Chili’s

Background: Chili’s Grill & Bar is the flagship casual dining brand of Dallas-based Brinker International (NYSE: EAT). Chili’s partnered with Olo in 2016 and invested in Chili’s To-Go, enabling a convenient extension of the dine-in experience. Olo worked closely with Chili’s to deploy various parts of the Olo technology stack to assist with the brand’s digital maturation and steady ordering growth over several years. When suddenly forced to cease dine-in operations at the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, Chili’s leveraged Olo as a stable platform to navigate a drastic shift to a fully off-premise offering at most open locations.

Solution: Building on the foundation of several years of digital success and growth, Olo worked closely with Chili’s at the onset of COVID-19 to maximize guest safety and streamline sales to off-premise. During the height of dining room closures caused by the pandemic, approximately 70% of the brand’s restaurant transactions were handled by Olo. Chili’s cites digital investment with Olo as a competitive advantage and engine that creates more efficient marketing spend for the brand.

 

120


Table of Contents

“We view Olo as a strategic partner within our digital transformation.” -SVP, Head of Innovation, Chili’s

Wingstop

Background: Wingstop (Nasdaq: WING) is a high growth fast casual chicken wing dining concept with over 1,500 restaurants. In 2019, Wingstop’s system-wide sales increased 20.1% year-over-year to $1.5 billion, marking the 16th consecutive year of same store sales growth. Prior to going public, Wingstop upgraded its digital ordering infrastructure to Olo.

Solution: Wingstop and Olo have worked closely together to deploy various components of Olo’s platform by using Ordering, Dispatch, and Rails modules. Wingstop is continuing to work to digitize transactions through incremental delivery growth and by removing obstacles to convert orders to digital.

Milk Bar

Background: Milk Bar is a quick service dessert bakery with 13 locations that was founded by chef Christina Tosi. Milk Bar operates traditional in-store retail as well as an ecommerce site with nationwide shipping. Most recently, Milk Bar launched its unique treats into the grocery aisle. Milk Bar and Olo began working together to serve customers looking for local pickup and delivery, leveraging the brand’s data and inventory prowess to satisfy Milk Bar guests in various scenarios and occasions based on the type of interaction they want to have with the brand.

Solution: Carefully leveraging technology to provide a positive experience is highly important to Milk Bar. The Olo and Milk Bar teams worked together starting in mid 2020 to deploy several modules of Olo’s platform including Ordering, Dispatch, and Rails. Careful management of third-party delivery is extremely important to Milk Bar, where close attention and care to Rails orders and controls has come into play.

“It’s never been more apparent that consumers want joy and lightness at their fingertips. So, having the technology to unlock on-demand delivery for our community, and streamline the process so they never even have to leave our website has been critical for us as we’re constantly adapting to the new world we live in.” -VP of Marketing, Milk Bar

MOD Pizza

Background: MOD Pizza is a fast casual artisanal build-your-own pizza brand with almost 500 system-wide locations. MOD Pizza is one of the fastest growing restaurant chains in the United States. In the infancy of MOD’s rapid growth, MOD sought an e-commerce platform that could scale and deliver a great customer experience. By partnering with Olo, in early 2018 MOD migrated to Olo’s stable platform to handle increasing demand.

Solution: Since deploying with Olo, MOD Pizza has been able to serve guests on a secure, reliable system that serves the needs of a fast-growing brand. The Olo platform allows for customization of a complex menu and the convenience of ordering from home, work, or on-the-go. During COVID-19, the brand pivoted to better serve their off-premise consumers, working closely with Olo along the way.

 

121


Table of Contents

“Our partnership with Olo brought us the strategic advantages we needed for our digital infrastructure. Olo’s technology has scaled with us, provided powerful integration to our systems, and proven to be a reliable platform during our continuing rapid growth.” -VP of Technology, MOD Pizza

Qdoba

Background: Qdoba is a fast-casual Mexican restaurant with more than 740 locations in the U.S. and Canada. Qdoba was seeking digital systems solutions that could grow while being flexible. Strategically, Qdoba looked to capitalize on direct orders to drive stronger guest relationships while delivering a compelling, feature-rich experience to guests. Qdoba implemented Olo in early 2020 to support commerce “because it was critical to choose a provider that not only offers a frictionless ordering experience, but also to help navigate the rapidly evolving world of third-party marketplaces,” according to Qdoba’s Director of Digital Experience.

Solution: Olo played an important role supporting Qdoba in achieving positive business results: year-over-year digital sales growth improvement, higher average order ticket, and a better customer experience. Olo supports a growing percentage of the overall sales mix. Qdoba has expanded use of the Olo platform by adding modules. Using Rails to inject third-party marketplace orders into the POS saves seconds of line time per customer by eliminating manual processes that took staff time away from guests. During COVID-19, Olo helped Qdoba respond quickly by helping to enable features such as curbside pickup in a matter of days.

“Team Olo is a critical enabler of our brand transformation. We’re able to identify guests by ordering channel, analyze their behavior, and better understand how to bring them back to Qdoba. That rich customer insight will be a critical driver of growth in the coming years.” -Director of Digital Experience, Qdoba

sweetgreen

Background: sweetgreen is a seasonal fast casual restaurant brand with over 120 locations, located primarily in large metropolitan areas. sweetgreen is a digital-first brand that is constantly optimizing the ordering experience. sweetgreen led the industry in the move to dedicated digital production lines and methods for managing customer pickup timing and experience. Since 2016, sweetgreen’s line speed and transactions per hour have continued to improve as a direct result of the mobile and web ordering experience they’ve enabled in partnership with Olo and their internal digital team.

Solution: Olo’s suite of APIs allowed sweetgreen to build a completely custom ordering experience while increasing throughput and order volume. For several years in a row, Olo’s platform has processed digital pickup and delivery orders for sweetgreen during peak lunch and dinner times. Operationally, sweetgreen has been able to integrate growing digital order demand into a consistent and repeatable workflow, resulting in a 4.9 rating on the App Store based on over 72,000 reviews.

“The demand for customer convenience inspired us to launch a digital ordering capability that has helped sweetgreen set the standard for customer convenience and team member experience. As we’ve grown, our partnership with Olo has allowed us to craft a unique digital experience that helps us to accomplish our mission of inspiring healthier communities by connecting people to real food.” -Co-Founder, sweetgreen

Sales and Marketing

Our sales team is divided into four functional areas: a customer success team that manages day-to-day customer relationships, a field sales team focused on selling our platform to major

 

122


Table of Contents

enterprise restaurant brands, an inside sales team focused on acquiring other restaurant brands outside of the major enterprise segment, and a sustaining sales team that advocates and upsells the use of new modules and services to existing customers, and works to renew agreements as they approach expiration. The sales teams actively pursue leads generated from marketing programs and help take prospective customers through an evaluation and purchase process. We sell our solution primarily to C-level executives at the restaurant brands, including quick service, fast casual, casual dining, family dining, and coffee and snack businesses.

Our customer success team manages the relationships with our customers. In addition to being the day-to-day contact for our customers, our customer success team monitors customer sentiment and program performance, and advocates for the customers’ use of additional modules and services. Our customer success team ensures that customers are receiving value from our platform, while supporting a growing relationship over time through increased usage of our platform and adoption of newer modules.

We focus our marketing efforts on the strength of our product innovation, the value we provide, and our unique ability to deliver a solution that is suited to benefit our restaurant brand customers. We target all aspects of the restaurant and food and beverage communities through our marketing activities, and actively develop our prospective customer base through numerous channels, including paid online search, email marketing, industry events, digital advertising, social media, public relations, and partner marketing. Once a prospective customer is using our platform, our sales efforts aim to expand into broader use cases and broaden the range of modules or services that we are providing. We also host an annual user conference, Beyond4, where customer stakeholders gather to engage with our team, deliver product training, share best practices, and foster community, though we do not plan to host Beyond4 in person during the coming year due to the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic.

As of December 31, 2020, we had 134 employees in our sales, marketing, and customer success teams. We intend to continue to invest in our sales and marketing capabilities to capitalize on our market opportunity.

Research and Development

Our research and development organization is responsible for the design, development, testing, and delivery of new technologies, products, features, and integrations of our platform, as well as the continued improvement and iteration of our existing modules. This team is also responsible for operating and scaling our platform. Our most significant investments in research and development are to drive core technology innovation and bring new modules and features to market.

Our research and development team consists of our software engineering, user experience, product management, development, test and quality assurance, and engineering teams. As of December 31, 2020, we had 215 employees in our research and development organization. We intend to continue to invest in our research and development capabilities to extend our platform.

Our Competition

The markets in which we compete are competitive and evolving rapidly. Our platform combines functionality from numerous product categories, and we therefore compete in each of these categories:

 

   

with respect to white-label digital ordering solution providers, we primarily compete with Tillster, Inc., Onosys, Inc., and NovaDine, Inc.;

 

   

with respect to restaurant-focused POS platforms that offer digital ordering solutions, we primarily compete with NCR Corporation and Xenial, Inc.;

 

123


Table of Contents
   

with respect to aggregators that provide direct digital ordering solutions, we compete with Grubhub Inc., DoorDash Inc., and UberEats; and

 

   

with respect to custom software, developed internally by restaurants or in partnership with consultancies and enterprise software providers, we primarily compete with Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, Accenture plc, SAP SE, Sitecore Corporation A/S, and various development agencies.

We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including:

 

   

the ability to integrate with existing restaurant technology solutions and flexible enough to integrate with future technology solutions;

 

   

the ability to operationalize in a prescribed timeframe set by the prospective customer;

 

   

the breadth of offering and ability to furnish specific functionality in the manner desired by the prospective customer;

 

   

solution performance, security, scalability, and reliability;

 

   

the ability to operationally implement with a customer’s infrastructure;

 

   

ability to operate and support all geographic markets specified by the prospective customer;

 

   

the availability and quality of support and other professional services;

 

   

our ability to integrate our systems seamlessly and at low costs; and

 

   

brand recognition, reputation, and the satisfaction of customers.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to the factors listed above. However, many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, and other resources, greater brand recognition, larger sales forces and marketing budgets, broader distribution networks, more diverse product and services offerings, and larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios. They may be able to leverage these resources to gain business in a manner that discourages customers from purchasing our offerings. Furthermore, we expect that our industry will continue to attract new market entrants, including smaller emerging companies, which could introduce new offerings. We may also expand into new markets and encounter additional competitors in such markets.

Our Employees and Culture

Our employees and the culture that we have created are the backbone of our success. We believe our founder-led corporate culture is critical in recruiting and retaining our employees. We are proud that most of the first few dozen of our employees are still with the company, and many of them have advanced to management and executive roles. Our current employees actively aid in the recruiting process as shown through our successful employee referral program. Our Founder and Chief Executive Officer meets with every new employee to review our company’s values and our executives lead discussions on our values on a quarterly basis.

Every year we undertake a robust employee engagement survey and we are proud that we have had 100% participation in that survey every year. We benchmark the answers we receive against

 

124


Table of Contents

the prior year’s survey and against a peer set of technology companies. Compared to our peers, our employees rate us significantly higher in service and quality focus, collaboration, communication, action, and innovation. We take our employees’ feedback seriously, and we have assessed and optimized many of our practices over time based on the feedback we’ve received in our surveys. As we grow and scale our business and employee base, we will be making significant investments in training and development of our employees.

We are proud of our remote work culture, and we spend a significant amount of time focused on our remote employees, making sure that all employees working remotely are fully engaged with the company and their respective teams.

Our initiatives to develop a strong remote working environment proved valuable as we transitioned all our employees to work-from-home in response to COVID-19. We will continue to monitor updates regarding reopening our offices in accordance with local public health safety guidance. We put the health and safety of our employees first and are committed to our continued efforts in providing an optimal work environment consistent with our culture. As of December 31, 2020, we had 433 employees operating across the United States, with no employees in our New York City headquarters and 100% working remotely. None of our employees are represented by a labor union with respect to their employment. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our relations with our employees to be strong.

We also aspire to be a diverse, equitable, and inclusive company where employees are empowered to bring their authentic selves to work every day. As part of our investment in our people, we make diversity, equity, and inclusion a priority, and offer high-quality benefits, wellness initiatives and competitive compensation packages. Our goal is to foster a culture where we value, respect, and provide fair treatment and equal opportunities for all of our employees. By recognizing and celebrating our differences, we aim to cultivate an environment that is the right fit for all Olo employees. To that end, we support employee-resource groups, or ERGs, which are aimed at fostering a diverse, equitable, and inclusive workplace. We currently have five ERGs: Olo Pride (LGBTQ+), Olo Green (Eco-conscious), Oloites of Color, Olo’s Women Network, and Vets@Olo.

Social Responsibility and Community Initiatives

One of Olo’s company values is “Excelsior,” meaning “ever upward” in Latin. This manifests in a greater desire to improve our community and our world, not just our financials. We launched Olo for Good in 2021, building off of our years long commitment to organizations like Share Our Strength, to foster a sustainable contribution to the communities in which we live, work, and service by integrating social responsibility and impact into our business. Olo for Good will leverage people, technology, and our equity to support non-profit organizations aligned with our mission and values, including those focused on:

 

   

advancing racial, ethnic and gender diversity, equity, and inclusion;

 

   

providing relief and support for the restaurant industry and its front-line workers; and

 

   

ending childhood hunger and increasing access to food.

We seek to increase diversity, equity, and inclusion in our communities and to be an advocate for the restaurant industry as its most restaurant-aligned technology partner.

Our Olo for Good initiative will include a donor-advised fund created through Tides Foundation. In              2021, our board of directors approved the issuance of              shares of our Class A common

 

125


Table of Contents

stock to such fund after the completion of this offering. On each anniversary of the effective date of this offering, 1/10th of the total shares approved will be donated into the fund. Upon the exercise and sale of these shares, we intend to instruct Tides Foundation to donate the proceeds from such sale in accordance with our direction.

In addition to the donor-advised fund and our commitment to donate 1% of our equity, representing 1% of our fully diluted equity outstanding as of immediately prior to this offering, we joined Pledge 1% with the commitment to donate 1% of product and 1% of employee time to social responsibility initiatives. The pledge strengthens our social responsibility initiatives through inclusion efforts with community partners, empowering volunteerism, and support for nonprofits. Our pledge builds upon our volunteer time off and gift-matching policy for employees. We also have a gift-matching policy where we match contributions made by our employees to non-profit organizations of up to $250 per employee per calendar year. We believe creating community engagement opportunities for employees that are meaningful, purposeful and help those in need is important to enriching and inspiring the lives of our employees and improving our communities.

We believe that building a sustainable program for charitable donations fosters employee morale and engagement, enhances our community presence, and further aligns us with the restaurant industry.

Intellectual Property

Intellectual property rights are important to our success. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements with third parties, and other contractual protections, to protect our intellectual property rights, including our proprietary technology, software, know-how, and brand. We use open source software in our services.

As of December 31, 2020, we owned one registered trademark in the United States.

We control access to and use of our proprietary technology and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers, and partners. We require our employees, consultants, and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary information and invention assignment agreements, and we control and monitor access to our software, documentation, proprietary technology, and other confidential information. Our policy is to require all employees and independent contractors to sign agreements assigning to us any inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments, processes, and other intellectual property generated by them on our behalf and under which they agree to protect our confidential information. In addition, we generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our customers and partners. See the section titled “Risk Factors” for a description of the risks related to our intellectual property.

Our Facilities

Our headquarters is located in New York City, where we lease approximately 36,100 square feet at One World Trade Center. We also lease approximately 14,700 square feet at 26 Broadway. Our lease at One World Trade Center expires in May 2029. We currently sublease our space in 26 Broadway and that lease will expire in September 2023. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

On or about October 21, 2020, DoorDash, Inc., or DoorDash, filed a lawsuit against us in New York State Supreme Court, New York County. The complaint alleges breach of contract related to fees

 

126


Table of Contents

charged to DoorDash. DoorDash seeks damages in excess of $7.0 million. We believe this lawsuit is without merit, and we plan to vigorously defend against it.

We have also received, and may in the future continue to receive, claims from third parties asserting, among other things, infringement of their intellectual property rights. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves or our customers by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. Defending such proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

127


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information for our executive officers and directors as of December 31, 2020:

 

  Name

    Age      

Position

  Executive Officers:

   

Noah Glass

    39    

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Matthew Tucker

    55    

President and Chief Operating Officer

Peter Benevides

    40    

Chief Financial Officer

Nithya B. Das

    40    

Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Marty Hahnfeld

    53    

Chief Customer Officer

Andrew Murray

    40    

Chief Technology Officer

Deanne Rhynard

    38    

Chief People Officer

  Non-Employee Directors:

   

Brandon Gardner

    46    

Director (Chairman)

David Frankel

    50    

Director

Russell Jones

    61    

Director

Daniel Meyer

    62    

Director

Colin Neville

    37    

Director

James D. Robinson IV

    58    

Director

Linda Rottenberg

    52    

Director

Warren C. Smith Jr*.

    64    

Director

Zuhairah Washington

    43    

Director

 

*

Warren C. Smith Jr. will resign from our board of directors effective immediately prior to, but subject to, the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Executive Officers

Noah Glass is our Founder and Chief Executive Officer. He has served as a member of our board of directors since the company’s inception in 2005. Prior to founding Olo, Mr. Glass held the position of International Expansion Manager for Endeavor Global, Inc., or Endeavor, a non-profit global organization leading the high-impact entrepreneurship movement, where he launched the first African Endeavor affiliate. In addition to serving as our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Glass also serves on the board of directors of Portillo’s, a fast casual, chain based restaurant specializing in Chicago-style food, on the board of directors of Share Our Strength, a non-profit focused on ending childhood hunger in the United States, as well as the board of trustees for the Culinary Institute of America, providing guidance and advisory to the world’s premier culinary college. Mr. Glass holds a B.A. in Political Science (International Relations) from Yale University. We believe that Mr. Glass is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience building and leading our business as well as his insight into corporate matters as our Founder and Chief Executive Officer.

Matthew Tucker has served as our Chief Operating Officer since September 2013 and as our President since January 2020. Prior to joining us, Mr. Tucker served as Chief Operating Officer of Payfone, Inc., a digital identity authentication company, Chief Executive Officer of Rely Software, Inc., a provider of transportation and logistics SaaS solutions (acquired by Odyssey Logistics & Technology Corporation), and was a member of the founding management team and Vice President of Sales & Marketing at LendingTree, Inc. Mr. Tucker holds a B.A. in Political Science from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from the McDonough School of Business at Georgetown University.

Peter Benevides has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2020. Mr. Benevides previously held the positions of Senior Vice President from January 2018 until December 2019 and Vice President of Finance from April 2015 until January 2018. Prior to joining us,

 

128


Table of Contents

Mr. Benevides held the position of Vice President of Finance and Controller at UrbanDaddy, Inc., a digital media and e-commerce company. Earlier in his career, Mr. Benevides served as the Director of Finance at several companies, including Turntable.fm, Inc., a social music service, and Sony Music Entertainment, a global recorded music company. Mr. Benevides serves on the board of the University of Rhode Island’s College of Business, Innovation & Entrepreneurship Program. Mr. Benevides is a Certified Public Accountant and Certified Management Accountant and holds a B.S. and an M.S. in Accounting from the College of Business Administration at the University of Rhode Island.

Nithya B. Das has served as our Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary since November 2020. Ms. Das previously held the positions of General Counsel from October 2019 and Secretary from November 2019 until November 2020. Prior to joining us, from September 2011 to December 2018, Ms. Das served in several roles at AppNexus Inc., an advertising technology company, including as the Chief Legal and People Officer where she oversaw the company’s global legal, corporate development and human resources affairs. Prior to AppNexus, Ms. Das served as an attorney in the New York office of Goodwin Procter LLP where she represented public and private growth technology companies. Ms. Das holds a B.A. in Business Administration (Finance) from the South Carolina Honors College at University of South Carolina and a J.D. from Brooklyn Law School.

Marty Hahnfeld has served as our Chief Customer Officer, leading our sales, marketing, and post-sale customer support services, since July 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hahnfeld served as the Senior Vice President of Community Solutions at Recyclebank LLC, a consumer loyalty company. Throughout his career, Mr. Hahnfeld has served in leadership roles at numerous internet and telecommunications companies, including roles as Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales at SkyPilot Networks, Inc., a wireless solutions provider, Chief Executive Officer at HyperEdge Corp., a telecommunications solutions company, a member of the founding executive team and Vice President of Sales at Zhone Technologies, Inc. (merged into DASAN Zhone Solutions, Inc.) and as Vice President, Sales at Ascend Communications, Inc. (acquired by Lucent Technologies Inc.).

Andrew Murray has served as our Chief Technology Officer since joining us in July 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. Murray held various technology positions at Internet Solutions and Dimension Data in Johannesburg, South Africa from 1996 to 2005. Mr. Murray holds a B.Com Informatics from the University of South Africa.

Deanne Rhynard has served as our Chief People Officer since January 2021. Mrs. Rhynard previously held the positions of Senior Vice President of People and Culture from January 2020 until January 2021, Vice President of People and Culture from January 2018 until January 2020, Senior Director of Operations, Head of People Culture from January 2017 until January 2018, and Director of Operations from January 2014 until January 2017. Prior to joining us, Mrs. Rhynard held various people, corporate relations, and management roles at University of Virginia’s Darden School of Business, KKR, Marriott, and other technology startups. Mrs. Rhynard holds a B.A. in Business from Walla Walla University.

Non-Employee Directors

Brandon Gardner has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2016 and as Chairman of our board of directors since June 2017. Mr. Gardner is a Founding Partner and the President of The Raine Group, a global merchant bank dedicated to the technology, media and telecommunications sectors. Prior to Raine, Mr. Gardner founded and was the Senior Operating Officer of Serengeti Asset Management LP, a multi-strategy investment advisor. During his tenure at Serengeti, Mr. Gardner was an active member of the investment team, managing sector- and strategy-specific portfolios as well as the firm’s private investment opportunities. Prior to joining Serengeti in 2007, Mr. Gardner was a practicing attorney at Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP from 1999 to 2007. Mr. Gardner serves on the boards of numerous companies held in the Raine investment

 

129


Table of Contents

portfolio. Mr. Gardner holds a B.A. from the College of Arts and Sciences at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and a J.D. from Columbia University. We believe Mr. Gardner is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in structuring securities transactions and advising private and public companies in the technology space.

David Frankel has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2005. Mr. Frankel is a Managing Partner of Founder Collective, a seed-stage venture capital firm, which he co-founded in 2009. Previously, Mr. Frankel was the co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Internet Solutions, an internet service provider acquired by Dimension Data, which was later acquired by NTT Group. Mr. Frankel serves on the boards of numerous companies held in the Founder Collective investment portfolio. Mr. Frankel holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Witwatersrand and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. We believe Mr. Frankel is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience building, financing and advising companies from the earliest stages of growth.

Russell Jones has served as a member of the board of directors since June 2020. Mr. Jones currently serves as a director at Sierra Wireless and The Ottawa Hospital Foundation. Mr. Jones has extensive experience in the technology industry and has demonstrated experience in financial oversight and reporting. Previously, Mr. Jones served as Chief Financial Officer of Shopify Inc. from 2011 through 2018. Mr. Jones has also held senior executive roles at a number of companies including Mitel Corporation, Newbridge Networks, Watchfire, Quake Technologies, and Xambala Incorporated. He also co-founded a CFO advisory firm focused on early stage technology companies. Mr. Jones is a CPA, CA and holds a B.Com in Accounting from Carleton University and an ICD.D certification from the Institute of Corporate Directors. We believe that Mr. Jones is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience serving as Chief Financial Officer, including of a public company.

Daniel Meyer has served as a member of the board of directors since October 2014. Mr. Meyer is the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Union Square Hospitality Group, or USHG, which owns and operates an event services business, Union Square Events, as well as the following restaurants: Union Square Cafe, Gramercy Tavern, Blue Smoke, Jazz Standard, The Modern, the Cafes at MOMA, Maialino, Untitled, Studio Cafe, Porchlight, Marta, Cafe Marchio, Vini E Fritti, Maialino Mare, and Daily Provisions. The restaurants have earned 28 James Beard Awards among them. Mr. Meyer is also the founder of Shake Shack, where he is Chairman of the Board. Mr. Meyer previously served as a member of the board of directors of The Container Store from 2013 to 2017, Sotheby’s from 2011 to 2015 and OpenTable from 2000 through 2014, as well as the following organizations: Trinity College, Share Our Strength, Union Square Partnership, Madison Square Park Conservancy, and NYC & Co. Mr. Meyer holds a B.A. in Political Science from Trinity College. We believe Mr. Meyer is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his long career in hospitality, his wealth of restaurant technology experience, and his particular experience in strategic planning and leadership of complex organizations and board practices of other major corporations.

Colin Neville has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2016. Mr. Neville is a Partner at The Raine Group, a global merchant bank dedicated to the technology, media and telecommunications sectors, and has been with the firm since its inception in 2009. Prior to joining Raine, Mr. Neville worked in the Mergers and Acquisitions group at Bank of America Merrill Lynch with a focus on technology, media and telecom. Mr. Neville sits on the boards of several companies held in the Raine investment portfolio. Mr. Neville holds a B.A. in Political Science from Yale University. We believe that Mr. Neville is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his deep understanding of technology trends and his experience investing in technology companies.

 

130


Table of Contents

James D. Robinson IV has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2008. Mr. Robinson is a founder and Managing Partner of RRE Ventures, LLC. Previously, Mr. Robinson was employed by H&Q Venture Capital and J.P. Morgan & Company. Earlier in his career, he founded IV Systems, Inc., a developer of unix-based applications. Mr. Robinson has been active within the technology community for over 30 years and has led investments in and served on the boards of more than 40 technology companies. Mr. Robinson is a co-founder and director of Plutus Financial, Inc. (d/b/a Abra), and serves on the boards of HYPR Corp., Netsertive, Inc., Noom Inc., and theSkimm, Inc. He is also a board observer at Digital Currency Group Inc. and Bitpay, Inc. Additionally, Mr. Robinson is a director of the New York City Partnership Investment Fund and Harvard Business School Alumni Angels. Mr. Robinson holds a B.A. with a joint degree in Computer Science and Business Administration from Antioch College and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. We believe Mr. Robinson is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management and board experience in the information technology industry.

Linda Rottenberg has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2016. Ms. Rottenberg is the co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Endeavor, a global nonprofit organization that catalyzes economic growth by selecting, mentoring and accelerating high-impact entrepreneurs around the world. With 60 offices spanning the world, Endeavor identifies, selects, and co-invests in high-impact entrepreneurs in emerging and underserved markets, including secondary U.S. cities. Ms. Rottenberg also oversees the Endeavor Catalyst LP Fund, which currently has over $200M assets under management, and co-invests in the equity financing rounds of Endeavor Entrepreneurs. In addition to her responsibilities at Endeavor, Ms. Rottenberg is a member of the Young Presidents’ Organization. Ms. Rottenberg sits on the boards of several technology companies, including Zayo Group, LLC and Globant, LLC. Ms. Rottenberg holds a B.A. in Social Studies from Harvard University and a J.D. from Yale Law School. We believe that Ms. Rottenberg is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her extensive experience in entrepreneurship, innovation, business development, and leadership.

Warren C. Smith Jr. has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2014. Mr. Smith is a co-founder and the Managing Partner of Staley Capital Management and has over 25 years of private equity investing experience. Prior to Staley Capital, Mr. Smith co-founded T.H. Lee Putnam Ventures in 2000, where he led growth equity investments across the digital marketing services, retail IT, tech-enabled BPO, and enterprise software sectors. Mr. Smith began his private equity career at Thomas H. Lee Partners in 1990, leading investments in consumer companies including Finlay Fine Jewelry, Thermoscan, Rayovac, and Eye Care Center of America. Previously, he worked in the Investment Banking Division of Merrill Lynch & Co. Mr. Smith currently serves on the boards of SmartAction, Aspire Marketing Services, and 4R Systems, and as a board observer of SteelHouse. Mr. Smith also serves on the Board of Advisors of the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College and is the Chairman of the Board of Advisors for Tuck’s Center for Private Equity and Venture Capital. In addition, Mr. Smith is a Trustee Emeritus of Wesleyan University and is a former member of Wesleyan’s Investment Committee. Mr. Smith is also the former Chairman of the Board of Trustees of Burke Mountain Academy. Mr. Smith holds a B.A. in Economics from Wesleyan University and an M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. We believe that Mr. Smith is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his long history of investing in retail and consumer product companies as well as marketing services and IT solutions for those markets.

Zuhairah Washington has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2020. She currently serves as the SVP and Global Head of Strategic Partners at Expedia Group, whose brands include Expedia, Hotels.com, Orbitz and VRBO. Prior to her tenure at Expedia Group, from 2018 to 2019, she was at Egon Zehnder, a global management consulting and executive search firm, and from 2013 to 2018, at Uber, where she grew businesses from startup to scale and ran one of the top five U.S. markets. She founded Kahnoodle, which was named to Entrepreneur Magazine’s 100

 

131


Table of Contents

Brilliant Companies of 2012. Ms. Washington also sits on the board of directors of Five Below. Ms. Washington earned a joint graduate degree: a J.D. from Harvard Law School and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School, and graduated magna cum laude from UCLA with a B.A. in political science and public policy. We believe that Ms. Washington is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her 20 years of operations and leadership experience in the technology and consumer space.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. We currently have eight directors. All of our directors currently serve on the board of directors pursuant to the provisions of a voting agreement between us and several of our stockholders. These provisions of our voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election or designation of our directors. Our current directors will continue to serve as directors until their resignation, removal, or successor is duly elected.

Our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Noah Glass, Linda Rottenberg, and James D. Robinson IV, whose terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders to be held following the completion of this offering;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Colin Neville, Daniel Meyer, and Russell Jones, whose terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders to be held following the completion of this offering; and

 

   

the Class III director will be David Frankel, Zuhairah Washington, and Brandon Gardner, whose terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders to be held following the completion of this offering.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning her or his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that none of our directors, other than Mr. Glass, has any relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of the NYSE. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their

 

132


Table of Contents

independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares by each non-employee director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Russell Jones, Colin Neville, and Zuhairah Washington. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Jones, Mr. Neville, and Ms. Washington satisfies the independence requirements under the listing standards of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is Mr. Jones, who our board of directors has determined is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.

The primary purpose of the audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, systems of internal control and financial statement audits, and to oversee our independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

   

helping our board of directors oversee our corporate accounting, and financial reporting processes;

 

   

managing the selection, engagement, qualifications, independence, and performance of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

   

reviewing security policies and processes, systems, and decisions in conjunction with our Chief Information Security Officer, or CISO;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

reviewing related person transactions;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually that describes our internal quality control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

   

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving, audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

 

133


Table of Contents

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Linda Rottenberg, Brandon Gardner, and James D. Robinson IV. The chair of our compensation committee is Linda Rottenberg. Our board of directors has determined that each of Messrs. Gardner and Robinson and Ms. Rottenberg is independent under the listing standards of the NYSE and is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors in overseeing our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors, and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer, other executive officers, and senior management;

 

   

reviewing, evaluating, and recommending to our board of directors succession plans for our executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation paid to our directors;

 

   

administering our equity incentive plans and other benefit programs;

 

   

reviewing, adopting, amending, and terminating incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, profit sharing plans, bonus plans, change-of-control protections, and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management; and

 

   

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees, including our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Daniel Meyer, Linda Rottenberg, and David Frankel. The chair of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Daniel Meyer. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Meyer, Ms. Rottenberg, and Mr. Frankel is independent under the listing standards of the NYSE.

Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee will include:

 

   

identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on our board of directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairmanship of the committees of our board of directors;

 

134


Table of Contents
   

instituting plans or programs for the continuing education of our board of directors and orientation of new directors;

 

   

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

   

overseeing periodic evaluations of the board of directors’ performance, including committees of the board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Code of Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics that applies to all our employees, officers, and directors. This includes our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The full text of our Code of Conduct and Ethics will be posted on our website at www.olo.com. We intend to disclose on our website any future amendments to our Code of Conduct and Ethics or waivers that exempt any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, persons performing similar functions, or our directors from provisions in the Code of Conduct and Ethics. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee are currently, or have been at any time, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serve, or have served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We did not pay cash compensation to any of our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2020. However, we did provide stock-based compensation to each of Linda Rottenberg, Russell Jones, and Zuhairah Washington during the year ended December 31, 2020. On June 14, 2020, we granted Russell Jones an option to purchase 11,989 shares of Class B common stock at a strike price of $66.40. On November 30, 2020, we granted Linda Rottenberg an option to purchase 5,994 shares of Class B common stock at a strike price of $101.48 and we granted Zuhairah Washington an option to purchase 11,989 shares of Class B common stock at a strike price of $101.48. Additionally, we have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings. The compensation of Mr. Glass as a named executive officer is set forth in the section titled “Executive Compensation.”

The table below shows the aggregate number of option awards outstanding, and granted for such individual’s service as a director, for each of our directors who is not a named executive officer as of December 31, 2020, or our outside directors:

 

Name

   Option Awards (#)  

Linda Rottenberg

     66,494 (1) 

Russell Jones

     11,989 (2) 

Zuhairah Washington

     11,989 (3) 

 

135


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Ms. Rottenberg holds (1) an option to purchase 30,250 shares of our Class B common stock, which is fully vested, (2) an option to purchase 30,250 shares of our Class B common stock, which vests in 24 equal monthly installments from December 3, 2018 and is subject to full acceleration on a change in control, subject to her continuous service through each such vesting date, and (3) an option to purchase 5,994 shares of our Class B common stock, which vests in 24 equal monthly installments from December 10, 2020 and is subject to full acceleration on a change in control, subject to her continuous service through each such vesting date. These options were granted under the 2015 Plan.

(2)

Mr. Jones holds an option to purchase 11,989 shares of our Class B common stock, which vests in 24 equal monthly installments from June 11, 2020 and is subject to full acceleration on a change in control, subject to his continuous service through each such vesting date. This option was granted under the 2015 Plan.

(3)

Ms. Washington holds an option to purchase 11,989 shares of our Class B common stock, which vests in 24 equal monthly installments from November 10, 2020 and is subject to full acceleration on a change in control, subject to her continuous service through each such vesting date. This option was granted under the 2015 Plan.

The balance of our outside directors have not been issued equity awards in connection with their service on our board of directors to date.

We intend to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy in connection with this offering and on terms to be determined by our board of directors. Under the non-employee director policy, our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

 

136


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, were:

 

   

Noah Glass, who serves as our Founder, Chief Executive Officer, and a director;

 

   

Nithya B. Das, who serves as our Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary; and

 

   

Marty Hahnfeld, who serves as our Chief Customer Officer.

2020 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to or earned by or paid to our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

 Name and Principal Position

  Salary    
($)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)
  Total ($)

 Noah Glass

  350,000   927,881.59   210,000   1,487,882

 Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

       

 Nithya B. Das

  303,333   1,905,420.00   108,833   2,317,586

 Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

       

 Marty Hahnfeld

  350,000   517,744.50   996,501   1,864,246

 Chief Customer Officer

       

 

(1)

This column reflects the full grant date fair value of options granted during the year measured pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (ASC 718), the basis for computing stock-based compensation in our consolidated financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our consolidated financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the named executive officer will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full as required by SEC rules. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in note 9 to our financial statements included in this prospectus.

(2)

See “—Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” for a description of the material terms of the plans pursuant to which this compensation was awarded.

Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table

Annual Base Salary

Our named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to us. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role, and responsibilities. The 2020 base salaries for our named executive officers were as stated in the table above.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

We have a bonus policy and a historical practice of setting target bonus amounts for our executive officers expressed as a percentage of base salary and reflected in their employment agreements. Our practice has been to provide for annual bonus payments to our executive officers conditioned upon the achievement of certain performance goals established by our board of directors and individual goals determined by our Chief Executive Officer. We have historically established target bonus amounts which we felt was appropriate considering factors such as compensation opportunities that these executive officers were foregoing from their prior employers, cash bonuses provided to executive officers of our peer companies, the executive officer’s anticipated role criticality relative to others at our company, and the determination by our board of directors or committee thereof and, as applicable, the Chief Executive Officer, of the essential need to attract and retain these executive officers.

 

137


Table of Contents

In 2020, Mr. Glass was eligible to receive a target bonus of $210,000, or 60% of his base salary, based on the attainment of company performance goals set by the compensation committee. Mr. Glass received an aggregate bonus for 2020 of $210,000.

For 2020, Ms. Das was eligible to receive a target bonus of $108,833, based on the attainment of company performance goals set by the compensation committee. Ms. Das’ cash compensation in 2020 increased from $300,000 to $320,000 effective November 1, 2020. Ms. Das’ bonus target also increased from 35% to 40% effective November 1, 2020. Ms. Das received an aggregate bonus for 2020 of $108,833.

In 2021, Mr. Glass and Ms. Das are eligible to receive target bonuses of 80% and 41%, of his and her base salary, respectively, based on the attainment of company performance goals set by the compensation committee.

In 2020, Mr. Hahnfeld was eligible to participate in our sales compensation plan. Our sales compensation plan is designed to compensate members of the sales team, including Mr. Hahnfeld, for the attainment of sales targets set by our compensation committee at the beginning of each fiscal year. The variable compensation for 2020 for Mr. Hahnfeld was measured and paid on a quarterly basis based on attainment of the sales targets over the fiscal year. Mr. Hahnfeld received an aggregate variable compensation payment of $996,501 for 2020 pursuant to the terms of our sales compensation plan. For 2021, Mr. Hahnfeld will continue to participate in our sales commission plan, with a target commission equal to 100% of his base salary.

In connection with this offering, we adopted a formal executive bonus plan, or the Executive Bonus Plan. The purpose of the Executive Bonus Plan is to create a direct relationship between key business performance measurements and individual bonus amounts. The Executive Bonus Plan will provide for annual bonus payments to each executive officer conditioned upon the achievement of certain performance goals established by the compensation committee, which may differ for each executive officer. Our compensation committee will establish such performance goals based on one or more established performance criteria relating to financial, operational, workforce, or partner performance.

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our executives. We believe that equity awards provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. To date, we have used stock option grants for this purpose because we believe they are an effective means by which to align the long-term interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders. The use of options also can provide tax and other advantages to our executive officers relative to other forms of equity compensation. We believe that our equity awards are an important retention tool for our executive officers, as well as for our other employees.

We award stock options broadly to our employees, including to our non-executive employees. Grants to our executives and other employees are made at the discretion of our board of directors and are not made at any specific time period during a year.

Prior to this offering, all of the stock options we have granted were made pursuant to our 2005 Plan or our 2015 Plan. The terms of the stock options granted to our named executive officers are set forth in the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020.” Following this offering, we will grant equity incentive awards under the terms of our 2021 Plan. The terms of our equity plans are described under “—Equity Incentive Plans” below.

 

138


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020

The following table presents estimated information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2020. All awards were granted pursuant to the 2005 Plan or the 2015 Plan. See “—Equity Incentive Plans—2005 Incentive Plan” and “—Equity Incentive Plans—2015 Incentive Plan” below for additional information.

 

     Option Awards(1)  

 Name

   Grant Date      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options(#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options(#)
    Option Exercise
Price($)
     Option Expiration
Date
 

 Noah Glass

     2/12/2013        63,345                    2.73        2/11/2023  
     1/12/2016        338,187                    28.38        1/11/2026  
     1/12/2016                     91,051 (2)      28.38        1/11/2026  
     1/12/2016        3,523                    28.38        1/11/2026  
     1/21/2020               24,463 (3)            46.62        1/20/2030  

Nithya B. Das

     11/14/2019        903        15,356 (4)            46.62        11/13/2029  
     11/30/2020               22,000 (5)            101.48        11/29/2030  

 Marty Hahnfeld

     9/10/2013        33,608                    2.73        9/9/2023  
     1/12/2016        3,523                    28.38        1/11/2026  
     1/12/2016        87,584                    28.38        1/11/2026  
     1/21/2020               13,650 (3)            46.62        1/20/2030  

 

 

(1)

All option awards listed in this table were granted pursuant to our 2005 Plan or our 2015 Plan, the terms of which are described below under “—Equity Incentive Plans—2005 Equity Incentive Plan” and “—Equity Incentive Plans—2015 Equity Incentive Plan,” respectively.

(2)

The shares underlying this option will fully vest immediately prior to a company exit, as defined in Mr. Glass’ amended and restated employment agreement, which includes a qualifying public offering, subject to Mr. Glass’ continuous service through each such vesting date. This option is also subject to accelerated vesting in connection with certain termination events and a change in control as described more fully under “—Employment Arrangements—Noah Glass.”

(3)

25% of the shares underlying this option will vest on January 15, 2021, with the remaining shares vested in equal monthly installments over the three years following January 15, 2021. This option is also subject to accelerated vesting in connection with a change in control as described more fully under “—Employment Arrangements—Noah Glass” and “—Employment Arrangements—Marty Hahnfeld.”

(4)

25% of the shares underlying this option will vest on October 1, 2020, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the next three years, subject to Ms. Das’ continuous service through each such vesting date. This option is also subject to accelerated vesting in connection with a change in control as described more fully under “—Employment Arrangements—Nithya B. Das.”

(5)

25% of the shares underlying this option will vest on November 1, 2021, with the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the next three years, subject to Ms. Das’ continuous service through each such vesting date. This option is also subject to accelerated vesting in connection with a change in control as described more fully under “—Employment Arrangements—Nithya B. Das.”

Employment Arrangements

Each of our named executive officers is an at-will employee. Except as set forth below, we have not entered into any employment agreements or offer letters with our named executive officers.

Noah Glass

On January 1, 2021, we entered into an employment agreement with Noah Glass, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer. This employment agreement supersedes and replaces the amended and

 

139


Table of Contents

restated employment agreement with Mr. Glass entered into on January 12, 2016 and amended on May 24, 2016.

Mr. Glass’ employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $443,000. Mr. Glass is eligible for an annual target bonus of eighty percent (80%) of Mr. Glass’ current annual salary. The actual amount of any bonus, and Mr. Glass’ entitlement to the bonus, will be subject to our discretion subject and based on our and Mr. Glass’ achievement of objectives and milestones as set forth in our Executive Bonus Plan. Historical equity grants made to Mr. Glass are outlined above in the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020.”

Mr. Glass is entitled to receive severance and change in control benefits, as more fully described in “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control or Upon a Qualifying Company Exit.”

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control or Upon a Qualifying Company Exit

Upon termination of Mr. Glass’ employment by us without cause or by him for good reason, each as defined in his employment agreement, Mr. Glass would be entitled to receive the following severance benefits:

 

   

payment of Mr. Glass’ then-current base salary from the date of his termination of employment until twelve (12) months (payable in equal instalments in accordance with our regular schedule);

 

   

payment of a portion of Mr. Glass’ annual target bonus, which is calculated based on our and Mr. Glass’ achievement of objectives and milestones as set forth in our Executive Bonus Plan, pro-rated for the period of employment during the applicable year (payable on the date we make the first severance payment); and

 

   

payment of the monthly premium we were paying for Mr. Glass and his eligible dependents with respect to our health insurance plan (as of the day of his separation from employment), if he timely elects benefits pursuant to Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 as amended (COBRA), from the date of his termination of employment until the earlier of: (1) twelve (12) months, (2) the time Mr. Glass accepts employment with another employer that provides comparable benefits, or (3) or the date Mr. Glass ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination.

Upon termination of Mr. Glass’ employment by us without cause or by him for good reason, each as defined in his employment agreement, within either three (3) months prior to or eighteen (18) months following a change of control as defined in our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, Mr. Glass would be entitled to receive the following severance benefits:

 

   

a lump sum payment of an amount equivalent to eighteen (18) months of Mr. Glass’ then-current base salary (payable within sixty (60) days following his separation from employment);

 

   

payment of a portion of Mr. Glass’ annual target bonus, which is calculated based on our and Mr. Glass’ achievement of objectives and milestones as set forth in our Executive Bonus Plan, pro-rated for the period of employment during the applicable year (payable on the date we pay the severance);

 

140


Table of Contents
   

payment of the monthly premium we were paying for Mr. Glass and his eligible dependents with respect to our health insurance plan (as of the day of his separation from employment), if he timely elects benefits pursuant to Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 as amended (COBRA), from the date of his termination of employment until the earlier of: (1) eighteen (18) months, (2) the time Mr. Glass accepts employment with another employer that provides comparable benefits, or (3) or the date Mr. Glass ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination; and

 

   

any unvested shares subject to Mr. Glass’ outstanding equity awards as described above in the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020” subject to time-based vesting will become fully vested upon the date Mr. Glass is terminated from employment with us.

Further, upon a company exit, which includes a public offering of at least $75.0 million (net of the underwriting discount and commissions) with a per share price of at least two times the original issue price of the Series D preferred stock, any unvested shares subject to Mr. Glass’ performance option granted to Mr. Glass on January 12, 2016 with respect to 91,051 shares of our Class B common stock (as described in his employment agreement and above in the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020”) will be fully vested on the date immediately preceding the consummation of the company exit.

In addition, if we consummate a qualifying company exit as set forth therein on or prior to January 12, 2026, and Mr. Glass is still employed by us on the date the qualifying company exit is consummated, then we will pay Mr. Glass a bonus equal to the product of: 91,051 multiplied by (the difference between (1) the value of a share of our Class B common stock at the time of the qualifying company exit, and (2) $2.73), up to a maximum aggregate amount of $2,335,484.00, provided that in the event the qualifying company exit is a deemed liquidation event as set forth therein, the proceeds of the holders of our Series C Preferred Stock with respect to their shares of Series C Preferred Stock in such company exit equals or exceeds $35.5197 per share, and in the event the qualifying company exit is a qualifying public offering as set forth therein, the closing price of a share of our common stock equals or exceeds $35.5197 per share on the 180th day following the closing of such qualifying public offering. If earned, this bonus will be paid to Mr. Glass within either 30 days following the consummation of a deemed liquidation event or 30 days following the expiration of the 180 day period following the closing of our qualifying public offering. If the qualifying company exit is a deemed liquidation event as set forth therein, and all or a portion of the consideration received by us or the shareholders in connection with the qualifying company exit consist of contingent or deferred consideration, then we will pay Mr. Glass the bonus earned in connection with the payment of the contingent or deferred consideration within 30 days after the date such amounts are actually received by us or shareholders, except that no such bonus will be due to Mr. Glass on any consideration paid in connection with a qualifying company exit after the fifth anniversary of the closing date of the qualifying company exit.

The payment of all such severance benefits are subject to Mr. Glass’ execution of a separation agreement that has become enforceable and irrevocable and that includes a general release of all claims against us.

In addition, in the event any amounts Mr. Glass will or may receive would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and such payments would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then such payments will either be (i) provided to Mr. Glass in full, or (ii) reduced to such lesser amount that would result in a smaller or no portion of such payments being subject to the

 

141


Table of Contents

excise tax, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable taxes, including the excise tax, would result in Mr. Glass’ receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of such payments.

Nithya B. Das

On January 1, 2021, we entered into an employment agreement with Nithya B. Das, our Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary. This employment agreement supersedes and replaces the employment agreement with Ms. Das entered into on October 1, 2019.

Ms. Das’ employment agreement provides for an initial annual base salary of $338,000. Ms. Das is eligible for an annual target bonus of (41%) of Ms. Das’ current annual salary. The actual amount of any bonus, and Ms. Das’ entitlement to the bonus, will be subject to our discretion and based on our and Ms. Das’ achievement of objectives and milestones as set forth in our Executive Bonus Plan. Historical equity grants made to Ms. Das are outlined above in the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020.”

Ms. Das is entitled to receive severance and change in control benefits, as more fully described in “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Upon termination of Ms. Das’ employment by us without cause or by her for good reason, each as defined in her employment agreement, Ms. Das would be entitled to receive the following severance benefits:

 

   

payment of Ms. Das’ then-current base salary for nine (9) months following the date her employment is terminated payable in equal instalments in accordance with our regular payroll schedule;

 

   

payment of a portion of Ms. Das’ annual target bonus, pro-rated for the period of employment during the applicable year (payable on the date we make the first severance payment); and

 

   

reimbursement of the monthly premium payments Ms. Das makes for COBRA coverage, if she timely elects benefits pursuant to COBRA, from the date of her termination of employment until the earlier of: (1) nine (9) months following her employment ending, (2) the time Ms. Das accepts employment with another employer, or (3) or the date Ms. Das ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason.

Upon termination of Ms. Das’ employment by us without cause or by her for good reason, each as defined in her employment agreement, within either three (3) months prior to or eighteen (18) months following a change of control as defined in our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, Ms. Das would be entitled to receive the following severance benefits:

 

   

a lump sum payment of an amount equivalent to twelve (12) months of Ms. Das’ then-current base salary (payable within sixty (60) days following her separation from employment);

 

   

payment of a portion of Ms. Das’ annual target bonus, pro-rated for the period of employment during the applicable year (payable on the same timeline as the severance);

 

   

payment of the monthly premium we were paying for Ms. Das and her eligible dependents with respect to our health insurance plan (as of the day of her separation from employment), if she timely elects benefits pursuant to Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 as amended (COBRA), from the date of her termination of

 

142


Table of Contents
 

employment until the earlier of: (1) twelve (12) months, (2) the time Ms. Das accepts employment with another employer that provides comparable benefits, or (3) or the date Ms. Das ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason; and

 

   

any unvested shares subject to Ms. Das’ outstanding equity awards as described above in the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020” subject to time-based vesting will become fully vested upon the date Ms. Das is terminated from employment with us.

The payment of all such severance benefits are subject to Ms. Das’ execution of a separation agreement that has become enforceable and irrevocable and that includes a general release of all claims against us.

In addition, in the event any amounts Ms. Das will or may receive would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and such payments would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then such payments will either be (i) provided to Ms. Das in full, or (ii) reduced to such lesser amount that would result in a smaller or no portion of such payments being subject to the excise tax, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable taxes, including the excise tax, would result in Ms. Das’ receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of such payments.

Marty Hahnfeld

On January 1, 2021, we entered into an employment agreement with Marty Hahnfeld, our Chief Customer Officer. This employment agreement supersedes and replaces the employment agreement with Mr. Hahnfeld entered into on January 1, 2018.

Mr. Hahnfeld’s employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of $364,000. Mr. Hahnfeld is eligible to earn commission compensation according to our sales compensation plan and a commission structure that our Board of Directors may approve for our senior executives. Mr. Hahnfeld will be eligible to earn commission at an annual target equal to 100% of Mr. Hahnfeld’s current annual salary. The actual amount of any commission, and Mr. Hahnfeld’s entitlement to any commission, will be subject to the sole discretion of our compensation committee and subject to Mr. Hahnfeld’s achievement of objectives and milestones as set forth in the sales compensation plan.

Historical equity grants made to Mr. Hahnfeld are outlined above in the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020.”

Mr. Hahnfeld is entitled to receive severance and change in control benefits, as more fully described in “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Upon termination of Mr. Hahnfeld’s employment by us without cause or by him for good reason, each as defined in his employment agreement, Mr. Hahnfeld would be entitled to receive the following severance benefits:

 

   

payment of Mr. Hahnfeld’s then-current base salary for nine (9) months following the date his employment is terminated (payable in equal instalments in accordance with our regular payroll schedule);

 

   

monthly payments, in an amount equal to the average sales commission Mr. Hahnfeld earned monthly during the twelve (12) months prior to his employment ending, for six (6) months following the date his employment is terminated (payable in equal instalments in accordance with our standard payroll procedures with the first installment payable on the date we make the first severance payment); and

 

143


Table of Contents
   

reimbursement of the monthly premium payments Mr. Hahnfeld makes for COBRA coverage, if he timely elects benefits pursuant to COBRA, from the date of his termination of employment until the earlier of: (1) nine (9) months following his employment ending, or (2) the time Mr. Hahnfeld accepts employment with another employer, or (3) or the date Mr. Hahnfeld ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason .

Upon termination of Mr. Hahnfeld’s employment by us without cause or by him for good reason, each as defined in his employment agreement, within either three (3) months prior to or eighteen (18) months following a change of control as defined in our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, Mr. Hahnfeld would be entitled to receive the following severance benefits:

 

   

a lump sum payment of an amount equivalent to twelve (12) months of Mr. Hahnfeld’s then-current base salary (payable within sixty (60) days following his separation from employment);

 

   

monthly payments, in an amount equal to the average sales commission Mr. Hahnfeld earned monthly during the twelve (12) months prior to his employment ending, for twelve (12) months following the date his employment is terminated (payable in equal instalments in accordance with our standard payroll procedures with the first installment payable on the date we make the first severance payment);

 

   

payment of the monthly premium we were paying for Mr. Hahnfeld and his eligible dependents with respect to our health insurance plan (as of the day of his separation from employment), if he timely elects benefits pursuant to Consolidated Omnibus Reconciliation Act of 1985 as amended (COBRA), from the date of his termination of employment until the earlier of: (1) twelve (12) months, (2) the time Mr. Hahnfeld accepts employment with another employer that provides comparable benefits, or (3) or the date Mr. Hahnfeld ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason; and

 

   

any unvested shares subject to Mr. Hahnfeld’s outstanding equity awards as described above in the section titled “Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2020” subject to time-based vesting will become fully vested upon the date Mr. Hahnfeld is terminated from employment with us.

The payment of all such severance benefits are subject to Mr. Hahnfeld’s execution of a separation agreement that has become enforceable and irrevocable and that includes a general release of all claims against us.

In addition, if Mr. Hahnfeld’s employment terminates for any reason prior to payment of any earned portion of his commission, he will be paid such earned commission otherwise in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement and the sales compensation plan.

Finally, in the event any amounts Mr. Hahnfeld will or may receive would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and such payments would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then such payments will either be (i) provided to Mr. Hahnfeld in full, or (ii) reduced to such lesser amount that would result in a smaller or no portion of such payments being subject to the excise tax, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable taxes, including the excise tax, would result in Mr. Hahnfeld’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of such payments.

Health and Welfare and Retirement Benefits; Perquisites

All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, disability and life insurance plans, in each case on the

 

144


Table of Contents

same basis as all of our other employees. We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, except in limited circumstances.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a 401(k) plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation up to certain Code limits, which are updated annually. Contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their own contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, with the related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan are deductible by us when made, and contributions and earnings on those amounts are not taxable to the employees until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Equity Incentive Plans

The principal features of our equity plans and are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2021 Plan on                , 2021 and on                , 2021, respectively. The 2021 Plan will become effective, and no stock awards may be granted under the 2021 Plan until, immediately prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Once the 2021 Plan is effective, no further grants will be made under the 2015 Plan.

Stock Awards. The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation, which are collectively referred to as stock awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees and to any of the employees of our subsidiary corporations. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants of ours and any of our affiliates.

Share Reserve. Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2021 Plan is the sum of (i)                  shares of our Class A common stock plus (ii) the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved, and remaining available for issuance, under our 2015 Plan at the time our 2021 Plan became effective and (iii) the number of shares subject to stock options or other stock awards granted under our 2015 Plan that would have otherwise returned to our 2015 Plan and 2005 Plan (such as upon the expiration or termination of a stock award prior to vesting). The number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2022 (assuming the 2021 Plan becomes effective in 2021) and continuing through and including January 1, 2031, by     % of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2021 Plan is          shares.

If a stock award granted under the 2021 Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our Class A common stock not acquired pursuant to

 

145


Table of Contents

the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2021 Plan. In addition, the following types of shares under the 2021 Plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2021 Plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2021 Plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market.

The maximum number of shares of Class A common stock subject to stock awards granted under the 2021 Plan or otherwise during any one calendar year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director during such calendar year for service on the board of directors, will not exceed $         in total value (calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes), or, with respect to the calendar year in which a non-employee director is first appointed or elected to our board of directors, $        .

Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2021 Plan, and is referred to herein as the “plan administrator”. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, (2) determine the number of shares of Class A common stock to be subject to such stock awards, and (3) specify the other terms and conditions, including the strike price or purchase price and vesting schedule, applicable to such awards. Subject to the terms of the 2021 Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of stock awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the stock award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding stock awards under our 2021 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2021 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority, without stockholder approval, to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are evidenced by stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2021 Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2021 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an option holder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an option holder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the option holder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term will automatically be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an option holder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an option holder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the option holder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

 

146


Table of Contents

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of Class A common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our Class A common stock previously owned by the option holder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO and, (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An option holder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the option holder’s death.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our Class A common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an option holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will be treated as NSOs. No ISOs may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our subsidiary corporations unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are evidenced by restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Class A common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule as determined by the plan administrator. Rights to acquire shares under a restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are evidenced by restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration or for no consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Rights under a restricted stock unit award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be subject to vesting as determined by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are evidenced by stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount in cash or stock equal to (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of Class A common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2021 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

 

147


Table of Contents

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2021 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provides otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term will be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, stock appreciation rights generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. A stock appreciation right holder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the stock appreciation right following the holder’s death.

Performance Awards. Our 2021 Plan permits the grant of performance stock and cash awards. The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) total stockholder return; (5) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (6) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (7) stock price; (8) margin (including gross margin); (9) income (before or after taxes); (10) operating income; (11) operating income after taxes; (12) pre-tax profit; (13) operating cash flow; (14) sales or revenue targets; (15) increases in revenue or product revenue; (16) expenses and cost reduction goals; (17) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (18) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (19) market share; (20) cash flow; (21) cash flow per share; (23) share price performance; (24) debt reduction; (25) customer satisfaction ; (26) stockholders’ equity; (27) capital expenditures; (28) debt levels; (29) operating profit or net operating profit; (30) workforce diversity; (31) growth of net income or operating income; (32) billings; (33) financing; (34) regulatory milestones; (35) stockholder liquidity; (36) corporate governance and compliance; (37) intellectual property; (38) personnel matters; (39) progress of partnered programs (40) employee retention; (41) partner or collaborator achievements; (42) internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; (43) investor relations, analysts and communication; (44) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (45) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); (46) establishing relationships with respect to the marketing, distribution, and sale of the Company’s products; (47) co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture, or other similar arrangements; (48) individual performance goals; (49) corporate development and planning goals; (50) bookings goals; (51) budget management; and (52) other measures of performance selected by our board of directors or a committee thereof.

The performance goals may be based on company-wide performance or performance of one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and may be either absolute or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by our board of directors when the performance award is granted, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude

 

148


Table of Contents

the effects of any items that are unusual in nature or occur infrequently as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, we retain the discretion to adjust or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the goals. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other Stock Awards. The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our Class A common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A the Code. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2015 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the administrator. Each stock appreciation right is denominated in shares of our Class B common stock equivalents.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs, and (4) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions. The following applies to stock awards under the 2021 Plan in the event of certain specified corporate transactions, unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or unless otherwise expressly provided by the plan administrator at the time of grant.

In the event of a corporate transaction, any stock awards outstanding under the 2021 Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award may be assigned to our successor (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then (i) with respect to any such stock awards that are held by participants whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, or current participants, the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of such stock awards will be accelerated in full (or, in the case of performance awards with multiple vesting levels depending on the level of performance, vesting will accelerate at 100% of the target level) to a date prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction), and such stock awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will lapse (contingent

 

149


Table of Contents

upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction), and (ii) any such stock awards that are held by persons other than current participants will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the corporate transaction.

In the event a stock award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a corporate transaction, the plan administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such stock award may not exercise such stock award but instead will receive a payment equal in value to the excess (if any) of (i) the per share amount payable to holders of our Class A common stock in connection with the corporate transaction, over (ii) any per share exercise price payable by such holder, if applicable. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn out or similar provisions in the definitive agreement for the corporate transaction may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of our Class A common stock.

Under the 2021 Plan, a significant corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our Class A common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Amendment and Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2021 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent and provided further that certain types of amendments will require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopts our 2021 Plan.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved our 2015 Plan on October 8, 2015 and on October 30, 2015, respectively. Our 2015 Plan has been periodically amended, most recently on February 1, 2021. Our 2015 Plan permits the grant of ISOs, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted or unrestricted stock awards, phantom stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, and other stock-based awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees and to any of the employees of our subsidiary corporations’ employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants of ours and to any of our parent or subsidiary corporation’s employees or consultants. Our 2015 Plan will be terminated prior to the completion of this offering, and thereafter we will not grant any additional awards under our 2015 Plan. However, our 2015 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.

As of December 31, 2020, stock options and stock appreciation rights covering 1,821,535 shares of our Class B common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $40.75 per share were outstanding, and 114,357 shares of our Class B common stock remained available for the future grant of awards under our 2015 Plan. Any shares of our Class B common stock remaining available for issuance under our 2015 Plan when our 2021 Plan becomes effective will become available for issuance under our 2021 Plan. In addition, any shares subject to awards that expire or terminate prior to exercise or settlement or are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations will be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under our 2021 Plan.

Administration. Our board of directors or a committee delegated by our board of directors administers our 2015 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2015 Plan, the administrator has the power to,

 

150


Table of Contents

among other things, determine the eligible persons to whom, and the times at which, awards will be granted, to determine the terms and conditions of each award (including the number of shares subject to the award, the exercise price of the award, if any, and when the award will vest and, as applicable, become exercisable), to modify or amend outstanding awards, or accept the surrender of outstanding awards and substitute new awards, to accelerate the time(s) at which an award may vest or be exercised, and to construe and interpret the terms of our 2015 Plan and awards granted thereunder.

Options. The exercise price per share of ISOs granted under our 2015 Plan must be at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our Class B common stock on the grant date. NSOs may be granted with a per share exercise price that is less than 100% of the per share fair market value of our Class B common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2015 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options, including any vesting and exercisability requirements, the method of payment of the option exercise price, the option expiration date, and the period following termination of service during which options may remain exercisable.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any other such equity restructuring transaction, appropriate adjustments will be made to our board of directors will make final, binding and conclusive adjustments to (i) the classes and maximum number of shares subject to the 2015 Plan, (ii) the classes and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options and the classes, number, and (iii) the classes, number of shares and price per share of stock subject to outstanding stock awards.

Transactions. In the event of certain specified significant transactions, our administrator generally may take one or more of the following actions with respect to outstanding awards:

 

   

arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

   

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

   

accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination if not exercised at or prior to the effective time of the transaction;

 

   

arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;

 

   

cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, in the sole discretion of the board of directors, or for no consideration; or

 

   

make a payment equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award immediately prior to the effective time of such corporate transaction over (2) the exercise price or strike price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Our board of directors is not obligated to treat all awards in the same manner. Under the 2015 Plan, a significant transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of our

 

151


Table of Contents

outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our Class B common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, or (5) a change in control. Under the 2015 Plan, a change in control is generally (a) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction, (b) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity, or (c) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets. The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us, that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control.

Dissolution and Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation, except as otherwise provided in the stock award agreement, all outstanding stock awards not subject to a forfeiture condition or our right of repurchase will terminate immediately prior to such dissolution or liquidation. Shares subject to a forfeiture condition or our right of repurchase may be repurchased or reacquired by us. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may cause all or some of the outstanding stock awards to fully vest and no longer be subject to any forfeiture condition or our right of repurchase prior to, and contingent upon, any dissolution or liquidation.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors may amend, modify or, terminate our 2015 Plan at any time provided that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent and provided further that certain types of amendments will require the approval of our stockholders. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopts our 2015 Plan. As discussed above, we will terminate our 2015 Plan prior to the completion of this offering and no new awards will be granted thereunder following such termination.

Transferability. Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options granted under the 2015 Plan are generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An option holder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the option holder’s death. Rights to acquire shares of common stock under any restricted stock award may only be transferred as set forth in the applicable restricted stock award agreement.

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 2005 Plan in October 2005. The 2005 Plan was terminated upon the effectiveness of the 2015 Plan. However, any outstanding stock awards under our 2005 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms. As of December 31, 2020, options to purchase an aggregate of 482,079 shares of our Class B common stock remained outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.69 per share.

Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, administers our 2005 Plan and the stock awards granted under it. Our administrator has the authority to modify outstanding stock awards under our 2005 Plan.

Our 2005 Plan provides that in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, generally including: (1) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction, and (4) the consummation of a merger or consolidation where we do

 

152


Table of Contents

survive the transaction but the shares of our Class B common stock outstanding before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder, the administrator may arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation, or arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation. In the event that any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue any or all outstanding stock awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding stock awards, then with respect to the stock awards that have not been assumed, continued, or substituted and are held by a participant whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, (a) the vesting of such stock awards shall be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such corporate transaction as the board shall determine, (b) such stock awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable), and (c) any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards shall lapse. With respect to any other stock awards outstanding under the 2005 Plan that have not been assumed, continued, or substituted in the event of such significant corporate transaction, the vesting of such stock awards (and if applicable, the time at which such stock award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated, unless otherwise provided in a written agreement between us and the holder of such stock award, and such stock award shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of such corporate transaction. Further, a stock award held by any participant whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of a “change in control” (as defined in the 2005 Plan) may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after such event as may be provided in the stock award agreement of the stock award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between us and the participant, but in absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or

 

153


Table of Contents

proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee, or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers, and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted for directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades under parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they do not possess of material nonpublic information, subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy.

 

154


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2018 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Third-Party Tender Offers

In November 2018, we entered into an agreement with certain investors, including Tiger Global Private Investment Partners XI, L.P. and its directors, pursuant to which we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and assist in the administration of, a tender offer that such investors proposed to commence. In November 2018, these investors commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our capital stock from certain of our stockholders at a price of approximately $52.00 per share, pursuant to an offer to purchase to which we were not a party. In connection with the tender offer, and to the extent not already bound by such agreements, the investors signed a joinder to our investors’ rights agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, and our voting agreement. These investors did not receive any rights or privileges beyond those afforded to all holders of Class B common stock. In addition, the shares purchased by the investors in the tender offer will be subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer such shares for up to 175 days from the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Arrangements” for more information.

Noah Glass, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, and his affiliated entity, the Glass Family Trust, and certain of our executive officers, including Peter Benevides, Marty Hahnfeld, Andrew Murray, and Matthew Tucker, sold shares of our Class B common stock in the tender offer.

In December 2018, an aggregate of 346,484 shares of our Class B common stock were successfully tendered pursuant to the tender offer from the sellers for an aggregate price of approximately $18.0 million. Tiger Global Private Investment Partners XI, L.P. and its affiliates are beneficial holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

In March 2019, we entered into an agreement with certain investors, including Tiger Global Private Investment Partners XI, L.P., certain of its directors and RPII Order LLC, pursuant to which we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and assist in the administration of, a tender offer that such stockholders proposed to commence. In March 2019, these investors commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our capital stock from certain of our stockholders at a price of approximately $55.00 per share, pursuant to an offer to purchase to which we were not a party. In connection with the tender offer, and to the extent not already bound by such agreements, the investors signed a joinder to our investors’ rights agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and our voting agreement. These investors did not receive any rights or privileges beyond those afforded to all holders of Class B common stock. In addition, the shares purchased by the investors in the tender offer are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer such shares for up to          days from the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Arrangements” for more information.

In April 2019, an aggregate of 146,283 shares of our Class B common stock were successfully tendered pursuant to the tender offer from the sellers for an aggregate price of approximately

 

155


Table of Contents

$8.0 million. Entities associated with each of Tiger Global Management and the Raine Group are beneficial holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

In June 2020, we entered into an agreement with certain investors, including Battery Investment Partners XII, LLC, Battery Ventures XII Side Fund, L.P., Battery Ventures XII, L.P., Hospitality Investment Partners, RPII Order LLC, RRE Advisors LLC, Tiger Global Private Investment Partners XI, L.P., and Wellington Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) III L.P, pursuant to which we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and assist in the administration of, a tender offer that such stockholders proposed to commence. In June 2020, these investors commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our capital stock from certain of our stockholders at a price of approximately $79.76 per share, pursuant to an offer to purchase to which we were not a party. In connection with the tender offer, and to the extent not already bound by such agreements, the investors signed a joinder to our investors’ rights agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, and our voting agreement. These investors did not receive any rights or privileges beyond those afforded to all holders of Class B common stock. In addition, the shares purchased by the investors in the tender offer are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer such shares for up to          days from the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Arrangements” for more information.

Noah Glass, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, and his affiliated entity, the Glass Family Trust, and certain of our executive officers, including Peter Benevides, Marty Hahnfeld, Andrew Murray, and Matthew Tucker, sold shares of our Class B common stock in the tender offer.

In July 2020, an aggregate of 223,090 shares of our Class B common stock were successfully tendered pursuant to the tender offer from the sellers for an aggregate price of approximately $17.8 million. Entities associated with Battery Ventures, the Raine Group, RRE Ventures, Tiger Global Management, and Wellington Management are beneficial holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

In January 2021, an aggregate of 5,236 shares of our Class B common stock were sold by Alvaro Gutierrez, a stockholder of the company, to entities associated with Battery Ventures, Tiger Global Management, and Wellington Management for an aggregate price of approximately $0.9 million. Entities associated with Battery Ventures, Tiger Global Management, and Wellington Management are beneficial holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

Stockholder Agreements

In connection with our preferred stock financings, we entered into certain stockholder agreements, including an investors’ rights agreement, a voting agreement and a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, which contain, among other things, registration rights, information rights, voting rights with respect to the election of directors, co-sale rights and rights of first refusal, with certain holders of our capital stock. The parties to these stockholder agreements include: Noah Glass, entities affiliated with Raqtinda Investments LLC, where our director, David Frankel, is a co-manager; entities affiliated with RRE Ventures IV, L.P., where our director, James D. Robinson IV, is a Managing Partner; entities affiliated with Staley Capital Fund I, LP, where our director Warren C. Smith, Jr. is the Managing Partner; entities affiliated with RPII Order LLC, where our directors, Brandon Gardner and Colin Neville are Partners; and entities affiliated with Hospitality Investment Partners, G.P., of which Daniel Meyer Revocable Trust is the Managing Partner, where our director Daniel Meyer is one of the trustees, and Wellington Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) III L.P.

The investors’ rights agreement, voting agreement, and right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, except with respect to registration rights,

 

156


Table of Contents

as more fully described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Stockholder Registration Rights.” See also the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock.

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In April 2020, we sold an aggregate of 564,169 shares of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $88.62581 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $50,000,000, or the Series E Financing. All purchasers of our Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information regarding these registration rights. The following table summarizes the Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock purchased by our executive officers, members of our board of directors or their affiliates, and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of
Series E

Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase Price  

Wellington Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) III L.P.

     451,335      $ 39,999,929.96  

RPII Order LLC

     88,783      $ 7,868,465.29  

RRE Leaders II, L.P.

     22,566      $ 1,999,930.03  

Hospitality Investment Partners

     1,485      $ 131,609.33  

Equity Grants to Directors and Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to certain of our directors and executive officers. For more information regarding the stock options and stock awards granted to our directors and named executive officers, see the sections titled “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation” and “Executive Compensation.”

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers. For more information regarding employment agreements with our named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements.”

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                  shares of Class A common stock, or         % of the shares offered by this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price, to our directors, certain of our customers and partners, and the friends and family members of certain of our employees, directors, customers, and partners.

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board of directors. In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

157


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock, and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest, must be presented to our board of directors or our audit committee for review, consideration, and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our board of directors or our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

158


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our shares as of December 31, 2020 by:

 

   

each named executive officer;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock (by number or by voting power).

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership before this offering is based on 7,210,075 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020, assuming the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 5,794,996 shares of Class B common stock. Applicable percentage ownership after this offering is based on                  shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock and shares of Class B common stock from us. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable or would vest based on service-based vesting conditions within 60 days of December 31, 2020. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

159


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Olo Inc., 285 Fulton Street One World Trade Center, 82nd Floor New York, New York 10007.

 

    Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock

Beneficially
Owned Before
the Offering
    Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock

Beneficially
Owned
Before

the Offering
    Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock

Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering
    Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock

Beneficially
Owned After
the Offering
 
    Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %  

Name of Beneficial Owner

               

5% or greater stockholders:

               

Entities associated with The Raine Group(1)

        2,008,203       27.9          

Entitles associated with RRE Ventures(2)

        998,574       13.9          

Entitles associated with Tiger Global Management(3)

        1,027,298       14.3          

Entities associated with Raqtinda Investments (4)

        773,998       10.7          

Entities associated with Battery Ventures(5)

        707,958       9.8          

Entities associated with Staley Capital(6)

        561,144       7.8          

Entities associated with Wellington Management(7)

        471,695       6.5          

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

               

Noah Glass (8)

        680,454       8.9          

Brandon Gardner(1)

        2,008,203       27.9          

David Frankel(4)

        773,998       10.7          

Daniel Meyer (9)

        72,466       1.0          

Russell Jones(10)

        3,996       *          

Colin Neville(1)

        2,008,203       27.9          

James D. Robinson IV(2)

        967,290       13.6          

Linda Rottenberg(11)

        61,249       *          

Warren C. Smith Jr.(6)

        492,405       7.8          

Zuhairah Washington(12)

        1,498       *          

Nithya B. Das(13)

        7,677       *          

Marty Hahnfeld(14)

        135,411       1.9          

All directors and executive officers as a
group(15)

        1,283,151       15.7          

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

160


Table of Contents
(1)

Consists of (a) 159,824 shares of Class B common stock, (b) 310,010 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A-1 preferred stock, (c) 12,429 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock, (d) 27,578 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C preferred stock, (e) 1,409,579 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D preferred stock and (f) 88,783 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Series E preferred stock, held by RPII Order LLC. The sole member of RPII Order LLC is Raine Partners II LP, a private equity-fund managed by Raine Capital LLC, an SEC-registered Investment Advisor and subsidiary of The Raine Group LLC. The Investment Committee members of Raine Partners II LP who share voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares are Jeffrey A. Sine, Joseph Ravitch, Brandon W. Gardner, John Salter, and Deborah Mei. The address of RPII Order LLC is 65 East 55th Street, 24th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(2)

Consists of (a) 19,432 shares of Class B common stock held by RRE Advisors LLC, (b) 18,179 shares of Class B common stock held by RRE Leaders II, L.P., (c) 800,090 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A-1 preferred stock held by RRE Ventures IV, L.P., (d) 20,879 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B preferred stock held by RRE Ventures IV, L.P., (e) 105,576 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock held by RRE Ventures IV, L.P., (f) 11,852 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred warrants held by RRE Ventures IV, L.P., and (g) 22,566 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon conversion of Series E preferred stock, held by RRE Leaders II, L.P. The sole general partner of RRE Ventures IV, L.P. is RRE Ventures GP IV, LLC. The sole general partner of RRE Leaders II, L.P. is RRE Leaders GP II, LLC. The managing members and officers of these entities are James D. Robinson IV, Stuart J. Ellman, and William D. Porteous. RRE Advisors LLC is managed and owned by James D. Robinson IV and Stuart J. Ellman. The address of each of these entities is 150 East 59th Street, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(3)

Consists of (a) 479,169 shares of Class B common stock, (b) 309,980 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A preferred stock, (c) 210,571 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B preferred stock, and (d) 27,578 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock, held by Tiger Global Private Investment Partners XI, L.P. and other affiliates of Tiger Global Management, LLC. Tiger Global Management, LLC is controlled by Chase Coleman and Scott Shleifer. The business address for each of these entities and individuals is c/o Tiger Global Management, LLC, 9 West 57th Street, 35th Floor, New York, NY 10019. The table above does not reflect the 2,437 shares of Class B common stock acquired by Tiger Global PIP 11 Holdings, L.P. from the Alvaro Gutierrez transfer on January 25, 2021.

(4)

Consists of (a) 3,136 shares of Class B common stock, (b) 409,550 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A preferred stock, (b) 331,570 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A-1 preferred stock, (c) 29,742 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B preferred stock, held by Raqtinda Investments LLC. Raqtinda Investments LLC is managed by Peter Rosenberg and David Frankel. The Raqtinda Trust is the member of Raqtinda Investments LLC. Peter Rosenberg and Tracey Nicole Frankel are trustees of the Raqtinda Trust and David Andrew Frankel is the Grantor of the Raqtinda Trust. The address of Raqtinda Investments LLC is c/o Stonehage Fleming US LLC, One Liberty Place, 1700 Market Street, Suite 3010, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

(5)

Consists of (a) 1,034 shares of Class B common stock held by Battery Investment Partners XII, LLC (“BIP XII”), (b) 8,050 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A-1 preferred stock, held by BIP XII, (c) 3,949 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B preferred stock, held by BIP XII, (d) 413 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock, held by BIP XII, (e) 26,705 shares of Class B common stock held by Battery Ventures XII Side Fund, L.P. (“BV XII SF”), (f) 207,930 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A-1 preferred stock, held by BV XII SF, (g) 101,937 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B preferred stock, held by BV XII SF, (h) 10,684 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock, held by BV XII SF, (i) 26,705 shares of Class B common stock held by Battery Ventures XII, L.P. (“BV XII”), (j) 207,930 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series A-1 preferred stock, held by BV XII, (k) 101,937 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series B preferred stock, held by BV XII and (l) 10,684 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock, held by BV XII. The sole general partner of BV XII is Battery Partners XII, LLC (“BP XII”). The sole managing member of BIP XII is BIP XII. The sole general partner of BV XII SF is Battery Partners XII Side Fund, LLC (“BP XII SF”). BP XII and BP XII SF’s investment adviser is Battery Management Corp. (together with BP XII and BP XII SF, the “Battery Companies”). The managing members and officers of the Battery Companies who share voting and dispositive power with respect to such shares are Neeraj Agrawal, Michael Brown, Morad Elhafed, Jesse Feldman, Russell Fleischer, Roger Lee, Itzhak Parnafes, Chelsea Stoner, Dharmesh Thakker, and Scott Tobin. Each of the foregoing persons disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his/her pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of these entities is One Marina Park Drive, Suite 1100, Boston, MA 02210. The table above does not reflect the 32 shares of Class B common stock acquired by Battery Investment Partners XII, LLC, the 824 shares of Class B common stock acquired by Battery Ventures XII Side Fund, L.P., and the 824 shares of Class B common stock acquired by Battery Ventures XII, L.P. from the Alvaro Gutierrez transfer on January 25, 2021.

(6)

Consists of (a) 378,642 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock, held by Staley Capital Fund I, LP, (b) 52,859 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of Series C preferred warrants, held by Staley Capital Fund I, LP, (c) 113,763 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock, held by Staley Capital Olo Fund LLC and (d) 15,880 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of Series C preferred warrants, held by Staley Capital Olo Fund LLC. Staley Capital Partners LLC is the general partner of Staley Capital Fund I, L.P. Warren C. Smith, Jr. and Amit Basak are the

 

161


Table of Contents
  managers of Staley Capital Partners LLC and have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by Staley Capital Fund I, L.P. Staley Capital Management, LLC is the sole manager of Staley Capital Olo Fund LLC. Warren C. Smith, Jr. is the sole manager of Staley Capital Management, LLC and has sole voting and investment power over the shares held by Staley Capital Olo Fund LLC. Messrs. Smith and Basak disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares held by Staley Capital Fund I, L.P. and Staley Capital Olo Fund LLC except to the extent of their respective proportionate pecuniary interests therein. The address of each of these entities is 20 William Street, Suite 270, Wellesley, MA 02481.
(7)

Consists of (a) 20,360 shares of Class B common stock and (b) 451,335 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E preferred stock, held by Wellington Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) III L.P. Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”) is the investment adviser of Wellington Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) III L.P. Wellington Management is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 13d-3 thereunder, Wellington Management shares beneficial ownership over shares held by Wellington Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) III L.P., for which the portfolio manager, Michael Carmen, makes investment decisions, including proxy voting decisions for the fund, subject to the terms of Wellington Management’s investment management agreement with the fund, and subject to various policies and oversight committees of Wellington Management. The business address of Wellington Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) III L.P. is c/o Wellington Management Company, Attn: Valerie Tipping, 280 Congress St, Boston, MA 02210. The table above does not reflect the 1,119 shares of Class B common stock acquired by Wellington Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) III L.P. from the Alvaro Gutierrez transfer on January 25, 2021.

(8)

Consists of (a) 56,739 shares of Class B common stock, held by Noah Glass, (b) 411,680 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options held by Noah Glass, and (c) 212,035 shares of Class B common stock, held by Glass Family Trust, of which Noah Glass is a trustee. The table above does not reflect the issuance of 52,800 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted on February 1, 2021.

(9)

Consists of (a) 3,537 shares of Class B common stock, (b) 67,444 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series C preferred stock, (c) 1,485 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the conversion of Series E preferred stock and (d) 9,480 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of Series C preferred warrants, each held by Hospitality Investment Partners.

(10)

Consists of 3,996 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

(11)

Consists of 61,249 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

(12)

Consists of 1,498 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options.

(13)

Consists of (a) 5,419 shares of Class B common stock and (b) 2,258 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. The table above does not reflect the issuance of 8,250 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted on February 1, 2021.

(14)

Consists of (a) 7,000 shares of Class B common stock and (b) 128,411 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. The table above does not reflect the issuance of 10,150 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted on February 1, 2021.

(15)

Consists of (a) 290,139 shares of Class B common stock and (b) 992,9584 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options. The table above does not reflect the issuance of 135,700 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Noah Glass, Nithya B. Das, Marty Hahnfeld, Matthew Tucker, Peter Benevides, Andrew Murray, and Deanne Rhynard on February 1, 2021.

 

162


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the Securities Exchange Commission, or SEC, as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will be in effect on the completion of this offering.

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for                  shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share,                  shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and                  shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, the rights, preferences, and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

As of December 31, 2020, we had outstanding 7,210,075 shares of Class B common stock, which assumes the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of Class B common stock.

Our outstanding capital stock was held by 73 stockholders of record as of December 31, 2020. Our board of directors will be authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of the NYSE, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Voting Rights

The Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Holders of our Class B common stock are entitles to ten votes per share on any matter submitted to our stockholders. Holders of shares of Class B common stock and Class A common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law.

Under Delaware law, holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock would be entitled to vote as a separate class if a proposed amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would increase or decrease the aggregate number or authorized shares of such class, increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely. As a result, in these limited instances, the holders of a majority of the Class A common stock could defeat any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For example, if a proposed amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provided for the Class A common stock to rank junior to the Class B common stock with respect to (1) any dividend or distribution, (2) the distribution of proceeds were we to be acquired, or (3) any other right, Delaware law would require the vote of the Class A common stock. In this instance, the holders of a majority of Class A common stock could defeat that amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. The affirmative vote of holders of at least 66% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, will be required to amend certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

163


Table of Contents

Economic Rights

Except as otherwise will be expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering or required by applicable law, all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably, and be identical in all respects for all matters, including those described below.

Dividends and Distributions. Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically, and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash or property paid or distributed by the company, unless different treatment of the shares of the affected class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such affected class, voting separately as a class. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Liquidation Rights. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically, and ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities, liquidation preferences, and accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to any outstanding preferred stock, unless a different treatment is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such affected class, voting separately as a class.

Change of Control Transactions. The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock owned by them, on (a) the closing of the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (b) the consummation of a merger, reorganization, consolidation, or share transfer which results in our voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction (or the voting securities issued with respect to our voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction) representing less than a majority of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the company or the surviving or acquiring entity, or (c) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons of securities of the company if, after closing, the transferee person or group would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting power of the company (or the surviving or acquiring entity). However, consideration to be paid or received by a holder of common stock in connection with any such assets sale, merger, reorganization, consolidation, or share transfer under any employment, consulting, severance, or other arrangement will be disregarded for the purposes of determining whether holders of common stock are treated equally and identically.

Subdivisions and Combinations. If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other classes will be subdivided or combined in the same manner.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights, and are not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Conversion

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. After the closing of this offering, on any transfer of shares of

 

164


Table of Contents

Class B common stock, whether or not for value, each such transferred share will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the closing of this offering, including transfers for tax and estate planning purposes, so long as the transferring holder continues to hold sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred.

Any holder’s shares of Class B common stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a one-to-one basis, upon the following: (1) the sale or transfer of such share of Class B common stock; (2) the death of the Class B common stockholder; and (3) on the final conversion date, defined as the earlier of (A) the trading day immediately following the seventh anniversary of this offering, (B) the last trading day of the fiscal quarter immediately following the date upon which the then outstanding shares of Class B common stock first represent less than 10% of the aggregate number of the then outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, or (C) the date specified by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, voting as a single class.

Once transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common may not be reissued.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

All outstanding shares of our Class B common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. In connection with this offering, our legal counsel will opine that the shares of our Class A common stock to be issued under this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2020, there were 3,468,397 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, 3,209,886 of our outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into one share of our Class B common stock and 258,511 of our outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into ten shares of our Class B common stock.

On the completion of this offering and under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of up to an aggregate of                  shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences, and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock. Any issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our Class B common stock, and the likelihood that such holders would receive dividend payments and payments on liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. On the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. We have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of December 31, 2020, 482,079 shares of our Class B common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under our 2005 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.69 per share.

As of December 31, 2020, 1,821,535 shares of our Class B common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options under our 2015 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $40.75 per share.

 

165


Table of Contents

Warrants

As of December 31, 2020, we had warrants to purchase 98,991 shares of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, of which 90,071 will be exercised in connection with this offering and 8,920 will remain outstanding and convert into warrants to purchase our Class B common stock. The warrants are exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price of $11.84 per share. A warrant to acquire 892 of such shares will become a warrant to purchase 8,920 shares of Class B common stock upon the closing of this offering, at a weighted-average exercise price of $28.00 per share. These warrants contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications, and consolidations.

Registration Rights

Stockholder Registration Rights

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement that provides that certain holders of our capital stock, including certain holders of at least 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have certain registration rights, as set forth below. This investors’ rights agreement was entered into in January 2016. The registration of shares of our common stock by the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered by the demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire upon the earliest to occur of: (a) five years after the first sale of our common stock following the effective date of the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part; (b) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as defined in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; or (c) with respect to any particular stockholder, such time as such stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act or another similar exemption during any three-month period.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 6,623,716 shares of our Class B common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, such holders are entitled to registration rights under the investors’ rights agreement, on not more than one occasion, provided that the holders of at least 50% of registrable securities then outstanding request that we register all or a portion of their shares.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 7,103,859 shares of our Class B common stock were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. After this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing such holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of these

 

166


Table of Contents

shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 6,623,716 shares of Class B common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these holders have the right, upon written request from holders of at least 30% of the registrable securities then outstanding, to have such shares registered by us if the anticipated aggregate offering price of such shares, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $1 million, subject to exceptions set forth in the investors’ rights agreement.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect on the Completion of this Offering

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective on the completion of this offering will provide for stockholder actions at a duly called meeting of stockholders. A special meeting of stockholders may be called by a majority of our board of directors, the chair of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer. Our amended and restated bylaws to be effective on the completion of this offering will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective on the closing of this offering will further provide for a dual-class common stock structure, which provides our current investors, officers, and employees with control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective on the completion of this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms.

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions, including the dual-class structure of our common stock, are intended to preserve our existing control structure after completion of this offering, facilitate our continued product innovation and the risk-taking that it requires, permit us to continue to prioritize our long-term goals rather than short-term results, enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies, and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to

 

167


Table of Contents

an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

When we have a class of voting stock that is either listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, subject to certain exceptions.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective on the completion of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware be the exclusive forum for actions or proceedings brought under Delaware statutory or common law: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law; (4) any action regarding our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; (5) any action as to which the Delaware General Corporate Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (6) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The provisions would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Exchange Listing

Our Class A common stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “OLO.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

On the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be Computershare Inc. The transfer agent’s address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

168


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares issued on the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales or issuances occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our Class A common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Based on our shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, on the completion of this offering, a total of                  shares of Class A common stock and                  shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding, assuming the reclassification of all outstanding shares of our common stock into an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of                  shares of Class B common stock. Of these shares, all of the Class A common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold by exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common stock, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or Rule 144.

The remaining shares of Class B common stock will be, and shares of Class B common stock subject to stock options will be on issuance, deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or Rule 701, which are summarized below. Restricted securities may also be sold outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, or Regulation S.

As a result of lock-up agreements described in this prospectus and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 as discussed below, shares of our common stock sold in this offering or otherwise subject to lock-up agreements and market stand-off agreements will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

   

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

   

beginning at the commencement of trading on the first trading day on which our common stock is traded on the NYSE and ending on the last day of the quarter following the most recent quarter for which quarterly or annual, as applicable, financial statements are included in this prospectus,                 shares of common stock (including                 shares issuable upon exercise of vested options) will be eligible for sale in the public market as set forth in the section titled “— Lock-Up Agreements”;

 

   

beginning on the 175th day after the date of this prospectus, the remainder of the shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible stockholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible stockholder under Rule 144, such stockholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six

 

169


Table of Contents

months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell shares on expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, subject, in the case of restricted securities, to such shares having been beneficially owned for at least six months. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such stockholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on                  during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who was issued shares under a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares under Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act with the SEC to register the offer and sale of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be issued under our 2005 Plan, 2015 Plan, and 2021 Plan. These registration statements will become effective immediately on filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Arrangements

We, all of our directors, executive officers, and the holders of substantially all of our Class B common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our Class B common stock outstanding immediately on the completion of this offering, have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions, until 175 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of common

 

170


Table of Contents

stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of common stock. However, up to 20% of the common stock (including common stock issuable upon exercise of vested options) held by employees and former employees (but excluding current executive officers and directors and certain members of management) may be sold beginning at the commencement of trading on the first trading day on which our common stock is listed on the NYSE and ending on the last day of the quarter following the most recent quarter for which quarterly or annual, as applicable, financial statements are included in this prospectus. The number of shares eligible for early release equals              shares of common stock, including              shares issuable upon exercise of vested options. These agreements are described in the section titled “Underwriting.” Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion, permit our stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements, subject to applicable notice requirements.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, our standard form of option agreement and our standard form of RSU agreement contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of 7,129,462 shares of our Class B common

stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately on the effectiveness of the registration. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

171


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our Class A common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income and the alternative minimum tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons holding our Class A common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

persons that hold more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock, directly or indirectly during the applicable testing period; and

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

 

172


Table of Contents

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our Class A common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and all substantial decisions of which are subject to the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate).

 

173


Table of Contents

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable tax treaties.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests and other assets use or held for use in a trade or business, there can be no

 

174


Table of Contents

assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our Class A common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our Class A common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of distributions on our Class A common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the Non-U.S. Holder certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our Class A common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that does not have certain enumerated relationships with the United States generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our Class A common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign

 

175


Table of Contents

financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our Class A common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers, including withholding agents, generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our Class A common stock.

 

176


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

                                            

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Truist Securities, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters will be committed to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares of Class A common stock covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                      shares of Class A common stock to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares of Class A common stock are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares of Class A common stock.

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

     

Total

     

Shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares of Class A common stock by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We, all of our directors, executive officers, and the holders of substantially all of our Class B common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our Class B common stock outstanding immediately on the completion of this offering, have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, subject to certain exceptions, until 175 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to

 

177


Table of Contents

receive shares of common stock. However, up to 20% of the common stock (including common stock issuable upon exercise of vested options) held by employees and former employees (but excluding current executive officers and directors and certain members of management) may be sold beginning at the commencement of trading on the first trading day on which our common stock is listed on the NYSE and ending on the last day of the quarter following the most recent quarter for which quarterly or annual, as applicable, financial statements are included in this prospectus. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares of Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the representatives and us. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “OLO.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of our Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         . We have agreed to reimburse the

 

178


Table of Contents

underwriters for expenses related to any applicable state securities filings and to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. incurred by them in connection with this offering.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                      shares of Class A common stock, or                     % of the shares offered by this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price, to our directors, certain of our customers and partners, and the friends and family members of certain of our employees, directors, customers and partners.

Shares purchased through the directed share program will not be subject to a lock-up restriction, except in the case of shares purchased by any of our directors or officers and certain of our employees and existing equity holders. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public as the same basis as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. The underwriters will receive the same discount from such reserved shares as they will from other shares of our Class A common stock sold to the public in this offering. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the reserved shares.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a “Member State”), no shares of Class A common stock (the “Shares”) have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation), except that offers of Shares may be made to

 

179


Table of Contents

the public in that Member State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer ; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of Shares shall require the company or any representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

Each Underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the company; and

 

  (b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

180


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”)

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction

 

181


Table of Contents

(whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

 

182


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Goodwin Procter LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Olo Inc. at December 31, 2019 and 2020, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

On the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available at www.sec.gov.

We also maintain a website at www.olo.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.

 

183


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

       Page  

Index to Audited Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-4  

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-9  


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Olo Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Olo Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the related statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

New York, NY

February 19, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,935   $ 75,756

Accounts receivable, net

     14,730     45,641

Contract assets

     479     356

Deferred contract costs

     1,277     1,830

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,480     1,661
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     28,901     125,244

Property and equipment, net

     1,531     2,241

Contract assets, noncurrent

     250     503

Deferred contract costs, noncurrent

     1,876     3,346

Deferred offering costs

     290     2,792

Security deposit

     298     298
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 33,146   $ 134,424
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 6,201   $ 9,104

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     12,858     42,578

Unearned revenue

     707     585

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     7,021     19,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     26,787     72,002

Unearned revenue, noncurrent

     759     435

Line of credit

     3,500     —    

Deferred rent, noncurrent

     1,767     2,402

Other liabilities, noncurrent

     —         329
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     32,813     75,168

Commitment and Contingencies (Note 12)

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 3,153,784 and 3,559,360 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and 2020; 2,904,228 and 3,468,397 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     61,901     111,737

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 9,950,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and 2020; 1,085,360 and 1,312,958 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively

     1     1

Additional paid-in capital

     10,795     16,819

Accumulated deficit

     (72,364     (69,301
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (61,568     (52,481
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 33,146   $ 134,424
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Revenue:

      

Platform

   $ 28,319   $ 45,121   $ 92,764

Professional services and other

     3,480     5,570     5,660
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     31,799     50,691     98,424

Cost of revenue:

      

Platform

     8,722     11,920     14,334

Professional services and other

     2,095     3,666     4,334
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     10,817     15,586     18,668
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     20,982     35,105     79,756

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

     17,123     21,687     32,907

General and administrative

     8,341     12,157     22,209

Sales and marketing

     4,299     6,351     8,545
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,763     40,195     63,661
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (8,781     (5,090     16,095

Other income (expenses):

      

Interest expense

     (173     (219     (157

Other income, net

     100     36     28

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (2,681     (2,959     (12,714
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses

     (2,754     (3,142     (12,843
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (11,535     (8,232     3,252

Provision for income taxes

     17     26     189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (11,552   $ (8,258   $ 3,063
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption

     (136     (136     (70

Undeclared 8% non-cumulative dividend on participating securities

     —         —         (2,993
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11,688   $ (8,394   $ —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

      

Basic

   $ (16.62   $ (8.18   $ —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (16.62   $ (8.18   $ —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     703,245     1,026,248     1,181,314
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     703,245     1,026,248     1,181,314
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock
         Common Stock     Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount  

Balance at January 1, 2018

    2,886,819   $ 61,269         694,247   $ 1   $ 240   $ (54,675   $ (54,434

Adoption of ASC 606

    —         —             —         —         —         2,121     2,121

Issuance of common stock on exercise of stock options

    —         —             260,367     —         804     —         804

Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock on exercise of warrants

    13,685     162         —         —         528     —         528

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    —         136         —         —         (136     —         (136

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         4,196     —         4,196

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         (11,552     (11,552
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

    2,900,504   $ 61,567         954,614   $ 1   $ 5,632   $ (64,106   $ (58,473
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 
    Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock
         Common Stock     Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    2,900,504   $ 61,567         954,614   $ 1   $ 5,632   $ (64,106   $ (58,473

Issuance of common stock on exercise of stock options

    —         —             125,746     —         442     —         442

Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock on exercise of warrants

    3,724     198         —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of common stock on exercise of warrants

    —         —             5,000     —         14     —         14

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    —         136         —         —         (136     —         (136

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         4,843     —         4,843

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         (8,258     (8,258
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    2,904,228   $ 61,901         1,085,360   $ 1   $ 10,795   $ (72,364   $ (61,568
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock
         Common Stock     Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          Shares     Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2019

    2,904,228   $ 61,901         1,085,360   $ 1   $ 10,795   $ (72,364   $ (61,568

Issuance of common stock on exercise of stock options

    —         —             244,207     —         2,097     —         2,097

Repurchase of common stock for withholding tax purposes

    —         —             (16,609       (1,421     —         (1,421

Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    564,169     49,766         —         —           —         —    

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

    —         70         —         —         (70     —         (70

Stock-based compensation

    —         —             —         —         5,418     —         5,418

Net income

    —         —             —         —         —         3,063     3,063
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

    3,468,397   $ 111,737         1,312,958   $ 1   $ 16,819   $ (69,301   $ (52,481
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Operating activities

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (11,552   $ (8,258   $ 3,063

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     171     364     673

Stock-based compensation

     4,196     4,826     5,380

Bad debt expense

     77     164     614

Change in fair value of warrants

     2,681     2,959     12,714

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     —         77     —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (4,399     (7,230     (31,526

Contract assets

     97     487     (130

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,036     (263     (158

Deferred contract costs

     (778     (1,069     (2,023

Accounts payable

     2,354     3,439     2,701

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     3,642     5,572     29,294

Deferred rent

     35     1,475     612

Unearned revenue

     334     (121     (446
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (4,178     2,422     20,768

Investing activities

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (195     (1,352     (1,273
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (195     (1,352     (1,273

Financing activities

      

Proceeds from line of credit

     3,500     —         15,000

Repayment of line of credit

     —         —         (18,500

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

     127     58     —    

Payment of deferred offering costs

     —         (143     (2,154

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     804     310     2,601

Surrender of common stock for withholding tax purposes

     —         —         (1,387

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

     —         —         50,000

Costs incurred from issuance of preferred stock

     —         —         (234
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     4,431     225     45,326
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     58     1,295     64,821

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     9,582     9,640     10,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 9,640   $ 10,935   $ 75,756

 

F-7


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

       

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 22   $ 21    $ 42
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

     173     214      157
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash received for early exercise of stock options

     —         —          561
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

       

Exercise of warrants classified as liabilities

   $ 563   $ 154    $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs

     —         147      348
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

     (136     136      70
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Employee receivables for options exercised

     —         132      23
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

     —         100      72
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capitalization of stock-based compensation for internal-use software

     —         17      38
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

1.

Business

Description of Business

Olo Inc. was formed on June 1, 2005 in Delaware and is headquartered in New York City. On January 14, 2020, the board of directors and stockholders approved our name change from Mobo Systems, Inc. to Olo Inc. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our” and “the Company” shall refer to Olo Inc.

We are a software platform company for the restaurant industry and are focused on enabling digital ordering, through the deployment of white label e-commerce websites and applications and tools for digital order management. Our platform also provides a delivery enablement module and a marketplace management module. Our platform combines digital ordering and delivery enablement to provide restaurants with a holistic view of their digital business and enable them to own and manage their relationships with their customers.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards based on public company effective dates.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which our total annual gross revenue is at least $1.07 billion or (c) when we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements and accompanying notes were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

We regularly assess these estimates, including but not limited to, allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation including the determination of the fair value of the our stock, fair value of warrant liabilities, realization of deferred tax assets, estimated life of our customers, estimated standalone selling price of our performance obligations and estimated transaction price for implementation services. We base these estimates on historical experience and on various other market-specific and relevant assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could be material to the financial position and results of operations.

Reclassifications

Certain items in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

Segment Information

An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). We define the CODM as the Chief Executive Officer as his role is to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance. Our business operates in one operating segment as all of our offerings operate on a single platform and are deployed in an identical way, with our CODM evaluating our financial information, resources and performance of these resources on a consolidated basis. Since we operate in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the financial statements. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, we did not have assets located outside of the United States and international revenue recognized during the year was not material.

Concentrations of Business and Credit Risk

We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk primarily through our cash held by financial institutions. We primarily deposit our cash with one financial institution and the amount on deposit exceeds federally insured limits. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, 12% and 11% of our accounts receivable were due from one customer, respectively. No customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, one customer accounted for 11% and 21% of our revenue, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value. We consider all short-term, highly liquid investments, with an original maturity of three months or less, to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable, Net

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Accounts receivable are presented net of an estimate for doubtful accounts based on a review of all outstanding amounts.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an analysis of past credit history, the age of each outstanding invoice, and the current financial condition of our customers, as well as the consideration of expected trends based upon characteristics of the accounts and general economic conditions. Account balances are written off against the allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The following summarizes our allowance for doubtful accounts activity as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ 60

Additions

     164

Deductions - write offs

     (64
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ 160

Additions

     614

Deductions - write offs

     (143
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

   $ 631
  

 

 

 

Deferred Contract Costs

We capitalize the incremental costs of obtaining a revenue contract, including sales commissions for new and renewal revenue contracts, certain related incentives, and associated payroll tax and fringe benefit costs. Capitalized amounts are recoverable through future revenue streams under customer contracts.

We allocate costs capitalized for contracts to the related performance obligations and amortize these costs on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit of those performance obligations. We determined that commissions paid on renewals are commensurate with commissions paid on initial contracts. Accordingly, we amortize commissions on initial contracts over the contract period which is generally three years. We also amortize commissions on renewal contracts over the renewal contract period, which are generally between one to three years. Amounts expected to be recognized within one year of the balance sheets date are recorded as current deferred contract costs. The remaining portion is recorded as non-current contract costs in the balance sheets. Amortization of costs capitalized to obtain revenue contracts is included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

We periodically evaluate whether there have been any changes in our business, market conditions, or other events which would indicate that the amortization period should be changed, or if there are potential indicators of impairment. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, we have not identified any potential indicators of material impairment.

Deferred Offering Costs

Offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, printer and filing fees related to the Company’s planned initial public offering (“IPO”), are deferred and will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the effectiveness of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all deferred offering costs will be expensed. Deferred offering costs capitalized as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 were $290 and $2,792, respectively.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net is recorded at cost, and presented net of accumulated depreciation. Cost and the related accumulated depreciation are deducted from the accounts upon retirement. Significant additions or improvements extending the useful life of an asset are capitalized, while repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the lease, or the useful life of the assets. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for possible impairment, we first compare undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds its fair value. No impairment was required on long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020.

Internal-Use Software

We capitalize certain qualified costs incurred in connection with the development of internal-use software. We evaluate the costs incurred during the application development stage of internal use software to determine whether the costs meet the criteria for capitalization. Costs related to preliminary project activities and post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 capitalized costs related to internal-use software of $779 and $1,653 are included within property and equipment, net on the balance sheet, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software within platform cost of revenues. Amortization expense recorded for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 were $0, $108, and $316, respectively. Associated with the capitalized balances as of December 31, 2020, we expect our annual amortization expense for internal-use software to be $551 in 2021, $442 in 2022, and $236 in 2023.

Security Deposit

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, we recognized a non-current asset related to a security deposit of $298 for an operating lease agreement, which expires in 2023. Additionally, we have a standby letter of credit (“LOC”) in the amount of $1,390 as of December 31, 2020. This LOC established with our financial institution is for a security deposit for a long-term property lease with our landlord.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are recorded for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts recognized for income tax purposes. We periodically review the recoverability of deferred tax assets recorded on the balance sheet and provide valuation allowances as deemed necessary to reduce such deferred tax assets to the amount that will, more likely than not, be realized.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Significant judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence for each jurisdiction including past operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing tax planning strategies. In the event we change our determination as to the amount of deferred tax assets that can be realized, we will adjust our valuation allowance with a corresponding impact to income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made.

The amount of deferred tax provided is calculated using tax rates enacted at the balance sheet date. The impact of tax law changes is recognized in periods when the change is enacted.

A two-step approach is applied in the recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalty expenses associated with uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. We are required to file tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. We apply the following fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three levels and bases the categorization within the hierarchy upon the lowest level of input that is available and significant to the fair value measurement:

Level 1 inputs: Based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 inputs: Based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 inputs: Based on unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of fair value of assets or liabilities, and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The following summarizes assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, by level, within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Cash and cash equivalents:

        

Money market funds

   $ 6,577    $ —      $ —  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     —          —          7,021
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,577    $ —      $ 7,021
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Cash and cash equivalents:

        

Money market funds

   $ 45,039    $ —      $ —  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     —          —          19,735  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,039    $ —      $ 19,735  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no transfers of financial instruments between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 during the periods presented.

The fair value measurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability is based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. We estimated the fair value of the liability using the Option Pricing Method and Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method and the change in fair value was recognized as other expense in the accompanying statements of operations and comprehensive loss. See Note 10 for information on the Level 3 inputs used to estimate the fair value of this liability.

Accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are stated at their carrying value, which approximates fair value due to the short time to the expected receipt or payment date. The recorded amount of the line of credit approximates fair value as it is based upon rates available for obligations of similar terms and maturities.

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The carrying value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock is accreted to redemption value from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date using the effective interest method. Increases to the carrying value of redeemable convertible preferred stock recognized in each period are charged to retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, additional paid in capital.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Liability

We issued freestanding warrants to purchase our redeemable convertible preferred stock which are recognized as liabilities at fair value on the accompanying balance sheets since these

 

F-14


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

warrants may obligate us to transfer assets to the warrant holders at a future date under certain circumstances. The warrants are subject to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants.

Revenue Recognition

We derive our revenue primarily from platform fees to access our software platform and professional services. Revenue is recognized when control of these services transfers to our customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those services.

We apply the principles in the standard using the following steps:

 

   

Identify the contract(s) with a customer

 

   

Identify the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Determine the transaction price

 

   

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation

Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to various governmental authorities are excluded from the measurement of the transaction price and presented on a net basis in our statements of operations. Any balance collected and not paid, is reflected as a liability on the balance sheets.

Platform Revenue

Platform revenue primarily consists of fees generated when we provide our customers access to one or more of our Ordering, Dispatch and Rails modules of our cloud application, with routine customer support.

Our subscription contracts are non-cancellable and typically begin with a minimum three-year term with automatic, annual renewal periods thereafter. The majority of platform services revenue is derived from subscription fees from our Ordering module, which provides digital ordering capabilities for end consumers to place food orders online from restaurants. The Ordering module is a stand-ready obligation to provide access to the platform that is satisfied over the contract term. Our contracts for the Ordering module provide for monthly fixed fees, monthly fixed fees for a specified quantity of orders processed on the platform, plus monthly overage fees. We generally bill customers on a monthly basis, in arrears. We allocate the variable consideration related to the monthly overages to the distinct month during which the related services were performed as those fees relate specifically to providing the Ordering module of the platform in the period and represents the consideration we are entitled to for the access to the platform. As a result, the fixed monthly fees and monthly overages are included in the transaction price and recognized as revenue in the period in which the fee was generated.

Our Dispatch module enables our restaurant customers to offer, manage, and expand delivery to its customers. Our customers for the Dispatch module are both the restaurants and delivery service providers (“DSPs”). The Dispatch module connects restaurants with DSPs to facilitate the ordering and

 

F-15


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

delivery of orders to the restaurant’s customer. We typically collect a per transaction fee from both the restaurant and the DSP. Revenue is recognized when we have arranged for a DSP to deliver the order to the end consumer.

Our Rails module allows our customers to control and manage menu availability and pricing and location information while directly integrating orders from third-party channels. Our performance obligation is a stand-ready obligation to provide access to the Rails module that is satisfied over the contract term. We typically receive a fee from the third-party channel for each transaction processed. No minimum monthly amounts or overage fees are charged to third-party channel in these arrangements. Although we do not directly charge our Ordering customers for these transactions, the transactions count toward the specified quantity and overages activity used in determining our Ordering customers monthly Ordering revenue.

Professional Services and Other Revenue

Professional services and other revenue primarily consists of fees for platform implementation services. The implementation fees in our contracts are generally variable, consisting of either a fixed fee or a fixed monthly fee over the duration of the implementation project. For contracts with fixed monthly fees, we estimate this variable consideration using the expected value method whereby, at contract inception, we estimate how many months it will take to implement the platform into the customer environment, including time to onboard restaurant franchise locations. This estimate is multiplied by the fixed monthly professional services fee to determine the transaction price, which is recognized over time as the services are performed. The transaction price may be subject to constraint and is included only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal of the amount of cumulative revenues recognized will not occur in a future period. For arrangements where we charge monthly fees, any additional months required for implementation are billed at the same fixed monthly fee. Our customers benefit from our services as they are provided, and we use a cost-to-cost measure of progress to recognize revenue from our implementation services.

In certain contracts, we engage third parties to assist in providing professional services to our customers. We determined we are the principal in transferring these services to the customer and recognize revenue on a gross basis. We control the services being provided to our customer and are responsible for ensuring that the services are performed and are acceptable to our customer. That is, we are responsible for fulfillment of the promise in the contract with our customer, and we also have discretion in setting the price with our customer.

Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations

Our contracts with customers may contain multiple performance obligations. We identify performance obligations in a contract with a customer based on the goods and services that will be transferred to the customer that are capable of being distinct and that are separately identifiable from other promises in the contract. If not considered distinct, the promised goods or services are combined with other goods or services and accounted for as a combined performance obligation. Identifying distinct performance obligations in a contract requires judgment. Our performance obligations primarily include access to our platform and its different modules and implementation services associated with the platform.

Implementation services that require us to perform significant customization and modification of our platform to interface with the customer’s environment are not distinct from the platform. Since

 

F-16


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

our Ordering customers can renew their agreements without paying for implementation again upon renewal, we considered the discounted fees at renewal to provide a material right to the customer. That is, because the customer can renew the implemented service at a discount from the original transaction price, we considered the discount to be a material right since it provides the customer a significant discount to future services. Our obligation to provide future services at a discount is accounted for as a separate performance obligation. Accordingly, we recognize the fair value of the material right over the expected customer life, which commences when the implementation services are complete and the customer obtains access to the platform.

All other implementation services are generally distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. We determine standalone selling price based on the price at which the distinct good or service is sold separately. If the standalone selling price is not observable through past transactions, we estimate the standalone selling price taking into account available information such as market conditions, internally approved pricing and cost-plus expected margin guidelines related to the performance obligations.

Contract Balances

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. We record a receivable when revenue is recognized upon invoicing and payment will become due solely due to the passage of time. We record a contract asset when revenue is recognized prior to invoicing or payment is contingent upon transfer of control of another separate performance obligation. We record unearned revenue when revenue is recognized subsequent to cash collection. Unearned revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding 12-month period is recorded as current, and the remaining unearned revenue is recorded as non-current. Contract assets that will be billed to the customer during the succeeding 12-month period is recorded as current and the remaining contract asset is recorded as non-current.

Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 days. We elected the practical expedient to not assess whether a significant financing component exists if the period between when we transfer a promised good or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that good or service is one year or less.

Cost of Revenue

Platform. Platform cost of revenue primarily consists of costs directly related to our platform services, including expenses for customer support and infrastructure personnel, including salaries, taxes, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, which we refer to as personnel costs, third-party software licenses, hosting, amortization of internal-use software, and data center related costs and allocated overhead costs associated with delivering these services.

Professional services and other. Professional services and other cost of revenue consists primarily of the personnel costs of our deployment team associated with delivering these services and overhead allocations.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Research and Development Costs

Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred and primarily consist of engineering and product development personnel costs and allocated overhead costs. Research and development costs exclude capitalized software development costs as they are capitalized as a component of property and equipment, net and amortized to platform cost of revenue over the term of their useful life.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of sales, marketing and other personnel costs, commissions, general marketing and promotional activities, and allocated overhead costs. Sales commissions earned by our sales force are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected benefit period.

We expense all advertising costs when incurred. We incurred advertising expenses of approximately $363, $427 and $606 during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively. Advertising expense is recorded as a component of sales and marketing expenses in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of personnel costs and contractor fees for finance, legal, human resources, information technology, and other administrative functions. In addition, general and administrative expenses include insurance and travel-related expenses and allocated overhead.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards, including stock options granted to employees, directors, and nonemployees, based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized ratably in earnings, generally over the period during which an employee is required to provide service. We adjust compensation expense based on actual forfeitures as necessary.

Time-Based Service Awards

Our stock options generally vest ratably over a four-year period and the fair value of our awards is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Awards with graded vesting features are recognized over the requisite service period for the entire award. The determination of the grant date fair value of stock awards issued is affected by a number of variables and subjective assumptions, including (i) the fair value of the our common stock, (ii) the expected common stock price volatility over the expected life of the award, (iii) the expected term of the award, (iv) risk-free interest rates, (v) the exercise price, and (vi) the expected dividend yield of our common stock.

The fair value of our shares of common stock underlying the awards has historically been determined by the board of directors with input from management and contemporaneous third-party

 

F-18


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

valuations, as there was no public market for our common stock. The board of directors determines the fair value of the common stock by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including: the valuation of comparable companies, our operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of common stock, transactions in our common stock, and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors.

We derive the volatility from the average historical stock volatilities of several peer public companies over a period equivalent to the expected term of the awards. We selected companies with comparable characteristics to us, including enterprise value, risk profiles, and position within the industry and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected term of the stock options. The historical volatility data has been computed using the daily closing prices for the selected companies.

For employee awards granted at-the-money, we estimate the expected term based on the simplified method, which is the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term for each award since our historical share option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. For non-employee awards and employee awards granted out-of the-money, our best estimate of the expected term is the contractual term of the award. The risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant whose term is consistent with the expected life of the award.

 

Expected dividend yield is 0.0% as we have not paid and do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock. Upon the exercise of a stock option award, shares of common stock are issued from authorized but unissued shares.

Performance-Based Awards

We also granted Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) that vest only upon the satisfaction of performance-based conditions. The performance-based conditions are satisfied upon the occurrence of a qualifying event, defined as the earlier of (i) the closing of certain change in control transactions, or (ii) an IPO. We record stock-based compensation expense for performance-based equity awards when the performance-based conditions are considered probable to be satisfied. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, we had not recognized stock-based compensation expense for awards with performance-based conditions since the qualifying events described above are not considered probable. In the period in which these qualifying events becomes probable, we will record stock-based compensation expense determined using the grant-date fair values.

For performance-based SARs, we determine the grant-date fair value utilizing the valuation model as described above for time-based awards.

Leases

We categorize leases at their inception as either operating or capital. In the ordinary course of business, we entered into a non-cancelable operating lease for office space. We recognize lease costs on a straight-line basis and treat lease incentives as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the agreement. The difference between cash rent payments and rent expense is recorded as a deferred rent liability, with the amount expected to be amortized within the next twelve months classified as a

 

F-19


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

current liability. We subleased a portion of our office space and recognize rental income on a straight-line basis as an offset to rent expense within general and administrative costs. The difference between cash rent payments received and rental income is recorded within prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Common Shareholders

We compute net income (loss) per share using the two-class method required for participating securities. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed.

We consider our redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock issued upon early exercise of stock options, subject to repurchase, to be participating securities because holders of such shares have non-forfeitable dividend rights in the event a cash dividend is declared on common stock.

The holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock would be entitled to dividends in preference to common shareholders, at specified rates, if declared. Then any remaining earnings would be distributed to the holders of common stock, restricted common stock, common stock issued upon early exercise of stock options, and the holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock on a pro-rata basis assuming conversion of all redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock. These participating securities do not contractually require the holders of such shares to participate in the Company’s losses. As such, net losses for the periods presented were not allocated to the Company’s participating securities.

Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities outstanding for the period using the treasury stock method or the if-converted method based on the nature of such securities. For periods in which we reported net losses, diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, because potentially dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). We adopted this standard this standard effective January 1, 2020 using the prospective transition approach. The adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurements, which amends FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair

 

F-20


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Value Measurements. This ASU eliminates, modifies and adds various disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. We adopted this standard effective January 1, 2020 using the prospective transition approach. The adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Issued but Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) which requires lessees to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date; (i) a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (ii) a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Additional disclosures will be required to allow the user to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leasing activities. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for leases existing at the time of adoption. On November 15, 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10 which deferred the effective date of the standard to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-05, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Leases (Topic 842): Deferral of the Effective Date, which requires nonpublic companies to adopt the provisions of ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. We plan to adopt this standard as of the effective date for private companies using the modified retrospective approach for all leases entered into before the effective date. The impact of our adoption of Topic 842 to our financial statements will be to recognize the operating lease commitments as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption, which will result in an increase in the assets and liabilities recorded on the balance sheet. We are continuing our assessment, which may identify additional impacts Topic 842 will have on our financial statements.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model to estimate its lifetime “expected credit loss” and record an allowance that, when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The CECL model is expected to result in more timely recognition of credit losses. This guidance also requires new disclosures for financial assets measured at amortized cost, loans and available-for-sale debt securities. This guidance will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2023. We have not yet determined the impact the revised guidance will have on our financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which simplifies the accounting for income taxes, eliminates certain exceptions within ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistency among reporting entities. Most amendments within the standard are required to be applied on a prospective basis, while certain amendments must be applied on a retrospective or modified retrospective basis. This guidance will be effective for nonpublic entity fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. We have not yet determined the impact the revised guidance will have on our financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

3.

Revenue Recognition

We adopted Topic 606 using the modified retrospective method as of January 1, 2018. The cumulative effect of applying the new guidance to all contracts with customers that were not completed as of January 1, 2018, was recorded as an adjustment to accumulated deficit as of the adoption date.

As a result of applying the modified retrospective method to adopt the new revenue guidance, the following adjustments were made to accounts on the balance sheet as of January 1, 2018:

 

     Prior to
Adoption
     Adjustments      Adjusted
January 1,
2018
 

Prepaid expenses

   $ 459    $ (410    $ 49

Contract assets, current

     —          738      738

Contract assets, noncurrent

     —          575      575

Deferred contract costs

     —          716      716

Deferred contract costs, noncurrent

     —          590      590
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 14,161    $ 2,209    $ 16,370
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unearned revenue, current

   $ 1,165    $ (219    $ 946

Unearned revenue, noncurrent

     —          307      307
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 7,326    $ 88    $ 7,414
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

   $ (54,675    $ 2,121    $ (52,554
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

   $ (54,434    $ 2,121    $ (52,313
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 14,161    $ 2,209    $ 16,370
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table disaggregates revenue by type (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2018  
     Platform      Professional
Services and Other
     Total  

Timing of revenue recognition

        

Transferred over time

   $ 26,386    $ 3,480    $ 29,866

Transferred at a point in time

     1,933      —          1,933
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 28,319    $ 3,480    $ 31,799
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2019  
     Platform      Professional
Services and Other
     Total  

Timing of revenue recognition

        

Transferred over time

   $ 36,469    $ 5,570    $ 42,039

Transferred at a point in time

     8,652      —          8,652
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 45,121    $ 5,570    $ 50,691
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2020  
     Platform      Professional
Services and Other
     Total  

Timing of revenue recognition

        

Transferred over time

   $ 52,601    $ 5,660    $ 58,261

Transferred at a point in time

     40,163      —          40,163
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 92,764    $ 5,660    $ 98,424
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contract Balances

Contract Asset

As described in Note 2, professional services revenue is generally recognized ratably over the implementation period, beginning on the commencement date of each contract. Platform revenue is recognized as the services are delivered. Under Topic 606, we record a contract asset when revenue recognized on a contract exceeds the billings and unearned revenue when the billings or payments on a contract exceed the revenue recognized. Our standard billing terms are monthly; however, the billings may not be consistent with the pattern of recognition, based on when services are performed. Contract assets were $729 and $859 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Unearned Revenue

Unearned revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from subscription services and is recognized as revenue when transfer of control to customers has occurred. During 2018, we recognized $946 of revenue related to contracts that were included in unearned revenue at January 1, 2018. During 2019, we recognized $637 of revenue related to contracts that were included in unearned revenue at January 1, 2019. During 2020, we recognized $826 of revenue related to contracts there were included in unearned revenue at December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2020, our remaining performance obligations were $38,206, approximately 38% of which we expect to recognize as revenues over the next twelve months and substantially all of the remaining revenues will be recognized thereafter over the next 24 to 48 months. These amounts only include contracts subject to a guaranteed fixed amount or the guaranteed minimum under variable contracts. Unrecognized revenues under contract disclosed above do not include (1) contracts with an original expected term of one year or less; (2) contracts for which variable consideration is determined based on the customer’s subsequent sale or usage, and (3) agreements for which our right to invoice corresponds with the value provided to the customer.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Deferred Contract Costs

The following table summarizes the activity of deferred contract costs (current and non-current) (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ 2,084

Capitalization of deferred contract costs

     2,163

Amortization of deferred contract costs

     (1,094
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ 3,153

Capitalization of deferred contract costs

     3,750

Amortization of deferred contract costs

     (1,727
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

   $ 5,176
  

 

 

 

 

4.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):

 

     Estimated Useful Life
(in Years)
     December 31,  
            2019      2020  

Computer and office equipment

     3-5      $ 865    $ 1,375

Capitalized software

     3        779      1,653

Furniture and fixtures

     10        386      386

Leasehold improvements

    
Shorter of estimated useful life
or remaining term of lease
 
 
     375      374
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

        2,405      3,788

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (874      (1,547
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

      $ 1,531    $ 2,241
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $171, $364 and $673 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. In connection with subleasing a portion of our office space, we recorded a $77 loss on disposal within other income, net, for furniture and fixtures sold to the sub-tenant for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

5.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Prepaid software licensing fees

   $ 892    $ 855

Other

     588      806
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,480    $ 1,661
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

6.

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Accrued payroll expenses

   $ 1,800    $ 5,168

Accrued delivery service partner fees

     8,633      34,067

Accrued licensing fees

     748      237

Professional and consulting fees

     935      909

Other

     742      2,197
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 12,858    $ 42,578
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7.

Line of Credit

In May 2012, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Square 1 Bank (the “Square 1 Loan Agreement”) for a revolving line of credit with a maturity date of May 15, 2013. Since the original agreement, we have executed subsequent amendments to extend the maturity date until February 2022. On December 1, 2018, we amended the Loan Agreement (the “Amended Loan and Security Agreement”) for the revolving line of credit providing us the ability to borrow up to $15,000 under the Formula Revolving Line, of which $10,000 became available immediately and an additional $5,000 was to become available if we achieved recurring revenue during a three consecutive month period of at least $3,000 prior to September 30, 2019. Advances under the Formula Revolving Line bear interest equal to the greater of (A) 0.75% above the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 5.00%. The effective rate of interest as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 was 5.50% and 5.00%, respectively.

The Amended Agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants and we were in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2019 and 2020. As of December 31, 2019 we had $3,500 of outstanding borrowings under the line of credit. As of December 31, 2020 we had no outstanding borrowings under the line of credit.

Interest expense related to the line of credit was $173, $219 and $157 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Deferred issuance costs were immaterial for the Square 1 Loan Agreement and the Amended Loan and Security Agreement and were expensed as incurred.

On February 11, 2020, we amended the Loan and Security Agreement with Pacific Western Bank (successor in interest by merger to Square 1 Bank), allowing us to borrow up to $35,000, of which $25,000 was available. We currently have $23,600 available under the revolving line of credit, since $1,390 is used towards a letter of credit on the lease of our headquarters.

An additional $10,000 became available under the credit facility upon our achievement of revenue of at least $75,000 in the year ended December 31, 2020. The amount available to us at any time is the lesser of (A) $25,000 (or $35,000 if revenue targets are achieved) or (B) five times our previous month’s recurring revenue (the “Formula Line”. We can also borrow up to $5,000 under a non-formula revolving line (the “Non-Formula Line”) with aggregate borrowings under the Formula and Non-Formula Line not to exceed $25,000 (or $35,000 if revenue targets are achieved). Advances

 

F-25


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

under the Formula Line bear interest equal to the greater of (A) 0.20% above Pacific Western Bank’s prime rate then in effect; or (B) 4.50%. Advances under the Non-Formula Line bear interest equal to the greater of (A) 0.75% above Pacific Western Bank’s prime rate then in effect; or (B) 5.00%. Interest is due and payable monthly in arrears. We may prepay advances under the credit facility in whole or in part at any time without premium or penalty, and the credit facility matures on February 11, 2022. In March 2020, we borrowed an additional $15,000 under the Amended Loan and Security Agreement, and the entire outstanding balance of $18,500 was repaid in April 2020. Our obligations under the Amended Loan and Security Agreement are secured by substantially all of our assets.

The credit facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that require Pacific Western Bank’s consent to, among other things, merge or consolidate or acquire assets outside the ordinary course of business, make investments, incur additional indebtedness or guarantee indebtedness of others, pay dividends and redeem and repurchase our capital stock, enter into transactions with affiliates outside the ordinary course of business and create liens on our assets. We are also required to comply with certain minimum EBITDA and minimum revenue covenants.

The credit facility also contains events of default that if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of the obligations under the credit facility, an increase in the applicable interest rate under the credit facility to a per annum rate equal to 5.00% above the applicable interest rate and would permit Pacific Western Bank to exercise remedies with respect to all of the collateral that is securing the credit facility.

Pacific Western Bank has the right to terminate its obligation to make further advances to us immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default. We may terminate the Formula Line or the Non-Formula Line at any time prior to the maturity date, upon two business days written notice to Pacific Western Bank, at which time all then outstanding obligations arising under the Amended Loan and Security Agreement, including any unpaid interest thereon, will accelerate and become immediately due and payable.

 

8.

Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

At December 31, 2020, our authorized capital stock consisted of 9,950,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001.

Common stock reserved for future issuance consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2019      2020  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     5,227,103        5,230,827      5,794,996

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     102,715        98,991      98,991

Common stock warrants

     5,000        —          —    

Shares available for grant under stock option plan

     63,998        10,647      99,291

Options issued and outstanding under stock option plan

     2,156,800        2,230,396      2,400,467
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total common stock reserved for future issuance

     7,555,616        7,570,861      8,393,745
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Secondary Transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2018, we facilitated a transaction whereby a third-party investor purchased 337,800 shares of our common stock from our employees (the “Secondary Transaction”). The offer was extended to employees as of November 26, 2018 (“Offer Date”) with at least two years of continuous service to the Company as of October 31, 2018 (“Record Date”). Executive officers or employees with at least four years of service as of the Record Date had the rights to sell 15% of their shares of common stock, options and stock appreciation rights as of the Record Date. Non-executive officers who have been with the Company less than four years had the rights to sell 15% of their shares of common stock and options. In connection with this transaction, the excess purchase price paid over the fair value of the shares of $2,831 was recognized as stock-based compensation. The expense is included in the category of operating expense as the employees’ other compensation.

In April 2019, we facilitated the exercise and immediate sale of 43,496 common options held by a former employee for $46.62 per share. In connection with the sale, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of $2,266, which represents the difference between the price paid and the exercise price of the shares sold. The expense is included in General and administrative expense in the statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

In July 2020, we facilitated a transaction whereby a third-party investor and existing investors purchased 223,090 shares of our common stock and vested options directly from current employees, non-employees, and an existing investor at a price per share of $79.76. Employees were eligible to sell up to between 10% and 15% of their common stock and options. Non-employees and the investor were eligible to sell all of their common stock and options, as applicable. We concluded that this transaction was not compensatory since it was offered to both employees and non-employees proportionally and the price per share paid represented fair value of the Company’s common stock on the repurchase date. We did not sell any shares or receive any proceeds from this transaction. Since certain buyers in the transaction were current investors, we determined that the transaction was a related party transaction.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, redeemable convertible preferred stock, authorized, issued, outstanding and liquidation values are as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Net
Carrying
Value
     Redemption
Price/
Liquidation
Preference
     Redemption
Value/
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     53,510      40,955    $ 957    $ 23.36    $ 957

Series A-1

     250,869      217,556      6,092      28.00      6,092

Series B

     482,000      477,720      5,656      11.84      5,656

Series C

     939,414      742,362      8,711      11.84      8,789

Series D

     1,421,912      1,421,911      40,151      28.38      40,350
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     3,147,705      2,900,504    $ 61,567       $ 61,844
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Net
Carrying
Value
     Redemption
Price/
Liquidation
Preference
     Redemption
Value/
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     53,510      40,955    $ 957    $ 23.36    $ 957

Series A-1

     250,869      217,556      6,092      28.00      6,092

Series B

     482,000      481,444      5,854      11.84      5,700

Series C

     939,414      742,362      8,749      11.84      8,789

Series D

     1,427,991      1,421,911      40,249    $ 28.38      40,350
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     3,153,784      2,904,228    $ 61,901       $ 61,888
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Net
Carrying
Value
     Redemption
Price/
Liquidation
Preference
     Redemption
Value/
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

     40,955      40,955    $ 957    $ 23.36    $ 957

Series A-1

     218,448      217,556      6,092      28.00      6,092

Series B

     481,444      481,444      5,854      11.84      5,700

Series C

     832,433      742,362      8,760      11.84      8,789

Series D

     1,421,911      1,421,911      40,276      28.38      40,350

Series E

     564,169      564,169      49,798    $ 88.63      50,000
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

     3,559,360      3,468,397    $ 111,737       $ 111,888
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

The following are the relevant terms related to each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock issued:

Dividends

Dividends are payable to preferred shareholders prior to payment of any dividend to holders of common stock. Dividends are payable when and if declared by the board of directors out of funds

 

F-28


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

legally available, and such dividends are not cumulative. The dividend rates on each series of preferred stock is 8% per annum of the original issue price per series of preferred stock. In the event our board of directors declares a dividend payable on the common stock, the holders of the preferred stock would be entitled to receive the amount of dividends per share of preferred stock that would be payable on the number of whole shares of the common stock into which each share of such preferred stock held by each holder could be converted into. No dividends have been declared as of December 31, 2020.

Liquidation

Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or a deemed liquidation event as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the stock holders preferred stock will receive in preference to the common stockholders, an amount per share equal to the greater of (1) the liquidation preference, plus all dividends declared but unpaid on such shares, or (2) the amount the holders would receive on an as-converted into common stock basis. The full preferential amount is first paid to the holders of the series of convertible stock that was most recently issued then to the stockholders of the next level of preference in order Series E preferred stock, Series D preferred stock, Series C preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series

A-1 preferred stock (ranked pari passu), and Series A preferred stock, which are listed in order of highest liquidation preference to lowest). If the available funds and assets become insufficient to satisfy the full preferential payment to the stockholders of a particular series of preferred stock in order, then all of the available funds and assets shall be distributed among the holders of that series of preferred stock pro rata based on the amounts to which such holders would otherwise be entitled. After payment of the liquidation preference to the holders of preferred stock, the remaining assets of the Company are available for distribution to the holders of common stock on a pro rata basis. These liquidation features cause the preferred stock to be classified as mezzanine equity rather than as a component of stockholders’ deficit.

Conversion Rights

Each share of preferred stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder, into such number of shares as is determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price in effect at the time. As of December 31, 2020, the conversion price is $2.34, $2.80, $11.84, $11.84, $28.38, and $88.63 for the Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E preferred stock, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, each share of Series A and Series A-1 preferred stock was convertible into ten shares of common stock and each share of Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E preferred stock was convertible into one share of common stock.

All outstanding shares of preferred stock will automatically convert upon the earlier of the completion of an IPO resulting in net proceeds to the Company of at least $75.0 million at a price per share of at least equal to two times the Series E original issue price or the vote or written consent of a majority of the holders of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis, including the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series D preferred stock, voting as a separate class.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Redemption

The Series E preferred stock are redeemable for cash at any time on or after April 28, 2025 in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company of a written notice from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E preferred stock. The redemption price is equal to the Series E original issue price plus all declared but unpaid dividends.

The Series D preferred stock are redeemable for cash at any time on or after the later of (i) April 28, 2025 and (ii) the first date after April 28, 2025 on which no shares of Series E preferred stock remain outstanding, in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company of a written notice from the holders of (A) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E preferred stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to common stock basis and (B) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D preferred stock, voting together as a separate class. The redemption price is equal to the Series D original issue price plus all declared but unpaid dividends.

The Series C preferred stock are redeemable at any time on or after the later of (i) April 28, 2025 and (ii) the first date after April 28, 2025 on which no shares of Series D preferred stock remain outstanding, in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company of a written notice from the holders of (A) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E and Series D preferred stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to common stock basis and (B) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock, voting together as a separate class. The redemption price is equal to the Series C original issue price plus all declared but unpaid dividends.

The Series A, Series A-1, and Series B preferred stock are redeemable at any time on or after the later of (i) April 28, 2025 and (ii) the first date after April 28, 2025 on which no shares of Series E, Series D and Series C preferred stock remain outstanding, in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company of a written notice from the holders of (A) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E, Series D, and Series C preferred stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted to common stock basis. The redemption price is equal to the original issue price of each respective series plus all declared but unpaid dividends.

If the funds of the Company are not sufficient to redeem the full number of shares, the funds legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares of each series of preferred stock.

Voting

Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the shares held by such holder are convertible and has full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock, and except as provided by law or by other provisions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, shall vote together with the common stock as a single class on an as-converted basis on all matters as to which holders of common stock have the right to vote.

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share as determined on the record date for the vote provided that holders of common stock shall not be entitled to vote on any

 

F-30


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

amendment to the certificate of incorporation that relates to the terms of one or more outstanding share of preferred stock.

At any time when at least 27,000 shares of Series A preferred stock are outstanding, the holders of Series A preferred stock, voting separately as a single class, are entitled to elect one director of the Company’s board of directors. At any time when at least 125,000 shares of Series A-1 preferred stock are outstanding, the holders of Series A-1 preferred stock, voting separately as a single class, are entitled to elect two directors of the Company’s board of directors. At any time when at least 200,000 shares of Series C preferred stock are outstanding, the holders of Series C preferred stock, voting separately as a single class, are entitled to elect one director of the Company’s board of directors. At any time when at least 200,000 shares of Series D preferred stock are outstanding, the holders of Series D preferred stock, voting separately as a single class, are entitled to elect two directors of the Company’s board of directors. The holders of shares of common stock, voting separately as a single class, are entitled to elect one member of the Company’s board of directors. All remaining members of the Company’s board of directors are elected by the holders of the common stock and preferred stock voting together as a single class.

 

9.

Stock-Based Compensation

We adopted two equity incentive plans: the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (“2015 Plan”) and the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (“2005 Plan” and collectively, “Plans”). The 2015 Plan serves as the successor to the 2005 Plan and provides for the issuance of incentive and nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock and restricted stock units, or RSUs to employees, directors, consultants and advisors.

Stock options under the Plans may be granted with contractual terms of up to ten years (or five years if granted to a 10.0% stockholder) and at prices no less than 100.0% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant as determined by the board of directors; provided, however, that (i) the exercise price of an incentive stock option (“ISO”) and nonqualified stock option (“NSO”) granted to a greater than 10.0% stockholder shall not be less than 110.0% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant. Awards granted under the Plans generally vest over four years and include the right of first refusal in favor of the Company in connection with any proposed sale or transfer of the related shares to third-parties.

Certain stock option recipients have an early exercise feature. Shares purchased pursuant to the early exercise of stock options are subject to repurchase until those shares vest; therefore, cash received in exchange for unvested shares exercised is recorded as a liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and are reclassified to common stock and additional paid-in capital as the shares vest. There were 12,050 early exercised shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, of which a liability in the amount of $561 was outstanding, of which $232 was recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in our balance sheet since vesting is within the next 12 months, and $329 was recorded in other liabilities, non-current, since vesting is beyond the next 12 months. There were no early exercised shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019.

As of December 31, 2018 and 2019, the maximum number of shares available for issuance to participants under the Plans was 2,229,610. As of December 31, 2020 the maximum number of shares available for issuance to participants under the Plans was 2,715,923.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The following table summarizes the options available for future grants:

 

     Shares Available for
Future Grant
 

Balances at December 31, 2018

     209,989

Options granted

     (245,398

SARs granted

     (2,003

Options forfeited and expired

     48,059
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

     10,647

Additions to plan

     502,922

Options granted

     (459,963

Options forfeited and expired

     45,685
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

     99,291
  

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, we granted 94,850 and 2,003 SARs to employees, respectively. No SARs were granted during the year ended December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the total SARs outstanding were 96,853. The SARs are equity-classified and are measured at their grant date fair value. These awards vest only on a change of control or initial public offering and compensation expense of $2,847 will be recognized at such time. If vesting does occur, the award can be settled in cash or common stock at our option equal to (a) the excess of (i) fair value of common stock measured on the vesting date over (ii) the measurement price per SAR multiplied by (b) the number of vested SARs subject to the award. The aggregate intrinsic value of the SARs as of December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 was $4,106, $6,433 and $17,692, respectively.

The classification of stock-based compensation by line item within the statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      2020  

Cost of revenue – platform

   $ 410    $ 253    $ 556

Cost of revenue – professional services and other

     34      46      124

Research and development

     1,409      814      1,497

General and administrative

     1,928      3,493      2,827

Sales and marketing

     415      220      376
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 4,196    $ 4,826    $ 5,380
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The following summarizes our stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020:

 

     Options
Outstanding
Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

As of January 1, 2018

     2,232,996   $ 15.61      6.66      $ 19,694

Granted

     156,870     34.16      

Exercised

     (260,367     3.13      

Forfeited

     (67,549     25.97      
  

 

 

         

As of December 31, 2018

     2,061,950   $ 18.26      6.16      $ 53,676

Granted

     245,398     45.13      

Exercised

     (125,746     3.43      

Forfeited

     (48,059     17.62      
  

 

 

         

As of December 31, 2019

     2,133,543   $ 22.24      5.81      $ 96,377

Granted

     459,963     70.19      

Exercised

     (244,207     8.59      

Forfeited

     (45,685     46.68      
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2020

     2,303,614   $ 32.79      5.89      $ 347,574  
  

 

 

         

Exercisable as of December 31, 2020

     1,714,544   $ 22.36      4.78      $ 276,566  
  

 

 

         

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 was $20.20, $27.04 and $64.87 per share, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 was $10,642, $6,120 and $18,706, respectively. The total grant date fair value of options vested for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 was $1,433, $3,310 and $12,684, respectively.

Future stock-based compensation for unvested employee options granted and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 is $3,540 to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.47 years. Future stock-based compensation for unvested employee options granted and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 is $7,216 to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.05 years. Future stock-based compensation for unvested employee options granted and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 is $29,601 to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.12 years.

We estimated the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     2018    2019    2020

Expected term (in years)

   5.53 - 10.0    5.09 - 10.0    5.50 - 6.08

Volatility

   45% - 50%    45% - 50%    43% - 66%

Risk-free interest rate

   2.85% - 3.19%    1.60% - 2.50%    0.37% - 1.63%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%

Fair value of common stock

   $23.45 - $43.56      $45.27 - $63.86    $69.00 - $153.89

 

F-33


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

We elected to use the midpoint practical expedient to calculate the expected term.

 

10.

Warrants

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

As of December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, we have issued the following preferred stock warrants in connection with the issuance of our preferred stock:

 

Issuance Date

  Expiration
Date
    Exercise
Price
    Warrants
Issued
    Warrants
Exercised
in 2018
    Warrants
Outstanding
at
December 31,
2018
    Warrants
Exercised
in 2019
    Warrants
Outstanding
at
December 31,
2019
    Warrants
Exercised
in 2020
    Warrants
Outstanding
at
December 31,
2020
 
2012     5/14/2022     $ 28.00     8,920     —         8,920     —         8,920     —         8,920
2012     1/31/2019       11.84     3,724     (8,944     3,724     (3,724     —         —         —    
2014     10/10/2024       11.84     33,073     (1,741     33,073     —         33,073     —         33,073
2016     1/12/2026       0.01     56,998     (3,000     56,998     —         56,998     —         56,998
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        102,715     (13,685     102,715     (3,724     98,991     —         98,991
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The convertible preferred stock warrants outstanding are exercisable immediately upon issuance and they contain redemption options that require us to redeem the warrants, at the warrant holders’ option after a fixed date, for cash.

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, warrants to purchase 8,944 and 3,724 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock warrants were exercised for $106 and $44, respectively. In addition, warrants to purchase 4,741 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock warrants were exercised for $21 in 2018.

The estimated fair value of the preferred stock underlying the warrants is similar in value and is approximately $53.00, $76.00, and $217.00 per share as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

At December 31, 2018, we estimated the fair value of each series of preferred stock warrant liability using the Black Scholes option pricing model. The following are the assumptions used:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018  

Expected term (in years)

     3.0  

Volatility

     45

Risk-free interest rate

     2.9

Dividend yield

     —  

At December 31, 2019 and 2020, given the significant increase in fair value of each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to the warrant’s exercise price, the Company estimated the preferred stock warrant liability using the intrinsic value of each warrant since the warrants are significantly in-the-money and the Black-Scholes input have a de minimis impact on their value.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The following table represents the current period’s activity of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability (in thousands):

 

     Fair
value
 

Balance at January 1, 2018

   $ 2,098

Change in fair value

     2,681

Exercised

     (563
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ 4,216

Change in fair value

     2,959

Exercised

     (154
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ 7,021

Change in fair value

     12,714  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

   $ 19,735  
  

 

 

 

 

11.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2018          2019          2020    

Current income tax provision:

        

Federal

   $ —      $ —      $
 

  

State

     17      26      189
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current income tax provision

     17      26      189

Deferred income tax provision:

        

Federal

     —          —          —    

State

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax provision

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

   $ 17    $ 26    $ 189
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to our effective tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Federal statutory rate

     21.00     21.00     21.00

Change in Fair Value of Warrant

     0.00     0.00     82.10

State and local taxes, net of federal benefit

     (0.12 )%      (0.18 )%      6.32

Deferred true-up

     (1.45 )%      (0.23 )%      0.24

Deferred rate change

     (0.22 )%      (0.09 )%      (1.70 )% 

Valuation allowance

     (28.63 )%      (9.35 )%      (107.62 )% 

Stock-based compensation

     14.28     (3.65 )%      4.50

Other permanent items

     (5.01 )%      (7.82 )%      0.99
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision and effective tax rate

     (0.15 )%      (0.32 )%      5.83
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The difference between income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 21% and the amounts reported primarily relates to change in fair market value of warrants that is disallowed for income tax purpose, offset by the change of valuation allowance.

Income Taxes

The components of our net deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Accrued expenses

   $ 1,263    $ 1,244

Deferred rent

     437      609

Stock-based compensation

     890      1,184

Net operating losses

     12,269      8,365

Tax credits

     1,331      1,331

Other

     51      174
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     16,241      12,907

Less valuation allowance

     (15,103      (10,868
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     1,138    $ 2,039

Unearned revenue

     (357      (209

Deferred contract costs

     (639      (1,330

Property and equipment

     (142      (500

Net deferred tax liabilities

     (1,138      (2,039
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ —      $ —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets requires the determination of whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, loss carry-back and tax-planning strategies. Generally, more weight is given to objectively verifiable evidence, such as the cumulative loss in recent years, as a significant piece of negative evidence to overcome. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been established as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and no deferred tax assets and related tax benefit have been recognized in the accompanying financial statements. The valuation allowance increased $1,005 during the year ended December 31, 2019 and decreased $4,235 during the year ended December 31, 2020 from the valuation allowances that was recorded as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, we had approximately $46,823 and $31,668 of federal net operating losses, respectively. Approximately $12,581 of the federal net operating losses will expire at various dates beginning in 2035 through 2037 if not utilized, while the remaining amount will have an indefinite life.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, we had approximately $37,973 and $26,229 of state net operating losses, respectively. Of the state net operating losses, some may follow the Tax Cut and Jobs Act and are indefinite life and most are definite life with various expiration dates beginning in 2027 through 2039. The federal research and development tax credits are approximately $1,331 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020. The federal research credits will begin to expire in 2026.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership changes that may have occurred previously or that could occur in the future, as provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as well as similar state provisions. Such annual limitation could result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before their utilization.

We file U.S. federal and state income tax returns with varying statutes of limitations. All tax years since inception remain open to examination due to the carryover of unused net operating losses and tax credits.

We recognize interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense. We had not recorded any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020. The unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2019 and 2020 are not material.

On March 27, 2020, The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was signed into law in the United States. The CARES Act and related notices include several significant provisions. One provision permits employers to defer payment of the employer share of Social Security payroll taxes they otherwise would be responsible for paying in 2020, effective for such payments due after the date the Act was signed into law. Fifty percent of the deferred payroll taxes are due on December 31, 2021, and the remaining amounts are due on December 31, 2022. We have deferred payment of $1,607 of Social Security payroll taxes under the aforementioned CARES Act provision. We do not expect the other provisions in the CARES Act to have a material impact on our financial results. We will continue to monitor and assess the impact the CARES Act may have on our business and financial results.

 

12.

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

We have a non-cancelable operating lease for our headquarters in New York City that expires in 2030. Total rental payments to be paid over the course of the lease are approximately $28,848, which excludes our option to exercise a renewal for an additional five years commencing on the last day of the initial term. We received a rent abatement for the first eleven months of the lease arrangement. Upon the conclusion of the abatement period, annual rental payments are consistent for five years and then increase 6% for the remaining five years. We were also required to issue a letter of credit in the amount $1,390 as a security deposit. We also sublease our old office space which, in connection with the signing of the new lease, we ceased use and subsequently subleased a portion of our old office space. Rental income escalates yearly and ranges from approximately $348 to $380 annually for total rental income of $1,308. As the rental income is expected to exceed our remaining lease obligations, we will continue to record our remaining lease obligations over the course of the initial lease term. The sublease expires in March 2023.

Rent expense, excluding sublease income, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 was $695, $2,192 and $3,283, respectively. Rental income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020 was $0, $178 and $348, respectively.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

The following represents our future minimum payments under non-cancelable leases for operating facilities for each of the next five years and thereafter (in thousands):

 

Years ending December 31:

  

2021

   $ 3,514

2022

     3,533

2023

     3,352

2024

     2,780

2025

     2,885

Thereafter

     13,074
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 29,138
  

 

 

 

Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If we determine that a loss is reasonably possible, and the loss or range of loss can be estimated, we will disclose the possible loss in the notes to our financial statements. Accounting for contingencies requires us to use judgment related to both the likelihood of a loss and the estimate of the amount or range of loss. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

On or about October 21, 2020, one of our customers filed a complaint with the New York State Supreme Court, New York County alleging breach of contract related to fees we charged them. Our customer is seeking damages in excess of $7.0 million. We are currently evaluating the allegations surrounding the complaint, and we believe this lawsuit is without merit. We plan to vigorously defend against it.

We have also received, and may in the future continue to receive, claims from third parties asserting, among other things, infringement of their intellectual property rights. Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves or our customers by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. Defending such proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

13.

Net Income (Loss) per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

A reconciliation of net income (loss) available to common stockholders and the number of shares in the calculation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Numerator:

      

Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (11,552   $ (8,258   $ 3,063  

Less: accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

     (136     (136     (70

Less: undeclared 8% non-cumulative dividend on participating securities

     —         —         (2,993
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic

   $ (11,688   $ (8,394   $ —    

Reallocation of net income attributable to participating securities

     —         —         —    

Accretion on redeemable preferred stock

     136     136     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—diluted

   $ (11,552   $ (8,258   $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  

Denominator:

      

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

     703,245     1,026,248     1,181,314

Dilutive effect of assumed conversion of preferred stock

     —         —         —    

Weighted average effect of dilutive securities:

      

Options

     —         —         —    

Warrants

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted

     703,245     1,026,248     1,181,314
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—basic

   $ (16.62   $ (8.18   $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—diluted

   $ (16.62   $ (8.18   $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following participating securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented, because including them would have been anti-dilutive (on an as-converted basis):

 

     December 31,
2018
     December 31,
2019
     December 31,
2020
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     5,217,668      5,230,521      5,794,996  

Outstanding stock options

     1,157,679      1,229,745      2,388,417

Outstanding SARs

     16,849      96,853      96,853

Outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     89,993      87,389      98,991

Outstanding common stock warrants

     4,608      3,148      —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,486,797      6,647,656      8,379,257
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

OLO INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

(amounts in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)

 

14.

Related Party Transactions

Two of our board members have ownership interests in companies that we provide services to and one of our executive officers’ serves on the board of one of our customers. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company generated approximately $580 and $986 of revenue, respectively, from these customers identified as related parties. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the outstanding accounts receivable from the related parties was $442 and $407, respectively. As of December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, the revenue and accounts receivable from related parties was immaterial.

Certain existing investors purchased 202,730 shares of our common stock and vested options directly from current employees, non-employees, and an existing investor at a price per share of $79.76 as discussed in Note 8.

 

15.

Subsequent Events

We have evaluated subsequent events from the balance sheet date through February 19, 2021, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Stock-Based Compensation

On February 1, 2021, we increased the number of authorized common stock by 500,000 shares to 10,450,000 authorized shares of common stock. We also increased the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan by 450,000 shares to 570,634 shares.

On February 1, 2021, we granted stock options to purchase 386,940 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $165.32.

During 2021, 9,775 stock options were exercised and settled for common stock for cash consideration of $285.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or FINRA, filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

    $ 10,910  

FINRA filing fee

   $ 14,850    

Exchange listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Custodian transfer agent and registrar fees

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

    $     *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect on the completion of this offering permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Olo Inc., provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of Olo Inc. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of Olo Inc. regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, under the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us and our officers and directors against liabilities under the Securities Act.


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2018:

(a) Option issuances.

We have granted under our 2015 Plan options to purchase an aggregate of 1,356,464 shares of our Class B common stock to a total of 579 employees, consultants, and directors, having exercise prices ranging from $28.38 to $165.32 per share. 85,685 of such options granted under the 2015 Plan have been exercised at a weighted-average exercise price of $35.08 per share.

(b) Warrants to purchase capital stock.

We issued to RRE Ventures IV, L.P. 4,472 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $11.84 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on August 8, 2018, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $52,938.04.

We issued to Core Capital Partners II, L.P. 805 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $11.84 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on September 24, 2018, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $9,531.12.

We issued to Core Capital Partners Fund II, L.P. 313 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $11.84 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on September 24, 2018, for aggregate cash consideration of $3,705.89.

We issued to Core Capital Partners Fund II, L.P. 539 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on September 24, 2018, for aggregate cash consideration of $5.39.

We issued to Core Capital Partners II-S, L.P. 3,083 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $11.84 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on September 24, 2018, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $36,502.42.

We issued to Core Capital Partners II-S, L.P. 1,201 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $11.84 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on September 24, 2018, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $14,219.72.

We issued to Core Capital Partners II-S, L.P. 2,069 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on September 24, 2018, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $20.69.

We issued to Core Capital TB SPV, L.P. 584 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $11.84 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on September 24, 2018, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $6,914.51.

We issued to Core Capital TB SPV, L.P. 227 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $11.84 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on September 24, 2018, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $2,687.66.

We issued to Core Capital TB SPV, L.P. 392 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on September 24, 2018, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $3.92.


Table of Contents

We issued to Raqtinda Investments LLC 3,724 shares of preferred stock at an exercise price of $11.84 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on January 30, 2019, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $44,091.79.

We issued to Focus Brands Inc. 5,000 shares of Class B common stock at an exercise price of $2.73 per share, pursuant to the exercise of a warrant in full on August 30, 2019, for aggregate cash consideration of approximately $13,650.00.

(c) Convertible Preferred Stock Issuances

In April 2020, we issued and sold an aggregate of 564,169 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock to Wellington Hadley Harbor Master Investors (Cayman) III L.P., RPII Order LLC, RRE Leaders II, L.P. and Hospitality Investment Partners at $88.62581 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $50 million.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise specified above, we believe these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (and Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or under benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)


Table of Contents

is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit
  Number  

 

Description

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, as amended, as currently in effect.
  3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, to be in effect on the completion of the offering.
  3.3   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect on the completion of the offering.
  4.1*   Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.
  5.1*   Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1   Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2020, as amended.
10.2   Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and between Registrant and Pacific Western Bank, dated February 11, 2020.
10.3   Agreement of Lease, dated March 14, 2014, as amended.
10.4   Lease Agreement between WTC Tower 1 LLC and the Registrant, dated as of June 11, 2019.
10.5+   2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6+   2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7+   Form of 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.8+   Forms of Stock Option Grant Notice, Stock Option Agreement, and Notice of Exercise under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.9+   Forms of Stock Option Grant Notice, Stock Option Agreement, Notice of Exercise, Stock Appreciation Right Grant Notice and Stock Appreciation Right Agreement under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.10+*   Forms of Stock Option Grant Notice, Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Exercise under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.11+*   Forms of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Award Agreement under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.12+*   Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into by and between Registrant and each director and executive officer.
10.13+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between Registrant and Noah Glass, dated January 1, 2021.
10.14+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between Registrant and Nithya B. Das, dated January 1, 2021.
10.15+   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, by and between Registrant and Marty Hahnfeld, dated January 1, 2021.


Table of Contents

Exhibit
  Number  

 

Description

10.16+*   Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.17+   Form of 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.18+   Executive Bonus Policy.
10.19#   Delivery Network Agreement, dated March 30, 2017, by and between the Registrant and DoorDash, Inc., as amended.
23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2*   Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this registration statement).

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

# 

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted because the registrant has determined they are not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed.

 

Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The registrant hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule upon request by the SEC.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York, on February 19, 2021.

 

OLO INC.

By:

 

/s/ Noah Glass

Name:

 

Noah Glass

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Noah Glass and Peter Benevides, and each one of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Noah Glass

Noah Glass

  

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  February 19, 2021

/s/ Peter Benevides

Peter Benevides

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and

Accounting Officer)

  February 19, 2021

/s/ Brandon Gardner

Brandon Gardner

  

Chairman and Director

  February 19, 2021

/s/ David Frankel

David Frankel

  

Director

  February 19, 2021

/s/ Russell Jones

Russell Jones

  

Director

  February 19, 2021

/s/ Daniel Meyer

Daniel Meyer

  

Director

  February 19, 2021

/s/ Colin Neville

Colin Neville

  

Director

  February 19, 2021


Table of Contents

/s/ James D. Robinson IV

James D. Robinson IV

  

Director

  February 19, 2021

/s/ Linda Rottenberg

Linda Rottenberg

  

Director

  February 19, 2021

/s/ Warren C. Smith Jr.

Warren C. Smith Jr.

  

Director

  February 19, 2021

/s/ Zuhairah Washington

Zuhairah Washington

  

Director

  February 19, 2021

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

OLO INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Olo Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is Olo Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on June 1, 2005 under the name Mobo Systems, Inc.

2. That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, as amended and restated on January 12, 2016, be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Olo Inc. (the “Corporation”)

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 10,450,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) 3,559,360 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.


A.

COMMON STOCK

1. General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

B.

PREFERRED STOCK

The Preferred Stock shall be divided into series. 564,169 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series E Preferred Stock”. 1,421,911 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock”. 832,433 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock”. 481,444 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporations are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock”. 218,448 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”. 40,955 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock”. The Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, and the Series E Preferred Stock will have the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of this Part B of this Article Fourth.

 

  1.

Dividends.

The holders of the Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below), Series A-1 Original Issue Price (as defined below), Series B Original Issue Price (as defined below), Series C Original Issue Price (as defined below), Series D Original Issue Price (as defined below), or Series E Original Issue Price (as defined below), as applicable, per annum on each outstanding share of applicable Preferred Stock. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors and shall be non-cumulative. If the Corporation fails to pay the full dividends declared and unpaid on all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, any partial amounts which are

 

2


paid as dividends by the Corporation with respect to the Preferred Stock shall be paid to the holders of all shares of Preferred Stock in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount such holders would be entitled to receive if they were to be paid the full declared and unpaid dividends on the applicable series of Preferred Stock. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment a dividend or other distribution (whether in cash or property, but excluding a dividend or distribution on shares of Common Stock payable in Common Stock) on any series or class of capital stock of the Corporation, unless the holders of each series of Preferred Stock (other than any series of Preferred Stock on which such dividend or distribution otherwise was or is being declared, paid or set apart for payment) shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend or other distribution on each share of each series of Preferred Stock (other than any series of Preferred Stock on which such dividend or distribution otherwise was or is being declared, paid or set apart for payment), in an amount per share of such series of Preferred Stock at least equal to: (A) in the case of a dividend or other distribution on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend or other distribution per share of such series of Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend or other distribution payable on each share of Common Stock or such class or series that is convertible into Common Stock determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series that is convertible into Common Stock had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, or (B) in the case of a dividend or other distribution on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of such series of Preferred Stock determined by dividing the amount of the dividend or other distribution payable on each share of such unconvertible class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such unconvertible class or series of capital stock and multiplying such fraction by (I) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $23.36 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares following the Series E Original Issue Date (as defined in Section 4(d)(i))) (such amount, as so adjusted from time to time, being hereinafter referred to as the “Series A Original Issue Price”), (II) with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $28.0026 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares following the Series E Original Issue Date) (such amount, as so adjusted from time to time, being hereinafter referred to as the “Series A-1 Original Issue Price”), (III) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $11.8399 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares following the Series E Original Issue Date) (such amount, as so adjusted from time to time, being hereinafter referred to as the “Series B Original Issue Price”) and (IV) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $11.8399 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares following the Series E Original Issue Date) (such amount, as so adjusted from time to time, being hereinafter referred to as the “Series C Original Issue Price”) and (V) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $28.37725 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares following the Series E Original Issue Date) (such amount, as so adjusted from time to time, being hereinafter referred to as the “Series D Original Issue Price”), and (VI) with respect to the Series E Preferred

 

3


Stock, an amount equal to $88.62581 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares following the Series E Original Issue Date) (such amount, as so adjusted from time to time, being hereinafter referred to as the “Series E Original Issue Price”). For purposes hereof, the defined terms Series A Original Issue Price, the Series A-1 Original Issue Price, the Series B Original Issue Price, the Series C Original Issue Price, the Series D Original Issue Price, and the Series E Original Issue Price, collectively, shall be referred to individually as the “Applicable Original Issue Price” for the series of Preferred Stock referenced in such defined term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive any dividends or other distribution pursuant to this Section as a result of any redemptions or repurchases of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6.

 

  2.

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

(a) Payments to Holders of Series E Preferred Stock. Subject to Subsection 2(g) below, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (each such event, a “Liquidation Event”), the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets available for distribution to its stockholders (“Available Proceeds”), before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series E Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on such share of Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such Liquidation Event, the Available Proceeds shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock the full Series E Liquidation Amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(b) Payments to Holders of Series D Preferred Stock. Subject to Subsection 2(g) below, in the event of any Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a) above, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the remaining Available Proceeds, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series D Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on such share of Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such Liquidation Event, the Available Proceeds shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock the full Series D Liquidation Amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

4


(c) Payments to Holders of Series C Preferred Stock. Subject to Subsection 2(g) below, in the event of any Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a) and 2(b) above, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the remaining Available Proceeds, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series C Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on such share of Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such Liquidation Event, the Available Proceeds shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock the full Series C Liquidation Amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(d) Payments to Holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. Subject to Subsection 2(g) below, in the event of any Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c) above, the holders of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the remaining Available Proceeds, if any, on a pari passu basis, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to: (i) with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (the “Series A-1 Liquidation Amount”) and (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series B Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (the “Series B Liquidation Amount”). If upon any such Liquidation Event, the remaining Available Proceeds shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock the full Series A-1 Liquidation Amount or Series B Liquidation Amount, respectively, to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock shall share, on a pari passu basis, ratably, based upon the respective aggregate amount payable to the holders thereof under this Section 2(d) in any distribution of the remaining assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(e) Payments to Holders of Series A Preferred Stock. Subject to Subsection 2(g) below, in the event of a Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a) above, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(b) above, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(c) above and to the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(d) above, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the remaining Available Proceeds, if any, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (the “Series A Liquidation Amount” and together with

 

5


the Series A-1 Liquidation Amount, the Series B Liquidation Amount, the Series C Liquidation Amount, the Series D Liquidation Amount, and the Series E Liquidation Amount, each, an “Applicable Liquidation Amount”)). If upon any such Liquidation Event the remaining Available Proceeds shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full Series A Liquidation Amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(f) Payments to Holders Common Stock. In the event of a Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, and Series A Preferred Stock under Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d) and 2(e) above, the remaining Available Proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

(g) Notwithstanding Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e) and 2(f) above, solely for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation Event, each holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted such holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation (regardless of whether such holder actually converted such shares or whether there are sufficient shares of authorized Common Stock to permit actual conversion of all shares of such series of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock) if, as a result of an actual conversion of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, the holders of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock would receive (with respect to shares of Common Stock that would be issued upon conversion of such shares of such series of Preferred Stock), in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to the holders of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, pursuant to Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e) and 2(f) above, if such holders did not convert such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, into shares of Common Stock, and in such event each holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be deemed to have converted such shares into Common Stock and shall be entitled to receive such greater amount in connection with such Liquidation Event.

 

6


(h) Deemed Liquidation Events.

(i) The following events shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 2 (a “Deemed Liquidation Event”), unless (x) the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, (y) if a majority of the Available Proceeds after such event would reasonably be expected to be paid to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, if such Available Proceeds were then distributed among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above, holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class and, (z) if a majority of the Available Proceeds after such event would reasonably be expected to be paid to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, if such Available Proceeds were then distributed among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above, holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, elect otherwise by joint written notice to the Corporation prior to the effective date of any such event:

(A) a merger or consolidation in which

 

  (I)

the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (II)

a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation (excluding for this purpose the shares held by an Acquiring Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) or an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) thereof) continue to represent, or are converted or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation;

(B) the sale, lease, exclusive out-license, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets or intellectual property of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, except where such sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or

(C) any purchase of shares of capital stock of the Corporation (either through a negotiated stock purchase, a tender for such shares or a primary issuance of such shares by the Corporation) in any one transaction or series of related transactions by any party or group that, together with its Affiliates, did not beneficially own a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such purchase, the effect of which is that such party or group, together with its Affiliates, beneficially owns at least a

 

7


majority of such voting power immediately after such purchase, other than an equity financing in which (1) the consideration for such equity financing is in the form of cash, and such cash is received by the Corporation for working capital purposes, (2) the Corporation is the surviving Corporation, and (3) the consideration per share in such equity financing is equal to at least 65% of the consideration per share in the immediately preceding financing of the Corporation in which cash was received by the Corporation for working capital purposes.

For purposes of Section 2(h)(i)(A), an “Acquiring Stockholder” means a stockholder that (i) merges or otherwise combines with the Corporation in such combination transaction or (ii) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, a majority of another corporation that merges or otherwise combines with the Corporation in such combination transaction.

(ii) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect any transaction constituting a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2(h)(i)(A)(I) above without the prior written consent of (x) the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, (y) if a majority of the consideration from such transaction that is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation would reasonably be expected to be paid to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, if such consideration were allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above, holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class and, (z) if a majority of the consideration from such transaction that is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation would reasonably be expected to be paid to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, if such consideration were allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above, holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, unless in connection with such transaction the consideration from such transaction that is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above.

(iii) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2(h)(i)(A)(II) or (B) above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 60 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (A) the Corporation shall deliver a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 60th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (B) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (B) if the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 75 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) (the “Net Proceeds”) to redeem, to the extent legally available therefor, on the 90th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “Liquidation Redemption Date”), all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to (A) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock, the amount to which the holders of such stock would have been entitled had the Net Proceeds been distributed in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g)

 

8


above, (B) with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock, the amount to which the holders of such stock would have been entitled had the Net Proceeds been distributed in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above, (C) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, the amount to which the holders of such stock would have been entitled had the Net Proceeds been distributed in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above, (D) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, the amount to which the holders of such stock would have been entitled had the Net Proceeds been distributed in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above, (E) with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the amount to which the holders of such stock would have been entitled had the Net Proceeds been distributed in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above and (F) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, the amount to which the holders of such stock would have been entitled had the Net Proceeds been distributed in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above. In the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient lawfully available funds to effect such redemption, the Corporation shall redeem shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Net Proceeds or such lawfully available funds, as the case may be, in accordance with the priorities and preferences set forth in Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above, and, where such redemption is limited by the amount of lawfully available funds, the Corporation shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor, in each case, in accordance with the priorities and preferences set forth in Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) above. The provisions of Sections 6(e) through 6(h) below shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2(h)(iii). Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2(h)(iii), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business.

(iv) The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the affirmative vote of a majority of Preferred Directors (as defined below). Upon failure by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the affirmative vote of a majority of Preferred Directors (as defined below), to make such determination regarding the value of such property, rights or securities within five (5) business days from a date set by the Board of Directors, then such value shall be determined by an independent appraisal firm designated by the Board of Directors, which designation shall be subject to the reasonable approval of a majority of Preferred Directors.

(i) Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2(h)(i)(A)(I), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in

 

9


accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2(i), consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

 

  3.

Voting.

(a) On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by the General Corporation Law or otherwise as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock, and with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock the terms of which so provide, as a single class.

(b) The holders of record of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors of the Corporation (the “Series D Directors”), the holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation (the “Series C Director”), the holders of record of the shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation (the “Series A-1 Director”), the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation (the “Series A Director” and, together with the Series D Directors, the Series C Director and the Series A-1 Director, the “Preferred Directors”), and the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation (the “Common Director”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed only by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect any remaining members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. A vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3(b). The rights of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3(b) shall terminate on the first date on which there are issued and outstanding

 

10


fewer than 200,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock, the rights of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3(b) shall terminate on the first date on which there are issued and outstanding fewer than 200,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the rights of the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3(b) shall terminate on the first date on which there are issued and outstanding fewer than 125,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, and the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock under the first sentence of this Subsection 3(b) shall terminate on the first date on which there are issued and outstanding fewer than 27,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (in each case subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares).

(c) So long as at least 150,000 shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other similar recapitalizations affecting such shares), except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by the General Corporation Law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by the General Corporation Law or this Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, the Corporation shall not (and the Corporation shall cause each of its subsidiaries not to), either directly or by amendment, filing of a certificate of designations, preferences or rights, merger, consolidation or otherwise do any of the following (and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect):

(i) make any bankruptcy filing or liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation or any of its material subsidiaries, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event or authorize, approve or consummate any merger or consolidation that does not constitute a Deemed Liquidation Event and which merger or consolidation contemplates the conversion of any or all shares of any series of Preferred Stock into cash or non-cash consideration, or consent to any of the foregoing;

(ii) amend, alter or repeal any provision of or add any provision to this Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation;

(iii) change the preferences, privileges, rights or powers of any series of Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect such series;

(iv) reclassify, subdivide or make any change to any series or class of the Corporation’s capital stock or authorize or create any new series or class of the Corporation’s capital stock, including without limitation (A) any additional class or series of shares of stock having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock or (B) any additional class or series of shares of stock that would trigger an adjustment to the conversion price of any series of Preferred Stock under Section 4(d), or any obligation or security convertible into such stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock;

 

11


(v) purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock, except (x) pursuant to Section 6 and (y) pursuant to agreements with employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof, unless such purchase or redemption is approved by a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(vi) pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on its capital stock other than redemptions or repurchases of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6;

(vii) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money that would cause the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such incurrence to exceed $5,000,000, unless approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors that do not also serve as officers or employees of the Corporation (the “Non-Executive Directors”);

(viii) increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors;

(ix) enter into transactions (including, but not limited to, loans, advances (other than advances of travel and other comparable business expenses in the ordinary course of business) and management fees, but excluding offer letters and related agreements and equity compensation agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business) with any stockholder, officer, director or affiliate of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or any affiliate of any of the foregoing persons or entities, unless such action is approved by a majority of the Non-Executive Directors;

(x) make any loan or advance to, or own or acquire any stock or other securities of, any corporation, partnership or other entity, unless it is wholly-owned by the Corporation, unless such action is approved by a majority of the Non-Executive Directors;

(xi) effect any public offering of its securities;

(xii) issue any shares of Common Stock or Options therefor under the Corporation’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (“Equity Incentive Plans”) in the aggregate in excess of such number provided for in Section 4(d)(i)(E)(III) or increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s Equity Incentive Plans, amend or modify any of the Corporation’s Equity Incentive Plans or adopt, amend or modify any other stock incentive, restricted stock, stock repurchase or other equity incentive plan, agreement or arrangement; or

(xiii) agree, whether or not in writing, to do any of the foregoing.

(d) So long as any shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a single class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following (and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect):

 

12


(i) change the preferences, privileges, rights or powers with respect to, or reclassify or subdivide, the Series E Preferred Stock so as to affect the Series E Preferred Stock in an adverse way (it being agreed that creation of a senior or pari passu series of preferred stock (including without limitation, the creation of a senior liquidation preference, dividend or redemption rights) in a bona fide financing transaction shall not, in and of itself, be deemed to be adverse to the Series E Preferred Stock);

(ii) increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock;

(iii) pay or declare any dividend on Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock) or on Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock prior to paying or declaring a like dividend on Series E Preferred Stock; or

(iv) reclassify, alter or amend any series or class of the Corporation’s capital stock that is junior to the Series E Preferred Stock in respect of the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series E Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege.

(e) So long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a single class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following (and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect):

(i) change the preferences, privileges, rights or powers with respect to, or reclassify or subdivide, the Series D Preferred Stock so as to affect the Series D Preferred Stock in a materially adverse way in a manner different than any one or more other series of Preferred Stock; or

(ii) increase the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

(f) So long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding, , and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a single class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following (and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect), (i) change the preferences, privileges, rights or powers with respect to, or reclassify or subdivide, the Series C Preferred Stock so as to affect the Series C Preferred Stock in a materially adverse way in a manner different than any one or more other series of Preferred Stock or (ii) increase the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

13


(g) So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a single class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise change the preferences, privileges, rights or powers with respect to, or reclassify or subdivide, the Series B Preferred Stock so as to affect the Series B Preferred Stock in a materially adverse way in a manner different than other series of Preferred Stock.

(h) So long as any shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock remain outstanding, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a single class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise change the preferences, privileges, rights or powers with respect to, or reclassify or subdivide, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock so as to affect the Series A-1 Preferred Stock in a materially adverse way in a manner different than other series of Preferred Stock.

(i) So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a single class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise change the preferences, privileges, rights or powers with respect to, or reclassify or subdivide, the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect the Series A Preferred Stock in a materially adverse way in a manner different than other series of Preferred Stock.

 

  4.

Optional Conversion.

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Right to Convert.

(i) Conversion Ratio. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Applicable Original Issue Price for the applicable series of Preferred Stock by the Applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) for such series in effect at the time of conversion. As of the Series E Original Issue Date, the “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $2.336, the “Series A-1 Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $2.80026, the “Series B Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $11.8399, the “Series C Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $11.8399,the

 

14


Series D Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $28.37725 and the “Series E Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $88.62581. The defined terms Series A Conversion Price, the Series A-1 Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price and the Series E Conversion Price, shall be referred individually as the “Applicable Conversion Price” for the series of Preferred Stock referenced in such defined term. The initial Applicable Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock, and the rate at which shares of such series of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(ii) Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 6, the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

(b) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion.

(i) In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent)

 

15


shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share.

(ii) The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Applicable Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action that may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock.

(iii) All shares of Preferred Stock that shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

(iv) Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to any Applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the applicable Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

(v) The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

16


(d) Adjustments to Applicable Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

(i) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(B) “Series E Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series D Preferred Stock was issued.

(C) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(D) “In the Money”, with respect to any Option or Convertible Security, shall mean an Option or Convertible Security that has an exercise price or conversion price, as applicable, that is equal to or lower than either (i) the Series E Conversion Price or (ii) the fair market value of the security issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of such Option or Convertible Security, as applicable, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith.

(E) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Series E Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

  (I)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock;

 

  (II)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4(e), 4(f), 4(g) or 4(h) below;

 

  (III)

up to an aggregate of 3,575,503 shares of Common Stock, including Options therefor (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), issued or deemed issued to employees or directors of, or consultants to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to an equity incentive plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including a majority of

 

17


  the Non-Executive Directors (provided that any Options for such shares that expire or terminate unexercised or any restricted stock repurchased by the Corporation at cost shall not be counted toward such maximum number unless and until such shares are re-granted as new stock grants (or as new Options) pursuant to the terms of any such plan, agreement or arrangement);

 

  (IV)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

  (V)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction, the principal purpose of which is other than the raising of capital through the sale of equity securities, and the terms of which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including a majority of the Non-Executive Directors;

 

  (VI)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including a majority of the Non-Executive Directors;

 

  (VII)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to an entity as a component of any bona fide corporate strategic relationship, the principal purpose of which is other than the raising of capital through the sale of equity securities, and the terms of which are: (a) approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in the case of the issuance of securities, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, constituting less than or equal to one percent of the Common Stock outstanding (assuming the conversion and/or

 

18


  exercise into Common Stock of all outstanding Options and Convertible Securities) determined as of immediately prior to such issue; and (b) approved unanimously by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in the case of the issuance of securities, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, constituting more than one percent of the Common Stock outstanding (assuming the conversion and/or exercise into Common Stock of all outstanding Options and Convertible Securities) determined as of immediately prior to such issue; or

 

  (VIII)

shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualifying Public Offering.

(ii) No Adjustment of Applicable Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Applicable Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if: (a) the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(v)) for such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is equal to or greater than the Applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock, in effect immediately prior to the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, or (b) prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(A) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date; provided, however, that no adjustments in any Applicable Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities if such subsequent issue is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security.

 

19


(B) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to an Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) below, are revised (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms, but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment pursuant to this clause (B) shall have the effect of increasing any Applicable Conversion Price to an amount that exceeds the lower of (i) the Applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(C) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(v) hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series E Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series E Original Issue Date (either automatically pursuant to the provisions contained therein or as a result of an amendment to such terms, but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4(d)(iii)(A) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(D) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security that resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to an Applicable Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) below, the Applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to such Applicable Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued.

 

20


(iv) Adjustment of Applicable Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Series E Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii)), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue for a series of Preferred Stock, then such Applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C)

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(A) CP2 shall mean the Applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

(B) CP1 shall mean the Applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(C) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding immediately prior to such issue; provided that any such Options or Convertible Securities are In the Money at the time of any adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph 4(d)(iv).

(D) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP1); and

(E) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

 

  (I)

insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

21


  (II)

insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

 

  (III)

in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration that covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

  (I)

the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (II)

the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(vi) Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to an Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4(d)(iv) above then, upon the final such issuance, such Applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without additional giving effect to any adjustments as a result of any subsequent issuances within such period).

 

22


(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a comparable subdivision of the Preferred Stock or combine the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock without a comparable combination of the Common Stock, each Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision or combination shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock without a comparable combination of the Preferred Stock or effect a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock without a comparable subdivision of the Common Stock, each Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination or subdivision shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event, each Applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying each Applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

provided, however, that if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, each Applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter each Applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and provided further, however, that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive (i) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event or (ii) a dividend or other distribution of shares of Preferred Stock that are convertible, as of the date of such event, into such number of shares of Common Stock as is equal to the number of additional shares of Common Stock being issued with respect to each share of Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.

 

23


(g) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of such capital stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

(h) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2(g), if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections (e), (f) or (g) of this Section 4), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of each Applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(i) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of an Applicable Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the affected series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property that then would be received upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

24


(j) Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(i) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of any series of Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right; or

(ii) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(iii) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (A) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (B) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 10 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice. Any notice required by the provisions hereof to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed sent to such holder if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to such holder at his, her or its address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

  5.

Mandatory Conversion.

(a) Upon the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in (i) the admission of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ or other nationally-recognized exchange, (ii) the sale of Common Stock in such public offering for at least $75,000,000 of gross proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Corporation, and (iii) an offering price per share to the public in such public offering at least equal to the Series E Original Issue Price (a “Qualifying Public Offering”), (A) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate, and (B) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series. If prior to a Qualifying Public Offering, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (other than the Series E Preferred Stock), voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis (including a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class) elect in a vote or written consent to convert their shares of Preferred Stock (other than Series E Preferred Stock) to Common Stock, then (i) all outstanding shares of

 

25


Preferred Stock (other than the Series E Preferred Stock) shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4(a)(i). and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation. If prior to a Qualifying Public Offering, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class elect in a vote or written consent to convert their shares of Series E Preferred Stock to Common Stock, then (i) all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4(a)(i) and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation. The time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in a vote or written consent pursuant to this Subsection 5.1(a) is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Date.”

(b) All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock subject to conversion at a Mandatory Conversion Date shall be given written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Date and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5. Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, to each record holder of Preferred Stock subject to conversion at the Mandatory Conversion Date. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock subject to conversion at the Mandatory Conversion Date shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5. On the Mandatory Conversion Date, all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock subject to conversion at such Mandatory Conversion Date shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock has been converted, and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Date and the surrender of the certificate or certificates for Preferred Stock subject to conversion at a Mandatory Conversion Date, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and cash as provided in Subsection 4(b) in respect of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

(c) All certificates evidencing shares of Preferred Stock that are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the applicable Mandatory Conversion Date, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Preferred Stock may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

26


  6.

Redemption.

(a) Series E Preferred Redemption. All shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price per share equal to the Series E Original Issue Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon (the “Series E Redemption Price”), in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the Series E Original Issue Date from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class and on an as-converted basis, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series E Preferred Stock (the date of each such annual installment being referred to as a “Series E Redemption Date”). On each Series E Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock owned by each holder (calculated on an as converted to Common Stock basis), that number of outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Series E Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Series E Redemption Dates (including the Series E Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Series E Redemption Date all shares of Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Series E Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem from each holder of shares of Series E Preferred Stock a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of such stock out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of such stock to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares of Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Series E Redemption Date, and shall redeem the remaining shares of such stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor, provided that, if the redemption would be treated pursuant to Section 302(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) as a distribution of property to which Section 301 of the Code applies, then the Corporation and such holders shall use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the redemption of the Series E Preferred Stock in a tax efficient manner; provided further that, for so long as any share of Series E Preferred Stock otherwise scheduled to be redeemed on a Series E Redemption Date is not redeemed on such Series E Redemption Date (whether as a result of this sentence, the failure of the Corporation to pay the applicable Redemption Price or other amounts in full in cash on such Series E Redemption Date or otherwise), interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum shall accrue on the applicable Redemption Price of such share of Series E Preferred Stock, which interest shall be payable to the holder of such share of Series E Preferred Stock quarterly in arrears and on the date that such Redemption Price is actually paid. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that any holder of any series of Preferred Stock other than the Series E Preferred Stock exercises a redemption right under this Section 6, and in the event the Corporation does not have sufficient funds readily available to effect all such redemptions, the Corporation shall use all such available funds to first consummate the Series E Preferred Stock redemption to the fullest extent available, prior to redeeming any other series of Preferred Stock hereunder.

 

27


(b) Series D Preferred Redemption. All shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price per share equal to the Series D Original Issue Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon (the “Series D Redemption Price”), in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the later of (i) the fifth anniversary of the Series E Original Issue Date and (ii) the first date after the Series E Original Issue Date on which no shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding (or such earlier date as is consented to in writing by holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock) from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class and on an as-converted basis, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the date of each such annual installment being referred to as a “Series D Redemption Date”). On each Series D Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock owned by each holder (calculated on an as converted to Common Stock basis), that number of outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Series D Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Series D Redemption Dates (including the Series D Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Series D Redemption Date all shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Series D Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem from each holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of such stock out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of such stock to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Series D Redemption Date, and shall redeem the remaining shares of such stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor, provided that, if the redemption would be treated pursuant to Section 302(d) of the Code as a distribution of property to which Section 301 of the Code applies, then the Corporation and such holders shall use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the redemption of the Series D Preferred Stock in a tax efficient manner; provided further that, for so long as any share of Series D Preferred Stock otherwise scheduled to be redeemed on a Series D Redemption Date is not redeemed on such Series D Redemption Date (whether as a result of this sentence, the failure of the Corporation to pay the applicable Redemption Price or other amounts in full in cash on such Series D Redemption Date or otherwise), interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum shall accrue on the applicable Redemption Price of such share of Series D Preferred Stock, which interest shall be payable to the holder of such share of Series D Preferred Stock quarterly in arrears and on the date that such Redemption Price is actually paid. For the avoidance of doubt, following the redemption of all Series E Preferred Stock, in the event that any holder of any series of Preferred Stock other than the Series D Preferred Stock exercises a redemption right under this Section 6, and in the event the Corporation does not have sufficient funds readily available to effect all such redemptions, the Corporation shall use all such available funds to first consummate the Series D Preferred Stock redemption to the fullest extent available, prior to redeeming any other series of Preferred Stock hereunder (other than the Series E Preferred Stock).

 

28


(c) Series C Preferred Redemption. All shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price per share equal to the Series C Original Issue Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon (the “Series C Redemption Price”), in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the later of (i) the fifth anniversary of the Series E Original Issue Date and (ii) the first date after the Series E Original Issue Date on which no shares of Series E Preferred Stock and no shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding (or such earlier date as is consented to in writing by both (i) holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock and (ii) holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, as applicable) from the holders of (A) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis and (B) a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the date of each such annual installment being referred to as a “Series C Redemption Date”). On each Series C Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock owned by each holder (calculated on an as converted to Common Stock basis), that number of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Series C Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Series C Redemption Dates (including the Series C Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Series C Redemption Date all shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Series C Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem from each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of such stock out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of such stock to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Series C Redemption Date, and shall redeem the remaining shares of such stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor; provided that, if the redemption would be treated pursuant to Section 302(d) of the Code as a distribution of property to which Section 301 of the Code applies, then the Corporation and such holders shall use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the redemption of the Series C Preferred Stock in a tax efficient manner; provided further that, for so long as any share of Series C Preferred Stock otherwise scheduled to be redeemed on a Series C Redemption Date is not redeemed on such Series C Redemption Date (whether as a result of this sentence, the failure of the Corporation to pay the applicable Redemption Price or other amounts in full in cash on such Series C Redemption Date or otherwise), interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum shall accrue on the applicable Redemption Price of such share of Series C Preferred Stock, which interest shall be payable to the holder of such share of Series C Preferred Stock quarterly in arrears and on the date that such Redemption Price is actually paid. For the avoidance of doubt, following the redemption of all Series E Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, in the event that any holder of any other series of Preferred Stock other than Series C Preferred Stock exercises a redemption right under this Section 6, and in the event the Corporation does not have sufficient funds readily available to effect all such redemptions, the Corporation shall use all such available funds to first consummate the Series C Preferred Stock redemption to the fullest extent available, prior to redeeming any other series of Preferred Stock hereunder (other than the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series D Preferred Stock).

 

29


(d) Other Preferred Redemption. All shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (the “Other Series Preferred Stock”) shall be redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefor at a price equal to the Series A Original Issue Price per share, Series A-1 Original Issue Price per share, or Series B Original Issue Price, as applicable, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon (the “Other Series Redemption Price”), in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the later of (i) the fifth anniversary of the Series E Original Issue Date and (ii) the first date after the Series E Original Issue Date on which no shares of Series E Preferred Stock, no shares of Series D Preferred Stock and no shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding (or such earlier date as is consented to in writing by (i) holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, (ii) holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iii) holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable), from the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Other Series Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Other Series Preferred Stock (the date of each such installment being referred to as an “Other Series Redemption Date”). Subject to the last sentence of this Section 6(d), on each Other Series Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Other Series Preferred Stock owned by each holder (calculated on an as converted to Common Stock basis), that number of outstanding shares of Other Series Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Other Series Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Other Series Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Other Series Redemption Dates (including the Other Series Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Other Series Redemption Date all shares of Other Series Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Other Series Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of such stock out of funds legally available therefor, based on the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the legally available funds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor; provided that, if the redemption would be treated pursuant to Section 302(d) of the Code as a distribution of property to which Section 301 of the Code applies, then the Corporation and such holders shall use commercially reasonable efforts to structure the redemption of the Other Series Preferred Stock in a tax efficient manner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 6 or elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation, (i) unless consented to in writing by holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding, no shares of any other series of Preferred Stock may be redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation while any shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding; (ii) unless consented to in writing by holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding, no shares of any other series of Preferred Stock other than the Series E Preferred Stock may be redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation while any shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding; and (iii) unless consented to in writing by holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, no shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than the Series E Preferred Stock or the Series D Preferred Stock may be redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation while any shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding.

 

30


(e) Redemption Notice. Written notice of the mandatory redemption of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 6 (each a “Redemption Notice”) shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of Preferred Stock, at its post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, not less than 40 days prior to each Series E Redemption Date, Series D Redemption Date, Series C Redemption Date or Other Series Redemption Date (each a “Redemption Date”), as the case may be. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

 

  (I)

the number of shares of each series of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

 

  (II)

the applicable Redemption Date, the Series E Redemption Price, the Series D Redemption Price, Series C Redemption Price or Other Series Redemption Price (each a “Redemption Price”), as the case may be, for each series of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date;

 

  (III)

the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Section 4(a)); and

 

  (IV)

that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

(f) Surrender of Certificates; Payment. On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 hereof, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof, and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

(g) Rights Subsequent to Redemption. If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

 

31


(h) Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately canceled and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of the affected Preferred Stock following redemption.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is shall provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors of the Corporation through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such directors, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

 

32


Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH: Subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

TWELFTH: In connection with repurchases by the Corporation of its Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, advisors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, Sections 502 and 503 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply in all or in part with respect to such repurchases.

THIRTEENTH: The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of any series of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, affiliate, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

*    *    *

3): The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4): That said Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed on January 12, 2016, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 28th day of April, 2020.

 

By:   /s/ Noah Glass
  Noah Glass, Chief Executive Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION]

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

OLO INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

OLO INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 131)

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 122(8))

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 122(3))

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”). (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 211(a))

 

1


Section 5. Annual Meeting.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 211(b)).

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934


Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.


(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption) or (iv) by the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 222, 229, 232)


Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 216)

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 222(c))

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 211(e), 212(b))


Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 217(b))

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 219)

Section 13. Action Without Meeting.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 228)

(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 228)


(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8 § 228(d))

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.


(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 141(b), 211(b), (c))

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(a))

Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.


Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 223(a), (b)).

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 141(b), 223(d))

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law (and assuming the corporation is not subject to Section 2115 of the CGCL), the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(g))

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any director. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(g))


(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(i))

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 229)

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 229)

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(b))

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(b))

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(f))


Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(h))

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(c))

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(c))

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §141(c))


(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 141(c), 229)

Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 122(5), 142(a), (b))

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 141(b), (e))


(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his


office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(a))

Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 142(b))

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 103(a), 142(a), 158)

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.


Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 103(a), 142(a), 158).

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 123)

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate shall state upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the powers, designations, preferences, and rights, and the limitations or restrictions of the shares authorized to be issued or shall, except as otherwise required by law, set forth on the face or back a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section or otherwise required by law or with respect to this section a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 158)

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 167)


Section 36. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 201, tit. 6, § 8- 401(1))

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 160 (a))

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand


or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 213)

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 213(a), 219)

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.


ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 170, 173)

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 171)

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).


(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law


for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, or executive officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under applicable law.


(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.


ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §§ 222, 232)

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, § 222)

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.


ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE XIV

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section 46. Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) No holder of any of the shares of common stock of the corporation may sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of the shares of stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise (each, a “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors. The corporation may withhold consent for any legitimate corporate purpose, as determined by the Board of Directors.

(b) If a stockholder desires to Transfer any shares, then the stockholder will first give written notice to the corporation. The notice must name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. Any shares proposed to be transferred to which Transfer the corporation has consented pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section will first be subject to the corporation’s right of first refusal located in Section 47 of these Bylaws.

(c) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation will bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing Transfer restrictions are in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A TRANSFER RESTRICTION, AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

Section 47. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall Transfer any of the shares of common stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a Transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a) If the stockholder desires to Transfer any of its shares of common stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer.


(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all or a portion of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 47, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”


Section 48. Exempt Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of Section 46 and Section 47 of these Bylaws:

(1) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such Transfer.

(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent Transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw.

(3) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation.

(4) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(5) A corporate stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders.

(6) A Transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

(7) The first Transfer by a stockholder of shares of common stock, provided that, such transferred shares are beneficially owned by such stockholder as of October 9, 2020.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this bylaw, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw.

Section 49. General Provisions.

(a) The provisions of Article XIV of these Bylaws may be waived with respect to any Transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). Article XIV of the Bylaws may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(b) Any sale or Transfer, or purported sale or Transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of Article XIV of the Bylaws are strictly observed and followed.


(c) The foregoing restrictions set forth in Section 46 and Section 47 shall terminate on the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Article XIV of these Bylaws shall not apply to any Transfer of shares of Preferred Stock of the corporation or the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof.

(e) At the option of the corporation, the stockholder will be obligated to pay to the corporation a reasonable transfer fee related to the costs and time of the corporation and its legal and other advisors related to any proposed Transfer.

ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 50. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law or the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as then in effect, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8, §143)

Exhibit 10.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of the 28th day of April, 2020, by and between Olo Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “Investor”, and each of the Key Holders listed on Schedule B hereto that becomes a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering to the Company a counterpart signature page hereto (which such person shall thereupon be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes of this Agreement). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meanings given them in the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS certain of the Investors (the “New Investors”) are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, pursuant to the Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) of even date herewith (the “Financing”); and

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Company to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to induce the New Investors to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the New Investors and the Company wish to enter into the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, certain Investors (the “Prior Investors”) are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock; and

WHEREAS, the Prior Investors and the Company are parties to an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated January 12, 2016, as amended from time to time, (the “Prior Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the Company and the Investors have agreed to the registration rights, information rights, and other rights as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

1.1 The term “Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any individual, corporation, partnership, association, trust, or any other entity (in each case, a “Person”), any Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, including, without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person and any venture capital or other investment fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company or investment adviser with, such Person. Tiger Global Private Investment Partners XI, L.P. and John Curtius shall be deemed to be Affiliates for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

1


1.2 The term “Common Stock” shall mean shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.3 The term “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.4 The term “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

1.5 The term “GAAP” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles.

1.6 The term “Holder” shall mean any Person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof.

1.7 The Term “Immediate Family Member” shall mean a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a person referred to herein.

1.8 The term “Initial Closing” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Purchase Agreement.

1.9 The term “Initiating Holders” means, collectively, any Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

1.10 The term “IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

1.11 The term “Key Employee” means Noah Glass, Matthew Tucker, Peter Benevides, Andrew Murray, Martin Hahnfeld, David Olander, Scott Lamb, Nithya Das and any executive-level employee (including division director and Vice President level positions) as well as any employee who either alone or in concert with others develops, invents, programs or designs any Company Intellectual Property (as defined in Section 2.8 of the Purchase Agreement).

1.12 The term “Major Investor” means, at any time (i) any Investor (other than a Staley Investor) that, together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at such time at least 50,000 shares of Registrable Securities (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization effected after the date hereof) and (ii) any Staley Investor that at such time holds a number of shares of Registrable Securities equal to or more than 10% of the Registrable Securities (appropriately adjusted for any stock split, dividend, combination or other recapitalization effected after the date hereof) held by such Staley Investor immediately after the Initial Closing under the Purchase Agreement.

 

2


1.13 The term “New Securities” shall mean equity securities of the Company, whether now authorized or not, or rights, options, or warrants to purchase said equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into or exchangeable into or exercisable for said equity securities.

1.14 The term “Preferred Stock” shall mean, as applicable, shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock.

1.15 The term “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

1.16 The term “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, including Preferred Stock issuable or issued upon exercise of warrants for any Preferred Stock, (ii) any Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of any capital stock of the Company acquired by the Investors (or any direct or indirect assignee thereof in accordance with Section 2.12 hereof) after the date hereof, and (iii) the shares of Common Stock held by the Key Holders set forth on Schedule B attached hereto; provided, however, that such shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the aforementioned individuals shall not be deemed Holders for the purposes of initiating a request for registration under Section 2.1(a) or for purposes of Sections 2.11, 2.13, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1 and 6.7, and (iv) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his rights under Section 2 hereof are not assigned or any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.15 of this Agreement.

1.17 The term “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

1.18 The term “Restated Certificate” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on or about the date hereof, as may be amended from time to time.

1.19 The term “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.20 The term “SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.21 The term “SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

3


1.22 The term “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.23 The term “Series A Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.24 The term “Series A-1 Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.25 The term “Series B Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.26 The term “Series C Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.27 The term “Series D Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.28 The term “Series E Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

1.29 The term “Staley Investor” means at any time any of Staley Capital Fund I, LP, Staley Capital Olo Fund LLC or any other Investor that is at such time an Affiliate of or managed by Staley Capital Management LLC (“Staley”).

1.30 The term “Violation” means losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by any other party hereto, of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law.

1.31 The term “Wellington Investor” shall mean Wellington Hadley Harbor Aggregator III, L.P., or permitted transferees of Registrable Securities held by the Wellington Investor, that are advisory or subadvisory clients of Wellington Management Company LLP.

 

4


2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Request for Registration.

(a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) 4 years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) 180 days after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction), a written request from the Holders of at least 50% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, then the Company shall:

(i) within ten (10) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders;

(ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered, subject to the limitations of subsection 2.1(b), within twenty (20) days of the mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 6.5; and

(iii) use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable but in no event later than 90 days after such request.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to subsection 2.1(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 2.1(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 2.3(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

(c) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration

 

5


(i) pursuant to this Section 2.1:

(1) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Securities Act;

(2) After the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(3) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.11 below; or

(4) If the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration statement could be sold without restriction under SEC Rule 144 within a ninety (90) day period and the Company is currently subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or

(ii) pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement:

(1) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Securities Act; or

(2) If the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration statement could be sold without restriction under SEC Rule 144 within a ninety (90) day period and the Company is currently subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to become effective or to remain effective as long as such registration statement would otherwise be required to remain effective because such action (x) would materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company, (y) would require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) would render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other person during such ninety (90) day period other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

 

6


A registration statement shall not be counted until such time as such registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC (unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration (other than as a result of information concerning the business or financial condition of the Company which is made known to the Investors after the date on which such registration was requested) and elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor pursuant to Section 2.5). A registration statement shall not be counted if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cut-back provisions, fewer than 50% of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

2.2 Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders but excluding a registration pursuant to Section 2.1) any of its stock or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction, a registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 6.5, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.7, cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6 hereof.

2.3 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible,

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such 120-day period shall be extended for up to 60 days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

7


(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

(d) use its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;

(f) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration; and

(h) use its reasonable best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2, on the date on which such Registrable Securities are sold to the underwriter, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any.

2.4 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

8


2.5 Expenses of Demand Registration. All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 2.1, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $75,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.1; provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 2.1.

2.6 Expenses of Company Registration. The Company shall bear and pay all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities with respect to the registrations pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 2.12 hereof), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and the fees and disbursements, not to exceed $20,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders selected by them, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions relating to Registrable Securities.

2.7 Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities to be sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their reasonable discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all other persons’ securities (other than those securities proposed to be issued and sold for the account of the Company) have been first excluded. In the event that the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be apportioned pro rata among the selling Holders based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all selling

 

9


Holders or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering (provided that Major Investor’s shares will be reduced only after all other stockholders’ shares are reduced), unless such offering is the Company’s IPO in which case the selling Holders may be excluded beyond this amount if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other person’s securities (other than those securities proposed to be issued and sold for the account of the Company) are included in such offering or (ii) notwithstanding (i) above, any Registrable Securities described in Section 1.16(i) be excluded from such underwriting unless all Registrable Securities described in Section 1.16(iii) are first excluded from such offering. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder which is a Holder of Registrable Securities and which is an investment fund, partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder”, and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

2.8 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.9 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, managers, officers, directors and stockholders of each Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Violation and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter, controlling person or other aforementioned person.

 

10


(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 2.9(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, further, that, in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 2.9(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding.

(d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any Holder exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling person of any such Holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.9 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.9 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such selling Holder or any such controlling person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.9, then, and in each such case, the Company and such Holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be

 

11


determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided however, that, in any such case, (I) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (II) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; provided further, that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.9(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such holder pursuant to Section 2.9(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering (net of any underwriting discounts or commissions) received by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 2, and otherwise and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.10 Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

(b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

12


2.11 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from Holders of at least 30% of all Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 2.11: (1) if Form S-3 is not then available for such offering by the Holders; (2) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $1 million; (3) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.11; provided, however, that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any twelve month period and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other person during such ninety-day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered); (4) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.11; or (5) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; or (6) during the period ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 2.2 hereof.

 

13


(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. All expenses incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to this Section 2.11, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, qualification, printer’s and accounting fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the selling Holder or Holders, not to exceed $20,000, and counsel for the Company, but excluding any underwriters’ discounts or commissions associated with Registrable Securities, shall be borne by the Company. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 2.1.

(d) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.11 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.11(a). The provisions of Section 2.1(b) shall be applicable to such request (with the substitution of Section 2.11 for references to Section 2.1).

2.12 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities that (i) is a subsidiary, Affiliate, parent, partner, member, limited partner, retired partner, retired member or stockholder of a Holder, (ii) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (iii), after such assignment or transfer, holds at least 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations), provided: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 2.14 below. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferee or assignee that is an Affiliate of the assigning Holder shall be aggregated and together with those of the assigning Holder; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under this Section 2.

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such securities in any registration unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included or (ii) to demand registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder.

 

14


2.14 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (l80) days) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14 shall apply only to the Company’s IPO, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers, directors and greater than one percent (1%) stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s IPO are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.14 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the Company’s IPO that are consistent with this Section 2.14 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. The Company hereby agrees to ensure that any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders and other persons subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares held by such persons and Holders.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

2.15 Termination of Registration Rights. The rights of any Holder set forth in this Section 2 (other than Section 2.9 which shall survive any such termination) shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate;

(b) in the case of the registration rights set forth in Section 2.1 or 2.3 only (but not those set forth in Section 2.2), as to any Holder, when the Registrable Securities held by such Holder (together with any Affiliate of such Holder with whom such Holder must aggregate its sales under SEC Rule 144) could be sold without restriction under SEC Rule 144 within a ninety (90) day period; and

(c) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the IPO.

3. Information Rights.

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor; provided, that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a competitor of the Company:

 

15


(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a balance sheet and income statement and a statement of stockholder’s equity as of the last day of such year; a statement of cash flows for such year and a comparison between the actual figures for such year, the comparable figures for the prior year and the comparable figures included in the Budget (as defined below) for such year, with an explanation of any material differences between them and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement, schedule as to the sources and application of funds for such fiscal quarter, an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholder’s equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event with forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, (i) a detailed capitalization table and (ii) a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the number of common shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for common shares and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto and number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit each Major Investor to calculate its percentage equity ownership in the Company and certified by the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Executive Officer of the Company as being true, complete and correct;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement, an unaudited profit or loss statement and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such month;

(e) as soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “Budget”), prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets and sources and applications of funds statements for such months and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(f) with respect to the financial statements called for in subsections (a), (b) and (d) of this Section 3.1, an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer and President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company and certifying that such financials were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception for unaudited statements of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the periods specified therein, subject for unaudited statements to year-end audit adjustment;

 

16


(g) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company or any of its subsidiaries as the Major Investor or any assignee of the Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request, provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (g) or any other subsection of Section 3.1 to (i) provide information which the Company reasonably deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information (unless in the case of an assignee of a Major Investor covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or (ii) would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel; and

(h) if for any period the Company shall have any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

(i) Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, (A) the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 3.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration effecting the IPO; provided that the Company is actively employing its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and (B) the deadline for delivery of audited and certified financial statements as set forth in Section 3.1 above may be extended by the Board of Directors, including the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors.

3.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit (provided that the Board of Directors has not reasonably determined that such Major Investor is a competitor of the Company), and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to permit, each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s or such subsidiary’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s or such subsidiary’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, employees and accountants, all at such reasonable times as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information or would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Termination of Information and Inspection Covenants. The covenants set forth in Section 3.1 and Section 3.2 shall terminate as to Investors and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO or (ii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate, whichever event occurs first.

3.4 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose, other than to monitor its investment in the Company, any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of this Agreement, unless such confidential information (i) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section

3.4 by such Investor), (ii) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor or its agents without use of the Company’s confidential information or (iii) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (a) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to

 

17


the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company, (b) to any prospective investor of any Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company from such Investor as long as such prospective investor agrees to be bound by confidentiality obligations with Investor that binds such prospective investor to confidentiality and non-use obligations with respect to confidential information of the Company that are at least as restrictive as those contained in this Section 3.4 (and Investor will be responsible for any breach of this Section 3.4 by any such prospective investor), (c) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner (or partner of a partner), member, stockholder or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, or (d) as may otherwise be required by law, regulation, rule, court order or subpoena, provided that the Investor takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure. The Company acknowledges that at least some of the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, each Major Investor (and its Affiliates) shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (a) the investment by such Major Investor (or its Affiliates) in any entity competitive with the Company, or (b) actions taken by any partner, officer, employee or other representative of such Major Investor (or its Affiliates) to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (i) any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (ii) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

4. Right of First Offer.

4.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 4.1, and applicable securities laws, in the event the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first make an offering of such New Securities to each Major Investor in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 4.1.

(a) A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners, members and Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate. The Company shall deliver a notice, in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5 hereof (the “Offer Notice”), to each of the Major Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b) By written notification received by the Company, within twenty (20) calendar days after mailing of the Offer Notice, each of the Major Investors may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock (and any other securities convertible into, or otherwise exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock) then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then

 

18


outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities). The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully-Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock then held or Preferred Stock that is issuable upon exercise of warrants then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held or Preferred Stock that is issuable upon exercise of warrants then held, by all Fully-Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares.

(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or obtained as provided in Section 4.1(b) hereof, the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the period provided in Section 4.1(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities (collectively, the “Refused Securities”) to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 4.1.

(d) The right of first offer in this Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate), (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO and (iii) shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

4.2 Termination. The covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO or (ii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate, whichever event occurs first.

5. Additional Covenants.

5.1 Insurance. Unless in existence on the date hereof, the Company shall obtain from financially sound and reputable insurers (i) Directors and Officers Errors and Omissions insurance in the amount of $5 million, within 20 days after the date hereof and (ii) term “key-person” insurance on Noah Glass in the amount of $5 million, as soon as practicable after the date hereof, and will cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board of Directors (including the majority of the Preferred Directors) determines that such insurance should be discontinued. The “key person” policy shall name the Company as loss payee and neither policy shall be cancelable by the Company without prior approval of the Board of Directors (including the majority of the Preferred Directors). For purposes of this Agreement, the “Preferred Directors” shall mean, to the extent such seats are not vacant (a) the two directors elected by the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant

 

19


to the Restated Certificate, (b) the director elected by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the Restated Certificate, (c) the director elected by the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class (the “Series C Director”) and (d) the directors elected by the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class (the “Series D Directors”).

5.2 Employee Agreements. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors (including the majority of the Preferred Directors) the Company shall require (i) each person now or hereafter employed by it or any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a non-disclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the majority of the Preferred Directors, and (ii) each Key Employee to enter into a one year non-competition and non-solicitation agreement, each in the form approved by the Board of Directors. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee without the consent of the Board of Directors (including the majority of the Preferred Directors).

5.3 Employee Vesting. Unless approved by the Board of Directors (including the majority of the Preferred Directors), all future employees and consultants of the Company who shall purchase, or receive options to purchase, shares of the Company’s capital stock following the date hereof shall be required to execute stock purchase or option agreements providing for a 180- day lockup period in connection with the Company’s IPO. The Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the Company’s IPO and the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost. For the avoidance of doubt, all options to purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock that are granted on or following the date hereof shall have an exercise price at least equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock as determined by the Board on a date no earlier than the date of the corporate action authorizing the grant.

5.4 Matters Requiring Board of Director Approval. The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not (and the Company shall cause each of its subsidiaries to not), without prior Board approval, which approval must include the affirmative vote of the majority of the Preferred Directors:

(a) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

(b) make, or permit any subsidiary to make, any loan or advance to any person, including, without limitation, any employee or director of the Company or any subsidiary, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business;

(c) guarantee, directly or indirectly, or permit any subsidiary to guarantee, directly or indirectly, any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) adopt an investment policy;

 

20


(e) make any investments inconsistent with the Company’s investment policy;

(f) make expenditures in excess of $250,000 for any transaction or series of related transactions;

(g) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money that is not already included in a Board-approved budget and would cause the aggregate indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries for borrowed money to exceed $250,000, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(h) otherwise enter into or be a party to any transaction with any director, officer, or Affiliate of the Company or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such person, except for transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), or arms-length transactions made in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to reasonable requirements of the Company’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms that are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors (including the majority of the Preferred Directors);

(i) hire, terminate, replace or change the compensation of its executive officers or other employees at the level of vice president or above;

(j) issue any option to purchase Common Stock under the Corporation’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan or 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (together, the “Stock Plans”), increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s Stock Plans, amend or modify either of the Company’s Stock Plans or adopt, amend or modify any other stock incentive, restricted stock, stock repurchase or other equity incentive plan, agreement or arrangement;

(k) materially change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business or exit the current line of business;

(l) sell, transfer, license, pledge or encumber technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business; or

(m) enter into any corporate strategic relationship.

5.5 Meetings of the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, including the majority of the Preferred Directors, the Board shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed upon schedule. The Company will reimburse the reasonable, documented costs and expenses incurred by each director and observer in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors (or any committees thereof), as well as in connection with any meeting or other event attended by any director or observer at the Company’s request, unless otherwise agreed by the Board of Directors, including the majority of the Preferred Directors. The Company shall cause to be established, and will maintain, an audit and compensation committee. The Series C Director and one of the Series D Directors (provided that such Series D Director is a partner or managing director at Raine Capital LLC or any of its managed funds) shall be entitled in such person’s discretion to be a member of any one or more Board committee.

 

21


5.6 Successor Indemnification. In the event that the Company or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other entity and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any person or entity, then, and in each such case, to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately prior to such transaction, whether in the Company’s Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, indemnification agreements between the Company and its directors or former directors or elsewhere, as the case may be.

5.7 Observers at Board Meetings. Each of (i) the Wellington Investor, (ii) RRE Ventures IV, L.P. and (iii) Staley shall be entitled to designate at any time and from time to time by written notice to the Company an observer who shall be permitted (but not required) to attend and participate in meetings of the Board and any meetings of any committees thereof and shall be provided all notices, reports and other material sent to the members of the Board (including committee members) at the same time and in the same form as provided to such members; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to exclude such observers from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof (a) to the extent that such observer has not entered into a nondisclosure agreement provided by the Company and (b) if, based on advice of outside counsel, the Company determines that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege. For purposes of clause (a) of the preceding sentence, the parties agree and acknowledge that an observer designated by the Wellington Investor shall not be obligated to enter into a nondisclosure agreement with the Company so long as the Wellington Investor or Wellington is subject to nondisclosure obligations with the Company that restrict disclosure by its agents. For purposes of attending any meeting of the Board, neither such observer shall be permitted to vote on any matter nor to participate in any action of the Board.

5.8 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 5 (except for Section 5.6), shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO or (ii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate, whichever event occurs first.

6. Miscellaneous.

6.1 Transfers, Successors and Assigns. Subject to Section 6.12 below, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

6.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

22


6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile transmission) in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.5 Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be: (a) delivered personally; (b) sent by electronic mail (with written confirmation of receipt requested); (c) mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested); or (d) sent by express overnight courier with proof of delivery from the courier requested. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on the signature page or Schedule A or B as applicable) hereto, or to such email address or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 6.5. If notice is given to the Company, it shall be delivered to the attention of the General Counsel of the Company at nithya.das@olo.com, and a copy shall also be sent to Cooley LLP, 55 Hudson Yards, New York, NY 10001, Attn: Stephane Levy, email: slevy@cooley.com and, if notice is given to the Investors, copies shall also be given to such counsels set forth next to an Investor’s name on Schedule A hereto.

6.6 Costs of Enforcement. If any Party to this Agreement seeks to enforce its rights under this Agreement by legal proceedings, the non-prevailing Party shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing Party, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees.

6.7 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (which, for purposes hereof, shall only include the Registrable Securities described in (i) of the definition of such term in Section 1 of this Agreement); provided that the rights of a Staley Investor to be a “Major Investor” described in Section 1.12, the rights in Section 3 of any Major Investor that is a Staley Investor and the rights of Staley in Section 5.7 may not be amended, and the observance thereof may not be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), without the prior written consent of such Staley Investor or Staley, as the case may be; provided further that clause (i) of the definition of “Major Investor” in Section 1.12 may not be amended, and the observance thereof may not be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), such that Hospitality Investment Partners (or “HIP”) no longer constitutes a “Major Investor” for purposes hereof, without the prior written consent of HIP; and provided further that, without the prior written consent of the Wellington Investor, (a) clause (i) of the definition of “Major Investor” in Section 1.12 may not be amended,

 

23


and the observance thereof may not be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), such that the Wellington Investor no longer constitutes a “Major Investor” hereunder, and (b) the rights of the Wellington Investor in Section 3 and Section 5.7 may not be amended, and the observance thereof may not be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereunder may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction); provided, further, that if any waiving Major Investor and/or its Affiliates purchases New Securities in such transaction, all non-waiving Major Investors shall be presented with the opportunity to purchase up to the same percentage (not to exceed 100%) of its pro rata share of New Securities issued in such transaction as was purchased by the waiving Major Investor purchasing the largest percentage of its pro rata share of New Securities in such transaction. The Company shall give prompt written notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination or waiver. Any amendment, termination or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.7 shall be binding on all parties hereto, even if they do not execute such consent. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

6.8 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

6.9 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

6.10 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder.

6.11 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties are expressly canceled.

 

24


6.12 Transfers of Rights. Each Investor hereto hereby agrees that it will not, and may, not assign any of its rights and obligations hereunder, unless such rights and obligations are assigned by such Investor to (a) any person or entity to which Registrable Securities are transferred by such Investor, or (b) to any Affiliate or any partner, member or stockholder of such Investor, and, in each case, such transferee shall be deemed an “Investor” for purposes of this Agreement; provided that such assignment of rights shall be contingent upon the transferee providing a written instrument to the Company notifying the Company of such transfer and assignment and agreeing in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, and, in the case of an assignment pursuant to clause (a) above (but not pursuant to clause (b) above), the Board approves such transfer and assignment, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

6.13 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.14 Dispute Resolution. Any unresolved controversy or claim arising out of or relating to Section 5.8 of this Agreement shall be submitted to arbitration by one arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties, and if no agreement can be reached within thirty (30) days after names of potential arbitrators have been proposed by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”), then by one arbitrator having reasonable experience in corporate finance transactions of the type provided for in this Agreement and who is chosen by the AAA. The arbitration shall take place in New York, NY, in accordance with the AAA rules then in effect, and judgment upon any award rendered in such arbitration will be final, binding and non-appealable and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. There shall be limited discovery prior to the arbitration hearing as follows: (a) exchange of witness lists and copies of documentary evidence and documents relating to or arising out of the issues to be arbitrated, (b) depositions of all party witnesses and (c) such other depositions as may be allowed by the arbitrators upon a showing of good cause. Depositions shall be conducted in accordance with the New York Code of Civil Procedure, the arbitrator shall be required to provide in writing to the parties the basis for the award or order of such arbitrator, and a court reporter shall record all hearings, with such record constituting the official transcript of such proceedings. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled. The arbitration procedures set forth in this Section 6.14 shall be the sole and exclusive dispute resolution mechanism for any unresolved controversy or claim arising out of or relating to Section 5.9 hereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
Olo Inc.
By:  

/s/ Noah Glass

Name:   Noah Glass
Title:   Founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KEY HOLDERS:
Noah Glass

/s/ Noah Glass

 

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KEY HOLDERS:
Glass Family Trust
By:  

/s/ Maeve H. Glass

Name:   Maeve H. Glass
Title:   Trustee

 

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
Wellington Hadley Harbor Aggregator III, L.P.

By: Wellington Management Company LLP,

as investment advisor

By:  

/s/ Valerie N. Tipping

Name:   Valerie N. Tipping
Title:   Managing Director & Counsel
Address:  

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

 

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
Hospitality Investment Partners
By:  

/s/ Michael C. Mc uinn

Name:   Michael C. Mc uinn
Title:   Agent

 

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
Raqtinda Investments LLC
By:  

/s/ Peter Rosenberg

Name:   Peter Rosenberg
Title:   Manager

 

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
RPII Order LLC
By:  

/s/ Alfred Chianese

Name:   Alfred Chianese
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
RRE Leaders II, L.P.
By: RRE Leaders GP II, LLC
By:  

/s/ William D. Porteous

Name:   William D. Porteous
Title:   General Partner and COO

 

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
RRE Ventures IV, L.P.
By: RRE Ventures GP IV, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ William D. Porteous

Name:   William D. Porteous
Title:   General Partner and COO

 

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS:
Staley Capital Fund I, LP
By: Staley Capital Management, LLC
By:  

/s/ Warren C. Smith, Jr.

Name:   Warren C. Smith, Jr.
Title:   Managing Director
Staley Capital Olo Fund LLC
By: Staley Capital Management, LLC
By:  

/s/ Warren C. Smith, Jr.

Name:   Warren C. Smith, Jr.
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Investors’ Rights Agreement]


SCHEDULE A

INVESTORS

Name and Address

RPII Order LLC

c/o The Raine Group LLC

65 East 55th Street, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Legal Department

Email: legal@raine.com

Fax: (212) 603-5501

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Pillsbury Winthrop Shaw Pittman LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019-6131

Attn: Stephen B. Amdur

Staley Capital Fund I, LP

c/o Staley Capital Management, LLC

20 William St #270

Wellesley, MA 02481

Attention: Warren C. Smith Jr., Managing Director

rsmith@staleycapital.com

Staley Capital Olo Fund LLC

c/o Staley Capital Management, LLC

20 William St #270

Wellesley, MA 02481

Attention: Warren C. Smith Jr., Managing Director

rsmith@staleycapital.com

RRE Leaders II, L.P.

130 East 59th Street, 17th floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: William D. Porteous

Email: coo@rre.com and rz@rre.com

RRE Ventures IV, L.P.

130 East 59th Street, 17th floor

New York, NY 10022

Attn: William D. Porteous

Email: coo@rre.com and rz@rre.com


Hospitality Investment Partners

191 North Wacker, Suite 1500

Chicago, IL 60606 Attn: Marc Bassewitz

Jonathan Rosen

32 West 18th Street, 5A

New York, NY 10011

Dan Levitan

c/o Maveron

411 First Avenue South, Suite 600

Seattle, WA 98104

Battery Ventures XII, L.P.

One Marina Park Drive, Suite 1100

Boston, MA 02210

Telephone: (617) 948-3600

Email: legal@battery.com

Battery Investment Partners XII, LLC

One Marina Park Drive, Suite 1100

Boston, MA 02210

Telephone: (617) 948-3600

Email: legal@battery.com

Battery Ventures XII Side Fund, L.P.

One Marina Park Drive, Suite 1100

Boston, MA 02210

Telephone: (617) 948-3600

Email: legal@battery.com

John Curtius

c/o Tiger Global Management, LLC

9 West 57th Street, 35th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Email: sboyd@tigerglobal.com

Raqtinda Investments LLC

c/o STONEHAGE FLEMING US LLC

One Liberty Place

1650 Market Street, 26th Floor

Philadelphia, PA 19103


Tiger Global Private Investment Partners XI, L.P.

c/o Tiger Global Management, LLC

Attention: Steven D. Boyd

9 West 57th Street, 35th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Telephone: (212) 984-2119

Email: sboyd@tigerglobal.com

Wellington Hadley Harbor Aggregator III, L.P.

c/o Wellington Management Company LLP

Legal and Compliance

280 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210

Attn: Valerie Tipping, Managing Director and Counsel

Email: VNTipping@wellington.com

With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, MA 02109 Attn: Jason L. Kropp

Email: jason.kropp@wilmerhale.com


SCHEDULE B

KEY HOLDERS

Name and Address

Noah Glass

39 W. 74th Street, Apt. 3A

New York, NY 10023

Glass Family Trust

39 W. 74th Street, Apt. 3A

New York, NY 10023

Nick Dempster

31 Louise Avenue.

Sandhurst ext. a,

Sandton, 2196, GAU

South Africa

Craig Stockden

P.O Box 68545

Brvanston

2021

GAUTENG

South Africa

Matthew J. Tucker

176 Overlook Avenue

Great Neck, NY 11021

Peter Benevides

c/o Mobo Systems, Inc.

26 Broadway, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10004

David J. Olander

16 Brandywine Terrace

Morristown, NJ 07960

David Fellows

3142 SW Fairview Blvd.

Portland, OR 97205

Evan Sanchez

31-61 35th St., Apt. 3F

Astoria, NY 11106


Greg Shackles

210 7th St., #2

Brooklyn, NY 11215

Jimmy Gu

79-22 Elks Road

Elmhurst, NY 11373

Juan George

19 Steep Hill Road

Nanuet, NY 10954

Lars Brekken

2728 Thomson Ave, Unit 231

Long Island City, NY 11101

Maureen Zivic

794 Hart St., Apt. 3B

Brooklyn, NY 11237

Michael Devaney

64 Middlebury St.

Stamford, CT 06902

Scott P. Lamb

517 Doral Circle

Berwyn, PA 19312

Steven Tom

704 Herman Avenue

Franklin Square, NY 11010

William Pullen

2 Gold St. #4005

New York, NY 10038

Andrew Murray

387 9th Street, #1

Brooklyn, NY 11215

Alvaro Gutierrez

85 8th Avenue, Apt. 6W

New York, NY 10011

Aubrey Balkind

345 Indiana Ave

Venice Beach, CA 90291


Harriett Balkind

c/o Peyser & Alexander Mgmt

500 Fifth Ave. Suite 2700

New York, NY 10110

Marty Hahnfeld

385 Cumnock Road

Inverness, IL 60067


AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), by and among Olo Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the persons and entities listed on the signature pages hereto (the “Undersigned Investors”), amends that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, by and among the Company, the parties listed on Schedule A thereto (the “Investors”) and the parties listed on Schedule B thereto (the “Key Holders”), dated as of April 28, 2020, as amended from time to time (the “Rights Agreement”), and shall be effective as of the Settlement Date (as defined in that certain Offer to Purchase dated as of June 25, 2020 (the “Tender Offer”)) except that this Amendment shall be void and of no force and effect if the Tender Offer is terminated before the Settlement Date. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Rights Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Whereas Battery Ventures XII, L.P., Hospitality Investment Partners, RPII Order LLC, RRE Advisors LLC, Tiger Global Private Investment Partners XI, L.P. and Wellington Hadley Harbor Aggregator III, L.P. have offered to purchase up to 458,089 shares the Company’s Common Stock (the “Stock”) from the Eligible Stockholders (as defined in the Tender Offer) pursuant to the Tender Offer.

B. In connection with the Tender Offer and subject to the closing thereof, the Undersigned Investors desire to amend the Rights Agreement to grant RRE Advisors LLC information rights and certain rights of first offer pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 of the Rights Agreement, respectively.

C. Section 6.7 of the Rights Agreement provides that the Rights Agreement may be waived or amended only with the written consent of (a) the Company and (b) the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (which only includes the Registrable Securities described in (i) of the definition of such term in Section 1 of the Rights Agreement) (collectively, the “Requisite Holders”).

D. The Company and the Undersigned Investors, constituting the Requisite Holders, desire to amend the Rights Agreement in accordance with the foregoing recitals.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Section 6.10 of the Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) if the Company issues additional shares of the Preferred Stock after the date hereof, whether pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or otherwise, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder and (ii) if an Affiliate of an Investor acquires shares of Common Stock after the date hereof, such Affiliate may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes; provided, that the Board of Directors of the Company has not reasonably determined that such designation is materially detrimental to the Company.”

 


2. Schedule A of the Rights Agreement is hereby amended to include the following persons and entities:

RRE Advisors LLC

130 East 59th Street, 17th floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: William D. Porteous”

3. RRE Advisors LLC hereby agrees to adopt and be bound by the Rights Agreement as an Investor thereunder with the same force and effect as if RRE Advisors LLC were originally party thereto.

4. Except as provided herein, the Rights Agreement shall remain unamended and in full force and effect. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5. Sections 6.2 (Governing Law), 6.3 (Counterparts), 6.7 (Amendments and Waivers), 6.8 (Severability) and 6.11 (Entire Agreement) of the Rights Agreement shall apply to this Amendment mutatis mutandi.

[Signature pages follow]

 

 

- 2 -


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
OLO INC.
By:  

/s/ Noah Glass

Name:   Noah Glass
Title:   CEO

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
RPII Order LLC
By:  

/s/Alfred Chianese

Name:   Alfred Chianese
Title:   Vice President

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

 

STALEY CAPITAL FUND I, LP
By: Staley Capital Management, LLC
By:  

/s/ Warren C. Smith, Jr.

Name:   Warren C. Smith, Jr.
Title:   Managing Director
STALEY CAPITAL OLO FUND LLC
By: Staley Capital Management, LLC
By:  

/s/ Warren C. Smith, Jr.

Name:   Warren C. Smith, Jr.
Title:   Managing Director

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

INVESTORS (CONT’D):

TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS XI, L.P.

 

By: Tiger Global PIP Performance XI, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By: Tiger Global PIP Management XI, Ltd.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Steven Boyd

Name: Steven Boyd
Title:   General Counsel

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):
WELLINGTON HADLEY HARBOR AGGREGATOR III, L.P.

By: Wellington Management Company LLP.

as investment advisor

By:  

/s/ Valerie N. Tipping

Name: Valerie N. Tipping
Title:   Managing Director and Counsel

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT


The parties have executed this Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS (CONT’D):
RRE VENTURES IV, L.P.
By: RRE Ventures GP IV, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ William D. Porteous

Name: William D. Porteous
Title:   General Partner and COO
RRE LEADERS II, L.P.
By: RRE Ventures GP II, LLC
By:  

/s/ William D. Porteous

Name: William D. Porteous
Title:   General Partner and COO
TRANSFEREE:
RRE ADVISORS LLC
By: RRE Leaders GP, II, LLC
By:  

/s/ William D. Porteous

Name: William D. Porteous
Title:   General Partner and COO

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.2

Execution Version

OLO, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 


This AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of February 11, 2020, by and between PACIFIC WESTERN BANK, a California state chartered bank (“Bank”), and Olo, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower (formerly known as MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.) and Bank (as successor in interest by merger to SQUARE 1 BANK) are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 16, 2012, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 8, 2013, that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 31, 2014, that certain Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 1, 2015, that certain Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 5, 2015, that certain Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 26, 2016, that certain Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 26, 2016, that certain Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 20, 2017, that certain Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 10, 2018, that certain Ninth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 16, 2018, that certain Tenth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 1, 2018, that certain Eleventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 4, 2019, that certain Twelfth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May 6, 2019, and that certain Thirteenth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 12, 2019 (the “Original Agreement”). Borrower and Bank wish to amend and restate the terms of the Original Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof in order for Borrower to obtain additional credit from time to time from Bank. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

 

  1.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, all capitalized tenns shall have the definitions set forth on Exhibit A. Any term used in the Code and not defined herein shall have the meaning given to the term in the Code.

1.2 Accounting Terms. Any accounting term not specifically defined on Exhibit A shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP (except for non-compliance with FAS 123 in monthly reporting). The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.


  2.

LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

 

  2.1

Credit Extensions.

(a) Promise to Pay. Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof

(b) Advances Under Formula Revolving Line.

(i) Amount. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the Aggregate Borrowing Limit set forth in Section 2.2 hereof, Borrower may request Formula Advances in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed the lesser of: (A) the Formula Revolving Line; or (B) the Borrowing Base, in each case less any Ancillary Services reducing the Formula Revolving Line under clauses (A)-(E) of subsection 2.l(b)(iii) below. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.l(b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Formula Advances under this Section 2.l(b) shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower may prepay any Formula Advances without penalty or premmm.

(ii) Form of Request. Whenever Borrower desires a Formula Advance, Borrower will notify Bank by email no later than 3:30 p.m. Eastern time (2:30 p.m. Eastern time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Formula Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be given by a Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form in substantially the form of Exhibit C. Bank is authorized to make Formula Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from an Authorized Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Formula Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any notice given by a Person whom Bank reasonably believes to be an Authorized Officer, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages, loss, costs and expenses suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Formula Advances made under this Section 2.l(b) to Borrower’s deposit account.

(iii) Ancillary Services Sublimit. Subject to the availability under the Formula Revolving Line, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, Borrower may request the provision of Ancillary Services from Ban1c. The aggregate limit of the Ancillary Services shall not exceed the Ancillary Services Sublimit, provided that availability under the Formula Revolving Line shall be reduced by (A) the Letter of Credit Exposure, (B) the aggregate limits of corporate credit card services provided to Borrower, (C) the total amount of any Automated Clearing House processing reserves, (D) the applicable Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage, and (E) any other reserves taken by Bank in connection with other treasury management services requested by Borrower and approved by Ban1c. In addition, Ban1c may, in its sole discretion, charge as Formula Advances any amounts for which Ban1c becomes liable to third parties in connection with the provision of the Ancillary Services. The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Ancillary Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Ban1c’s standard forms of application and agreement for the applicable Ancillary Services, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.

 

2


(iv) Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity. If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any Ancillary Services by the Fonnula Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding Ancillary Services. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the applicable Ancillary Services are outstanding or continue.

(c) Advances Under Non-Formula Revolving Line.

(i) Amount. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the Aggregate Borrowing Limit set forth in Section 2.2 hereof, Borrower may request Non-Fonnula Advances in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed the Non-Formula Revolving Line. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2. l(c) may be repaid and re-borrowed at any time prior to the Non-Formula Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Non-Formula Advances under this Section 2.l(c) shall be immediately due and payable.· Borrower may prepay any Non-Formula Advances without penalty or premium.

(ii) Form of Request. Whenever Borrower desires a Non-Formula Advance, Borrower will notify Bank by email no later than 3:30 p.m. Eastern time (2:30 p.m. Eastern time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Non-Formula Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be given by a Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form in substantially the form of Exhibit C. Bank is authorized to make Non-Formula Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from an Authorized Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Non-Formula Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any notice given by a Person whom Bank reasonably believes to be an Authorized Officer, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Ban1c harmless for any damages, loss, costs and expenses suffered by Ban1c as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Non-Fonnula Advances made under this Section 2.l(c) to Borrower’s deposit account.

2.2 Aggregate Borrowing Limit; Overadvances. The aggregate amount of outstanding Credit Extensions hereunder shall at no time exceed the Aggregate Borrowing Limit. If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Fonnula Advances exceeds the lesser of the Fonnula Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Ban1c, in Cash, the amount of such excess. If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Non-Formula Advances exceeds the Non-Formula Revolving Line at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Ban1c, in Cash, the amount of such excess. If the aggregate amount of outstanding Credit Extensions hereunder exceeds the Aggregate Borrowing Limit at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in Cash, the amount of such excess.

 

3


2.3 Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

(a) Interest Rates.

(i) Formula Advances. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Formula Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of: (A) 0.20% above the Prime Rate then in effect or (B) 4.50%.

(ii) Non-Formula Advances. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Non-Formula Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, at a variable annual rate equal to the greater of (A) 0.75% above the Prime Rate then in effect; or (B) 5.00%.

(b) Late Fee; Default Rate. If any payment is not made within 15 days after the date such payment is due, Borrower shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) 5% of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to 5 percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default (such rate, the “Default Rate”); provided that, Bank shall provide written notice to Borrower of such increase prior to implementing the Default Rate except for an Event of Default described in Section 8.5, for which such increase shall be automatic without the requirement of notice. In all such events, and notwithstanding the date on which application of the Default Rate is communicated to Borrower, the Default Rate may be accrued (at the election of Bank) from the initial date of any Event of Default until all existing Events of Default are waived in writing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Payments. Interest under the Formula Revolving Line and under the Non-F01mula Revolving Line shall be due and payable on the 14th calendar day of each month during the tenn hereof and on the Formula Revolving Maturity Date and on the Non-Formula Revolving Maturity Date. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Formula Revolving Line and the Non-Formula Revolving Line, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.

(d) Computation. In the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

4


2.4 Crediting Payments. While no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Ban1c shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment Bank may receive to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such application of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 3:30 p.m. Eastern time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

2.5 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

(a) Facility Fee. On or before the Closing Date, a fee equal to $3,500, which shall be nonrefundable;

(b) Bank Expenses. On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, all Banl<: Expenses, as and when they become due;

(c) Success Fee/Final Payment Fee. Upon the earlier to occur of (i) an Acquisition of Borrower or (ii) tennination of this Agreement, whether in connection with acceleration, prepayment in full, or otherwise, a nonrefundable fee equal to 2.5% of the difference between (x) the highest Aggregate Borrowing Limit in effect during the term of this Agreement and (y) $1,000,000. This Section 2.5(c) shall survive any tennination of this Agreement; and

(d) Liquidity Event Fee. Upon a Liquidity Event, a nonrefundable fee equal to 1.0% of the difference between (i) the highest outstanding principal balance during the term of this Agreement and (ii) $3,500,000 (the “Liquidity Event Fee”). This Section 2.5(d) shall survive until the later of (x) twenty-four (24) months after any tennination of this Agreement or (y) January 31, 2024. If this Agreement is tenninated prior to payment of the Liquidity Event Fee, Borrower shall give Bank written notice of the first Liquidity Event to occur thereafter and shall pay the Liquidity Event Fee upon the closing of such Liquidity Event.

2.6 Term. This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 12.7, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Banl<: shall have the right to tenninate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. Borrower may tenninate the Non-Formula Revolving Line at any time prior to the Non-Fonnula Revolving Maturity Date, upon two Business Days written notice to Bank, at which time the principal amount of all Non-Formula Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other

 

5


Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) relating to the Non-Formula Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower may terminate the Formula Revolving Line at any time prior to the Formula Revolving Maturity Date, upon two Business Days written notice to Bank, at which time the principal amount of all Formula Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) relating to the Formula Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

 

  3.

CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Closing. The agreement of Bank to enter into this Agreement on the Closing Date is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each of the following items and completed each of the following requirements:

(a) this Agreement;

(b) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

(c) [Reserved];

(d) current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

(e) a Borrower Information Certificate;

(f) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts with Bank; and

(g) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably request.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is contingent upon the Borrower’s compliance with Section 3.1 above, and is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) timely receipt by Bank of the Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form as provided in Section 2.1;

(b) Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 6.6 hereof;

(c) Bank shall have received (i) a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows covering Borrower’s operations, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer, (ii) a Compliance Certificate and (iii) a Borrowing Base Certificate, in each case for the month most recently ended prior to the date 30 days preceding the date of the Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form described in Section 3.2(a) above; and

 

6


(d) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Loan Advance/Paydown Request Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

 

  4.

CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and to secure prompt perfonnance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant). Except for Pennitted Liens or as disclosed in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Borrower also hereby agrees not to sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of its Intellectual Property except for Pennitted Liens and Pennitted Transfers. Notwithstanding any tennination of this Agreement or of any filings undertaken related to Bank’s rights under the Code, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are outstanding. Upon indefeasible payment in full in Cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) in their entirety and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has tenninated, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, and upon receipt of a written request from Borrower to do so and pursuant to a payoff letter between Bank and Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

4.2 Perfection of Security Interest. Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other infonnation required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee, Borrower shall take such steps as Ban1c reasonably requests for Ban1c to, subject to Section 7.10 below, obtain an aclmowledgment, in fonn and substance reasonably satisfactory to Ban1c, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Ban1c. Where Collateral consists of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code), Borrower shall take such steps

 

7


as Bank requests for Bank to obtain “control” of such Collateral by causing the securities intennediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement (or similar arrangement) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding. Borrower shall take such other actions as Bank reasonably requests to perfect its security interests granted under this Agreement.

 

  5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Qualification. Borrower and each Subsidiary is duly existing under the laws of the state in which it is organized and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Collateral. Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. Other than movable items of personal property such as laptop computers, all tangible personal property Collateral, except such Collateral having an aggregate book value not in excess of $500,000 is located solely in the Collateral State. The contracts that generate fees included in the calculation of Recurring Revenue are in full force and effect as of the date of such inclusion. Borrower has not received notice of actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any counterparty to a contract that generates fees included in the calculation of Recurring Revenue. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule or as otherwise permitted hereunder, none of Borrower’s Cash is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s affiliates.

 

8


5.4 Intellectual Property. Borrower is the sole owner of the intellectual property created or purchased by B01Tower, except for licenses granted by Borrower to third parties in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s lmowledge, each of the Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents created or purchased by Borrower is valid and enforceable, and no part of the intellectual property created or purchased by Borrower has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of the intellectual property created or purchased by Borrower violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office. Except as disclosed in the Schedule and except for changes for which notice has been given to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. Except for changes for which notice has been given to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2, the chief executive office of Borrower is located at the address indicated in Article 10 hereof

5.6 Litigation. Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court or administrative agency in which a likely adverse decision would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements. All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating fmancial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.8 Solvency, Payment of Debts. Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.9 Compliance with Laws and Regulations. Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of BRISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to BRISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with BRISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not an “investment company’’ or a company “controlled” by an “investment company’’ within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, including any Environmental Laws, the violation of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9


5.10 Subsidiaries. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments.

5.11 Government Consents. Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 Inbound Licenses. Except as disclosed on the Schedule (as the same may be updated from time to time pursuant to Section 6.8), Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any material inbound license or other agreement important for the conduct of Borrower’s business that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or other agreement or any other property important for the conduct of Borrower’s business, other than this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

5.13 Full Disclosure. No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

 

  6.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Good Standing and Government Compliance. Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries’ corporate existence and good standing in the respective states of fonnation, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the state in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of BRISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to BRISA. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, including all Enviromnental Laws, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10


6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver to Banlc (i) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter ending March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows covering Borrower’s operations during such period, in a form reasonably acceptable to Banlc and certified by a Responsible Officer; provided, however, that if Borrower has any outstanding Credit Extensions, all quarterly reporting requirements set forth in this Section 6.2(i) shall instead be delivered to Banlc on a monthly basis, within 30 days after the last day of each calendar month; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited (or such other level as is required by the Investment Agreement) consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is either unqualified, qualified only for going concern so long as Borrower’s investors provide additional equity as needed or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Banlc; (iii) an annual budget approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors as soon as available but not later than February 1 of each year during the term of this Agreement; (iv) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (v) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of $500,000 or more; (vi) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems, (vii) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business as Bank may reasonably request from time to time.

(a) Within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter ending March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, Borrower shall deliver to Banlc a Borrowing Base Certificate calculated as of the last day of the applicable fiscal quarter and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, together with (i) detailed aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable and (ii) a Chum report; provided, however, that if Borrower has any outstanding Credit Extensions, all quarterly reporting requirements set forth in this Section 6.2(a) shall instead be delivered to Banlc on a monthly basis, within 30 days after the last day of each calendar month.

(b) Within 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter ending March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, Borrower shall deliver to Banlc with the applicable financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable quarter and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto; provided, however, that if Borrower has any outstanding Credit Extensions, all quarterly reporting requirements set forth in this Section 6.2(b) shall instead be delivered to Bank on a monthly basis, within 30 days after the last day of each calendar month.

 

11


(c) As soon as possible and in any event within three Business Days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(d) Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than twice a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, inspect, audit and appraise the Collateral at Borrower’s expense in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. Borrower shall include a submission date on any certificates and reports to be delivered electronically.

6.3 Inventory and Equipment; Returns. Borrower shall keep all Inventory and Equipment in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects, except for Inventory and Equipment (i) sold in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) for which adequate reserves have been made, in all cases in the United States and such other locations as to which Borrower gives prior written notice. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving inventory having a book value of more than $500,000.

6.4 Taxes. Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower or such Subsidiary.

6.5 Insurance. Borrower, at its expense, shall (i) keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage, and (ii) maintain liability and other insurance, in each case as ordinarily insured against by other owners in businesses similar to Borrower’s. All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as lender’s loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured and specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days’ (10 days for non-payment of premium) notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason. Upon

 

12


Bank’s reasonable request (but no more than once per calendar year so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Borrower shall furnish to Bank a copy of its policies or certificate of insurance including any endorsements covering Bank or showing Bank as an additional insured, and 30 days prior to expiration of any policy of insurance, Borrower shall furnish to Bank a copy of its renewal policy and certificate of insurance including any endorsements covering Bank or showing Bank as an additional insured. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim, provided that any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens), provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

6.6 Primary Depository. Borrower shall maintain all of its depository and operating accounts with Bank and its primary investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s affiliates; provided that, prior to Borrower maintaining any investment accounts with Bank’s affiliates, Borrower, Bank and any such affiliate shall have entered into a securities account control agreement with respect to any such investment accounts, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank.

6.7 Financial Covenants. Borrower shall at all times maintain the following financial ratios and covenants:

(a) Minimum EBITDA. Measured monthly and calculated on a trailing-three-months basis, Borrower shall achieve EBITDA of at least the amounts shown in the table immediately below for the corresponding reporting periods.

 

Reporting Period Ending

   Minimum EBITDA  

January 31, 2020

   ($ 1,487,000

February 28, 2020

   ($ 2,911,000

March 31, 2020

   ($ 5,651,000

April 30, 2020

   ($ 5,955,000

May 31, 2020

   ($ 5,963,000

June 30, 2020

   ($ 4,632,000

July 31, 2020

   ($ 3,697,000

August 31, 2020

   ($ 3,429,000

September 30, 2020

   ($ 3,285,000

October 31, 2020

   ($ 2,613,000

November 30, 2020

   ($ 1,346,000

December 31, 2020

   ($ 64,000

(b) Minimum Revenue. Measured monthly and calculated on a cumulative basis beginning January 1, 2020, Borrower shall achieve Revenue of at least the amounts shown in the table immediately below for the corresponding reporting periods.

 

13


Reporting Period Ending

   Minimum Revenue  

January 31, 2020

   $ 4,215,000  

February 28, 2020

   $ 8,565,000  

March 31, 2020

   $ 13,201,000  

April 30, 2020

   $ 17,998,000  

May 31, 2020

   $ 23,043,000  

June 30, 2020

   $ 28,503,000  

July 31, 2020

   $ 34,134,000  

August 31, 2020

   $ 39,840,000  

September 30, 2020

   $ 46,065,000  

October 31, 2020

   $ 52,539,000  

November 30, 2020

   $ 59,240,000  

December 31, 2020

   $ 66,136,000  

For subsequent reporting periods, Bank and Borrower hereby agree that, on or before February 1 of each year during the terms of this Agreement, Borrower shall provide Bank with a budget for such year, which shall be approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, and Bank shall use that budget to establish the minimum EBITDA and minimum Revenue amounts for such year, with such amounts being incorporated herein by an amendment, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.

6.8 Consent of Inbound Licensors. Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any material inbound license or agreement after the Closing Date, Borrower shall: (i) provide written notice to Banlc of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition; and (ii) in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any Person whose consent or waiver is necessary for Borrower’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Banlc to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, provided, however, that the failure to obtain any such consent or waiver shall not constitute a default under this Agreement.

6.9 Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event that Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower or such Subsidiary shall promptly notify Banlc of such creation or acquisition, and Borrower or such Subsidiary shall take all actions reasonably requested by Banlc to achieve any of the following with respect to such “New Subsidiary” (defined as a Subsidiary formed after the date hereof during the Term of this Agreement): (i) if such New Subsidiary is organized under the laws of the United States, to cause New Subsidiary to become either a co-Borrower hereunder or a secured guarantor with respect to the Obligations; and (ii) to grant and pledge to Banlc a perfected security interest in the Shares of such New Subsidiary.

 

14


6.10 Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

  7.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants and agrees that, for so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, or move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than Permitted Transfers and Permitted Investments.

7.2 Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control. Change its name or the state of Borrower’s formation or relocate its chief executive office without 30 days prior written notification to Bank; replace or suffer the departure of its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without delivering written notification to Bank within 10 days; fail to appoint an interim replacement or fill a vacancy in the position of chief executive officer or chief financial officer for more than 30 consecutive days; suffer a change on its board of directors which results in the failure of at least one partner of RRE Ventures or its Affiliates to serve as a voting member, or suffer the resignation of one or more directors from its board of directors in anticipation of Borrower’s insolvency, in each case without the prior written consent of Bank which may be withheld in Bank’s sole discretion; take action to liquidate, wind up, or otherwise cease to conduct business in the ordinary course; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than as reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; convert to another form of incorporation or unincorporated business or entity; have a Change in Control; Divide.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or pennit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or pennit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except where (a) each of the following conditions is applicable: (i) the consideration paid in connection with such transactions (including assumption of liabilities) does not in the aggregate exceed $500,000 during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving entity; or (b) the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full concurrently with the closing of any merger or consolidation of Borrower which does not meet the conditions set forth in clause (a) above; provided however, that Borrower shall not, without Bank’s prior written consent, enter into any binding contractual arrangement with any Person to attempt to facilitate a merger or acquisition of Borrower; provided however, Borrower may enter into any

 

15


such arrangement without Bank’s prior written consent so long as (i) no Event of Default exists when such arrangement is entered into by Borrower, (ii) such arrangement does not give such Person the right to claim any fee, payment or damages from any parties, other than from Borrower or Borrower’s investors, in connection with a sale of Borrower’s stock or assets pursuant to or resulting from an assignment for the benefit of creditors, an asset turnover to Borrower’s creditors (including, without limitation, Bank), foreclosure, bankruptcy or similar liquidation, and (iii) Borrower notifies Bank in advance of entering into such an arrangement (provided, the failure to give such notification shall not be deemed a material breach of this Agreement).

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.

7.5 Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Pennitted Liens, or covenant to any other Person (other than (i) the licensors of in-licensed property with respect to such property, or (ii) the lessors of specific equipment or lenders financing specific equipment with respect to such leased or financed equipment) that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property.

7.6 Distributions. Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock, except that Borrower may (i) repurchase the stock of fonner employees, consultants or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (ii) repurchase the stock of former employees, consultants or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees, consultants or directors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists.

7.7 Investments. Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Pennitted Investments, or maintain or invest any of its Investment Property (as defined in the Code) with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or pennit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (b) Investments permitted under sub-clauses (e) or (f) of the definition of Permitted Investments, and (c) bona fide equity and Subordinated Debt financings from Borrower’s investors or their Affiliates.

 

16


7.9 Subordinated Debt. Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or pennit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

7.10 Inventory and Equipment. Store the Inventory or the Equipment of a book value in excess of $500,000 with a bailee, warehouseman, collocation facility or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an aclmowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business, movable items of personal property having an aggregate book value not in excess of $500,000, and wom-out, surplus or obsolete Equipment, and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Article 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank is able to take such actions as may be necessary to perfect its security interest or to obtain a bailee’s acknowledgment of Banlc’s rights in the Collateral.

7.11 No Investment Company; Margin Regulation. Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

 

  8.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due;

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Sections 6.2 (financial reporting), 6.4 (taxes), 6.5 (insurance), 6.6 (primary depository) or 6.7 (financial covenants), or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

(b) If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within 10 days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be

 

17


cured within the 10 day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such 10 day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed 30 days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made.

8.3 Material Adverse Change. If there occurs any circumstance or any circumstances which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.4 Attachment. If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or Person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within 10 days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any material portion of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within 10 days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

8.5 Insolvency. If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is c01mnenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within 30 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

8.6 Other Agreements. If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties (a) resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $500,000, (b) in connection with any lease of real property (after giving effect to any grace or cure period), or (c) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.7 Judgments. If a final, uninsured judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $500,000 shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 10 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of the judgment); or

8.8 Misrepresentations. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

18


  9.

BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 (insolvency), all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;

(c) Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(d) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

(e) Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s detennination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(f) Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

(g) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

19


(h) Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

(i) Credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

(j) Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

(k) Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

Bank may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

9.2 Power of Attorney. Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Banlc’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assigmnents of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Banlc detennines to be reasonable; and (g) file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral; provided Banlc may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clause (g) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Banlc as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and perfonned and Bank’s obligation to provide advances hereunder is terminated.

 

20


9.3 Accounts Collection. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original fonn as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

9.4 Bank Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third Persons or entities, as required under the tenns of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; and/or (b) set up such reserves under the Formula and Non-Formula Revolving Line as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral. Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk ofloss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

9.6 No Obligation to Pursue Others. Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other Person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

9.7 Remedies Cumulative. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower expressly agrees that this Section 9.7 may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

 

21


9.8 Demand; Protest. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

 

  10.

NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other reporting required pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Agreement, which shall be sent as directed in the quarterly or monthly reporting forms provided by Bank) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by electronic mail to Borrower or to Banlc, as the case may be, at its address set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:    Olo, Inc.
   One World Trade Center
   285 Fulton Street, 82nd Floor
   New York, NY 10007
   Attn: Peter Benevides
   Email: peter@olo.com
               legal@olo.com
Ifto Banlc:   

Pacific WesternBanlc

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

   Durham, North Carolina 27701
   Attn: Loan Operations Manager
   Email: loannotices@pacwest.com
with a copy to:   

Pacific Western Banlc

475 Fifth Avenue, 18th Floor

   New York, NY 10017
   Attn: James Londono
   Email: jlondono@pacwest.com

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

 

  11.

CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of North Carolina, without regard to principles of conflicts oflaw. Jurisdiction shall lie in the State of North Carolina. All disputes, controversies, claims, actions and similar proceedings arising with respect to Borrower’s account or any related agreement or transaction shall be brought in the General Court of Justice of North Carolina sitting in Durham County, North Carolina or the United States District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina, except as provided below with respect to arbitration of such matters. BANK AND BORROWER EACH ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY illRY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL

 

22


ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED. EACH OF THEM, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT, WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY mRY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY RELATED INSTRUMENT OR LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN), OR ACTION OF ANY OF THEM. THESE PROVISIONS SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MODIFIED IN ANY RESPECT OR RELINQUISHED BY BANK OR BORROWER, EXCEPT BY A WRITTEN INSTRUMENT EXECUTED BY EACH OF THEM. If the jury waiver set forth in this Article 11 is not enforceable, then any dispute, controversy, claim, action or similar proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated therein shall be settled by final and binding arbitration held in Durham County, North Carolina in accordance with the then current Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with those rules. The arbitrator shall apply North Carolina law to the resolution of any dispute, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration. Judgment upon any award resulting from arbitration may be entered into and enforced by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this Article. The costs and expenses of the arbitration, including without limitation, the arbitrator’s fees and expert witness fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the parties to the arbitration may be awarded to the prevailing party, in the discretion of the arbitrator, or may be apportioned between the parties in any manner deemed appropriate by the arbitrator. Unless and until the arbitrator decides that one party is to pay for all (or a share) of such costs and expenses, both parties shall share equally in the payment of the arbitrator’s fees as and when billed by the arbitrator.

 

  12.

GENERAL PROVISIONS.

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all Persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Banlc’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Banlc’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Banlc’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

12.2 Indemnification. Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold hannless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, “Claims”); and (b) all losses or Banlc Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Banlc, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Banlc and Borrower whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except as to (a) and (b) for Claims, losses or Bank Expenses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

23


12.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

12.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration. All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Executed copies of the signature pages of this Agreement sent by facsimile or transmitted electronically in Portable Document Format (“PDF”), or any similar format, shall be treated as originals, fully binding and with full legal force and effect, and the parties waive any rights they may have to object to such treatment.

12.7 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 12.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have rnn.

12.8 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information, Bank and Borrower and all employees and agents of such party shall exercise the same degree of care that such party exercises with respect to its own proprietary infonnation of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public infonnation thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) in the case of Bank, to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank or Borrower in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower, (ii) in the case of Bank, to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions, provided that they have entered into a comparable confidentiality agreement in favor of Borrower and have delivered a copy to Borrower, (iii) as required by law, regulation, rnle or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) in the case of Bank, as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank and (v) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of the receiving party when disclosed to such party, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to such receiving party through no fault of such receiving party; or (b) is disclosed to such receiving party by a third party, provided such receiving party does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

 

24


12.9 Termination of Warrant. That certain Second Warrant to Purchase Stock issued as of December 20, 2017 by Borrower to Bank is hereby terminated and is of no further force and effect.

12.10 Effect of Amendment and Restatement. This Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, the Original Agreement. All security interests granted by Borrower under the Original Agreement are hereby confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Obligations under this Agreement.

********

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

OLO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Matthew S.Tuker

Name: Matthew S.Tuker
Title: President & Chief Operating Officer
PACIFIC WESTERN BANK
By:  

/s/ James Londono

Name: James Londono
Title: Senior VP


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of Borrower, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of Borrower or any other transaction where the holders of Borrower’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

“Advance” or “Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Formula Revolving Line and/or the Non-Formula Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and general partners.

“Aggregate Borrowing Limit” means $25,000,000; provided that, upon the occurrence of the Increase Milestone and Borrower’s election to exercise the Increase Option, the tenn Aggregate Borrowing Limit” shall instead mean $35,000,000.

“Ancillary Services” means any products or services requested by Borrower and approved by Bank under the Formula Revolving Line, including and without limitation, corporate credit card services, Automated Clearing House transactions, FX Contracts, Letters of Credit, or other treasury management services.

“Ancillary Services Sublimit” means a sublimit for Ancillary Services under the Formula Revolving Line not to exceed $5,000,000.

“Annualized Chum” means the average monthly Chum for the preceding six months, multiplied by 12.

“Authorized Officer” means someone designated as such in the corporate resolution provided by Borrower to Bank in which this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder are authorized by Borrower’s board of directors. If Borrower provides subsequent corporate resolutions to Bank after the Closing Date, the individual(s) designated as “Authorized Officer(s)” in the most-recently provided resolution shall be the only “Authorized Officers” for purposes of this Agreement.

“Banlc Expenses” means all reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Banlc’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

 

1


“Borrower’s Books” means all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or :financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” means an amount equal to (a) five (5) (the “Advance Rate”), multiplied by (b) Borrower’s Recurring Revenue for the previous month, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower pursuant to Section 6.2(a) of this Agreement; provided that if Borrower’s most recently calculated Annualized Churn exceeds 12.5%, then Bank may change the Advance Rate in its discretion.

“Borrowing Base Certificate” means a borrowing base certificate, in substantially the fonn of Exhibit D attached hereto, executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of North Carolina are authorized or required to close.

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

“Change in Control” means a transaction other than a bona fide equity :financing or series of :financings on tenns and from investors reasonably acceptable to Bank in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule l 3d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

“Churn” means, with respect to contracts that generate fees included in Recurring Revenue,

(a) the monthly dollar value of Recurring Revenue attributable to such contracts that were cancelled, terminated, or expired and not renewed in a particular month; divided by

(b) the monthly dollar value of Recurring Revenue attributable to such contracts that were in effect at the beginning of that month;

expressed as a percentage.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Code” means the North Carolina Uniform Commercial Code as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit B, except to the extent any such property (a) is non-assignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, §25-9-406 and §25-9-408 of the Code), (b) is property for which the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that, upon

 

2


the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral, (c) constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such controlled foreign corporations entitled to vote, if the grant of a security interest in such capital stock pursuant to this Agreement would result in material adverse “deemed dividend” tax consequences to Borrower due to the application of IRC §956, or (d) property (including any attachments, accessions or replacements) that is subject to a Lien that is permitted pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens, if the grant of a security interest with respect to such property pursuant to this Agreement would be prohibited by the agreement creating such Permitted Lien or would otherwise constitute a default thereunder, provided, that such property will be deemed “Collateral” hereunder upon the termination and release of such Permitted Lien.

“Collateral State” means the state or states where the Collateral is located, which is New York.

“Compliance Certificate” means a compliance certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.

“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or detennined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or detenninable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Copyrights” means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

“Credit Extension” means each Fonnula Advance, Non Formula Advance or any other extension of credit, by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

“Divide” means, with respect to any Person that is an entity, the dividing of such Person into two or more separate Persons, with the dividing Person either continuing or tenninating its existence as part of such division, including as contemplated under Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act for limited liability companies fanned under Delaware law, or any analogous action taken pursuant to any other statute with respect to any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity.

 

3


“EBITDA” means, with respect to any fiscal period, an amount equal to earnings before the sum of (a) tax, plus (b) depreciation and amortization, plus (c) interest and non-Cash expenses, plus (d) any non-Cash stock compensation expenses.

“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, orders and the like issued by any federal, state, local, foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or any agency pertaining to the environment or to any hazardous materials or wastes, toxic substances, flammable, explosive or radioactive materials, asbestos or other similar materials.

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, :fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

“BRISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

“Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage” means a percentage of reserves for FX Contracts as determined by Bank, in its sole discretion from time to time.

“Formula Advance” or “Formula Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Formula Revolving Line.

“Formula Revolving Line” means one or more Credit Extensions of up to $25,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding (inclusive of any Ancillary Services reducing the Fonnula Revolving Line under clauses (A)-(E) of subsection 2.l(b)(iii) hereof); provided that, upon the occurrence of the Increase Milestone and Borrower’s election to exercise the Increase Option, the term “Formula Revolving Line” shall instead mean one or more Credit Extensions of up to $35,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding (inclusive of any Ancillary Services reducing the Formula Revolving Line under clauses (A)-(E) of subsection 2.l(b)(iii) hereof).

“Formula Revolving Maturity Date” means February 11, 2022.

“FX Contracts” means contracts between Borrower and Bank for foreign exchange transactions.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time in the United States.

“Increase Milestone” means Borrower’s achievement of Revenue of at least $75,000,000 in fiscal year 2020, as detennined by Bank with reference to the :financial information provided by Borrower under Section 6.2(i) hereof.

“Increase Option” means, subject to the occurrence of the Increase Milestone, Borrower has delivered written notification to Bank that Borrower is exercising its option to increase each of the Aggregate Borrowing Limit and the Formula Revolving Line to $35,000,000.

 

4


“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assigmnents for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property” means all of a Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(c) Any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(d) Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

(e) All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights; and

(f) All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents. “Inventory’’ means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest.

“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“Investment Agreement” means, collectively, Borrower’s stock purchase and other agreement(s) pursuant to which Borrower most recently issued its preferred stock.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request.

“Letter of Credit Exposure” means, as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and any obligations of Bank related to purchased participations or indemnity or reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit, plus (b) the aggregate unreimbursed amount of all drawn Letters of Credit until such amount becomes an Advance under the tenns of this Agreement.

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

“Liquidity Event” means (a) any sale, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of Borrower, (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of Borrower or any other transaction where the holders of Borrower’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction, or (c) an initial public offering of Borrower’s equity securities, in each case that occurs after June 30, 2021.

 

5


“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on: (a) the operations, business or financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents; or (c) Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Non-Formula Advance” or “Non-Formula Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Non-Formula Revolving Line.

“Non-Formula Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to $5,000,000.

“Non-Formula Revolving Maturity Date” means February 11, 2022.

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the “Obligations” shall not include the Warrant.

“Patents” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrower m favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(c) Indebtedness not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of B01rnwer secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Pennitted Liens,” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed at the time it is incurred the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the property :financed with such Indebtedness;

 

6


(d) Subordinated Debt;

(e) Indebtedness not exceeding $500,000 in the aggregate with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(g) Extensions, re:financings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Pennitted Investment” means:

(a) Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule;

(b) (i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, (iv) Bank’s money market accounts; (v) Investments in regular deposit or checking accounts held with Bank or subject to a control agreement in favor of Bank; and (vi) Investments consistent with any investment policy adopted by the Borrower’s board of directors;

(c) Repurchases of stock from former employees, consultants or directors of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases, or (ii) in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees, consultants or directors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists;

(d) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(e) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(f) Investments not to exceed $500,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any time consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(g) Investments in un:financed capital expenditures in any fiscal year, not to exceed $500,000;

 

7


(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(j) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year; and

(k) Investments permitted under Section 7.3. “Permitted Liens” means the following:

(a) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Credit Extensions) or arising under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any other agreement in favor of Bank;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves;

(c) Liens not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower (i) upon or in any Equipment acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, in each case provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(d) Liens arising from leases, subleases, licenses, or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that do not interfere in any material respect with the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(e) Deposits under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure indemnity, perfonnance or other similar bonds for the perfonnance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money) or to secure statutory obligations (other than liens arising under BRISA or environmental liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds; all, in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business;

(f) Liens ofmaterialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, carriers, artisans or other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business or by operation of law, which are not past due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which reserves have been established to the extent required in accordance with GAAP;

 

8


(g) Easements, reservations, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar liens affecting real property that do not interfere, individually or collectively, in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Borrower;

(h) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(i) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 (attachment) or 8.7 (judgments); and

(j) Liens securing Subordinated Debt, provided that such Liens do not encumber assets beyond those assets comprising the Collateral.

“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

(a) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(b) licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(c) worn-out, surplus or obsolete Equipment;

(d) grants of security interests and other Liens that constitute Permitted Liens; and

(e) other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed $500,000 during any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

“Prime Rate” means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Ban1c, as its “prime rate,” whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Ban1c.

“Recurring Revenue” means the sum of contractually-obligated monthly recurring Revenue with respect to Borrower’s “Ordering” and “Rails” products; in all cases such Revenue being derived from contracts that arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and that comply with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank set forth in Section 5.3.

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance and the Controller of Borrower, as well as any other officer or employee identified as an Authorized Officer in the corporate resolution delivered by Borrower to Ban1c in connection with this Agreement.

“Revenue” means revenue recognized in accordance with GAAP.

 

9


“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

“Shares” means (a) 65% of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower in any Subsidiary of Borrower that constitutes the capital stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as defined in the IRC), if the grant of a security interest in such capital stock pursuant to this Agreement in excess of 65% would result in material adverse “deemed dividend” tax consequences to Borrower due to the application of IRC §956, and (b) 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower in any other Subsidiary of Borrower.

“SOS Reports” means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, the state where Borrower’s chief executive office is located, the state of Borrower’s fonnation and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on tenns reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Ban1c).

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof having ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any detennination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and service mark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

 

10


DEBTOR:    OLO, INC.   
SECURED PARTY:    PACIFIC WESTERN BANK   

EXHIBITB

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), :financial assets, general intangibles (including patents, trademarks, copyrights, goodwill, payment intangibles, domain names, and software), goods (including :fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the North Carolina Unifonn Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any of the intellectual property, in any medium, of any kind or nature whatsoever, now or hereafter owned or acquired or received by Borrower, or in which Borrower now holds or hereafter acquires or receives any right or interest (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”; provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of May 16, 2012, include the Intellectual Property to the extent and only to the extent necessary to pennit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment, and further provided, however, that Bank’s enforcement rights with respect to any security interest in the Intellectual Property shall be absolutely limited to the Rights to Payment only, and Banl<- shall have no recourse whatsoever with respect to the underlying Intellectual Property.


EXHIBITC

LOAN ADVANCE/PAYDOWN REQUEST FORM

[Please refer to New Borrower Kit]

EXHIBITD

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

[Please refer to New Borrower Kit]

EXHIBITE

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[Please refer to New Borrower Kit]


SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

Permitted Indebtedness (Exhibit A)-None

Permitted Investments (Exhibit A)- None

Permitted Liens (Exhibit A)-None

Prior Names (Section 5.5) - Mobo Systems, Inc.; OLO and GoMobo (both are registered d/b/a’s)

Litigation (Section 5.6) - None

Inbound Licenses (Section 5.12) - None

Exhibit 10.3

7/04

STANDARD FORM OF OFFICE LEASE

The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc.

Agreement of Lease, made as of this 14th day of March in the year 2014                 , between BROADWAY 26 WATERVIEW LLC, c/o Newmark Grubb Knight Frank, 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017, party of the first part, hereinafter referred to as OWNER and MOBO SYSTEMS, INC., d.b.a. OLO, 19 Fulton Street, Suite 406, New York, New York 10038, party of the second part, hereinafter ·referred to as TENANT,

 

Witnesseth:

Owner hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Owner the entire rentable area of the 24th floor, as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof

in the building known as 26 Broadway in the Borough of Manhattan                 , City of New York, for the term of                 See Rider

(or until such term shall sooner cease and expire as hereinafter provided) to commence on the Commencement Date (as defined in Section 39.1)                 , and to end on the Expiration Date (as defined in Section 40.1.1(viii))                 , and both dates inclusive, at the annual rental rate of

See Rider

which Tenant agrees to pay in lawful money of the United States, which shall be legal tender in payment of all debts and dues, public and private, at the time of payment, in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during said term, at the office of Owner or such other place as Owner may designate, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, except that Tenant shall pay the first                 monthly installment(s) on the execution hereof (unless this lease be a renewal).

In the event that, at the commencement of the term of this lease, or thereafter, Tenant shall be in default in the payment of rent to Owner pursuant to the terms of another lease with Owner or with Owner’s predecessor in interest, Owner may at Owner’s option and without notice to Tenant add the amount of such arrears to any monthly installment of rent payable hereunder and the same shall be payable to Owner as additional rent.

The parties hereto, for themselves, their heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows:

Rent:

1. Tenant shall pay the rent as above and as hereinafter provided.

Occupancy:

2. Tenant shall use and occupy the demised premises for general executive and administrative offices                    and for no other purpose.

 

Tenant Alterations:

3. 3.1 Tenant shall make no changes in or to the demised premises of any nature without Owner’s prior written consent. Subject to the prior written consent of Owner, and to the provisions of this article, 3.2 Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, may make alterations, installations, additions or improvements which are non-structural and which do not affect utility services or plumbing and electrical lines, in or to the interior of the demised premises, by using contractors or mechanics first approved in each instance by Owner. Tenant shall, before making any alterations, additions, installations or improvements, at its expense, obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any governmental or quasi-governmental bodies and (upon completion) certificates of final approval thereof, and shall deliver promptly duplicates of all such permits, approvals and certificates to Owner, and Tenant agrees to carry, and will cause Tenant’s contractors and sub-contractors to carry, such worker’s compensation, commercial general liability, personal and property damage insurance as Owner may require. If any mechanic’s lien is filed against the demised premises, or the building of which the same forms a part, for work claimed to have been done for, or materials furnished to, Tenant, whether or not done pursuant to this article, the same shall be discharged by Tenant within thirty days thereafter, at Tenant’s expense, by payment or filing a bond as permitted by law. All fixtures and all paneling, partitions, railings and like installations, installed in the demised premises at any time, either by Tenant or by Owner on Tenant’s behalf, shall, upon installation, become the property of Owner and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the demised premises unless Owner, by notice to Tenant no later than twenty days prior to the date fixed as the termination of this lease, elects to relinquish Owner’s right thereto and to have them removed by Tenant, in which event the same shall be removed from the demised premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the lease, at Tenant’s expense. 3.3 Nothing in this article shall be construed to give Owner title to, or to prevent Tenant’s removal of, trade fixtures, moveable office furniture and equipment, but upon removal of same from the demised premises or upon removal, of other installations as may be required by Owner, Tenant shall immediately, and at its expense, repair and restore the demised premises to the condition existing prior to any such installations, and repair any damage to the demised premises or the building due to such removal. All property permitted or required to be removed by Tenant at the end of the term remaining in the demised premises after Tenant’s removal shall be deemed abandoned and may, at the election of Owner, either be retained as Owner’s property or may be removed from the demised premises by Owner, at Tenant’s expense.

Maintenance and Repairs:

4. Tenant shall, throughout the term of this lease, take good care of the demised premises and the fixtures and appurtenances therein. Tenant shall be responsible for all damage or injury to the demised premises or any other part of the building and the systems and equipment thereof, whether requiring structural or nonstructural repairs caused by, or resulting from, carelessness, omission, neglect or improper conduct of Tenant, Tenant’s subtenants, agents, employees, invitees or licensees, or which arise out of any work, labor, service or equipment done for, or supplied to, Tenant or any subtenant, or arising out of the installation, use or operation of the property or

equipment of Tenant or any subtenant. Tenant shall also repair all damage to the building and the demised premises caused by the moving of Tenant’s fixtures, furniture and equipment. Tenant shall promptly make, at Tenant’s expense, all repairs in and to the demised premises for which Tenant is responsible, using only the contractor for the trade or trades in question, selected from a list of at least two contractors per trade submitted by Owner. Any other repairs in or to the building or the facilities and systems thereof, for which Tenant is responsible, shall be performed by Owner at the Tenant’s expense. Owner shall maintain in good working order and repair the exterior and the structural portions of the building, including the structural portions of the demised premises, and the public portions of the building interior and the building plumbing, electrical, heating and ventilating systems (to the extent such systems presently exist) serving the demised premises. Tenant agrees to give prompt notice of any defective condition in the demised premises for which Owner may be responsible hereunder. There shall be no allowance to Tenant for diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner or others making repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the building or the demised premises, or in and to the fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof. It is specifically agreed that Tenant shall not be entitled to any setoff or reduction of rent by reason of any failure of Owner to comply with the covenants of this or any other article of this lease. Tenant agrees that Tenant’s sole remedy at law in such instance will be by way of an action for damages for breach of contract. The provisions of this Article 4 shall not apply in the case of fire or other casualty, which are dealt with in Article 9 hereof.

Window Cleaning:

5. Tenant will not clean nor require, permit, suffer or allow any window in the demised premises to be cleaned from the outside in violation of Section 202 of the Labor Law or any other applicable law, or of the Rules of the Board of Standards and Appeals, or of any other Board or body having or asserting jurisdiction.

Requirements of Law, Fire Insurance, Floor Loads:

6. Prior to the commencement of the lease term, if Tenant is then in possession, and at all times thereafter, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of all state, federal, municipal and local governments, departments, commissions and boards and any direction of any public officer pursuant to law, and all orders, rules and regulations of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, Insurance Services Office, or any similar body which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Owner or Tenant with respect to the demised premises, arising out of Tenant’s use or manner of use thereof, 6.1 or, with respect to the building if arising out of Tenant’s use or manner of use of the demised premises or the building 6.1. Nothing herein shall require Tenant to make structural repairs or alterations unless Tenant has, by its manner of use of the demised premises or method of operation therein, violated any such laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements with respect thereto. Tenant may, after securing Owner to Owner’s satisfaction against all damages, interest, penalties and expenses, including,

 

 

4.


but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees, by cash deposit or by surety bond in an amount and in a company satisfactory to Owner, contest and appeal any such laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements provided same is done with all reasonable promptness and provided such appeal shall not subject Owner to prosecution for a criminal offense, or constitute a default under any lease or mortgage under which Owner may be obligated, or cause the demised premises or any part thereof to be condemned or vacated. Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing to be done in or to the demised premises which is contrary to law, or which will invalidate or be in conflict with public liability, fire or other policies of insurance at any time carried by or for the benefit of Owner with respect to the demised premises or the building of which the demised premises form a part, or which shall or might subject Owner to any liability or responsibility to any person, or for property damage. Tenant shall not keep anything in the demised premises, except as now or hereafter permitted by the Fire Department, Board of Fire Underwriters, Fire Insurance Rating Organization or other authority having jurisdiction, and then only in such manner and such quantity so as not to increase the rate for fire insurance applicable to the building, nor use the demised premises in a manner which will increase the insurance rate for the building or any property located therein over that in effect prior to the commencement of Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties, or damages, which may be imposed upon Owner by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this article, and if by reason of such failure the fire insurance rate shall, at the beginning of this lease, or at any time thereafter, be higher than it otherwise would be, then, Tenant shall reimburse Owner, as additional rent hereunder, for that portion of all fire insurance premiums thereafter paid by Owner which shall have been charged because of such failure by Tenant. In any action or proceeding wherein Owner and Tenant are parties, a schedule or “make-up” of rate for the building or the demised premises issued by the New York Fire Insurance Exchange, or other body making fire insurance rates applicable to said premises shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rates then applicable to said premises. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the demised premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which it was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Owner reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, business machines and mechanical equipment. Such installations shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings sufficient, in Owner’s judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance.

Subordination:

7. This lease is subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect such leases or the real property of which the demised premises are a part, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any such underlying leases and mortgages. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required by any ground or underlying lessor or by any mortgagee, affecting any lease or the real property of which the demised premises are a part. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall from time to time execute promptly any certificate that Owner may request.

Property Loss, Damage Reimbursement Indemnity:

8. Owner or its agents shall not be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the building, nor for loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise, nor for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from any cause of whatsoever nature, unless caused by, or due to, the negligence 8.1 of Owner, its agents, servants or employees. Owner or its agents will not be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in, upon or about said building, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi public work. If at any time any windows of the demised premises are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked up (or permanently closed, darkened or bricked up, if required by law) for any reason whatsoever including, but not limited to, Owner’s own acts, Owner shall not be liable for any damage Tenant may sustain thereby, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefore, nor abatement or diminution of rent, nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder, nor constitute an eviction. Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Owner against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, costs and expenses for which Owner shall not be reimbursed by insurance, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, paid, suffered or incurred as a result of any breach by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, invitees, or licensees, of any covenant or condition of this lease, or the carelessness, negligence or improper conduct of the Tenant, Tenant’s agents , contractors, employees, invitees or licensees. Tenant’s liability under this lease extends to the acts and omissions of any subtenant, and any agent, contractor, employee, invitee or licensee of any subtenant. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Owner by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon written notice from Owner, will, at Tenant’s expense, resist or defend such action or proceeding by counsel approved by Owner in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

Destruction, Fire and Other Casualty:

9. (a) If the demised premises or any part thereof shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate notice thereof to Owner, and this lease shall continue in full force and effect except as hereinafter set forth. (b) If the demised premises are partially damaged or rendered partially unusable by fire or other casualty, the damages thereto shall be repaired by, and at the expense of, Owner, and the rent and other items of additional rent, until such repair shall be substantially completed, shall be apportioned from the day following the casualty, according to the part of the demised premises which is usable. (c) If the demised premises are totally damaged or rendered wholly unusable by fire or other casualty, then the rent and other items of additional rent, as

hereinafter expressly provided, shall be proportionately paid up to the time of the casualty, and thenceforth shall cease until the date when the demised premises shall have been repaired and restored by Owner (or if sooner reoccupied in part by the Tenant then rent shall be apportioned as provided in subsection (b) above), subject to Owner’s right to elect not to restore the same as hereinafter provided. (d) If the demised premises are rendered wholly unusable or (whether or not the demised premises are damaged in whole or in part) if the building shall be so damaged that Owner shall decide to demolish it or to rebuild it, then, in any of such events, Owner may elect to terminate this lease by written notice to Tenant, given within ninety (90) days after such fire or casualty, or thirty (30) days after adjustment of the insurance claim for such fire or casualty, whichever is sooner, specifying a date for the expiration of the lease, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice, and upon the date specified in such notice the term of this lease shall expire as fully and completely as if such date were the date set forth above for the termination of this lease, and Tenant shall forthwith quit, surrender and vacate the demised premises without prejudice however, to Landlord’s rights and remedies against Tenant under the lease provisions in effect prior to such termination, and any rent owing shall be paid up to such date, and any payments of rent made by Tenant which were on account of any period subsequent to such date shall be returned to Tenant. Unless Owner shall serve a termination notice as provided for herein, Owner shall make the repairs and restorations under the conditions of (b) and (c) hereof, with all reasonable expedition, subject to delays due to adjustment of insurance claims, labor troubles and causes beyond Owner’s control. After any such casualty, Tenant shall cooperate with Owner’s restoration by removing from the demised premises as promptly as reasonably possible, all of Tenant’s salvageable inventory and movable equipment, furniture, and other property. Tenant’s liability for rent shall resume 9.1 days after written notice from Owner that the demised premises are substantially ready for Tenant’s occupancy. (e) Nothing contained hereinabove shall relieve Tenant from liability that may exist as a result of damage from fire or other casualty. Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in subdivisions (a) through (e) hereof, including Owner’s obligation to restore under subparagraph (b) above, each party shall look first to any insurance in its favor before making any claim against the other party for recovery for loss or damage resulting from fire or other casualty, and to the extent that such insurance is in force and collectible, and to the extent permitted by law, Owner and Tenant each hereby releases and waives all right of recovery with respect to subparagraphs (b), (d), and (e) above, against the other, or any one claiming through or under each of them by way of subrogation or otherwise. The release and waiver herein referred to shall be deemed to include any loss or damage to the demised premises and/or to any personal property, equipment, trade fixtures, goods and merchandise located therein. The foregoing release and waiver shall be in force only if both releasors’ insurance policies contain a clause providing that such a release or waiver shall not invalidate the insurance. If, and to the extent, that such waiver can be obtained only by the payment of additional premiums, then the party benefiting from the waiver shall pay such premium within ten days after written demand or shall be deemed to have agreed that the party obtaining insurance coverage shall be free of any further obligation under the provisions hereof with respect to waiver of subrogation. Tenant acknowledges that Owner will not carry insurance on Tenant’s furniture and/or furnishings or any fixtures or equipment, improvements, or appurtenances removable by Tenant, and agrees that Owner will not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same. (f) Tenant hereby waives the provisions of section 227 of the Real Property Law and agrees that the provisions of this article shall govern and control in lieu thereof. 9.2

Eminent Domain:

10. If the whole or any part of the demised premises shall be acquired or condemned by Eminent Domain for any public or quasi public use or purpose, then, and in that event, the term of this lease shall cease and terminate from the date of title vesting in such proceeding, and Tenant shall have no claim for the value of any unexpired term of said lease, and assigns to Owner, Tenant’s entire interest in any such award. Tenant shall have the right to make an independent claim to the condemning authority for the value of Tenant’s moving expenses and personal property, trade fixtures and equipment, provided Tenant is entitled pursuant to the terms of the lease to remove such property, trade fixtures and equipment at the end of the term, and provided further such claim does not reduce Owner’s award.

Assignment, Mortgage, Etc.:

11. 11.1 Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this agreement, nor underlet, or suffer or permit the demised premises or any part thereof to be used by others, without the prior written consent of Owner in each instance. Transfer of the majority of the stock of a corporate Tenant or the majority interest in any partnership or other legal entity which is Tenant shall be deemed an assignment. If this lease be assigned, or if the demised premises or any part thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Owner may, after default by Tenant, collect rent from the assignee, under-tenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, underletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the assignee, undertenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. The consent by Owner to an assignment or underletting shall not in any way be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Owner to any further assignment or underletting.

 

 

5.


Electric Current:

12. Rates and conditions in respect to submetering or rent inclusion, as the case may be, to be added in RIDER attached hereto. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the building or the risers or wiring installation, and Tenant may not use any electrical equipment which, in Owner’s opinion, reasonably exercised, will overload such installations or interfere with the use thereof by other tenants of the building. The change at any time of the character of electric service shall in no way make Owner liable or responsible to Tenant, for any loss, damages or expenses which Tenant may sustain.

Access to Premises:

13. Owner or Owner’s agents shall have the right (but shall not be obligated) to enter the demised premises in any emergency at any time, and, at other reasonable times, to examine the same and to make such repairs, replacements and improvements as Owner may deem necessary and reasonably desirable to the demised premises or to any other portion of the building or which Owner may elect to perform 13.1. Tenant shall permit Owner to use and maintain and replace pipes, ducts, and conduits in and through the demised premises and to erect new pipes, ducts, and conduits therein, provided they are concealed within the walls, floor, or ceiling. Owner may, during the progress of any work in the demised premises, take all necessary materials and equipment into said premises without the same constituting an eviction, nor shall the Tenant be entitled to any abatement of rent while such work is in progress, nor to any damages by reason of loss or interruption of business or otherwise. Throughout the term hereof, Owner shall have the right to enter the demised premises at reasonable hours 13.2 for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers or mortgagees of the building, and during the last six months of the term, for the purpose of showing the same to prospective tenants. If Tenant is not present to open and permit an entry into the demised premises, Owner or Owner’s agents may enter the same whenever such entry may be necessary or permissible by master key 13.3 and provided reasonable care is exercised to safeguard Tenant’s property, such entry shall not render Owner or its agents liable therefore, nor in any event shall the obligations of Tenant hereunder be affected. If during the last month of the term Tenant shall have removed all or substantially all of Tenant’s property therefrom, Owner may immediately enter, alter, renovate or redecorate the demised premises without limitation or abatement of rent, or incurring liability to Tenant for any compensation, and such act shall have no effect on this lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

Vault, Vault Space, Area:

14. No vaults, vault space or area, whether or not enclosed or covered, not within the property line of the building, is leased hereunder, anything contained in or indicated on any sketch, blue print or plan, or anything contained elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding. Owner makes no representation as to the location of the property line of the building. All vaults and vault space and all such areas not within the property line of the building, which Tenant may be permitted to use and/or occupy, is to be used and/or occupied under a revocable license, and if any such license be revoked, or if the amount of such space or area be diminished or required by any federal, state or municipal authority or public utility, Owner shall not be subject to any liability, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or diminution or abatement of rent, nor shall such revocation, diminution or requisition be deemed constructive or actual eviction. Any tax, fee or charge of municipal authorities for such vault or area shall be paid by Tenant.

Occupancy:

15. Tenant will not at any time use or occupy the demised premises in violation of the certificate of occupancy issued for the building of which the demised premises are a part. 15.1 Tenant has inspected the demised premises and accepts them as is, subject to the riders annexed hereto with respect to Owner’s work, if any. In any event, Owner makes no representation as to the condition of the demised premises, and Tenant agrees to accept the same subject to violations, whether or not of record. 15.2

Bankruptcy:

16. (a) Anything elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, this lease may be cancelled by Owner by the sending of a written notice to Tenant within a reasonable time after the happening of any one or more of the following events: (1) the commencement of a case in bankruptcy or under the laws of any state naming Tenant (or a guarantor of any of Tenant’s obligations under this lease) as the debtor; or (2) the making by Tenant (or a guarantor of any of Tenant’s obligations under this lease) of an assignment or any other arrangement for the benefit of creditors under any state statute. Neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant, or by reason of any statute or order of court, shall thereafter be entitled to possession of the premises demised but shall forthwith quit and surrender the demised premises. If this lease shall be assigned in accordance with its terms, the provisions of this Article 16 shall be applicable only to the party then owning Tenant’s interest in this lease.

(b) It is stipulated and agreed that in the event of the termination of this lease pursuant to (a) hereof, Owner shall forthwith, notwithstanding any other provisions of this lease to the contrary, be entitled to recover from Tenant as and for liquidated damages, an amount equal to the difference between the rent reserved hereunder for the unexpired portion of the term demised and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the same period. In the computation of such damages the difference between any installment of rent becoming due hereunder after the date of termination, and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the period for which such installment was payable, shall be discounted to the date of termination at the rate of four percent (4%) per annum. If such demised premises or any part thereof be re-let by the Owner for the unexpired term of said lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such re-letting shall be deemed to be the fair and reasonable rental value

for the part or the whole of the demised premises so re-let during the term of the re-letting. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of the Owner to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages, by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than, the amount of the difference referred to above.

Default:

17. (1) If Tenant defaults in fulfilling any of the covenants of this lease other than the covenants for the payment of rent or additional rent; or if the demised premises become vacant or deserted; or if any execution or attachment shall be issued against Tenant or any of Tenant’s property, whereupon the demised premises shall be taken or occupied by someone other than Tenant; or if this lease be rejected under §365 of Title 11 of the U.S. Code (Bankruptcy Code); or if Tenant shall have failed, after 17.1 days written notice, to redeposit with Owner any portion of the security deposit hereunder which Owner has applied to the payment of any rent and additional rent due and payable hereunder; or if Tenant shall be in default with respect to any other lease between Owner and Tenant; or if Tenant shall fail to move into or take possession of the demised premises within thirty (30) days after the commencement of the term of this lease, then, in any one or more of such events, upon Owner serving a written 17.2 days notice upon Tenant specifying the nature of said default, and upon the expiration of said days, if Tenant shall have failed to comply with or remedy such default, or if the said default or omission complained of shall be of a nature that the same cannot be completely cured or remedied within said day period, and if Tenant shall not have diligently commenced curing such default within such day period, and shall not thereafter with reasonable diligence and in good faith, proceed to remedy or cure such default, then Owner may serve a written five (5) days notice of cancellation of this lease upon Tenant, and upon the expiration of said five (5) days this lease and the term thereunder shall end and expire as fully and completely as if the expiration of such five (5) day period were the day herein definitely fixed for the end and expiration of this lease and the term thereof, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the demised premises to Owner, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

(2) If the notice provided for in (1) hereof shall have been given, and the term shall expire as aforesaid; or if Tenant shall make default in the payment of the rent reserved herein, or any item of additional rent herein mentioned, or any part of either, or in making any other payment herein required; then, and in any of such events, Owner may 17.3, re-enter the demised premises either by force or otherwise, and dispossess Tenant by summary proceedings or otherwise, and the legal representative of Tenant or other occupant of the demised premises, and remove their effects and hold the demised premises as if this lease had not been made, and Tenant hereby waives the service of notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings to that end. If Tenant shall make default hereunder prior to the date fixed as the commencement of any renewal or extension of this lease, Owner may cancel and terminate such renewal or extension agreement by written notice.

Remedies of Owner and Waiver of Redemption:

18. In case of any such default, re-entry, expiration and/or dispossess by summary proceedings or otherwise, (a) the rent shall become due thereupon and be paid up to the time of such re-entry, dispossess and/or expiration, (b) Owner may re-let the demised premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Owner or otherwise, for a term or terms, which may at Owner’s option be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease, and may grant concessions or free rent or charge a higher rental than that in this lease, and/or (c) Tenant or the legal representatives of Tenant shall also pay to Owner as liquidated damages for the failure of Tenant to observe and perform said Tenant’s covenants herein contained, any deficiency between the rent hereby reserved and/or covenanted to be paid and the net amount, if any, of the rents collected on account of the lease or leases of the demised premises for each month of the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease. The failure of Owner to relet the demised premises, or any part or parts thereof, shall not release or affect Tenant’s liability for damages. In computing such liquidated damages there shall be added to the said deficiency such expenses as Owner may incur in connection with re-letting, such as legal expenses, reasonable attorney’s fees, brokerage, advertising and for keeping the demised premises in good order or for preparing the same for re-letting. Any such liquidated damages shall be paid in monthly installments by Tenant on the rent day specified in this lease, and any suit brought to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month shall not prejudice in any way the rights of Owner to collect the deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding. Owner, in putting the demised premises in good order or preparing the same for re-rental may, at Owner’s option, make such alterations, repairs, replacements, and/or decorations in the demised premises as Owner, in Owner’s sole judgment, considers advisable and necessary for the purpose of re-letting the demised premises, and the making of such alterations, repairs, replacements, and/or decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid. Owner shall in no event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to re-let the demised premises, or in the event that the demised premises are re-let, for failure to collect the rent thereof under such reletting, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess, if any, of such net rents collected over the sums payable by Tenant to Owner hereunder. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, Owner shall have the right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other remedies were not herein provided for. Mention in this lease of any particular remedy, shall not preclude Owner from any other remedy, in law or in equity. Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any

 

 

6.


present or future laws in the event of Tenant being evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of Owner obtaining possession of the demised premises, by reason of the violation by Tenant of any of the covenants and conditions of this lease, or otherwise.

Fees and Expenses:

19. If Tenant shall default in 19.1 the observance or performance of any term or covenant on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed under, or by virtue of, any of the terms or provisions in any article of this lease, after notice, if required, and upon expiration of any applicable grace period, if any, (except in an emergency), then, unless otherwise provided elsewhere in this lease, Owner may immediately, or at any time thereafter and without notice, perform the obligation of Tenant thereunder. If Owner, in connection with the foregoing, or in connection with any default by 19.1 Tenant in the covenant to pay rent hereunder, makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, and prevails in any such action or proceeding, then Tenant will reimburse Owner for such sums so paid, or obligations incurred, with interest and costs. The foregoing expenses incurred by reason of Tenant’s default shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder, and shall be paid by Tenant to Owner within ten (10) days of rendition of any bill or statement to Tenant therefore. If Tenant’s lease term shall have expired at the time of making of such expenditures or incurring of such obligations, such sums shall be recoverable by Owner, as damages.

Building Alterations and Management:

20. Owner shall have the right at any time without the same constituting an eviction and without incurring liability to Tenant therefore, to change the arrangement and/or location of public entrances, passageways, doors, doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the building, and to change the name, number or designation by which the building may be known. 20.1 shall be no allowance to Tenant for diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner or other Tenants making any repairs in the building or any such alterations, additions and improvements. Furthermore, Tenant shall not have any claim against Owner by reason of Owner’s imposition of such controls of the manner of access to the building by Tenant’s social or business visitors as the Owner may deem necessary for the security of the building and its occupants.

No Representations Owner:

21. Neither Owner nor Owner’s agents have made any representations or promises with respect to the physical condition of the building, the land upon which it is erected or the demised premises, the rents, leases, expenses of operation or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the demised premises, except as herein expressly set forth, and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise, except as expressly set forth in the provisions of this lease. Tenant has inspected the building and the demised premises and is thoroughly acquainted with their condition and agrees to take the same “as-is”, and acknowledges that the taking of possession of the demised premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence that the said premises and the building of which the same form a part were in good and satisfactory condition at the time such possession was so taken, except as to latent defects. 21.1 All understandings and agreements heretofore made between the parties hereto are merged in this contract, which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement between Owner and Tenant, and any executory agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify, discharge or effect an abandonment of it in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.

End of Term:

22. Upon the expiration or other termination of the term of this lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Owner the demised premises, “broom-clean”, in good order and condition, ordinary wear 22.1 and damages which Tenant is not required to repair as provided elsewhere in this lease excepted, and Tenant shall remove all its property. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease. If the last day of the term of this lease or any renewal thereof, falls on Sunday, this lease shall expire at noon on the preceding Saturday, unless it be a legal holiday, in which case it shall expire at noon on the preceding business day.

Quiet Enjoyment:

23. Owner covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the rent and additional rent and observing and performing all the terms, covenants and conditions, on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the premises hereby demised, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this lease including, but not limited to, Article 31 hereof, and to the ground leases, underlying leases and mortgages hereinbefore mentioned.

Failure to Give Possession:

24. If Owner is unable to give possession of the demised premises on the date of the commencement of the term hereof because of the holding-over or retention of possession of any tenant, undertenant or occupants, or if the demised premises are located in a building being constructed, because such building has not been sufficiently completed to make the demised premises ready for occupancy, or because of the fact that a certificate of occupancy has not been procured, or for any other reason, Owner shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession on said date and the validity of the lease shall not be impaired under such circumstances, nor shall the same be construed in any way to extend the term of this lease, but 24.1 rent payable hereunder shall be abated (provided Tenant is not responsible for Owner’s inability to obtain possession or complete construction) until after Owner shall have given Tenant written notice that the

Owner is able to deliver possession in condition required by this lease. If permission is given to Tenant to enter into possession of the demises premises, or to occupy premises other than the demised premises, prior to the date specified as the commencement of the term of this lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that such possession and/or occupancy shall be deemed to be under all the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this lease, except the obligation to pay the fixed annual rent set forth in the preamble to this lease. The provisions of this article are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law.

No Waiver:

25. The failure of Owner to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this lease or of any of the Rules or Regulations, set forth or hereafter adopted by Owner, shall not prevent a subsequent act which would have originally constituted a violation from having all the force and effect of an original violation. The receipt by Owner of rent and/or additional rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no provision of this lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Owner unless such waiver be in writing signed by Owner. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Owner of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement of any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Owner may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Owner’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this lease provided. No act or thing done by Owner or Owner’s agents during the term hereby demised shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the demised premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing signed by Owner. No employee of Owner or Owner’s agent shall have any power to accept the keys of said premises prior to the termination of the lease, and the delivery of keys to any such agent or employee shall not operate as a termination of the lease or a surrender of the demised premises.

Waiver of Trial by Jury:

26. It is mutually agreed by and between Owner and Tenant that the respective parties hereto shall, and they hereby do, waive trial by jury in any action proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other (except for personal injury or property damage) on any matters whatsoever arising out of, or in any way connected with, this lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant, Tenant’s use of, or occupancy of, the demised premises, and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. It is further mutually agreed that in the event Owner commences any proceeding or action for possession, including a summary proceeding for possession of the demised premises, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding, including a counterclaim under Article 4, except for statutory mandatory counterclaims.

Inability to Perform:

27. 27.1 perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on part of Tenant to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Owner is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this lease, or to supply, or is delayed in supplying, any service expressly or impliedly to be supplied, or is unable to make, or is delayed in making, any repair, additions, alterations, or decorations, or is unable to supply, or is delayed in supplying, any equipment, fixtures, or other materials, if Owner is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of strike or labor troubles or any cause whatsoever including, but not limited to, government preemption or restrictions, or by reason of any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision thereof of any government agency, or by reason of the conditions which have been or are affected, either directly or indirectly, by war or other emergency.

Bills and Notices:

28. Except as otherwise in this lease provided, any notice, statement, demand or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party to the other, pursuant to this lease or pursuant to any applicable law or requirement of public authority, shall be in writing (whether or not so stated elsewhere in this lease) and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made, if sent by registered or certified mail (express mail, if available), return receipt requested, or by courier guaranteeing overnight delivery and furnishing a receipt in evidence thereof, addressed to the other party at the address hereinabove set forth (except that after the date specified as the commencement of the term of this lease, Tenant’s address, unless Tenant shall give notice to the contrary, shall be the building), and shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made (a) on the date delivered, if delivered to Tenant personally, (b) on the date delivered, if delivered by overnight courier or (c) on the date which is two (2) days after being mailed. Either party may, by notice as aforesaid, designate a different address or addresses for notices, statements, demand or other communications intended for it. Notices given by Owner’s managing agent shall be deemed a valid notice if addressed and set in accordance with the provisions of this Article. At Owner’s option, notices and bills to Tenant may be sent by hand delivery.

Services Provided by Owner:

29. As long as Tenant is not in default under any of the covenants of this lease beyond the applicable 29.1 period provided in this lease for the curing of such defaults, Owner shall provide: (a) necessary elevator facilities on business days from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. and have one elevator subject to call at all other times; (b) heat to the demised premises when and as required by law, on business days from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m.; (c) water for ordinary lavatory purposes, but if Tenant uses or consumes water for any other purposes or in unusual quantities (of which fact Owner shall be the sole judge), Owner may install a water meter at Tenant’s expense, which Tenant shall thereafter maintain at Tenant’s expense

 

 

7.


in good working order and repair, to register such water consumption, and Tenant shall pay for water consumed as shown on said meter as additional rent as and when bills are rendered; (d) cleaning service for the demised premises on business days at Owner’s expense provided that the same are kept in order by Tenant. If, however, said premises are to be kept clean by Tenant, it shall be done at Tenant’s sole expense, in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Owner, and no one other than persons approved by Owner shall be permitted to enter said premises or the building of which they are a part for such purpose. (e) if the demised premises are serviced by Owner’s air conditioning/cooling and ventilating system, air conditioning/cooling will be furnished to Tenant from May 15th through September 30th on business days (Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted) from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 pm., and ventilation will be furnished on business days during the aforesaid hours except when air conditioning/cooling is being furnished as aforesaid. If Tenant requires air conditioning/cooling or ventilation for more extended hours on Saturdays, Sundays or on holidays, as defined under Owner’s contract with the applicable Operating Engineers contract, Owner will furnish the same at Tenant’s expense. RIDER to be added in respect to rates and conditions for such additional service; (f) Owner reserves the right to stop services of the heating, elevators, plumbing, air-conditioning, electric, power systems or cleaning or other services, if any, when necessary by reason of accident, or for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements necessary or desirable in the judgment of Owner, for as long as may be reasonably required by reason thereof. If the building of which the demised premises are a part supplies manually operated elevator service, Owner at any time may substitute automatic control elevator service and proceed diligently with alterations necessary therefor without in any way affecting this lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder.

30. The Captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this lease nor the intent of any provisions thereof.

Definitions:

31. The term “office”, or “offices”, wherever used in this lease, shall not be construed to mean premises used as a store or stores, for the sale or display, at any time, of goods, wares or merchandise, of any kind, or as a restaurant, shop, booth, bootblack or other stand, barber shop, or for other similar purposes, or for manufacturing. The term “Owner” means a landlord or lessor, and as used in this lease means only the owner, or the mortgagee in possession for the time being, of the land and building (or the owner of a lease of the building or of the land and building) of which the demised premises form a part, so that in the event of any sale or sales or conveyance, assignment or transfer of said land and building, or of said lease, or in the event of a lease of said building, or of the land and building, the said Owner shall be, and hereby is, entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Owner hereunder, and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest, or between the parties and the purchaser, at any such sale, or the said lessee of the building, or of the land and building, that the purchaser, grantee, assignee or transferee or the lessee of the building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Owner, hereunder. The words “re-enter” and “re-entry” as used in this lease are not restricted to their technical legal meaning. The term “business days” as used in this lease shall exclude Saturdays, Sundays and all days as observed by the State or Federal Government as legal holidays and those designated as holidays by the applicable building service union employees service contract, or by the applicable Operating Engineers contract with respect to HVAC service. Wherever it is expressly provided in this lease that consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, such consent shall not be unreasonably delayed.

Adjacent Excavation-Shoring:

32. If an excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to the demised premises, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, a license to enter upon the demised premises for the purpose of doing such work as said person shall deem necessary to preserve the wall or the building, of which demised premises form a part, from injury or damage, and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or indemnity against Owner, or diminution or abatement of rent.

Rules and Regulations:

33. Tenant and Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors, and licensees shall observe faithfully, and comply strictly with, the Rules and Regulations and such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as Owner and Owner’s agents may from time to time adopt. Notice of any additional Rules or Regulations shall be given in such manner

as Owner may elect. In case Tenant disputes the reasonableness of any additional Rules or Regulations hereafter made or adopted by Owner or Owner’s agents, the parties hereto agree to submit the question of the reasonableness of such Rules or Regulations for decision to the New York office of the American Arbitration Association, whose determination shall be final and conclusive upon the parties hereto. The right to dispute the reasonableness of any additional Rules or Regulations upon Tenant’s part shall be deemed waived unless the same shall be asserted by service of a notice, in writing, upon Owner, within fifteen (15) days after the giving of notice thereof. Nothing in this lease contained shall be construed to impose upon Owner any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease, as against any other tenant, and Owner shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees. 33.1.

Security:

34. Tenant has deposited with Owner the sum of $132,660.00 34.1 as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, provisions and conditions of this lease; it is agreed that in the event Tenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of rent and additional rent, Owner may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security so deposited to the extent required for the payment of any rent and additional rent, or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default, or for any sum which Owner may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease, including but not limited to, any damages or deficiency in the reletting of the demised premises, whether such damages or deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Owner. In the case of every such use, application or retention, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after demand, pay to Owner the sum so used, applied or retained which shall be added to the security deposit so that the same shall be replenished to its former amount. In the event that Tenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this lease, the security shall be returned to Tenant after the date fixed as the end of the lease and after delivery of entire possession of the demised premises to Owner. In the event of a sale of the land and building, or leasing of the building, of which the demised premises form a part, Owner shall have the right to transfer the security to the vendee or lessee, and Owner shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such security; and Tenant agrees to look to the new Owner solely for the return of said security, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the security to a new Owner. Tenant further covenants that it will not assign or encumber, or attempt to assign or encumber, the monies deposited herein as security, and that neither Owner nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

Estoppel Certificate:

35. Tenant, at any time, and from time to time, upon at least ten (10) days prior notice by Owner, shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Owner, and/or to any other person, firm or corporation specified by Owner, a statement certifying that this lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), stating the dates to which the rent and additional rent have been paid, and stating whether or not there exists any default by Owner under this lease, and, if so, specifying each such default and such other information as shall be required of Tenant.

Successors and Assigns:

36. The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Owner and Tenant and their respective heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, successors, and except as otherwise provided in this lease, their assigns. Tenant shall look only to Owner’s estate and interest in the land and building, 36.1 for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) against Owner in the event of any default by Owner hereunder, and no other property or assets of such Owner (or any partner, member, officer or director thereof, disclosed or undisclosed), shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under, or with respect to, this lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the demised premises.

 

 

RIDER AND EXHIBITS ATTACHED HERETO AND MADE A PART HEREOF

In Witness Whereof, Owner and Tenant have respectively signed and sealed this lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

Witness for Owner:

       
      BROADWAY 26 WATERVIEW LLC

/s/ Brian D. Lee Newmark

                   By:  

/s/ BROADWAY 26 WATERVIEW LLC

Witness for Tenant:      

 

MOBO SYSTEMS, INC., d.b.a. OLO

      By:  

/s/ Matthew J. Tucker                             3/5/14

Brian D. Lee Newmark         Matthew J. Tucker, COO

 

8


IMPORTANT – PLEASE READ

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS ATTACHED TO AND

MADE A PART OF THIS LEASE

IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 33.

1. The sidewalks, entrances, driveways, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress or egress from the demised premises, and for delivery of merchandise and equipment in a prompt and efficient manner using elevators and passageways designated for such delivery by Owner. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public hall of the building, either by any tenant or by jobbers or others in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and safeguards. If said premises are situated on the ground floor of the building, Tenant thereof shall further, at Tenant’s expense, keep the sidewalk and curb in front of said premises clean and free from ice, snow, dirt and rubbish.

2. The water and wash closets and plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were designed or constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be deposited therein, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant, whether or not caused by the Tenant, or its clerks, agents, employees or visitors.

3. No carpet, rug or other article shall be hung or shaken out of any window of the building and Tenant shall not sweep or throw, or permit to be swept or thrown, from the demised premises any dirt or other substances into any of the corridors or halls, elevators, or out of the doors or windows or stairways of the building, and Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in the demised premises, or permit or suffer the demised premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Owner or other occupants of the building by reason of noise, odors, and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any bicycles, vehicles, animals, fish, or birds be kept in or about the building. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes in the elevators of the building is prohibited.

4. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the building without the prior written consent of Owner.

5. No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the outside of the demised premises or the building, or on the inside of the demised premise if the same is visible from the outside of the demised premises, without the prior written consent of Owner, except that the name of Tenant may appear on the entrance door of the demised premises. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Tenant, Owner may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to Tenant. Interior signs on door and directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Owner at the expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Owner.

6. Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface, any part of the demised premises or the building of which they form a part. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Owner, and as Owner may direct. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, or other similar floor covering, so that the same shall come in direct contact with the floor of the demised premises, and, if linoleum or other similar floor covering is desired to be used, an interlining of builder’s deadening felt shall be first affixed to the floor, by a paste or other material, soluble in water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive material being expressly prohibited.

7. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or mechanism thereof. Tenant must, upon the termination of his tenancy, restore to Owner all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Owner the cost thereof.

8. Freight, furniture, business equipment, merchandise and bulky matter of any description shall be delivered to and removed from the demised premises only on the freight elevators and through the service entrances and corridors,

and only during hours and in a manner approved by Owner. Owner reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the building and to exclude from the building all freight which violates any of these Rules and Regulations of the lease, or which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

9. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the building is prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

10. Owner reserves the right to exclude from the building all persons who do not present a pass to the building signed by Owner. Owner will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom he requests such pass, and shall be liable to Owner for all acts of such persons. Tenant shall not have a claim against Owner by reason of Owner excluding from the building any person who does not present such pass.

11. Owner shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which in Owner’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Owner, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

12. Tenant shall not bring or permit to be brought or kept in or on the demised premises, any inflammable, combustible, explosive, or hazardous fluid, material, chemical or substance, or cause or permit any odors of cooking or other processes, or any unusual or other objectionable odors, to permeate in, or emanate from, the demised premises.

13. If the building contains central air conditioning and ventilation, Tenant agrees to keep all windows closed at all times and to abide by all rules and regulations issued by Owner with respect to such services. If Tenant requires air conditioning or ventilation after the usual hours, Tenant shall give notice in writing to the building superintendent prior to 3:00 p.m. in the case of services required on weekdays, and prior to 3:00 p.m. on the day prior in case of after hours service required on weekends or on holidays. Tenant shall cooperate with Owner in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by lowering and closing venetian blinds and/or drapes and curtains when the sun’s rays fall directly on the windows of the demised premises.

14. Tenant shall not move any safe, heavy machinery, heavy equipment, bulky matter, or fixtures into or out of the building without Owner’s prior written consent. If such safe, machinery, equipment, bulky matter or fixtures requires special handling, all work in connection therewith shall comply with the Administrative Code of the City of New York and all other laws and regulations applicable thereto, and shall be done during such hours as Owner may designate.

15. Refuse and Trash. (1) Compliance by Tenant. Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply with all present and future laws, orders, and regulations, of all state, federal, municipal, and local governments, departments, commissions and boards regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash. Tenant shall sort and separate such waste products, garbage, refuse and trash into such categories as provided by law. Each separately sorted category of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash shall be placed in separate receptacles reasonably approved by Owner. Such separate receptacles may, at Owner’s option, be removed from the demised premises in accordance with a collection schedule prescribed by law. Tenant shall remove, or cause to be removed by a contractor acceptable to Owner, at Owner’s sole discretion, such items as Owner may expressly designate. (2) Owner’s Rights in Event of Noncompliance. Owner has the option to refuse to collect or accept from Tenant waste products, garbage, refuse or trash (a) that is not separated and sorted as required by law or (b) which consists of such items as Owner may expressly designate for Tenant’s removal, and to require Tenant to arrange for such collection at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor satisfactory to Owner. Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties, or damages that may be imposed on Owner or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Building Rule 15, and, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall indemnity, defend and hold Owner harmless (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) from and against any actions, claims and suits arising from such noncompliance, utilizing counsel reasonably satisfactory to Owner.

 

 

LOGO

 

5.


TEXTS TO NUMBERED INSERTIONS

TO PRINTED PORTION OF LEASE

DATED AS OF MARCH 14, 2014, BETWEEN

BROADWAY 26 WATERVIEW LLC, AS OWNER,

and

MOBO SYSTEMS, INC. D.B.A. OLO, AS TENANT,

 

(3.1)

Subject to Article 67 of this lease,

 

(3.2)

and to Tenant’s compliance with Article 67 and the other provisions of this lease,

 

(3.3)

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, Tenant shall not remove or restore any fixtures, improvements or alterations done by Owner as part of Landlord’s Work (as defined in Article 41 of this lease) or any Tenant alterations which are standard office alterations. Also notwithstanding any other provision herein, at the time Tenant submits to Owner a written request for Owner’s consent to any proposed Tenant alterations which are non-standard office alterations, Tenant may specify in bold upper case letters as follows: “PURSUANT TO INSERT 3.3 OF THE LEASE, LANDLORD’S FAILURE TO SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFY ANY NON STANDARD OFFICE ALTERATIONS WHICH TENANT MUST REMOVE AT THE END OF THE TERM SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A WAIVER OF LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO OBLIGATE TENANT TO REMOVE SUCH NON STANDARD OFFICE ALTERATIONS AT THE END OF THE TERM.” then any such non standard office alterations which Owner fails to designate in Owner’s approval of such proposed alterations as items which Tenant shall be required to remove shall not be required to be removed by Tenant, and such failure shall constitute a waiver of Owner’s right to obligate Tenant to remove such non standard office alterations. As and to the extent Owner shall specifically identify any non standard office alterations for which Tenant must remove and restore, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, perform such removal and restoration with respect to every such non standard office alterations prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this lease.

 

(4.1)

or, if all of the following are satisfied, specific performance: (i) Owner fails to make a repair to the plumbing, electrical, heating, or ventilating system (to the extent such systems presently exist), (ii) the need for such repair is not caused by Tenant’s or Tenant’s licensees, subtenants, agents, servants, invitees, employees, contractors or subcontractors misuse and/or wrongful acts, (iii) this lease requires Owner to make such repair, and (iv) the specific performance action is Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for Owner’s failure to make such repair.

 

(6.1)

(as opposed to Tenant’s mere use of the Premises for the purposes set forth in Article 2 of this lease)

 

(8.1)

or willful misconduct

 

(9.1)

ten (10)

 

1.


(9.2)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this lease, (i) Owner shall, within sixty (60) days after any loss, damage or destruction to the demised premises (which is not caused by Tenant), deliver to Tenant an estimate prepared by a reputable independent contractor selected by Owner setting forth such contractor’s estimate as to the reasonable time required to repair such casualty. If (a) more than fifty percent (50%) of the demised premises has been rendered untenantable and (b) such estimated time period exceeds twelve (12) months from the date of such casualty, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by notice to Owner given not later than ten (10) days following delivery of such estimate. If Tenant makes such election, the term of this lease shall expire on the date set forth in such notice from Tenant, which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after notice of such election is given by Tenant and Tenant shall vacate the demised premises and surrender the same to Owner on or before such effective date of termination.

(ii) In the event that fifty percent (50%) or more of the demised premises has been rendered untenantable and (a) the estimated time period to repair the casualty is less than twelve (12) months and Owner shall not complete its restoration work to the Building or the demised premises within twelve (12) months, or (b) the estimated time period to repair the casualty is greater than twelve (12) months but Tenant has not exercised its termination right set forth in the preceding clause (i) and Owner shall not complete its restoration work to the Building or the demised premises within such twelve (12) month period, or, if longer, the estimated time period, then, in either event, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this lease by notice to Owner (the “Casualty Termination Notice”) not later than (x) ten (10) days following the expiration of such twelve (12) month period (in the case of (a) above), or (y) ten (10) days after the expiration of such estimated time period (in the case of (b) above). If Tenant makes such election, the term of this lease shall expire on the date set forth in such notice from Tenant, which date shall be thirty (30) days after notice of such election is given by Tenant (the “Casualty Termination Date”) and Tenant shall vacate the demised premises and surrender the same to Owner on or before such Casualty Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord is able to complete its restoration work to the Building or the demised premises prior to the Casualty Termination Date, then Landlord may deliver a notice to Tenant indicating such completion prior to the Casualty Termination Date and, the lease shall continue in full force and effect, and thereafter the Casualty Termination Notice shall be null and void and of no further force and effect.

(iii) If fifty percent (50%) or more of the demised premises is damaged or destroyed during the last twelve (12) calendar months of the term of this Lease or any renewal term thereof (and Tenant did not cause same), Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to the Owner given within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such damage or destruction, whereupon this lease shall terminate as of the date of Tenant’s notice and Tenant shall vacate and surrender possession of the demised premises as of the date of such notice.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this lease, if it is determined that any loss, damage or destruction to the demised premises was caused by Tenant’s acts or the acts of any member, manager, director, shareholder, employee, agent, contractor or subcontractor of Tenant, then: (i) the rent and other items of additional rent shall not abate, (ii) Tenant shall not have any right to terminate this lease, and (iii) Owner shall be entitled to all available rights and remedies pursuant to this lease, applicable law and equity.

 

2.


(11.1)

Except as expressly set forth in Article 48 of this lease,

 

(13.1)

Except in the event of an emergency (in which case no notice shall be required and Owner shall not be required to be accompanied by a representative of Tenant), Owner’s right of entry shall be exercised following reasonable prior notice to Tenant (which may be oral or written) and only while accompanied by a representative of Tenant. Owner agrees that while exercising such right of entry or making such repairs, replacements or improvements, Owner shall perform such work in a good and workmanlike manner keeping with commercially reasonable standards and shall make reasonable efforts to avoid unreasonably interfering with the conduct of Tenant’s business in a normal course. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall require Owner to incur overtime costs or additional expenses in connection with performance of its duties under this lease.

 

(13.2)

upon reasonable advance notice (which may be oral or written) and only while accompanied by a representative of Tenant

 

(13.3)

or, in the event of an emergency which threatens damage to property or personal injury or loss of life, forcibly,

 

(15.1)

Owner covenants and agrees not to amend the certificate of occupancy for the Building, if any, in any manner which would render the permitted use hereunder (of the demised premises) impermissible.

 

(15.2)

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, in the event that (i) there is a violation of law or a violation of a regulation which in either case exists on the date of this lease and affects the demised premises (and therefore said violation is not caused in whole or in part by Tenant), (ii) said violation results in a New York City agency or other governmental agency issuing a written order (“Order”), (iii) the Order by its express terms prohibits Tenant from taking occupancy of the demised premises or from conducting Tenant’s business as expressly permitted by this lease at the demised premises, and (iv) Tenant is not then in default under this lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace, and cure periods, then, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy (other than the abatement of rent and additional rent to the extent expressly provided below), either (a) Owner shall, at Owner’s sole cost and expense, cure said violation or take other remedial measures so that the Order no longer by its express terms prohibits Tenant from taking occupancy of the demised premises or from conducting Tenant’s business as expressly permitted by this lease at the demised premises, or (b) Owner shall terminate this lease by providing written notice to Tenant (“Landlord’s Termination Notice”), in which event this lease shall terminate as of the date of Landlord’s Termination Notice as if the said date were the date originally fixed herein for the termination of this lease and Owner shall promptly refund to Tenant (I) all of the Money For Landlord’s Work (as defined in Article 41 of this lease), (II) the security deposit, and (III) any Fixed Rental and Additional Rental that (because of the abatement set forth below) never became due under this lease (but only to the extent in the case of (I),

 

3.


  (II) and (III) same was actually paid to Owner by Tenant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner may only elect to terminate this lease pursuant to subsection (b) of this Insert 15.2 if it is not possible with commercially reasonable efforts to cure or take such other remedial action pursuant to subsection (a) of this Insert 15.2. If the conditions set forth in subsections (i)-(iv) of this Insert 15.2 are all satisfied and Tenant actually ceases conducting business in the demised premises and vacates the demised premises, and Tenant provides Landlord with written notice thereof (“Vacate Notice”), then, all rent and additional rent under this lease shall abate beginning on the third (3rd) Business Day after Landlord receives the Vacate Notice and continuing thereafter until the third (3rd) Business Day after Owner has taken the remedial measures described in subsection (a) above and has provided Tenant with written notice thereof (“Rent Resumption Notice”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not re-enter the demised premises or resume conducting Tenant’s business in the premises between the date that Tenant provides the Vacate Notice and the date that Tenant receives the Rent Resumption Notice.

 

(17.1)

ten (10)

 

(17.2)

twenty-five (25)

 

(17.3)

after the expiration of any applicable notice, grace, and/or cure period,

 

(19.1)

beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace and/or cure period,

 

(20.1)

provided that no such change shall result in a permanent reduction (other than a de minimis reduction) of the rentable area of the demised premises. There shall be no abatement of rent (except if Landlord fails to provide one of the services specifically listed in Section 66.6 of this lease and the other conditions predicate set forth in Section 66.6 of this lease are all satisfied) and there

 

(21.1)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, within thirty (30) days after the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant may provide Owner with a “punch list” (in accordance with the notice provisions of this lease) which sets forth the items described in subsection (i) of Section 42.1 of this lease which Owner both (a) has not yet performed and (b) is required by this lease to perform. Unless Owner reasonably disagrees with Tenant’s determination, Owner shall complete all such work within forty-five (45) days after Owner’s receipt of said “punch list”. For the sake of certainty, neither Tenant’s providing Owner with a “punch list” nor Owner’s delay in or failure to perform any items on the “punch list” shall affect (I) the Rent Commencement Date, or (II) any of Tenant’s obligations under this lease. Tenant shall forever waive any right to require Owner to perform “punch list” items if Tenant does not provide Owner with a “punch list” (in accordance with the notice provisions of this lease) within thirty (30) days after the Rent Commencement Date.

 

(22.1)

, damage by casualty (not caused by Tenant),

 

(24.1)

all

 

4.


(27.1)

The obligation of Tenant to pay rent hereunder (except as expressly set forth in Insert 15.2 (if applicable) and Section 66.6 (if applicable) of this lease), this lease, and the obligation of Tenant to

 

(29.1)

notice and grace

 

(33.1)

Owner agrees to enforce the rules and regulations against the Tenant and other tenants in the Building in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. Furthermore, Tenant shall not be required to comply with any rule or regulation that violates any local, state, or federal law provided that Tenant furnishes Owner with written proof thereof. Notwithstanding any rule or regulation to the contrary, Section 66.2 of this Lease shall govern with respect to removal of waste and garbage from the demised premises to the outside of the Building.

 

(34.1)

(subject to reduction if all of the conditions set forth in Section 56.4(a) and/or Section 56.4(b) are satisfied)

 

(36.1)

and to the insurance proceeds and condemnation awards issuing therefrom and proceeds of any sale or refinancing thereof

 

5.


RIDER

ANNEXED TO LEASE DATED AS OF MARCH 14, 2014

BETWEEN

BROADWAY 26 WATERVIEW LLC, AS LANDLORD

AND

MOBO SYSTEMS, INC., D.B.A. OLO, AS TENANT

 

37.

RIDER PROVISIONS PREVAIL

If and to the extent that any of the provisions of this Rider conflict or are otherwise inconsistent with any of the preceding printed provisions of this Lease, or of the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease, whether or not such inconsistency is expressly noted in this Rider, the provisions of this Rider shall prevail, and in case of inconsistency with said Rules and Regulations, shall be deemed a modification of such Rules and Regulations.

 

38.

PREMISES

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord the entire rentable area of the twenty-fourth (24th) floor (hereafter referred to as the “Premises”) (as more particularly depicted by cross hatching on the floor plan annexed hereto as Exhibit A) in the building known as 26 Broadway in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York.

 

39.

COMMENCEMENT OF TERM: FIXED AND RECURRING ADDITIONAL RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE.

39.1 The commencement date of the term of this Lease (“Commencement Date”) shall be the date of this Lease. Tenant’s obligations to pay Fixed Rental and recurring Additional Rental shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date (as hereafter defined). The “Rent Commencement Date” shall be the earliest to occur of (i) the date on which Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined) to be performed in the Premises is substantially completed (as hereinafter defined), or (ii) the date on which Landlord’s Work in the Premises would have been substantially completed but for Tenant’s Delay (as hereinafter defined) or, (iii) the date Tenant or anyone claiming under or through Tenant first occupies the Premises for the conduct of its business.

39.2 Landlord shall, in accordance with the foregoing, fix the Rent Commencement Date and shall notify Tenant in writing of the date so fixed (“Rent Commencement Date Notice”). Landlord shall deliver the Rent Commencement Date Notice to Tenant at least five (5) days prior to the Rent Commencement Date; provided, however, that Landlord may deliver the Rent Commencement Date Notice to Tenant before the date that Landlord has actually substantially completed Landlord’s Work. The Rent Commencement Date shall be the date set forth in the notice, unless Tenant shall, within five (5) days after the receipt thereof, dispute the same in writing, which written notice of dispute shall contain a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the basis of Tenant’s disagreement.

 

6.


40.

FIXED RENTAL AND ADDITIONAL RENTAL

40.1 Tenant covenants to pay Landlord, at the above address, or at such other address as Landlord shall designate:

40.1.1 A fixed rental (“Fixed Rental”) at an annual rate of:\

 

  (i)

$265,320.00 per year ($22,110.00 per month) for each lease year commencing on the Rent Commencement Date (defined in Article 39 above) and continuing thereafter to and including the day immediately preceding the one (1) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date;

 

  (ii)

$272,616.30 per year ($22,718.03 per month) for each lease year commencing on the one (1) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter to and including the day immediately preceding the two (2) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date;\

 

  (iii)

$280,113.25 per year ($23,342.77 per month) for each lease year commencing on the two (2) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter to and including the day immediately preceding the three (3) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date;

 

  (iv)

$287,816.36 per year ($23,984.70 per month) for each lease year commencing on the three (3) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter to and including the day immediately preceding the four (4) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date;

 

  (v)

$310,471.31 per year ($25,872.61 per month) for each lease year commencing on the four (4) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter to and including the day immediately preceding the five (5) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date;

 

  (vi)

$319,009.27 per year ($26,584.11 per month) for each lease year commencing on the five (5) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter to and including the day immediately preceding the six (6) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date;

 

  (vii)

$327,782.03 per year ($27,315.17 per month) for each lease year commencing on the six (6) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter to and including the day immediately preceding the seven (7) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date;

 

7.


  (viii)

$336,796.03 per year ($28,066.34 per month) for each lease year commencing on the seven (7) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter to and including the last day of the third (3rd) full calendar month following the month in which occurs the seven (7) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (the “Expiration Date”).

Fixed Rental shall be payable by Tenant by wired funds or by check drawn on a bank which is a member of the New York City Clearing House Association, having an office in the City of New York, in lawful money of the United States, in equal monthly installments in advance at the office of Landlord without previous demand therefor and without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, on the first day of each and every calendar month throughout the term of this Lease, except that the first monthly installment of Fixed Rental due hereunder shall be paid on the execution of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first monthly installment of Fixed Rental due hereunder shall be paid by wired funds, or certified or official bank check. Tenant may choose between wired funds or certified or official bank check as Tenant’s method of payment of such first monthly installment. Provided that Landlord countersigns and delivers a fully-executed copy of this Lease, Landlord may deposit the first monthly payment of Fixed Rental. So long as Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace and/or cure period at the time that the Fixed Rental becomes due and payable, the payment made on this date shall be applied to the first installment of Fixed Rental due, after application of the Credit (defined below); otherwise, the same shall be applied to the damages, if any, to which Landlord is entitled upon Tenant’s breach of this Lease. If the Rent Commencement Date (as defined in Article 39 above) occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the Fixed Rental due after the application of the Credit shall be prorated, and the balance of the first month’s Fixed Rental theretofore paid shall be credited against the next monthly installment of Fixed Rental.

Tenant’s obligation to pay for the cost of electricity for the Premises and any and all other recurring Additional Rental (defined below) set forth in this Lease shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date.

40.1.2 Additional rental (“Additional Rental”), consisting of all such monies other than Fixed Rental as shall be due and payable under this Lease by Tenant, a default (beyond any applicable notice, grace and cure periods) in the timely payment of which Landlord shall have available to it all of the rights and remedies available for a default (beyond any applicable notice, grace and cure periods) in the timely payment of Fixed Rental. Additional Rental shall be payable by Tenant by wired funds or by check drawn on a bank which is a member of the New York City Clearing House Association, having an office in the City of New York, in lawful money of the United States.

40.2 Provided that Tenant is not then in default under the terms of this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace, and/or cure period, Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time, non-recurring credit against the obligation to pay Fixed Rental, in the aggregate amount of $66,330.00 (the “Credit”), to be applied against the Fixed Rental due commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter until exhausted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Credit shall not be applied against any Additional Rental, electricity charges, or other like sums from time to time payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, which amounts shall be paid without abatement in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

 

8.


41.

AS IS CONDITION; LANDLORD’S WORK; MONEY FOR LANDLORD’S WORK

Tenant has thoroughly examined the Premises and is fully familiar with the condition thereof, and, except as specifically set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations, warranties or promises, either express or implied, with regard to the physical condition of the Building, or the Premises, the use or uses to which the Premises may be put, or the condition of any mechanical, plumbing, electrical, flue, ventilation or exhaust systems servicing the Premises. It is expressly understood that Landlord shall not be liable for any latent or patent defects in the Premises. Tenant agrees to accept the Premises “as is” and in such condition as the same may be in at the Rent Commencement Date, and, except for the work set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, Landlord shall not be obligated or required to do any work or to make any alterations or decorations or install any fixtures, equipment or improvements, or make any repairs or replacements to or in the Premises to prepare or fit the same for Tenant’s use or for any other reason whatsoever. Unless specifically agreed otherwise, all Landlord’s Work shall be of material, design, finish and color of the Building standard adopted from time to time by Landlord. The installations, facilities, materials and work so to be furnished, installed and performed in the Premises by Landlord are hereinafter and in Exhibit B referred to as “Landlord’s Work.” Simultaneously with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the sum of $75,000.00 (the “Money For Landlord’s Work”) (by certified or official bank check). Tenant agrees that the Money For Landlord’s Work shall constitute Additional Rental hereunder. The Money For Landlord’s Work shall be used by Landlord toward the performance of Landlord’s Work. Landlord may use the Money For Landlord’s Work for any item of Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall provide Tenant with an itemized list of how the Money For Landlord’s Work has been spent. In the event that the Money For Landlord’s Work exceeds the cost to perform Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall provide such excess to Tenant in the form of a credit against Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rental hereunder for the period beginning on the first day of the sixth (6th) full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter until such excess is exhausted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such excess shall not be applied against any Additional Rental, electricity charges, or other like sums from time to time payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, which amounts shall be paid without abatement in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Also for the sake of certainty, (unless Landlord is required to refund (a) all of the Money For Landlord’s Work either pursuant to Insert 15.2 of this Lease or pursuant to Section 42.5 of this Lease, or (b) the unamortized portion of the Money For Landlord’s Work pursuant to Section 48.3 of this Lease) if the Money For Landlord’s Work does not exceed the cost to perform Landlord’s Work, none of the Money For Landlord’s Work shall be returned to Tenant (in the form of a credit or otherwise). Except for the Money For Landlord’s Work and any Modification Work (as hereafter defined), Landlord’s Work shall be performed at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall not be responsible for any violations or mechanics liens against the Premises or the Building caused solely by the performance of Landlord’s Work. Excluding Landlord’s Work, all installations, facilities, materials and work which may be undertaken by or for the account of Tenant to prepare, equip, decorate and furnish the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy (including, without limitation, any Additional Work (as defined in Exhibit B), shall be at Tenant’s expense. In the event specific locations or dimensions are not provided for the furnishing or installation of any particular item of Landlord’s Work, the judgment of Landlord reasonably exercised shall be binding on Tenant. In no event shall Landlord be required to provide any material, work or installation not specifically described or included in Landlord’s Work.

 

9.


42.

SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.

42.1 The Premises shall be deemed ready for occupancy on the date that Landlord’s Work in the Premises shall have been substantially completed. Landlord’s Work in the Premises shall be considered substantially completed when (A) all major items of construction have been substantially completed, (B) the heating, A/C System (as hereafter defined), plumbing, mechanical (if any) and electrical systems serving the Premises are all in working order, and (C) the Premises is accessible and reasonably usable, notwithstanding (in the case of subsections (A), (B), and/or (C)) the fact (i) that minor or insubstantial details of construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration remain to be performed, the non-completion of which do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, and (ii) that Landlord’s Work has been substantially completed except for portions thereof which shall be completed upon the completion of Tenant’s work (including, without limitation, Additional Work). Landlord shall not be required to install a sprinkler system serving the Premises unless and until same is required by applicable law. Installation of a sprinkler system is therefore not part of Landlord’s Work and Landlord’s failure to install a sprinkler system shall have no bearing on the Rent Commencement Date or Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time during the term of this Lease, Landlord elects to or is required by law to install a sprinkler system in the Premises, any such installation shall be performed by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense.

42.2 If the completion of Landlord’s Work shall be delayed due to any act or omission of Tenant or any of its employees, agents or contractors or any failure to plan or to execute Tenant’s work (including, without limitation Additional Work) diligently and expeditiously, or any failure of Tenant to work expeditiously with Landlord to finalize mutually acceptable Plans (as defined in Exhibit B) for Landlord’s Work or because of any proposed Modification Work (whether or not consented to by Landlord) (“Tenant’s Delay”), the Premises shall be deemed ready for occupancy on the date when they would have been ready but for the Tenant’s Delay.

42.3 If and when Tenant shall take actual possession of the Premises, it shall be conclusively presumed that the same were in satisfactory condition as of the date of such taking of possession (subject only to any “punch list” items that Tenant provides in accordance with Insert 21.1 of this Lease within the time period required by Insert 21.1 of this Lease).

42.4 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant may enter the Premises prior to the Rent Commencement Date solely for the purpose of performing Additional Work and installing Tenant’s voice, data and FF&E provided and only on condition that (a) such possession, installation and Additional Work shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the insurance and indemnification requirements), except that with respect to the period of time prior to the Rent Commencement Date during which Tenant performs such installation and Additional Work, Tenant shall not be required to pay (i) Fixed Rental, or (ii) recurring Additional Rental, (b) all entry into the Premises by Tenant, and all installation and Additional Work shall be done at Tenant’s sole risk, (c) Tenant shall be liable for the cost of any services that are provided to Tenant during the period of Tenant’s possession prior to the Rent Commencement Date, and (d) Tenant shall not interfere with Landlord’s Work. If any

 

10.


installation, Additional Work (including, without limitation, the proposal, plan filing and/or performance thereof) or other action done by or on behalf of Tenant results in a stoppage of or interference with Landlord’s Work, and Tenant does not immediately cease such interference upon notice (which may be oral, written or by electronic mail) to Tenant so that Landlord’s Work may be resumed or continued without such interference, then any continuation of such stoppage or interference shall constitute a Tenant’s Delay.

42.5 Except as expressly set forth in this Section 42.5, Landlord shall not have any liability and Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall not in any way be affected by any delay in the Rent Commencement Date. Provided and on condition that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace, and cure periods, then, if for reasons other than force majeure, the Rent Commencement Date shall not occur on or before the last day of the ninth (9th) full calendar month following the month in which occurs the Plan Approval Date (as hereafter defined) (the “First Deadline”), for each day occurring after the First Deadline to and including the day immediately preceding the Rent Commencement Date, the Credit shall be increased by $737.00. Any increases in the Credit pursuant to this paragraph shall herein be referred to as the “Additional Credit”. If Tenant qualifies for the Additional Credit and this Lease does not terminate pursuant to Tenant’s exercise of Tenant’s No Commencement Termination Right (as hereafter defined) then, the Additional Credit shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for any delay in the Rent Commencement Date. Any Additional Credit shall be applied against the Fixed Rental due commencing on the day immediately following the day that the Credit is exhausted (pursuant to Section 40.2 of this Lease) and continuing thereafter until exhausted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Additional Credit shall not be applied against any Additional Rental, electricity charges, or other like sums from time to time payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, which amounts shall be paid without abatement in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Provided and on condition that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace, and cure periods, then, if for reasons other than force majeure, the Rent Commencement Date shall not occur on or before the last day of the twelfth (12th) full calendar month following the month in which occurs the Plan Approval Date (the “Final Deadline”), as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy, Tenant may, at any time from and after the Final Deadline deliver ten (10) days’ written notice to Landlord of Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease (the “Tenant’s No Commencement Termination Right”) and this Lease shall be deemed terminated and null and void upon the expiration of such ten (10) day period, unless Landlord delivers the Rent Commencement Date Notice (as defined in Section 39.2 of this Lease) to Tenant prior to the expiration of such ten (10) day period. If this Lease terminates pursuant to the preceding sentence, Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant (I) all of the Money For Landlord’s Work (as defined in Article 41 of this lease), (II) the security deposit, and (III) any Fixed Rental and Additional Rental that never became due under this Lease (but only to the extent in the case of (I), (II) and (III) same was actually paid to Landlord by Tenant).

 

43.

PLAN APPROVAL PROCESS/PLAN APPROVAL DATE

43.1 Within ten (10) days after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall submit proposed Plans (as defined in Exhibit B) to Landlord (“First Submission”). Failure by Tenant to make the First Submission within said ten (10) day period shall be deemed a Tenant’s Delay.

 

11.


43.2 Landlord shall either approve or reject the First Submission in writing within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt thereof. If Landlord rejects the First Submission, Landlord shall specify the items that Landlord is rejecting and the reasons for such rejection and Tenant shall submit Revised Plans (as hereafter defined) within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s disapproval.

43.3 The parties shall repeat the process set forth in Section 43.2 within the respective periods required by Section 43.2 until Landlord accepts Tenant’s proposed Plans in writing. “Revised Plans” shall mean Plans that are the same as the prior Plans submission except with respect to the items that Landlord has specifically rejected in the prior Plans submission. Any failure by Tenant to submit Revised Plans within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s disapproval shall be deemed a Tenant’s Delay. Once Landlord has accepted in writing Tenant’s proposed Plans, all of the following shall apply: (i) any request for modification to said accepted Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, (ii) any time spent by Landlord because of any such request for modification shall be deemed a Tenant’s Delay (irrespective of whether Landlord accepts said modification), (iii) any costs incurred by Landlord because of any such request for modification (irrespective of whether Landlord accepts said modification) shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rental within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written demand, and (iv) if Landlord consents to such modification, (a) any work included in said modification shall be deemed “Modification Work” and shall be performed by Landlord as part of Landlord’s Work but at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rental within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written demand), and (b) any additional time spent by Landlord performing Modification Work (ie. beyond what Landlord would have spent if not for the Modification Work) shall be deemed a Tenant’s Delay.

43.4 In the event that (i) Tenant submits to Landlord the First Submission or Revised Plans in accordance with this Lease, (ii) Tenant includes with such submission a written request for Landlord’s consent to same and a note in bold uppercase letters that “PURSUANT TO SECTION 43.4 OF THE LEASE, LANDLORD’S FAILURE TO RESPOND TO THE ENCLOSED CONSENT REQUEST WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER LANDLORD RECEIVES THIS REQUEST SHALL BE DEEMED TO MEAN THAT PURSUANT TO SECTION 43.4 OF THE LEASE, YOUR CONSENT TO THE ENCLOSED PLANS IS DEEMED TO BE GIVEN”, and (iii) Tenant also sends a simultaneous copy of said consent request and bold uppercase note (but not the proposed Plans) to Landlord’s attorneys in accordance with the notice provisions of this Lease, then, if Landlord fails to respond to such First Submission or Revised Plans within ten (10) days after Landlord receives such First Submission or Revised Plans, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy, Landlord’s consent to the proposed Plans shall be deemed given.

43.5 The “Plan Approval Date” shall mean the date that is the last to occur of the following: (i) Plans are submitted in writing by Tenant and accepted in writing by Landlord, (ii) the Plans have been filed to the extent required to be filed with the Department of Buildings of the City of New York and any other authorities having jurisdiction thereof, and (iii) Landlord has obtained any and all required governmental and quasi-governmental approvals of the Plans so that the work described therein can be lawfully performed.

 

12.


44.

ESCALATIONS FOR INCREASE IN REAL ESTATE TAXES

44.1 For each Tax Year or portion thereof occurring in whole or in part during the term or any renewal term of this Lease, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rental, the Tax Payment (hereafter defined) for such Tax Year or portion thereof.

44.2 “Taxes” shall mean the total of all real estate taxes and assessments and special assessments, business improvement district charges, and other levies of a similar or dissimilar nature levied, assessed or imposed upon or against the Landlord, the land and/or Building located at 26 Broadway, New York, New York (individually referred to hereinafter as the “Land” and the “Building”). If at any time during the term of this Lease the methods of taxation prevailing at the commencement of the term hereof shall be altered so that if and to the extent that in lieu of or as a substitute for the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies or impositions or charges now levied, assessed or imposed on real estate and the improvements thereon, there shall be levied, assessed or imposed: (i) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge wholly or partially as capital levy or otherwise on the rents received therefrom; (ii) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Building or the Land or the Premises and imposed upon Landlord; (iii) a license fee measured by the rents payable by Tenant to Landlord; or (iv) any additional or substitute tax assessment, levy, imposition or charges against the Land and/or the Building and/or the Premises; then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges or part thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included with the term “Taxes.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Taxes include (I) any income, franchise, succession, payroll, capital stock, excess profits, inheritance, estate, recording, transfer or documentary stamp tax levied on Landlord or on the holder of any mortgage, or (II) any interest or penalties imposed on Landlord due to the late payment by Landlord of Taxes other than interest or charges payable as a result of the late payment by Tenant of a Tax Payment.

44.3 “Tax Year” shall mean the fiscal year for which Taxes are levied by the applicable governmental authority.

44.4 “Base Tax” shall mean the Taxes for the fiscal year commencing July 1, 2014 and ending June 30, 2015 (such fiscal year being hereinafter referred to as the “Base Tax Year”).

44.5 “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” shall mean 1.14%.

44.6 If the Taxes for any Tax Year occurring wholly or partially within the term of this Lease or any renewal or extension thereof shall be greater than the Base Tax, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rental for such Tax Year a sum equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount by which the Taxes for such Tax Year are greater than the Base Tax (which amount is hereinafter called the “Tax Payment”). Should this Lease terminate prior to the expiration of a Tax Year, such Tax Payment shall be prorated to correspond with that portion of a Tax Year occurring within the term of this Lease. Tenant’s obligation to pay such Additional Rental and Landlord’s obligation to refund pursuant to Paragraph 44.7 below, as the case may be, shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease for a period of one (1) year.

 

13.


44.7 Only Landlord shall be eligible to institute proceedings to contest the Taxes or reduce the assessed valuation of the Land and Building. Landlord shall be under no obligation to contest the Taxes or the assessed valuation of the Land and Building for any Tax Year or to refrain from contesting the same, and may settle any such contest on such terms as Landlord in its sole judgment considers proper. If Landlord shall receive a refund for any Tax Year for which a Tax Payment shall have been made by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 44.6 above, Landlord shall repay to Tenant, with reasonable promptness, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such refund after deducting from such refund the reasonable costs and expenses (including experts’ and attorneys’ fees) of obtaining such refund.

44.8 Landlord shall render to Tenant a comparative statement, with a copy of the then current tax bill, showing the amount of the Base Tax, the amount of the Taxes for the then current Tax Year, and the Tax Payment, if any, due from Tenant for such Tax Year. The Tax Payment shown on such comparative statement shall be paid in full by Tenant to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of such comparative statement, or, at Landlord’s option, shall be paid in two (2) installments on the later of (a) fifteen (15) days after Landlord provides such statement, and (b) July 1 and January 1 of such Tax Year. At the election of Landlord, the Tax Payment may be billed by Landlord and paid by Tenant in equal monthly installments. In such event, Tenant shall pay the installment of the Tax Payment shown on such comparative statement on or prior to the later of (a) fifteen (15) days after Landlord provides such statement, and (b) the date that an installment of Fixed Rental is due under this Lease, or if such statement shall be rendered at or after the termination of this Lease, within fifteen (15) days after such rendition. Each comparative statement shall be conclusive and binding on Tenant, unless within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such comparative statement, Tenant shall notify Landlord of any discrepancy in specific detail. Pending the determination of such dispute, by agreement or otherwise, Tenant shall pay the Tax Payment set forth on the comparative statement.

 

45.

INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

 

46.

INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

 

47.

ALL ADDITIONAL RENTAL PAYMENTS

47.1 Landlord’s delay or failure during the term of this Lease to prepare and deliver any statements or bills required to be delivered to Tenant under this Lease shall not in any way be deemed to be a waiver of, or cause Landlord to forfeit or surrender its rights to collect any Additional Rental which may have become due pursuant to these Articles during the term of this Lease. Tenant’s liability for Additional Rental due under this Lease, shall continue unabated during the remainder of the term of this Lease and shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

47.2 In no event shall any adjustment of any payments payable by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Lease result in a decrease in the fixed rental or any Additional Rental theretofore payable by Tenant pursuant to these Articles.

47.3 If any Additional Rental is payable with respect to any period that shall end after the expiration or termination of this Lease, the Additional Rental payable by Tenant in respect thereof shall be prorated to correspond to that portion of such Expense Year occurring within the term of this Lease.

 

14.


48.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

48.1 Except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not assign, mortgage, or encumber this Lease or any of its rights or estates hereunder, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises, or any part thereof, to be used or occupied by others, pursuant to a management agreement, license agreement or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed pursuant to Section 48.4 of this Lease subject however to Landlord’s rights under Section 48.3 of this Lease. If this Lease be assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Landlord may, after any monetary default or material non monetary default by Tenant, collect rent from the assignee, subtenant, or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no assignment, subletting, occupancy, or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions hereof, the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant, or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting shall not, in any wise, be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining Landlord’s express written consent to any further assignment or subletting. In no event shall any permitted sublessee assign or encumber its sublease, further sublet all or any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer to permit the sublet space, or any part thereof, to be used or occupied by others, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, and the foregoing prohibitions and restrictions shall be expressly set forth in each sublease entered into by Tenant. With respect to the first request for Landlord consent to an assignment of sublease or to a sublease by a permitted subtenant, Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed pursuant to Section 48.4 of this Lease, subject however to Landlord’s rights under Section 48.3 of this Lease. With respect to any subsequent request for Landlord consent to an assignment of sublease or sublease by a permitted subtenant, Landlord may grant, withhold or deny Landlord’s consent in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (or Landlord may exercise Landlord’s rights under Section 48.3 of this Lease). A modification, amendment or extension of a sublease shall be deemed to be a subletting.

48.2 If Tenant shall, at any time or times during the term of this Lease, desire to assign this Lease or sublet all or part of the Premises, Tenant shall give notice thereof to Landlord, which notice shall be accompanied by: (a) a conformed or photostatic copy of the material business terms of the proposed assignment or sublease, the effective or commencement date of which shall be not less than thirty (30) nor more than seventy-five (75) days after the giving of such notice; (b) a statement setting forth, in reasonable detail, the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant and its principals, the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Premises; and (c) current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant and its principals, including its (and their) most recent financial report(s).

48.3 (a) In the event of a proposed assignment, except in the case of an assignment contemplated by Section 48.17, Landlord shall then have the right to elect, by notifying Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of the items required in Section 48.2, to terminate this Lease, as of such effective date as if it were the Expiration Date set forth in this Lease.

(b) Intentionally deleted

 

15.


(c) In the event of a proposed sublease of all or any portion of the Premises, except in the case of a sublease contemplated by Section 48.17, Landlord shall then have the right to elect, by notifying Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of the items required in Section 48.2, to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises affected by such subletting or as to the entire Premises in the case of a subletting thereof, as of such effective date.

(d) In the event that Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease in the event of a proposed assignment or a proposed sublease of the entire Premises then provided and only on condition that Tenant vacates and surrenders the Premises in accordance with this Lease on or prior to the date that this Lease terminates, (i) Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant (I) the unapplied portion of the security deposit and (II) the unamortized portion of the Money For Landlord’s Work (but only in the case of (I) and (II) to the extent same has actually been paid by Tenant to Landlord), and (ii) Tenant shall be released from all Fixed Rental and Additional Rental accruing after the termination date; provided however that Tenant shall remain liable for all Fixed Rental and Additional Rental accruing on or prior to the termination date (including, without limitation for third party claims arising on or prior to the termination date irrespective of when such claims are actually made) and such liability shall survive the termination of this Lease for a period of one year.

(e) If pursuant to the exercise of Landlord’s option pursuant to Section 48.3(c) hereof this Lease is terminated as to only a portion of the Premises, then the Fixed Rental and Additional Rental payable hereunder hereof shall be adjusted in proportion to the portion of the Premises affected by such termination.

48.4 In the event that Landlord does not exercise any of the options available to it pursuant to Section 48.3 above and provided that Tenant is not in default of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace and/or cure period, Landlord’s consent (which shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) to the proposed assignment or sublease shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided and upon condition that:

48.4.1 Tenant shall have complied with the provisions of Article 48.1 above;

48.4.2 In Landlord’s reasonable judgment the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in a business or activity, and the Premises will be used in a manner, which is (a) limited to the use of the Premises permitted herein; (b) will not violate any negative covenant as to use contained in any other lease of space in the Building; and (c) will not be in violation of the use restrictions set forth elsewhere in this Lease.

48.4.3 The proposed assignee or subtenant (and its principals) are reputable persons of good character and with sufficient financial worth considering the responsibility involved in the judgment of Landlord and Landlord has been furnished with proof thereof;

48.4.4 The nature and character of the proposed subtenant or assignee, its business or activities and intended use of the demised premises is, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, in keeping with the standards of the Building and the floor or floors on which the demised premises are located;

 

16.


48.4.5 Neither the proposed assignee or subtenant nor any person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed assignee or subtenant, (a) is then a tenant or an occupant of any part of 26 Broadway, New York, New York, nor (b) is a party who dealt with, or is then negotiating with, Landlord or Landlord’s agent (directly or through a broker) with regard to space in the Building either currently or during the six (6) months immediately preceding Tenant’s request for consent;

48.4.6 The form of the proposed sublease or instrument of assignment shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall comply with the applicable provisions of this Article;

48.4.7 Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for the reasonable costs that may be incurred by Landlord in connection with said assignment or sublease, including, without limitation, the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and legal fees incurred in connection with the requested consent (which reimbursement shall not be refundable under any circumstance, including, without limitation, the occurrence or failure to occur of said assignment or sublease and/or Landlord’s consenting to said assignment or sublease);

48.4.8 The Premises shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, have been listed or otherwise been publicly advertised for assignment or subletting at a rental rate lower than the then prevailing rental for other similar space in the Building; and

48.4.9 The proposed occupancy shall not impose an extra burden upon services to be supplied by Landlord to Tenant or to other tenants of the Building.

48.5 No assignment or subletting shall be made:

48.5.1 by the legal representatives of Tenant or by any person to whom Tenant’s interest under this Lease passes by operation of law, except in compliance with the provisions of this Article; or

48.5.2 to any person or entity for the conduct of a business which is not in keeping with the then Certificate of Occupancy for the Building and applicable zoning laws.

48.6 The sublease shall expressly prohibit the use of the Premises or any part thereof for any use other than the use set forth in paragraph 2 of the prefixed printed form.

48.7 In the event that Tenant fails to execute and deliver the assignment or sublease to which Landlord consented within ninety (90) days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of Section 48.1 before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Premises.

48.8 Each subletting pursuant to this Article shall be subject to all of the applicable covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease. Notwithstanding any such subletting and/or acceptance of Fixed Rental or Additional Rental by Landlord from any subtenant, Tenant shall and will remain fully liable for the payment of the Fixed Rental and Additional Rental due, and to become due, hereunder, for the performance of all of the covenants,

 

17.


agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed and for all acts and omissions of any licensee, subtenant, or any other person claiming under or through any subtenant that shall be in violation of any of the obligations of this Lease, and any such violation shall be deemed to be a violation by Tenant. Tenant further agrees that, notwithstanding any such subletting, no other and further subletting of the Premises by Tenant, or any person claiming through or under Tenant shall, or will be made, except upon compliance with, and subject to, the provisions of this Article. If Landlord shall decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) resulting from any claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or subtenant or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.

48.9 With respect to each and every sublease or subletting, it is further agreed that:

48.9.1 no subletting shall be for a term ending later than one day prior to the expiration date of the term of this Lease;

48.9.2 no sublease shall be valid, and no subtenant shall take possession of the Premises or any part thereof, until an executed counterpart of such sublease has been delivered to Landlord;

48.9.3 each sublease shall provide that it is subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and that, in the event of termination, re-entry, or dispossess by Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant as sublandlord under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not: (a) be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease; (b) be subject to any offset that theretofore accrued to such subtenant against Tenant; or (c) be bound by any previous modification of such sublease (unless such modification was specifically consented to in writing by Landlord), or by any previous prepayment of more than one month’s fixed rental or any additional rental then due under the sublease.

48.10 Any assignment or transfer shall be made only if, and shall not be effective until, the assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, whereby the assignee shall assume all of the obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed and whereby the assignee shall agree that the provisions contained in Section 48.1 shall, notwithstanding such assignment or transfer, continue to be binding upon it in respect of all future assignments and transfers. The original named Tenant covenants that, notwithstanding any assignment or transfer, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of Fixed Rental and/or Additional Rental by Landlord from an assignee, transferee, or any other party, the original named Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of Fixed Rental and Additional Rental and for the other obligations of this Lease on the part of the Tenant to be performed or observed.

 

18.


48.11 In no event shall Tenant be entitled to make, nor shall Tenant make, any claim, and Tenant hereby waives any claims, for money damages (nor shall Tenant claim any money damages by way of set-off counterclaim or defense) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed its consent or approval to a proposed assignment or subletting as provided for in this Article. Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision, or for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment.

48.12 If applicable, one or more sales or transfers, by operation of law or otherwise, or creation of new stock, partnership, membership or voting interests, aggregating in excess of fifty percent (50%) of (i) the voting stock of any corporate tenant, or (ii) the limited or general partnership interest in any partnership tenant, or (iii) the membership interests in any limited liability company tenant, whether in a single transaction or in a series of transactions, shall be deemed an assignment within the meaning of this Article and shall require Landlord’s prior written consent which shall be governed by the other provisions of this Article 48. From time to time, at Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a statement of Tenant, certified by Tenant’s Secretary, of its then current shareholders and persons having a beneficial interest in the shares of stock of Tenant, the names of such shareholders and beneficial interest holders, and the percentage of shares held by each of them.

48.13 The joint and several liability of Tenant and any immediate or remote successor in interest to Tenant, and the due performance of the obligations of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed, shall not be discharged, released, or impaired in any respect by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord extending the time of, or modifying any of the obligations of this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations of this Lease.

48.14 The listing of any name other than that of Tenant, whether on the doors of the Premises, or otherwise, shall not operate to vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, nor shall it be deemed to be the consent of Landlord to any assignment or transfer of this Lease, to any sublease of the Premises, or to the use or occupancy thereof by others.

48.15 If Tenant shall assign this Lease or sublease all or any part of the demised premises (except in the event of an assignment or sublease pursuant to Section 48.17 in which event this Section 48.15 shall not apply), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent:

(i) in the case of an assignment, an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of all sums and other considerations paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment or otherwise (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, furnishings or other personal property, less, in the case of a sale thereof, the then net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof (including, without limitation, reasonable actual out-of-pocket attorney’s fees, brokerage fees, Landlord fees, and construction costs (but only to the extent such costs are in connection with the actual assignment in question) determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns); and

 

19.


(ii) in the case of a sublease, fifty percent (50%) of any rents, additional charge or other consideration payable under the sublease or otherwise to Tenant by the subtenant which is in excess of the fixed annual rent and additional rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space (at the rate per square foot payable by Tenant hereunder) pursuant to the terms hereof (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s fixtures, leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture or other personal property, less, in the case of the sale thereof, the then net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof (including, without limitation, reasonable actual out-of-pocket attorney’s fees, brokerage fees, Landlord fees, and construction costs (but only to the extent such costs are in connection with the actual sublease in question) determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns).

The sums payable under this Section 48.15 shall be paid to Landlord as and when paid by the subtenant or assignee, as the case may be, to Tenant.

48.16 No assignment of this Lease or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises shall release or affect the obligations of any guarantor of this Lease.

48.17 Tenant shall have the right, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, without the consent of, but on written notice to, Landlord, but subject to Tenant’s satisfaction of (a) the conditions set forth in Section 48.1 (other than the requirement that Tenant obtain Landlord’s consent), (b) Tenant providing Landlord with a statement setting forth, in reasonable detail, the identity of any new person and/or entity as a result of the transaction, (c) the use of the Premises not changing as a result of the transaction, and (d) all of Section 48.10 above, (i) to assign its interest in this Lease to any corporation which is a successor to Tenant either by merger or by consolidation, (ii) to assign its interest in this Lease to a purchaser of all or substantially all. of Tenant’s assets or stock (provided such purchaser shall have also assumed substantially all of Tenant’s liabilities), (iii) to assign its interest in this Lease to an entity which shall control, be under the control of, or be under common control with Tenant, (iv) to transfer interests (including stock) in Tenant to family members for estate planning purposes, (v) to transfer interests (including stock) in Tenant as a result of death or incapacity of a stockholder, (vi) to transfer interests (including stock) in Tenant if interests in Tenant are publicly traded on a recognized stock exchange or pursuant to a public offering thereof, or (vii) to create new classes of stock pursuant to additional investment in Tenant.

48.18 Intentionally deleted.

 

49.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

49.1 If Landlord shall be an individual, joint venture, tenancy in common, co-partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated association, or other unincorporated aggregate of individuals and/or entities or a corporation, Tenant shall look only to such Landlord’s estate and property in the Land and the Building for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder, and no other property or assets of Landlord or any member, partner, shareholder, director, officer or principal of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

20.


49.2 If Tenant shall request Landlord’s consent or approval pursuant to any of the provisions of this Lease or otherwise, and Landlord shall fail or refuse to give, or shall delay in giving, such consent or approval, including, but not limited to, Article 48 above, Tenant shall in no event make, or be entitled to make, any claim for damages (nor shall Tenant assert, or be entitled to assert, any such claim by way of defense, set-off, or counterclaim) based upon any claim or assertion by Tenant that Landlord unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent or approval, and Tenant hereby waives any and all rights that it may have from whatever source derived, to make or assert any such claim. Tenant’s sole remedy for any such failure, refusal, or delay shall be an action for a declaratory judgment, specific performance, or injunction, and such remedies shall be available only in those instances where Landlord has expressly agreed in writing not to unreasonably withhold or delay its consent or approval or where, as a matter of law, Landlord may not unreasonably withhold or delay the same.

 

50.

INDEMNIFICATION

Tenant shall, at all times and at its sole cost and expense, indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, any holder of a Superior Mortgage (defined below), and any lessor under a Superior Lease (defined below), together with their respective agents, affiliates, employees, partners, members, officers, directors and shareholders (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any and all claims, suits, actions, damages, fines, charges, penalties, losses, liens, fees, costs, court costs, expenses (including, but not limited to, all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, architects, engineers and other professionals engaged by one or more Indemnitees) and liabilities which may be incurred by or imposed on any Indemnitee or which may arise in connection with any claims, suits or actions, the investigation thereof or the defense of any action or proceeding brought thereon, or from the enforcement of this indemnity, or from and against any orders, judgments and/or decrees which may be entered or which may arise, wholly or in part, with respect to or on account of: (a) any personal injury, bodily injury, loss of life and/or damage to property that may occur or be claimed by or with respect to any person(s) or property in the Premises and resulting from the use, misuse, occupancy, operation and/or management of the Premises by Tenant, its successors, permitted assigns or any subcontractors, or by other persons or entities claiming by, through or under Tenant, or by their respective agents, employees, contractors, licensees, invitees, guests or other such persons or entities, except if such injury, loss and/or damage is caused solely by Landlord’s or any Indemnitee’s willful misconduct or negligence, (b) any personal injury, bodily injury, loss of life and/or damage to property that may occur or be claimed by or with respect to any person(s) or property on or about the appurtenances to the Premises, or upon the adjacent vaults (if any), sidewalks, ramps, curbs or streets, and resulting solely from the Tenant’s acts, or the acts of Tenant’s successors, permitted assigns or any subcontractors, or by the acts of any other persons or entities claiming by, through or under Tenant, or by their respective agents, employees, contractors, licensees, invitees, guests or other such persons or entities, except if such injury, loss and/or damage is caused solely by Landlord’s or any Indemnitee’s willful misconduct or negligence, (c) the breach of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, and cure periods by Tenant, its successors, permitted assigns or any subcontractors, or by other persons or entities claiming by, through or under Tenant, or by their respective agents, employees, contractors, licensees, invitees,

 

21.


guests or other such persons or entities, (d) the filing of any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien or of any other attachment or encumbrance against the Land and/or the Building due to work done by or on behalf of Tenant (but not due to Landlord’s Work), (e) the condition of the Premises, including any repairs, replacements, changes or alterations which Tenant has or will perform or (only in the case of repairs, replacements, changes or alterations which Tenant is required by this Lease to perform) which Tenant shall fail to perform therein, or (f) Tenant’s use or storage of any Hazardous Materials (defined below). All such actions, suits, claims, damages and/or proceedings shall be resisted and defended by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. Landlord shall in no event be liable for any injury or damage to the Premises or to Tenant or any successors, permitted assigns or subcontractors, or other persons claiming by, through or under Tenant or their respective agents, employees, licensees, invitees, business visitors and guests or other such persons, or to any property of any such persons. Tenant shall promptly reimburse each Indemnitee for any and all expenditures covered by this indemnity and hold harmless. Tenant’s obligations under this Article 50 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

51.

INSURANCE

51.1 Tenant shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the term of this Lease:

51.1.1 a policy of commercial general public liability insurance, including bodily injury, personal injury and property damage coverage, with a broad form contractual liability endorsement or its equivalent, naming Tenant as insured and protecting Landlord, Landlord’s employees and managing agent, and any mortgagees or lessors having an interest in the Building, as additional insureds (issued on an “occurrence” basis and not a “claims made” basis) against claims for personal injury, bodily injury, death and/or third-party property damage occurring in or about the Premises or the Building, and under which the insurer agrees to waive any right of recovery such insurer may have had against Landlord, Landlord’s employees and managing agent, and any mortgagees or lessors having an interest in the Building and to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against, among other things, all cost, expense and/or liability (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or based upon any and all claims, accidents, injuries and damages occurring in, on or about the Premises (whether or not such claims, accidents, injuries and damages occurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence). The minimum limits of liability applicable exclusively to the Premises shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of not less than $6,000,000 (or in any increased amount (or in the form of an umbrella liability policy for “excess” liability coverage) required by Landlord in the exercise of Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion); and

51.1.2 insurance against loss or damage by fire and such other risks and hazards (including burglary, theft, vandalism, sprinkler leakage, water damage, explosion, breakage of glass within the Premises and, if the Premises are located at or below grade, broad form flood insurance) as are insurable under then available standard forms of “all risk” insurance policies, to Tenant’s personal property and business equipment and fixtures (hereinafter, “Tenant’s Property”) and, whether or not such alterations or tenant improvements had been paid for or performed by Tenant, any alterations and tenant improvements in and to the Premises for the full replacement cost value thereof (with such policy having a deductible not in excess of an amount to be determined by Landlord in the exercise of Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion) protecting Tenant, Landlord, Landlord’s employees and managing agent, and any mortgagees or lessors having an interest in the Building;

 

22.


51.1.3 business interruption insurance in an amount sufficient to cover Tenant’s lost profits and continuing expenses during the period Tenant is unable to do business in the Premises; and

51.1.4 Statutory Workmen’s Compensation and Employers’ Liability insurance as required by law, and New York State disability insurance as required by law.

51.2 Prior to the time such insurance is first required to be carried by Tenant and thereafter, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration or other termination of any such policies, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord evidence of payment for the policies and true and complete copies of the actual policies together with certificates evidencing such insurance. All such policies shall contain endorsements that (a) such insurance may not be modified or cancelled or allowed to lapse except upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord by certified mail, return receipt requested, containing the policy number and the names of the insured and the certificate holder, and (b) Tenant shall be solely responsible for payment of all premiums under such policies and Landlord shall have no obligation for the payment thereof notwithstanding that Landlord is or may be named as an additional insured. Tenant’s failure to provide and keep in force the aforementioned insurance shall be regarded as a material default hereunder, entitling Landlord to exercise any or all of the remedies as provided in this Lease in the event of Tenant’s default. All insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall be effected under valid and enforceable policies issued by reputable and independent insurers permitted to do business in the State of New York which rate, in Best’s Insurance Guide, or any successor thereto (or if there be none; an organization having a national reputation), as having a general policy-holder rating of “A” and a financial rating of at least “XIII.” Tenant shall not carry separate or additional insurance, whether concurrent or contributing, in the event of any loss or damage, with any insurance required to be obtained by Tenant under this Lease.

51.3 All policies to be maintained by Tenant hereunder and by Landlord with respect to the Building shall contain a provision that no act or omission of Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall affect or limit the obligation of the insurer to pay the amount of any loss sustained.

51.4 The parties hereto shall procure an appropriate clause in, or endorsement on, any “all risk” or fire or extended coverage insurance covering the Premises, the Building, the personal property, fixtures or equipment located thereon or therein, pursuant to which the insurance companies waive subrogation or consent to a waiver of right of recovery by the insured prior to any loss. The waiver of subrogation or permission for waiver of the right of recovery in favor of Tenant shall also extend to all other persons or entities occupying or using the Premises in accordance with the terms of the Lease. If the payment of an additional premium is required for the inclusion of such waiver of subrogation provisions or consent to a waiver of right of recovery, each party shall advise the other of the amount of any such additional premiums by written notice and the other party shall pay the same or shall be deemed to have agreed that the party obtaining the insurance coverage in question shall be free of any further obligations under the provisions hereof relating to such waiver or consent. It is expressly understood and agreed that Landlord will not be obligated to carry insurance on Tenant’s Property or Tenant’s work or insurance against interruption of Tenant’s business.

 

23.


51.5 Landlord hereby agrees to maintain insurance on the Building in the forms and amounts required by any holder of a mortgage on the Building.

51.6 Each party hereby waives all rights of recovery, claim, action, cause of action and releases the other party with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damage or destruction with respect to its property (including rental value or business interruption) occurring during the term of this Lease to the extent to which such party is insured under a policy containing a waiver of subrogation or naming the other party as an additional assured, as provided in this Article. If notwithstanding the recovery of insurance proceeds by either party for loss, damage or destruction of its property (or rental value or business interruption) the other party is liable to the first party with respect thereto or is obligated under this Lease to make replacement, repair or restoration, then provided the first party’s right of full recovery under its insurance policies is not thereby prejudiced or otherwise adversely affected, the amount of the net proceeds of the first party’s insurance against such loss, damage or destruction shall be offset against the second party’s liability to the first party therefor, or shall be made available to the second party to pay for the replacement, repair or restoration, as the case may be. Tenant shall advise insurers of the foregoing and such waiver shall be part of each policy maintained by Tenant which applies to the Premises, any part of the Premises or Tenant’s use and occupancy of any part thereof.

 

52.

ELECTRIC CURRENT

52.1 Tenant agrees that Tenant shall not make any electrical or mechanical installations, alterations, additions or changes to the electrical equipment or appliances in the Premises (except that Tenant may connect standard office equipment without Landlord’s consent) without the prior written consent of Landlord, in each such instance and Tenant will at all times comply with the rules and regulations applicable to the service, equipment, wiring and requirements of Landlord and of the utility company supplying electricity to the Building. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electricity will not exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installations therein and Tenant shall not use any electrical equipment which, in Landlord’s sole judgment, will overload such installations or interfere with the use thereof by other tenants in the Building. In the event that, in Landlord’s judgment (considering the needs and consumption of power by other tenants or anticipated tenants in the Building), Tenant’s electrical requirements above those needed for normal office use necessitate installation of an additional riser, risers or other proper and necessary equipment or services, including additional ventilating or air conditioning, the same shall be provided or installed by Landlord at Tenant’s sole expense, provided Tenant’s proposed installations shall be reasonably accommodated in the Building and shall not be detrimental, in Landlord’s engineer’s sole judgment, to the proper and economic functioning of the Building or the use and enjoyment by other tenants therein. The preceding sentence shall not give rise to any obligation of Landlord to deliver Tenant electrical service in excess of the amount provided for in this Lease. Any such installations shall be paid for by Tenant prior to Landlord’s commencement of the work therefor, such charges shall be chargeable and collectible as Additional Rental. In all electrical installations only rigid conduits or electrical metal tubing will be allowed.

 

24.


If either the quantity or character of the electrical service is changed by the utility company supplying electrical service to the Building or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements, no such change, unavailability or unsuitability shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction, in whole or in part, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or diminution of Fixed Rental or Additional Rental, or relieve Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease or impose any liability upon Landlord, or its agents, by reason of inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant, or injury to or interruption of Tenant’s business, or otherwise, unless such change, unavailability or unsuitability is due to Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct and in such case only if and to the extent all of the other requirements of Section 66.6 are satisfied.

52.2 Electricity shall initially be furnished by Landlord to Tenant on a “submetering” basis, as follows:

52.2.1 If not already installed, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, install a meter or meters for the purpose of measuring the electric current consumed in the Premises; and

With respect to the Premises and/or any portion(s) thereof that constitute less than a full floor of the Building, Landlord may, at its option, either:

52.2.2 Install a meter to measure the amount of Usage (hereinafter defined) with respect solely to the Premises and/or to such portion(s); or

52.2.3 Measure the amount of Usage with respect thereto through common meter(s).

Landlord shall, from time to time, furnish Tenant with a statement indicating the appropriate period during which the Usage was measured and the amount of Tenant’s Cost payable by Tenant to Landlord for furnishing electrical current. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt of each such statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rental hereunder, the amount of Tenant’s Cost as set forth thereon, failing which Landlord may, upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant, discontinue the service of electric current to the Premises without releasing Tenant from any liability under this Lease and without Landlord or Landlord’s agent incurring any liability to Tenant from any damage or loss sustained by Tenant by reason of such discontinuance of service.

For the purposes of this subsection, “Usage” shall mean the number of kilowatt hours of electric current consumed in the Premises, as measured by a meter or meters through which the electric current supplied to the Premises is drawn, for each calendar month or such other period as Landlord shall determine during the term of this Lease. In the event that all or a portion of the Premises is serviced by a meter that also services other space in the Building, then Usage with respect to the Premises or the portion thereof serviced by a common meter, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the product of:

(x) The number of kilowatt hours measured by such meter, multiplied by

(y) The result (hereinafter called “Tenant’s Electric Share”) of:

(1) The rentable area of the Premises divided by

 

25.


(2) The aggregate rentable area of the premises serviced by such meter.

“Rate” shall mean the amount per kilowatt hour that would be charged, at the time in question, by the public utility company supplying electric current to the Building, at the rate schedule payable by Landlord from time to time, including, without limitation, all applicable surcharges, demand charges, time-of-day charges, energy charges, fuel adjustment charges, rate adjustment charges, taxes, and other sums payable in respect thereof, as if the Usage were the total current being purchased.

“Tenant’s Cost” shall mean an amount equal to the product of (i) the Rate, multiplied by (ii) the Usage, multiplied by (iii) 108%. If any tax is imposed upon Landlord’s receipt from the sale or resale of electrical energy or gas or telephone service to Tenant by any Federal, State or Municipal Authority, Tenant covenants and agrees that, where permitted by law, Tenant’s pro-rata share of such taxes shall be passed on to, and in included in the bill of, and paid by, Tenant to Landlord.

The parties acknowledge that they understand that it is anticipated that electric rates, charges, etc., may be changed by virtue of time-of-day rates or other methods of billing, electricity purchases and the redistribution thereof, and that the references in the foregoing paragraphs to changes in methods of or rules on billing are intended to include any such changes. Anything hereinabove to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event is the submetering additional rent to be less than an amount equal to the total of Landlord’s payment to public utilities and/or other providers for the electricity consumed by Tenant (and any taxes thereon or on redistribution of same) plus eight percent (8%) for transmission line loss and other redistribution costs.

52.3 Intentionally deleted.

52.4 Notwithstanding anything contained herein, provided Landlord terminates the furnishing of electricity to at least sixty percent (60%) of the Building, Landlord also reserves the right to, upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to Tenant, terminate the furnishing of electricity to the Premises on a submetering basis, in which event, Tenant shall make application directly to the public utility for the Tenant’s entire separate supply of electric current and Landlord may, upon expiration of the aforementioned sixty (60) days, discontinue furnishing electric current to Tenant. Any meters, risers or other equipment or connections necessary to enable Tenant to obtain electric current directly from such utility shall be installed by Tenant (i) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense if Landlord is required by applicable law to terminate furnishing of electricity to the Premises on a submetering basis, and (ii) at Landlord’s sole cost and expense if Landlord has voluntarily chosen to terminate the furnishing of electricity to the Premises on a submetering basis. Rigid conduits only will be allowed. Landlord shall also permit its wire and conduits, to the extent available and safely compatible, to be used for such purpose. Irrespective of whether Landlord exercises any option set forth in this Article 52, Tenant shall not be released from any liability under this Lease and the Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Landlord agrees to sign all forms (provided same are reasonably acceptable to Landlord and further provided that Landlord incurs no cost in connection therewith) in connection with Tenant’s application to the public utility pursuant to this Section 52.4; provided, however, that if there is a cost in connection with such form, Landlord shall nonetheless sign said form and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such cost as Additional Rental within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written demand for same.

 

26.


Any meter(s) installed by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Article 52 shall be maintained and repaired by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

53.

BROKER

Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it neither consulted nor negotiated with any broker or finder with regard to the rental of the Premises from Landlord, other than Newmark Grubb Knight Frank (“Broker”) who shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to Landlord’s separate agreement with Broker. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any damages, liabilities, settlement payments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in defending an action or claim or enforcing this indemnity) suffered, incurred or paid by Landlord by reason of any claim or action for a commission or other compensation by any broker or other entity or person other than Broker who claims to have dealt with Tenant in connection with this Lease or the rental of the Premises from Landlord. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

54.

BINDING EFFECT

It is specifically understood and agreed that this Lease is offered to Tenant for signature by the managing agent of the Building solely in its capacity as such agent and subject to Landlord’s acceptance and approval, and that Tenant shall have affixed its signature hereto with the understanding that such act shall not, in any way, bind Landlord or its agent until such time as this Lease shall have been executed by Landlord and delivered to Tenant.

 

55.

LATE FEE

In the event that any payment to be made by Tenant hereunder shall become overdue for a period in excess of five (5) Business Days, a “late charge” equal to the lesser of (a) Five Percent (5%) of the overdue payment or (b) the maximum amount allowable by law may be charged by Landlord and shall be payable by Tenant as Additional Rental on the first (1st) day of the month following Landlord’s demand therefor. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed as permitting or allowing Tenant to make any payment of Fixed Rental and/or Additional Rental at a time other than when same shall be required to be paid pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. The acceptance of the late charge referred to in this Article shall not in any manner preclude Landlord from enforcing any of its rights contained elsewhere in this Lease.

 

56.

SECURITY DEPOSIT.

56.1 It is agreed that in the event Tenant defaults under the terms of this Lease beyond the expiration of all grace, notice and cure periods, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security so deposited for any sum Landlord may expend by reason of Tenant’s default, or for the payment of any past-due Fixed Rental or Additional Rental. In the event Landlord shall apply all or any portion of Tenant’s security in accordance with this Lease, Tenant shall promptly (but no later than fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s demand) deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to restore such security to the amount set forth in Article 34. If Landlord retains or applies all or a portion of Tenant’s security deposit as a result of Tenant’s default in the payment of Fixed Rental or Additional Rental and Tenant fails to restore the same as aforesaid, Tenant’s failure to restore such security deposit shall be deemed to be a default in the payment of Additional Rental, for default in the payment of which Landlord shall have the same remedies as for a default in the payment of Fixed Rental.

 

27.


56.2 In the event of a sale or lease of the Building, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the security to the purchaser, and, to the extent such funds (or letter of credit, if applicable) are or is actually transferred by Landlord, Landlord shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such security.

56.3 Tenant agrees that it shall not assign or encumber the funds deposited as security hereunder.

56.4 (A) Provided (i) Tenant has paid all Fixed Rental and recurring Additional Rental payments due hereunder (on or before the dates such payments were due to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease or prior to the expiration of any applicable notice, grace and/or cure periods) through the end of the thirty-sixth (36th) full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date, (ii) Landlord has not at any time started an eviction or lease termination proceeding against Tenant due to Tenant’s failure to pay non recurring Additional Rental hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace and/or cure periods, and (iii) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease in the payment of Fixed Rental and/or recurring Additional Rental beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace, and/or cure periods, then in that event, Tenant shall have the right (by providing written notice to Landlord) to reduce the amount of the security deposit to $110,550.00.

(B) Provided (i) Tenant has paid all Fixed Rental and recurring Additional Rental payments due hereunder (on or before the dates such payments were due to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease or prior to the expiration of any applicable notice, grace and/or cure periods) through the end of the seventy-second (72nd) full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date, (ii) Landlord has not at any time started an eviction or lease termination proceeding against Tenant due to Tenant’s failure to pay non recurring Additional Rental hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace and/or cure periods, and (iii) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease in the payment of Fixed Rental and/or recurring Additional Rental beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace, and/or cure periods, then in that event, Tenant shall have the right (by providing written notice to Landlord) to reduce the amount of the security deposit to $88,440.00. From and after the date that Tenant has reduced the amount of the security deposit to $88,440.00 (in accordance herewith), Landlord shall continue to maintain the sum of $88,440.00 as the security deposit under this Lease through the Expiration Date.

(C) In the event (i) Tenant fails to pay any Fixed Rental or recurring Additional Rental payment due hereunder (on or before the date that such payment is due to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease or prior to the expiration of any applicable notice, grace and/or cure periods) or (ii) Landlord starts an eviction or lease termination proceeding against Tenant due to Tenant’s failure to pay non recurring Additional Rental hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace and/or cure periods, then in either such event, the aggregate amount then being held by Landlord as the security deposit pursuant to the terms of this Lease shall remain unchanged and Tenant shall forego any future rights to reduce the amount of security deposit pursuant to this Section 56.4.

 

28.


57.

HOLDOVER

Tenant expressly waives, for itself and for any person claiming through or under Tenant, any rights which Tenant or any such person may have under the provisions of Section 2201 of the New York Civil Practice Law and Rules, the stay provisions of the Real Property Actions and Proceedings Law, and of any similar or successor law of same import then in force, in connection with any holdover proceedings which Landlord may institute to enforce the provisions of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the timely surrender by Tenant of the Premises upon the expiration of the term of this Lease is an important inducement to Landlord in entering into this Lease. If the Premises are not surrendered upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant hereby indemnifies Landlord against liability, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord and related expenses, resulting from the delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises, and including any claims made by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant founded upon such delay. In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the termination of this Lease, without the execution of a new lease, then Tenant will pay Landlord as liquidated damages for each month and for each portion of any month during which Tenant holds over in the Premises after the termination of the term of this Lease, a sum equal to one and one half (1.5) times the average Fixed Rental and the Additional Rental which was payable per month under this Lease during the last twelve (12) months of the term thereof. Nothing contained in this Article shall be construed to mean that Landlord has given permission for Tenant or anyone else who occupies the Premises to remain on in the Premises as a monthly tenant, or as a tenant from month to month, and Landlord may proceed to evict Tenant through a holdover or other lawful action or proceeding. Tenant’s obligations under this Article shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

58.

APPLICABLE LAW

This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York. Tenant hereby specifically consents to jurisdiction in the State of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of this Lease and/or the use and occupation of the Premises and waives any right to trial by jury and the right to interpose any counterclaim (except for compulsory counterclaims) in any summary proceeding commenced by Landlord. If Tenant at any time after the date of the execution hereof or during the term hereof shall not be a New York partnership or a New York corporation or a foreign corporation qualified to do business in New York State, Tenant shall designate in writing an agent in New York County for service of process under the laws of the State of New York. Tenant, by notice to Landlord, shall have the right to change such agent, provided that at all times there shall be an agent in New York County for service. In the event of any revocation by Tenant of such agency, such revocation shall be void and have no force and effect unless and until a new agent has been designated for service and Landlord notified to such effect. If any such agency designation shall require a filing in the office of the Clerk of the County of New York, same shall be promptly accomplished by Tenant, at its expense, and a certified copy transmitted to Landlord.

 

29.


59.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (hereinafter defined) to be used, stored, transported, released, handled, produced or installed in, on or from the Premises or the Building “Hazardous Materials,” as used herein, shall mean any flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes, hazardous and toxic substances or related materials, asbestos or any material containing asbestos, or any other substance or material as defined by any federal, state or local environmental law, ordinance, rule or regulation, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, and in the regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to each of the foregoing.

 

60.

INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

 

61.

NOTICES

Any notice or demand which, under the terms of this Lease or under any statute, must or may be given or made by the parties hereto, shall be in writing, and shall be given or made by mailing the same by certified mail, return receipt requested, by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or by personal delivery, addressed to the parties at their respective addresses hereinabove mentioned, with a copy of any notice to Landlord to be delivered simultaneously in the same manner to Landlord’s attorneys, Gerstein Strauss & Rinaldi LLP, 57 West 38th Street, 9th floor, New York, New York 10018, Attention: Jonathan Henry Gerstein, Esq. and with a copy of any notice to Tenant to be delivered simultaneously in the same manner to Tenant’s attorneys, Breslow & Walker, LLP, 100 Jericho Quadrangle, Suite 230, Jericho, New York 11753, Attn: Sheldon Greenblatt, Esq. Either party, however, may designate in writing such new or other address to which such notice or demand shall thereafter be so given, made or mailed. Any notice given hereunder shall be deemed delivered on the third (3rd) day after the notice is deposited in a United States General branch post office, maintained by the United States Government in the City of New York, enclosed in a certified, prepaid wrapper addressed as hereinbefore provided, or on the next business day after delivery to a nationally recognized overnight courier service, or, if sent by hand, on the date the same is actually delivered.

 

62.

ADDENDUM TO ARTICLE 16- BANKRUPTCY

62.1 If Tenant assumes this Lease and proposes to assign the same pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. 101 et seq. (the “Bankruptcy Code”) to any person or entity who shall have made a bona fide offer to accept an assignment of this Lease on terms acceptable to Tenant, then notice of such proposed assignment, setting forth (i) the name and address of such person, (ii) all of the terms and conditions of such offer, and (iii) the adequate assurance to be provided Landlord to assure such person’s future performance under the Lease, including, without limitation, the assurance referred to in Section 365(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be given to Landlord by Tenant not later than twenty (20) days after receipt by Tenant, but in no event later than ten (10) days prior to the date that Tenant shall make application to a court of competent jurisdiction for authority and approval to enter into such assignment and assumption, and Landlord shall thereupon have the prior right and option, to be exercised by notice to Tenant given at any time prior to the effective date of such proposed assignment, to accept an assignment of this Lease upon the same terms and conditions and for the same consideration, if any, as the bona fide offer made by such person, less any brokerage commissions which may be paid by such person for the assignment of this Lease.

 

30.


62.2 Any person or entity to which this Lease is assigned pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed without further act or deed to have assumed all of the obligations arising under this Lease on and after the date of such assignment. Any such assignee shall, upon demand, execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument confirming such assumption.

62.3 Nothing contained in this Article shall, in any way, constitute a waiver of the provisions of this Lease relating to assignment. Tenant shall not, by virtue of this Article, have any further rights relating to assignment other than those granted in the Bankruptcy Code.

62.4 Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts payable by Tenant to or on behalf of Landlord under this Lease, whether or not expressly denominated as rent, shall constitute rent for the purposes of Section 502(b)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

62.5 The term “Tenant,” as used in this Article, includes any trustee, debtor in possession, receiver, custodian or other similar officer.

 

63.

RENT CONTROL

In the event the Fixed Rental or Additional Rental or any part thereof provided to be paid by Tenant under the provisions of this Lease during the demised term shall become uncollectible or shall be reduced or required to be reduced or refunded by virtue of any federal, state, county or city law, order or regulation, or by any direction of a public officer or body pursuant to law, or the orders, rules, code or regulations of any organization or entity formed pursuant to law, whether such organization or entity be public or private, then Landlord, at its option, may at any time thereafter terminate this Lease by not less than thirty (30) days’ written notice to Tenant, on a date set forth in said notice, in which event this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and come to an end on the date fixed in said notice as if the said date were the Expiration Date. Landlord shall not have the right to so terminate this Lease if Tenant, within such period of thirty (30) days, shall, in writing, lawfully agree that the rentals herein reserved are a reasonable rental and agrees to continue to pay said rentals, and if such agreement by Tenant shall then be legally enforceable by Landlord.

 

64.

REPAIRS

64.1 Notwithstanding anything contained in Articles 3, 4, 6 or elsewhere in this Lease, all repairs and other work which Tenant is required to perform under any provision of this Lease may be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s cost, provided, however, that Tenant shall have ten (10) days’ notice prior to Landlord’s undertaking of any non-emergency repair which Landlord intends to undertake. Tenant shall be permitted to perform such non-emergency repair if it diligently pursues the undertaking thereof within such ten (10) day period. Tenant shall pay the cost of such repairs and other work, as Additional Rental, within fifteen (15) days after rendition of a statement therefor by Landlord.

 

31.


64.2 In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 4, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall take good care of the Premises and all improvements, and air conditioning and heating equipment, building systems used by Tenant within the Premises, fire and safety systems within the Premises, and personal property located therein or throughout the Building, including, without limitation, all furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment and all other personal property and stock purchased by Tenant or used in connection with the operation of its business at the Premises (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively referred to as “Tenant’s Property”), and Tenant shall make all necessary repairs to the Premises and/or Tenant’s Property in accordance with the provisions contained herein, whether ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen, or unforeseen, provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to make any repairs to the extent that the same is necessitated by the misuse and/or wrongful acts of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors. Nevertheless, any damage to the Building (including, without limitation, the Premises, the Building and/or the roof), interior and exterior, structural or non structural arising from or caused by the misuse and/or wrongful acts of Tenant (or its licensees, subtenants, agents, servants, employees, invitees or contractors) shall be the liability of Tenant. Landlord shall be responsible for maintaining, repairing and when necessary, replacing all Building systems that affect the Premises unless such maintenance, repair and/or replacement is/are necessitated by Tenant’s (or its licensees, subtenants, agents, servants, employees, invitees or contractors) misuse and/or wrongful acts. Landlord shall also be responsible for making structural repairs to the Building (including the Premises) to the extent that (i) Landlord’s failure to make said repairs would affect the Premises, and (ii) said repairs are not necessitated by Tenant’s (or its licensees, subtenants, agents, servants, employees, invitees or contractors) misuse and/or wrongful acts.

64.3 Landlord shall provide air conditioning to the Premises via the Building air conditioning system (“A/C System”). Such air conditioning shall be provided during the cooling season on Business Days (as defined below) during standard Building cooling hours (8 am – 6 pm). Landlord shall be responsible for maintaining, repairing and when necessary, replacing the A/C System (but not any supplemental system installed by Tenant in the Premises) unless such maintenance, repair and/or replacement is necessitated by Tenant’s (or Tenant’s licensees, subtenants, agents, servants, employees, invitees or contractors) misuse and/or wrongful acts. Landlord will not be required to furnish any other services, except as otherwise provided in this Lease.

64.4 When used in this Article, the term “repairs” shall include replacements and substitutions of all property when necessary, of a quality, class and value at least equal to the property replaced or substituted.

64.5 Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord acknowledges that it shall be Landlord’s responsibility to clean, maintain, repair and replace (subject to applicable legal requirements) the windows and window frames in the Premises, and to clean and maintain any and all interior bathrooms within the Premises at Landlord’s sole cost and expense unless any of the requirements of this Section 64.5 are caused by Tenant’s (or Tenant’s licensees, subtenants, agents, servants; employees, invitees or contractors) misuse and/or wrongful acts in which case same shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

32.


64.6 Landlord acknowledges that it shall be Landlord’s responsibility to repair any leaks in the bathrooms or emanating through the windows or walls in the Premises or from the pipes servicing the Premises, except if the same are caused by Tenant’s (or Tenant’s licensees, subtenants, agents, servants, employees, invitees or contractors) misuse and/or wrongful acts in which case same shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

65.

PHONE/INTERNET PROVIDERS.

65.1 Tenant hereby acknowledges that as of the date hereof, the following four (4) companies currently provide internet and/or telephone service to various tenants within the Building: Verizon, Cogent, Time Warner, and Everest. Should Tenant desire to contract with an additional telephone and/or internet provider, Landlord will (after receipt of Tenant’s written notification of such desire) use reasonable efforts to permit such company to install fibre in the Building so that Tenant may have the benefit of services from such provider provided and only condition that (i) Landlord incurs no costs whatsoever in connection therewith, (ii) Tenant is solely responsible for any costs in connection therewith, (iii) Tenant’s indemnification in Article 50 of this Lease shall apply and extend to any claims, suits, actions, damages, fines, charges, penalties, losses, liens, fees, costs, court costs, expenses (including, but not limited to, all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, architects, engineers and other professionals engaged by one or more Indemnitees) and liabilities which may be incurred by or imposed on any Indemnitee as a result of this Section 65.1, (iv) no other Building tenant, Building occupant, or provider shall be disturbed or interfered with in any way as a result of such new provider or Tenant’s use of such new provider’s services, and (v) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for the reasonable costs (including without limitation reasonable legal fees) incurred by Landlord in connection with any such company installing fibre in the Building (including, without limitation, in connection with any license or other agreement with such provider that may be required) so that Tenant may have the benefit of services from such provider (which reimbursement shall not be refundable under any circumstance, including, without limitation, such provider actually entering into such license or other agreement and/or installing fibre in the Building and/or providing services to Tenant).

 

66.

LANDLORD’S SERVICES

66.1 Landlord shall furnish Tenant with the following services:

66.1.1 Non-exclusive passenger and freight elevator service during regular hours (that is, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. [“Regular Hours”]) of business days (which term is used to mean all days except Saturdays, Sundays, those days that are observed by the State or Federal governments as legal holidays, and those days designated as holidays by the applicable building service union employees’ contract) through the year (“Business Days”). There shall be no use of the freight elevator by Tenant for construction deliveries. Tenant may use the freight elevator (on a non-exclusive basis and, except as expressly hereafter set forth, only during Regular Hours of Business Days) (x) for Tenant’s move-in to the demised premises, and (y) for Tenant’s move-out from the demised premises provided that in the case of both of subsections (x) and (y), Tenant has scheduled such use with the Building manager. Tenant shall also have the right, at no cost to Tenant, to use the Building freight elevator (on a non-exclusive basis) outside of Regular Hours of Business Days for Tenant’s move-in to the Premises and Tenant’s move-out from the Premises subject however, to all of the following: (i) Tenant not then being in monetary default or material non monetary default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice,

 

33.


grace and cure periods, (ii) Tenant having provided Landlord with at least seventy-two (72) hours’ prior written notice specifying the hours during which Tenant requests overtime freight elevator use, (iii) such hours (a) being in blocks of not less than four (4) hours per block, and (b) not exceeding eight (8) hours in the aggregate, and (iv) other conditions reasonably beyond Landlord’s control which prevent the freight elevator from being available at such times. Subject to force majeure there shall be at least one passenger elevator available for use 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365(6) days a year.

66.1.2 Furnish heat to the Premises during Regular Hours of Business Days as required by law. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for the ventilating conditions and/or temperature of the Premises during the hours or days Landlord is not required to furnish heat pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 66.1.2. Landlord shall (a) furnish heat to the Premises outside of Regular Hours of Business Days as required by law, and (b) provide air conditioning to the Premises via the A/C System during the Building cooling season but outside of standard Building cooling hours of Business Days provided and on condition that (in the case of subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 66.1.2): (i) Tenant has provided Landlord with a written request for such heat or air conditioning at least forty-eight (48) hours’ in advance (“After Hours Request”), (ii) Tenant specifies in the After Hours Request the number of hours that Tenant will require such heat or air conditioning, and (iii) Tenant pays for such air conditioning or heat at the rate of $750.00 per hour or Tenant’s pro-rata share thereof if other tenants of the Building request overtime air conditioning or heating during the same time (“After Hours Payment) (which After Hours Payment shall be deemed Additional Rental and shall be due and payable at the time of the After Hours Request).

66.1.3 Furnish hot and cold water for lavatory and office cleaning purposes. If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any other purposes, Tenant agrees to Landlord installing a meter or meters or other means to measure Tenant’s water consumption, and Tenant further agrees to reimburse Landlord for the cost of the meter or meters and the installation thereof, and to pay for the maintenance of said meter equipment and/or to pay Landlord’s cost of other means of measuring such water consumption by Tenant. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for the cost of all water consumed, as measured by said meter or meters or as otherwise measured, including sewer rents.

66.2 Landlord shall clean and maintain the Premises using either Landlord’s employees or a cleaning company contracted for and paid for by Landlord and chosen by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion. All waste and garbage shall be removed from the Premises to the outside of the Building by Landlord’s employees or by a private sanitation company independently contracted for and paid for by Landlord and chosen by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall not store any garbage, cartons or inventory outside of the Premises. Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of all state, federal, municipal and local governmental, departments, commissions and boards regarding the collection, sorting, separation and recycling of waste products, garbage, refuse and trash. Tenant shall sort and separate such waste products, garbage, refuse and trash into such categories as provided by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided and on condition that Landlord’s contractor’s rates are competitive and reasonable, Tenant agrees to employ (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) Landlord’s contractor, as Landlord may from time to time designate, for any waxing, polishing and other cleaning or other maintenance work in or to the Premises and of

 

34.


Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment in excess of the standard office cleaning services provided by Landlord (“Above Standard Cleaning Services”). Tenant agrees that the moneys payable by Tenant to Landlord for Above Standard Cleaning Services shall be deemed to be Additional Rental for the purposes of this Lease and shall be payable by Tenant within fifteen (15) days after a bill therefor is rendered by Landlord. Tenant agrees that it shall not employ any cleaning and maintenance contractor nor any individual firm or organization for such purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent.

66.3 Intentionally deleted.

66.4 Landlord reserves the right, without any liability to Tenant to stop operating any of the heating, ventilating, electric, sanitary, elevator, or other Building systems serving the Premises, and to stop the rendition of any of the other services required of Landlord under this Lease, whenever and for so long as may be necessary by reason of accidents, emergencies, strikes, or the making of repairs or changes that Landlord is required by this Lease or by law to make or in good faith deems necessary, or by reason of difficulty in securing proper supplies of fuel, steam, water, electricity, labor, or supplies, or by reason of any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. Notwithstanding the foregoing except in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall make reasonable efforts (to the extent within Landlord’s reasonable control) (i) to (in the case of stoppages that are likely to last more than one (1 ) Business Day) give Tenant reasonable advance notice of such stoppage either via the Building’s public address system, or via e-mail to info@olo.com, and (ii) to minimize any interruption to Tenant’s business, and (iii) to pursue the reasonable steps to re-commence providing services, provided that in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii), (a) no such efforts shall require Landlord to perform work on an overtime basis or to otherwise perform work in a manner that will increase the cost thereof to Landlord, and (b) Landlord shall have no liability for Landlord’s failure to make any such efforts, and (c) no failure to make any such efforts shall in any way affect Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. For the sake of certainty, this Section 66.4 does not pertain to an Interruption as a consequence of Landlord’s failure due to its default under this Lease in providing electricity, heating in the heating season, air conditioning during Building cooling hours of Business Days during the Building cooling season, lavatory facilities, or elevator service to the Premises. In the event of any such Interruption, Tenant may receive an abatement of Fixed Rental and recurring Additional Rental to the extent permitted by Section 66.6 if all of the other conditions predicate thereto in Section 66.6 of this Lease are also satisfied.

66.5 Subject to applicable law and force majeure, Landlord shall provide Tenant with access to the demised premises 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365(6) days a year.

66.6 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord agrees that if during the term hereof, Tenant shall be materially interrupted in its ability to conduct its business in the Premises in a manner substantially comparable to the manner in which Tenant conducted such business therein immediately preceding such interruption (an “Interruption”) not as a consequence of force majeure but rather as a consequence of Landlord’s default under this Lease with respect to any express obligation of Landlord under this Lease to provide electricity, heating in the heating season, air conditioning during Building cooling hours of Business Days during the Building cooling season, lavatory facilities, or elevator service to the Premises, and provided (x) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of such Interruption (“Interruption Notice”), (y)

 

35.


Tenant ceases operating its business in the entire Premises and does not operate its business in any portion of the Premises at any time during the thirty (30) day period described below (provided, however, that Tenant may at any time enter the Premises solely for the purpose of collecting work and Tenant’s belongings without same constituting Tenant operating its business for purposes of this Section 66.6); and (z) the need for the repair, replacement and improvement was not required, in whole or in part, as the result of the acts or omissions of, or breach of this Lease by, Tenant or any other persons occupying any portion of the Premises by, through or under Tenant, or any of its or their employees, servants, agents, contractors or invitees, then, if the Interruption shall continue for thirty (30) or more consecutive days after Landlord’s receipt of the Interruption Notice, the Fixed Rental, and recurring Additional Rental, payable by Tenant hereunder, shall abate from the day immediately following the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, to the day which is the first to occur of (A) the date Landlord gives notice to Tenant of the cessation of the Interruption (provided such Interruption has actually ceased), or (B) when Tenant or any other persons occupying any portion of the Premises by, through or under Tenant, or any of its or their employees, servants, agents, contractors or invitees occupies the Premises, or any part thereof, for business. For purposes of this paragraph: (a) elevator service shall be deemed provided if at least one elevator (passenger or freight) is provided, (b) lavatory facilities shall be deemed provided if lavatory facilities are offered to Tenant within three (3) floors of the Premises provided at least one (1) passenger elevator is working, (c) heating shall be deemed provided if Landlord provides heating by using supplemental or temporary or portable units, and (d) air conditioning shall be deemed provided if Landlord provides air conditioning by using supplemental or temporary or portable units. The foregoing provisions shall not apply in the event the Premises are damaged in whole or in part as a result of fire or other casualty, and in such event the provisions of Article 9 of this Lease shall govern.

 

67.

TENANT’S ALTERATIONS

67.1 Tenant may, without the consent of Landlord, from time to time during the term of this Lease and at Tenant’s sole expense, make such alterations, additions, installations, substitutions, improvements and decorations (hereinafter collectively called changes and, as applied to changes provided for in this Article, Tenant’s Changes) in and to the Premises, the estimated cost of which does not exceed $30,000.00 (exclusive of the costs of decorating work, carpeting and of any architect’s and engineer’s fees), as Tenant may reasonably consider necessary for the conduct of its business therein, on the following conditions:

67.1.1 the outside appearance or strength of the Building, or of any of its structural parts, shall not be affected;

67.1.2 no part of the Building outside of the Premises shall be physically affected;

67.1.3 the proper functioning of any of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary and other service systems of the Building and/or the Premises shall not be adversely affected, and the usage of such systems by Tenant shall not be increased;

 

36.


67.1.4 before proceeding with any change either costing in excess of $30,000.00 (exclusive of the costs of decorating work, carpeting and of any architect’s, attorney’s and engineer’s fees), or involving any change to the mechanical, electrical, sanitary, HVAC and/or other service systems, irrespective of cost, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s prior approval, plans and specifications for the work to be done, drawn by a registered architect or duly licensed engineer. Provided and on condition that such change does not involve any change to the mechanical, electrical, sanitary, HVAC and/or other service systems and satisfies Sections 67.1.1, 67.1.2, and 67.1.3 (and therefore requires Landlord’s approval of plans and specifications only because of its cost), and further provided that Tenant satisfies the other requirements of this Article 67, Landlord’s approval of such plans and specifications shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall cause to be prepared all drawings, plans and specifications, and all other reports, applications and materials, required by the Department of Buildings of the City of New York, the New York City Landmarks Preservation Commission (the “Landmarks Commission”), the Department of Labor and any other governmental authorities having jurisdiction with respect to Tenant’s Changes and any permits and special licenses which may be required for or in connection with Tenant’s Changes or the permitted use. Any and all filings of such drawings, plans, specifications, reports, applications and other materials with the Department of Buildings of the City of New York, the Department of Labor and any other governmental authorities having jurisdiction shall be made solely by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in connection with the execution and delivery of documents necessary to obtain work permits. Nothing herein shall be deemed to, or operate to create any liability or other obligation on the part of Landlord in the event that any such filings shall not be approved by the Department of Buildings of the City of New York or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction, unless caused by Landlord’s failure to reasonably cooperate with Tenant’s requests.

67.2 Before commencing any work estimated by Landlord to cost in excess of $100,000 to complete, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord such bonds for payment and completion or such other security for completion thereof and payment therefor as Landlord shall require and in such form as is satisfactory to Landlord and in an amount which will be one hundred and ten percent (110%) of Landlord’s estimate of the cost of performing such work.

67.3 Prior to the commencement of any work to the Premises, Tenant shall obtain from its contractor and all subcontractors performing work or delivering material to the Premises, and deliver to Landlord, written acknowledgements that (a) the work is being performed only at the request of Tenant, and not at Landlord’s request, and (b) Landlord is not deriving any benefit from the performance or completion of the work, and (c) that Landlord is not responsible for the payment for the work being performed.

67.4 Tenant shall, at its expense, obtain all necessary governmental licenses, permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of Tenant’s Changes, and, upon completion, obtain all necessary signoffs and certificates of acceptance and completion which may be required from such governmental authorities, and Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Changes to be performed in compliance with such licenses, permits and certificates, as well as with all applicable laws, codes, ordinances, regulations and requirements of public authorities (including, without limitation, the Landmarks Commission) and all applicable standards and requirements of insurance bodies, the New York Board of Fire Underwriters, the National Electric Code, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers, I.S.O., and any similar or successor bodies thereto, in a good and workmanlike manner, using new materials and equipment of a quality and class at least equal to the original installations

 

37.


in the Premises. Tenant’s Changes shall be performed during the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on days other than Saturdays, Sundays and holidays in such a manner as not to interfere with the operation of the Building and (unless Tenant shall indemnify Landlord therefor to the latter’ s reasonable satisfaction), so as not to impose any additional expense upon Landlord in the maintenance or operation of the Premises, and so as not to interfere with the safety, use, occupancy, comfort or quiet enjoyment of any other tenant or occupant of the Building. Any work which shall interfere with the safety, use, occupancy, comfort or quiet enjoyment of any other tenant or occupant shall be performed at Tenant’s expense, and upon coordination with the Building manager. If Landlord incurs any costs or expenses in connection with the performance of Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the actual costs and expenses incurred by Landlord. Throughout the performance of Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall, at its expense, carry, or cause to be carried, builder’s risk insurance, insuring against loss from fire, vandalism or other risks as are customarily covered by a broad-form extended coverage endorsement on a completed value basis for the full insurable value at all times, workers’ compensation insurance in statutory limits, and general liability insurance for any occurrence in or about the Building, all as set forth in, and written by insurance companies described in, Article 51 hereof. All such insurance policies (other than the workers’ compensation) shall name Landlord and its agents as additional parties insured, and shall be in such limits as Landlord may reasonably prescribe and be placed with insurers reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence that such insurance is in effect at or before the commencement of Tenant’s Changes and, on request, at reasonable intervals thereafter during the continuance of Tenant’s Changes. Tenant shall not cause damage to the Building, building systems or any personal property of Landlord or any other tenant or occupant of the Building, and in the event of any such damage will promptly repair any such damage to Landlord’s satisfaction. If any of Tenant’s Changes shall involve the removal of any fixtures, equipment, or other property in the Premises that are not Tenant’s property, such fixtures, equipment, or other property shall be, upon Landlord’s request, stored and preserved, and returned to Landlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of this lease. All electrical and plumbing work in connection with Tenant’s Changes shall be performed by contractors or subcontractors licensed therefor by all governmental agencies having or asserting jurisdiction and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

67.5 Tenant shall pay to Landlord or its designee, within fifteen (15) days after demand, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s Changes, including the costs incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of the Tenant’s Changes (including review of requests for approval thereof).

67.6 Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall: (i) furnish evidence satisfactory to Landlord that all of Tenant’s Changes have been completed and paid for in full and that any and all liens therefor that have been or might be filed have been discharged of record (by payment, bond, order of a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise) or waived, and that no security interests relating thereto are outstanding; (ii) pay Landlord for the cost of any Tenant’s Changes done for Tenant by Landlord, and all other charges due hereunder; (iii) to the extent not previously provided, furnish to Landlord the insurance and certificates required by this Lease; and (iv) if an architect has been used, furnish an affidavit in the form recommended by the American Institute of Architects from Tenant’s registered architect certifying that all work performed in the Premises is substantially in accordance with the plans and specifications.

 

38.


67.7 Tenant shall, at its expense and with diligence and dispatch, procure the cancellation or discharge of all notices of violation arising from, or otherwise connected with, Tenant’s Changes that shall be issued by the Department of Buildings of the City of New York, the Landmarks Commission, or any other public or quasi-public authority having or asserting jurisdiction. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all notices of violation and mechanic’s and other liens filed in connection with Tenant’s Changes, including the liens of any security interest in, conditional sales of, or chattel mortgages upon, any materials, fixtures, or articles so installed in and constituting part of the Premises, and against all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such lien, security interest, conditional sale, or chattel mortgage or any action or proceeding brought thereon. Tenant, at its expense, shall procure the satisfaction or discharge of, by bonding, payment or otherwise, all such liens within thirty (30) days after Landlord makes written demand therefor. Notice is hereby given that neither Landlord, Landlord’s agents, nor any mortgagee shall be liable for any labor or materials furnished or to be furnished to Tenant upon credit, and that no mechanic’s or other lien for such labor or materials shall attach to or affect any estate or interest of Landlord, or any mortgagee in and to the Premises or the Building.

67.8 Tenant agrees that the exercise of its rights pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall not be done in a manner that would, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord: (a) create any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, or dispute; or (b) violate the Building’s union contracts affecting the Land and/or Building or Landlord’s union and/or service contracts, if any, affecting the Premises. In the event of the occurrence of any condition described above arising from Tenant’s exercise of any of its rights pursuant to the provisions of this Section 67.8, Tenant shall, immediately upon notice from Landlord, cease the manner of exercise of such right giving rise to such condition. In the event that Tenant fails to cease such manner of exercise of its rights as aforesaid, Landlord, in addition to any rights available to it under this Lease and pursuant to law, shall have the right to seek an injunction.

67.9 Any approval or consent by Landlord shall in no way obligate Landlord in any manner whatsoever in respect to the finished product designed and/or constructed by Tenant, nor be deemed a representation or warranty of Landlord as to the adequacy or sufficiency of any matter approved or consented to for Tenant’s purposes or otherwise. Any deficiency in design or construction, although approved by Landlord, shall be solely the responsibility of Tenant.

67.10 Landlord shall have the right to inspect Tenant’s work at any time to verify compliance by Tenant with the provisions of this Article. Landlord shall endeavor to provide Tenant with advance oral or written notice of Landlord’s desire to inspect Tenant’s work but Landlord shall have no liability and this Lease and Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall not in any way be affected if Landlord fails to provide such notice.

67.11 All work performed or installations made by Tenant (or by Landlord at Tenant’s request and expense) in and to the demised premises shall be in compliance with the requirements of Local Law 5 of 1973 of the City of New York, as heretofore and hereafter amended (“Local Law 5”). The foregoing shall include, without limitation, (i) compliance with the compartmentalization requirements of Local Law 5, (ii) relocation of existing fire detection devices, alarm signals and/or communication devices necessitated by the alteration of the demised premises, and (iii) installation of such additional fire control or detection devices as may be

 

39.


required by applicable governmental or quasi-governmental rules, regulations or requirements (including, without limitation, any requirements of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters) as a result of Tenant’s manner of use of the demised premises. The design of such installations shall be at Tenant’s discretion so long as the results comply with Local Law 5. All Local Law 5 work and installations required to be undertaken by Tenant shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and in accordance with plans and specifications and by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord.

67.12 For Tenant’s Changes, provided that Landlord’s expeditor’s fees are reasonable and competitive, Tenant must use Landlord’s expediter, at Tenant’s expense, for all filings and for the obtaining of all permits.

 

68.

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

68.1 This Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder are, and shall be, subject and subordinate to: (i) all present and future ground leases, operating leases, superior leases, underlying leases and grants of term of the land on which the Building stands (“Land”) and the Building or any portion thereof (collectively, including the applicable items set forth in subdivision (iv) below, the “Superior Lease”); (ii) all mortgages and building loan agreements, including leasehold mortgages and spreader and consolidation agreements, which may now or hereafter affect the Land, the Building or the Superior Lease (collectively, including the applicable items set forth in subdivisions (iii) and (iv) below, the “Superior Mortgage”) whether or not the Superior Mortgage shall also cover other lands or buildings or leases, except that a mortgage on the Land only shall not be a Superior Mortgage so long as there is in effect a Superior Lease which is not subordinate to such mortgage; (iii) each advance made or to be made under the Superior Mortgage; and (iv) all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals, substitutions, refinancings and extensions’ of the Superior Lease and the Superior Mortgage and all spreaders and consolidations of the Superior Mortgage. The provisions of this Article shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. Tenant shall promptly (but no later than fifteen (15) days after any written request therefore) execute and deliver, at its own expense, any instrument, in recordable form, if requested, that Landlord, the Superior Lessor or the Superior Mortgagee may reasonably request at any time and from time to time to evidence such subordination. The Superior Mortgagee may elect that this Lease shall be deemed to have priority over such Superior Mortgage, whether this Lease is dated prior to, or subsequent to, the date of such Superior Mortgage. If, in connection with obtaining, continuing or renewing of financing for which the Building, Land or the interest of the lessee under the Superior Lease represents collateral, in whole or in part, the Superior Mortgagee shall request reasonable modifications of this Lease as a condition of such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not materially and adversely increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder, diminish the rights of Tenant hereunder, or cause any change in (i) Tenant’s financial obligations (including, without limitation Fixed Rental or Additional Rental) hereunder, (ii) Building services, (iii) the size of the Premises, (iv) the permitted use of the Premises, (v) any assignment or sublet rights, (vi) the Credit, (vii) Tenant’s Proportionate Share, (viii) Landlord’s Work, or (ix) the term of this Lease.

 

40.


68.2 Landlord hereby notifies Tenant that this Lease may not be cancelled or surrendered, or modified or amended so as to reduce the Fixed Rental or Additional Rental, shorten the term or adversely affect in any other respect, to any material extent, the rights of Landlord hereunder, and that Landlord may not accept prepayments of any installments of Fixed Rental or Additional Rental except for prepayments in the nature of security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, the first monthly installment of Fixed Rental, the Tax Payment if required to be prepaid as per Article 44 of this Lease, and the Money For Landlord’s Work, without the consent of any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee in each instance, except that said consent shall not be required for the prosecution of any action or proceedings against Tenant by reason of a default on the part of Tenant under the terms of this Lease.

68.3 If, at any time prior to the termination of this Lease, any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee or any other person or the successors or assigns of the foregoing (collectively referred to as “Successor Landlord”) shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, Tenant agrees, at the election and upon request of any such Successor Landlord, to fully and completely attorn to and recognize any such Successor Landlord, as Tenant’s Landlord under this Lease upon the then executory terms of this Lease, provided such Successor Landlord shall agree in writing to accept Tenant’s attornment. The foregoing provisions of this subparagraph shall inure to the benefit of any such Successor Landlord, shall apply notwithstanding that, as a matter of law, this Lease may terminate upon the termination of the Superior Lease, shall be self-operative upon any such demand, and no further instrument shall be required to give effect to said provisions. Upon the request of any such Successor Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver, from time to time, instruments satisfactory to any such Successor Landlord in recordable form, if requested, to evidence and confirm the foregoing provisions of this subparagraph, acknowledging such attornment and setting forth the terms and conditions of its tenancy. Upon such attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between such Successor Landlord and Tenant upon all of the then executory terms of this Lease except that such Successor Landlord shall not be: (i) liable for any previous act or omission or negligence of Landlord under this Lease; (ii) subject to any counterclaim, defense or offset, not expressly provided for in this Lease and asserted with reasonable promptness, which theretofore shall have accrued to Tenant against Landlord; (iii) bound by any previous modification or amendment of this Lease made after the granting of such senior interest, or by any previous prepayment of more than one month’s Fixed Rental or Additional Rental, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been approved in writing by any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee through or by reason of which the Successor Landlord shall have succeeded to the rights of Landlord under this Lease; (iv) obligated to repair the Premises or the Building or any part thereof, in the event of total or substantial damage beyond such repair as can reasonably be completed with the net proceeds of insurance actually made available to Successor Landlord, provided all insurance to be maintained by the Landlord hereunder is thus maintained; or (v) obligated to repair the Premises or the Building or any part thereof, in the event of partial condemnation beyond such repair as can reasonably be completed with the net proceeds of any award actually made available to Successor Landlord, or consequential damages allocable to the part of the Premises or the Building not taken. Nothing contained in this subparagraph shall be construed to impair any right otherwise exercisable by any such Successor Landlord.

68.4 If any act or omission by Landlord would give Tenant the right, immediately or after lapse of time, to cancel or terminate this Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant will not exercise any such right until (i) it has given written notice of such act or omission to each Superior Mortgagee and each Superior Lessor, whose name and address shall have previously been furnished to Tenant, by delivering notice of such act of omission addressed to each such party at

 

41.


its last address so furnished, and (ii) a ten (10) day period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following such giving of notice and following the time when such Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall have become entitled under such Superior Lease or Superior Mortgage, as the case may be, to remedy the same (which shall in no event be less than the period to which Landlord would be entitled under this Lease to effect such remedy) provided such Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall, with reasonable diligence, give Tenant notice of its intention to remedy such act or omission and shall commence and continue to act upon such intention.

 

69.

MISCELLANEOUS

69.1 Tenant hereby agrees to pay, as Additional Rental, all attorneys’ fees and disbursements (and all other court costs or expenses of legal proceedings) which Landlord may incur or pay out by reason of, or in connection with:

69.1.1 Any action or proceeding by Landlord to terminate this Lease for a default by Tenant beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods;

69.1.2 Any other action or proceeding by Landlord against Tenant (including, but not limited to, any arbitration proceeding) in which Landlord substantially obtains in such action or proceeding or by settlement thereof the relief sought by Landlord in bringing such action or proceeding;

69.1.3 Any action or proceeding brought by Tenant against Landlord (or any officer, partner or employee of Landlord) in which Tenant fails to secure a final unappealable judgment against Landlord; and

69.1.4 Any other appearance by Landlord (or any officer, partner or employee of Landlord) as a witness or otherwise in any action or proceeding whatsoever involving or affecting Tenant or this Lease.

Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration of the term hereof or any other termination of this Lease. This Section is intended to supplement, and not to limit, other provisions of this Lease pertaining to indemnities and/or attorneys’ fees.

69.2 If any of the provisions of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision or provisions to persons or circumstances other than those as to whom or which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

69.3 No agreement to accept a surrender of all or any part of the Premises shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. The delivery of keys to an employee of Landlord or of its agent shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises. If Tenant shall, at any time, request Landlord to sublet the Premises for Tenant’s account, Landlord or its agent is authorized to receive said keys for such purposes without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations under this Lease, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any liability for loss or damage to any of Tenant’s property in connection with such subletting.

 

42.


69.4 The receipt by Landlord of rent with knowledge of breach of any obligation of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach.

69.5 No payment by Tenant, or receipt by Landlord, of a lesser amount than the correct Fixed Rental or Additional Rental due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy in this Lease or at law provided.

69.6 The terms “person” and “persons” as used in this Lease shall be deemed to include natural persons, firms, corporations, associations and any other private or public entities.

69.7 If Tenant is in arrears in the payment of Fixed Rental or Additional Rental, Tenant waives its right, if any, to designate the items in arrears against which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited, and Landlord may apply any of such payments to any such items in arrears as Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall determine, irrespective of any designation or request by Tenant as to the items against which any such payments shall be credited.

69.8 The terms “Owner” and “Landlord” as used in this Lease are interchangeable. The terms “Article,” “Section” and “Paragraph” as used in this Lease are interchangeable.

69.9 If Tenant is a corporation, the person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby covenants, represents and warrants that Tenant is duly incorporated and is authorized to do business in New York State and that the person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is an officer of the organization authorized to execute this Lease.

 

70.

LEASE NOT BINDING UNLESS EXECUTED

Submission by Landlord of this Lease for execution by Tenant shall confer no rights nor impose any obligations on either party unless and until (i) Tenant shall have submitted to Landlord (a) at least four copies of this Lease to Landlord, duly executed by or on behalf of Tenant (and in the case that Tenant is a corporation, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a duly executed resolution of Tenant’s board of directors authorizing this Lease), (b) separate checks payable to the direct order of Landlord on a bank account in Tenant’s name in the amount of the first monthly installment of Fixed Rental payable upon the execution of this Lease, the security deposit, and any other monies payable by Tenant to Landlord (or third parties) on the execution hereof), (c) a certificate of insurance in form required in this Lease and (d) any other deliveries specifically called for under this Lease to be submitted to Landlord on or prior to the commencement date of the Term and (ii) Landlord shall have countersigned this Lease and duplicate originals thereof shall have been delivered by Landlord to Tenant. In the event Landlord countersigns and delivers this Lease to Tenant at a time when any of the aforementioned deliveries have not been received by Landlord or are not in proper form, this Lease shall be effective, but Tenant shall remain obligated to provide such deliveries, the same not being waived by Landlord, unless Landlord specifically waives receipt of the same in writing.

 

43.


71.

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

This Lease shall be deemed to have been made in New York County, City and State of New York, and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. All actions or proceedings relating, directly or indirectly, to this Lease shall be litigated only in courts located within the County of New York. Tenant, any guarantor of the performance of its obligations hereunder, and their successors and assigns, hereby subject themselves to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court located within such county, waive personal service of any process upon them in any action or proceeding therein, and consent that such process be served by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to the Tenant and any successor at Tenant’s address hereinabove set forth, or to Guarantor and any successor at the address set forth in the instrument of guaranty and to any assignee at the address set forth in the instrument of assignment. Such service shall be deemed made three (3) days after such process is so mailed.

 

72.

QUALIFICATIONS AS TO USE

Tenant shall not suffer or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used in any manner or anything to be done therein, or suffer or permit anything to be brought into or kept therein, which would in any way, (i) violate any of the provisions of any Superior Mortgage or Superior Lease, or the requirements of public authorities, (ii) make void or voidable any fire or liability insurance policy then in force with respect to the Building; (iii) make unobtainable from reputable insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of New York any fire insurance with extended coverage, or liability, elevator, boiler, or other insurance required to be furnished by Landlord under the terms of any Superior Mortgage or Superior Lease at standard rates, if obtainable at such rates prior to the execution and delivery of this Lease; (iv) cause or in Landlord’s reasonable opinion be likely to cause physical damage to the Building or any part thereof; (v) constitute a public or private nuisance or otherwise violate any law relating to the protection of the environment or requiring manufacture, treatment or disposal of any material used by Tenant at the Premises in any particular manner; (vi) impair, in the sole opinion of Landlord, the appearance, character or reputation of the Building; (vii) discharge objectionable fumes, vapors or odors into the Building air conditioning system or into the Building flues or vents not designed to receive them or otherwise in a manner as may offend other tenants or occupants of the Building; (viii) impair or interfere with any of the Building services or the proper and economic heating, cleaning, air conditioning or other servicing of the Building or the Premises, or impair or interfere with or tend to impair or interfere with the use of any of the other areas of the Building by, or occasion discomfort, annoyance or inconvenience to, Landlord or any of the other tenants or occupants of the Building, any such impairment or interference to be in the sole judgment of Landlord; (ix) violate any provision of law pursuant to which Landlord may incur civil or criminal liability as a result of Tenant’s action, including, without limitation, civil or criminal forfeiture, padlocking or other restraint of the Premises or the Building by governmental authority; or (x) increase the pedestrian traffic in and out of the Premises and/or the Building above an ordinary level. Landlord shall not be liable for the violation by any tenant or other party of the rules and regulations of the Building or for such other party’s breach of its lease.

 

44.


73.

PARTNERSHIP TENANT

If Tenant is a partnership (or is comprised of two [2] or more persons, individually and as co-partners of a partnership), or if Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be assigned to a partnership (or to two [2] or more persons, individually and as co-partners of a partnership) pursuant to Article 48 (any such partnership and such persons are referred to in this Article as “Partnership Tenant”), the following provisions of this Article shall apply to such Partnership Tenant: (i) the liability of each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be joint and several, and (ii) each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant hereby consents in advance to, and agrees to be bound by, any written instrument which may hereafter be executed, changing, modifying or discharging this Lease, in whole or in part, or surrendering all or any part of the Premises to Landlord, and by any notices, demands, requests or other communications which may hereafter be given by Partnership Tenant or by any of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant, and (iii) any bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or rendered to Partnership Tenant and all Such parties shall be binding upon Partnership Tenant and all such parties, and (iv) if Partnership Tenant shall admit new partners, all of such new partners shall, by their admission to Partnership Tenant, be deemed to have assumed performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and (v) Partnership Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of the admission of any such new partners, and upon demand of Landlord, shall cause each such new partner to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form satisfactory to Landlord, wherein each such new partner shall assume performance of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed (but neither Landlord’s failure to request any such agreement nor the failure of any such new partner to execute or deliver any such agreement to Landlord shall vitiate the provisions of subdivision (iv) of this Article).

 

74.

CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy the Premises in violation of the Certificate of Occupancy (as the same may be amended from time to time) issued for the Premises or for the Building, and in the event that any department of the City or State of New York shall hereafter at any time contend and/or declare by notice, violation, order or in any other manner whatsoever that the Premises are used for a purpose which is a violation of such Certificate of Occupancy, Tenant shall, upon five (5) days’ written notice from Landlord, immediately discontinue such use of the Premises. Failure by Tenant to discontinue such use after such notice shall be considered a default in the fulfillment of a covenant of this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease immediately, and in addition thereto shall have the right to exercise any and all rights and privileges and remedies given to Landlord by and pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

 

75.

ACCESS TO PREMISES

Tenant understands and agrees that all parts (except surfaces facing the interior of the Premises) of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises (including exterior Building walls, core corridor walls, doors and entrances), all balconies, terraces and roofs adjacent to the Premises, all space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, stairways, chutes, pipes, conduits, ducts, fan rooms, heating, air cooling, plumbing and other mechanical facilities, service closets and other Building facilities are not part of the Premises, and Landlord shall have the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, alteration and repair. Landlord shall comply with Article 13 of this Lease (including, without limitation, Insert 13.1) in connection with Landlord entering the Premises.

 

45.


76.

USE OF PREMISES

Under no circumstances whatsoever shall the Premises or any part thereof be used: (1) as a multiple tenancy; (2) by a foreign or domestic governmental agency; (3) as a betting parlor or gambling casino; (4) by a utility company; (5) as a restaurant, luncheonette or coffee shop; (6) for the on-premises or off-premises sale of alcoholic beverages or as a catering or events facility; (7) for the sale of candy or cigarettes; (8) as an amusement arcade or for use of video games, pinball machines or other customer-attracting devices; (9) for the playing of amplified music, for live entertainment, for dancing or as a discotheque or club; (10) for the sale, display or rental of “adult” or pornographic books, magazines or videos; (11) as a medical, psychiatric, abortion, drug or alcohol clinic; (12) as an employment agency or search firm or school or training center; (13) for retail, manufacturing or residential use; (14) a bank or trust company, industrial bank, safe deposit business, savings & loan association or loan company; (15) school, college, university or educational institution whether profit or not-for-profit; (16) a public stenographer or typist or secretarial service; (17) barber shop, beauty shop, beauty parlor; (18) telephone or telegraph agency; (19) messenger service; (20) travel or tourist agency; (21) commercial document reproduction or offset printing service; (22) labor union; (23) a firm whose principal business is a real estate brokerage or a company engaged in the business of renting office or desk space; and/or (24) for any use other than the use set forth in Article 2.

 

77.

EXCLUSION OF PERSONS FROM PREMISES, AND DELIVERY SYSTEMS

As of the date hereof, Landlord does not accept deliveries of mail, air courier packages, express packages and other packages of any kind on behalf of tenants of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right to install or maintain any security system(s) or procedure(s) that Landlord deems necessary in the Building and exclude from all portions of the Building at any time or times during the term hereof, all messengers, couriers and delivery people other than those who are employees of Tenant. In such event Landlord shall accept on behalf of Tenant all deliveries of mail, air courier packages, express packages and other packages sent by similar means (including any hand deliveries of such mail and packages), shall permit messengers and couriers to pick up mail or packages left by Tenant, and shall provide an area to be used for such purposes to which Tenant’s employees shall deliver mail and packages to be picked up by others and from which such employees shall pick up and distribute mail and packages to be delivered to Tenant, provided, however, that Landlord may elect to provide such distribution to Tenant at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s rules relating to such area and services. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents or security personnel shall be liable to Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, customers, clients, invitees or licensees or to any other person for, and Tenant hereby indemnifies Landlord and Landlord’s agents and security personnel against, liability in connection with or arising out of damage to mail or packages, or the performance or non-performance by Landlord or any person acting by, through or under the direction of Landlord of the services set forth in this Paragraph (including any liability in respect of the property of such persons), unless due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents or security personnel. No representation, guaranty or warranty

 

46.


is made or assurance given that the communications or security systems, devices or procedures of the Building will be effective to prevent injury to Tenant or any other person or damage to, or loss (by theft or otherwise) of, any property of Tenant or of any other person, and Landlord reserves the right to discontinue or modify at any time such communications or security systems or procedure without liability to Tenant.

 

78.

ADDENDUM TO RULES AND REGULATIONS

The following additional Rules and Regulations are hereby incorporated into and made a part of the Rules and Regulations set forth at the end of the printed form of the Lease:

78.1 Fire exits and stairways are for emergency use only, and they shall not be used for any other purpose by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, licensees or invitees. Landlord reserves the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building and the public facilities, as well as facilities furnished for the common use of the tenants, in such manner as it deems best for the benefit of the tenants generally.

78.2 Notwithstanding anything provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall not cause any machinery, equipment, sign, banner, or any other thing to protrude from the Premises to the exterior of the Building beyond the horizontal plane of the exterior windows of the Premises or beyond the Premises within the interior of the Building nor may Tenant place any signs on or in any windows.

78.3 Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a copy of additional Rules and Regulations for the Building.

 

79.

SCAFFOLDING

In the event Landlord shall desire (or becomes obligated) to modify portions of the Building or to alter or renovate the same or clean, repair or waterproof the Building’s facade (whether at Landlord’s option or to comply with law), Landlord may erect scaffolding, “bridges” and other temporary structures to accomplish the same, notwithstanding that such structures may obscure signs or windows forming a part of the Premises, and notwithstanding that access to portions of the Premises may be temporarily diverted or partially obstructed, provided, however, that Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize impairment of access to the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any party claiming through Tenant for loss of business or other consequential damages arising out of any change in the Building or temporary diversion or partial obstruction resulting from such alteration, renovation, repair or cleaning, out of the foregoing structures, or out of any noise, dust and debris from the performance of work in connection therewith, nor out of the disruption of Tenant’s business or access to the Premises necessary to perform such repairs, nor shall any matter arising out of any of the foregoing be deemed a breach of Landlord’s covenant of quiet enjoyment or entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent.

 

47.


80.

CERTIFICATE OF TENANT

Tenant agrees, at any time and from time to time, as requested by Landlord, upon not less than twenty (20) days’ prior written notice, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord and/or any other person, firm or corporation specified by Landlord, a statement (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the same are in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications) and whether any options granted to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease have been exercised, (ii) certifying the dates to which the Fixed Rental and Additional Rental have been paid and the amounts thereof, (iii) stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of Tenant, Landlord is in default in performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant may have knowledge, and (iv) certifying to the best of Tenant’s knowledge such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by others with whom Landlord may be dealing.

 

81.

SUBLEASE

81.1 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant acknowledges that this Lease is a sublease of the demised premises and is subject and subordinate to all of the terms, covenants, conditions, agreements and provisions in (i) the lease dated March 1, 1920 between Elmer E. Smathers, and landlord and Standard Oil Company of New York, as tenant (“Prime Ground Lease”) and (ii) the sub-lease dated November 30, 1989 between Mobil Oil Corporation, (successor in interest to Standard Oil Company of New York) as sub-landlord and Independence Partners, (Landlord’s predecessor-in-interest), as sub-tenant, (“Ground Lease”) (such lease and sublease as the same have been amended and assigned are hereinafter severally and collectively called the “Superior Documents”).

81.2 Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, if there exists a breach by Landlord of any of its obligations under this Lease caused solely by a corresponding breach by the lessor under any Superior Document of its obligations thereunder, then and in such event, Tenant’s sole remedy against Landlord in the event of any such breach of obligations under this Lease, shall be the right to pursue a claim at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in the name of Landlord against such lessor. Landlord agrees that it will, at Tenant’s expense, cooperate with Tenant in the pursuit of such claim.

81.3 Landlord and Tenant agree that the leasehold estate created by this Lease shall not merge with any other estate held by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord in the property of which the demised premises form a part or any other interest of Landlord in the demised premises and the Building, unless Landlord shall expressly elect to have such estates merge.

81.4 Tenant agrees (a) in the event of the termination of the Superior Documents, this Lease shall not terminate or be terminable by Tenant, (b) in the event of any foreclosure action by the holder of the Superior Mortgage, this Lease shall not terminate or be terminable by Tenant by reason of the termination of the Superior Documents unless Tenant is specifically named and joined in any such action and unless a judgment is obtained against Tenant, and (c) in the event the Superior Documents are terminated as aforesaid, and a “new lease” is granted. Tenant shall attorn to Landlord or any Successor Landlord as the case may be.

 

48.


82.

DIRECTORY LISTINGS

Landlord shall, at no cost to Tenant, provide Tenant with Tenant’s Proportionate Share of directory listing(s) in the Building directory. If, at the request of and as an accommodation to Tenant, Landlord shall place upon such directory board one or more names of persons, firms or corporations other than Tenant, this shall not be deemed to operate as a consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting by Tenant of all or any portion of the Premises to such persons, firms or corporations.

 

83.

DOWNTOWN INCENTIVES GENERALLY; LOWER MANHATTAN COMMERCIAL REVITALIZATION PROGRAM

83.1 Landlord acknowledges that Tenant plans to apply for certain State and Local business incentives. If Tenant is successful in receiving same, some of these business incentives may accrue and be payable by State and Local authorities directly to Tenant and others may accrue to Tenant but be passed through to Tenant through the Landlord. Landlord agrees to: (a) sign all forms (provided same are reasonably acceptable to Landlord, same do not affect Landlord’s rights or Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and further provided that Landlord incurs no cost, expense, or liability in connection therewith) in connection with Tenant’s applications for business incentives and the granting or denial of same, and (b) pass such business incentives through to Tenant (to the extent actually received by Landlord) provided that Tenant has (I) paid all costs in connection with any such application, (II) reimbursed Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with any such application (as required by subsection (v)(II) of the following paragraph), and (III) provided Landlord with written evidence of Landlord’s receipt of such incentives being the sole result of Tenant’s application.

Tenant acknowledges and agrees as follows: (i) Landlord has made no representation or warranty whatsoever with respect to (y) whether any incentives are or are not currently or in the future available, or (z) whether any incentives will or will not be granted, (ii) this Lease and Tenant’s obligations hereunder are in no way conditioned upon Tenant receiving any incentives, (iii) Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or credit against Tenant’s obligation to pay Fixed Rental or Additional Rental as a result of this Article 83 including, without limitation, as a result of Tenant’s application(s) for incentives (irrespective of whether Tenant is successful in obtaining such incentives), (iv) nothing contained in this Article 83 including, without limitation, Tenant’s ability or inability to obtain incentives shall provide Tenant with any right to terminate this Lease, (v) Landlord shall incur no cost, expense, or liability as a result of this Article 83 and therefore (I) any application shall be made by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost, and (II) Tenant shall within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written demand, reimburse Landlord as Additional Rental for Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with any application pursuant to this Article 83, and (vi) Tenant’s indemnification in Article 50 of this Lease shall apply and extend to any claims, suits, actions, damages, fines, charges, penalties, losses, liens, fees, costs, court costs, expenses (including, but not limited to, all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, architects, engineers and other professionals engaged by one or more Indemnitees) and liabilities which may be incurred by or imposed on any Indemnitee as a result of this Article 83.

 

49.


83.2 All of the foregoing provisions of this Article 83 shall apply in connection with Tenant’s application to receive real estate tax abatements that may or may not currently be available under the Lower Manhattan Commercial Revitalization Program pursuant to Title 4 of the New York Real Property Tax Law (RPTL). In connection therewith a) Tenant’s Proportionate Share is as set forth in Section 44.5 of this Lease (ie. 1.14%), and b) Tenant is hereby informed that, provided Tenant complies with the terms and conditions hereof and the Lease:

(A) An application for the Lower Manhattan Commercial Revitalization Program Tax Abatement pursuant to Title 4 of the RPTL will be made (by Tenant) for the Premises;

(B) The Additional Rental including amounts payable by Tenant for real property taxes will accurately reflect any abatement of real property taxes granted for the Premises as a result of Tenant’s application pursuant to Title 4 of the RPTL;

(C) At least $5.00, $10.00 or $35.00 per square foot in the abatement zone must be spent on improvements to the Premises and the common areas of the Building, the amount being dependent upon the length of the lease, lease type and number of employees.

(D) All abatements granted will be revoked if, during the benefit period, real estate taxes, water or sewer charges or other lienable charges are unpaid for more than one year, unless such delinquent amounts are paid as provided in subdivision 4 of Section 499-f of the RPTL.

Again, for the sake of certainty (and without limiting the generality of Section 83.1 of this Lease), (i) this Section 83.2 shall be subject to all of the provisions of Section 83.1 of this Lease, (ii) Landlord shall not as a result of Section 83.2 be required to perform any work or expend any money beyond what is expressly required by the other provisions of this Lease, (iii) in the event of any conflict between this Section 83.2 and Section 83.1, Section 83.1 shall govern, and (iv) in the event of any conflict between this Section 83.2 and any other provision of this Lease, said other provision of this Lease shall govern.

[The rest of this page is intentionally left blank. Next page is signature page.]

 

50.


In Witness Whereof, Landlord and Tenant have respectively signed and sealed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
BROADWAY 26 WATERVIEW LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
  Federal ID No.: 77-0671055
TENANT:
MOBO SYSTEMS, INC., D.B.A. OLO
By:  

 

  Name: Matthew J. Tucker
  Title: COO
  Federal ID No.: 20-2971562


EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

[This drawing of the Premises is only an approximation of the space demised, and

Landlord makes no representation that the dimensions indicated on this drawing

are the actual dimensions of the Premises.]


LOGO


EXHIBIT B

LANDLORD’S WORK

 

  1.

Deliver in Building-standard manner, connection points for Tenant’s strobes, speakers, and panels;

  2.

Connect Tenant’s strobes, speakers and panels to the Building’s Class E fire alarm system;

  3.

Provide ACP-5;

  4.

Provide electric current of at least 6 watts per usable square foot (separate from A/C System);

  5.

Refurbish all existing restrooms within Premises in Building-standard manner with all existing restroom fixtures in working order; and

  6.

Perform the work described in Plans (as defined in Note C below).

Landlord shall only be obligated to perform the items that are set forth above on this Exhibit B. All other items are not Landlord’s Work and shall not be performed by Landlord. Such other items may be performed by Tenant pursuant to Article 67 of the Lease.

UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL LANDLORD’S WORK

SHALL BE OF MATERIAL, DESIGN, FINISH AND COLOR OF THE BUILDING

STANDARD ADOPTED FROM TIME TO TIME BY LANDLORD.

Notes:

 

A.

All work shall be performed, furnished, installed, and provided by or through contractors and suppliers of Landlord’s choice.

 

B.

All materials shall be as specified subject to availability and/or equivalent.

 

C.

With respect to item 6 above, “Plans” shall mean plans to perform only the work described in the Work Letter and the Drawings both of which are attached hereto as Exhibit B-1. Any work to ready the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy that is not included in said Work Letter or Drawings shall be deemed “Additional Work”. With respect to Additional Work all of the following shall apply: (i) Additional Work shall not be deemed part of the Plans and therefore (a) shall not be included in Landlord’s Work, and (b) shall not be a condition predicate to the Rent Commencement Date, (ii) Landlord shall have no responsibility whatsoever for the payment of, performance of, or quality or workmanship of Additional Work, its compliance with law, or otherwise, (iii) all Additional Work shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall also have sole responsibility for filing any required plans and obtaining any required permits and governmental approvals for the performance of Additional Work, (iv) all Additional Work shall be deemed Tenant’s Changes and shall be subject to all of the requirements of Article 67 of this Lease (including, without limitation, Landlord’s consent requirement, if applicable), (v) Additional Work may be performed prior to the Rent Commencement Date subject to all of the provisions of Section 42.4 of this Lease, and (vi) if any Additional Work (including, without limitation, the proposal, plan filing and/or performance thereof) or other action done by or on behalf of Tenant results in a stoppage of or interference with Landlord’s Work, and Tenant does not immediately cease such interference upon notice (which may be oral, written or by electronic mail) to Tenant so that Landlord’s Work may be resumed or continued without such interference, then any continuation of such stoppage or interference shall constitute a Tenant’s Delay.

 

D.

In the event of any conflict between Exhibit B and Exhibit B-1, Exhibit B-1 shall control.


EXHIBIT B-1

WORK LETTER AND DRAWINGS


New Building Standard

Work Letter

26 Broadway, New York NY

 

1)

General Construction

Landlord agrees at its sole expense and without charge to Tenant to do the following work, all of which unless otherwise indicated, shall be of material, manufacture, design, capacity and finish selected by Tenant from Landlord’s samples as standard of the building (“Building Standard”). In the event that the specifications herein do not meet the minimum code, then and in such event Landlord shall substitute the higher standard required by code.

All materials and installations shall meet to the best extent possible or exceed all required government codes including, but not limited to: the American Disabilities Act (ADA), Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Codes, Fire Code, Department of Health, NYC Building Departments, etc. All architectural and mechanical plans and specifications shall be provided by Landlord as well as all building permits at Landlord’s expense. Class E fire system and all points shall be installed as per code.

All references to the “plan” or “Plan” shall refer to the Spector Group Plan and finish and lighting plan dated December 16, 2013 and floor plan dated January 27, 2014 attached hereto.

 

2)

Demolition

 

  a)

All demolition necessary to complete the work as set for the herein and on the plans shall be performed including but not limited to partitions, electrical, duct work, mechanical equipment, flooring, bathrooms, plumbing etc.

 

3)

Floors

 

  a)

Furnish and install building standard loop carpeting, as selected by tenant from building standard selections (26 ounce 100% solution dyed nylon or an allowance of $20 PS yd. for material only, installation to be provided), glued down to existing slab with 4” cove vinyl base in tenant’s choice of color.

 

  b)

Furnish and install building standard vinyl composition tile (Kentile-standard series) in lieu of carpet with building standard 4” vinyl cove base, as selected by tenant from building standard selections, in areas designated by the tenant.

 

  c)

The concrete floor as indicated on the Plan shall be prepped and sealed with Tenant approved sealer.

 

  d)

Bathrooms shall receive building standard bathroom tiles and base. Colors to be selected by Tenant from Landlord’s samples.

 

  d)

Removal of existing flooring and prepare the slab to receive new floor finishes.

 

4)

Ceilings

 

  a)

Furnish and install Armstrong tegular tile #584 standard grid color: white 2x2 in offices and corridor as indicated by plan

 

  b)

All ceilings will be continuous to the exterior walls above window.

 

  c)

Ceiling height shall be above the top of the perimeter windows but not less than 9’0” unless required due to field conditions.

  d)

There is no ceiling grid indicated for corridors—corridor ceilings are noted as exposed painted deck with architectural duct work per Plan. Reception area is noted on plan to have exposed painted deck with architectural duct work.

  e)

Exposed slab ceiling with sheetrock cladding in open area as indicated by plan.

 

5)

Partitions

 

  a)

The landlord will provide demising partitions. Installed in accordance with NYC building code, one hour fire rated, slab to slab partitions

 

  b)

Building standard partition within tenant spaces shall extend from the floor to six inches above the suspended ceiling and shall be framed with 2 1/2 by 25 gauge steel studs at 16” on center. One (1) layer of 5/8” gypsum wall-board (sheetrock) will be provided on each side and will be taped and triple coat spackled on the exposed side.


  c)

Partitions terminating at the building exterior will meet either a window mullion or column. No partitions, which interfere with the operation of a window or obscure a window, will be permitted.

 

  d)

There will be a curved wall separating reception and the print/copy area. This wall is proposed to receive millwork (for both reception and print/copy area) which shall be a Tenant extra. Determination on millwork will be based upon cost to Tenant.

 

  e)

As indicated on the Plan landlord shall provide and install glass partition office fronts. The glass partitions shall be 12 clear tempered glass, butt glazed, top and bottom channel from finished floor to top of 8’0” foot high.

  f)

the 2 meeting rooms are fully enclosed by glass, the lab, also the engineer workstation area has glass entrance points as does Meeting Room 3. The conference room is enclosed by a stationary glass wall and movable glass wall. Details on the Engineers glass fronted office needs to be further detailed because the glass wall engages the 2 glass meeting areas and the lab as shown on the Plan.

  g)

Bathroom partitions to be full height partitions to the underside of deck.

  h)

 

6)

Doors and Frames

 

  i)

Doors shall be hollow metal door with hollow metal frame. 3’ -0” x 7’ -0” with 18” x 18” metal louver at bottom of door.

 

  ii)

In lieu of Main entrance doors will be a pair of glass doors with 6’ -0” x 8’ 6” x 12 thick clear tempered Herculite glass doors, landlord to provide and install recessed in the ceiling roll away doors in locations as per plan.

 

  iii)

Doors where there are glass wall office fronts shall be 12 inch clear herculite glass doors with pivot hinges and door pulls. Lockset located in bottom stile into floor.

 

  )

Hardware — except as specified elsewhere in this workletter landlord shall provide:

 

  i)

Building standard glass entry doors will be provided with the following.

 

  (1)

Patch fitting on top and bottom

 

  (2)

Concealed overhead closer (90° No. HO.)

 

  (3)

Bottom Pivot

 

  (4)

1 14” dia. X 72” overall ladder style pull/push handles

 

  (5)

Deadbolt lock with key cylinder outside and thumb turn inside

Note: All exposed materials — satin stainless steel finish

 

  ii)

Building Standard office and conference room doors will be provided with the following.

 

  (1)

butt hinges

 

  (2)

Schlage lever latches

 

  (3)

Schlage lever lock sets

 

  (4)

Door stop:

 

  (5)

Silencers

 

7)

Finishes

 

  a)

All partitions will be painted with one prime coat and one or two, if required finish coats in colors to be selected by tenant from building standard material palettes. Paint will be Benjamin Moore color preview or equal. All paint shall be eggshell finish. Semi gloss on all doors, bucks & metal enclosures. Twenty percent (20%) of the partitioning may be painted in an accent color on walls (one accent color only) from corner to corner. No striping will be provided.

 

  b)

All Trim will be painted with one prime coat and one or two, if required, finish coats in colors to be selected by tenant from building standard selections. Paint will be Benjamin Moore color preview or equal. All paint shall be satin finish. Tenant to select building standard finishes.


8)

Electric

 

  a)

Electrical capacity will be provided at 6 watts connected load per rentable square foot at the floor electrical closet at 220 volts exclusive of HVAC equipment except any supplemental equipment required by Tenant, if any. The 6 watts shall be provided to the electrical closet with all required transformers, panels and circuit breakers.

 

  b)

Lighting shall consist of a 2’ x 4’, 5-12” deep basket fluorescent lay in fixture with two (2) 31watt T8 lamps and electronic ballast in areas of drop ceiling. Attached Pendant lighting shall utilized for open ceiling areas.

 

  c)

Emergency lighting equipped with battery backup, will be provided by landlord within the demised premises in compliance with applicable codes.

 

  d)

Except as indicated elsewhere in this section Electrical receptacles shall be provided in building standard partitions as follows.

 

  iv)

20V 15A wall recepticle:1 per every 150RSF.

 

  v)

Dedicated 120V 20A wall receptacle:2 in addition to IT Closet.

 

  vi)

GFI receptacle:see pantry area and as required by code in bathroom.

 

  vii)

One quadruple electrical wall receptacle may be exchanged for two duplex outlets.

 

  e)

In kitchen or pantry, minimum of two dedicated quad GFI outlets on wall above countertop, plus outlets for refrigerator, microwave, dishwasher, and water cooler.

 

  f)

Landlord shall wire all workstation connections with electric. All connections and loads shall be based upon the attached specifications and shall be either core drilled or through a partition wall or column. Power poles are unacceptable. Tenant will provide electrical specifications for workstations but not more than one 20 amp circuit per four workstations from Tenant supplied whip

 

  g)

Light switches shall be provided as follows:

 

  i)

One (1) switch per room.

 

  ii)

Open office areas shall be provided with switches so that one half (1/20 of the lights in an area greater than 500 SF may be shut off at one time.

 

  i)

Class E Fire alarms system, points, devices and all required life safety systems and components including relays if required for Tenant’s card key security system shall be provided in compliance with applicable codes for office occupancies as per the plan. Special fire alarm devices or systems for computer rooms as opposed to a standard IT closet as per plan, supplementary air conditioning systems, food service facilities except pantry as per plan, file rooms, or other non-typical office construction shall be provided by the tenant at tenant’s sole cost and expense. Final connection of all fire alarm systems provided by tenants to the building fire alarm system shall be by the landlord’s fire alarm contractor at tenant’s expense.

 

  j)

Conduit for Tenant’s telecommunication from the building entry point to the floor shall be provided by Landlord. Such conduit can be a common with other tenants.

 

  k)

Provide blocking and electric for flat screens in conference rooms, 2 conduits from monitor to under conference tables for electric and computer cabling, outlet core drill under conference table, plus 4 additional duplex outlets in large conference room.

 

9)

Appliances

 

  a)

All appliances including dishwasher are to be supplied by the tenant.

 

10)

Heating. Ventilation, and Air Conditioning

 

  a)

Air Conditioning

 

  i)

Landlord shall deliver the Demised Premises to Tenant with properly functioning heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning of sufficient capacity to service the Demised Premises for normal office use during normal business hours — Monday to Friday 8:00AM — 6:00PM excluding major holidays.

 

  b)

Landlord to provide air handler unit on the floor to service the Premises in good working order and be responsible to repair or replace during the Term. All HVAC is provided through the Building’s systems which Landlord shall provide during the Term.


  c)

In the open ceiling area landlord to provide circular architectural ducted supply and returns with standard duct work and diffusers in the dropped ceiling area.

 

  d)

Landlord shall design and engineer the system and distribution based upon the plan.

 

  e)

Furnish and install all required diffusers, returns, ducts, dampers, VAVs and controls as required to provide a complete system. There shall be a separate VAV for each row of offices based upon window exposure, one for each conference room and as interior VAV’s as required based upon the layout.

 

  f)

The system shall be designed to maintain, within normal tolerances for office spaces with a maximum population of one person for each 100 square foot of tenant area, with inside space conditions of 74 F dry bulb when the outside temperature is 91 F dry bulb and 74F mean coincidental wet bulb. During the winter heating season, the system will be capable of maintaining a minimum temperature of 72 F dry bulb when the outside temperature is 11 F dry bulb. The figures are for normal occupied periods and reflect the ASHRAR .4% outdoor conditions.

 

  g)

At substantial completion of the work, the HVAC system shall be balanced to confirm conformance to design criteria as practical.

 

11)

Telecommunications

 

  a)

Voice, high-speed data, and high speed Internet access will be available to every tenant space at tenant cost. Tenant will have the option of choosing any telephone carrier, Internet provider, data transmission carrier, etc., at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant.

 

  b)

A telephone junction box and conduit can be provided for tenant telephones at the rate of one (1) per every 200RSF extending from IDF & One (1) dragline can be provided for each conduit at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant.

 

12)

Tenant Identification

 

  a)

The design of identification shall conform to the Building Standard, and shall be approved by Landlord at the Tenant’s expense.

 

  b)

In cases where a tenant had two corridor entry doors, one shall be designated as the principal entry only. Secondary doors shall have no identification whatsoever, except the room or suite number.

 

13)

Pantry

 

  a)

The landlord will provide a sink with hot & cold water and a 6’ Caesarstone with full height backsplash from surface of countertop to bottom of upper cabinet of tile or metal laminate, with drop down to 32” at sink location for ADA (color selected by tenant counter and laminate base and overhead cabinets. Sink height and facet type shall meet ADA standards. At Pantry and Lunch room add new plastic laminate pantry base and hanging cabinets. Base cabinets shall be 36” high with drop down to 32” at sink location for ADA. Furnish and install all required blockings and grounds.

 

  b)

Pantry to have plumbing for landlord provided dishwasher, base and top cabinets with countertop (6”backsplash), ADA compliant sink and faucet, 2 GFI outlets on the countertop plus outlets for the refrigerator, water cooler; water supply with shut off valves for coffee maker, water cooler, and ice maker.

 

  b)

Furnish and install all necessary rough plumbing work for water supply and drainage at new pantry including dishwasher.

 

  c)

Provide water supply with shut off valves for at counter top for coffee maker, ice maker and water cooler in the pantry.

 

14)

Sprinkles

 

  a)

Modify existing sprinklers or provide new throughout as required by code. Sprinkler heads shall be concealed type. Provide all necessary adjustments to existing piping and installation of new piping as required for the sprinkler work.

 

15)

Millwork

 

  a)

Coat closets shall receive closet hang rod and hat shelf.


  b)

Telephone / Server room to have on sheet of 4’ X 8’ smooth finish plywood sheet painted to match walls.

 

  c)

Millwork as specified on the drawings shall be provided at Tenant’s option at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

16)

Elevator Lobby

 

  a)

Elevator lobby shall be renovated with mutually agreeable finishes and improvements. It is agreed by the parties that the existing marble on the walls and floor shall remain.

 

17)

IT Room

 

  a)

Provide and install a louvered door with temperature controlled exhaust fan for the IT room.

 

  b)

Provide one wall in the IT room with plywood painted to match.

 

  c)

Provide up to 4 dedicated quad outlets in the IT room

 

  d)

Provide building standard VCT flooring in IT room

 

18)

Tenant’s Responsibility

 

  a)

Tenant shall be responsible for installation of telephone and computer cabling and equipment. Landlord shall furnish and install empty back boxes and plates.

 

  b)

Landlord will not install any Tenant specialized equipment.

 

  c)

Tenant agrees to coordinate Tenant’s contractor’s work with Landlord’s contractor’s work.

 

  d)

All work by Tenant’s contractors including but not limited to the installation of telephone lines and computer cables, shall be in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations.

 

  e)

Tenant’s contractors shall coordinate their work with the Tenant-Landlord agreed upon construction schedule.

 

19)

Cleaning

Landlord to have the demised premises cleaned before Tenant occupies, cleaning to include:

 

  a)

Vacuum all carpet areas.

 

  b)

Mop and clean all VCT floors.

 

  c)

Clean interior of all windows and window sills.

 

  d)

Dust all surfaces including, but not limited to, window sills, sinks, countertops, light fixtures, etc.

18. Tenant Extras

Landlord shall not be responsible for an any increased costs due to Tenant’s changes or upgrades other than what is contained in this workletter and Plan. Tenant will pay for the Tenant extras as indicated below. The Tenant’s extra budget numbers will not exceed the $75,000.00 as indicated below, but the final cost to tenant will be based upon Landlord’s actual cost per the final bids.

Landlord’s Preliminary Budget Extras:

 

1.    Additional Bathroom demolition:   $ 12,000  
2.    New Bathroom (not refurbished)   $ 25,000  
3.    Demolition of Marble:   $ 7,500  
4.    Glass Door additional Cost:   $ 9,000  
5.    Movable Glass Partition:   $ 25,000  

Total cost of the aforementioned extras-shall not exceed $75.000.00


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

VISION STUDY 26 BROADWAY 124TH FLOOR NEW YORK, NY


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


EXHIBIT C

BROADWAY 26 WATERVIEW LLC

c/o The Chetrit Group, LLC

404 Fifth Avenue - 4th Floor

New York, New York 10018

RULES AND REGULATIONS

I. Tenant shall not:

1. obstruct, encumber or use, or allow or permit any of its employees, agents, licensees or invitees to congregate in or on, the sidewalks, driveways, entrances, passages, courts, arcades, esplanade areas, plazas, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls of the Building, outside of the demised premises, or use any of them for any purposes other than for ingress and egress to and from the demised premises;

2. attach awnings or other projections to the outside walls of the Building or place bottles, parcels or other articles, or lettering visible from the exterior, on the windows, windowsills or peripheral air conditioning enclosures;

3. attach to, hang on, or use in connection with, any exterior window or entrance door of the demised premises, any blinds, shades or screens which are not of a quality, type, design and color, or which are not attached in a manner, approved by Landlord;

4. place or leave any door mat or other floor covering in any area outside of the demised premises;

5. exhibit, inscribe, paint or affix any sign, insignia, advertisement, object or other lettering in or on any windows, doors, walls or part of the outside or inside of the Building (exclusive of the inside of the demised premises), or in the demised premises if visible from the outside, without Landlord’s approval, except that the name(s) of Tenant and any permitted sublessee may be displayed on the entrance doors of the premises occupied by each, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of the size, color and design of such display and, if Landlord elects to perform such work, Tenant shall pay Landlord for the performance of such work;

6. cover or obstruct the sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other the Building;

7. place in, sweep or permit to be swept, attach to, put in front of or affix to any part of the exterior of, the Building or any of its halls, doors, windows, elevators, corridors or vestibules, outside of the demised premises, any lettering, signs, decorations, showcases, displays, display windows, packages, boxes or other articles;

8. except in the normal decoration of the interior of the demised premises, mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface, any part of the Building or the demised premises or cut, bore or string wires therein;

9. permit or allow bicycles, vehicles, animals, fish or birds of any kind to be brought into or kept on or about the Building or the demised premises;

10. make, permit or allow to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises, whether by musical instruments, recordings, radio, talking machines, television, whistling, singing or in any other way, which might disturb other occupants in the Building or those having business with them or impair or interfere with the use or enjoyment by others of neighboring buildings or premises;


11. bring into or keep on any part of the demised premises or the Building any inflammable, combustible, radioactive or explosive fluid, chemical or substance;

12. place upon any of the doors (other than closet or vault doors) or windows in the Building any locks or bolts which shall not be operable by the Grand Master Key for the Building, or make any changes in locks or the mechanisms thereof which shall make such locks inoperable by said Grand Master Key unless such change is approved by Landlord in which event Tenant shall give Landlord duplicate keys for such locks or bolts;

13. remove, or carry into or out of the demised premises or the Building, any safes, freight, furniture, packages, boxes, crates or any bulky or heavy objects except during such hours and in such elevators as Landlord may reasonably determine from time to time;

14. use any lighting in perimeter areas of the Building, other than that which is standard for the Building or approved by Landlord, so as to permit uniformity of appearance to those viewing the Building from the outside;

15. engage or pay any employees on the demised premises except those actually working for the Tenant in the demised premises, or advertise for laborers giving the demised premises as an address;

16. obtain, permit or allow in the Building the purchase, or acceptance for use in the demised premises, by means of a service cart, vending machine or otherwise, of any ice, drinking water, food, tobacco in any form, beverage, towel, barbering, boot blackening, cleaning, floor polishing or other similar items or services from any persons, except such persons, during such hours, and at such places within the Building and under such requirements as may be determined by Landlord with respect to the furnishing of such items and services, provided that the charges for such items and services by such persons are not excessive;

17. use, permit or allow any advertising or identifying sign which the Landlord shall have notified Tenant tends, in Landlord’s judgment, to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a building for offices;

18. close and leave the demised premises at any time without closing all operable windows and, if requested by Landlord, turning out all lights;

19. permit entrance doors to the demised premises to be left open at any time or unlocked when the demised premises are not in use;

20. encourage canvassing, soliciting or peddling in any part of the Building or permit or allow the same in the demised premises;

21. use, or permit or allow any of its employees, contractors, suppliers or invitees to use, any space or part of the Building, including the passenger elevators or public halls thereof, in the moving, delivery or receipt of safes, freight, furniture, packages, boxes, crates, paper, office material or any other matter or thing, any hand trucks, wagons or similar items which are not equipped with such rubber tires, side guards and other safeguards which shall have been approved by Landlord or use any such hand trucks, wagons or similar items in any of the passenger elevators;

22. cause or permit any food odors or any other unusual or objectionable odors to exist in or emanate from the demised premises or permit any cooking or preparation of food except in areas approved by Landlord and in compliance with local ordinances;

23. create or permit a public or private nuisance, by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations or otherwise;

24. throw or allow or permit to be thrown anything out of the doors, windows or skylights or down the passageways or stairways of the Building;

 

- 2 -


25. lay vinyl asbestos tile or other similar floor covering so that the same shall come in direct contact with the floor or in a manner or by means of such pastes or other adhesives which shall not have been approved by Landlord, it being understood that if linoleum or other similar floor covering is desired to be used, an interlining of builder’s deadening felt shall be first affixed to the floor, by a paste or other material which is soluble in water, the use of cement or other similar adhesive material being expressly prohibited;

26. use, allow or permit the passenger elevators to be used by Tenant’s working hands (persons in rough clothing handling packages, cartons and shipments of material or mail) or persons carrying bulky packages or by persons calling for or delivering mail or goods to or from the demised premises, and Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in enforcing this Rule on those making deliveries to Tenant;

27. request any of Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors to perform any work, or do anything, outside of their regular duties, unless previously approved by the Building manager;

28. invite to the demised premises or the Building, or permit the visit of, persons in such numbers or under such conditions as unreasonably to interfere with the use and enjoyment of any of the plazas, entrances, corridors, arcades, escalators, elevators or other facilities of the Building by other occupants thereof;

29. use, permit or allow the use of any fire exits or stairways for any purpose other than emergency use;

30. employ any firm, person or persons to move safes, machines or other heavy objects into or out of the Building, without prior approval of Landlord of such persons and the manner in which such items will be moved, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld;

31. install or use any machines or machinery of any kind whatsoever which may disturb any persons outside of the demised premises;

32. use the water and wash closets or other plumbing fixtures for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and shall not allow or permit sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other solid substances to be thrown therein;

33. install any carpeting or drapes, or paneling, grounds or other decorative wood products, in the demised premises, other than those wood products considered furniture, which are not treated with fire-retardant materials and, in such event, shall submit, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, proof or other reasonable certification, of the materials reasonably satisfactory fire retardant characteristics; or

34. smoke or carry lighted cigars or cigarettes in the elevators of the building.

II. Tenant shall:

1. pay Landlord for any damages, costs or expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the breach of any of the Rules and Regulations contained in or provided by this Lease by Tenant, or any of its servants, agents, employees, licensees or invitees, or the misuse by Tenant, or any of the aforesaid, of any fixture or part of the demised premises or the Building and shall cause its servants, agents, employees, licensees and invitees to comply with the Rules and Regulations contained in or provided for by this Lease;

2. upon the termination of this Lease, turn over to Landlord all keys; either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant with respect to any locks used by Tenant in the demised premises or the Building and, in the event of the loss of any such keys, pay to Landlord the cost of procuring same;

 

- 3 -


3. subject to the provisions of Article 18 hereof, refrain from, and immediately upon receipt of notice thereof, discontinue any violation or breach of the Rules and Regulations contained in or provided for by this Lease;

4. request Landlord to furnish passes to persons whom Tenant desires to have access to the demised premises during times other than Business Hours and be responsible and liable to Landlord for all persons and acts of such persons for whom Tenant requests such passes;

5. furnish artificial light and electrical energy (unless Landlord shall furnish electrical energy as a service included in the rent) at Tenant’s expense for the employees of the Landlord or Landlord’s contractors while doing janitorial or other cleaning services or while making repairs or Alterations in the demised premises;

6. apply at the office of the Building’s manager with respect to all matters and requirements of Tenant which require the attention of Landlord, his agents or any of his employees;

7. pay Landlord reasonable charges for the installation and replacement of ceiling tiles removed for Tenant by telephone installers or others in the demised premises and public corridors, if any;

8. purchase from Landlord or Landlord’s designee, at Landlord’s option, all lighting tubes, lamps, bulbs and ballasts used in the demised premises and shall pay Landlord, or Landlord’s designee, as the case may be, reasonable charges for the purchase and installation hereof; and

9. pay Landlord reasonable charges for the hiring or providing of security guards during times when Tenant, or any subtenant of Tenant, is moving into or out of portions of the demised premises or when significant quantities of furniture or other materials are being brought into or removed from the demised premises.

III. Landlord shall:

1. have the right to inspect all freight objects or bulky matter (except printed matter) brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all objects and matter which violate any of the Rules and Regulations contained in or provided for by this Lease;

2. have the right to require any person leaving the demised premises with any package, or other object or matter, to submit a pass, listing such package or object or matter, from Tenant;

3. in no way be liable to Tenant or any other party for damages or loss arising from the admission, exclusion or rejection of any person or any property to or from the demised premises or the Building under the provisions of the Rules and Regulations contained in or provided for by this Lease;

4. have no liability or responsibility for the protection of any of Tenant’s property as a result of damage or the unauthorized removal of any such property resulting wholly or in part from Landlord’s failure to enforce, in any particular instance, or generally, any of Landlord’s rights;

5. have the right to require all persons entering or leaving the Building, during hours other than Business Hours, to sign a register and may also exclude from the Building, during such hours, all persons who do not present a pass to the Building signed by Landlord;

6. furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same;

 

- 4 -


7. have the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building and the public facilities, as well as facilities furnished for the common use of other occupants, of the Building; and

8. have the right to remove any violation of Paragraph I items 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 of these Rules and Regulations without any right of Tenant to claim any liability against Landlord, and have the right to impose a reasonable charge against Tenant for removing any such violation or repairing any damages resulting therefrom.

 

- 5 -


LOGO    LOGO

Brian D. Lee

Principal

Lease Abstract – First Amendment to Lease

 

Address:    26 Broadway, 23rd Floor, New York, New York
Landlord:    Broadway 26 Waterview LLC
Tenant:    MOBO Systems, Inc. d.b.a. OLO

Current Lease Information:

 

Lease Execution:    January 12, 2016
Expiration Date:    April 30, 2023
Commencement Date:    Upon the later of (i) mutual execution and delivery of Lease Documents and substantial completion of Landlord’s work or (ii) not earlier than the Q1 2016.
Free Rent:    Three (3) Months*
Lease Type:    First Amendment to Lease
Rentable Sq. Ft:    7,370 square feet
Total Term:    7 Years and 3 Months

Security Deposit:

Page 12, #15

   $165,825.00 – Check #1722, dated 1/14/16

First Months Pre-Paid Rent:

Page 12, #15

   $27,637.50 – Check #1723, dated 1/14/16

Tenant Work Letter Cost:

Exhibit B-1, #18

   $35,000.00 – Check# 1721, dated 1/14/16

Remaining Obligation Information:

Basic Rental Schedule

 

Lease Year

   Annual Basic
Rent
     PSF      Monthly
Rent
 

Expansion Space Commencement Date to and including the day immediately preceding the (1) year anniversary of expansion space commencement date*

   $ 331,650.00      $ 45.00      $ 27,637.50  

1

   $ 340,770.38      $ 46.23      $ 28,397.53  

2

   $ 350,141.56      $ 47.50      $ 29,178.46  

3

   $ 359,770.45      $ 48.81      $ 29,980.87  

4

   $ 399,144.14      $ 54.15      $ 33.262.01  

5

   $ 410,120.60      $ 55.64      $ 34,176.72  

6

   $ 421,398.92      $ 57.17      $ 35,116.58  

7

   $ 432,987.39      $ 58.74      $ 36,082.28  

 

*

So long as no default by Tenant under the Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time nonrecurring rent credit in the amount of $82,912.50 to be applied against the Expansion Space Fixed Rental due commencing on the Expansion Space Commencement Date and continuing thereafter until exhausted.

290 Broadhollow Road, Suite 103E, Melville, NY 11747 T 631.673.0888 T 631.424.4800 F 631.673.0830

blee@newmarkkf.com, www.newmarkkf.com


Lease Clause Information:

 

Lease Clause Type    Comments

Electric:

Page 5, #7

   Sub-metered as per existing lease.

Escalations:

Page 5, #6

  

Real Estate Taxes – Tenant shall pay their pro rata share of increases in the Building’s Real Estate Taxes above a 2016 calendar base year for the expansion space only existing space to base years to remain.

 

Operating Expenses – As per existing Lease, in lieu of any operating expenses, Tenant shall pay a pay a fixed annual increase of 2.75% per annum in the rental rate commencing twelve (12) months after lease commencement.

Insurance:

Page 6, #9

   Prior to the Expansion Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall obtain insurance (“Expansion Space Insurance”) with minimum limits of liability applicable exclusively to the Expansion Space of a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence of not less than $6,000,000.

Landlord’s Base Building Work:

Page 7, #10

   Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall provide fully code compliant space which shall include but not be limited to the following work: Landlord shall provide the same base building work as was stated in the original lease at no additional cost to Tenant.
HVAC    As per existing Lease.
Cleaning and Carting    As per existing lease.

Signage:

Page 14, #18

   Tenant shall be able to place its signage on the entry door/lobby to Premises including Subtenant Licensee, if any.

Conduit:

Page 14, #17

   Landlord to allow Tenant to provide conduits for Tenant’s telecommunications provider, if required, without additional access cost to Tenant between the 23rd and 24th floors. Please confirm if space is available as we obviously need to connect the floors to for IT purposes.

 

LOGO


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Agreement”) is made as of the 12th day of January, 2016, by and between BROADWAY 26 WATERVIEW LLC, having an address c/o Newmark Grubb Knight Frank, 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017 (“Landlord”), and MOBO SYSTEMS, INC. d.b.a. OLO, having an address at 26 Broadway, 24th Floor, New York, New York 10004 (“Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

Landlord and Tenant are, respectively, the current landlord and the current tenant under that certain agreement of lease dated as of March 14t\ 2014 (the “Lease”) covering the entire rentable portion of the twenty-fourth (24th) floor as more fully described in the Lease, (the “Existing Premises”) of the building known as 26 Broadway, New York, New York (the “Building”).

Landlord and Tenant wish to modify the Lease so as (i) to add to the premises demised thereunder the entire rentable portion of the twenty-third (23rd) floor of the Building, and. (ii) to make various other modifications thereto, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency whereof are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Expansion of Premises. Effective as of the Expansion Space Commencement Date (defined below), Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the entire rentable p011ion of the (23rd floor of the Building which is generally depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Expansion Space”), on the same terms

 

- 1 -


and conditions (except as otherwise set forth herein) as are set forth in the Lease. From and after the Expansion Space Commencement Date through and including the Expansion Space Expiration Date (hereafter defined), (i) the premises demised under the Lease shall be comprised of the Existing Premises and the Expansion Space, and (ii) all references to the term “Premises” or “Demised Premises” in the Lease shall include the Existing Premises and the Expansion Space.

2. Expansion Space Commencement Date. Subject to the second sentence of this Article 2, the Expansion Space shall be deemed to be included in the Premises on the earliest to occur of: (i) the date that Landlord delivers the Expansion Space to Tenant with Landlord’s Expansion Space Work (hereafter defined) substantially completed in accordance with the terms hereof, (ii) the date on which Landlord’s Expansion Space Work would have been substantially completed but for Tenant’s Delay (as defined in Section 42.2 of the Lease) or, (iii) the date Tenant or anyone claiming under or through Tenant first occupies the Expansion Space for the conduct of its business (the “Expansion Space Commencement Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Expansion Space Commencement Date occur prior to January I, 2016. Substantial completion of Landlord’s Expansion Space Work shall be determined in accordance with Section 42.1 of the Lease (subject to the same standard that applied with respect to Landlord’s Work to the Existing Premises i.e. when (A) all major items of construction have been substantially completed, (B) the heating, A/C System, plumbing, mechanical (if any) and electrical systems serving the Expansion Space are all in working order, and (C) the Expansion Space is accessible and reasonably usable, notwithstanding (in the case of subsections (A), (B) and/or (C)) the fact (i) that minor or insubstantial details of construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration remain to be performed, the non-completion of which do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Expansion Space, and (ii) that Landlord’s Expansion Space Work has been substantially completed except for portions thereof which shall be completed upon the completion of Tenant’s work (including, without limitation, Additional Work)).

 

- 2 -


3. Expansion Space Expiration Date. The Expansion Space Expiration Date shall be the last day of the third (3rd) full calendar month following the month in which occurs the seven (7) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date (the “Expansion Space Expiration Date”).

4. Fixed Rental for Expansion Space. Commencing on the Expansion Space Commencement Date and continuing thereafter until the Expansion Space Expiration Date, (the period between and including the Expansion Space Commencement Date and the Expansion Space Expiration Date is hereafter referred to as the “Expansion Space Term”), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in accordance with the terms of the Lease, in addition to the Fixed Rental and Additional Rental for the Existing Premises set forth in the Lease and this Agreement, fixed rent for the Expansion Space (“Expansion Space Fixed Rental”) in the amounts and at the rates set forth below:

 

Time Period

   Monthly Expansion
Space Fixed Rental
     Expansion Space Fixed
Rental Per Annum
 

Expansion Space Commencement Date to and including the day immediately preceding the one (1) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date*

   $ 27,637.50      $ 331,650.00  

One (1) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date to and including the day immediately preceding the two (2) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date

   $ 28,397.53      $ 340,770.38  

 

- 3 -


Time Period

   Monthly Expansion
Space Fixed Rental
     Expansion Space Fixed
Rental Per Annum
 

Two (2) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date to and including the day immediately preceding the three (3) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date

  

$

29,178.46

 

  

$

350,141.56

 

Three (3) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date to and including the day immediately preceding the four (4) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date

  

$

29,980.87

 

  

$

359,770.45

 

Four (4) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date to and including the day immediately preceding the five (5) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date

  

$

33,262.01

 

  

$

399,144.14

 

Five (5) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date to and including the day immediately preceding the six (6) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date

  

$

34,176.72

 

  

$

410,120.60

 

Six (6) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date to and including the day immediately preceding the seven (7) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date

  

$

35,116.58

 

  

$

421,398.92

 

Seven (7) year anniversary of the Expansion Space Commencement Date to and including the Expansion Space Expiration Date

  

$

36,082.28

 

  

$

432,987.39

 

 

*

Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no default by Tenant under the Lease or this Agreement has occurred and is continuing beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time, nonrecurring rent credit in the amount of $82,912.50 to be applied against the Expansion Space Fixed Rental due commencing on the Expansion Space Commencement Date and continuing thereafter until exhausted. The above rent credit shall not be applied against any Additional Rental, electricity charges or other like sums from time to time payable by Tenant pursuant to the Lease or this Agreement. Tenant shall not be entitled to the rent credit in Section 40.2 of the Lease or any other credits referenced in the

 

- 4 -


  Lease with respect to the Expansion Space. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, the first monthly installment of Expansion Space Fixed Rental shall be paid by wired funds or certified official bank check simultaneously with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Agreement. So long as Tenant is not in default hereunder or under the Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice grace and/or cure periods at the time that the Expansion Space Fixed Rental becomes due and payable, the payment made on this date shall be applied to the first installment of Expansion Space Fixed Rental due after application of the above credit; otherwise, the same shall be applied to the damages, if any, to which Landlord is entitled upon Tenant’s breach of the Lease or this Agreement.

5. Use. Tenant may use the Expansion Space only for general and executive office use and for no other purpose.

6. Escalations For Increase In Real Estate Taxes. During the Expansion Space Term, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of real estate taxes for the Existing Premises and the Expansion Space. For the purposes of calculating taxes for the Expansion Space only, the “Tenant’s Proportionate Share” (as that term is used in Article 44 of the Lease) shall be 1.14%, and the “Base Tax” (as such term is used in Article 44 of the Lease) shall mean the Taxes payable in the calendar year commencing January 1, 2016 and ending December 31, 2016 (such calendar year being hereinafter referred to as the “Base Tax Year”), which Base Tax amount shall be determined by dividing (a) the sum of (i) the determination of Taxes for the New York City real estate tax year commencing July 1, 2015 and ending June 30, 2016, and (ii) the determination of Taxes for the New York City real estate tax year commencing July 1, 2016 and ending June 30, 2017, by (b) two (2). For the sake of ce1tainty, nothing contained herein shall modify or limit Tenant’s real estate tax obligations with respect to the Existing Premises.

 

- 5 -


7. Electricity.

Article 52 of the Lease shall apply with respect to electric current in the Expansion Space. Electricity shall therefore initially be furnished to the Expansion Space by Landlord to Tenant on a “submetering” basis in accordance with Section 52.2 of the Lease. For the sake of ce1iainty, Landlord shall also therefore have the right to terminate the furnishing of electricity to the Expansion Space on a submetering basis pursuant and subject to Section 52.4 of the Lease. Also for the sake of certainty, nothing contained herein shall modify or limit Tenant’s obligation to pay for electricity with respect to the Existing Premises.

8. Non-Recurring Additional Rental for Expansion Space; Same Terms in General. Except as expressly set forth herein, all of Tenant’s non-recurring Additional Rental obligations under the Lease with respect to the Existing Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s indemnification obligations) shall also apply with respect to Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space. Also, for the sake of certainty, Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space is on all of the same terms and conditions (except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement) as are set forth in the Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to all of the same rights and remedies in the event of Tenant’s failure to timely pay Expansion Space Fixed Rental or Additional Rental for the Expansion Space as are available to Landlord in the event of Tenant’s failure to timely pay Fixed Rental and Additional Rental for the Existing Premises.

9. Insurance. Prior to the Expansion Space Commencement Date Tenant shall obtain insurance (“Expansion Space Insurance”) with minimum limits of liability applicable exclusively to the Expansion Space of a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence of not less than $6,000,000 (or in any increased amount (or in the form of an umbrella liability policy for “excess” liability coverage) required by Landlord in the exercise of Landlord’s commercially reasonable discretion). The provisions of Article 51 of the Lease shall apply to the Expansion Space Insurance and to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Article or this Agreement shall at all amend, alter or change Article 51 of the Lease as it applies to the Lease and the Existing Premises. The Expansion Space Insurance shall therefore be in addition to the insurance requirements set forth in the Lease and the insurance requirements set forth in the Lease shall not in any way be reduced by this Agreement.

 

- 6 -


10. Landlord’s Expansion Space Work. Tenant has thoroughly examined the Expansion Space and is fully familiar with the condition thereof, and, except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations, warranties or promises, either express or implied, with regard to the physical condition of the Building, or the Expansion Space, the use or uses to which the Expansion Space may be put, or the condition of any mechanical, plumbing, electrical, flue, ventilation or exhaust systems servicing the Expansion Space. It is expressly understood that Landlord shall not be liable for any latent or patent defects in the Expansion space. Tenant agrees to accept the Expansion Space “as is” and in such condition as the same may be in at the Expansion Space Commencement Date, and, except for the work set fmih on Exhibit B to this Agreement, Landlord shall not be obligated or required to do any work or to make any alterations or decorations or install any fixtures, equipment or improvements or make any repairs or replacements to or in the Expansion Space to prepare or fit the same for Tenant’s use or for any other reason whatsoever. Unless specifically agreed otherwise, all Landlord’s Expansion Space Work shall be of material, design, finish and color of the Building standard adopted from time to time by Landlord (but in no event of material, design, finish or color that is a lesser quality or standard than Landlord’s Work that was performed to the Existing Premises). The installations, facilities, materials and work so to be furnished, installed and performed in the Expansion Space by Landlord are hereinafter and in Exhibit B referred to as “Landlord’s Expansion Space Work.” Landlord’s Expansion Space Work shall in no event be of a lesser quality or standard than Landlord’s Work that was performed to the Existing Premises. Except as expressly set forth in Exhibit B, Landlord’s Expansion Space Work shall be performed at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall be responsible for Landlord’s architectural and engineering fees in connection with the performance of Landlord’s Expansion Space Work. Tenant shall not be responsible for any violations or mechanics liens against the Premises or the Building caused solely by the performance of Landlord’s Expansion Space Work. Excluding Landlord’s Expansion Space Work, all installations, facilities, materials and work which may be undertaken by or for the account of Tenant to prepare, equip, decorate and furnish the Expansion Space for Tenant’s occupancy (including, without limitation, any Additional Work (as defined in Exhibit B to the Lease), shall be at Tenant’s expense. In the event specific locations or dimensions are not provided for the furnishing or installation of any particular item of Landlord’s Expansion Space Work, the judgment of Landlord reasonably exercised shall be binding on Tenant. In no event shall Landlord be required to provide any material, work or installation not specifically described or included in Landlord’s Expansion Space Work.

 

- 7 -


Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 10, in the event that (i) there is a violation of law or a violation of a regulation which in either case exists on the date of this Agreement and affects the Expansion Space (and therefore said violation is not caused in whole or in pati by Tenant), (ii) said violation results in a New Yark City agency or other governmental agency issuing a written order (“Order”), (iii) the Order by its express terms prohibits Tenant from taking occupancy of the Expansion Space or from conducting Tenant’s business as expressly permitted by the Lease as amended by this Agreement at the Expansion Space, and (iv) Tenant is not then in default beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, then, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy (other than the abatement of Expansion Space Fixed Rental and Additional Rental for the Expansion Space to the extent expressly provided below), either (a) Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, cure said violation or take other remedial measures so that the Order no longer by its express terms prohibits Tenant from taking occupancy of the Expansion Space or from conducting Tenant’s business as expressly permitted by the Lease as amended by this Agreement at the Expansion Space, or (b) Landlord shall terminate Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space (but not Tenant’s lease of the Existing Premises) by providing written notice to Tenant (“Landlord’s Order Termination Notice”) in which case Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space shall terminate as of the date of Landlord’s Order Termination Notice as if the said date were the date originally fixed herein for the termination of Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space and Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant (I) any Expansion Space Fixed Rental and Additional Rental for the Expansion Space that (because of the abatement set forth below) never became due under this Agreement, and (II) the Expansion Space Security Deposit (as hereafter defined) (but only to the extent in the case of (I) and (II) same was actually paid to Landlord by Tenant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may only elect to terminate Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space pursuant to this paragraph if it is not possible with commercially reasonable efforts to cure or take such other remedial action pursuant to subsection (a) above. If the conditions set forth in subsections (i)-(iv) above are all satisfied and Tenant actually ceases conducting business in the Expansion Space and vacates the Expansion Space, and Tenant provides Landlord with written notice thereof (“Vacate Notice”), then all Expansion Space Fixed Rental and Additional Rental for the

 

- 8 -


Expansion Space (but not for the Existing Premises) shall abate beginning on the third (3rd Business Day after Landlord receives the Vacate Notice and continuing thereafter until the third (3rd) Business Day after Landlord has taken the remedial measures described in subsection (a) above and has provided Tenant with written notice thereof (“Rent Resumption Notice”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not re-enter the Expansion Space or resume conducting Tenant’s business in the Expansion Space between the date that Tenant provides the Vacate Notice and the date that Tenant receives the Rent Resumption Notice. For the sake of certainty, nothing contained in this paragraph shall affect Tenant’s lease of the Existing Premises or Tenant’s obligations with respect to the Existing Premises (including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligations to pay all Fixed Rental and Additional Rental for the Existing Premises).

11. Plan Approval Date/Delay in Expansion Space Commencement Date.

 

  (A)

The “Plan Approval Date” shall mean the date that is the later to occur of the following: (i) the Plans have been filed to the extent required to be filed with the Department of Buildings of the City of New York and any other authorities having jurisdiction thereof, and (ii) Landlord has obtained any and all required governmental and quasi-governmental approvals of the Plans so that the work described therein can be lawfully performed.

 

  (B)

Section 42.5 of the Lease shall apply with respect to this Agreement except that (i) all references in Section 42.5 to the “Rent Commencement Date” shall be deemed deleted and replaced with the “Expansion Space Commencement Date”, (ii) the reference in Section 42.5 to “$737.00” shall be deemed deleted and replaced with

 

- 9 -


  “$921.25” and (iii) the reference in Section 42.5 to Tenant’s right to terminate the Lease (provided Tenant qualifies for the “Tenant’s No Commencement Termination Right”) shall be deemed to mean only that Tenant can terminate its Lease of the Expansion Space (provided Tenant qualifies for the “Tenant’s No Commencement Termination Right” pursuant to this paragraph) and Tenant shall not have any right pursuant to this paragraph to terminate its lease of the Existing Premises.

12. Extension of Term with respect to Existing Premises. The parties hereby extend the term of the Lease with respect to the Existing Premises so that the expiration date of the Lease with respect to the Existing Premises shall be the Expansion Space Expiration Date. Such extension is on all of the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease. All references in the Lease to the term Expiration Date, whether or not capitalized, shall therefore be deemed to mean the Expansion Space Expiration Date.

13. Continuing Lease Obligations. Tenant shall continue to pay Fixed Rental and Additional Rental for the Existing Premises, and perform all of its other obligations with respect to the Existing Premises, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, as amended hereby, through the Expiration Date (as extended hereby).

14. Brokers. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it neither consulted nor negotiated with any broker or finder with respect to this Agreement, or Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space pursuant to the terms of this Agreement except for Newmark Grubb Knight Frank (“Broker”) who shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to Landlord’s separate agreement with Broker. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any

 

- 10 -


damages, liabilities, settlement payments, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in defending an action or claim or enforcing this indemnity) suffered, incurred or paid by Landlord by reason of any claim or action for a commission or other compensation by any broker or other entity or person other than Broker who claims to have dealt with Tenant in connection with this Agreement, or Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease and this Agreement.

15. Security. The provisions of Article 34 and Article 56 of the Lease shall apply to the Expansion Space and to this Agreement except as expressly hereinafter set forth: upon submission to Landlord of this signed Agreement, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord an additional deposit of $165,825.00 (the “Expansion Space Security Deposit”). In lieu of depositing cash for the Expansion Space Security Deposit, Tenant may deposit as security with Landlord, a clean, irrevocable and unconditional letter of credit in the amount of $165,825.00 in accordance with the provisions of Article 56 of the Lease.

Subject to Tenant’s satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article 56 of the Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to reduce the Expansion Space Security in accordance with Article 56 of the Lease except that (i) any reference in Article 56 to the “Rent Commencement Date” shall be deemed to mean the “Expansion Space Commencement Date” and (ii) (a) any reference in Article 56 to “$110,550.00” shall be deemed to mean $138,187.50” and (b) any reference in Article 56 to “$88,440.00” shall be deemed to mean “$110,550.00”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Article or this Agreement shall at all amend, alter or change Article 34 or Article 56 of the Lease as it applies to the Lease and the Existing Premises. The Expansion Space Security Deposit shall therefore be in addition to the security deposit set forth in the Lease and the security deposit set forth in the Lease shall not in any way be reduced by this Agreement.

 

- 11 -


16. Emergency Stairs. Subject to all of the following terms and conditions, Tenant shall have the right to use Stairway F of the Building: (i) Stairway F is not part of the Premises but rather is a common area of the Building usable by Landlord, Tenant and other tenants and occupants of the Building on a non-exclusive basis, (ii) Tenant may only use Stairway F in accordance with applicable law and Tenant shall not be permitted to store any items on any portion of Stairway For in any way prevent or interfere with others’ use of any portion of Stairway F, (iii) Tenant’s obligations to indemnify Landlord under the Lease and this Agreement shall apply and extend to Tenant’s use of Stairway F (and said indemnification obligations shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease as amended by this Agreement), (iv) Tenant’s insurance coverage required under the Lease and this Agreement shall apply and extend to Stairway F, (v) Landlord shall have no obligation as a result of this Article to safeguard the Premises or Tenant’s personal property in the Premises and Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in the event that the Premises or Tenant’s personal property are damaged or Tenant’s personal property is stolen, or in the event of personal injury within the Premises as a result of this Article, (vi) Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, take all reasonable action permitted by applicable law to safeguard Tenant’s personal property, persons within the Premises, and the Premises itself, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by applicable law, installing self-closing/self-latching doors to Stairway F on the 23rd and 24th floors (vii) except if solely caused by Landlord’s (or its managing agent’s, contractor’s or employee’s) negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall have no liability for injuries suffered within Stairway F that arise from Tenant’s use of Stairway F, (viii) Landlord makes no representation or warranty whatsoever as to

 

- 12 -


whether Stairway F is usable for any purpose and the Lease as amended by this Agreement and Tenant’s obligations under the Lease as amended by this Agreement are in no way conditioned upon Tenant’s ability to use Stairway F, and (ix) to the extent permitted by applicable law, Landlord reserves the right to limit or prohibit Tenant’s access to Stairway F if required by applicable law, if Tenant fails to timely fulfill Tenant’s obligations under this Agreement beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, or to the extent necessary during the performance of any work that Landlord elects to perform to Stairway F.

17. Conduit. Tenant shall be permitted to at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and subject to and in compliance with the alterations provisions of the Lease, install telecom conduit between the 23rd and 24th floors of the Building. In connection therewith, Tenant shall be permitted to at Tenant’s sole cost and expense drill a hole between the 23rd and 24th floors of the Building of a size, in a location, and in a manner approved in writing by Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord represents and warrants that space is available for Tenant’s installation of conduit (which installation is subject and pursuant to this Article 17).

18. Signage; Directory Listings. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay Landlord’s consent to any signage that Tenant desires to place in the elevator lobby adjacent to the entry door to the Premises on the twenty-third (23rd) floor and twenty-fourth (24th) floor of the Building, provided and on condition that (i) such signage is purchased and installed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (ii) such signage complies with applicable law, and (iii) Landlord has no responsibility whatsoever for safeguarding such signage. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate at no additional cost to Landlord in connection with Tenant’s obtaining and erecting such signage. Such cooperation shall include Landlord’s

 

- 13 -


execution of any documents required in connection therewith provided and only on condition that (x) such documents do not contain any information that is false or untrue, (y) Landlord’s execution of such documents do not affect Landlord’s rights or remedies under this Lease, in equity or under applicable law, and (z) Landlord incurs no additional cost or obligation as a result of such execution. Landlord’s approval of any signage and Landlord’s cooperation as set forth above shall be without any representation or warranty to Tenant or to any third party with respect to the adequacy, correctness or efficiency thereof, its compliance with law or otherwise. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain any and all governmental and quasi-governmental approvals, permits and licenses required for such signage. This Lease and Tenant’s obligations hereunder are in no way conditioned on Tenant obtaining such approvals, permits, and/or licenses and Landlord makes no representation as to whether same may be obtained.

Landlord shall, at no cost to Tenant, provide Tenant with Tenant’s Proportionate Share of (but no less than two (2)) directory listing(s) in the Building directory in the lobby of the Building. If, at the request of and as an accommodation to Tenant, Landlord shall place upon such directory board one or more names of persons, firms or corporations other than Tenant, this shall not be deemed to operate as a consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting by Tenant of all or any portion of the Premises to such persons, firms or corporations.

19. Lease in Effect; Representations. As modified by this Agreement, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease (including, without limitation, all of Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations) are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect. Tenant represents and wanants that: (a) the Lease is in full force and

 

- 14 -


effect, (b) the Lease has not been assigned or encumbered by Tenant and the Existing Premises have not been sublet, (c) Tenant knows of no defense or counterclaim to the enforcement of the Lease, and (d) to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, neither Landlord nor Tenant is in default under any of its obligations under the Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice, grace and/or cure periods.

20. Counterparts; Captions. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original, and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. The section headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and do not define, limit or construe the contents of such sections.

21. Prior Negotiations. This Agreement supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, understandings and agreements of, by or between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof, all of which shall be deemed fully merged herein.

22. Submission of Agreement. Submission of this Agreement by Landlord to Tenant for examination and/or execution shall not in any manner bind Landlord, and no obligation or liability on Landlord shall arise under this Agreement unless and until this Agreement is fully signed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant.

23. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

  (a)

Landlord and Tenant agree that this Agreement shall not be recorded.

 

- 15 -


  (b)

This Agreement, together with the Lease, constitutes the entire Agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the matters stated herein, and may not be amended or modified unless such amendment or modification shall be in writing and shall have been signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

 

  (c)

This Agreement shall be construed and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

  (d)

No waiver by either party of any failure or refusal by the other party to comply with its obligations hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of any other or subsequent failure or refusal to so comply.

 

  (e)

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

24. Invalidity. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision other than to the extent that it is invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected, and each provision of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision, but only to the extent that application and/or enforcement, as the case may be, would be equitable and consistent with the intent of the parties in entering into this Agreement.

 

- 16 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:
BROADWAY 26 WATERVIEW LLC
By:  

/s/ Michael Chetrit

  Name: Michael Chetrit
  Title: Authorized Signatory
TENANT:
MOBOSYSTEMS, INC. d.b.a. OLD
By:  

/s/ Matthew Tucker

  Name: Matthew Tucker
  Title: COO

 

- 17 -


EXHIBIT A

DESCRIPTION OF EXPANSION SPACE


EXHIBIT B

LANDLORD’S EXPANSION SPACE WORK

I) Perform the work described in the Plans (as defined in Note C below).

Landlord shall only be obligated to perform the items that are set forth above on this Exhibit B. All other items are not Landlord’s Expansion Space Work and shall not be performed by Landlord. Such other items may be performed by Tenant pursuant to Article 67 of the Lease.

UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL LANDLORD’S EXPANSION SPACE WORK SHALL BE OF MATERIAL, DESIGN, FINISH AND COLOR OF THE BUILDING STANDARD ADOPTED FROM TIME TO TIME BY LANDLORD (BUT IN NO EVENT OF MATERIAL, DESIGN, FINISH OR COLOR THAT IS A LESSER QUALITY OR STANDARD THAN LANDLORD’S WORK THAT WAS PERFORMED TO THE EXISTING PREMISES).

Notes:

 

A.

All work shall be performed, furnished, installed, and provided by or through contractors and suppliers of Landlord’s choice.

 

B.

All materials shall be as specified subject to availability and/or equivalent.

 

C.

With respect to item I above, “Plans” shall mean the combination of Plans and Work Letter for Landlord’s Expansion Space Work attached hereto as Exhibit B-1. Any work to ready the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy of the Expansion Space that is not included in the Plans shall be deemed “Additional Work”. With respect to Additional Work all of the following shall apply: (i) Additional Work shall not be deemed part of the Plans and therefore (a) shall not be included in Landlord’s Expansion Space Work, and (b) shall not be a condition predicate to the Expansion Space Commencement Date, (ii) Landlord shall have no responsibility whatsoever for the payment of, performance of, or quality or workmanship of Additional Work, its compliance with law, or otherwise, (iii) all Additional Work shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall also have sole responsibility for filing any required plans and obtaining any required permits and governmental approvals for the performance of Additional Work, (iv) all Additional Work shall be deemed Tenant’s Changes and shall be subject to all of


  the requirements of Article 67 of the Lease (including, without limitation, Landlord’s consent requirement, if applicable), (v) Additional Work may be performed prior to the Rent Commencement Date subject to all of the provisions of Section 42.4 of the Lease, and (vi) if any Additional Work (including, without limitation, the proposal, plan filing and/or performance thereof) or other action done by or on behalf of Tenant results in a stoppage of or interference with Landlord’s Work, and Tenant does not immediately cease such interference upon notice (which may be oral, written or by electronic mail) to Tenant so that Landlord’s Expansion Space Work may be resumed or continued without such interference, then any continuation of such stoppage or interference shall constitute a Tenant’s Delay.

 

D.

In the event of any conflict between Exhibit B and Exhibit B-1, Exhibit B-1 shall control.

 

E.

(i) Any request for modification to the Plans shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, (ii) any time spent by Landlord because of any such request for modification shall be deemed a Tenant’s Delay (irrespective of whether Landlord accepts said modification), (iii) any actual and out-of-pocket third party costs incurred by Landlord because of any such request for modification (irrespective of whether Landlord accepts said modification) shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rental within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written demand, and (iv) if Landlord consents to such modification, (a) any work included in said modification shall be deemed “Modification Work” and shall be performed by Landlord as part of Landlord’s Expansion Space Work but at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rental within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written demand), and (b) any additional time spent by Landlord performing Modification Work (ie. beyond what Landlord would have spent if not for the Modification Work) shall be deemed a Tenant’s Delay.


EXHIBIT B-1

PLANS AND WORK LETTER FOR LANDLORD’S EXPANSION SPACE WORK


New Building Standard

Work letter

26 Broadway, New York NY

1) General Construction

Landlord agrees at its sole expense and without charge to Tenant to do the following work, all of which unless otherwise indicated, shall be of material, manufacture, design, capacity and finish selected by Tenant from Landlord’s samples as standard of the building (“Building Standard”). In the event that the specifications herein do not meet the minimum code, then and in such event Landlord shall substitute the higher standard required by code.

All materials and installations shall meet to the best extent possible or exceed all required government codes including, but not limited to: the American Disabilities Act (ADA), Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Codes, Fire Code, Department of Health, NYC Building Departments, etc. All architectural and mechanical plans and specifications shall be provided by Landlord as well as all building permits at Landlord’s expense. Class E fire system and all points shall be installed as per code.

All references to the “plan” or ‘Plan” shall refer to the Spector Group Plan and finish and lighting plan dated December 16, 2013 and floor plan dated January 27, 2014 attached hereto.

·2) Demolition

 

  a)

All demolition necessary to complete the work as set for the herein and on the plans shall be performed including but not limited to partitions, electrical, duct work. mechanical equipment, flooring, bathrooms, plumbing etc.

3) Floors

 

  a)

Furnish and install building standard loop carpeting, as selected by tenant from building standard selections (26 ounce 100% solution dyed nylon or an allowance of $20 PS yd. for material only, installation to be provided), glued down to existing slab with 4” cove vinyl base in tenant’s choice of color.

 

  b)

Furnish and install building standard vinyl composition tile (Kentile-standard series) in lieu of carpet with building standard 4” vinyl cove base, as selected by tenant from building standard selections, in areas designated by the tenant.

 

  c)

The concrete floor as indicated on the Plan shall be prepped and sealed with Tenant approved sealer.

 

  d)

Bathrooms shall receive building standard bathroom tiles and bas_e. Colors to be selected by Tenant from Landlord’s samples.

 

  d)

Removal of existing flooring and prepare the slab to receive new floor finishes.

4) Ceilings

 

  a)

Furnish and install Armstrong tegular tile #584 standard grid color: white 2x2 in offices and corridor as indicated by plan

 

  b)

All ceilings will be continuous to the exterior walls above window.

 

  c)

Ceiling height shall be above the top of the perimeter windows but not less than 9’0” unless required due to field conditions.

 

  d)

There is no ceiling grid indicated for corridors - corridor ceilings are noted as exposed painted deck with architectural duct work per Plan. Reception area is noted on plan to have exposed painted deck with architectural duct work.

 

  e)

Exposed slab ceiling with sheetrock cladding in open area as.indicated by plan.

5) Partitioni;;

 

  a)

The landlord will provide demising partitions. Installed in accordance with NYC building code, · one hour fire rated, slab to slab partitions

 

  b)

Building standard partition within tenant spaces shall extend from the floor to six inches above the suspended ceiling and shall be framed with 2 1/2 by 25 gauge steel studs at 16” on center. One (1) layer of 5/8” gypsum wall-board (sheelrock) will be provided on each side and will be taped and triple coat spackled on the exposed side.


  c)

Partitions terminating al the building exterior will meet either a window mullion or column. No partitions, which interfere with the operation of a window or obscure a window, will be permitted.

 

  d)

There will be a curved wail separating reception and the print/copy area. This wall is proposed to receive millwork (for both reception and print/copy area) which shall be a Tenant extra. Determination on millwork will be based upon cost to Tenant.

 

  e)

As indicated on the Plan landlord shall provide and install glass partition office fronts. The glass partitions shall be12 clear tempered glass, butt glazed, top and bottom channel from finished floor to top of 8’0” foot high.

 

  f)

the 2 meeting rooms are fully enclosed by glass, the lab, also the engineer workstation area has glass entrance points as does Meeting Room 3. The conference room is enclosed by a stationary glass wall and movable glass wall. Details on the Engineers glass fronted office needs to be further detailed because the glass wall engages the 2 glass meeting areas and the lab as shown on the Plan. ·

 

  g)

Bathroom partitions to be full height partitions to the underside of decl<.

 

  h)

6) Doors and Frame:;,_

 

  i)

Doors shall be hollow metal door with hollow metal frame. 3’-0” x 7’-0” with 18” x 18” metal louver at bottom of door.

 

  ii)

In lieu of Main entrance doors will be a pair of glass doors with 6’-0” x 8’ 6” x12 thick clear tempered Herculite glass. doors, landlord to provide and install recessed in the ceiling roil away doors in locations as per plan.

 

  iii)

Doors where there are glass wall office fronts shall be 12 inch clear· herculite glass doors with pivot hinges and door pulls. Locl<set located in bottom stile into tloor.

) Hardware -except as specified elsewhere in this workletter landlord shall provide:

 

  i)

Building standard glass entry doors will be provided with the following.

 

  (1)

Patch frtting on top and bottom

 

  (2)

Concealed overhead closer (90° No. H.O.)

 

  (3)

Bottom Pivot

 

  (4)

1 14dia. X 72” overall ladder style pull/push handles

 

  (5)

Deadbolt lock with key cylinder outside and thumb tum inside

Note: All exposed materials - satin stainless steel finish

 

  ii)

Building Standard office and conference room doors will be provided with the following.

 

  (1)

butt hinges

 

  (2)

Schlage lever latches

 

  (3)

Schlage lever lock sets

 

  (4)

Door stop:

 

  (5)

Silencers

7) Finishes

 

  a)

All partitions will be painted with one prime coat and one or two, if required finish coats in colors to be selected by tenant from building standard material palettes. Paint will be Benjamin Moore color preview or equal. All paint shall be eggshell finish. Semi gloss on all doors, bucks & metal enclosures. Twenty percent (20%) of the partitioning may be painted in an accent color on walls (one accent color only) from comer to corner. No striping will be provided.


  c)

In the open celling area landlord to provide circular architectural ducted supply and returns with standard duct work and diffusers in the dropped ceiling area. ·

 

  d)

Landlord shall design and engineer the system and distribution based upon the plan.

 

  e)

Furnish and install all required diffusers, returns, ducts, dampers, VAVs and controls as required to provide a complete system. There shall be a separate VAV for each row of offices based upon window exposure, one for each conference room and as interior VAV’s as required based upon the layout.

 

  f)

The system shall be designed to maintain, within normal tolerances for office spaces with a maximum population of one person for each 100 square foot of tenant area, with inside space conditions of 74 F dry bulb when the outside temperature is 91 F dry bulb and 74F mean coincidental wet bulb. During the winter heating season, the system will be capable of maintaining a minimum temperature of 72 F dry bulb when the outside temperature is 11 F dry bulb. The figures are for normal occupied periods and reflect the ASHRAR .4% outdoor conditions.

 

  g)

At substantial completion of the work, the HVAC system shall be balanced to confirm conformance to design criteria as practical.

11) Telecommunications

 

  a)

Voice, high-speed data, and high speed Internet access will be available to every tenant space at tenant cosL Tenant will have the option of choosing any telephone carrier, Internet provider, data transmission carrier, etc., at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant

 

  b)

A telephone junction box and conduit can be provided for tenant telephones at the rate of one (1) per every 200RSF extending from IDF & One (1) dragllne can-be provided for each conduit at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant.

12) Tenant Identification

 

  a)

The design of identification shall conform to the Building Standard, and shall be approved by Landlord at the Tenant’s expense.

 

  b)

In cases where a tenant had two corridor entry doors, one shall be designated as the principal entry only. Secondary doors shall have no identification whatsoever, except the room or suite number.

13) Pantry

 

  a)

The landlord will provide a sink with hot & cold water and a 6’ Caesarstone with full height backsplash from surface of countertop to bottom of upper cabinet of tile or metal laminate, with drop down to 32’ at sink location for ADA (color selected by tenant counter and laminate base and overhead cabinets. Sink height and facet type shall meet ADA standards. At Pantry and Lunch room add new plastic laminate pantry base and hanging cabinets. Base cabinets shall be 36” high with drop down to 32’ at sink location for ADA. Furnish and install all required blockings and grounds.

 

  0b)

Pantry to have plumbing for landlord provided dishwasher, base and top cabinets with countertop (6’ backspalsh), ADA compliant sink and faucet, 2 GFI outlets on the countertop plus outlets for the refrigerator, water cooler; water supply with shut off valves for coffee maker, water cooler, and ice maker.

 

  b)

Furnish and install all necessary rough plumbing work for water supply and drainage at new pantry including dishwasher.

 

  c)

Provide water supply with shut off valves for at counter top for coffee maker, ice maker and water cooler in the pantry.

14) [ILLEGIBLE]

15)

 

  a)

Coat closets shall receive closet hang rod and hat shelf.


  b)

All Trim will be painted with one prime coat and one or two, if required, finish coats in colors to be selected by tenant from building standard selections. Paint will be Benjamin Moore color preview or equal. All paint shall be satin finish. Tenant to select building standard finishes.

8) Electric

 

  a)

Electrical capacity will be provided at 6 watts connected load per rentable square foot at the floor electrical closet at 220 volts exclusive of HVAC equipment except any supplemental equipment required by Tenant, if any. The 6 watts shall be provided to the electrical closet with all required transformers, panels and circuit breakers.

 

  b)

Lighting shall consist of a 2’ x 4’, 5-12” deep basket fluorescent lay in fixture with two (2) 31 watt TS lamps and electronic ballast in areas of drop ceiling. Attached Pendant lighting shall utilized for open ceiling areas.

 

  c)

Emergency lighting equipped with battery backup, will be provided by landlord within the demised premises in compliance with applicable codes.

 

  d)

Except as indicated elsewhere in this section Electrical receptacles shall be provided in building standard partitions as follows.

 

  iv)

20V 15Awall recepticle:1 per every 150RSF.

 

  v)

Dedicated 120V 20A wall receptacle:2 in addition to IT Closet.

 

  vi)

GFI receptacle:see pantry area and as required by code in bathroom.

 

  vii)

One quadruple electrical wall receptacle may be exchanged for two duplex outlets.

 

  e)

In kitchen or pantry, minimum of two dedicated quad GFI outlets on wall above countertop, plus outlets for refrigerator, microwave, dishwasher, and water cooler.

 

  f)

Landlord shall wire all workstation connections with electric. All connections and loads shall be based upon the attached specifications and shall be either core drilled or through a partition wall or column. Power poles are unacceptable. Tenant wlll provide electrical specifications for workstations but not more than one 20 amp circuit per four workstations from Tenant supplied whip

 

  g)

Light switches shall be provided as follows:

 

  i)

One (1) switch per room.

 

  ii)

Open office areas shall be provided with switches so that one half (1/20 of the lights in an area greater than 500 SF may be shut off at one time,

 

  i)

Class E Fire alarms system, points, devices and all required life safety systems and components including relays if required for Tenant’s card key security system shall be provided in compliance with applicable codes for office occupancies as per the plan. Special fire alarm devices or systems for computer rooms as opposed to a standard IT closet as per plan, supplementary air conditioning systems, food service facilities except pantry as per plan, file rooms, or other non-typical office construction shall be provided by the tenant at tenant’s sole cost and expense. Final connection of all fire alarm systems provided by tenants to the building fire alarm system shall be by the landlord’s fire alarm contractor at tenant’s expense.

 

  j)

Conduit for Tenant’s telecommunication from the building entry point to the floor shall be provided by Landlord. Such conduit can be a common with other tenants.

 

  k)

Provide blocking and electric for flat screens in conference rooms, 2 conduits from monitor to under conference tables for electric and computer cabling, ouUet core drill under conference table, plus 4 additional duplex outlets in large conference room.

9) Appliances

 

  a)

All appliances including dishwasher are to be supplied by the tenant.

10) Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning

 

  a)

Air Conditioning

 

  i)

Landlord shall deliver the Demised Premises to Tenant with properly functioning heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning of sufficient capacity to service the Demised Premises for normal office use during normal business hours - Monday to Friday 8:00AM - 6:00PM excluding major holidays.

 

  b)

Landlord to provide air handler unit on the floor to service the Premises in good working order and be responsible to repair or replace during the Term. All HVAC is provided through the Building’s systems which Landlord shall provide during the Term.


  b)

Telephone I Server room to have on sheet of 4’ X 8’ smooth finish plywood sheet painted to match walls.

 

  c)

Millwork as specified on the drawings shall be provided at Tenant’s option at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

16) Elevator Lobby

 

  a)

Elevator lobby shall be renovated with mutually agreeable finishes and improvements. It is agreed by the parties that the existing marble on the walls and floor shall remain.

17) IT Room

 

  a)

Provide and install a louvered door with temperature controlled exhaust fan for the IT room.

 

  b)

Provide one wall in the IT room with plywood painted to match.

 

  c)

Provide upload dedicated quad outlets in there room

 

  d)

Provide building standard VCT flooring in IT room

18) Tenant’s Responsibility

 

  a)

Tenant shall be responsible for installation of telephone and computer cabling and equipment. Landlord shall furnish and install empty back boxes and plates.

 

  b)

Landlord will not install any Tenant specialized equipment.

 

  c)

Tenant agrees to coordinate Tenant’s contractor’s work with Landlord’s contractor’s work.

 

  d)

All work by Tenant’s contractors including but not limited to the installation of telephone lines and computer cables, shall be in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations.

 

  e)

Tenant’s contractors shall coordinate their work with the Tenant-Landlord agreed upon construction schedule.

19) Cleaning

Landlord to have the demised premises cleaned before Tenant occupies, cleaning to include:

 

  a)

Vacuum all carpet areas.

 

  b)

Mop and clean all VCT floors.

 

  c)

Clean interior of all windows and window sills.

 

  d)

Dust all surfaces including, but not limited to, window sills, sinks, countertops, light fixtures, etc.

20) Tenant Extras

Landlord shall not be responsible for any increased costs due to Tenant’s changes or upgrades other than what is contained in this workletter and Plan. Tenant will pay for the Tenant extras as indicated below as specified in Exhibit B, 8-1 and Plans. The Tenant’s extra cost will be $35,000.00 as indicated below.

Landlord’s Preliminary Budget Extras:

 

  1.

Garage door

 

  2.

Closet

 

  3.

Meeting space barn hardware: $1,500 X 3

 

  4.

Appliance Installation

 

  5.

Lighting

 

  6.

Carpet

 

  7.

Concrete floor


6fil Sprinkler

At any time during the term of the Lease as required by code or any governmental or quasi governmental authority Landlord shall install sprinklers throughout the Premises on the 24th floor and Expansion Premises on the 23rd floor as required by code. Sprinkler heads shall be concealed type in any suspended ceilings. Provide all necessary adjustments to existing piping and installation of new piping as required for the sprinkler work.

lli ACP-5

Landlord shall provide an ACP-5 for the 23rd and 24th floor.


LOGO

CONSTRUCTION LEGENO KEYNOTES 1 ISSUED FOR N NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION W .,y.NY117U7 .111:l 41: 0t,1113!15 212,w1043p,. OLO TWENTY- FLOOR NEW YORK, NY 23RD FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN 0 TWENTY-THIRD FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN Pro A-101.00


LOGO

REFLECTED CEILING LEGEND KEYNOTES Ulll31$ DIXIIII. ISSUED FO NOT FOR 212ll0011).13F., OLO TINENTY 26BR0ADWAY .THIRD FLOOR NEWYORK,NY 23RD FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING TWENTY-THIRD FLOOR REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-701.00


LOGO

I $ BOTTOM OF EXISTING DECK EL$ FINISHED CEILING EL.: +8’-6” G) INTERIOR ELEVATION 1 RG: 1 /A-101 1 ISSUE I BOTTOM OF EXISTING DECK . EL: +/-11’-3” FINISHED CEILING EL: NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION o aspect 1RJM .I ® INTERIOR ELEVATION CEILING DETAIL @ WINDOW 2 3 RE:1/A-101 OLO :1/A—101 28BR0ADWAY NEW YORK, NY THIRD FLOOR NY 23RD FLOOR INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-201.00


LOGO

FINISH MATERIALS SCHEDULE FINISH SCHEDULE Prnll MW FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES ABBREVIATIONS ,. , wm PLUMBING FIXTURES SCHEDULE NOT FOR CONSTRUCT APPLIANCE SCHEDULE TWENTY 26 B R0ADWAY -THIRD FLOOR NEW YORK FINISH MATERIALS 100, A-651.00


LOGO

FINISH LEGEND N, MONTY 26BR0ADWAY THIRD FLOOR NEW, NY 23RD FLOOR FINISH PLAN 0 TWENTY-THIRD FLOOR FINISH A-701.00


LOGO

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION floor NEW YORK. NY 23RD FLOOR FURNITURE PLAN 0 TWENTY-THIRD FLOOR FURNITURE A-851.00

Exhibit 10.4

LEASE NO. WA-0067

 

 

LEASE

between

WTC TOWER 1 LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

as Landlord

and

MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation d/b/a Olo

as Tenant

Dated as of June 11th , 2019

[Omitted]

 

 

Neither this draft lease, nor any other draft lease, nor any correspondence, writings, communications or other documents delivered or exchanged between Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed to be an offer or agreement to lease or to enter into a lease, on the terms set forth herein or otherwise and no lease, or agreement to lease, shall be binding on either party except and until as set forth in Section 30.11 of this draft.

THIS LEASE AND ALL DRAFTS OF THIS LEASE CONTAIN CONFIDENTIAL AND SENSITIVE INFORMATION. CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT IS REQUESTED UNDER ALL APPLICABLE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING THE PORT AUTHORITY’S FREEDOM OF INFORMATION POLICIES.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1

   DEFINITIONS; PREMISES; TERM      1  

ARTICLE 2

   COMMENCEMENT OF TERM; AS-IS      12  

ARTICLE 3

   RENT      13  

ARTICLE 4

   EXPENSE PAYMENTS, CAM PAYMENTS, PILOT PAYMENTS, TAX PAYMENTS      14  

ARTICLE 5

   USE      25  

ARTICLE 6

   SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT      27  

ARTICLE 7

   ELECTRIC      30  

ARTICLE 8

   ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, MORTGAGING      32  

ARTICLE 9

   SUBORDINATION, ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE      39  

ARTICLE 10

   ENTRY; RIGHT TO CHANGE PUBLIC PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING;      42  

ARTICLE 11

   LAWS, ORDINANCES, REQUIREMENTS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES      43  

ARTICLE 12

   REPAIRS      44  

ARTICLE 13

   ALTERATIONS; FIXTURES      45  

ARTICLE 14

   LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS      52  

ARTICLE 15

   NO LIABILITY; FORCE MAJEURE      53  

ARTICLE 16

   INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE      54  

ARTICLE 17

   DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE      57  

ARTICLE 18

   CONDEMNATION      59  

ARTICLE 19

   BANKRUPTCY      60  

ARTICLE 20

   DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES; WAIVER OF REDEMPTION      61  

ARTICLE 21

   COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT      62  

ARTICLE 22

   SURRENDER OF PREMISES      62  

ARTICLE 23

   DEFINITION OF LANDLORD      63  

ARTICLE 24

   NOTICES      63  

ARTICLE 25

   BUILDING OPERATIONS DOCUMENTS      64  

ARTICLE 26

   BROKER      64  

ARTICLE 27

   COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITY HANDBOOK      64  

ARTICLE 28

   SECURITY DEPOSIT      65  

ARTICLE 29

   CONSENTS      67  

ARTICLE 30

   MISCELLANEOUS      67  

ARTICLE 31

   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS      73  

ARTICLE 32

   HAZARDOUS MATERIALS      73  

 

-i-


ARTICLE 33

   SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION      74  

ARTICLE 34

   SIGNAGE; NAME OF BUILDING; ADDRESS      74  

ARTICLE 35

   ARBITRATION      75  

ARTICLE 36

   RENEWAL OPTION      76  

ARTICLE 37

   RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER      79  

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A

   FLOOR PLAN

EXHIBIT B

   STANDARD FORM OF NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT —NET LESSOR

EXHIBIT C

   SALES TAX LETTER

EXHIBIT D

   SUPPLEMENTAL AND OVERTIME HVAC RATES

EXHIBIT E

   RULES AND REGULATIONS

EXHIBIT F

   FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

EXHIBIT G

   CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

 

-ii-


INDENTURE OF LEASE (hereinafter referred to as this “Lease”) dated as of this 11th day of    June     2019 between WTC TOWER 1 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company having an office c/o Royal 1 WTC Management LLC, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036 (“Landlord”) and MOBO SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation d/b/a Olo having an office at 26 Broadway, 24th Floor, New York, New York 10004 (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS; PREMISES; TERM

1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Lease, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

ADA” shall mean the Americans with Disabilities Act, Title III, 42 U.S.C.S. §§ 12181-12189 and any amendments thereto.

Additional Rent” or “additional rent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.02A hereof.

Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.06(4) hereof.

After Hours HVAC Service” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.03 hereof.

Agent” shall mean the managing agent for the Building (as of the Execution Date, the managing agent for the Building is Royal 1 WTC Management, LLC).

Alterations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.01A hereof.

Arbitration Notices” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.04(iii) hereof.

Assignment/Sublet Documentation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 B hereof.

Assignment/Sublet Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01B hereof.

Bankruptcy Event” shall mean any of the following: (i) a general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of its creditors; (ii) the admission in writing by Tenant, or the determination by a court of competent jurisdiction, of the insolvency of Tenant or its inability to pay its debts as they become due; (iii) the voluntary commencement of any case or proceeding with respect to Tenant under any Bankruptcy Law or the filing by Tenant of a petition, application, motion or complaint seeking the appointment of or the taking of possession by a receiver, custodian, trustee, liquidator or similar official of or for itself or of or for a material part of its assets; (iv) the involuntary commencement of any case or proceeding with respect to Tenant under any Bankruptcy Law or the filing of a petition, application, motion or complaint seeking the appointment of or the taking of possession by a receiver, custodian, trustee, liquidator or similar official of or for Tenant or of or for a material part of its assets which case, proceeding, petition, application, motion or complaint is not both timely and diligently controverted and dismissed within sixty (60) days of its commencement or filing; (v) the appointment of or taking of possession by a receiver, custodian, trustee, liquidator or similar official of or for Tenant or of or for a substantial part of its assets which is not both timely and diligently controverted and stayed or dismissed within sixty (60) days of its commencement; or (vi) the making of any levy on or judicial seizure or attachment of a substantial part of Tenant’s assets which is not both timely and diligently controverted and stayed or dismissed within sixty (60) days of its commencement.


Bankruptcy Law” shall mean, collectively, Title 11 of the U.S. Code or any other present or future law of any jurisdiction which is applicable to Tenant for the relief, liquidation or rehabilitation of debtors, as amended.

BID Charges” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02A hereof.

Broker” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 26 hereof.

Building” shall mean the portions of that certain building that are leased by Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Net Lease, which building shall be known as One World Trade Center or 1 World Trade Center (subject to the terms of Section 34.02 hereof) and located on the Land.

Building Common Areas” shall mean all of the common facilities of the Building and the Land designed and intended for use by tenants in the Building in common with Landlord and each other. None of the Building Common Areas shall be part of the Premises. In no event may Tenant have the right to perform work in, modify or repair the Building Common Areas.

Building Office Space” shall mean the office space of the Building, which consists as of the Execution Date of the twentieth (20th) through ninetieth (90th) floors thereof. Landlord may at any time upon the delivery of a Notice to Tenant (but without the consent of Tenant), modify the above composition of the Building Office Space in any manner determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion; provided that any such modification(s) shall not increase Tenant’s monetary or other obligations hereunder or adversely affect beyond a de minimis extent Tenant’s conduct of business in the Premises.

Building Operations Documents” shall collectively include the rules and regulations, protocols and other operational procedures applicable to tenants of the Building, including, without limitation, the Rules and Regulations, any standard operating procedures issued by Agent (such as interim loading dock protocol), Building Access Control and Security Monitoring Plan, and the Information Security Handbook. Except as otherwise annexed hereto, the Building Operations Documents are available to Tenant and, upon written request of Tenant, Landlord agrees to promptly deliver to Tenant copies of any of the Building Operations Documents and any updates thereto. Tenant acknowledges that (i) all such documents may be amended from time to time by Landlord, in its sole discretion, and (ii) in the event Landlord makes changes in, or additions to, any of the Building Operations Documents, such changes and/or additions shall be binding upon Tenant with the same force and effect as if they were originally attached hereto and incorporated herein, provided that such changes and/or additions are not in a manner which would be discriminatory towards Tenant.

Business Days” shall mean Monday through Friday exclusive of Holidays.

CAM Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02D attached hereto.

CAM Base Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02B attached hereto.

CAM Expenses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02C attached hereto.

Casualty Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.01 attached hereto.

Casualty Rent Abatement Date” shall mean the date that is the earlier to occur of (i) fourteen (14) calendar days after the Full Casualty Restoration Work shall have been substantially completed or (ii) such date as Tenant moves into a material portion of the Premises for the normal conduct of its business.

Casualty Termination Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.02B hereof.

 

2


Cleaning Specifications” shall mean those cleaning services set forth in Exhibit G attached hereto.

Commencement Date” shall mean the date which is the earlier to occur of: (a) the later to occur of (i) delivery of fully executed counterparts of this Lease, (ii) receipt of all necessary approvals, or (iii) June 1, 2019, or (b) the date Tenant or anyone claiming by, under or through Tenant shall first occupy any part of the Premises for any purpose.

Commencement Date Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03 hereof.

Comparable Buildings” shall mean first-class office buildings located in downtown Manhattan that are comparable in quality and character to the Building.

Conde Lease” shall mean that certain lease with respect to a portion of the Building dated as of May 25, 2011 between Landlord and Advance Magazine Publishers Inc., d/b/a Conde Nast, as the same may be assigned and/or amended from time to time.

Confidential and Privileged Information” shall have the meaning set forth in the Information Security Handbook.

Confidential Information” shall have the meaning set forth in the Information Security Handbook.

Consequential Damages” shall mean any incidental, consequential, indirect, punitive, speculative, special or exemplary damages, or damages on account of lost profits, unrealized expectations or other similar claims. For the purposes of Section 22.02B only, the definition of Consequential Damages shall not include punitive, speculative, special or exemplary damages.

Damage Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.02A hereof.

DAS” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 30.23 hereof.

DAS Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 30.23 hereof.

DAS Related Work” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 30.23 hereof.

Disclosing Party” shall having the meaning set forth in Section 30.13B hereof.

DX Units” shall mean base Building condenser water-cooled direct expansion packaged air conditioning units on the floor on which the Premises are located.

Electric Rates” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.04 hereof.

Election Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.01 hereof.

Electrical Work” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.03 hereof.

Embargoed Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 30.16A hereof.

Environmental Laws” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 32.02 hereof.

Engineering Area” shall mean the gross area of the floor on which the Premises is located, measured from the inside of the glass, less all core elements (both within and outside of the concrete core, e.g., structure, mechanical rooms and shafts) thereon, except for the net inside area of the following items which shall not be deducted therefrom: core toilet rooms, core janitor closets, core electrical closets, core telecommunication closets,the passenger elevator landing, cross corridors and the service elevator corridor.

 

3


Equity Financing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.06(2) hereof.

Estimated Tax Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05G hereof.

Estimated Tenant’s Expense Payment(s)” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03B(a) hereof.

Execution Date” shall mean the date upon which this Lease is fully executed and unconditionally delivered by both parties hereto.

Executive Suite Competitor” shall have the meaning set forth Section 5.01(ii) hereof.

Existing AC Units” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.04 hereof.

Existing FF&E” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02A hereof.

Existing L/C” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 28.06 hereof.

Existing Tenant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 37.03A hereof.

Expense Base” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02F hereof.

Expense Base Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02G hereof.

Expense Estimate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03B(a) hereof.

Expense Year” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02H hereof.

Expense Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03D hereof.

Expenses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02E hereof.

Expiration Date” shall mean the final day of the calendar month in which the ten (10) year anniversary of the final day of the Fixed Rent Abatement Period occurs, (or the date upon which the Term shall sooner terminate pursuant to any of the terms of this Lease).

Final Tax Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05G hereof.

First Full Occupancy Year” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02F hereof.

First Tax Year” shall mean the first full fiscal tax year following the PILOT Termination.

Fixed Rent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01A hereof.

Fixed Rent Abatement Period” shall mean the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending at 11:59 P.M. on the day before the date which is the eleven (11) month anniversary of the Commencement Date.

Fixtures” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.03A hereof.

 

4


First Offer Space” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 37.01 hereof.

Floor Plan” shall mean the floor plan with respect to the Premises annexed hereto as Exhibit A.

FOI Policy” shall mean the Port Authority’s Freedom of Information policies as set forth by the Commissioners of the Port Authority from time to time.

Force Majeure” shall mean any delays resulting from any causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including governmental regulation, governmental restriction, strike, accident, labor dispute, riot, insurrection, terrorism, emergency, inability to obtain materials, acts of God or of a public enemy, acts of the United States of America, fires or other casualties, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, freight embargoes, unusually severe weather, or delays of subcontractors or suppliers at any tier arising from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of Landlord and other like circumstances. Under no circumstances shall the nonpayment of money or a failure attributable to lack of funds be deemed to be (or to have caused) an event of Force Majeure.

Freight Operating Hours” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.01A(2) hereof.

Full Casualty Restoration Work” shall mean all repair and restoration work to the core and shell of the Premises (subject to the provisions of Article 17 hereof, but excluding Tenant’s Insurable Property) and the Building (including base Building construction) that shall be required following a casualty so that the Premises (other than Tenant’s Insurable Property) and the Building shall be repaired and restored to substantially the same condition as existed prior to the damage (including base Building construction).

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles (consistently applied).

Governmental Authority” shall mean the United States of America, the State of New York, the State of New Jersey, the City of New York, and the Port Authority and any political subdivision, agency, department, commission, board, bureau or instrumentality thereof and any of any of the foregoing, now existing or hereafter created, having jurisdiction over the Building and/or the Land or any portion thereof or the curbs, sidewalks, and areas adjacent thereto, other than the Port Authority in its capacity as an occupant of the Building, the lessor under the Net Lease, or a member of the limited liability company constituting Landlord hereunder (as contrasted with its governmental capacity).

Gross Up Provisions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02E hereof.

Hazardous Material(s)” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 32.02 hereof.

Holidays” or “holidays” shall mean all Building Service Employees Union Contract holidays of general applicability to all employees.

HVAC” shall mean heating, ventilation and air conditioning.

HVAC System” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.01B hereof.

Information Security Handbook” shall mean the handbook issued by the Port Authority relating to the procedures and practices that must be followed by all parties concerning Confidential Information and/or Confidential and Privileged Information with respect to the Building and/or the World Trade Center, as the same may be modified or supplemented from time to time without the approval of Tenant. A copy of the current edition of the Information Security Handbook is available online at http://wwvv.panynj.gov/business-opportunities/pdf/Corporate-Information-Security-Handbook.pdf.

 

5


Interest Rate” shall mean, for any (i) late payments, including without limitation, late payment of Rent, invoices, or Additional Rent, for any period of time during the Term, the greater of (a) nine percent (9%) per annum or (b) five percent (5%) per annum above the then published annual prime interest rate upon unsecured loans charged by JPMorgan Chase Bank (or (x) Citibank, if JPMorgan Chase Bank shall not then have an announced prime rate or (y) another national bank designated by Landlord, if neither JPMorgan Chase Bank nor Citibank shall then have an announced prime rate) on loans of ninety (90) days; or (ii) events of default beyond any applicable notice and cure period or the specific date for payment, sixteen percent (16%) per annum. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the applicable rate above would be greater than the maximum rate of interest allowable by law, then the maximum rate of interest allowable by law shall be the interest rate charged.

IPO” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.06(2) hereof.

Issuing Bank” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 28.02 hereof.

JAMS” shall mean JAMS, the Resolution Experts or any organization which is the successor thereto.

JAMS Rules” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 35.01 hereof.

Land” shall mean the land underneath and/or directly adjacent to the Building in which Landlord has an interest.

Landlord” shall mean WTC Tower 1 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and assigns.

Landlord Entity” shall mean the named Landlord herein (i.e., WTC Tower 1 LLC), its constituent members, and its parent companies, affiliates, subsidiaries and successors.

Landlord Party” or “Landlord Parties” shall mean any of Landlord, any Landlord Entity, and each of their respective direct and indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents and representatives.

Landlord’s Charge” shall mean, in connection with the performance by Landlord and/or Agent (or any third party designated by Landlord or Agent) of any work or service on behalf of Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease (including to the extent applicable pursuant to the Building Operations Documents) (i) in the case of any work or service performed by Landlord’s employees (or the employees of a Landlord Party or of Agent), the then Building standard charge for such work or service (which charge shall not be assessed against Tenant in a discriminatory manner), or (ii) in the case of services for which the amount to be paid to Landlord is expressly set forth in this Lease, the amount so stated, or (iii) in the case of any work or service performed by, or materials and supplies provided by, an independent third party designated by Landlord and/or Agent, the amount paid to such independent third party in connection with such work or service or such materials and supplies (together with a mark-up of eighteen percent (18%); it being agreed that (I) the foregoing mark-up shall only be applicable to the extent Landlord actually engages an independent third party to perform such work or service or provide materials and supplies, and that the foregoing mark-up of such third party costs shall be inclusive of and in consideration for any of Landlord’s, Agent’s and any general contractor’s/construction manager’s (A) so-called “general conditions”, (B) overhead and profit, and (C) liability insurance, and not duplicative of any other mark-up by such general contractor/construction manager only) and (II) to the extent Landlord or Agent actually engages an independent third party to perform such work or service or provide materials and supplies, Landlord shall (or Landlord shall cause Agent, as applicable) to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain market rates for such work, service, materials and supplies (as applicable).

 

6


Landlord’s First Offer Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 37.02 hereof.

Leasehold Improvements” shall mean all improvements made to the Premises as of the Execution Date but excluding the core and shell of the Premises.

Legal Requirements” shall mean any and all applicable past, present and future laws, regulations, and codes, extraordinary as well as ordinary, of all Governmental Authorities, including the ADA, the Port Authority Manual and any law of like import, any requirements of QAD, any memoranda and letter agreements between the Port Authority and the New York City Fire Department, the New York City Police Department and the New York City Department of Buildings, and all rules and regulations with respect thereto and any of the foregoing relating to environmental matters. Hazardous Materials, public health and safety matters, and any fire rating organizations or insurance entities performing substantially similar functions to the New York Board of Underwriters and the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization (while such organizations were in existence). in each case, affecting the Building, Land, or the Premises or the maintenance, use or occupation thereof. or any street or sidewalk comprising a part of or in front thereof or any vault in or under the Building or Land.

Letter of Credit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 28.02 hereof.

Limited Casualty Restoration Work” shall mean all repair and restoration work to the Premises (other than Tenant’s Insurable Property) and the Building that shall be required following a casualty so that Tenant and its contractors shall be reasonably able in accordance with good construction practice to perform their construction, repair and restoration work to Tenant’s Insurable Property (e.g., reasonable access to the damaged portions of the Premises for the delivery of contractors’ work materials and access by contractors’ employees and the delivery of all required services thereto solely for the performance of construction, repairs, restoration and other services in connection therewith, including the operation and testing of systems).

Litigation Legislation” shall mean the concurrent legislation of the State of New York and the State of New Jersey set forth at Chapter 301 of the Laws of New York of 1950, as amended by Chapter 938 of the Laws of New York of 1974 (McKinney’s Unconsolidated Laws §§ 7101-7112), and Chapter 204 of the Laws of New Jersey of 1951 (N.J.S.A. §§ 32:1-157 to 168). as each of them may be amended from time to time.

Material Alterations” means any Alteration that (a) affects the Building’s structure, (b) affects the Building’s exterior, (c) adversely affects the mechanical or utility systems of the Building or any space occupied by another tenant, (d) adversely affects the provision of services to other Building tenants, (e) includes work that requires the removal of a portion of the floor slab in any portion of the Premises, or access to, or penetration of the floor slab adjacent to, any space occupied by any other tenant or occupant of the Building other than Tenant’s subtenants or (f) provides for the installation of wet pipes above or in close proximity to an existing sensitive area(s) of another tenant.

Necessary Equipment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.05 hereof.

Net Lease” shall mean that certain Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Lease, dated as of July 16, 2001, by and between the Port Authority, as lessor, and Landlord, as lessee, as the same may hereafter be modified, amended, revised, restated or supplemented from time to time.

Net Lessor” shall mean the Port Authority, or any successor thereto, in either case in its capacity as lessor under the Net Lease.

Network” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.04H hereof.

Non-Abated Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.06 hereof.

 

7


Non-Disturbance Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.11 hereof.

Non-Renewal Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 28.02B hereof.

Notice” shall mean any written notice, statement, certificate, request or demand permitted or required to be given by Landlord or Tenant to the other in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease. Notices shall be delivered (and deemed delivered) in the manner set forth in Article 24 hereof.

NYPA” shall mean the New York Power Authority.

OFAC List” shall mean the list of specially designated nationals and blocked persons subject to financial sanctions that is maintained by the U.S. Treasury Department, Office of Foreign Assets Control and accessible through the internet website or any other similar list maintained by the U.S. Treasury Department, Office of Foreign Assets Control pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation.

Operating Hours” shall mean between 8:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M. New York City time on Business Days.

Other Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 30.13B hereof.

Parent Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.06(4) hereof.

Partial Occupancy Years” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03C hereof.

Partial Occupancy Years Overpayment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03D hereof.

Partial Occupancy Years Underpayment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03D hereof.

Permitted Licensee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.08 hereof.

PILOT” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05A(i) hereof.

PILOT Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05A(ii) hereof.

PILOT Base Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05A(iii) hereof.

PILOT Estimate Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05C hereof.

PILOT Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05A(v) hereof.

PILOT Semi-Annual Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05A(vi) hereof.

PILOT Space” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05A(vii) hereof.

PILOT Square Feet” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05A(viii) hereof.

PILOT Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05C hereof.

PILOT Termination” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05G hereof.

Plans and Other Documentation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.01E hereof.

 

8


Port Authority” shall mean The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey or any successor thereto.

Port Authority Manual” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Tenant Construction Review Manual dated December 2008, (ii) the Tenant Construction and Alteration Process Manual dated July 2013, (iii) World Trade Center Site Rules and Regulations effective October, 2009 and (iv) the Security Guidelines (it being acknowledged that the Security Guidelines have not yet been promulgated by the Port Authority and will automatically become part of the Port Authority Manual upon their promulgation), as all of the foregoing items shall exist as of the Execution Date and as the same may be modified or supplemented from time to time following the Execution Date without the approval of Tenant.

Premises” shall mean the entire leasable area of the eight-second (82nd) floor of the Building Office Space (other than the Building Common Areas located thereon) as shown on the Floor Plan and any additional space in the Building leased by Tenant (including the First Offer Space), taking into account any reduction in the space comprising the Premises pursuant to the terms of Article 8 hereof or otherwise. The parties acknowledge that all core toilet rooms and service elevator corridors located on any floor of the Building on which Tenant shall lease all of the leasable area are part of the Premises and are Tenant’s Insurable Property for all purposes of this Lease, including for the purposes of Articles 7, 11, 12, 13, 16 and 17 hereof, it being agreed that (a) subject to the terms of clause (b) below, Landlord shall perform all repair and maintenance with respect thereto at Tenant’s expense equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor, (b) Tenant shall be obligated to use materials, standards and finishes of Building standard quality, quantity, color and design in connection with its repair and restoration obligations with respect thereto pursuant to the terms of Article 17 hereof and (c) any Alteration performed by or on behalf of Tenant to such core toilet rooms or service elevator corridors shall be deemed to be a Material Alteration hereunder. Floor references are designated rental floor numbers, there being no rental floors below the twentieth (20th) floor or above the ninetieth (90th) floor. Each reference in this Lease to a “full floor” (or words of similar import) shall be deemed to include the eight-second (82nd) floor of the Building, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

Prime Rate” shall mean the then published annual prime interest rate upon unsecured loans charged by JPMorgan Chase Bank (or (x) Citibank, if JPMorgan Chase Bank shall not then have an announced prime rate or (y) another national bank designated by Landlord, if neither JPMorgan Chase Bank nor Citibank shall then have an announced prime rate) on loans of ninety (90) days.

Prohibited Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 30.16B hereof.

Prohibited Work” shall mean any Alterations creating excessive noise or fumes (including, any Alteration(s) involving (a) demolition; (b) cutting, chopping and drilling of floor slabs; (c) shooting fasteners to the floor slabs or demising walls; (d) spraying of paint or other coatings; (e) disconnects or shutdowns affecting other tenants or other parts of the Building; (f) burning or welding of steel which causes fumes to be transmitted to other parts of the Building; or (g) the use of air-hammers or concrete saws), together with any other Alterations so designated in the Rules and Regulations Regarding Alterations.

Proposed Subleased Space” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01C hereof.

QAD” shall mean, collectively, the departments and/or divisions within the Port Authority that are responsible for enforcing government oversight relating to the Port Authority Manual and compliance with Legal Requirements related to design and construction, including the Quality Assurance Division (QAD) and the Resident Engineer’s Office (RED).

Real Property” shall mean, collectively, the Building, the Land and the Appurtenances (as defined in Section 2.1.1 of the Net Lease).

 

9


Recurring Additional Rent” shall mean (i) payment for condenser water pursuant to the terms of Section 6.05 of this Lease, (ii) After Hours HVAC Service charges (if any and to the extent any of the same is put on a standard recurring schedule), (iii) any charges in respect of electricity pursuant to Sections 7.01A and 7.01B hereof, (iv) Tenant’s CAM Payment, (v) Tenant’s Expense Payment, (vi) Tenant’s PILOT Payment, and (vii) Tenant’s Tax Payment, to the extent same becomes applicable in accordance with Article 4 hereof.

Related Entity” shall mean any Successor to Tenant or Successor to a Tenant Entity (as the case may be) or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Tenant or a Tenant Entity (as the case may be) with respect to which the direct or indirect ownership relationship between Tenant or a Tenant Entity, as the case may be, and such Subsidiary or Affiliate is fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the beneficial interest in such entity or any Parent Company of Tenant or a Tenant Entity (as the case may be) which owns, directly or indirectly, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the beneficial interest in Tenant or a Tenant Entity (as the case may be).

Renewal Option” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.01 hereof.

Renewal Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.01 hereof.

Rent” or “rent” shall mean all Fixed Rent, additional rent or other charges payable under this Lease (including, without limitation, Recurring Additional Rent).

REOA” shall mean that certain Reciprocal Easement and Operating Agreement of the West Portions of the World Trade Center dated as of November 16, 2006 by and among the Port Authority, 1 World Trade Center LLC and WTC Retail LLC, as the same may be amended, modified, revised or supplemented from time to time.

Replacement L/C” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 28.06 hereof.

Replacement Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 28.06 hereof.

Restoration Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.02 hereof.

Revised Estimate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03B hereof.

Right of First Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 37.02 hereof.

ROFO Commencement Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 37.04 hereof.

Rules and Regulations” means, collectively, (i) the Rules and Regulations Regarding Alterations, a copy of which is available upon request from the Building management office, and (ii) the Rules and Regulations attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit E (unless the context refers specifically to only one or the other), in either case as the same may be revised in accordance with the definition of Building Operations Documents above.

Secure Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 30.13B hereof.

Security Deposit” shall mean that sum of money equal to [Omitted] Dollars ($[Omitted]), subject to Section 28.07.

Specific Competitor” shall have the meaning set forth in the Conde Lease.

Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.06(4) hereof.

Successor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.06(4) hereof.

 

10


Superior Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.11 hereof.

Superior Lease” or “Superior Leases” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.02A hereof.

Superior Lessor” shall mean the lessor under a Superior Lease.

Superior Mortgagee” shall mean the holder of a Superior Mortgage.

Superior Mortgage” or “Superior Mortgages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.02A hereof.

Supplemental HVAC System” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.04 hereof.

Tax Base Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05A(ix) hereof.

Tax Year” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05A(x) hereof.

Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05A(xi) hereof.

Temporary Offer Space Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 37.10 hereof.

Temporary Rate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36.06 hereof.

Tenant” shall mean Mobo System, Inc., a Delaware corporation d/b/a Olo, and its successors and permitted assigns.

Tenant Entity” shall mean the named Tenant herein (i.e., Mobo System, Inc., a Delaware corporation d/b/a Olo) and its Related Entities.

Tenant Party” shall mean Tenant, any Tenant Entity, any subtenant, assignee or other occupant of the Premises, and each of their respective direct and indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, employees, principals, contractors, vendors and service providers, licensees, agents and representatives.

Tenant’s CAM Payment(s)” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.04A hereof.

Tenant’s Communications Equipment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.04H hereof.

Tenant’s Expense Payment(s)” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.03A hereof.

Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 37.03B hereof.

Tenant’s Insurable Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.01 hereof.

Tenant’s Maintenance Items” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.01 hereof.

Tenant’s PILOT Payment(s)” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05B hereof.

Tenant’s Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.04A hereof.

Tenant’s Share” and “Tenant’s Expense Share” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.02I hereof.

 

11


Tenant’s Tax Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05G(a) hereof.

Term” shall mean the term of this Lease commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on Expiration Date, or such sooner date as this Lease shall terminate pursuant to any of the terms of this Lease.

Third PILOT Semi-Annual Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.05B hereof

Wi-Fi” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.04H hereof.

Wiring” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.03B hereof.

Workers Comp Coverage” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16.02 hereof.

World Trade Center” shall mean that certain facility of commerce commonly and colloquially known as the “World Trade Center” and located in the Borough of Manhattan, City, County and State of New York, comprised of approximately 16 acres.

1.02 Leasing of the Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord the Premises.

The leasing of the Premises by Tenant shall include the right of Tenant to (a) access the Building Common Areas in common with other tenants in the Building and (b) use all fixtures, improvements and betterments owned or leased by Landlord which, at any time during the Term, are attached to or installed in the Premises, all subject to such restrictions, rules, regulations, security arrangements and charges (if any) as are provided for in this Lease.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD unto Tenant, its successors and permitted assigns, for the Term, YIELDING AND PAYING the rents and additional rents hereinafter set forth, all on the covenants, conditions and agreements hereinbefore and hereinafter stated.

ARTICLE 2

COMMENCEMENT OF TERM; AS-IS

2.01 Commencement of Term. The Term shall commence on the Commencement Date and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein (including as set forth in Section 3.01), the payment of Fixed Rent and additional rent (if any) shall commence on the Commencement Date.

2.02 As-is.

A. Tenant has examined the Premises, and agrees that on the Commencement Date, the Premises will be in its “as is”, “where is” condition as of the Execution Date, having all furniture, fixtures and equipment serving and located in the Premises, including all workstations, chairs, conference tables, audio video equipment, voice and data cabling, all vertical and horizontal data and communication wiring, racks, Existing AC Units, kitchen appliances and equipment, light fixtures and reception area furnishings (collectively, the “Existing FF&E”).

B. On the Commencement Date, the Existing FF&E shall (a) be in its “as-is” condition and (b) become the property of Tenant pursuant to a separate agreement. Landlord shall have no liability or duty with respect to the Existing FF&E (i.e., Landlord shall not be responsible for any damage to any Existing FF&E).

 

12


2.03 Commencement Date Agreement. Promptly after the occurrence of the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant, at Landlord’s or Tenant’s request, will execute an agreement in recordable form stating, among other things, as applicable, the Commencement Date, the expiration of the Fixed Rent Abatement Period, the tons of condenser water to be furnished by Landlord, if any, pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof and/or the Expiration Date (and other dates, obligations or rights of the parties which may be affected by the determination of such dates) (the “Commencement Date Agreement”) with respect to the above date. Tenant’s or Landlord’s failure or refusal to sign same shall in no event affect the determination by Landlord of such dates in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

2.04 Section 223 Waiver. The parties agree that Tenant expressly waives any right to rescind this Lease under Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law or under any present or future statute of similar import then in force and the right to recover any damages, direct or indirect, which may result from Landlord’s failure to timely deliver possession of any portion of the Premises. Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Section are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of said Section 223-a to the extent herein provided.

ARTICLE 3

RENT

3.01 Fixed Rent.

A. During the Term, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord an annual fixed minimum rent, in lawful money of the United States, in the amounts as set forth below (collectively, the “Fixed Rent”):

(a) [Omitted] ($[Omitted]) per annum ($[Omitted] per month) from the Commencement Date through the last day of the month preceding the month in which the fifth (5th) anniversary of the final day of the Fixed Rent Abatement Period occurs; and

(b) [Omitted] Dollars ($[Omitted]) per annum ($[Omitted] per month) from the first day of the month in which the fifth (5th) anniversary of the final day of the Fixed Rent Abatement Period occurs through the Expiration Date.

B. Fixed Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during the Term commencing upon the Commencement Date, subject to the last sentence of this Section 3.01B, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever. In the event that the Commencement Date shall occur on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the Fixed Rent for such month shall be prorated on a per diem basis. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, so long as Tenant shall not be in default under any of the terms and provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall receive a deduction in Fixed Rent (i) in the amount of $[Omitted] for each month of the Fixed Rent Abatement Period, such amount not to exceed an aggregate of $[Omitted], provided, however, that in the event the beginning of the Fixed Rent Abatement Period shall occur on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, such monthly amount shall be prorated on a per diem basis and (ii) in the amount of $[Omitted] for the month following the month in which the expiration of the Fixed Rent Abatement Period occurs.

C. Recurring Additional Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during the Term commencing upon the date(s) set forth herein without any setoff or deduction whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly provided herein). In the event that any of such dates shall occur on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, such Recurring Additional Rent for such month shall be prorated on a per diem basis.

 

13


D. All Fixed Rent and Recurring Additional Rent that are payable under this Lease shall be payable in lawful money of the United States by wire transfer or electronic payments made through the Automated Clearing House network of immediately available funds to such account as Landlord may from time to time direct in writing. All Additional Rent (other than Recurring Additional Rent) shall be payable in lawful money of the United States and shall be paid either by (a) wire transfer or electronic payments made through the Automated Clearing House network of immediately available funds to such account as Landlord may from time to time direct in writing or (b) a check of Tenant drawn on a bank which is a member of The Clearing House Payments Company L.L.C. (or any successor thereto) which is remitted to such address as Landlord may from time to time direct in writing. Failure to pay Fixed Rent and/or Additional Rent in the manner set forth above shall be deemed a material default by Tenant under this Lease.

3.02 Additional Rent.

A. All adjustments of rent, costs, charges and expenses which Tenant is obligated to pay to Landlord pursuant to this Lease (including, without limitation, Recurring Additional Rent) shall be deemed additional rent (the “Additional Rent” or “additional rent”), which Tenant covenants to pay when due. In the event of nonpayment, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies with respect thereto as is herein provided for in case of nonpayment of Fixed Rent. All rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, without offset, reduction, counterclaim and/or deduction.

B. If any clause in this Lease providing for the payment by Tenant to Landlord of any additional rent shall not state a time period upon which such payment shall be due to Landlord, such payment shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within twenty (20) days after delivery of an invoice therefor together with (to the extent available or applicable) reasonable supporting documentation.

3.03 Legal Requirements. If any of the rent payable under the terms of this Lease shall be or become uncollectible; reduced or required to be refunded because of any rent control, federal, state or local law, regulation, proclamation or other Legal Requirement not currently in effect, Tenant shall enter into such agreement(s) and take such other steps (without additional expense to Tenant, the acceleration of any expense by Tenant or any other adverse effect on Tenant) as Landlord may reasonably request and as may be legally permissible to permit Landlord to collect the maximum rent which, from time to time, during the continuance of such legal rent restriction may be legally permissible (and not in excess of the amounts then reserved therefor under this Lease). Upon the termination of such legal rent restriction, (a) the Fixed Rent and additional rent shall become and shall thereafter be payable in accordance with the amounts reserved herein for the periods following such termination and (b) Tenant shall promptly pay in full to Landlord, unless expressly prohibited by applicable Legal Requirements, an amount equal to (i) rentals which would have been paid pursuant to this Lease but for such legal rent restriction less (ii) the rent actually paid by Tenant during the period such legal rent restriction was in effect.

3.04 Late Charge. If any installment of Fixed Rent or additional rent is not paid within five (5) Business Days of when due, Tenant shall also pay Landlord interest thereon from the due date until paid at the Interest Rate.

ARTICLE 4

EXPENSE PAYMENTS, CAM PAYMENTS, PILOT PAYMENTS, TAX PAYMENTS

4.01 General. In addition to the Fixed Rent hereinbefore set forth, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, at the times and in the manner hereinafter set forth, (a) Tenant’s Expense Payments, (b) Tenant’s CAM Payments, (c) Tenant’s PILOT Payments, and (d) to the extent same become applicable in accordance with this Article 4, Tenant’s Tax Payments.

 

14


4.02 Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Article 4:

A. “BID Charges” shall mean all charges paid by Landlord with respect to the Real Property to any Governmental Authority or to Net Lessor on account of any business improvement district or similar charges or assessments, including all such amounts payable under the Net Lease.

B. “CAM Base Amount” shall mean the sum of $[Omitted] for the calendar year 2020, increased as of January 1, 2021 (and as of January 1 of each calendar year thereafter) to the final day of the Expense Base Period by three and one-half percent (3.5%) percent per annum, compounded annually.

C. “CAM Expenses” shall mean any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord or any Landlord Entity with respect to the ownership, operation, maintenance, repair and/or replacement of any portions of the World Trade Center (other than the Land and the Building) and any facilities or areas outside of the Real Property, including any such costs and expenses incurred pursuant to the REOA and any costs paid by Landlord under the REOA. Any expenses which are incurred with respect to the World Trade Center and which are partially attributable to the Land and the Building shall be reasonably apportioned between (i) the World Trade Center and (ii) the Land and the Building.

D. “CAM Amount” shall mean, for each Expense Year, the product obtained by multiplying (i) the CAM Base Amount, by (ii) one (1) plus the percentage of increase in the Expenses for such Expense Year over the Expense Base (which percentage increase, for each Partial Occupancy Year, shall be conclusively deemed to be by three and one-half percent (3.5%) per annum compounded annually).

E. “Expenses” shall mean, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the total of all costs and expenses consistently determined and paid, incurred, or borne by or on behalf of Landlord with respect to the operation and maintenance of the Land and Building and all appurtenances thereto, and the services provided to the tenants thereof, including the costs and expenses incurred for and with respect to: electricity furnished to non-leasable and non-leased portions of the Building (and specifically excluding electricity purchased by or for individual tenants for consumption in such tenants’ space or by such tenants’ equipment or furnished to any other leasable space in the Building); BID Charges; steam, gas and any other fuel utilized to provide service generally to tenants of the Building and for operation and maintenance of the Building; water and sewer charges; air conditioning (or condenser water, as applicable), ventilation and heating to the non-leasable portions of the Building and to tenants of the Building during Operating Hours; maintenance of metal, glass, stone, elevators and elevator cabs, the Building lobbies and sidewalks and plaza areas; equipment, services and personnel for protection and security; main ground floor lobby and sky lobby decoration and interior and exterior landscape maintenance; sprinkler maintenance and alarm service; maintenance and repairs which are appropriate for the continued operation of the Building as a first-class office building; painting and decoration of non-leasable areas; normal and customary testing and monitoring of air and water quality, antennae emissions and of all other similar types of environmental concerns in the Building; cleaning and window washing (interior and exterior) of the Building by contract or otherwise; garbage and trash removal; premiums for fire and extended coverage insurance, special extended coverage insurance, terrorism insurance (with respect to both liability and property damage), owner’s protective insurance, and other casualty insurance coverage, boiler and machinery insurance, sprinkler apparatus insurance, public liability and umbrella liability insurance, property damage insurance, rent or rental value insurance, plate glass insurance and any other insurance that is customarily carried by owners of Comparable Buildings or that is required by any Superior Lessor and/or any Superior Mortgagee; Building supplies; supplies, wages, salaries, disability benefits, pensions, hospitalization, retirement plans, and group insurance and other direct or indirect expenses respecting employees of Landlord up to and including the grade of Building manager; purchase or rental of uniforms and working clothes for such employees and the cleaning thereof; expenses imposed on Landlord (or its managing agent on behalf of Landlord) pursuant to laws, orders, rules, regulations, and other Legal Requirements or pursuant to any collective bargaining agreement with respect to such employees; worker’s compensation insurance, payroll, social security, unemployment, and other similar taxes with respect to employees of Landlord (or its managing agent on behalf of Landlord) employed at the Building up to and including the level of

 

15


Building manager; telephone and other Building office expenses (other than rent); legal, accounting, consultant and appraiser fees in connection with any application, proceeding or settlement for the reduction or refund of PILOT or Taxes to the extent consistent with Expense exclusion item (vi) below; accounting fees in connection with the preparation of annual (audited or unaudited) operating expense statements; cleaning, security, messenger and delivery services; and an annual fee for management of the Building in the sum of $[Omitted] for the calendar year 2020. The management fee shall be increased for each calendar year after the 2020 calendar year as follows: (A) the management fee for each calendar year subsequent to the 2020 calendar year through the First Full Occupancy Year shall be equal to 103.5% of the management fee for the immediately preceding calendar year, and (B) the management fee for each Expense Year subsequent to the First Full Occupancy Year shall be equal to the management fee for the First Full Occupancy Year increased annually on a compounding basis by the same percentage by which the Expenses for each Expense Year (without regard to the management fee) increase over the Expenses for the previous Expense Year (without regard to the management fee), in both cases as finally determined. Any expenses which are incurred and charged to the Building and to other buildings owned by a Landlord Entity shall be fairly and equitably allocated to the Building and such other buildings as appropriate.

Anything to the contrary set forth above notwithstanding, Expenses shall exclude or have deducted from them, as the case may be and as shall be appropriate:

(i) all leasing costs, including brokerage commissions, obligations and similar costs;

(ii) salaries of personnel above the grade of Building manager (except for any personnel regardless of grade employed by any Landlord Entity or Landlord’s managing agent which provides services typically performed by a third party in Comparable Buildings such as cleaning, security and messenger services to the Building and/or other buildings owned by other Landlord Entities (provided that the cost of such services, including the salaries, fringe benefits, payroll taxes, and other compensation for such personnel, does not exceed competitive market rates charged by independent third parties for services comparable to such services being provided at the Building) in which case such salaries, fringe benefits, payroll taxes and compensation shall be equitably apportioned among all such buildings);

(iii) expenditures for capital improvements except (a) capital expenditures or expenses for equipment designed to result in savings or reduction of Expenses (e.g., energy saving devices), and (b) capital expenditures required by Legal Requirements enacted after the Commencement Date (or by amendments enacted after the date hereof to any Legal Requirements enacted prior to the Commencement Date solely to the extent required by such amendments); in the case of both clauses (a) and (b) above the cost thereof shall be included in Expenses for the Expense Year in which the costs are incurred and subsequent Expense Years, calculated to reflect depreciation over an appropriate period, but not more than ten (10) years, on a straight line basis inclusive of an annual interest factor equal to the Prime Rate at the time of Landlord’s having incurred said expenditure. If Landlord shall lease any such item of capital equipment designed to result in savings or reductions in Expenses, then the rentals and other costs paid pursuant to such leasing shall be included in Expenses for the Expense Year in which they are incurred;

(iv) cost of repairs or replacements incurred by reason of fire or other casualty or by the exercise of the right of eminent domain (other than (x) the amount of any deductible to which Landlord is actually subject pursuant to the terms of its insurance policies, or (y) in the event Landlord self-insures, an amount not in excess of the amount which would have applied under clause (x) hereof in the event Landlord had carried the coverage in question with third-party carriers);

(v) advertising, entertaining and promotional expenditures as well as other expenses relating to the leasing of space;

 

16


(vi) legal, accounting and auditing fees, other than (A) accounting and auditing fees reasonably incurred in connection with the preparation of statements required pursuant to additional rent or rental escalation provisions of this Lease, (B) reasonable legal, accounting, consulting and appraisal fees incurred in protesting (or seeking a refund or reduction of) PILOT, Taxes and/or utility charges to the extent such protests result in a savings to Tenant in PILOT, Taxes and/or utility charges that Tenant would have otherwise paid to Landlord and (C) legal, accounting and consulting fees incurred in defending a non-criminal audit relating to the operation of the Building (e.g., sales tax audit, utility tax audit, etc.) conducted by a governmental entity (whether or not Landlord prevails in such audit);

(vii) costs incurred in performing work or furnishing services to or for individual tenants (including Tenant) other than work or services of a kind and scope which Landlord is obligated to furnish to Tenant and tenants generally in the Building without charge;

(viii) the cost incurred by Landlord in performing work or furnishing any service to or for a tenant of space in the Building (including Tenant) for which a separate charge is made (other than through provisions similar to this Article 4), including the supply of overtime air-conditioning, ventilation and heating, and extra cleaning services, at Landlord’s cost and expense, regardless of the amount billed or received by Landlord for performing such work or furnishing such service;

(ix) PILOT or Taxes, in either case payable to any Governmental Authority or to the Net Lessor;

(x) any expenses incurred in connection with any mortgage or other financing securing any ground or land lease of the Real Property, including mortgage interest or amortization or any interest rate swap agreements, or in connection with any refinancing thereof, including legal, accounting, consultant, mortgage, brokerage or other expenses related thereto;

(xi) any expenses incurred in connection with any ground or land lease, including ground rent or any other charges pursuant to the Net Lease (except to the extent such other charges are payment for expenses which are otherwise includible in Expenses);

(xii) any cost incurred in connection with the preparation of any space in, or as part of, the Building for any tenant’s (including Tenant’s) or other occupant’s occupancy (or occupancy by any potential tenant, including Tenant, or any potential other occupant) and any other contribution by Landlord to the cost of tenant improvements;

(xiii) costs for which Landlord receives compensation through the proceeds of insurance or for which Landlord receives compensation from any other source (other than through provisions similar to this Article 4);

(xiv) the cost of installing, operating and maintaining any specialty facility such as any co-generation plant(s) and related equipment (other than the cost of operating and maintaining any such co-generation plant(s) and related equipment, but only if same provides electricity to the Building, and only the Building, for no additional charge), the observation deck, broadcasting facilities (but not the cost of maintaining and operating the satellite antennae facility for use by Building tenants), luncheon club, athletic or recreational club, child care facility, auditorium, restaurant, cafeteria or dining facility, conference center or similar facilities (but not the cost of maintaining and operating the Building messenger center);

(xv) costs incurred in connection with (a) the initial construction, decoration and landscaping of the Building or the remedying of any violations of Legal Requirements relating to, or any defects (including any latent defects) in, base Building construction or any other work performed by Landlord in connection therewith and (b) the making of any additions to, or building additional stories on, the Building or its plazas, or adding buildings or other structures adjoining the Building, or connecting the Building to other structures adjoining the Building;

 

17


(xvi) CAM Expenses, it being acknowledged that Tenant is paying Tenant’s CAM Payment in lieu of including CAM Expenses in Expenses;

(xvii) fines and penalties incurred because of violations of Legal Requirements that arise by reason of Landlord’s failure to construct, maintain or operate the Building or any part thereof in compliance with such Legal Requirements (excluding the costs of permits and approvals required to comply with Legal Requirements in the ordinary course of the operation or maintenance of the Building and excluding fines and penalties that are reasonably unavoidable in the operation of a first-class office building in Manhattan including by way of example and not by limitation, sidewalk violations); and

(xviii) costs resulting from the negligence or willful acts of Landlord, any Landlord Entity or any such party’s agents, contractors, employees or representatives.

In determining the amount of Expenses for any Expense Year (including the First Full Occupancy Year), if less than 95% of the rentable area of the Building Office Space shall have been occupied by tenant(s) at any time during any such Expense Year, Expenses shall be determined for such Expense Year to be an amount equal to the like expenses which would normally be expected to be incurred had 95% of the rentable area of the Building Office Space been occupied throughout such Expense Year. If in any Expense Year (including the First Full Occupancy Year) Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which if performed by Landlord would constitute an Expense) to a tenant of the Building Office Space who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Expenses which reasonably would have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or services to such tenant, subject to the 95% deemed occupancy rate described herein. The provisions of this paragraph are herein sometimes referred to as the “Gross Up Provisions.

F. “Expense Base” shall mean the Expenses for the Expense Base Period, which Landlord and Tenant agree shall be calculated as follows: (i) the Expenses for the first Expense Year in which 85% of the rentable area of the Building Office Space shall have been occupied by tenant(s) for the conduct of business for the entire such Expense Year (the “First Full Occupancy Year”), shall be calculated in accordance with Section 4.02E hereof (including the Gross Up Provisions), and (ii) such Expenses for the First Full Occupancy Year shall be reduced at the rate of three and a half percent (3.5%) per annum compounded annually for each Expense Year from the last day of the First Full Occupancy Year to the last day of the Expense Base Period.

G. “Expense Base Period” shall mean the 2020 calendar year.

H. “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year starting with the 2021 calendar year.

I. “Tenant’s Share” or “Tenant’s Expense Share” shall be 1.205%.

4.03 Tenant’s Expense Payments.

A. For each Expense Year all or a portion of which occurs in or during the Term, if the Expenses for such Expense Year shall be greater than the Expense Base, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Recurring Additional Rent for such Expense Year, in the manner hereinafter provided, an amount equal to Tenant’s Expense Share of the excess of the Expenses for such Expense Year over the Expense Base (such amount being herein called the “Tenant’s Expense Payment(s)”).

 

18


B. (a) Landlord shall, prior to or following the commencement of each Expense Year after the First Full Occupancy Year, deliver to Tenant a reasonably itemized statement of Landlord’s reasonable good faith estimate (an “Expense Estimate”) of the projected Expenses for such Expense Year. Tenant shall pay on the first day of each month commencing in the first Expense Year after the First Full Occupancy Year, as Recurring Additional Rent, together with payment of Fixed Rent, an “Estimated Tenant’s Expense Payment(s),” which shall be equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of Tenant’s Expense Share of the amount by which such projected Expenses exceed the Expense Base. Until a new Expense Estimate of projected Expenses is rendered, except as provided in Section 4.03C with respect to Partial Occupancy Years, the Estimated Tenant’s Expense Payment for any Expense Year shall be deemed to be 104% of one-twelfth (1/12th) of the total Estimated Tenant’s Expense Payment for the preceding Expense Year, if any. During any Expense Year, Landlord shall have the right at any time to deliver a revised estimate (a “Revised Estimate”) of projected Expenses to reflect, if Landlord can reasonably so estimate, known increases in Expenses for the then current Expense Year applicable to the categories involved in computing Expenses that would further increase the percentage increase in Expenses for such Expense Year over Landlord’s prior good faith estimate of such Expenses and, as of the first day of the month following delivery of such Revised Estimate, Tenant shall pay the new amount for such month and each subsequent month of the then current Expense Year.

(b) To the extent that at the time of furnishing of any Expense Estimate or Revised Estimate the aggregate monthly payments made during the preceding months of the Expense Year in question are less than the amount that would have been paid if the installment required pursuant to such Expense Estimate or Revised Estimate had been made for such preceding months, the deficiency shall be due and payable in full as additional rent within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s statement to Tenant therefor. To the extent that there is an overpayment of such aggregate monthly payments by Tenant, Landlord, at Landlord’s election, shall permit Tenant to credit such overpaid amount without interest against the next installment(s) of Rent payable under this Lease, or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, Landlord shall promptly refund such overpaid amount without interest to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 4.03B(b) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

C. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.03B to the contrary, for each Expense Year after the Expense Base Period through and including the First Full Occupancy Year (collectively, the “Partial Occupancy Years”), all Expense Estimates shall be calculated, and Tenant shall pay Estimated Tenant’s Expense Payments, in each case subject to reconciliation as hereinafter provided, based on the assumptions that:

(a) the Expenses for the Expense Base Period are $[Omitted] for the calendar year of 2020 (inclusive of the Building management fee) (the “Tentative Expense Base”), and

(b) the Expenses for each Expense Year are equal to the Tentative Expense Base, increased by three and a half percent (3.5%) per annum compounded annually.

D. Following the expiration of the First Full Occupancy Year, Landlord shall submit to Tenant an unaudited statement (an “Expense Statement”) prepared by Landlord or its managing agent setting forth (A) the Expenses for the First Full Occupancy Year, (B) the calculation, in accordance with Sections 4.02E and 4.02F hereof, of the Expense Base, and (C) a calculation of Tenant’s Expense Payment for each Partial Occupancy Year. In the event that Tenant’s Expense Payment due to Landlord for any Partial Occupancy Year shall be greater than the aggregate of the Estimated Tenant’s Expense Payments made by Tenant for such Partial Occupancy Year, the total amount of any such underpayments for all Partial Occupancy Years is herein called the “Partial Occupancy Years Underpayment.” In the event the aggregate of the Estimated Tenant’s Expense Payments made by Tenant for any Partial Occupancy Year shall be more than the Tenant’s Expense Payment, the total amount of any such overpayments for all Partial Occupancy Years is herein called the “Partial Occupancy Years Overpayment.” If the Partial Occupancy Years Underpayment exceeds the Partial Occupancy Years Overpayment, then, within twenty (20) days after receipt of such Expense Statement, Tenant shall make payment of the excess amount. If the Partial Occupancy Years Overpayment exceeds the Partial Occupancy Years Underpayment, then Landlord, at Landlord’s election, shall permit Tenant to credit such excess amount without interest against the next installment(s) of Rent payable under this Lease, or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, Landlord shall promptly refund such excess amount without interest to Tenant.

 

19


E. (a) Following the expiration of each Expense Year after the First Full Occupancy Year, Landlord shall submit to Tenant an Expense Statement, setting forth the Expenses for the preceding Expense Year and the Tenant’s Expense Payment, if any, due to Landlord from Tenant for such Expense Year. In the event that Tenant’s Expense Payment due to Landlord for such Expense Year shall be greater than the aggregate of the Estimated Tenant’s Expense Payments made by Tenant for such Expense Year, then, within twenty (20) days after receipt of such Expense Statement, Tenant shall make payment of any unpaid portion of the Tenant’s Expense Payment. In the event the aggregate of the Estimated Tenant’s Expense Payments made by Tenant for such Expense Year shall be more than the Tenant’s Expense Payment for such Expense Year, then, Landlord, at Landlord’s election, shall permit Tenant to credit such excess amount without interest against the next installment(s) of Rent payable under this Lease, or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, Landlord shall promptly refund such excess amount without interest to Tenant.

(b) The failure by Landlord to deliver an Expense Statement at any time shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to deliver same to Tenant or to receive Tenant’s Expense Payments.

(c) The Expense Statements furnished to Tenant (including the Expense Statement for the First Full Occupancy Year) shall constitute a final determination as between Landlord and Tenant of the Expenses for the periods represented thereby, unless Tenant, within one hundred eighty (180) days after they are furnished (the“Dispute Deadline Date”), shall give a Notice to Landlord that it disputes the accuracy or appropriateness of any of same, which Notice shall specify the particular respects in which the disputed Expense Statement is inaccurate or inappropriate. Pending the resolution of such dispute, Tenant shall pay to Landlord both the Tenant’s Expense Payment in dispute and all Estimated Tenant Expense Payments due in accordance with the latest Expense Estimate (or latest Revised Estimate, as the case may be) furnished by Landlord in accordance with Section 4.03B hereof. Tenant shall have the right, during Operating Hours and upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior Notice to Landlord, to examine Landlord’s books and records with respect to any disputed Expense Statement, provided (a) such examination is commenced within thirty (30) days and concluded within sixty (60) days following the end of the Dispute Deadline Date, (b) such examination may only be conducted by full-time, regular employees of an independent and reputable, certified public accounting firm, and such firm is not being compensated by Tenant for such services on a contingency or success fee basis and (c) Tenant delivers a confidentiality agreement to Landlord with respect to such dispute and such examination in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If following such examination, the parties shall agree in writing, or it shall be ultimately determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, that (i) Tenant overpaid the Tenant’s Expense Payment for any Expense Year, then such excess without interest shall be, at Landlord’s option, either refunded to Tenant or credited against the payment(s) of Rent next coming due, or (ii) Tenant underpaid the Tenant’s Expense Payment for any Expense Year, then such shortfall without interest shall be paid by Tenant within twenty (20) days thereafter.

F. If the date of expiration or termination of this Lease, whether or not same is the Expiration Date or another date prior or subsequent thereto, is not the last day of an Expense Year, then the Tenant’s Expense Payment shall be prorated based upon the number of days of the applicable Expense Year within the term. With respect to the year in which the term expires or terminates, such pro rata portion shall, within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s rendition of an Expense Statement therefor together with the annual statements of the Expenses for that Expense Year, become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, if it has not theretofore already been paid. Prior to the receipt by Tenant of the aforementioned Expense Statement from Landlord, Tenant shall continue to make Estimated Tenant’s Expense Payments to Landlord in accordance with the other applicable terms of this Article 4 To the extent that there is an overpayment of such aggregate monthly payments by Tenant, Landlord, at Landlord’s election, shall permit Tenant to credit such overpaid amount without interest against the next installment(s) of Rent payable under this Lease, or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, Landlord shall promptly refund such overpaid amount without interest to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 4.03F shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

20


4.04 Tenant’s CAM Payments.

A. For each Expense Year all or a portion of which occurs in or during the term, if the CAM Amount for such Expense Year shall be greater than the CAM Base Amount, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Recurring Additional Rent for such Expense Year, in the manner hereinafter provided, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (1) the CAM Amount for such Expense Year, over the (2) CAM Base Amount (such amount being herein called the “Tenant’s CAM Payment(s)”).

B. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s CAM Payment and estimated payments on account thereof at the same time and in the same manner as Tenant makes payments of Tenant’s Expense Payment, Tenant’s Expense Estimates, and Revised Estimates pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof. Each Expense Estimate and Revised Estimate delivered pursuant to Section 4.03B and 4.03C hereof, and each Expense Statement delivered pursuant to Section 4.03D and 4.03E hereof, shall include a separate calculation of Tenant’s CAM Payment, with the increases in the CAM Amount in each such Expense Estimate, Revised Estimate and Expense Statement to be calculated using the Expenses (or estimates of Expenses) that are reported in such Expense Estimate, Revised Estimate and Expense Statement, as the case may be. Tenant’s CAM Payment shall be subject to reconciliation, dispute and adjustment pursuant to Sections 4.03B and 4.03E hereof, and Landlord and Tenant shall make the same credits or payments provided for therein on account of overpayments or underpayments of Tenant’s CAM Payment as are applicable to Tenant’s Expense Payments, at the same time and in the same manner as provided for therein with respect to Tenant’s Expense Payments; provided, however, that Tenant acknowledges that (i) since the CAM Base Amount is established as the sum of $[Omitted] for calendar year 2020 (subject to increase as provided in Section 4.02B hereof), there shall be no reconciliation of Tenant’s CAM Payments for Partial Occupancy Years in accordance with Section 4.03D hereof, and (ii) Tenant’s right to dispute Tenant’s CAM Payment shall be limited to the mathematical calculation of Tenant’s CAM Payment based upon the calculation set forth in Section 4.04A hereof (it being understood and agreed that if and to the extent Expenses for any Expense Year are adjusted by reason of the resolution of a Tenant dispute or otherwise, the CAM Amount for any Expense Year affected by such adjustment shall be recalculated using such adjusted Expense amount), and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have the right to dispute whether the CAM Amount accurately reflects site-wide expenses at the World Trade Center. To the extent that any such adjustment is necessary due to an overpayment for such period previously made by Tenant, Landlord, at Landlord’s election, shall permit Tenant to credit such overpaid amount without interest against the next installment(s) of Rent payable under this Lease or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, promptly refund such overpaid amount without interest to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 4.04B shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

C. If the date of expiration or termination of this Lease, whether or not same is the Expiration Date or another date prior or subsequent thereto, is not the last day of an Expense Year, then the Tenant’s CAM Payment shall be prorated based upon the number of days of the applicable Expense Year within the term. With respect to the year in which the term expires or terminates, such pro rata portion shall, within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s rendition of an Expense Statement therefor, become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, if it has not theretofore already been paid. To the extent that there is an overpayment based on any estimated Tenant’s CAM Payments for such period previously made by Tenant, Landlord, at Landlord’s election, shall permit Tenant to credit such overpaid amount without interest against the next installment(s) of Rent payable under this Lease or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, promptly refund such overpaid amount without interest to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 4.04C shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

21


4.05 Tenant’s PILOT Payments; Tenant’s Tax Payments.

A. For purposes of this Section 4.05:

(i) “PILOT” shall mean the computation of payments in lieu of taxes pursuant to the PILOT Agreement.

(ii) “PILOT Agreement” shall mean that certain Restated and Amended Agreement between the Port Authority and the City of New York, dated as of November 24, 2004, as the same has been and may hereafter be amended from time to time.

(iii) “PILOT Base Rate” shall mean the average of the PILOT Rates for the four (4) PILOT Semi-Annual Periods that occur immediately following July 1, 2019 (i.e. the period of July 1, 2019 through June 30, 2021). Until the PILOT Rates for such PILOT Semi-Annual Periods shall have been finally determined, Landlord shall, for purposes of computing Tenant’s PILOT Payment hereunder, reasonably estimate such PILOT Rates, and, promptly after such PILOT Rates shall have been finally determined, Landlord shall recalculate any Tenant’s PILOT Payments which were previously billed based upon such estimates and deliver Notice to Tenant of such recalculation. If such recalculation indicates that any Tenant’s PILOT Payments previously made by Tenant are less than the amount actually due, then, within twenty (20) days after receipt of such recalculation, Tenant shall make payment of the shortfall. If such recalculation indicates that any Tenant’s PILOT Payments previously made by Tenant exceed the amount actually due, then Landlord, at Landlord’s election, shall permit Tenant to credit such excess against the next installment(s) of Rent payable under this Lease, or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, Landlord shall promptly refund such excess to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 4.05A(iii) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(iv) “PILOT Escalator” shall mean the “Escalator” (as such term is defined in the PILOT Agreement), as finally determined in accordance with the PILOT Agreement.

(v) “PILOT Rate(s)” shall mean, for each PILOT Semi-Annual Period, the product obtained by multiplying (x) the PILOT Escalator for such PILOT Semi-Annual Period as finally determined in accordance with the PILOT Agreement, by (y) $[Omitted] (i.e., the Base Amount, as defined in the PILOT Agreement), and dividing the product by 11,400,000 (i.e., the Full Buildout, as defined in the PILOT Agreement).

(vi) “PILOT Semi-Annual Period” shall mean each “Semi-Annual Period” (as such term is defined in the PILOT Agreement).

(vii) “PILOT Space” shall mean the Premises.

(viii) “PILOT Square Feet” shall mean the number of “Gross Square Feet” (as such term is defined in the PILOT Agreement) of any PILOT Space, as finally determined between Landlord (or the Port Authority) and the City of New York pursuant to the PILOT Agreement.

(ix) “Tax Base Amount” shall mean the amount of the Taxes payable, as finally determined, for the First Tax Year.

(x) “Tax Year” shall mean each successive fiscal year commencing on July 1st and expiring on June 30th. If the present use of July 1 to June 30 for New York City real estate tax year shall change, then such changed tax year shall be used with appropriate adjustment for the transition.

(xi) “Taxes” shall mean (a) the amount finally determined to be legally payable, by legal proceedings or otherwise, of all real estate taxes which shall be levied, assessed or imposed, or become due and payable or become liens upon, or arise in connection with the use, occupancy or possession of, the Real Property or any part thereof or interest therein during the term of this Lease (without taking into consideration any abatement, exemption and/or deferral applicable to the Real Property), (b) any assessments, special and extraordinary assessments, and government levies imposed upon or with respect to the Real Property, other than business

 

22


improvement district charges (exclusive of any abatements, exemptions and/or deferrals) and (c) any franchise, income, profit, value added, use, or other tax imposed in whole or partial substitution for, or in lieu of an increase (in whole or part) in such real estate taxes, whether due to a change in the method of taxation or otherwise, exclusive of any abatements, exemptions and/or deferrals, it being understood and agreed that the portion of the Taxes so computed hereunder may be a different amount than the real estate taxes actually payable by Landlord in any Tax Year because of any such abatements, exemptions and/or deferrals. The benefit of any discount for any early payment or prepayment of Taxes shall accrue solely to the benefit of Landlord and such discount shall not be subtracted from Taxes. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) any interest charges, administrative fees, penalties or surcharges due on account of Landlord’s failure to timely pay Taxes shall be borne by Landlord and shall not be included in computing Tenant’s Tax Payment and (ii) except in instances where clause (c) above is applicable, Taxes shall not include any inheritance, estate, unincorporated business, succession, transfer, gift, franchise, corporation, value-added, income, revenue or profit tax or capital levy that is or may be imposed upon Landlord.

B. Commencing with the first PILOT Semi-Annual Period (the “Third PILOT Semi-Annual Period”) to occur following the PILOT Semi-Annual Periods used to calculate the PILOT Base Rate (i.e., commencing on January 1, 2021), all or a portion of which occurs in or during the term of this Lease, if the PILOT Rate for the Third PILOT Semi-Annual Period and any subsequent PILOT Semi-Annual Period shall be greater than the PILOT Base Rate, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Recurring Additional Rent for such PILOT Semi-Annual Period, in the manner hereinafter provided, an amount equal to one-half of the product obtained by multiplying (x) the PILOT Square Feet contained in the PILOT Space as of the first day of the previous PILOT Semi-Annual Period, by (y) the excess, if any, of (1) the PILOT Rate for such PILOT Semi-Annual Period, over the (2) PILOT Base Rate (such amount being herein called the “Tenant’s PILOT Payment(s)”).

C. Landlord shall, prior to or following the commencement of each PILOT Semi-Annual Period commencing with the Third PILOT Semi-Annual Period (i.e., January 1, 2021), deliver to Tenant a statement (a “PILOT Statement”) setting forth Landlord’s calculation of Tenant’s PILOT Payment for such PILOT Semi-Annual Period. Tenant’s PILOT Payment (or the balance thereof remaining after crediting Tenant for any estimated payments made by Tenant for such period as hereinafter in this Section 4.05C provided) shall be due and payable within twenty (20) days after Landlord shall have submitted to Tenant a PILOT Statement with respect thereto. Commencing with the first PILOT Semi-Annual Period for which Tenant’s PILOT Payment is due hereunder and for each subsequent PILOT Semi-Annual Period during the term of this Lease (but not sooner than ten (10) days following receipt of a PILOT Estimate Statement, from Landlord), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a reasonable estimate of Tenant’s PILOT Payment for the following PILOT Semi-Annual Period, such estimate to be set forth in a written statement prepared by Landlord or its managing agent and furnished to Tenant (a “PILOT Estimate Statement”). Tenant shall pay one-sixth of the estimated Tenant’s PILOT Payment set forth in such PILOT Estimate Statement, as Recurring Additional Rent, in equal monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month thereafter until a new PILOT Estimate Statement is furnished to Tenant. In the event the total estimated payments made by Tenant for any PILOT Semi-Annual Period shall exceed the actual amount of Tenant’s PILOT Payment due from Tenant for such PILOT Semi-Annual Period, then Landlord, at Landlord’s election, shall permit Tenant to credit such overpaid amount without interest against the next installment(s) of Rent payable under this Lease, or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, Landlord shall promptly refund such overpaid amount without interest to Tenant.

D. In the event that, following the delivery of a PILOT Statement by Landlord, either (x) the PILOT Square Feet comprising the Premises applicable to the PILOT Semi-Annual Period covered thereby, or (y) the PILOT Rates used to calculate either the Pilot Escalator for such PILOT Semi-Annual Period or the PILOT Base Rate, are modified pursuant to the PILOT Agreement (e.g., by reason of an appeal by the Port Authority and/or Landlord, a change in the assessed valuation of any property used in calculating the PILOT Escalator, or otherwise), Landlord shall promptly deliver to Tenant a revised PILOT Statement. If the amount of Tenant’s PILOT Payment previously paid by Tenant for such PILOT Semi-Annual Period is less than the amount of Tenant’s PILOT Payment shown on such revised PILOT Statement, Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days after its receipt of such revised PILOT Statement, pay to Landlord the amount of the shortfall. If the amount of Tenant’s PILOT Payment previously paid by

 

23


Tenant for such PILOT Semi-Annual Period is greater than the amount of Tenant’s PILOT Payment shown on such revised PILOT Statement, Landlord, at Landlord’s election, shall permit Tenant to credit such overpaid amount without interest against the next installment(s) of Rent payable under this Lease or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, promptly refund such overpaid amount without interest to Tenant.

E. Subject to Section 4.05D hereof, each PILOT Statement furnished to Tenant shall constitute a final determination as between Landlord and Tenant of Tenant’s PILOT Payment for the PILOT Semi-Annual Period represented thereby, unless Tenant, within forty-five (45) days after it is furnished, shall give a Notice to Landlord that it disputes the accuracy of Landlord’s calculation of Tenant’s PILOT Payment set forth therein. Tenant’s failure to raise any such dispute within such forty-five (45) day period shall not affect Tenant’s right to a credit pursuant to the terms of Section 4.05D hereof. Pending the resolution of such dispute, Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s PILOT Payment in accordance with Landlord’s PILOT Statement and estimated payments in respect thereof in accordance with Section 4.05C hereof. In the event it is determined in connection with the resolution of such dispute that Tenant has overpaid Tenant’s PILOT Payment, Landlord, at Landlord’s election, shall permit Tenant to credit such overpaid amount without interest against the next installment(s) of Rent payable under this Lease or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, promptly refund such overpaid amount without interest to Tenant. In no event may Tenant dispute the calculation of the amount of the PILOT Escalator absent manifest mathematical error. The provisions of this Section 4.05E shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

F. If the date of expiration or termination of this Lease, whether or not same is the Expiration Date or another date prior or subsequent thereto, is not the last day of a PILOT Semi-Annual Period, then Tenant’s PILOT Payment shall be prorated based upon the number of days of the applicable PILOT Semi-Annual Period within the term. With respect to the PILOT Semi-Annual Period in which the term expires or terminates, such prorata portion shall, within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s rendition of a PILOT Statement therefor, become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord, if it has not theretofore already been paid. To the extent that there is an overpayment based on any estimated Tenant’s PILOT Payments for such period previously made by Tenant, Landlord, at Landlord’s election, shall permit Tenant to credit such overpaid amount without interest against the next installment(s) of Rent payable under this Lease or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, promptly refund such overpaid amount without interest to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 4.05F shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

G. (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.05, in the event that at any time during the term the Real Property shall become subject to Taxes by reason of the termination of the PILOT Agreement, the transfer of the Real Property (or any interest therein) to a non-governmental entity, or otherwise (in any event, a “PILOT Termination”), Tenant shall thereafter pay, in lieu of Tenant’s PILOT Payment, an amount (“Tenant’s Tax Payment(s)”) equal to Tenant’s Share (which shall be adjusted for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Tax Payment to add any space in the Building or the Premises which is subject to Taxes but was not included in the computation of Tenant’s Share for the calculation of Tenant’s Expense Payment or to subtract any space in the Building or the Premises which is not subject to Taxes but was included in the computation of Tenant’s Share for the calculation of Tenant’s Expense Payment) of the amount by which the Taxes for the Real Property for any Tax Year exceed the Tax Base Amount. In such event, Landlord shall make reasonable estimates of Tenant’s Tax Payment with respect to the then current or any forthcoming Tax Year and Tenant shall be required to pay such estimated amounts in such installments and amounts as Landlord may reasonably require (or as may otherwise be required by a taxing authority, mortgagee or otherwise), in advance, on the first day of each month, based upon delivery of an “Estimated Tax Statement.” If there shall be any increase in Taxes for any Tax Year, prior to or during such Tax Year, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a revised Estimated Tax Statement, and Tenant’s Tax Payment for such Tax Year shall be appropriately adjusted. In the event of any increase in Taxes, Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days of rendition of such revised Estimated Tax Statement, pay to Landlord the amount of any underpayment of Tenant’s Tax Payment with respect to such Tax Year. In the event of any decrease in Taxes for any Tax Year for which Tenant has made a Tenant’s Tax Payment, Landlord shall either pay to Tenant, or at Landlord’s election, credit against subsequent payments of Rent, the amount of any overpayment. At any time after, during or prior to the end of each

 

24


Tax Year, Landlord shall cause the actual amount of Tenant’s Tax Payment to be computed and a “Final Tax Statement” to be given to Tenant. If such Final Tax Statement shall show a deficiency, Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord within twenty (20) days; if it shall show that Tenant has made an overpayment, Landlord shall either pay to Tenant, or at Landlord’s election, credit against subsequent payments of Rent, the amount of such overpayment.

(b) The Final Tax Statements furnished to Tenant, which shall include the tax bill, shall constitute a final determination as between Landlord and Tenant of the Taxes for the periods represented thereby, unless (i) the Taxes for any such period are subsequently reduced by tax certiorari proceedings or otherwise (in which event the Final Tax Statement for such adjusted Taxes shall be conclusive and binding, subject to subsection (ii) of this Section), or (ii) Tenant, within forty-five (45) days after they are furnished, shall give a Notice to Landlord that it disputes the accuracy or appropriateness of any of same, which Notice shall specify the particular respects in which the disputed Final Tax Statement is inaccurate or inappropriate. Pending the resolution of such dispute, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of any increase in Taxes over the Tax Base Amount to Landlord in accordance with the Estimated Tax Statements and/or Final Tax Statements furnished by Landlord. Tenant shall have the right to receive a copy of any tax bill or statement from the applicable taxing authority upon which the disputed Final Tax Statement is based within twenty (20) days after demand therefor. Tenant may not dispute Estimated Tax Statements.

H. An appropriate proration shall be made as between Tenant’s PILOT Payment and Tenant’s Tax Payment in respect of the Tax Year in which the Real Property first becomes subject to Taxes. If the date of expiration or termination of this Lease (except for termination for Tenant’s default), whether or not same is the Expiration Date or another date prior or subsequent thereto, is not the last day of a Tax Year, then Tenant’s Tax Payment shall be prorated based upon the number of days of the applicable Tax Year within the period. With respect to the year in which the term of this Lease expires or terminates, such pro rata portion shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within twenty (20) days following delivery of an invoice together with reasonable supporting documentation therefor if it has not theretofore already been paid, and Landlord, as soon as reasonably practicable, shall cause the annual statements of the Taxes for that Tax Year to be prepared and furnished to Tenant. Landlord and Tenant thereupon shall make appropriate adjustments of all amounts then owing.

4.06 Survival. The executory provisions of this Article 4 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. In no event shall the Fixed Rent under this Lease be reduced by virtue of any provision of this Lease.

ARTICLE 5

USE

5.01 Permitted Uses.

(a) Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for executive and general and administrative offices consistent with a first-class Manhattan office building and no other use shall be permitted, including, without limitation the following uses, which shall be prohibited: (i) an executive office suite business; (ii) an executive search firm or employment agency (other than solely for the purpose of the hiring by Tenant of its employees at the Building); (iii) offices of a governmental agency, or government (including an autonomous governmental corporation or any entity having diplomatic or governmental immunity), or a diplomatic or trade mission; (iv) reservation centers for airlines or for travel agencies, (v) any use prohibited by the Building Operations Documents, including, without limitation, the Rules and Regulations attached hereto and made part hereof as Exhibit E; (vi) offices of any public or private utility company; (vii) co-working and shared office uses; (viii) any other uses prohibited or requiring consent in Section 8.01D hereof and (ix) hosting events, panel discussions, symposiums, and the like which are open to attendance by the general public.

 

25


(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall, in order to induce Landlord to execute and deliver this Lease, fully comply with the following terms: (A) neither Tenant, nor any assignee thereof, nor any subtenant, nor any licensee of any portion of the Premises, shall (i) be a Specific Competitor (as such term is defined in the Conde Lease), (ii) operate a business in any portion of the Premises under the name of a Specific Competitor or (iii) be an entity (an “Executive Suite Competitor”) whose primary business consists of pre-built short term office space (including the provision of services typical of business centers and the provision of “virtual office” services), (B) Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is not a Specific Competitor or an Executive Suite Competitor and (C) Tenant shall cause each subtenant and licensee (as the case may be) of any portion of the Premises to fully incorporate the foregoing terms of clauses (A) and (B) above into its sublease or license (as the case may be). Failure of Tenant to fully comply with the foregoing terms shall be deemed to be a material default by Tenant hereunder.

5.02 Prohibited Items. Tenant shall not use, occupy, suffer or permit the Premises (or any part thereof) to be used in any manner, or suffer or permit anything to be brought into or kept therein, which would (a) make unobtainable at standard rates from a reputable insurance company authorized to do business in New York State fire insurance or liability, elevator, boiler, umbrella or other insurance customarily carried by landlords of first-class office buildings in Manhattan, (b) cause, or be likely to cause, injury or damage to the Building or to any Building equipment or to the Premises, (c) constitute a public or private nuisance, (d) emit objectionable fumes, vibrations, heat, chilled air, vapors or odors into or from the Building or the Building equipment, (e) interfere with any of the Building services (except if such interference is temporary, is coordinated with Landlord and does not affect any other tenant of the Building), including the furnishing of electrical energy, or the proper and economical cleaning, heating, ventilating, air conditioning or other services servicing the Building (other than the Premises) or (f) constitute a lodging or residential use or for any illegal purposes. In addition, Tenant shall not create any noise or vibration which, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, would impair or interfere with the use or enjoyment by any other tenant of any other space in the Building.

5.03 Licensing. Except as set forth in Section 8.08 of this Lease, no licensing of desk space shall be permitted.

5.04 Labor Harmony. Without limiting the terms of Section 13.04F of this Lease, the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises (including all maintenance, operation and repair obligations and other services performed by Tenant on its own behalf pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including the terms of Article 6 hereof, and the use of any materials in connection therewith) shall not be done in a manner which would (i) disturb harmony with any trade engaged in performing any other work in the Building (including the creation of any work slowdown, sabotage, strike, picket or jurisdictional dispute) or (ii) create any actual interference with the operation of the Building and/or the operations of other occupants. Tenant shall immediately stop the performance of such aspect of Tenant’s business in the Premises if Landlord delivers Notice to Tenant that such aspect of Tenant’s business in the Premises would trigger a violation of clauses (i) and/or (ii) above. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in all reasonable respects to avoid such breach. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with Tenant to avoid such breach. Except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors, Tenant hereby agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from all loss arising as a result of such breach, including any actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and any claims made by occupants of the Building and/or other third parties. Tenant may at any time utilize Tenant’s employees to conduct its business whether or not such employees shall be unionized; provided, however, that such employees shall be properly licensed and qualified to perform such task and shall not trigger a violation of clauses (i) and/or (ii) above.

 

26


ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT

6.01 From and after the Commencement Date (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 6.01), Landlord shall, at its cost and expense:

A. Elevators and Loading Docks.

(1) Provide non-exclusive passenger elevator service during Operating Hours to the Premises through the “G” bank (which shall provide service from the main ground floor lobby to the sixty-fourth (64th) floor of the Building) and the “H” bank (which shall provide service from the sixty-fourth (64th) floor of the Building to the Premises). In addition to providing the foregoing passenger elevator service during Operating Hours, Landlord will provide at all other times passenger elevator service to the Premises that is sufficient in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (but in no event fewer than two (2) passenger elevator cars in each applicable elevator bank).

(2) Provide freight elevator service and loading dock availability from 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. on Business Days (“Freight Operating Hours”) on a first-come, first served basis. Outside of Freight Operating Hours, Tenant may reserve, on a “first come first served” basis, one (1) freight elevator and one (1) loading dock for its exclusive use, subject to availability. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s Charge for the use of the freight elevator and for loading dock personnel during such times outside of Freight Operating Hours. Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, in connection with Tenant’s move in to the Building and the delivery of furniture and equipment thereto outside of Freight Operating Hours, Landlord shall provide thirty-six (36) car-hours of free overtime freight and passenger elevator service and use of the loading dock in connection therewith.

B. Maintain and keep in good order and repair the Building’s central heating, ventilating and air conditioning system installed by Landlord, collectively the “HVAC System”. The aforesaid system will be operated by Landlord during Operating Hours on Business Days. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant if the HVAC System fails to perform, if such failure is the result of any act (including any Alteration) or negligence by Tenant or the result of Landlord’s compliance with any Legal Requirement enacted after the Execution Date. Tenant understands that if the electricity demand load exceeds an average of five (5) watts demand load per square foot of Engineering Area for the Premises, that the HVAC System will not be able to perform within the Building’s design limits and Landlord shall have no liability or obligation as a result thereof.

C. Provide cleaning services to the Premises and the public portions of the Building, including to Building Common Areas, on Business Days in accordance with the Cleaning Specifications attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit G.

D. Furnish domestic water for ordinary lavatory, drinking, pantry (other than dishwashers) and normal office cleaning purposes, which shall include (i) furnishing hot and cold water to the core toilet rooms and janitorial closet and (ii) furnishing cold water to all plumbing installations (other than as provided for in (i) above) which are installed by or on behalf of Tenant. If Tenant elects to install in the Premises an item such as a dishwasher, private bathroom and the like which (in Landlord’s discretion) requires, uses or consumes water, Tenant agrees that Landlord may, or may require Tenant to, install a meter or meters or other means to measure Tenant’s water consumption for those specific items (and not to meter the entire Premises), and Tenant further agrees to reimburse Landlord for the cost of the meter or meters and the installation thereof (or, upon Landlord’s request, to perform, at Tenant’s cost, the installation thereof), and to pay for the maintenance of said meter equipment and/or to pay Landlord’s costs of other means of measuring such water consumption by Tenant. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all water consumed as measured by said meter or meters or as otherwise measured, including sewer rents, plus an additional three percent (3%).

 

27


E. Maintain the Building in accordance with the standard for Comparable Buildings and promptly and diligently repair and maintain the Building in a good and workmanlike manner as reasonably required, subject to the other provisions of this Lease.

F. Subject to the Building’s security procedures and applicable rules and regulations, provide Tenant with access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week (unless prohibited by applicable Legal Requirement).

G. Tenant shall at all times comply with, and cause its employees, contractors and invitees to the Premises to comply with, any security guidelines adopted by Landlord, a current copy of which shall be available to Tenant upon request by Tenant from the Building’s management office. Tenant acknowledges that security standards adopted by the Landlord may exceed those for Comparable Buildings. Landlord will develop and implement an emergency action plan in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements (currently specified by the New York City Fire Department to be a “Comprehensive (combined) Fire Safety/Emergency Action Plan” pursuant to 3 RCNY Sections 404-01 & 02), and, to the extent not otherwise covered in such emergency action plan, Landlord will prepare and implement a supplement thereto, in consultation with (but without the approval of) Tenant, which supplement will address emergency notification procedures of the Building engineer or manager, Building security personnel, local emergency personnel and Tenant personnel. The risk that any safety or security device, service or program provided by Landlord, if any, with respect to the Building, may not be effective, or may malfunction, or be circumvented by a criminal, is assumed by Tenant with respect to Tenant’s Property, and Tenant shall obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts and other losses. In addition, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is providing the foregoing emergency action plan and supplement without compensation or other consideration and Tenant hereby agrees to irrevocably waive and release Landlord from any and all obligations or liability whatsoever for any damage, cost or expense incurred by or on behalf of Tenant due to, or caused by, the failure or inability of such emergency action plan and/or supplement to provide emergency notification service to Tenant even if caused by Landlord’s acts or negligence. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may request, and Tenant shall designate, an employee of Tenant to serve as a Fire Warden or Assistant Fire Warden for the floor.

H. Permit the cable television company serving the area in which the Building is located to provide (at Tenant’s cost and expense and through facilities designated by Landlord) cable television service to the Premises.

I. Provide an emergency life safety generator system for emergency evacuation of the Building. Tenant acknowledges that (i) such emergency generator back-up to Tenant is being provided without compensation or other consideration and Tenant hereby agrees to irrevocably waive and release Landlord from any and all obligations or liability whatsoever for any damage, cost or expense incurred by or on behalf of Tenant due to, or caused by, the failure or inability of such system to provide service to Tenant and (ii) once the Building has been fully evacuated, Landlord may elect in its sole and absolute discretion to cease the operation of such emergency generator back-up to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that such emergency power shall be used only to provide power to the path of egress emergency lighting in the Premises.

6.02 Landlord reserves the right to temporarily interrupt, curtail or suspend the services required to be furnished by Landlord under this Article 6 or elsewhere under this Lease at any time when the necessity therefor arises by reason of Force Majeure, repairs and maintenance, mechanical breakdown, when required by any Legal Requirement and/or on account of alterations or improvements reasonably deemed necessary or desirable by Landlord for the benefit of the Building or any portion(s) thereof. Landlord shall endeavor to provide Tenant with a Notice not less than five (5) Business Days prior to all scheduled repairs and maintenance affecting the Premises and Tenant’s use thereof. Except as otherwise in this Lease expressly provided, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant as a result thereof. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate all scheduled repairs and maintenance with Tenant so as to minimize interference with Tenant’s operations.

 

28


6.03 If Tenant shall require HVAC service at any time other than during Operating Hours, Landlord shall furnish such service (herein called “After Hours HVAC Service”) upon advance written notification from Tenant as specified below and Tenant shall pay, as additional rent the rates for After Hours HVAC Service on a per hour basis equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor on Landlord’s demand, as set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto. Requests for After Hours HVAC Service may be made through the base Building management office by a person(s) designated by Tenant as authorized to make such requests before 4:00 p.m. on a non-holiday weekday for such weekday and at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to a holiday or weekend. Subject to union requirements, there shall be no minimum number of hours for which After Hours HVAC Service is required.

6.04 Landlord agrees that Tenant may install, subject to Landlord’s election right set forth in the following sentence, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in accordance with, and subject to, the applicable provisions of this Lease, an additional HVAC system (hereinafter referred to as the “Supplemental HVAC System”) in the Premises to service the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may elect (at its sole discretion and upon notice from Tenant of its desire to install a Supplemental HVAC System) to install the Supplemental HVAC System, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and in which case such installation shall be at a cost equal to Landlord’s Charge in all other cases. The costs (as applicable) of installation (including connection to any condenser water source), maintenance and operation (including, without limitation, electricity costs in accordance with Section 7.01 below) of any Supplemental HVAC System (including the Existing AC Units) shall be borne by Tenant. Landlord agrees that it shall not charge any fee to Tenant for connecting into the Building’s condenser water system, except as provided in Section 6.05 below. Any Supplemental HVAC System shall be located wholly within the Premises, except for any connection to any condenser water source. All facilities, equipment, machinery and ducts installed by (or on behalf of) Tenant in connection with any Supplemental HVAC System shall (a) be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, (b) comply with Landlord’s reasonable requirements as to installation, maintenance and operation, and (c) comply with all other applicable terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Landlord shall provide to Tenant without additional charge such space in the core or within ceiling plenums solely for the purpose of running pipes from the Supplemental HVAC System to the Building’s condenser water risers. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any interruption in service of the Supplemental HVAC System (including the Existing AC Units) for any cause whatsoever, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant acknowledges that there are currently three (3) supplemental air conditioning units (the “Existing AC Units”) serving the Premises. Landlord makes no representations as to the condition of the Existing AC Units and Tenant shall accept the same in “as is” condition. Tenant acknowledges that the Existing AC Units being provided without compensation or other consideration and Tenant hereby agrees to irrevocably waive and release Landlord from any and all obligations or liability whatsoever for any damage, cost or expense incurred by or on behalf of Tenant due to, or caused by, the failure or inability of such system to provide service to Tenant even if caused by Landlord’s acts or negligence.

6.05 Landlord shall make condenser water available to support any Supplemental HVAC System, including the Existing AC Units, in the amount of up to twenty (20) tons, and Tenant acknowledges that if it elects to install an additional Supplemental HVAC System, it shall pay for such tons of condenser water actually furnished, in the amount of the connected tonnage of such Supplemental HVAC System, at a rate set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto. As of the Execution Date, the Existing AC Units utilize nine (9) tons of condenser water and Tenant shall pay Landlord for all such nine (9) tons of condenser water at the rate set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto. If Tenant requires more than the number of tons made available for its use pursuant to the foregoing, Tenant shall deliver a written Notice to Landlord with respect thereto, provided such additional tonnage above twenty (20) is then available in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, taking into account the future needs of existing and future occupants of space in the Building (whether or not such space is then vacant) as well as Landlord’s existing and future needs in the operation of the Building. Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Recurring Additional Rent, one twelfth (1/12th) of the annual charge hereunder for the nine (9) tons of condenser water furnished by Landlord as set forth above. In no event shall the aggregate amount of tons of condenser water furnished to Tenant pursuant to the foregoing be less than the cumulative connected tonnage of any Supplemental HVAC System (including the Existing AC Units).

 

29


6.06 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if solely due to (a) Landlord’s curtailment or interruption of services pursuant to Sections 6.02, 7.03(ii) and Article 12 hereof or (b) Landlord’s effecting repairs or other work in the Building or Premises or (c) Landlord’s failure to perform any of its obligations set forth in Articles 6, 7 or 12 hereof (and except to the extent subsections (a) through (c) above are due to any act or omission of Tenant or Tenant Party), (i) any utility or service required under the terms of this Lease is not provided to all or part of the Premises (except if such utility or service is not provided due to the failure of the utility company or service provider) and (ii) as a result thereof, Tenant is unable to access the Premises and/or operate its business within the Premises, and therefore Tenant for ten (10) consecutive Business Days cannot and does not use all or any part of the Premises for the uses expressly permitted hereunder for such entire ten (10) consecutive Business Day period (the “Non-Abated Period”), Tenant shall be entitled to a pro rata abatement of Fixed Rent and additional rent attributable to the portion of the Premises that Tenant cannot and does not so use for each day after the Non-Abated Period (as such period may be extended as provided below), until such required utility, service, or access, as the case may be, is restored and Tenant can use the entire Premises for the uses expressly permitted hereunder. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing shall not be applicable in the case of any casualty, which shall be governed by the provisions of Article 17 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary provided in this Lease, the Non-Abated Period shall be extended to the extent that such utility, service or access, as the case may be, is not provided due to Force Majeure.

ARTICLE 7

ELECTRIC

7.01 Electrical Service.

A. Subject to the other provisions of this Article 7, Landlord shall furnish to the Premises, beginning upon the Commencement Date, through the distribution facilities serving the Building, an electricity demand load of seven (7) watts per usable square foot, exclusive of electricity required to operate the base Building systems (including the HVAC System, both in the central plant and to the DX Units). Such services shall be provided at an electrical panel in the base Building electrical closets on the floor of the Premises. Landlord shall furnish to the Premises DX Units through the distribution facilities installed by Landlord in the Building, alternating electric current in a type and amount required to operate the DX Units.

B. The electric current for the Premises, the DX Units, core toilet rooms, core electrical closets, core telecommunication closets, core janitor closets, service elevator lobbies and DX Units mechanical equipment room(s) (any supplemental bus duct taps, separate risers and/or any other items installed in accordance with the terms of the second (2nd) sentence of Section 7.02 hereof) shall be measured by submeter(s) with coincident demand (and shall be billed as if there was only one (1) submeter provided therefor in the aggregate), installed by Landlord, at its cost and expense, at such location(s) reasonably selected by Landlord, and maintained by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost and expense; and beginning upon the Commencement Date Tenant shall pay monthly to Landlord such amounts (which shall be computed by using the Electric Rates), on the basis of Tenant’s consumption of/demand for alternating current in the foregoing areas. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any electricity charges for any emergency power in accordance with the terms of Section 6.01I hereof and (b) the submeter(s) for any supplemental bus duct taps, separate risers and/or any other items installed in accordance with the terms of the second (2nd) sentence of Section 7.02 hereof may not be measured with coincident demand (it being agreed that Tenant shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent the cost of the installation and maintenance thereof, which cost shall be equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor).

C. Subject to the terms of Article 10 hereof, Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter the Premises (and all other accessible parts of the core on the floor of the Premises) to access the electric closets and the meters at reasonable times after delivery of a reasonable prior Notice to Tenant, which may be oral (except in the event of an emergency, when no such Notice or oral Notice shall be required). Tenant shall supply, at Tenant’s cost, adequate electric lighting and electric power to Landlord or Landlord’s contractors to clean and make repairs in the Premises.

 

30


7.02 Capacity. Tenant’s use of electrical energy shall never exceed the capacity of the then existing feeders to the Building or the then existing risers or wiring installation serving the Premises set forth in Section 7.01 hereof. In order that personal safety and property of Landlord and the tenants and occupants of the Premises and the Building may not be imperiled by the overtaxing of the capacity of the electrical distribution system of the Premises or the Building, and to avert possible adverse effect upon the Building’s electrical system, Tenant shall not, without prior consent of Landlord upon and subject to the applicable terms of this Lease, make or perform or permit any changes in or Alterations to wiring installations or other electrical facilities in or serving the Premises. Landlord, its agents, engineers and consultants may survey Tenant’s electrical use from time to time, upon prior Notice and in coordination with Tenant so as to minimize interference with Tenant, and at Landlord’s expense, to determine whether Tenant is complying with its obligations under this Article 7. At such time as Tenant shall surrender any portion of the Premises to Landlord, including pursuant to the terms of Article 8 hereof, Tenant at its expense shall redistribute any electricity to the extent necessary so that such portion has an electrical capacity proportional to the reconfigured Premises in compliance with the terms of this Article 7.

7.03 Limitation on Liability.

(i) Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any loss, damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur by reason of any change, failure, inadequacy or defect in the supply or character of the electrical energy furnished to the Premises or if the quantity or character of the electrical energy is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements, except for any actual damage suffered by Tenant by reason of any such failure, inadequacy or defect to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful acts, and then only after prior actual Notice has been given to Landlord.

(ii) In addition to the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right, by the delivery of five (5) Business Days’ prior Notice to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency, in which event such Notice to Tenant shall be delivered if and to the extent reasonably feasible under the circumstances) to “shut down” electrical energy to the Premises when necessitated by the need for repairs, Alterations, connections or reconnections, with respect to the Building electrical system (singularly or collectively, “Electrical Work”), regardless of whether the need for such Electrical Work arises in respect of the Premises, any other tenant space, or any Building Common Areas. Except as set forth in Section 6.06 above, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any loss, damage, or expense which Tenant may sustain due to such “shut down” or Electrical Work. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate all scheduled shut downs with Tenant.

7.04 Electric Rates. As used in this Lease the term “Electric Rates” shall mean:

(a) so long as the Net Lessor purchases electricity from the NYPA, the NYPA SC-69 low tension rate (or the low tension rate under any successor NYPA tariff to SC-69) plus an additional three percent (3%). Landlord is deemed the agent of Net Lessor to collect any payments due hereunder on account of electricity purchased from NYPA. Landlord agrees that it will not arbitrarily terminate (and will cause the Port Authority not to arbitrarily terminate) the agreements by which the Building obtains electricity from NYPA.

(b) at any time the Net Lessor does not purchase electricity from NYPA, one hundred three percent (103%) of the rates at which Landlord then purchases electrical energy from the public utility or any other entity supplying electrical service to the Building (if Landlord currently purchased electrical energy from Consolidated Edison, such rate would be the SC-9 II time of day low tension rate), including any surcharges or charges incurred, or utility taxes or sales taxes or other taxes payable by or imposed upon Landlord in connection therewith, or increase thereof by reason of fuel adjustment, or any substitutions for such rate or additions thereto. At any time the Net Lessor does not purchase electricity from NYPA, if thereafter Landlord (in Landlord’s reasonable opinion) finds it necessary

 

31


to hire an electrical consultant to interpret and/or compute Tenant’s electric bills, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s Charge with respect to the hiring of such consultant. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that they understand that the electric rates, charges, taxes and other costs may be changed by virtue of peak demand, time of day rates, or other methods of billing, and that the foregoing reference to changes in methods or rules of billing is intended to include any such change.

7.05 Termination of Service. Landlord reserves the right to terminate the furnishing of electrical energy at any time solely if required to do so by applicable Legal Requirements, upon the delivery of sixty (60) days’ prior Notice to Tenant unless such Notice is not feasible under the circumstances, in which event Landlord will give Tenant such reasonable Notice as is possible. If Landlord shall so discontinue the furnishing of electrical energy, (a) Tenant shall arrange to obtain electrical energy directly from the utility company or other provider furnishing electrical energy to the Building, (b) Landlord shall permit the existing feeders, risers, wiring and other electrical facilities serving the Premises to be used by Tenant for such purpose to the extent that they are available, suitable and safe, (c) from and after the effective date of such discontinuance Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish electric energy to Tenant, (d) such discontinuance shall be without liability of Landlord to Tenant, and (e) Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor (provided, however, such expense shall be prorated between Landlord and Tenant based on the remainder of the Term in the Lease (such expense of the Necessary Equipment to be amortized over their useful life in accordance with GAAP)), install and maintain at locations in the Building selected by Landlord any necessary electrical meter equipment, panel boards, feeders, risers, wiring and other conductors and equipment (collectively, “Necessary Equipment”) which may be required to obtain electrical energy directly from the utility company or other provider supplying the same. Landlord, at its option, before commencing any work to be paid for by Tenant hereunder or at any time thereafter, may require Tenant to furnish to Landlord such security, whether by surety bond issued by a corporation licensed to do business in New York State or otherwise, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, in form and amount as Landlord shall deem reasonably necessary to assure the payment for such work by Tenant. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with a copy of each electric utility bill of Tenant if Tenant should become a direct customer of the utility company or other provider servicing the Building. If Landlord shall discontinue furnishing electrical energy to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Section 7.05, provided that Tenant is using diligent efforts to obtain electrical energy directly from the utility company or other provider furnishing electrical energy to the Building, Landlord shall not terminate the furnishing of electrical energy to Tenant until Tenant succeeds in procuring same directly, unless Landlord is prohibited from doing so by any Legal Requirements.

7.06 Taxes. In the event that any tax (exclusive of any income taxes) shall be imposed upon Landlord’s receipts from the sale, use or resale of electrical energy to Tenant and paid by Landlord, the pro rata share allocable to the electrical energy service received by Tenant shall be passed onto, included in the bill of, and paid by Tenant if and to the extent not prohibited by applicable Legal Requirements.

7.07 Bulbs, Ballasts, Etc. Landlord shall, at Tenant’s request, furnish and install all replacement lighting, tubes, lamps, starters, bulbs and ballasts required in the Premises and Tenant shall pay to Landlord (or its designated contractor) Landlord’s Charge therefor as additional rent within twenty (20) days after delivery of an invoice therefor together with (if applicable) reasonable supporting documentation.

ARTICLE 8

ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, MORTGAGING

8.01

A. General Clause. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant or its legal representatives will not by operation of law or otherwise, assign (in whole or in part), mortgage or encumber this Lease, or sublet or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, without Landlord’s prior

 

32


written consent in each instance. Landlord’s consent to any assignment or subletting, whether by Tenant or any other tenant in the Building, shall not be a waiver of or constitute a diminution of Landlord’s right to withhold its consent to any other assignment or subletting and shall not be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining Landlord’s express written consent to any other or further assignment or subletting (to the extent that such consent shall be expressly required hereunder). Such reasonable third party attorneys’ fees as may be incurred by Landlord in connection with any proposed or actual assignment or subletting (whether or not Landlord’s consent thereto shall be required) shall be paid by Tenant.

B. Notice to Landlord. If Tenant or its legal representatives desires to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall, in all events prior to any marketing of such space, deliver Notice to the then Agent of its desire to assign or sublet, and such Notice shall set forth all of the financial and other material terms and conditions of the proposed transaction by which Tenant is prepared to enter into an assignment or sublease (the “Assignment/Sublet Notice”). Promptly after Landlord’s receipt of the Assignment/Sublet Notice (and provided that such Assignment/Sublet Notice shall expressly request that Landlord furnish such information), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a Notice setting forth with reasonable specificity the uses and proposed occupants that do not then comply with the terms of any other direct lease of any portion of the Building Office Space. Upon obtaining a proposed assignee or subtenant upon acceptable terms, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in writing: (i) the identity and address of such assignee or sublessee and its shareholders, members, partners, principals, and officers or managers; (ii) the nature and character of the business which the proposed assignee or sublessee will conduct in the Premises; (iii) the most recent two (2) years of financial statements from such proposed assignee or sublessee in a form acceptable to Landlord; (iv) a fully executed copy of the proposed assignment or sublease setting forth all of the material financial terms and conditions of the proposed transaction, which assignment or sublease shall expressly state that such transaction is conditioned upon Landlord’s rights and consent as provided in this Article 8; and (v) any other information concerning the assignment or sublease which Landlord may reasonably request (collectively the “Assignment/Sublet Documentation”). For the purposes of this Article 8, the phrase “marketing of space” or words of similar import shall mean the circulating of information with respect to such space and the terms of its availability to any third party (including listing such space with brokers or a listing company such as Costar or distributing a broker flyer by electronic mail or otherwise).

C. Recapture. Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised within thirty (30) days from the receipt of all of the Assignment/Sublet Documentation (i) to cancel this Lease (A) in its entirety if the Tenant’s request is for an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of all or substantially all of the Premises (which for purposes of this Section 8.01C(i) shall mean at least ninety (90%) percent of the rentable square footage of the Premises) for all or substantially all of the balance of the term of this Lease (which for purposes of this Section 8.01C shall mean that at the expiration of the term of the proposed sublease, less than twelve (12) months shall remain in the term of this Lease) or (B) solely with respect to the proposed portion of the Premises to be sublet (“Proposed Subleased Space”) if the proposed transaction in the Assignment/Sublet Documentation shall be a sublease for less than all or substantially all of the Premises for all or substantially all of the balance of the term of this Lease and in such event the parties shall work together in good faith to amend the applicable provisions of this Lease to reflect the removal of the Proposed Subleased Space from the remainder of the Premises; or (ii) solely with respect to a sublease for all or any portion of the Premises for all or any portion of the balance of the term of this Lease, to require Tenant to execute and deliver a sublease to Landlord (or its designee) with respect to the proposed portion of the Premises to be sublet upon the same financial terms (and the same effective date) as submitted by Tenant to Landlord (except such as are irrelevant or inapplicable and except as otherwise expressly set forth to the contrary herein) pursuant to a form prepared by Landlord’s counsel, except that (solely with respect to clause (ii) above) (a) Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to assign such sublease or further sublet and/or alter the Premises or such portion thereof, it being agreed that Landlord and any assignee or sub-sublessee thereof of any tier shall have no obligation to restore any such alterations, (b) Tenant shall not be entitled to any portion of any profit, rent or other sums received by Landlord or its designee in connection with the subleasing thereof, (c) Landlord shall have no obligation to furnish any security deposit to Tenant, (d) any assignment or subletting by Landlord or its designee may be for any purpose or purposes that Landlord shall deem suitable or appropriate, (e) if, as determined by Landlord, Fixed Rent and

 

33


Recurring Additional Rent and other additional rent payments under the proposed sublease are greater than the Fixed Rent and Recurring Additional Rent and other additional rent payments under this Lease for the term of the proposed sublease with respect to the sublet space (prorated on a rentable square foot basis if the proposed sublease is for less than all of the Premises), then the Fixed Rent and Recurring Additional Rent and other additional rent payments under the sublease to Landlord (or its designee) pursuant to clause 8.01C(ii) above shall be at the rates set forth in this Lease for the term of the proposed sublease with respect to the sublet space (prorated on a rentable square foot basis if the proposed sublease is for less than all of the Premises) and (f) during the term of such sublease Landlord shall issue a monthly credit to Tenant hereunder equal to the monthly Fixed Rent and Recurring Additional Rent payable to Tenant by Landlord or its designee pursuant to the terms of such sublease, although Tenant shall continue to be responsible for any balance of the Fixed Rent, Recurring Additional Rent and additional rent due hereunder during the term of such sublease. Tenant may not assign this Lease, nor sublet all or any portion of the Premises, if Tenant is then in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice or cure periods. In addition, Tenant may not request Landlord to consider and/or approve any proposed assignment or subletting if Tenant is then in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice or cure periods. In the event that Tenant proposes to sublet a portion of the Premises, such portion must be configured in such a way that it may be legally separated from the balance of the Premises with direct access to the elevators, stairs and core toilet rooms on such floor. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s recapture right set forth in Section 8.01(C)(ii) above shall be applicable for the entire Term, notwithstanding the fact that Tenant’s request to sublease may be for a period which is less than the Term.

D. Consent of Landlord. If Tenant has complied with the provisions of Section 8.01B hereof and Landlord has not exercised any of its foregoing options within the time period set forth above, Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or subletting shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall be given within thirty (30) days of expiration of such time period; provided, however, that Landlord’s rejection of a proposed assignment or subletting that does not comply with the terms of any other direct lease of any portion of the Building Office Space shall be deemed to be reasonable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord may withhold consent thereto if in the reasonable exercise of its judgment Landlord determines that:

(1) The financial condition of the proposed assignee or sublessee (taking into account any security deposit and/or guaranties delivered in connection therewith and any other relevant factors) is insufficient or not consistent with the obligation and responsibility undertaken by the proposed assignment or sublease;

(2) The proposed business to be conducted in the Premises is not appropriate for the Building or in keeping with the character of the existing tenancies, or the use does not comply with the terms of Section 5.01 of this Lease or the terms of any other direct lease of any portion of the Building Office Space or the proposed occupant (or its affiliate) is a competitor of Landlord or another Landlord Entity in the ownership and/or management of office buildings;

(3) The nature of the occupancy of the proposed assignee or sublessee will cause a greater density of employees or traffic or make greater demands on the Building’s services or facilities than that made by Tenant;

(4) Tenant proposes to assign or sublet to (x) one who at the time is a tenant (or subsidiary or affiliate of a tenant) or a party in possession of premises in the Building or (y) one with whom Landlord is negotiating for a lease of space in the Building, or has delivered to, or received from, within the immediately preceding ninety (90) day period, a written offer, proposal, term sheet, letter of intent or draft lease;

(5) The assignee or sublessee shall have or enjoy diplomatic immunity;

(6) The assignee or subtenant (or its affiliate) is a competitor of Landlord or an affiliate thereof in the ownership and/or management of office buildings;

 

34


(7) Such proposed subletting would result in the Premises being divided into more than four (4) rental units in the aggregate; or

(8) Any combination of the foregoing conditions exists.

8.02 Further Assignment and Sublease. If this Lease shall be assigned or the Premises or any portion thereof sublet in accordance with this Article 8, (a) any assignee of Tenant and any permitted subtenant and sub-subtenant hereunder shall be permitted to further assign this Lease or its sublease, respectively, without limitation upon and subject to the applicable terms of this Article 8 (including the terms of Section 8.06(4) hereof) and (b) any direct subtenant of Tenant and any direct sub-subtenant of such subtenant may further sublease its subleased premises in accordance with the terms of this Article 8 (including the terms of Section 8.06(4) and clause (7) of Section 8.01D hereof), it being agreed that (i) Landlord shall grant or deny any such proposed further assignment or subletting using the same criteria as are applicable hereunder to a proposed assignment or subletting by Tenant (if consent thereto is required hereunder with respect thereto), (ii) such proposed further assignment or subletting shall be subject to all of the applicable terms and conditions set forth in this Article 8 other than Section 8.08 hereof and (iii) it is the intent of Landlord and Tenant that at no time during the term of this Lease shall there be more than two (2) tiers of subtenants (i.e., two (2) levels beneath Tenant). In the event of any such further assignment or subletting in accordance with the foregoing terms of this Section 8.02 other than pursuant to the terms of Section 8.06(4) hereof, fifty (50%) percent of any rentals and/or consideration paid or payable by the assignee or sublessee in excess of the rentals reserved and/or payable under this Lease or its sublease, as the case may be (but net of any reasonable expenses incurred thereby), shall be paid to Landlord as additional rent hereunder (and shall be calculated in accordance with the applicable terms of Section 8.05 hereof).

8.03 Collection of Rent. If the Premises shall be sublet or occupied by any person or persons other than Tenant, Landlord may, after default by Tenant beyond applicable notice or cure periods, collect rent from the sublessee or occupant and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such subletting, occupancy or collection of rent shall be deemed a waiver of the covenants in this Article, nor shall it be deemed acceptance of the sublessee or occupant as a tenant, or a release of Tenant from the full performance by Tenant of all the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease.

8.04 Assignments of this Lease. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 8.06(4) hereof, (a) each permitted assignee shall assume, and be deemed to have assumed, this Lease as to all liability accruing hereunder from and after the effective date of such assignment and shall be and remain liable jointly and severally with Tenant for the payment of the Fixed Rent and additional rent due hereunder from and after the effective date of such assignment and for the due performance of all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on Tenant’s part to be performed for the Term from and after the effective date of such assignment and (b) no assignment shall be effective unless Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord a duplicate original of the instrument of assignment, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, containing a covenant of assumption by the assignee of all of the obligations aforesaid and shall obtain from Landlord the aforesaid written consent prior thereto. If this Lease shall be assigned, or if the Premises (or a portion thereof) shall be sublet or occupied by any person or persons other than Tenant, no such assignment or sublease shall be deemed a waiver of the covenants in this Article, nor shall it be deemed a release of Tenant from the full performance by Tenant of all the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease.

8.05 Profit Sharing. Fifty percent (50%) of any rentals and/or consideration paid or payable by the assignee or sublessee in excess of the rentals reserved and/or payable under this Lease shall be paid by Tenant as and when received by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent, deducting from such excess, the reasonable expenses proven to have been incurred by Tenant in effecting the assignment or sublease. Said reasonable expenses shall include (i) marketing and brokerage fees, (ii) attorneys’ fees and disbursements, (iii) reasonable concessions to the assignee or sublessee, including free rent and work contributions to the assignee or subtenant, (iv) the costs incurred in connection with alterations, decorations and installations made by Tenant pursuant to its subject assignment or

 

35


sublease to prepare the space for occupancy by the assignee or sublessee, and (v) any costs paid to Landlord in obtaining Landlord’s consent to the assignment or sublease. Consideration paid to Tenant shall include any consideration paid for or on account of any leasehold improvements, furnishings, equipment and/or other personal property in the Premises which are in excess of the then unamortized costs thereof as shown on Tenant’s books and records. Such unamortized cost shall be determined in accordance with GAAP. If part of the consideration for such sublease or assignment shall be payable in other than in cash, Landlord’s share of such non-cash consideration shall be in such form as is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

8.06 Miscellaneous. Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding:

(1) Tenant shall not market its space for assignment or subletting setting forth a rental rate lower than the then Building rental rate for such space. The foregoing shall not preclude Tenant from consummating a transaction at a rental rate lower than the then Building rental rate for such space. All marketing materials utilized in connection with any assignment or sublease of all or any portion of the Premises shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(2) Subject to the terms of Section 8.06(4) hereof, a transfer of fifty percent (50%) or greater interest (whether stock, partnership or otherwise) of Tenant or any permitted sublessee or assignee of this Lease shall be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease or such sublease, however accomplished, and whether in a single transaction or in any series of transactions, related or unrelated, to which the provisions this Article shall apply; provided that the foregoing shall not include any such transfers made in connection with (i) an initial public offering pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (an “IPO”) or (ii) any bona fide private equity financing (“Equity Financing”), the principal purpose of which is not to transfer this Lease or circumvent the provisions of this Article 8. In the case of an IPO or Equity Financing Tenant shall provide prompt written notice thereof to Landlord but for avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall not have to seek Landlord’s prior consent in connection with an IPO or Equity Financing and the termination and recapture rights of Landlord set forth in Section 8.01C hereof and the profit-share rights of Landlord set forth in Section 8.05 hereof shall not be applicable with respect to any IPO or Equity Financing. The transfer of outstanding capital stock of any corporate tenant, for purposes of this Article, shall not include sale of such stock by persons other than those deemed “insiders” within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, and which sale is effected through “over-the-counter market” or through any recognized stock exchange.

(3) A so-called “take-over” agreement (i.e., an agreement executed in connection with the delivery by Tenant of another lease where another entity agrees to become responsible for all or a portion of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease without actually entering into an assignment or sublease) shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease and shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Article 8, including the requirement that Tenant obtain Landlord’s prior consent thereto in each instance.

(4) Tenant may, without the consent of Landlord, and without being subject to Landlord’s right of termination or recapture, (A) sublet the Premises (or any portion thereof) or assign this Lease to any Subsidiary, Parent Company or Affiliate of Tenant or (B) assign this Lease (it being agreed that any assignment of this Lease by the consummation of any merger, consolidation or purchase pursuant to the terms of this clause (B) shall be pursuant to a deemed assignment of this Lease by operation of applicable Legal Requirements) to any Subsidiary, Affiliate, or successor by merger or consolidation or to a purchaser of all or substantially all of Tenant’s stock (or other equity interests) or assets (such successor or purchaser being herein called a “Successor”), but only if (x) in the case of an assignment to a Successor, such Successor has a net worth (exclusive of intangibles, including goodwill) on the date immediately following the effective date of such assignment computed in accordance with GAAP equal to or greater than the net worth (exclusive of intangibles, including goodwill) of Tenant on the date immediately prior to the effective date of such assignment computed in accordance with GAAP, which shall be evidenced by certified financial statements prepared by Tenant’s and such Successor’s independent certified public accountants (if such certified financial statements are regularly prepared therefor by a certified public accountant) or reasonably detailed uncertified financial statements (if certified financial statements are not regularly prepared

 

36


therefor by a certified public accountant), and (y) in the case of a merger, consolidation or transfer of assets, such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets is not effected for the primary purpose of transferring this Lease. The reorganization (including tax restructuring) of Tenant or a sale or transfer by the majority shareholder of Tenant of all or any part of such majority shareholder’s interest in Tenant to an Affiliate of the majority shareholder, provided that in each instance (aa) the underlying principals of Tenant do not change and (bb) the principal purpose of such reorganization or transfer is not to transfer the Lease or circumvent the provisions of this Article 8, shall not be deemed an assignment hereunder and shall be permitted without the consent of Landlord. For purposes of this Section, a “Subsidiary,” “Parent Company” and “Affiliate” of Tenant shall mean the following: (a) “Subsidiary” shall mean a corporation or other entity not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of whose outstanding capital and voting stock (or other equity interest therein, as the case may be) shall, at the time, be owned directly or indirectly, by Tenant; (b) “Parent Company” shall mean any corporation or other entity which shall own, directly or indirectly, at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding capital and voting stock (or other equity interest therein, as the case may be) of Tenant at the time; and (c) “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation or other entity which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant. For this purpose, “control” shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding stock if a corporation, or other equity interest if not a corporation, and the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise. No such assignment or sublease shall be permitted or effective if Tenant is then in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice or cure periods and unless (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior Notice of such assignment or sublease (it being agreed that in the case of an assignment to a Successor, (X) Tenant shall endeavor to deliver to Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior Notice of such assignment subject to any applicable confidentiality requirements and applicable Legal Requirements, and subject to the foregoing, Tenant shall deliver such Notice to Landlord promptly following such transaction and (Y) such Notice shall be accompanied by the proof set forth above that the net worth of such Successor is in compliance with the terms of this Section 8.06(4)), (ii) in the case of an assignment or subletting to a Subsidiary, Parent Company or Affiliate, (1) such Notice shall be accompanied by proof reasonably acceptable to Landlord that such assignee or sublessee (as the case may be) is then a Subsidiary, Parent Company or Affiliate of Tenant and (2) such assignee or sublessee (as the case may be) remains a Subsidiary, Parent Company or Affiliate of Tenant for at least twenty four (24) consecutive months immediately following such assignment or sublease; it being agreed that the rights granted to Tenant pursuant to this Section 8.06(4) shall only be granted on the condition that such assignee or sublessee (as the case may be) shall remain a Subsidiary, Parent Company or Affiliate of Tenant for at least twenty four (24) consecutive months immediately following such assignment or sublease, and if such assignee or sublessee (as the case may be) shall fail to remain a Subsidiary, Parent Company or Affiliate of Tenant for at least twenty four (24) consecutive months immediately following such assignment or sublease, the rights accorded to Tenant by this Section 8.06(4) shall not apply and Tenant shall promptly comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Article with respect to such assignment or subletting, (iii) such assignee assumes all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (other than in connection with any deemed assignment of this Lease pursuant to the terms set forth above) pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and (iv) Tenant gives Landlord a signed copy of the final assignment or sublease within ten (10) days after it is fully executed and delivered by all parties thereto (other than in connection with any deemed assignment of this Lease pursuant to the terms set forth above). No such assignment or sublease by Tenant shall be deemed to release Tenant from any of its obligations and liabilities hereunder or to release any guarantor from any of its obligations or liabilities under any guaranty given with respect to this Lease. The termination and recapture rights of Landlord set forth in Section 8.01C hereof and the profit-share rights of Landlord set forth in Section 8.05 hereof shall not be applicable with respect to any assignment or sublease effected pursuant to the terms of this Section 8.06(4).

8.07 Subleases. With respect to each and every sublease or subletting pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, it is further agreed as follows:

(i) no subletting shall be for a term ending later than one (1) day prior to the Expiration Date of this Lease;

 

37


(ii) no sublease shall be valid, and no sublessee shall take possession of the Premises (or any portion thereof), until an executed counterpart of such sublease has been delivered to Landlord and approved by Landlord (where such approval is required), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

(iii) each sublease shall provide that it is subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and that, in the event of termination, re-entry or dispossess by Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, either terminate such sublease or take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, and such sublessee shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not (I) be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease, (II) be subject to any offset, not expressly provided in such sublease, which theretofore accrued to such subtenant against Tenant, or (III) be bound by any previous modification of such sublease or by any previous prepayment of more than one month’s rent; and

(iv) any modification, amendment or extension of a sublease previously consented to by Landlord (except for a termination of the sublease, a decrease in the length of the term thereof or a de minimis modification or amendment not altering any of the material financial terms of such sublease) shall be deemed to be a new sublease subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Article 8.

8.08 Licensing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior notice to Landlord and provided that Tenant is not then in default hereunder beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, Tenant may license up to fifteen percent (15%) of the rentable square footage of the Premises in the aggregate at any one time to clients of Tenant, entities who furnish services to Tenant, entities to whom Tenant furnishes services or to any entity with which Tenant maintains a continuing business relationship (other than through the occupancy contemplated in this Section) (each a “Permitted Licensee”) without Landlord’s consent and without being subject to the recapture and termination rights of Landlord set forth in Section 8.01C hereof or the profit-share rights of Landlord set forth in Section 8.05 hereof, provided that (i) such party shall not then be a tenant or occupant of any portion of the Building; (ii) Tenant’s notice shall set forth the names of such party or parties; (iii) any such licensing agreement (whether or not in writing) shall be subject and subordinate to the terms of this Lease; (iv) such arrangement will terminate automatically upon a default by Tenant occurring and continuing beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period under this Lease; (v) any such party shall use the Premises in conformity with all applicable provisions of this Lease; (vi) in no event shall the use of any portion of the Premises by any such party create or be deemed to create any right, title or interest in or to the Premises for such party; (vii) the portion(s) of the Premises occupied by any such party(ies) and the portion of the Premises occupied by Tenant shall not be, and shall not be required by law to be, separated by demising walls so as to create separate entrances from the elevator landing or public corridors; (viii) there shall be no separate identification of any such party in the elevator landing or on the entrance door to the Premises or elsewhere in the Building other than within the Premises; (ix) the named Tenant herein or its Successor shall then be the tenant under this Lease and shall occupy the Premises simultaneously with such licensees for the conduct of its business; (x) no such licensing shall be deemed to release Tenant from any of its obligations and liabilities hereunder or to release any guarantor from any of its obligations or liabilities under any guaranty given with respect to this Lease; (xi) Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, prior to such party’s occupancy of any portion of the Premises, proof reasonably acceptable to Landlord that such party is then a client of Tenant, an entity who furnish services to Tenant, an entity to whom Tenant furnishes services or an entity with which Tenant maintains a business relationship; (xii) Tenant shall receive no rent, payment or other consideration in connection with such occupancy in excess of the pro rata portion of the rent payable by Tenant hereunder with respect to such space and (xiii) Tenant shall have provided to Landlord such information and documentation with respect to the proposed licensee as required by Landlord to conduct a background screening (which background screening shall be at Tenant’s expense) and Landlord has confirmed that such proposed licensee has passed such screening. In no event shall Tenant engage in the marketing of space in the Premises (as such term is defined in Section 8.01B hereof), including, without limitation, the space to be licensed pursuant to this Section, to the public or any entity or individual that is not a Permitted Licensee.

 

38


8.09 Indemnity. Subject to the applicable terms of Section 16.01 hereof, Tenant hereby indemnifies Landlord from and against any liability asserted against Landlord and all other Landlord Parties (a) for any brokerage commission with respect to any assignment or sublease (or proposed assignment or sublease) by Tenant or any party claiming through Tenant and (b) following the exercise by Landlord of its termination or recapture rights hereunder with respect to any proposed assignment or sublease by Tenant or any party claiming through Tenant. This Section shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

8.10 Transactions with other Tenants. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event may another tenant or occupant of the Building assign its lease to Tenant, sublet all or any portion of its space in the Building to Tenant or otherwise permit Tenant to occupy all or any portion of its space in the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and any such purported assignment, sublease or occupancy without such consent shall be null and void.

8.11 Trademark Issues. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all subtenants and other occupants of all or any portion of the Premises shall be subject to the terms of Section 30.15 hereof.

8.12 Identification of Assignees and Subtenants. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the parties hereto agree that there shall be no separate identification of any assignee of this Lease or any subtenant or other occupant of all or any portion of the Premises outside the Premises.

ARTICLE 9

SUBORDINATION, ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

9.01 Landlord’s right, title and interest in and to its leasehold estate and to the Building are derived from and under the Net Lease.

9.02

A. Subject to the other terms of this Section 9.02, this Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to (a) the REOA, (b) the Net Lease and any other ground leases, overriding leases and underlying leases of the Land and/or the Building hereafter existing, (c) all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Land and/or the Building and/or such leases, and to each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages, and (d) all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of such leases or mortgages. As of the Execution Date, the Net Lease is not subject to any leasehold mortgage. This Section shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant agrees to promptly execute and deliver any reasonable instrument that Landlord and/or any present or future Superior Mortgagee and/or Superior Lessor may request to evidence such subordination. The lease(s) to which this Lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate pursuant to this Article are hereinafter sometimes called “Superior Lease(s),” and references to Superior Lessors are intended to include the successors in interest of Superior Lessors and their successors in interest as may be appropriate. The mortgage(s) to which this Lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate and any modifications, extensions or replacements thereof are hereinafter sometimes collectively called “Superior Mortgage(s),” and references to Superior Mortgagees are intended to include the successors in interest of Superior Mortgagees and their successors in interest as may be appropriate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any rent or additional rent under the Net Lease.

B. Except for security deposits, any other amounts deposited with Landlord or with any mortgagee in connection with the payment of insurance premiums and other similar charges or expenses having a billing period in excess of one (1) month but not more than twelve (12) months, and except for any prepayments of additional rent made in accordance with the terms of Article 4 of this Lease, Tenant shall not pay Fixed Rent or additional rent due hereunder for more than one (1) month in advance.

 

39


9.03 In the event of a termination of the Net Lease or any other Superior Lease, or if the interests of Landlord under this Lease are transferred by reason of or assigned in lieu of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any Superior Mortgage or if any Superior Mortgagee acquires a lease in substitution therefor, then (i) this Lease shall not terminate or be terminable by Tenant and (ii) this Lease shall not terminate or be terminable by any subtenant or successor thereto unless Tenant is specifically named and joined in any such action and unless a judgment is obtained therein against Tenant. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit or qualify the rights of any Superior Mortgagee, including its right to request a new lease pursuant to the Net Lease.

9.04 Subject to the terms of (and the delivery of) any Non-Disturbance Agreement, in the event of any act or omission of Landlord which would give Tenant the right, immediately or after lapse of a period of time, to cancel or terminate this Lease, Tenant shall not exercise such right (i) until it has given written notification of such act or omission to each Superior Mortgagee and Superior Lessor whose name and address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant in writing, and (ii) until a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notification (which reasonable period shall be the later of sixty (60) days following the giving of such notification or the period to which Landlord would be entitled under this Lease or otherwise, after similar Notice), to effect such remedy, provided, that such Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall promptly give Tenant written notification of intention to, and commence and with due diligence continue to, remedy such act or omission. For the purposes of this Section 9.04 only, the term “Superior Lessor” shall not include the Net Lessor (i.e., the Port Authority or any successor thereto) so long as the Port Authority has any direct or indirect ownership interest in both Landlord and the Net Lessor.

9.05 In the event of a termination of any Superior Lease, or if the interests of Landlord under this Lease are transferred by reason of or assigned in lieu of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any such mortgage, or if the holder of any such mortgage acquires a lease in substitution therefor, then Tenant under this Lease will, at the option to be exercised in writing by the lessor under said Superior Lease or such purchaser, assignee or lessee, as the case may be, (i) attorn to it and will perform for its benefit all the executory terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed with the same force and effect as if said lessor or such purchaser, assignee or lessee, were the landlord originally named in this Lease, or (ii) enter into a new lease with said lessor or such purchaser, assignee or lessee, as landlord, for the remaining portion of the Term and otherwise on the same terms and conditions and with the same executory options then remaining.

9.06 In the event of the enforcement by any Superior Mortgagee of the remedies provided for by law or by any security instrument, Tenant will, upon request of any person succeeding to the interest of Landlord as a result of such enforcement, automatically become the Tenant of said successor in interest, without change in the terms or other provisions of this Lease provided, however, that said successor in interest shall not be bound by (i) any payment of Fixed Rent or additional rent for more than one month in advance, except prepayments in the nature of security for the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, (ii) any amendment or modification of this Lease made without the consent of the holder of such Superior Mortgage or such successor in interest, (iii) any obligation or liability of Landlord thereunder arising prior to the date the holder of such Superior Mortgage shall succeed to the interest of Landlord, (iv) any offset or defense which Tenant may have against any prior landlord, or (v) any work or payment obligation of Landlord. Upon request by said successor in interest, Tenant shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming such attornment. Anything to the contrary in the foregoing notwithstanding, any cancellation, abridgment, surrender, modification or amendment of this Lease not expressly provided for under the terms of this Lease, and made without the prior written consent of the holder of any Superior Mortgage, except as may be permitted by the provisions of any such Superior Mortgage or assignment of leases and rents granted in connection with such Superior Mortgage shall be voidable as against the holder of the Superior Mortgage, at its option.

 

40


9.07 If, in connection with obtaining financing for (or condominiumizing of) the Land and/or Building, or of any Superior Leases, a banking, insurance or other recognized institutional lender shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition to such financing (or condominiumizing), Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided, that such modifications do not, except in an immaterial way, (i) increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or decrease Tenant’s rights hereunder or (ii) adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created or Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises.

9.08 Tenant agrees, at any time and from time to time, upon not more than ten (10) days’ prior Notice by Landlord, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, a statement in writing addressed to the Landlord that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), stating the dates to which the Fixed Rent, additional rental and other charges have been paid, and stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signer of such certificate, there exists any default in the performance of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition contained in this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signer may have knowledge, and such other information which may, from time to time, be reasonably requested by a Superior Mortgagee or a Superior Lessor or a subtenant or a proposed assignee, it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by the Landlord and by any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee of any mortgage affecting the Building or the Building and the Land, and by any landlord under a ground or underlying lease affecting the Land or Building, or both or by any proposed assignee or subtenant.

9.09 Within thirty (30) days following a written request by Landlord from time to time, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a copy of the latest annual financial statement solely of Tenant (i.e., the financial results of Tenant shall not be consolidated with those of any other entity), which financial statements shall be certified by Tenant’s independent certified public accountant if such certified financial statements are regularly prepared for Tenant by a certified public accountant, it being agreed that Tenant may deliver to Landlord reasonably detailed uncertified financial statements if certified financial statements are not regularly prepared for Tenant by a certified public accountant. At the request of Tenant, Landlord shall deliver a confidentiality agreement to Tenant with respect thereto prepared by Tenant’s counsel and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

9.10 Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that Net Lessor, after an event of default under the Net Lease shall have occurred and be continuing, may collect rent and all other sums due under this Lease, and apply the net amount collected to the rental payable under the Net Lease, but no such collection shall be, or be deemed to be, a waiver of any agreement, term, covenant or conditions of the Net Lease, the acceptance by the Net Lessor of Tenant as the lessee under the Net Lease, or a release of Landlord from performance of its obligations under the Net Lease.

9.11 Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from the Net Lessor, any future Superior Mortgagee and any future Superior Lessor (collectively, a “Superior Holder”) for the benefit of Tenant a Non-Disturbance Agreement in the form which is customarily used by such party (subject to any reasonable modifications thereto requested by Tenant and approved by such Superior Holder), it being agreed that the parties hereto have approved the form of Non-Disturbance Agreement from Net Lessor attached hereto as Exhibit B. Subject to the other terms of this Section 9.11, in no event shall Landlord be required to (i) make any payment to any Superior Holder, (ii) alter any of the terms of its financing with any Superior Mortgagee or (iii) obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from a Superior Holder. Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of any costs imposed by a Superior Holder, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, in connection with the review of this Lease and the preparation of such party’s standard form of Non-Disturbance Agreement. Tenant shall be responsible for any reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by a Superior Holder in connection with the negotiation, if any, of such party’s standard form of Non-Disturbance Agreement. Tenant at its expense shall cooperate in connection therewith and shall comply with any request by a Superior Holder, including the furnishing by Tenant of financial statements. The term “Non-Disturbance Agreement” shall mean an agreement in recordable form between Tenant and a Superior Holder, which shall provide in substance that (among other things), as long as Tenant is not

 

41


then in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, such Superior Holder will not name or join Tenant as a party defendant or otherwise (unless Tenant is deemed a necessary party under any then applicable law) in any suit, action or proceeding to enforce such Superior Mortgage or Superior Lease, as the case may be, nor will this Lease be terminated by enforcement of any rights given such Superior Holder pursuant to the terms contained in such Superior Mortgage or Superior Lease, as the case may be. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if a Superior Holder does not abide by the terms of a Non-Disturbance Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary but subject to Tenant’s full compliance with the terms of this Section 9.11, if (x) Landlord shall not obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from Net Lessor for the benefit of Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and deliver it to Tenant for its signature within thirty (30) days following the Execution Date, then Tenant may, as its sole and exclusive remedy, cancel and terminate this Lease at any time within twenty (20) days following such date by Notice to Landlord, unless such Non-Disturbance Agreement shall have been delivered to Tenant prior to the delivery of such cancellation and termination Notice and (y) Landlord shall not obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from any future Superior Holder for the benefit of Tenant in the form which is customarily used by such Superior Holder (subject to any reasonable modifications thereto requested by Tenant and approved by such Superior Holder) and deliver it to Tenant for its signature, then as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy, this Lease shall not be subject or subordinate to such mortgage or ground lease (as the case may be). In the event of such cancellation and termination pursuant to the terms of clause (x) of the preceding sentence, this Lease (other than any provisions of this Lease which are expressly stated to survive the sooner termination hereof) shall be null and void and of no force or effect, and Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant the Letter of Credit furnished to Landlord pursuant to the terms of Article 29 hereof.

ARTICLE 10

ENTRY; RIGHT TO CHANGE PUBLIC PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING;

10.01 Work and Access by Landlord. Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, Tenant shall permit Landlord from time to time to (a) erect, use and maintain pipes, conduits and supports in and through the Premises in concealed locations beneath existing floors, behind or adjoining existing core or perimeter walls or within or adjoining existing column enclosures and above existing ceilings provided the same do not have a material and adverse effect on Tenant’s use of the Premises or access thereto and (b) recapture a de minimis portion of the Premises immediately adjacent to existing floors, walls, column enclosures or ceilings to erect, use and maintain pipes, conduits and supports in and through the Premises. Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, Landlord or its agents or designees shall have the right to enter the Premises (and the cross-corridor and all other accessible parts of the core on the floor of the Premises) in an emergency at any time, and, at other reasonable times upon prior reasonable Notice, for the purpose of making such repairs or alterations to the Premises as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary or desirable or that Landlord shall otherwise have the right to make pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into and upon the Premises that may be required for the repairs or alterations above mentioned without liability to Tenant except as otherwise expressly provided herein. Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, Landlord also shall have the right on reasonable prior Notice to enter the Premises during Operating Hours for the purpose of inspecting them or exhibiting them to prospective purchasers or lessees of the Building or to prospective mortgagees or to prospective assignees of any such mortgagees. Landlord and/or its agents or designees shall have the right to enter the Premises at reasonable times to conduct non-intrusive periodic Indoor Air Quality (1AQ) testing in the Premises. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time during the Term, Landlord and Tenant shall be engaged in litigation of any nature relating to a default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall have the right, during the entire period of such litigation, to enter the Premises at any time, whether or not Tenant or its agent or representative is present, for the purpose of showing same to prospective tenants. If Tenant is not present to open and permit an entry into the Premises in the event of an emergency, Landlord or Landlord’s agents may (subject to the applicable terms hereof) enter the same whenever such entry shall be necessary by master key or forcibly and, provided reasonable care is exercised to safeguard Tenant’s Property, such entry shall not render Landlord or its agents liable therefor. Tenant hereby accepts the conditions set forth in this Article 10 as modifications and limitations on its right to use the Premises and Tenant hereby waives any and all claims for damages to its business which may be caused by the effects of any such work or entry contemplated hereunder.

 

42


10.02 Exhibiting of the Premises. During the twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the Term, if the Term shall not have been extended or renewed, Landlord may exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants, upon prior reasonable Notice to Tenant.

10.03 Additional Work by Landlord. Landlord (i) shall have the right at any time without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor, to change the arrangement or location of entrances, passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, stairs, toilets and other parts of the Building Common Areas and (ii) may, at any time and from time to time during the Term, perform substantial renovation work in and to the Building and/or the mechanical systems serving the Building (which work may include the repair and/or replacement of the Building’s exterior façade, setbacks, elevators, electrical systems, heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems and plumbing system and/or the installation, modification and/or removal of the interim loading dock), any of which work may require in Landlord’s reasonable discretion access to the same from within the Premises and/or the erection and maintenance of sidewalk bridges, scaffolding and/or other temporary safety measures whether or not required by applicable Legal Requirements (it being agreed that such work shall be performed by Landlord upon and subject to all of the terms of this Lease).

10.04 Additional Conditions. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s access and use or occupancy of the Premises in making any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or the Building and in inspecting and exhibiting the Premises; it being agreed that Landlord shall have no obligation to employ contractors or labor at overtime or other premium pay rates in connection therewith.

10.05 Right of Access by Tenant. Tenant (or its subtenants of any tier, as applicable) shall have, throughout the Term, a right of access through other tenant spaces (and other tenants and their subtenants of any tier, as applicable, shall have a right of access through the Premises) as necessary (including to the cross-corridor and all other accessible parts of the core), to install, service, maintain and repair cables, conduits, risers, piping, etc. running through the Building for which Tenant (or other tenants or subtenants of any tier, as applicable) is (or are) permitted or required to install, service, maintain and repair, provided, that the party desiring access (i.e., Tenant or other tenants or subtenants of any tier, as applicable) shall (a) provide Landlord with a reasonable prior Notice (and the party whose space is affected with reasonable prior written notice) of the need for such access, (b) schedule such access so as not to interfere with the affected party’s business or inconvenience other tenants of the Building, (c) repair, at the accessing party’s expense, any damage to the Building or the accessed space arising out of such access and (d) indemnify and hold Landlord and the party whose space is affected harmless from and against any cost, claim, liability, damage or expense (including, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by such party as a result of permitting such access and work. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide access through the Building Common Areas (rather than tenantable areas) on all floors of the Building.

ARTICLE 11

LAWS, ORDINANCES, REQUIREMENTS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES

11.01 Compliance by Tenant. Except as expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant shall (or at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall after Notice to Tenant and Tenant’s failure to comply with same after receipt of such Notice), at Tenant’s expense (equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor, if applicable), comply with all Legal Requirements which shall (i) impose any violation, order or duty relating to the Premises upon Landlord or Tenant arising from Tenant’s particular manner of use of the Premises (in contrast to use by Tenant for customary office purposes) or any Alterations (or installations made therein by or at Tenant’s request or required by reason of a breach of any of Tenant’s covenants or agreements hereunder) or (ii) require any improvements or Alterations within the Premises (other than alterations to or replacements of any equipment or facilities installed as part of base Building construction, the costs of which shall be Landlord’s sole responsibility).

 

43


11.02 Notice to Landlord. If Tenant receives written notification of any violation of Legal Requirements applicable to the Premises, it shall endeavor to give prompt Notice thereof to Landlord, but no inadvertent failure to do so shall cause Tenant to suffer any liability hereunder.

11.03 Compliance by Landlord. Except as aforesaid, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, comply with or cause to be complied with, all Legal Requirements which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Landlord or Tenant with respect to the Premises and/or the Building Common Areas and with respect to which Tenant is not obligated by Section 11.01 above (or any other tenant of the Building is not obligated) to comply and which materially adversely affect Tenant’s use or enjoyment of, or access to, the Premises. Landlord shall not be required to comply with any Legal Requirements for so long as Landlord shall in good faith be contesting, through appropriate proceedings brought in accordance with applicable Legal Requirements, Landlord’s obligation to comply therewith.

ARTICLE 12

REPAIRS

12.01 Repairs by Tenant. Tenant at its expense (or Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, as otherwise set forth herein) shall take good care of the Premises and the fixtures therein, and shall repair any non-structural damage to the Premises as and when needed to preserve them in good working order and condition. Tenant acknowledges that such obligation applies to, without limitation, (a) all core toilet rooms and service elevator corridors located on the floor of the Premises if Tenant shall lease all of the leasable area thereof, (b) all systems (other than base Building systems) exclusively serving the Premises to the extent the same are located in the Premises, including any Supplemental HVAC System (including the Existing AC Units) and any security control system serving the Premises (it being agreed that Tenant shall be responsible for any monthly maintenance fee payable in connection therewith), (c) any systems (other than Building systems) located outside of the Premises to the extent such systems exclusively serve the Premises, (d) Tenant’s Insurable Property, and (e) those portions of the base Building systems located within and exclusively serving the Premises, from the point of connection on the floor of the Premises to the Premises, (items (a) through (e) being referred to collectively as “Tenant’s Maintenance Items”). By way of example only of the items referred to in clause (c) above, Tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair (but subject to the terms of the following sentence) of the following items with respect to the Premises (it being acknowledged by Landlord that the following list contain most of the currently anticipated items referred to in clause (c) above): (i) the electrical system serving the Premises from (but not including) the bus duct, including the transformers, switches and panels (but not the submeters), (ii) the plumbing and sanitary systems and installations serving the Premises from the points of connection to (but not including) the main vertical risers and stacks of the Building, including any private bathrooms and shower facilities, (iii) the sprinkler system serving the Premises from the point of connection to (but not including) the tamper and flow valves and (iv) the fire alarms serving the Premises from the point of connection to (but not including) the main fire alarm panel. Any repairs (1) in or to the Building outside of the Premises (including to any of the base Building systems) for which Tenant is responsible for as Tenant’s Maintenance Items and (2) to the core toilet rooms and service elevator corridors located on the floor of the Premises if Tenant shall lease all of the leasable area thereof, shall be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor. With respect to any of the Tenant Maintenance Items (other than those referred to in the foregoing sentence), at the election of Tenant, any work by Tenant with respect to any of the Tenant Maintenance Items (other than those referred to in the foregoing sentence) may be performed by Landlord, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent Landlord’s Charge therefor. Subject to the preceding two sentences and Section 16.07 below, all damage or injury, whether structural or non-structural, to the Building or to its fixtures, glass, appurtenances and equipment caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, agents, or licensees, shall be repaired, restored or replaced promptly by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense or by Landlord (as set forth in the preceding two

 

44


sentences). All aforesaid repairs, restorations and replacements shall be in quality and class equal to the original work or installations to the extent practicable and shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner upon and subject to all of the terms of this Lease. If (x) Tenant fails to perform any of the repairs set forth in this Section 12.01 within twenty (20) days after delivery of Notice to Tenant with respect thereto (except in the event of an emergency, in which event no such Notice shall be required) and (y) such failure shall constitute an imminent threat to persons or property or shall adversely affect the furnishing of Building services to other tenants in the Building or any Building system(s), the same may be made by Landlord at the expense of Tenant (which shall be equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor) and all such expenses shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent within twenty (20) days after delivery of an invoice therefor.

12.02 Repairs by Landlord. Except for those repairs which are expressly required to be made by (or on behalf of) Tenant pursuant to Section 12.01 above, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, make (or cause to be made) all repairs and replacements, structural and otherwise, necessary or desirable in order to keep in good order and repair (the need for which Landlord shall have knowledge) (a) all structural portions of the Building (whether located within or outside of the Premises), such as, by way of example only, the roof, foundation, footings, exterior walls, load-bearing columns, floor slabs, curtain wall, windows and sashes, (b) all Building Common Areas to the extent such areas serve or affect the Premises or Tenant’s use of the Premises and the Building Common Areas, and (c) all base Building systems (whether such base Building systems are located within or outside of the Premises) serving the Premises and the Building Common Areas to the extent such areas serve or affect the Premises or Tenant’s use of the Premises and the Building Common Areas, including the plumbing, sanitary, electrical, mechanical, fire protection, life safety and sprinkler systems of the Building and the HVAC System, in each case through the Term. Tenant agrees to deliver a Notice to Landlord of the necessity of repairs of which Tenant may have knowledge for which Landlord may be responsible under the provisions of the preceding sentence. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) there shall be no liability of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Landlord or others making repairs in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or in and to the fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof, (ii) Tenant shall not be entitled to any setoff or reduction of rent by reason of any failure of Landlord to comply with the covenants of this Article and (iii) Tenant’s sole remedy at law in such instance will be by way of an action for damages for breach of contract. The provisions of this Article 12 shall not apply in the case of fire or other casualty which are dealt with in Article 17 hereof.

ARTICLE 13

ALTERATIONS; FIXTURES

13.01 Alterations by Tenant.

A. Alterations and Material Alterations. Tenant shall make no alterations in or to the Premises and/or the systems serving the Premises (collectively, “Alterations”) except in compliance with the provisions of this Article 13 (and otherwise in accordance with the Rules and Regulations Regarding Alterations). Tenant shall make no Alteration without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent (other than with respect to a Material Alteration, which is covered by the terms of the following sentence) shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and shall be granted or denied within fifteen (15) Business Days following Landlord’s receipt of a complete set of Plans and Other Documentation with respect thereto (or within seven (7) Business Days with respect to any resubmission thereof solely incorporating Landlord’s comments and which is marked to set forth all changes from the prior version reviewed by Landlord). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent may be withheld in its sole and absolute discretion with respect to any Material Alterations. Each use in this Article 13 of the term “contractor” shall be deemed to include both a general contractor and a subcontractor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties herein acknowledge and agree that the following purely decorative Alterations shall not require the consent of Landlord (but shall otherwise comply with the applicable provisions of this Article 13, including the requirements of the Rules and Regulations Regarding Alterations): hanging art upon the walls of the Premises without the use of nails or screws (and provided such art does not require any electricity), painting or wallpapering the walls of the Premises, or installing carpet in the Premises provided that foregoing Alterations do not cost in excess of $[Omitted] in the aggregate in any calendar year.

 

45


B. Timing of Performance of Alterations. Subject to Section 13.05D hereof and the terms of the Building Operations Documents, Tenant may perform Alterations at such time as Tenant deems appropriate, both during Operating Hours and at other times, although any Prohibited Work being performed in the Premises when other tenants are in occupancy for the conduct of their business of all or any portion of the four (4) floors immediately above and/or below the Premises and which affects any other tenant’s use of its premises or the Building Common Areas used by other tenants of the Building shall be performed during hours other than Operating Hours.

C. Miscellaneous. As a condition precedent to Landlord’s consent to the performance by Tenant of any Alteration costing in excess of $[Omitted] in the aggregate (pursuant to a reasonable estimate prepared by Tenant’s contractor and reasonably acceptable to Landlord), Tenant shall, upon the request of Landlord, obtain and deliver to Landlord a performance bond and a labor and materials payment bond issued by a surety company reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of New York. Landlord and Landlord’s designees shall be obligee(s) or insured(s) under such surety bond. If any mechanic’s lien is filed against the Building for work claimed to have been done for or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, it shall be discharged by Tenant within thirty (30) days after Tenant receives Notice thereof from Landlord or any other third party, at Tenant’s expense, by filing the bond required by law or payment or otherwise. If Tenant fails to discharge such lien within such thirty (30) day period, then Landlord (upon delivery of five (5) days’ prior Notice to Tenant) shall have the right to discharge same (by filing the bond required by law) and Landlord’s Charge in obtaining such bond shall be repaid in full by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent within twenty (20) days after delivery of an invoice therefor together with (as applicable) reasonable supporting documentation. In addition, Tenant shall defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from any such mechanic’s lien or claim, including Landlord’s actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure of any Building facilities or services to the extent caused by any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors or construction managers, including any Alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant, and Tenant shall correct any such faulty installation. Upon Tenant’s failure to correct same within twenty (20) days after delivery of a Notice to Tenant with respect thereto (or such longer period as may be reasonable under the circumstances, provided that Tenant commences the cure thereof within such twenty (20) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes same to completion), except in the event of an emergency, in which event no such Notice shall be required, Landlord may make such correction and charge Tenant for the cost thereof (which cost shall be equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor and shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent within twenty (20) days after delivery of an invoice therefor) with (as applicable) reasonable supporting documentation.

D. Port Authority Manual and QAD Approval. All Alterations shall be done at Tenant’s sole expense and in full compliance with all Legal Requirements, including the Port Authority Manual. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent required by the Port Authority Manual, Tenant shall not commence any Alterations until all applicable requirements of the Port Authority Manual with respect to such Alterations shall have been fully satisfied, including the obtaining of the approval of QAD. The data to be supplied by Tenant in connection with any Alterations shall describe the fixtures, equipment and systems, if any, to be installed by Tenant, including those for the emission, handling and distribution of heat, air conditioning, domestic hot and cold water and electricity, in sufficient detail as shall enable QAD to determine whether the Port Authority Manual requirements have been complied with, and as shall enable Tenant’s contractor to perform the work described and shown in such Plans and Other Documentation with respect thereto (to the extent required by QAD) and shall show the proposed method of tying in such fixtures, equipment and systems to the utility lines or connections provided by Landlord in the electric closets located on the floor of the Premises. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate in connection with the performance by Tenant of Alterations (at Tenant’s expense equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor), including in connection with the foregoing. Tenant shall have the right to file Plans and Other Documentation for any proposed Alteration with any Governmental Authority (including QAD) prior to Landlord’s approval thereof, provided that (i) Tenant shall simultaneously deliver to Landlord a set thereof if same have not theretofore been delivered to Landlord, and (ii) in no event shall Tenant be permitted to commence the work or to obtain any required permits or licenses until Landlord has approved such Plans and Other Documentation pursuant to the provisions of this Article 13.

 

46


E. Plans and Other Documentation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is the intention of the parties hereto that if the review and/or approval of QAD shall be required with respect to an Alteration pursuant to the terms of the Port Authority Manual, then in addition to the furnishing by Tenant to QAD of plans and specifications with respect thereto in accordance with the applicable terms of the Port Authority Manual, Tenant shall be required to furnish such plans and specifications to Landlord with respect thereto (and obtain the approval of Landlord with respect thereto in accordance with the applicable terms hereof), together with all other documentation required by Landlord pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Lease and the Rules and Regulations Regarding Alterations (such plans and other documentation, collectively, the “Plans and Other Documentation”), it being agreed that Tenant shall otherwise fully comply with respect thereto with all of the other applicable provisions of this Article 13, including the requirements of the Rules and Regulations Regarding Alterations.

13.02 Required Insurance. Prior to commencing any Alteration, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord (subject to the terms of the Port Authority Manual):

(a) A certificate evidencing that Tenant’s contractors have procured workmen’s compensation insurance in statutory limits covering all persons employed in connection with the work who might assert claims for death or bodily injury against the holder of the Net Lease, Landlord, Tenant or the Building. Tenant shall request in writing that such certificate contain provisions that obligate the insurer to endeavor to notify Landlord at least ten (10) days in advance in the event of any cancellation of the coverage, although Tenant shall be obligated to deliver Notice to Landlord, at least twenty five (25) days in advance, of any such cancellation or material change of such policy.

(b) A certificate evidencing that Tenant and/or Tenant’s general contractor have procured Commercial General Liability insurance on a primary basis written with at least a $[Omitted] limit per occurrence (and $[Omitted] limit per location) in the aggregate (it being agreed that the general contractor (i) shall in no event be permitted to furnish less than $[Omitted] of such required coverage and (ii) may furnish all of such required coverage) for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage liability, including products and/or completed operations coverage, with insurers reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and including Landlord, and such other parties as shall be designated by Landlord, as additional insureds. The foregoing amount of $[Omitted] shall be reduced to $[Omitted] with respect to all subcontractors retained directly by Tenant or by or on behalf of Tenant’s general contractor. Tenant shall request in writing that such certificate contain provisions that obligate the insurer to endeavor to notify Landlord at least ten (10) days in advance in the event of any cancellation of the coverage, although Tenant shall be obligated to deliver Notice to Landlord, at least twenty five (25) days in advance, of any such cancellation or material change of such policy.

(c) A certificate evidencing that Tenant (or Tenant’s contractors) has (have) procured Builder’s Risk (issued on a completed value basis) and temporary structures coverage (issued on a replacement cost basis) with respect to such Alteration in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

(d) Such additional personal injury and property damage insurance (over and above the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of Article 16 hereof) and general liability insurance (with completed operations endorsement) for any occurrence in or about the Building, in such limits and upon such terms as Landlord may require from time to time with insurers reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (provided that such additional insurance shall then be commonly required by landlords of Comparable Buildings).

 

47


13.03 Restoration.

A. All Alterations upon the Premises by either party, affixed to the realty so that they cannot be removed without material damage to the Premises or the Building (collectively “Fixtures”) shall be the property of Tenant during the Term (to the extent that Tenant shall have paid therefor) and shall be insured by Tenant, and upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall (except as hereinafter provided) become the property of Landlord. For avoidance of doubt, the foregoing definition of Fixtures shall include any portion of the Existing FF&E that cannot be removed without material damage to the Premises or the Building. To the extent that Landlord shall have paid therefor, such items shall be the property of Landlord during the Term but shall be insured by Tenant. The foregoing shall be solely for federal, state and local income tax purposes and shall not be deemed or construed to modify in any manner the obligations of Landlord and Tenant elsewhere in this Lease, including Articles 11, 12, 16 and 17 hereof. All of such determinations shall be made by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord that any tax deductions and/or tax credits are or will be available to Tenant with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any Fixtures shall be deemed to be part of the Premises and (ii) legal title thereto shall belong to the Port Authority upon the installation thereof, without the doing of any other act or thing, and legal title thereto shall be and remain in the Port Authority, including upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, all Fixtures remaining in the Premises (except as hereinafter provided) shall be surrendered with the Premises, as a part thereof. All of Tenant’s movable fixtures and movable partitions, equipment, computer systems, furniture, furnishings and other items of personal property not affixed to the realty that are removable without material damage to the Premises or the Building (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”) shall remain the property of Tenant, and shall be removed by Tenant on or before the expiration of the Term or sooner termination thereof and in case of any damage to any structural elements of the Building or Building mechanical or utility systems by reason of such removal, Tenant shall repair any such damage. For avoidance of doubt, the foregoing definition of Tenant’s Property shall include any portion of the Existing FF&E that constitutes movable fixtures and movable partitions, equipment, computer systems, furniture, furnishings and other items of personal property not affixed to the realty that are removable without material damage to the Premises or the Building. If Tenant desires not to remove an item(s) of Tenant’s Property, Tenant shall deliver a Notice to Landlord not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Term specifying the item(s) of Tenant’s Property which Tenant desires not to remove. If within thirty (30) days after the delivery of such Notice Landlord shall request that Tenant remove any of such item(s) of Tenant’s Property, Tenant shall at its expense, on or before the expiration of the Term, remove such item(s), and in case of any damage to any structural elements of the Building or Building mechanical or utility systems by reason of such removal, Tenant shall repair any such damage. All items of Tenant’s Property required to be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term remaining in the Premises after Tenant’s surrender of the Premises shall be deemed abandoned and may, at the election of Landlord, either be retained as Landlord’s property or may be removed from the Premises by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor. The foregoing obligations of Tenant shall also be applicable in connection with the earlier termination of this Lease for any reason.

B. With respect to any Alterations within the Premises that were performed by Tenant or on behalf of Tenant (as opposed to any Leasehold Improvements), Tenant (a) shall not be required to restore those Alterations that are of typical office nature, and (b) shall be required (on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease) to restore those Alterations of an extraordinary nature (e.g., Supplemental HVAC System but only to the extent of draining the coolant from said Supplemental HVAC System, structural alterations, etc.). With respect to the Existing AC Units, Tenant shall be required on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease to drain the coolant from said Existing AC Units. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall not have any obligation to remove any Leasehold Improvements on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In addition, in connection with any Alterations performed by Tenant within the Premises, provided Tenant delivers a cover letter to Landlord wherein it requests Landlord in bold type to identify such extraordinary items that Landlord will require be removed and restored on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may identify same during its review of Tenant’s plans for such items. If (x) Tenant does not deliver said cover letter or (y) Landlord receives said cover letter and consents to such improvements, without identifying such extraordinary items Landlord will require be removed and restored, then Tenant shall be required to remove such extraordinary items on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall remove all Wiring (hereinafter defined) at its expense (or, at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall remove same at Tenant’s expense, equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor) on or before the expiration of the Term, sooner termination thereof or, if Tenant

 

48


permanently ceases to use any such Wiring at any time during the Term. In event any damage is caused by reason of the removal of Wiring, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense (or at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall at Tenant’s expense, equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor) repair any such damage. “Wiring” shall mean, collectively, all vertical and horizontal data and communication wiring installed by or for Tenant, including any wiring that shall run underneath the floor of the Premises or that is located outside of the Premises or in the plenum above the ceiling of the Premises, but not, unless Landlord elects otherwise, any conduit through which such wiring is run. Tenant’s obligation to remove Wiring shall also include any additional work required to cause all fire separations affected by such removal to be in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements. For avoidance of doubt, the foregoing definition of “Wiring” shall not include any wiring that constitutes a part of the Existing FF&E.

C. Intentionally Omitted.

D. Intentionally Omitted.

E. The terms of this Section 13.03 shall survive the expiration of the Term or sooner termination of this Lease.

13.04 Miscellaneous Restrictions.

A. Before proceeding with any Alteration, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the required number of copies of Plans and Other Documentation for Landlord’s review and approval.

B. Tenant shall not be permitted to install any Fixtures which are subject to liens, chattel mortgages or security interests (as such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as then in effect in New York) but Tenant shall be permitted to lease or finance all Tenant’s Property and to have liens, chattel mortgages and/or security interest thereon.

C. No Alterations shall be undertaken except after (x) delivery of reasonable prior Notice to Landlord (which may be delivered via electronic mail to the Building management office) with respect thereto and (y) to the extent applicable, issuance by QAD of all permits and authorizations required by applicable Legal Requirements (it being agreed that copies thereof shall be furnished to Landlord). Tenant shall be fully responsible at its expense for retaining all architectural, engineering and other technical consultants as QAD shall determine are necessary to prepare the Plans and Other Documentation in accordance with this Article 13 upon and subject to the terms of the Port Authority Manual. The Plans and Other Documentation to be submitted by Tenant to Landlord shall bear the seal of a licensed architect or professional engineer licensed in the State of New York who shall be responsible for the administration of the work, and shall be in reasonably sufficient detail for Tenant’s contractor to perform the work. Prior to engaging or retaining architect(s) or engineer(s) for any Alterations, Tenant shall submit the name or names of such architect(s) or engineer(s) to Landlord for its approval, it being agreed that any such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

D. All Alterations shall at all times comply with all Legal Requirements (including the Port Authority Manual) and the Rules and Regulations Regarding Alterations (including changes thereto adopted by Landlord in accordance with Article 26 below). Tenant, at its expense, shall cause all Alterations to be performed in a good and workmanlike manner. All Alterations shall be promptly commenced and completed and shall be performed in such manner so as not to interfere with the occupancy of any other tenant nor delay or impose any additional expense upon Landlord in the maintenance, cleaning, repair, safety, management, or security of the Building (or the Building’s equipment) or in the performance of any improvements. If any such additional expense is incurred by a party unaffiliated with Landlord and Landlord is responsible therefor pursuant to the terms of such tenant’s lease, Landlord may collect Landlord’s Charge thereof as additional rent from Tenant within twenty (20) days after delivery of an invoice therefor together with (if applicable) reasonable supporting documentation. Subject to the terms of the Rules and Regulations Regarding Alterations, Tenant shall (upon completion of any Alteration, at Landlord’s request),

 

49


deliver three (3) complete sets of “As Built” drawings and plans to Landlord (which must include final, marked record drawings which incorporate all bulletins, revisions, clarification sketches and the like issued from each of Tenant’s HVAC, electrical, plumbing and fire safety and sprinkler designers and subcontractors, as applicable) prepared on an AutoCAD Computer Assisted Drafting and Design System (or its then equivalent) using naming conventions issued by the American Institute of Architects in June, 1990 (or its then equivalent) and magnetic computer media of such record drawings and specifications, translated into in a format compatible with AutoCAD Release 2000 or later or another format reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

E. Only Landlord or parties first approved by Landlord shall be permitted to act as a contractor or construction manager for any Alteration. Such approval by Landlord of any contractor or construction manager shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building any party attempting to act as a contractor or construction manager in violation of this Article 13. In the event Tenant shall employ any contractor or construction manager permitted in this Article 13, such contractor or construction manager may have use of the Building facilities subject to the provisions of this Lease and the Rules and Regulations Regarding Alterations. A list of contractors approved by Landlord is available upon request from the Building management office. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant acknowledges that in connection with any Alteration related to the first responders system; standby labor; the two-way radios system; debris hauling; hoisting; Wi-Fi installation; cellular wireless service installation; the freight elevators and passenger elevators; water treatment; PBX telephone systems; the Building’s security system including intercoms, CCTV, door contacts and biometric readers; the Building’s fire alarm system; BMS; the DAS and certain other items designated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, a single subcontractor designated by Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent may be required to perform such work (and certain architectural and engineering services in connection therewith may be required by Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent to be furnished by Landlord’s engineer and Landlord’s architect or other consulting firms designated by Landlord). Upon the request of Tenant from time to time, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Tenant in connection with the obtaining by Tenant of market rates from such subcontractors and the reasonable availability of such subcontractors. No approval by Landlord of any contractor, construction manager, architect or engineer shall be deemed to mean that any Landlord Party has given any assurance or made any representation or warranty with respect to the performance by or quality of work of such party(ies), and no Landlord Party shall have any responsibility for the actions, negligence, work or workmanship of such contractor, construction manager, architect or engineer.

F. The performance of any Alteration (or the use of any materials in connection with such Alteration) shall not be done in a manner which would disturb harmony with any trade engaged in performing any other work in the Building (including the creation of any work slowdown, sabotage, strike, picket or jurisdictional dispute) or create any actual interference with the operation of the Building. Tenant shall immediately stop the performance of any Alteration (or the use of any materials in connection with such Alteration) if Landlord delivers a Notice to Tenant that continuing such Alteration would so disturb harmony with any trade engaged in performing any other work in the Building or create any actual interference with the operation of the Building. Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate with one another in all reasonable respects to avoid any such labor disharmony. Except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents or contractors, Tenant hereby agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from any and all loss arising thereby, including any actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and any claims made by contractors, subcontractors, construction managers, mechanics and/or laborers so precluded from having access to the Building. Tenant may at any time utilize Tenant’s employees to perform Alterations, whether or not such employees shall be unionized; provided, however, that such employees shall be properly licensed and qualified to perform such Alteration and shall not cause labor disharmony in the Building.

G. No approval of any plans or specifications by Landlord, QAD or any other Governmental Authority or consent by Landlord, QAD or any other Governmental Authority allowing Tenant to make any Alterations or any inspection of Alterations made by or for Landlord, QAD or any other Governmental Authority shall in any way be deemed to be a representation, warranty, or agreement by Landlord, QAD or any other Governmental Authority that the contemplated Alterations comply with any Legal Requirements (including the Port Authority Manual) or insurance requirements nor shall it be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of the compliance by Tenant of any provision of this Lease.

 

50


H. Subject to Landlord’s consent, which shall be granted or withheld in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 13, Tenant shall be permitted to install a wireless intranet, internet and communications network (also known as “Wi-Fi”) within the Premises for the use within the Premises only of Tenant and its employees and invitees (the “Network”). Tenant shall not solicit, suffer, or permit other tenants or occupants of the Building or other third parties (except as a courtesy for invitees at the Premises) to use the Network or any other communications service, including any wired or wireless internet service that passes through, is transmitted through, or emanates from, the Premises. Tenant’s communications equipment and the communications equipment of Tenant’s service providers and contractors located in or about the Premises or installed in the Building to service the Premises, including any switches, all vertical and horizontal data and communication wiring installed by or on behalf of Tenant, including any wiring that shall run underneath the floor of the Premises or that is located outside of the Premises or in the plenum above the ceiling of the Premises or other equipment (collectively, “Tenant’s Communications Equipment”) shall be of a type and, if applicable, a frequency that will not cause radio frequency, electromagnetic or other interference to any other party or any equipment (e.g., cellular wireless, wireless data, two-way radio (provided that such two-way radio is integrated with Landlord’s system at the expense of Tenant, which expense shall be equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor), or first responder) of any other party, including Landlord, other stakeholders, other tenants or occupants of the Building or the World Trade Center or any other party and whether or not such interference is caused to equipment installed after the installation of Tenant’s Communications Equipment. Tenant’s Communications Equipment shall be clearly labeled by Tenant in accordance with the Building Operations Documents. In the event that Tenant’s Communications Equipment causes or is believed to cause any such interference, upon receipt of Notice (which may be oral) from Landlord of such interference, Tenant will take all steps necessary to correct and eliminate the interference. If the interference is not eliminated within twenty-four (24) hours after such Notice (or such shorter or longer period as shall be designated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion if Landlord believes a shorter or longer period to be appropriate), then, upon a Notice (which may be oral) from Landlord, Tenant shall shut down Tenant’s Communications Equipment until such interference shall have been resolved to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. Landlord shall in no event be deemed or construed to have represented or warranted to Tenant that Tenant shall be able to install Tenant’s Communications Equipment or a Network in the Premises that is operational or otherwise satisfactory to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has granted and/or may grant rights, licenses and other rights to install intranet, internet, satellite dishes, antennae, switches and other communications networks and equipment to other tenants and occupants of the Building and to telecommunications service providers and other third parties.

13.05 Charges and Other Restrictions.

A. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as additional rent within twenty (20) days after delivery of an invoice thereof together with (if applicable) reasonable supporting documentation, for Landlord’s Charge in connection with the review by any party (including Landlord and its personnel and any architect and/or engineer employed by Landlord in connection therewith) of Tenant’s plans and specifications for any Alterations.

B. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent within twenty (20) days after delivery of an invoice thereof together with (if applicable) reasonable supporting documentation, a charge equal to Landlord’s Charge for all standby Building personnel reasonably required to supervise, assist and/or otherwise perform any services in connection with the performance by Tenant of any Alteration for the period that Landlord makes such Building personnel available therefor in accordance with standard Building procedures (including any applicable overtime costs Landlord incurs to make such personnel available therefor). To the extent that Tenant shall be performing any Alterations, Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s proportionate share of costs with respect to any additional costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith (which shall be equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor), including standby Building labor and/or Building operating personnel that may be required to comply with applicable Legal Requirements and/or union jurisdictional requirements with respect to the balance of the World Trade Center (other than the Building).

 

51


C. In connection with any Alteration by Tenant, Tenant shall be responsible for any charges payable to Port Authority (in its governmental capacity) for the filing and review of Tenant’s architectural and engineering plans (including any permitting and filing fees of QAD) in accordance with the Port Authority Manual.

D. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the following terms shall be applicable to a shower, washer/dryer, dishwasher, cafeteria and any other “wet” installation other than a standard pantry to be installed by or on behalf of Tenant: (a) the plans and specifications with respect to any such “wet” installation shall be subject to Landlord’s approval upon and subject to the applicable terms of this Lease and shall be designed in such a manner so as to minimize the occurrence of any water leaks, (b) Tenant shall install in connection with any subsequent Alterations (upon and subject to the applicable terms of this Lease) a membrane waterproofing system (or its then equivalent), and a sealed and tiled floor with drains (or its then equivalent), throughout all of the “wet” areas of the Premises and Tenant shall maintain same throughout the term of this Lease in good working order, (c) Tenant shall be solely responsible at its expense throughout the term for (i) preserving the watertight integrity of the Premises and (ii) all leaks from such “wet” installation to all areas of the Building beneath the Premises and any damage caused thereby, (d) if any water leaks occur from such “wet” installation, Tenant, upon Landlord’s request, shall promptly cease the use of the item(s) causing the leak and shall promptly and diligently perform at its expense any Alteration reasonably requested by Landlord to remedy such problem, which Alteration shall be performed by Tenant upon and subject to all of the terms of this Lease and (e) subject to the terms of Sections 16.01C and 16.07 hereof, Tenant shall be responsible for all loss, cost, liability, claims, actual damages and expenses of any nature whatsoever arising out of any such leak that shall be incurred by Landlord and the other tenants of the Building Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that (x) except to the extent caused by or due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and/or its agents, contractors or employees (but subject to the terms of Section 16.07 hereof), Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for any loss, damage, or expense which Tenant may sustain on account of such leak(s) into any portion of the Premises, (y) this Lease and the obligations of Tenant shall not be affected by reason of any such leak(s) and (z) the terms of this Section 13.05D are also subject to the applicable terms of Rules and Regulations Regarding Alterations.

ARTICLE 14

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO PERFORM TENANT’S OBLIGATIONS

14.01 Cure Rights. If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any term or covenant on its part to be observed or performed under or by virtue of any of the terms or provisions in any Article of this Lease, and such default shall continue beyond any applicable notice or cure periods, Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may, upon five (5) days’ prior Notice to Tenant (or such shorter periods, if any, as may be feasible in the case of an emergency), remedy such default for the account and at the expense of Tenant equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor. Subject to the terms of Section 30.03 hereof, if Landlord makes any expenditures in connection with such default and/or remedy thereof, including actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, such sums paid with interest at the Interest Rate shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder and shall be paid to it by Tenant within twenty (20) days after submission by Landlord to Tenant of an invoice thereof together with (if applicable) reasonable supporting documentation. If the Term shall have expired or otherwise terminated at the time of making of such expenditures or incurring of such obligations, such sums shall be recoverable by Landlord as damages.

 

52


ARTICLE 15

NO LIABILITY; FORCE MAJEURE

15.01 No Representations. Landlord or Landlord’s agents have made no representations or promises with respect to the Building, the Land or the Premises except as herein expressly set forth and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in the provisions of this Lease.

15.02 Force Majeure. The obligation of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on the part of Tenant to be performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Lease or is unable to supply or is unable to make or is delayed in making any repairs, additions, alterations or decorations or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or fixtures, if Landlord is prevented or delayed from so doing by reason of Force Majeure. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant (except as expressly set forth in Article 17 below in the event of fire or other casualty only) if by reason of Force Majeure, there is (a) a lack of access to the Building or the Premises (which shall include the lack of access to the Building or the Premises when it or they are structurally sound but inaccessible due to evacuation of the surrounding area or damage to nearby structures or public areas); (b) reduced air quality or other contaminants in the Building that would adversely affect the Building or its occupants, including the presence of biological or other airborne agents within the Building or the Premises; (c) disruption of mail and deliveries to the Building or the Premises; (d) disruption of telephone and/or other communications services to the Building or the Premises; (e) disruption of any other services to the Premises or any of the Building systems; or (f) Tenant is otherwise unable to use and/or occupy the Premises for the conduct of its business.

15.03 No Liability of Landlord.

A. Landlord and its agents shall not be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the Building, nor for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise. Unless caused by or due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and/or its agents, servants or employees (but subject to the terms of Section 16.07 hereof), Landlord and its agents, servants and employees shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster and/or other Building material such as sheetrock and/or ceiling tiles, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain or snow leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or sub-surface or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature, nor shall Landlord and its agents, servants and employees be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work.

B. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily or permanently closed up, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any unreasonable interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises and to close as few windows as possible and to proceed with due diligence to re-open any such closed windows.

15.04 No Recourse to Principals of Landlord. Except to the extent of Landlord’s leasehold estate and interest in and to the Building, no recourse shall be had on any of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof against Landlord or any Landlord Party whether directly or through Landlord or through any receiver, assignee, agent, trustee in bankruptcy or through any other person, firm or corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by enforcement of an assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by Tenant.

 

53


15.05 Recourse to Landlord. Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s leasehold estate and interest in and to the Building and the rents and profits therefrom (including insurance proceeds, financing proceeds and sale proceeds) for the satisfaction of any right of Tenant for the collection of judgment or other judicial process or arbitration award requiring the payment of money by Landlord in connection with this Lease and no other property or assets whatsoever shall be subject to levy, lien, execution, attachment, or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s rights and remedies under or with respect to this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder or under law, or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises or any other liability of Landlord to Tenant.

15.06 Reimbursement by Tenant. Subject to the terms of Section 30.03 hereof, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as additional rent within twenty (20) days after delivery of an invoice, together with (if applicable) reasonable supporting documentation, for all expenditures made by, or damages or fines sustained or incurred by, Landlord due to non-performance or non-compliance with, or breach or failure to observe, any term of this Lease upon Tenant’s part to be kept, observed, performed or complied with. If Tenant shall fail to make such payment within said twenty (20) days, Tenant shall also be liable for interest on such additional rent at the then Interest Rate until Landlord shall be fully reimbursed.

ARTICLE 16

INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE

16.01 Indemnity.

A. To the maximum extent permitted by law, but subject to Section 16.07 hereof, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and all other Landlord Parties from and against any and all claims against any of such parties arising from (i) the use or occupancy of the Premises or any business therein, (ii) any work or thing whatsoever done, or any condition created (other than by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors) in or about the Premises or (iii) any negligent act or omission, or willful misconduct, of Tenant or any Tenant Party, whether resulting in injury or death to persons or damage to property or otherwise; except, in each case, to the extent that any such claim results from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any other Landlord Party (except, however, that Landlord or any other Landlord Party shall not be responsible for any portion thereof which is recovered or recoverable by Tenant from insurance maintained by Tenant covering such loss or damage); together with, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this sentence, all actual, out-of-pocket costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in or in connection with each such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon, including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses.

B. If any claim that is within the scope of such indemnity by Tenant is asserted against any Landlord Party, then Landlord shall give prompt Notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant shall defend and control the defense of any action or proceeding brought on such claim with counsel chosen by Tenant, subject to the approval of Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or by Tenant’s insurance company. In connection with such defense by Tenant of any such action or proceeding, Tenant shall not settle any such matter without Landlord’s consent and neither Landlord nor any other Landlord Party shall be liable for any settlement made without Landlord’s consent.

C. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Lease to the contrary, except as expressly provided in Section 22.02B hereof, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to the other for Consequential Damages of any kind or nature.

D. In connection with any claim or demand arising from or in connection with this Lease, including, without limitation, any claims or demands in accordance with Section 16.0IA hereof, (even if such claim or demand is groundless, false or fraudulent), neither Tenant nor any of the Tenant Parties shall, without obtaining express advance written permission from Landlord, Net Lessor and the General Counsel of the Net Lessor, raise, assert or maintain any defense involving in any way the jurisdiction of the tribunal over the person of the Landlord or Net Lessor, if any, or the immunity of the Landlord, the Net Lessor as a sovereign and its Commissioners, officers, agents or employees, the governmental nature of the Port Authority, or the provisions of any statutes regarding suits against the Port Authority, to the extent applicable.

 

54


E. The provisions of this Section 16.01 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

16.02 Tenant’s Liability Insurance. Tenant agrees to maintain in full force and effect from the date upon which Tenant first enters the Premises or any portion thereof for the conduct of its business or any other purpose (and in any event not later than the Commencement Date), throughout the Term and thereafter, so long as Tenant is in occupancy of any part of the Premises, (A) a policy of commercial general liability insurance, which shall include contractual liability coverage covering Tenant’s operations within the Building to the extent and in the manner provided under the standard ISO form of commercial general liability policy, or its then equivalent, in use from time to time, under which Tenant is the named insured and Landlord, Agent and Net Lessor (and such other persons as Landlord may reasonably request by a Notice to Tenant from time to time) are named as additional insureds (but not loss payees), on ISO Form CG 0001 (12/07) or its then equivalent, (B) Statutory Workers Compensation Coverage with Employers Liability as required by Legal Requirements (“Workers Comp Coverage”), and (C) non-owned and hired cars coverage. Each such policy shall be issued by one or more insurers in a financial size category of not less than VIII and with general policy holders ratings of not less than A-, as rated in the most current available insurance reports published by A.M. Best & Company, Inc., or the then-equivalent thereof, and licensed to do business in the State of New York and authorized to issue such policies. Each policy of insurance procured by Tenant shall (i) contain endorsements providing that (w) such policy shall not be cancelled or amended without at least thirty (30) days’ prior notification to Tenant and Tenant shall promptly send a copy of such notice to Landlord and Landlord’s designees, (x) Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of premiums therefor notwithstanding that Landlord or any such designee is or may be named as an additional insured on a primary & non-contributory basis, (y) intentionally omitted; and (z) any policy of commercial general liability insurance maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Section 16.02 shall contain a standard separation of insureds provision; and (ii) not prohibit the release of claims given under Section 16.07 below, nor shall any of them be limited, terminated or materially affected thereby. As of the Execution Date, the limits of liability of such insurance shall be $[Omitted] per occurrence and $[Omitted] in the annual aggregate on a per location basis for commercial general liability insurance and excess liability insurance.

16.03 Tenant’s Casualty and Business Interruption Insurance.

A. Tenant shall take out on or prior to the date upon which Tenant first enters the Premises or any portion thereof for the conduct of its business, for the performance of any Alterations or any other purpose (and in any event not later than the Commencement Date) with respect to the Premises and keep in force during the Term the following: (a) fire or “all risk” insurance in an amount insuring the full replacement value of all of Tenant’s Insurable Property, with a replacement cost endorsement and (b) “all risk” or “special perils” business interruption or earnings insurance including the perils of flood, earthquake and terrorism damage, to cover the loss of gross profits and continuing expenses (including rent payable under this Lease) during the period of partial or total shutdown of Tenant’s business (it being understood that such insurance must provide coverage for rent payable under this Lease during partial and total shutdowns of Tenant’s business of at least twelve (12) consecutive months in duration). Such policies shall be written by an insurer of the A.M. Best & Company, Inc. financial size category and general policy holders rating, and include the required policy provisions, each as specified in Section 16.02 above, licensed to do business in the State of New York and authorized to issue such policies, and Landlord and Agent shall be named loss payees, if available, as their interests may appear under each of such policies.

16.04 Certificates of Insurance. On or before the Commencement Date in accordance with the foregoing terms, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with certificates evidencing the aforesaid insurance coverage, and renewal certificates shall be furnished to Landlord ten (10) days prior to the expiration date of each policy for which a certificate was theretofore furnished evidencing no interruption in coverage (it being understood, however, Tenant’s

 

55


failure to furnish such certificate shall not limit or impair Tenant’s rights, obligations and liabilities under this Lease). Upon failure of Tenant to procure, maintain and pay all premiums therefor, Landlord may, at its option and after three (3) Business Days’ Notice to Tenant, do so, and Tenant agrees to pay the cost thereof to Landlord upon demand (which shall be equal to Landlord’s Charge; provided that if clause (iii) of the definition of Landlord’s Charge applies in this instance, then the 18% mark-up shall be reduced to 10%) as additional rent, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate. Subject to the provisions of Sections 16.02 and 16.03 hereof and the following sentence of this Section 16.04, each such certificate shall evidence, with respect to each required policy (i) that the policy may not be cancelled, terminated, changed or modified without giving at least thirty (30) days’ advance notification thereof to Tenant, a copy of which notice Tenant shall promptly provide to Landlord and Net Lessor, (ii) intentionally omitted, and (iii) the protection afforded Tenant under any policy of commercial general liability insurance maintained by Tenant pursuant to Section 16.02 hereof with respect to any claim or action against Tenant by a third person shall pertain and apply with like effect with respect to any claim or action against Tenant by Landlord or Net Lessor and by Tenant against Landlord or Net Lessor, provided, however, that such endorsement shall not limit, vary, change or affect the protections afforded to Landlord and Net Lessor as additional insureds under the contractual liability endorsement required pursuant to Section 16.02 hereof or the protections afforded to Landlord as loss payee under Section 16.03 hereof. If the certificates of insurance provided by Tenant do not evidence the provisions required in the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of its insurance policies containing such provisions. For the avoidance of doubt, Landlord being named as an additional insured on Tenant’s certificates shall not create any liability on Landlord’s part for payment of premiums on Tenant’s policies.

16.05 No Violation of Building Policies. Tenant shall not commit or permit any violation of the public liability or “all risk” property policies covering the Building and/or the fixtures, equipment and property therein carried by Landlord, or do or permit anything to be done, or keep or permit anything to be kept, in the Premises, that in case of any of the foregoing (i) would violate or result in termination of any such policies, or (ii) would result in reputable and independent insurance companies refusing to insure the Building or the property of Landlord in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

16.06 Premium Increases. If, by reason of (i) Tenant’s failure to comply with any term or provision of this Lease, or (ii) any particular manner of use required by Tenant or any Tenant Party in connection with the Premises (other than general office use), in either case, causes the rates for liability and property insurance on the Building or on the property and equipment of Landlord to be higher than they otherwise would be, then if Tenant fails to cure same after Notice from Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the additional insurance premiums thereafter incurred and actually paid by Landlord that shall have been charged because of the aforesaid reasons, such reimbursement to be made from time to time within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s delivery of an invoice therefor, together with reasonable supporting documentation. In any action or proceeding wherein Landlord and Tenant are parties, a schedule or “make up” of rates for the Building or Premises issued by any body making insurance rates for the Premises, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the insurance rates then applicable to the Building or the Premises.

16.07 Waiver of Liability and Subrogation.

A. Landlord and Tenant, each at its own expense (if any) shall secure and maintain an appropriate clause in, or an endorsement upon, each fire or “all risk” policy obtained by it and covering the Building, the Premises and Tenant’s Insurable Property, pursuant to which the respective insurance companies irrevocably waive any and all right to subrogation. Each party hereby releases the other and its partners, members, agents, officers and employees (and in the case of Tenant, all other persons occupying or using the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease) with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) that it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damages or destruction with respect to its property by fire or other casualty (including rental value or business interruption, as the case may be) or otherwise occurring during the Term. The waiver of subrogation or permission for waiver of any claim hereinbefore referred to shall extend to the agents of each party and its members, partners, officers and employees and, in the case of Tenant, shall also extend to all other persons occupying or using the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease, and shall cover all deductibles maintained by each party in its policies irrespective of whether same exceed the amounts permitted hereunder.

 

56


B. The release provided for in Section 16.07A above shall not be affected in the event either party self-insures, whether or not such self-insurance is permitted under this Lease.

16.08 Additional Insurance. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may require Tenant to obtain such other insurance, or amendments to existing coverage, in such amounts as may reasonably be required by Landlord depending upon circumstances and what is commercially reasonable under those circumstances on a non-discriminatory basis.

16.09 Insurance Compliance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the carrying of insurance by Tenant in compliance with this Article 16 shall not modify, reduce, limit or impair Tenant’s obligations and liability under this Lease.

ARTICLE 17

DAMAGE BY FIRE OR OTHER CAUSE

17.01 Repairs by Landlord. If the Premises (including all Alterations, personal property, trade fixtures, furniture, furnishings, equipment (including the Existing FF&E) and other Tenant’s Property, as well as all Leasehold Improvements (collectively, “Tenant’s Insurable Property”)) or the Building (in such a manner that materially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises or reasonable access thereto) shall be damaged by fire or other cause, the damages (including to base Building construction) shall be repaired and restored to substantially the same condition as existed prior to the damage by and at the expense of Landlord (or by and at the expense of Tenant with respect to any of Tenant’s Insurable Property in accordance with the terms hereof) and, until the Casualty Rent Abatement Date (but subject to Landlord’s right to elect not to restore the same as provided below), Tenant shall receive an abatement of the Rent payable hereunder for all affected portions of the Premises, which shall be apportioned as of the date of such damage by fire or other cause (such date, the “Casualty Date”) according to the portion of the Premises (or all of the Premises, if the Premises is totally damaged or if Tenant does not have reasonable access thereto, as the case may be) which is usable by Tenant (and which Tenant has reasonable access to) for the normal conduct of its business. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant when the Limited Casualty Restoration Work with respect thereto shall be substantially completed so that Tenant may commence the repair and restoration of Tenant’s Insurable Property upon and subject to the terms hereof. The Full Casualty Restoration Work and the Limited Casualty Restoration Work shall include the portions of the Building and the Premises for which Landlord is responsible pursuant to the terms of Article 12 hereof. Landlord shall deliver a Notice to Tenant at least ten (10) days prior to the date on which Landlord expects that the Full Casualty Restoration Work and the Limited Casualty Restoration Work with respect to the Premises will each be substantially completed. If such damage occurs following the Commencement Date but prior to the expiration of the Fixed Rent Abatement Period, then (x) Tenant’s Rent abatement for the period prior to the expiration of the Fixed Rent Abatement Period shall be tolled as of the Casualty Date and (y) Tenant shall receive an abatement of Rent pursuant to the terms of this Article 17, which abatement shall end upon the Casualty Rent Abatement Date hereunder, at which point the balance of Tenant’s Rent abatement for the period prior to the expiration of the Fixed Rent Abatement Period shall recommence (it being agreed that it is the intent of the parties that the foregoing abatements of Rent shall be cumulative). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) Landlord shall not carry insurance on Tenant’s Insurable Property, (ii) Tenant agrees that Landlord will not be obligated to repair any damage to Tenant’s Insurable Property or to replace the same, and (iii) Tenant agrees that Tenant shall be obligated to repair any damages to Tenant’s Insurable Property.

 

57


17.02 Tenant’s Cancellation Rights.

A. Delivery of Damage Statement. In the event that the Premises or the Building (in such a manner that materially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises or reasonable access thereto) shall be damaged by fire or other cause, within ninety (90) days after the Casualty Date, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (hereinafter referred to as the “Damage Statement”) prepared by a reputable licensed architect, engineer or contractor having at least ten (10) years’ experience in such matters selected by Landlord setting forth such architect’s, engineer’s or contractor’s reasonable estimate as to the time required for Landlord to substantially complete the Full Casualty Restoration Work.

B. Tenant’s Right to Terminate. Subject to the terms of this Section 17.02, the parties hereto agree that if the estimated repair period with respect to the Premises as set forth in the Damage Statements extends beyond the date that is twelve (12) months following the Casualty Date, Tenant as its sole and exclusive remedy may elect to terminate this Lease by delivering Notice thereof to Landlord. Such Notice by Tenant to Landlord must be delivered not later than thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of the Damage Statement, time being of the essence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to the foregoing terms if (i) the Damage Statement also provides that such repair work by Landlord may be completed within the required period herein in accordance with a working schedule requiring the performance of all or a portion of such repair work on an overtime basis and (ii) Landlord agrees to perform such repair work in accordance with such working schedule. If Tenant shall not have so terminated this Lease (or Tenant shall not be entitled to so terminate this Lease, as the case may be) and if within the longer of (a) twelve (12) months following the Casualty Date or (b) the length of the repair period set forth in the Damage Statement (such longer period, as the same may be extended to the extent of delays caused by Force Majeure (not to exceed sixty (60) days in the aggregate) and/or Tenant, the “Restoration Period”), the Full Casualty Restoration Work shall not have been substantially completed, Tenant may as its sole and exclusive remedy, at any time following the end of the Restoration Period upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior Notice to Landlord, terminate this Lease as of the date set forth in such Notice (the “Casualty Termination Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant shall properly deliver such Notice, but the Full Casualty Restoration Work shall have been substantially completed by the Casualty Termination Date, then such Notice shall be null and void and of no force or effect and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Tenant exercises either of such rights to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall expire upon the date set forth in such Notice, and Tenant shall promptly thereafter vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord.

17.03 Landlord’s Cancellation Rights. If (a) the Premises are rendered wholly unusable or (b) whether or not the Premises are damaged in whole or in part, the Building shall be so damaged (i.e., damage which costs more than twenty five (25%) percent of the replacement cost of the Building to repair) that Landlord shall decide to demolish it or substantially renovate it or not to rebuild it, then Landlord may, within ninety (90) days after the Casualty Date, deliver to Tenant a Notice in writing of such decision (provided that Landlord shall also terminate leases of at least one-third (1/3) of the Building Office Space), and thereupon the term of this Lease shall expire by lapse of time upon the tenth (10th) day after such Notice is given, and Tenant shall promptly thereafter vacate the Premises and surrender the same to Landlord. Tenant hereby expressly waives the provision of Section 227 of the Real Property Law and agrees that the foregoing provision of this Article shall govern and control in lieu thereof, this Article being an express agreement.

17.04 Miscellaneous.

A. Advancement of Substantial Completion of Limited Casualty Restoration Work. The parties hereto acknowledge that the date on which the Limited Casualty Restoration Work with respect to the Premises shall be deemed to be substantially completed for the purposes of this Article 17 shall be advanced one (1) day for each day that the performance of the Limited Casualty Restoration Work is delayed on account of a delay by Tenant (it being agreed that the date on which the Limited Casualty Restoration Work shall be deemed to be substantially completed for the purposes of this Article 17 and the Casualty Termination Date shall not be advanced on account of any delay due to Force Majeure).

 

58


B. No Damages/Landlord Repairs. No damage, compensation or claims shall be payable by Landlord for inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from any repair or restoration of any portion of the Premises or of the Building pursuant to the terms of this Article 17. Landlord shall use its reasonable and diligent efforts to effect its repairs promptly and in such a manner as not unreasonably to interfere with Tenant’s occupancy (which reasonable efforts shall include coordination with Tenant in scheduling such repairs or restoration but which shall in no event obligate Landlord to pay overtime or other premium rates unless Tenant requests Landlord to incur such overtime costs, provided that Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, within twenty (20) days after delivery of an invoice therefor (together with reasonable supporting documentation), an amount equal to the difference between (x) the overtime or other premium pay rates, including all fringe benefits and other elements of such pay rates, and (y) the regular pay rates for such labor, including all fringe benefits and other elements of such pay rates).

C. Termination of this Lease. If either party exercises its right to terminate this Lease pursuant to the terms of Sections 17.02 or 17.03 hereof, Landlord shall have no further duty to repair and/or restore the Premises.

17.05 Insurance Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Landlord or Tenant exercises any right to terminate this Lease following damage to the Premises, to Tenant’s Insurable Property or to the Building by fire or other cause in accordance with the terms of this Article 17, (a) any insurance proceeds received by Landlord or Tenant on account of any damage to the Building (including Leasehold Improvements but excluding any other of Tenant’s Insurable Property) shall be the sole property of Landlord and (b) any insurance proceeds received by Tenant on account of any damage to Tenant’s Insurable Property (excluding Leasehold Improvements) in excess of the amount of the replacement costs of Leasehold Improvements shall be the sole property of Tenant (except that the first portion of the insurance proceeds received by Tenant on account of any damage to Tenant’s Insurable Property in the amount of the replacement costs of Leasehold Improvements shall be the sole property of, and shall be paid to, Landlord).

17.06 Access by Tenant. Upon the substantial completion of the Limited Casualty Restoration Work with respect to the Premises pursuant to this Article 17, Landlord shall provide Tenant and its contractors access thereto to perform the repair work to be performed by Tenant hereunder, at such appropriate times and in such appropriate sequence during the progress of the Full Casualty Restoration Work with respect to the Premises as Landlord and Tenant shall mutually determine, each acting reasonably. Such access and work shall be upon and subject to all of the applicable terms of this Lease. Landlord’s contractors shall have full and complete priority with respect to the performance of the Limited Casualty Restoration Work.

17.07 Casualty Near End of Term. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises or a substantial (i.e., more than fifty percent (50%)) portion of the Building shall be damaged by fire or other cause during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, Landlord or Tenant may, upon thirty (30) days’ Notice to the other party, cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date set forth in such Notice, as if such date were the stated Expiration Date of this Lease and Landlord shall have no duty to repair and/or restore the Premises.

ARTICLE 18

CONDEMNATION

18.01 Condemnation or Taking. In the event that the whole of the Premises shall be condemned or taken in any manner for any public or quasi-public use, this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall forthwith cease and terminate as of the date of vesting of title. In the event that only a part of the Premises shall be so condemned or taken, then, effective as of the date of vesting of title, the Fixed Rent and any additional rent hereunder for such part shall be equitably abated and this Lease shall continue as to such part not so taken. In the event that only a part of the Building shall be so condemned or taken, then (a) if, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion,

 

59


substantial structural alteration or reconstruction of the Building shall be necessary or appropriate as a result of such condemnation or taking (whether or not the Premises be affected), Landlord may terminate this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted as of the date of such vesting of title by delivering Notice to Tenant of such termination within thirty (30) days following the date on which Landlord shall have received notification of vesting of title or (b) if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, this Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such condemnation or taking, except that the rent shall be abated to the extent, if any, hereinbefore provided. In the event that only a part of the Premises shall be so condemned or taken and this Lease and the terms and estate hereby granted are not terminated as hereinbefore provided, Landlord will, at its expense, restore with reasonable diligence the remaining structural portions of the Premises as nearly as practicable to the same condition as it was in prior to such condemnation or taking.

18.02 Termination of this Lease. In the event of termination in any of the cases hereinabove provided, this Lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall expire as of the date thirty (30) days after the date of such termination with the same effect as if that were the date hereinbefore set for the expiration of the Term, and the rent hereunder shall be apportioned as of such date.

18.03 Condemnation Award. In the event of any condemnation or taking hereinabove mentioned of all or a part of the Building, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding, including any award made for the value of the estate vested by this Lease in Tenant, and Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive no part of such award. Tenant shall have no claim for the value of any unexpired portion of the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to make a separate claim in any such condemnation proceeding for (a) the value of all Alterations made to the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense (and for which Landlord did not give Tenant any credits or allowances), (b) the value of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, machinery and equipment contained in the Premises and (c) expenses (including moving expenses and actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees) incurred by Tenant as a result of any such condemnation proceeding, provided that no such award to Tenant shall reduce the amount of any award to Landlord.

18.04 Condemnation Near End of Term. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises or a substantial (i.e., more than fifty percent (50%)) portion of the Building shall be taken in condemnation during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, Landlord or Tenant may upon thirty (30) days’ Notice to the other, cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date set forth in such Notice, as if such date were the stated Expiration Date of this Lease.

ARTICLE 19

BANKRUPTCY

19.01 If pursuant to the Bankruptcy Law, Tenant is permitted to assign or otherwise transfer this Lease (whether in whole or in part in disregard of the restrictions contained in this Article and/or Article 8 above), Tenant agrees that adequate assurance of future performance by the assignee or transferee permitted under the Bankruptcy Law shall mean the deposit of cash security (or a letter of credit) with Landlord in an amount equal to the sum of one year’s Fixed Rent then reserved hereunder plus an amount equal to all additional rent payable under Articles 4 and 7 above for the calendar year preceding the year in which such assignment is intended to become effective, which deposit shall be held by Landlord without interest for the balance of the Term as a security for the full and faithful performance of all of the obligations under this Lease on the part of Tenant yet to be performed. If Tenant receives or is to receive any valuable consideration for such an assignment or transfer (in part or in whole) of this Lease, Landlord shall receive the same percentage of such consideration as it would have received had the assignment or transfer (and the calculation thereunder) been made pursuant to Section 8.01 above.

 

60


ARTICLE 20

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES; WAIVER OF REDEMPTION

20.01 Default by Tenant.

A. If (a) Tenant defaults in fulfilling any of the covenants of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be fulfilled, other than the covenants for the payment of Fixed Rent or additional rent, then, in any one or more of such events, upon Landlord serving a ten (10) days’ Notice upon Tenant specifying the nature of said default, and upon the expiration of said ten (10) days, if Tenant shall have failed to comply with or remedy such default, or if the said default or omission complained of shall be of such a nature that the same cannot be completely cured or remedied within said ten (10) day period, and if Tenant shall not have diligently commenced curing such default within such ten (10) day period, and shall not thereafter with reasonable diligence and in good faith proceed to remedy or cure such default or (b) Tenant shall default in the performance of any term or condition of this Lease (other than the payment of Fixed Rent or additional rent) more than three (3) times in any period of nine (9) months, or, with respect to the payment of any item of Fixed Rent or additional rent, more than two (2) times in any period of six (6) months, and notwithstanding that such defaults shall have each been cured within the applicable period, as above provided, if any further similar default shall occur or (c) Tenant shall default in the payment of Fixed Rent or any item of additional rent hereunder for more than five (5) Business Days after Notice from Landlord of such default or (d) a Bankruptcy Event, then (in the event of (a), (b), (c), or (d) above) Landlord may serve a three (3) days’ Notice of cancellation of this Lease upon Tenant, and upon the expiration of said three (3) days, this Lease and the Term shall end and expire as fully and completely as if the date of expiration of such three (3) day period were the Expiration Date set forth herein and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

B. If the Notices provided for in Section 20.01A hereof shall have been given, and the Term shall expire as aforesaid; then Landlord may, without additional Notice, dispossess Tenant and the legal representative of Tenant and any other occupant of the Premises by self-help, summary proceedings or other legal actions or proceedings, and remove their effects and hold the Premises as if this Lease had not been made, but Tenant shall remain liable hereunder as hereinafter provided.

20.02 Remedies of Landlord. In the case of any such dispossession by summary proceedings or other legal actions or proceedings, (a) the Fixed Rent and additional rent shall become due thereupon and be paid to the time of such dispossession, together with such expenses as Landlord may incur for actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, brokerage, and/or putting the Premises in good order, or for preparing the same for re-rental; (b) Landlord may re-let the Premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, for a term or terms, which may at Landlord’s option be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term and may grant market concessions or free rent; and/or (c) Tenant or the legal representative of Tenant shall also pay Landlord as liquidated damages for the failure of Tenant to observe and perform said Tenant’s covenants herein contained, any deficiency between the rent hereby reserved and/or covenanted to be paid and the net amount, if any, of the rents collected or to be collected on account of the lease or leases of the Premises for each month of the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term (after first deducting any market concessions granted in such lease(s) such as free rent and any work allowance and all other costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such lease(s), including brokerage commissions and actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees). The failure of Landlord to re-let the Premises or any part or parts thereof shall not release or affect Tenant’s liability for damages. Any such damages shall be paid in monthly installments by Tenant on the rent days specified in this Lease and any suit brought to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month or months shall not prejudice in any way the rights of Landlord to collect the deficiency for any subsequent month or months by a similar proceeding. In lieu thereof, Landlord may immediately accelerate such deficiency for the entire balance of the term assuming that the Premises are relet within a reasonable time given the then market conditions at a market rent for a lease for the balance of the term and giving due consideration for market concessions

 

61


including free rent, work allowance or other economic terms that would be granted in such a lease and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such lease (including brokerage commissions and actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees), discounted to present value using the average of the published prime interest rate (during the 12-month period immediately prior to such acceleration) upon unsecured loans charged by JPMorgan Chase Bank (or Citibank if JPMorgan Chase Bank shall not then have an announced prime rate) on loans of ninety (90) days. Landlord at Landlord’s option may make such alterations, repairs, replacements and/or decorations in the Premises as Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable judgment considers advisable and necessary for the purpose of re-letting the Premises; and the making of such alterations and/or decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid. Landlord shall in no event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to re-let the Premises, or in the event that the Premises are re-let, for failure to collect the rent thereof under such re-letting. Any such action may be an action for the full amount of all rents and damages suffered or to be suffered by Landlord. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, Landlord shall have the right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other remedies were not herein provided for and the right to invoke any remedy at law or in equity which is not inconsistent with the terms of this Lease. Mention in this Lease of any particular remedy, shall not preclude Landlord from any other remedy, in law or in equity. The foregoing remedies and rights of Landlord are cumulative. Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future laws in the event of Tenant’s being evicted or dispossessed for any cause in accordance herewith, or in the event of Landlord obtaining possession of the Premises by reason of the violation of Tenant of the covenants and conditions of this Lease, or otherwise.

ARTICLE 21

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

21.01 Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Lease, including Article 9 hereof.

ARTICLE 22

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

22.01 End of Term. Upon the expiration or other termination of the Term, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty, the elements and any cause beyond Tenant’s control excepted (subject to any obligation of Tenant to repair and restore pursuant to the terms of Section 13.03 hereof and any other repair and restoration obligation expressly set forth herein) and subject to the terms of Section 13.03 hereof, Tenant shall remove all Tenant’s Property therefrom. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of the Term.

22.02 Holdover Charges.

A. Subject to the other terms hereof, possession of the entire Premises must be surrendered to Landlord at the expiration or sooner termination of the Term. The parties recognize and agree that the damage to Landlord resulting from any failure by Tenant timely to surrender possession of the Premises as aforesaid may be substantial, may exceed the amount of annual Fixed Rent and additional rent theretofore payable hereunder and may be impossible accurately to measure. Tenant desires to limit such amounts and wishes to avoid the payment to Landlord of any Consequential Damages if Tenant fails to timely surrender possession of the Premises. If possession of the entire Premises is not surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord for each month and for each portion of any month during which Tenant holds over in all or any part of the Premises, as liquidated damages for use and occupancy, one and one-half (1 12) times during the first thirty (30) days of such holding over and two (2) times thereafter, the amount of Fixed Rent and additional rent

 

62


payable by Tenant under this Lease with respect to the entire Premises during the last month of the term hereof, which aggregate sum Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, in full without setoff, and no extension or renewal of this Lease shall be deemed to have occurred by such holding over, nor shall Landlord be precluded by accepting such aggregate sum for use and occupancy from exercising all rights and remedies available to it to obtain possession of the Premises. The parties hereto acknowledge that during the first sixty (60) days of such holding over, the foregoing charges (a) shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord in lieu of the imposition by Landlord of any Consequential Damages with respect thereto and (b) represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the fair market value for the use and occupancy of the Premises during such period.

B. However, if possession of the entire Premises is not surrendered to Landlord within ninety (90) days after the expiration or sooner termination of the Term (such ninety (90) day period subject to extension on account of a Force Majeure event but such extension shall not exceed sixty (60) days in the aggregate), then at Landlord’s sole option (and in addition to the above use and occupancy charges paid by Tenant during such period), Tenant shall also be liable to Landlord for all losses and damages, including Consequential Damages, which Landlord may reasonably incur or sustain by reason of such holding over, including, without limitation, damages incurred or sustained by reason of Landlord’s inability to timely place a new tenant in possession of the Premises or any other portion of the floor or Building if resulting from such holding over.

C. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the parties absolutely and unconditionally waive any and all rights to dispute or otherwise adjudicate whether the remedies set forth in Sections 22.02A and 22.02B constitute a penalty or are otherwise unenforceable, such waiver being a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease and to accept the terms of this Lease.

ARTICLE 23

DEFINITION OF LANDLORD

23.01 Subject to the other terms of this Lease, the term “Landlord” wherever used in this Lease shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners at the time in question of the Building or the tenant under the Net Lease affecting the Land and the Building or the Building, to whom this Lease may be assigned, or a mortgagee in possession, so that in the event of any sale, assignment or transfer of the Building, or of Landlord’s interest as a lessee under the Net Lease, or of such ground or underlying lease, in each case, to an unrelated third party, such owner, tenant or mortgagee in possession shall thereupon be released and discharged from all covenants, conditions and agreements of Landlord hereunder arising from and after the effective date of such sale, assignment or transfer; but such covenants, conditions and agreements arising from and after the effective date of such sale, assignment or transfer shall be deemed assumed by and binding upon each new owner, tenant or mortgagee in possession for the time being of the Building, until sold, assigned or transferred.

ARTICLE 24

NOTICES

24.01 Any Notice shall be in writing sent by (i) hand, against a signed receipt, (ii) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or (iii) a nationally recognized overnight courier service providing a signed receipt of delivery, addressed, as the case may be, to Tenant at Tenant’s address set forth in the opening paragraph to this Lease, and after occupancy of the Premises for the conduct of business by Tenant, at the Premises, with a copy of all Notices to cure, Notices of default and/or Notices of termination given to Tenant, excluding rent demands as a predicate for a nonpayment of rent proceeding to [Omitted], [Omitted], Attention: Mattew E. Kasindorf, Esq., and to Landlord at Royal 1 WTC Management LLC, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: Jonathan Durst, with copies to [Omitted], [Omitted], Attention: [Omitted] and The Port Authority of New York and New Jersey, [Omitted], Attention: Director WTC Redevelopment. Either party may, by Notice as aforesaid designate a different,

 

63


or further address or addresses for Notices to it. Any such Notice which is sent by (a) hand or by such registered or certified mail shall be deemed to have been given when the addressee either actually receives such Notice or refuses to accept delivery thereof and (b) such courier service shall be deemed to have been given one (1) Business Day after the date it shall have been sent by such courier service.

24.02 Any Notice given by counsel for Landlord or Tenant (or by the Agent) shall be deemed a valid Notice if addressed and sent in accordance with the provisions of this Article 24.

ARTICLE 25

BUILDING OPERATIONS DOCUMENTS

25.01 Compliance with Building Operations Documents. Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors and licensees shall comply with the Building Operations Documents. Tenant may furnish copies of the Building Operations Documents (as the same may hereafter be amended in accordance with Article I above) to Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and potential contractors and subcontractors.

25.02 Miscellaneous Terms. Any failure by Landlord to enforce any provision in the Building Operations Documents now or hereafter in effect, either against Tenant or any other tenant in the Building, shall not constitute a waiver of the enforceability of any such provision. Landlord shall not enforce any of the provisions in the Building Operations Documents in a manner which would be discriminatory toward Tenant.

ARTICLE 26

BROKER

26.01 Each of Landlord and Tenant warrants and represents that it has not dealt with any broker in connection with this transaction other than Newmark & Company Real Estate, Inc. as agency broker representing the Landlord and procuring broker representing the Tenant, and Royal 1 WTC Management LLC (collectively, the “Broker”). Each of Landlord and Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, save and hold the other harmless from any claims for fees and commissions and against any liability (including actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising out of a breach or alleged breach of the foregoing warranty and representation by the indemnifying party (it being agreed, however, that Tenant’s indemnity hereunder shall not apply to any claims made by the Broker). Landlord shall be responsible for payment of any commission or other fee earned by the Broker with respect to the Lease pursuant to a separate agreement. The terms of this Article shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 27

COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITY HANDBOOK

27.01 By its execution of this Lease, Tenant at its expense agrees to (a) comply with the Information Security Handbook, (b) require all of its employees, consultants and contractors (and any other parties required by the Information Security Handbook) to comply with the Information Security Handbook and the terms of this Article 27 and (c) include in each sublease and other occupancy agreement an express obligation that all subtenants and other occupants of any portion of the Premises (and all of their employees, consultants, contractors and any other parties required by the Information Security Handbook) must comply with the Information Security Handbook and the terms of this Article 27.

 

64


27.02 Tenant and all entities dealing with Tenant (including any contractors and consultants) that have access to information with respect to the Building and/or the World Trade Center shall be obligated, prior to any access thereby to such information, to execute and deliver the Port Authority’s then standard form of Non-Disclosure and Confidentiality Agreement. Any individual employed by Tenant or by any entity dealing with Tenant (including any contractors and consultants) that has access to information with respect to the Building and/or the World Trade Center shall, if obligated by Port Authority, be obligated, prior to any access thereby to such information, to (a) execute and deliver the Port Authority’s then standard form of Non-Disclosure and Confidentiality Agreement, (b) attend any required training classes regarding the handling of Confidential and Privileged Information and (c) obtain a SWAC (secure worker access consortium) card, which shall include a background check.

27.03 Notwithstanding anything contrary contained in this Lease or in the Information Security Handbook, Landlord may elect, in its sole and absolute discretion, to restrict access by Tenant and any party dealing with Tenant (including any contractors and consultants) to Confidential and Privileged Information by means of a secure electronic “war room” or by making copies of same available for inspection and review by Tenant and/or such parties dealing with Tenant at Landlord’s offices (or at the offices of Landlord’s designee) in New York City, in either case in lieu of providing copies of such Confidential and Privileged Information to Tenant and/or such parties dealing with Tenant.

ARTICLE 28

SECURITY DEPOSIT

28.01 Simultaneously herewith, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a Letter of Credit in the amount of the Security Deposit as security for the full, faithful and punctual performance by Tenant of all of the terms of this Lease. In the event Tenant defaults in the performance of any of the terms of this Lease, including the payment of rent, or in the event of a Bankruptcy Event, Landlord may draw down the proceeds of all or any portion of the Letter of Credit in its sole and absolute discretion and use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the proceeds thereof to the extent required for the payment of any rent or for any sum which Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms of this Lease, including any damages or deficiency in the re-letting of the Premises, whether accruing before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Landlord. In the case of every such use, application or retention, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Letter of Credit so that the same shall be equal to its former amount. The Security Deposit, without interest, shall be returned to Tenant within ninety (90) days after the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, delivery of exclusive possession of the Premises to Landlord in the manner required hereunder and the payment by Tenant of all Rent hereunder.

28.02 The letter of credit shall be a clean, irrevocable and unconditional letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) issued by and drawn upon any commercial bank which is a member of The Clearing House Payments Company L.L.C. (hereinafter referred to as the “Issuing Bank”) with offices for banking purposes in the City of New York and having a net worth of not less than [Omitted] and 00/100 ($[Omitted]) Dollars, which Letter of Credit shall be drawable upon in New York City, have a term of not less than one year, be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F, be for the account of Landlord and be in the amount of the Security Deposit. Tenant acknowledges that it is a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease that the security be maintained in the form of a Letter of Credit and that Tenant’s failure to provide and maintain such Letter of Credit throughout the Term shall constitute a material default under this Lease, and Tenant further acknowledges that notwithstanding anything in this Lease, Tenant shall not be permitted to provide cash security. The Letter of Credit shall provide that:

A. The Issuing Bank shall pay to Landlord or its duly authorized representative an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit upon presentation of the Letter of Credit and a sight draft in the amount to be drawn;

 

65


B. The Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be automatically renewed, without amendment, for consecutive periods of one year each during the Term (and shall remain in effect for not less than six (6) months following the Expiration Date), unless the Issuing Bank sends notification (hereinafter referred to as the “Non-Renewal Notice”) to Landlord by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, not less than forty-five (45) days next preceding the then expiration date of the Letter of Credit, that it elects not to have such Letter of Credit renewed;

C. If Landlord receives a Non-Renewal Notice and Tenant fails to provide a replacement Letter of Credit which meets the requirements of this Lease not fewer than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit, such failure shall constitute a material default under this Lease and Landlord shall have the right, exercisable by a sight draft, to receive the monies represented by the Letter of Credit (which monies shall be held by Landlord as a cash deposit pursuant to the terms of this Article 28 pending the replacement of such Letter of Credit or Tenant’s default; however, Landlord’s holding of such cash security shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s default of its obligation to maintain the security in the form of a Letter of Credit);

D. Upon Landlord’s sale of Landlord’s interest in the Land and the Building, the Letter of Credit shall be transferable by Landlord, without charge, as provided in Section 28.03 hereof; and

E. If a Bankruptcy Event occurs, Landlord shall have the right, exercisable by a sight draft, to receive monies represented by the Letter of Credit.

28.03 In the event of a sale of Landlord’s interest in the Land and the Building, Landlord shall have the right to transfer (at no expense to Landlord) the Letter of Credit deposited hereunder to the vendee or lessee, and Landlord shall be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such Letter of Credit. In such event, Tenant agrees to look solely to the new landlord for the return of said Letter of Credit. It is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of said Letter of Credit to a new landlord.

28.04 Tenant covenants that it will not assign or encumber, or attempt to assign or encumber, the monies or Letter of Credit deposited hereunder as security, and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment, or attempted encumbrance.

28.05 Landlord agrees that it will not draw down the proceeds of the Letter of Credit except in the event of a default by Tenant hereunder or a Bankruptcy Event or the non-renewal of such Letter of Credit by the Issuing Bank.

28.06 In the event that at any time during the Term, Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, believes (a) that the net worth of the Issuing Bank shall be less than the minimum amount specified in Section 28.02 hereof, or (b) that circumstances have occurred indicating that the Issuing Bank may be incapable of, unable to, or prohibited from honoring the then existing Letter of Credit (hereinafter referred to as the “Existing L/C”) in accordance with the terms thereof, then, upon the happening of either of the foregoing, Landlord may send Notice to Tenant (hereinafter referred to as the “Replacement Notice”) requiring Tenant within thirty (30) days to replace the Existing L/C with a new letter of credit (hereinafter referred to as the “Replacement L/C”) from an Issuing Bank meeting the qualifications described in Section 28.02 hereof. Upon receipt of a Replacement L/C meeting the qualifications of Section 28.02 hereof, Landlord shall forthwith return the Existing L/C to Tenant. In the event that (i) a Replacement L/C meeting the qualifications of Section 28.02 hereof is not received by Landlord within the time specified, or (ii) Landlord reasonably believes an emergency exists, then in either event, the Existing L/C may be presented for payment by Landlord and the proceeds thereof shall be held by Landlord in accordance with Article 28 hereof, subject, however, to Tenant’s obligation to replace such cash security with a new letter of credit meeting the qualifications of Section 28.02 hereof.

 

66


28.07 This Section 28.07 is applicable to the named Tenant (i.e., Mobo Systems, Inc. d/b/a Olo) only. Provided that the named Tenant (a) is not then in default under this Lease, (b) is not then subject to a Bankruptcy Event, (c) has a net worth (exclusive of intangibles, including goodwill) computed in accordance with GAAP equal to or greater than fifteen (15) times the then annual Fixed Rent and Recurring Additional Rent reserved hereunder, which net worth shall be evidenced by certified financial statements prepared by Tenant’s independent certified public accountants (if such certified financial statements are regularly prepared therefor by a certified public accountant) or reasonably detailed uncertified financial statements (if certified financial statements are not regularly prepared therefor by a certified public accountant), and (d) shall have timely made all payments of Fixed Rent and additional rent, then after the third (3rd) anniversary of the final day of the Fixed Rent Abatement Period, the named Tenant shall be entitled to reduce the amount of the Letter of Credit to [Omitted] Dollars ($[Omitted]). The Letter of Credit shall be reduced by Tenant’s delivering to Landlord either (x) an amendment to the Existing L/C (which amendment must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord in all respects), reducing the amount of the Existing L/C to the amount of the permitted reduction or (y) a replacement Letter of Credit (which replacement must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord in all respects and in accordance with Section 28.02), in the then reduced amount of the Letter of Credit. If a new Letter of Credit in the form required hereunder is so delivered, Landlord shall promptly after such delivery return the prior Letter of Credit to the Issuing Bank.

28.08 Tenant shall pay Landlord’s actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees in connection with the replacement, substitution or amendment of the letter of credit described herein or the drawing thereon by Landlord.

ARTICLE 29

CONSENTS

29.01 Tenant hereby waives any claim against Landlord which it may have based upon any assertion that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or unreasonably delayed any such consent or approval, and Tenant agrees that its sole remedy shall be an action or proceeding to enforce any such provision or for specific performance, injunction or declaratory judgment. In the event of a determination favorable to Tenant, the requested consent or approval shall be deemed to have been granted; however, Landlord shall have no personal or other liability to Tenant for its refusal to give such consent or approval. The sole remedy for Landlord’s unreasonably withholding or delaying of consent or approval shall be as set forth in this Section 29.01.

ARTICLE 30

MISCELLANEOUS

30.01 In the event that an excavation or any construction should be made for building or other purposes upon land adjacent to the Building, or should be authorized to be made, Tenant shall, upon reasonable prior Notice, if necessary, afford to the person or persons causing or authorized to cause such excavation or construction or other purpose, the right, in a manner so as to avoid interference with Tenant’s business, to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of doing such work as shall reasonably be necessary to protect or preserve the wall or walls of the Building, or the Building, from injury or damage and to support them by proper foundations, pinning and/or underpinning, or otherwise.

30.02 Each of Landlord and Tenant waives the right to trial by jury in any summary proceeding that may hereafter be instituted against such party and any other action that may be brought hereunder, provided such waiver is not prohibited by law. Tenant shall not interpose any counterclaim in any summary proceeding, except for compulsory counterclaims.

 

67


30.03 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if (a) Landlord or Tenant, after a default by either party hereto (which continues beyond the expiration of any applicable notice or cure periods), commences an action or proceeding with respect thereto, the prevailing party shall recover its actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees, disbursements and court costs from the other party in connection with such matter and (b) Landlord, after a default by Tenant which continues beyond the expiration of any applicable notice or cure periods, places the enforcement of this Lease or the collection of any Fixed Rent, additional rent or other sum due, or to become due hereunder, in the hands of an attorney (but without the commencement of an action or proceeding), Landlord shall recover its actual, reasonable, out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and disbursements from Tenant in connection with such matter. The provisions of this Section 30.03 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

30.04 The failure of Landlord or Tenant to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease, or, as applicable, any of the Building Operations Documents attached hereto or hereafter adopted by Landlord, shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of an original violation. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agent shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises. The receipt or acceptance by Landlord, or payment by Tenant, of rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant, unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed by such party. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly rent required to be paid shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest such rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided.

30.05 This Lease with its exhibits, schedules and annexes (and all guaranties, and other documents being executed by the parties or their guarantors in connection with this Lease) contain the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant and any executory agreement hereafter made between Landlord and Tenant shall be ineffective to change, modify, waive, release, discharge, terminate or effect an abandonment of this Lease, in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is signed by the parties hereto. This Lease may not be orally waived, terminated, changed or modified. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

30.06 The captions of Articles and Sections in this Lease and its Table of Contents are inserted only as a convenience and for reference and they in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease or the intent of any provision thereof. References to Articles and Sections are to those in this Lease unless otherwise noted.

30.07 No credit, refund, offset, or abatement of rent shall be granted in respect of any service provided or available to Tenant as provided in this Lease which is not desired or utilized by Tenant.

30.08 If any term, covenant, condition, provision or clause (collectively referred to as “terms and conditions” in this “representation of severability/enforcement of remedies” provision) of this Lease or the application thereof to any circumstance or to any person, firm or corporation shall be deemed by a competent tribunal to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease or the application thereof to any circumstances or to any person, firm or corporation other than those as to which any terms and conditions is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each remaining terms and conditions and provision of this Lease shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event whatsoever shall any such determination of invalidity or unenforceability by a competent tribunal be construed as precluding either party from seeking enforcement of, or appropriate remedies with respect to, the other terms, conditions and provisions of this Lease.

 

68


30.09 No vault or cellar or sub-cellar space not within the property line of the Building is leased hereunder, anything to the contrary indicated elsewhere in this Lease notwithstanding.

30.10 Each of the schedules and exhibits appended to this Lease is incorporated by reference herein as if set out in full herein. If, and to the extent that, any of the provisions of the body of this Lease conflict, or are otherwise inconsistent, with any of the schedules and exhibits appended to this Lease or the Building Operations Documents, then, whether or not such inconsistency is expressly noted in the body of this Lease, the more stringent provision shall govern. The term “including” when used herein shall mean “including, without limitation.” Each use in this Lease of the term “commercially reasonable efforts” shall be deemed to mean that the party obligated to use such efforts shall not be required to incur any material costs, to perform any work on an overtime basis or to commence an action or proceeding.

30.11 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is to be strictly understood and agreed that (X) the submission by Landlord to Tenant of any drafts of this Lease or any correspondence with respect thereto shall (i) be deemed submission solely for Tenant’s consideration and not for acceptance and execution, (ii) have no binding force or effect, (iii) not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises or a lease or conveyance of the Premises by Landlord to Tenant and (iv) not confer upon Tenant or any other party any title or estate in the Premises, (Y) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall not be binding upon either party hereto in any way unless and until (a) it is unconditionally executed and delivered by both parties in their respective sole and absolute discretion and (b) all other conditions precedent to the effectiveness thereof shall have been fulfilled or waived, and (Z) if this Lease and other agreements are not so executed and delivered for any reason whatsoever (including either party’s willful or other refusal to do so or bad faith), neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to the other with respect to this Lease on account of any written or parol representations or negotiations, or drafts, comments or correspondence between the parties or their respective agents or representatives on any legal or equitable theory (including part performance, promissory estoppel, undue enrichment, fraud, breach of good faith negotiation obligation or otherwise).

30.12 Whenever this Lease shall provide that a consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, such consent shall also not be unreasonably conditioned.

30.13 Confidentiality.

A. Subject to the terms of applicable Legal Requirements, including the FOI Policy, neither Landlord nor Tenant nor any of any their respective employees, representatives, agents or consultants shall publicize, advertise or otherwise disclose any of the economic terms (including Fixed Rent or Additional Rent payable hereunder) nor any of the material terms of this Lease which are not otherwise in the public domain without the prior written consent of the other party except to the extent that such information is already in the public domain (other than by reason of a violation of this Section) or disclosure thereof shall be required to be made (a) to any actual or prospective lenders, insurers, underwriters, investors, purchasers, mortgagees, overlessors, assignees or subtenants (or any of their respective employees, representatives, agents or consultants), (b) by Legal Requirements, (c) in any arbitration or litigation between the parties, (d) to any Governmental Authority providing to Landlord and/or Tenant business incentives, or to any Governmental Authority which is a party to an agreement pursuant to which such business incentives are being provided to Tenant, (e) to the partners, members, directors and officers of Landlord and Tenant, as well as such parties’ legal counsel and accountants who need to know such information for the purpose of complying with the terms and conditions hereof or (f) in Landlord’s or Tenant’s financial statements as shall be required by GAAP. The terms of this Section shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and shall be subject to the terms of Section 27.03 hereof.

B. Each party acknowledges that the terms of this Lease as well as certain information furnished by the parties to each other in connection with this Lease may contain trade secrets or other proprietary information (the terms of this Lease together with all such information collectively, “Secure Information”). Subject to applicable Legal Requirements, including the FOI Policy, each party will maintain the confidentiality of all Secure

 

69


Information, and all other non-public information of any form provided by the other party pursuant to the terms of this Lease and which is/are not otherwise in the public domain; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not restrict either party from making any disclosure of such information (on a need-to-know basis only) to either party’s executive officers or senior staff, and legal and financial advisors, and/or to comply with any applicable Legal Requirements, provided, that each party shall in each case inform the party to which such disclosure is made that such information is confidential, inform such party of the confidentiality provisions of this Lease and obtain a written undertaking from such party to keep such information confidential in accordance with such confidentiality provisions. In the event that either party is requested by subpoena, court order or other similar process to disclose such information or if either party receives any freedom of information request under the FOI Policy seeking disclosure of the materials described in this Section 30.13B, the party receiving such request (the “Disclosing Party”) shall promptly, but in all cases prior to complying with such subpoena, court order or similar process or freedom of information request, provide the other party (the “Other Party”) with Notice of such request, including a description of the documents or information requested thereby, and to the extent that the Other Party determines that the requested documents or information contain trade secrets or other proprietary information, then the Other Party shall provide to the Disclosing Party within ten (10) Business Days of the date such Notice is given a letter setting forth which documents or information it seeks to have withheld and the basis for its determination. If, after reviewing such request, the Disclosing Party determines that it must disclose or cause its agents or representatives to disclose any such requested documents or information, it shall promptly deliver Notice to the Other Party of such determination prior to disclosure and the Other Party shall have an additional ten (10) Business Days to seek relief from a court of competent jurisdiction preventing such disclosure. The Disclosing Party shall not release or share such documents or information until after said additional ten (10) Business Day period and during the pendency of such litigation except to the extent required or directed to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction.

30.14 No Individual Liability.

A. No partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents and representatives of Landlord, nor the Port Authority, nor any commissioner, officer, employee, contractor, licensee, agent or representative thereof, shall be charged personally by Tenant with any liability or be held liable under any term or provision of this Lease or because of its execution or attempted execution or because of any breach or attempted or alleged breach thereof.

B. Except as otherwise expressly provided, no partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents and representatives of Tenant, shall be charged personally by Landlord with any liability or be held liable under any term or provision of this Lease or because of its execution or attempted execution or because of any breach or attempted or alleged breach thereof.

30.15 Trademark. Neither Tenant nor any occupant of the Premises shall use the words “One World Trade Center,” “1 WTC,” “World Trade Center,” “Port Authority” or any combination thereof for any purpose whatsoever, including as or for any corporate, firm or trade name, trademark or designation or description of merchandise or services, except that the foregoing shall not prevent the use (in a conventional manner and without emphasis or display) of the words “World Trade Center” as a part of Tenant’s or such occupant’s business address or by reference in the ordinary course of its business. Neither Tenant nor any occupant of the Premises shall use the name of the Building or any part or abbreviation thereof for any purpose whatsoever, except that the foregoing shall not prevent the use of the name of the Building or any part thereof (in a conventional manner and without emphasis or display) as a part of Tenant’s or such occupant’s business address or by reference in the ordinary course of its business.

 

70


30.16 Tenant’s OFAC Compliance.

A. Tenant represents and warrants that (a) Tenant and each person or entity owning an interest in Tenant is (i) not currently identified on the OFAC List, and (ii) not a person or entity with whom a citizen of the United States is prohibited to engage in transactions by any trade embargo, economic sanction, or other prohibition of United States law, regulation, or executive order of the President of the United States, (b) none of the funds or other assets of Tenant constitute property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Embargoed Person, (c) no Embargoed Person has any interest of any nature whatsoever in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly), (d) none of the funds of Tenant have been derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the investment in Tenant is/are prohibited by Legal Requirements or that this Lease is in violation of Legal Requirements, and (e) Tenant has implemented procedures, and will consistently apply those procedures, to ensure the foregoing representations and warranties remain true and correct at all times. The term “Embargoed Person” means any person, entity or government subject to trade restrictions under U.S. law, including the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. I et seq., and any executive orders or regulations promulgated thereunder with the result that the investment in Tenant is prohibited by Legal Requirement or Tenant is in violation of Legal Requirements.

B. Tenant covenants and agrees (a) to comply with all requirements of Legal Requirements relating to money laundering, anti-terrorism, trade embargoes and economic sanctions, now or hereafter in effect, (b) to immediately deliver Notice to Landlord in writing if any of the representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Section or the preceding Section are no longer true or have been breached or if Tenant has a reasonable basis to believe that they may no longer be true or have been breached, (c) not to use funds from any “Prohibited Person” (as such term is defined in the September 24, 2001 Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) to make any payment due to Landlord under this Lease and (d) at the request of Landlord, to provide such information as may be reasonably requested by Landlord to determine Tenant’s compliance with the terms hereof.

C. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s inclusion on the OFAC List at any time during the Term shall be a material default (as to which no notice or cure period is applicable) hereunder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall not permit the Premises or any portion thereof to be used or occupied by any person or entity on the OFAC List or by any Embargoed Person (on a permanent, temporary or transient basis), and any such use or occupancy of the Premises by any such person or entity shall be a material default (as to which no notice or cure period is applicable) hereunder.

30.17 No Liability. Reference to Landlord having “no liability to Tenant” or being “without liability to Tenant” or terms of similar import shall mean that Tenant is not entitled to terminate this Lease, or to claim actual or constructive eviction, partial or total, or to receive any abatement or diminution of rent, or to be relieved in any manner of any of its other obligations hereunder, or to be compensated for loss or injury suffered, or to enforce any other right or kind of liability whatsoever against Landlord under or with respect to this Lease or with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

30.18 Right to Challenge Bills. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all bills, invoices and statements rendered to Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be binding and conclusive on Tenant unless, within sixty (60) days after receipt of same, Tenant notifies Landlord that it is disputing same (which Notice shall specify the particular respect(s) in which such disputed bill, invoice or statement is inaccurate or inappropriate). Tenant shall have the right to make any payments under protest without waiving any of its rights set forth under this Section 30.18.

30.19 Shaft Space. Tenant shall utilize any shaft space provided to Tenant in a reasonably efficient manner as shown on approved plans (and subject to Landlord’s on-site review thereof and on-site direction with respect thereto at Tenant’s expense, equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor).

30.20 Sales Tax. Landlord has attached a copy of a signed letter issued by the Port Authority regarding certain sales tax matters as Exhibit C. Upon Tenant’s written request not more than once every calendar year, Landlord shall cause the Port Authority to reissue a fully executed copy of a letter regarding such matters, if and to the extent same is available. No Landlord Party has made any representations or warranties with respect to the contents of such letters and no Landlord Party shall have any liability if any of the terms of such letters shall be incorrect in any respect or if Tenant for any reason shall not receive any such sales tax exemption.

 

71


30.21 Government Incentives. Landlord agrees to cooperate with Tenant in Tenant’s efforts to negotiate and implement an incentive package with various governmental entities and to execute and deliver any estoppel and other certificates or documentation reasonably and customarily required by such entities and making any reasonably required modifications to this Lease, provided that no such certificate, documentation or Lease modification shall (a) increase any obligation of Landlord under this Lease (except to a de minimis extent), (b) adversely affect any right of or benefit to Landlord under this Lease (except to a de minimis extent), (c) relieve Tenant of any of its obligation under this Lease, or (d) adversely affect other tenants or occupants in the Building in any way (except to a de minimis extent). Any and all fees, costs and expenses imposed by the governmental entities shall be borne solely by Tenant, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s demand therefor, for any and all reasonable out-of-pocket fees. costs and expenses actually incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s requests and in cooperating with Tenant as provided in this Section 30.21, including, without limitation, the reasonable costs and expenses of Landlord’s counsel, consultants and professionals (except solely to the extent that any of such fees, costs and expenses relate to the performance of obligations with respect thereto that must be generally complied with by Landlord (as opposed to Tenant), in which event Tenant shall not be obligated to reimburse Landlord for such costs and expenses).

30.22 Tenant hereby acknowledges that (a) the amount of the markup imposed as part of Landlord’s Charge (including in connection with any unrelated third party approved or selected by Landlord in accordance with the applicable terms of this Lease), and the amounts listed under Exhibit D annexed hereto, are all deemed to be commercially reasonable, and (b) the amount charged to Landlord by any unrelated third party selected by Landlord in accordance with the applicable terms of this Lease is deemed to be commercially reasonable.

30.23 Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that (a) certain portions of the Building will be serviced by a neutral host distributed antenna system (the “DAS”), (b) the DAS antennas will be provided throughout these areas to effect adequate coverage, (c) the DAS will transmit and receive cell phone signals to and/or from wireless carriers, and (d) the DAS will not include any Wi-Fi connectivity. Tenant acknowledges that the DAS is being provided without compensation or other consideration and Tenant hereby agrees to irrevocably waive and release Landlord from any and all obligations or liability whatsoever for any damage, cost or expense incurred by or on behalf of Tenant due to. or caused by, the failure or inability of such system to provide service to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall be obligated, at its sole expense, subject to the terms of this Section 30.23, to reinstall. disconnect and/or relocate (as applicable) portions of the DAS within the Premises in connection with Tenant’s initial preparation of the Premises for use and occupancy and/or any Alterations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, prior to the commencement of Tenant’s initial preparation of the Premises for use and occupancy and/or any alterations, decorations, installations, additions or improvements performed by or on behalf of Tenant that affects the DAS in any manner at all (collectively, the “DAS Related Work”), including, without limitation, any work requiring the reinstallation, disconnection and/or relocation of any portion of the DAS (including, without limitation, any of the DAS antennas) or any work involving the demolition of any walls or the movement and/or removal of any portion of the ceiling, Tenant shall, at its sole expense, coordinate the design, planning and performance of any DAS Related Work with Landlord, Agent, the owner of the DAS (if not Landlord), and the contractor supplying the maintenance and repair services for the DAS (such parties, collectively, the “DAS Parties”). Tenant acknowledges that all DAS Related Work shall be subject to such changes and conditions as may be required by any of the DAS Parties and will require prior written approval therefrom. Any DAS Related Work shall be performed by the single subcontractor designated by Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent at Tenant’s expense in accordance with the terms of this Lease, including, without limitation, Article 13 and the Building Operations Documents (or the equivalent).

30.24 Tenant shall at all times comply (and cooperate with Landlord to comply) with Legal Requirements and/or all rules and regulations established by Landlord from time to time for the Building with respect to (i) the recycling of all corrugated cardboard, paper, magazines, catalogs, phone books and newspapers, as well as any metals, plastics and glass and (ii) composting organic waste generated by Tenant.

 

72


30.25 With respect to the provisions of Chapter 9 of Title 22 of the New York City Administrative Code, Tenant hereby waives, to the fullest extent same may be waived under applicable Legal Requirements, all rights and benefits that may be afforded to Tenant by virtue of such statute, including any consequential or punitive damages that may be imposed thereunder. In the event all or any portion of such waiver is determined to be invalid (pursuant to Legal Requirements, by a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise). such determination shall not affect or modify or be deemed to affect or modify any other portions of this Lease in any manner.

ARTICLE 31

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

31.01 The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, their assigns.

ARTICLE 32

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

32.01 Representations by Landlord. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that as of the Execution Date, Landlord has not received any notification of any violation of Environmental Laws at or in connection with the Land, the Building or the Premises.

32.02 Use of Hazardous Materials. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be used. transported, stored, released, handled, produced or installed in, on or from the Premises or the Building. The term “Hazardous Material(s)”- shall, for the purposes hereof, mean any flammable, explosive or radioactive materials; hazardous wastes; hazardous and toxic substances or related materials; mold; asbestos or any material containing asbestos; and any other waste, substance or material regulated under any federal, state or local law, ordinance, rule or regulation covering pollution or protection of the environment or human health and safety, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. as amended, and in the regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to each of the foregoing (collectively, “Environmental Laws.”). However, the foregoing shall not be deemed to restrict (a) the normal and reasonable use of fuels, lubricants, pesticides, cleaning materials, paint and paint thinners, asphalt. caulks and other chemicals commonly used in copy machines, computers, word processing equipment and other business machines typically found in first-class offices and (b) the normal and reasonable use of materials customarily used in the cleaning and operation of first-class office buildings in midtown Manhattan, provided in all events that the same are used, handled and stored in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements.

32.03 Removal of Hazardous Materials. If Landlord or Tenant breaches the terms of Sections 32.01 or 32.02 of this Lease, such party at its expense shall remove such Hazardous Material from the Premises and the Building in accordance with the applicable terms of this Lease and all applicable Legal Requirements; it being the intent of the parties that, neither party hereto shall be responsible for the removal of Hazardous Materials introduced by the other (and/or its agents, contractors and/or employees). All work required to be performed by Landlord at its expense pursuant to the terms of this Article 32 shall be performed upon and subject to the applicable terms of this Lease (including the terms of Article 10 hereof). If Tenant fails to perform any of the work required to be performed by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Article 32 within thirty (30) days after delivery of Notice to Tenant with respect thereto (except in the event of an emergency, in which event no such Notice shall be required), then such work may

 

73


be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor, but otherwise upon and subject to the applicable terms of this Lease (including the terms of Article 10 hereof). Subject to the terms of the first sentence of this Section 32.03, if any Hazardous Materials which were not brought or introduced into the Building by Tenant are found in the Building, the Premises or at, on or under the Land, Landlord shall promptly remove or cause to be removed such Hazardous Materials at Landlord’s expense in accordance with the applicable terms of this Lease and all applicable Legal Requirements.

32.04 Survival. The provisions of this Article 32 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 33

SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION

33.01 Jurisdiction; Venue; Governing Law. Landlord and Tenant each hereby (a) irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of any Federal, state, county or municipal court sitting in the State of New York in respect to any action or proceeding concerning any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Lease; (b) irrevocably waives all objections as to venue and any and all rights it may have to seek a change of venue with respect to any such action or proceedings if the same is brought in New York City; (c) agrees that the laws of the State of New York shall govern in any such action or proceeding and waives any defense to any action or proceeding granted by the laws of any other country or jurisdiction unless such defense is also allowed by the laws of the State of New York; and (d) agrees that any final judgment rendered against it in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Landlord and Tenant further agree that any action or proceeding in respect to any matters arising out of or in any way relating to this Lease shall be brought only in the State of New York, County of New York. This Lease and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed, and all actions, proceedings and all controversies and disputes arising under or of or relating to this Lease shall be resolved, in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be wholly performed within the State of New York.

33.02 Compliance with the Litigation Legislation. Notwithstanding the foregoing nor anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges that any litigation instituted by Tenant against the Port Authority must be brought in accordance with the requirements of the Litigation Legislation and nothing contained in Section 33.01 above or any other provisions of this Lease shall be deemed a waiver by the Port Authority of any provisions, rights or requirements thereunder.

ARTICLE 34

SIGNAGE; NAME OF BUILDING; ADDRESS

34.01 Building Name. Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to name the Building for any person(s) or tenant(s) and to change any such name(s) at any time in its sole and absolute discretion without the consent or approval of Tenant.

34.02 Address. Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time to change the address of the Building in its sole and absolute discretion without the consent or approval of Tenant. As of the Execution Date, the address of the Building shall be either One World Trade Center or 1 World Trade Center (as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion). All governmental approvals, permits or licenses required in connection therewith shall be obtained and maintained by Landlord at its expense. Tenant at its expense shall cooperate with Landlord in connection with the obtaining and maintaining by Landlord of any address of the Building.

 

74


34.03 Signage.

A. Following the Commencement Date, Tenant at its expense shall have the right to install one (1) or more signs identifying Tenant (and any subtenant of Tenant) in a location(s) within the Premises on the eighty-second (82nd) floor of the Building. If Tenant subsequently ceases to lease all of the leasable area of the eighty-second (82nd) floor of the Building, (a) Tenant at its expense upon the request of Landlord shall remove any of the above signage on such floor that is no longer included within the Premises, (b) Landlord at Tenant’s expense equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor shall install one (1) Building standard sign identifying Tenant in a location designated by Landlord on or adjacent to the exterior doors of the Premises on such floor and (c) Landlord at Tenant’s expense equal to Landlord’s Charge therefor shall install Building standard directional signage in the elevator lobby on such floor. Tenant at its expense shall maintain all of such signs during the Term and Tenant shall remove all of such signs (and repair any damage caused by the removal thereof) prior to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. The parties agree that there shall be no (x) other separate identification of Tenant (or any subtenant) outside of the Premises and (y) restrictions on Landlord’s right to install any signage (i) for Landlord (including, as applicable, the Port Authority and/or The Durst Organization to the extent said entities or an affiliate thereof have a direct or indirect interest in Landlord), (ii) for any managing or leasing agent of the Building, (iii) for other tenants or occupants at the Building, or (iv) required by applicable Legal Requirements, the Port Authority and/or QAD.

ARTICLE 35

ARBITRATION

35.01 Applicable Clauses. In any instance where this Lease expressly provides, or the parties otherwise agree, that a dispute with respect to a specific matter may be submitted to arbitration, then either party may submit such dispute for resolution by non-expedited arbitration in The City of New York in accordance with JAMS Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures, as amended from time to time (collectively, the “JAMS Rules”), except to the extent modified by the terms of this Article; provided, however, that with respect to any such arbitration, (i) the arbitrator shall have no right to award damages; (ii) the decision and award of the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive on the parties; (iii) a single arbitrator designated in accordance with the JAMS Rules shall resolve all disputes submitted to arbitration other than those Sections referred to in clause (iv) below; and (iv) with respect to disputes under this Lease in which three (3) arbitrators are required pursuant to the express provisions of this Lease, each party shall, on the date it submits such dispute to arbitration, select and appoint (in its sole and absolute discretion) one arbitrator to act as its designee in accordance with the JAMS Rules and the two party-designated arbitrators shall jointly select the third arbitrator consistent with JAMS Rule 15 (where applicable in this Article 35 to account for an arbitration with three arbitrators instead of one, the term “arbitrator” shall mean the plural “arbitrators”). No arbitrator may serve on the panel unless he or she has agreed in writing to abide by the terms of this Article. Except with respect to the interpretation and enforcement of the arbitration procedures (which shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §1 et. seq.), the arbitrators shall apply the laws of the State of New York (without giving effect to its choice of law principles) in connection with the dispute. If any party fails to appear at a duly scheduled and noticed hearing, the arbitrator is hereby expressly authorized (but not directed) to enter judgment for the appearing party.

35.02 Arbitration Procedures. The arbitrator conducting any arbitration shall be bound by the provisions of this Lease and shall not have the power to add to, subtract from, or otherwise modify such provisions. Landlord and Tenant agree to sign all documents and to do all other things necessary to submit any such matter to arbitration and further agree to, and hereby do, waive any and all rights they or either of them may at any time have to revoke their agreement hereunder to submit to arbitration and to abide by the decision rendered thereunder which shall be binding and conclusive on the parties and shall constitute an “award” by the arbitrator within the meaning of applicable Legal Requirements. Discovery shall be permitted in connection with the arbitration only to the extent, if any, expressly authorized by the arbitration panel upon a showing of substantial need by the party seeking discovery. Unless the parties agree otherwise in writing, and consistent with the FOI Policy, the parties, the arbitrators and JAMS

 

75


shall treat the proceedings, any related discovery and the decisions of the arbitrators as confidential. Subject to the terms of the immediately preceding sentence, the parties may disclose the existence, content, or results of the arbitration in accordance with the JAMS Rules, applicable professional standards and Legal Requirements. Judgment may be had on the decision and award of the arbitrator so rendered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Each arbitrator shall be a qualified, disinterested and impartial person who shall have had at least ten (10) years’ experience in New York City in a calling connected with the matter of the dispute. Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to appear and be represented by counsel before said arbitrator and to submit such data and memoranda in support of their respective positions in the matter in dispute as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in the circumstances. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the arbitrator conducting any arbitration pursuant to the terms of this Article 35 shall be required to determine the successful party in any such arbitration and to select either the amount or item (as the case may be) proposed by Landlord or the amount or item (as the case may be) proposed by Tenant with respect to each amount or item (as the case may be) that shall be in dispute, based on which amount or item (as the case may be) he (or they, as the case may be) determines is closer to the correct determination thereof (i.e., if there are three (3) disputed items, the arbitrator shall select either the disputed item proposed by Landlord or the disputed item proposed by Tenant with respect to each of such three (3) disputed items, but the arbitrator shall not be obligated to select either all three (3) disputed items proposed by Landlord or all three (3) disputed items proposed by Tenant), (y) in connection with any arbitration proceeding pursuant to the terms of this Article 35, the unsuccessful party in such proceeding shall pay (1) to the successful party all out-of-pocket fees and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the successful party in connection with such proceeding and (2) the fees and expenses of the arbitrator conducting any arbitration (it being agreed that if there are multiple disputed items and the arbitrator shall select disputed items proposed by both Landlord and Tenant, the arbitrator may determine the percentage of the fees and expenses of the successful party and the arbitrator to be paid by the unsuccessful party) and (z) Landlord and Tenant agree that (i) the arbitrators may not award or recommend any damages to be paid by either party and (ii) in no event shall either party be liable for, nor be entitled to recover, any damages. Pending a final determination pursuant to such arbitration, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any sum due hereunder in accordance with Landlord’s position. In the event it is determined in connection with the resolution of such dispute that Tenant has overpaid any sum, Landlord shall promptly, at Landlord’s election, either refund or credit such overpaid amount to Tenant without interest, or, if no further Rent is payable under this Lease, Landlord shall promptly refund such overpaid amount without interest to Tenant. In no event whatsoever shall any determination of invalidity or unenforceability of any term be construed as precluding either party from seeking enforcement of, or appropriate remedies with respect to, the other terms, conditions or provisions of this Lease. Any arbitration proceeding hereunder shall be subject to the terms of Article 35 hereof.

35.03 Survival. This Article 35 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 36

RENEWAL OPTION

36.01 Provided that Tenant is not in monetary or material non-monetary default after notice hereunder on (i) the date Tenant delivers to Landlord the Election Notice (unless simultaneously with Tenant’s delivery of the Election Notice, Tenant cures the default) and (ii) the expiration date of the initial Term (it being understood that Landlord may waive any of such conditions in its sole discretion), Tenant shall have the option to renew the initial Term (the “Renewal Option”) with respect to the entire Premises for one (1) additional five (5) year term (the “Renewal Term”) commencing on the day after the last day of the initial Term and ending on the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which occurs the fifth (5th) anniversary of the commencement date of the Renewal Term, which shall thereupon become the Expiration Date of this Lease. The Renewal Option may be exercised by notice (the “Election Notice”) to Landlord delivered no later than the date that is eighteen (18) months prior to the final day of the Term. The annual Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the annual fair market rental value of the Premises determined pursuant to the provisions of Sections 36.03 and 36.04 hereof.

 

76


36.02 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Renewal Option may not be exercised by Tenant unless the named Tenant herein is the Tenant hereunder and is actually occupying (i.e., exclusive of any subtenants) one hundred percent (100%) of the Premises except for any Permitted Licensees at the time of the delivery by Tenant of the Election Notice and on the expiration date of the initial term. If the foregoing condition shall not be fully satisfied, then at Landlord’s option Tenant’s Election Notice shall be null and void and of no force or effect and Tenant shall have no further right to renew this Lease pursuant to the terms of this Article 36.

36.03 This Lease, as so extended during the Renewal Term, shall be upon the same terms and conditions as contained in this Lease, except that (i) the annual Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the annual fair market rental value of the Premises, determined in the manner set forth in this Article 36 as of the commencement date of the Renewal Term, it being agreed that such annual fair market rental value shall be a “gross rent” (i.e., with the PILOT Rate (or Taxes, if applicable), Expenses and the CAM Amount being paid on an escalated basis above a base number, which base number therefor is included in the gross rent), it being understood that such fair market value shall be based upon Landlord’s then determined rentable square footage of the Premises; (ii) the Premises shall be delivered in its then “AS IS” condition; (iii) Landlord shall not be required to do any work to the Premises or to provide any work allowance or fixed rent abatement period or concession in connection with Tenant’s continued occupancy of the Premises; (iv) Tenant shall continue to pay Recurring Additional Rent in accordance with the terms of Article 4 hereof, it being agreed that the base period for the PILOT Rate (or the base year for Tenant’s Tax Payment, if applicable), and the base year for Expenses during the Renewal Term shall be the PILOT Semi-Annual Period (for PILOT), the New York City real estate fiscal year (for Taxes), or the calendar year (for Expenses) in which occurs the commencement date of the Renewal Term, and the CAM Base Amount shall be equal to the CAM Amount for the calendar year in which occurs the commencement date of the Renewal Term; and (v) the fact that this Lease shall not contain any further Renewal Option. For purposes of this Article 36, the fair market rental value of the Premises shall be determined by taking into consideration the following factors (together with the terms of clauses (i) through (v) above): (a) the rental value for a direct lease of space of similar size and comparable condition in any first class office building located in Manhattan south of Canal Street for the first five (5) years of a ten (10) year lease term and (b) the lack of the necessity of Tenant to relocate and do additional work and (c) any other then relevant factors (which factors are subject in all events to the other express terms of this Article).

36.04 The exercise of the Renewal Option shall only be effective upon, and in strict compliance with, the following terms and conditions:

(i) The Renewal Option must be exercised in the manner (and no later than the date) specifically set forth herein or the Renewal Option shall be deemed waived and all of Tenant’s rights with respect thereto shall wholly cease, terminate and expire. Time shall be of the essence in connection with the exercise of the Renewal Option and the delivery of the Election Notice hereunder. If Tenant shall fail to timely deliver the Election Notice in accordance with the terms of this Article 36, Tenant shall have no further right to renew this Lease pursuant to the terms of this Article 36 and Tenant agrees upon request of Landlord to confirm such non-exercise in writing, but failure to do so by Tenant shall not operate to revive any rights of Tenant under this Article 36.

(ii) Landlord and Tenant shall seek to agree as to the amount of the fair market rental value of the Premises, taking into consideration the factors set forth in this Article 36. If Landlord and Tenant shall not agree as to the annual fair market rental value thereof by the date which is seven (7) months prior to the commencement date of the Renewal Term, then each of Landlord and Tenant, on the date which is the later to occur of (i) the date which is four (4) months after the Election Notice is given and (ii) six (6) months prior to the commencement date of the Renewal Term, simultaneously shall meet at the Building management office and exchange Arbitration Notices (as defined below), and in such event said annual fair market rental value with respect to the Premises shall be determined by arbitration in a single proceeding with three (3) arbitrators in accordance with the provisions of Article 35, except that the arbitrators so specified in such Arbitration Notices shall be licensed real estate brokers, managers or appraisers doing business in Manhattan south of Canal Street and having not less than ten (10)

 

77


years’ active experience as real estate brokers of office space or managers or appraisers of office buildings and leased office space in Manhattan south of Canal Street. In making their determinations, the arbitrators shall (a) consider only the criteria set forth in Section 36.03 hereof and follow the directions set forth in this Article 36 and (b) calculate the annual fair market rental value with respect to the Premises on a “gross basis” (i.e., with the PILOT Rate (or Taxes, if applicable), Expenses and the CAM Amount being paid on an escalated basis above a base number, which base number therefor is included in the gross rent) by selecting either the fair market rental value proposed by Landlord or the fair market rental value proposed by Tenant in their respective Arbitration Notices (i.e., so-called “baseball” arbitration without compromise).

(iii) “Arbitration Notices” shall mean any notice by Landlord or Tenant to the other pursuant to the terms of Article 36 or Article 37 hereof setting forth (a) the annual fixed rent of the Premises or First Offer Space, as applicable, on a “gross basis” (i.e., with the PILOT Rate (or Taxes, if applicable), Expenses and the CAM Amount being paid on an escalated basis above a base number, which base number therefor is included in the gross rent) for which the party in question believes that Landlord could lease the Premises to an unrelated third party in an arm’s length transaction in the then Manhattan real estate marketplace for the first five (5) years of a ten (10) year lease term (which annual fixed rental may include periodic increases and which amounts may differ from any terms previously proposed by the parties) and (b) an arbitrator designated by such party meeting the standards therefor set forth herein.

36.05 The parties hereto acknowledge that the only item to be determined by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to this Article 36 with respect to the Premises (whether by an agreement of the parties or by an arbitration proceeding, as the case may be) shall be the amount of the annual fixed rent payable by Tenant with respect to the Premises on a “gross basis.”

36.06 If at the commencement date of the Renewal Term, the amount of the Fixed Rent payable during that Renewal Term in accordance with the foregoing paragraphs of this Article shall not have been determined, then, pending such determination, Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent at the rate proposed by Landlord for that Renewal Term (the “Temporary Rate”). After the determination by arbitration of the annual fair market rental value of the Premises, if such rental value is greater or less than the “Temporary Rate” Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant the excess of the Temporary Rate over (or Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord the shortfall of the Temporary Rate below) the rental value determined by the arbitration, together with interest at one percent (1%) above the Prime Rate on the amount so paid; and the Fixed Rent so determined by the arbitration shall be payable during that Renewal Term.

36.07 In addition to the Fixed Rent payable by Tenant during the Renewal Term with respect to the Premises determined as herein provided, Tenant shall pay, from and after the commencement date of the Renewal Term, all additional rent and other costs and charges with respect to the Premises as are set forth in this Lease (including but not limited to additional rent as set forth in Article 4 hereof, subject to the terms of this Article 36).

36.08 Upon the determination of the Fixed Rent for the Renewal Term, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute an agreement reasonably satisfactory to Tenant and Landlord specifying the Fixed Rent and any other terms and conditions with respect to the Premises as may be reasonably requested by Landlord and Tenant. Failure of either party to execute and deliver such agreement shall not affect in any manner Tenant’s obligation to pay, and Landlord’s right to receive, such rent.

36.09 Any termination, cancellation or surrender of this Lease shall terminate any rights of Tenant pursuant to this Article 36. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Article 36, all of the terms of this Lease shall apply to the Premises during the Renewal Term.

 

78


ARTICLE 37

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

37.01 The term “First Offer Space” as used in this Article 37 shall mean the entire leasable area of the eight-first (81st) floor of the Building Office Space (other than the Building Common Areas located thereon), as may be offered by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Article 37.

37.02 Provided that (a) the named Tenant is in actual occupancy (i.e., exclusive of any subtenants or assignees) of not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Premises, except for any Permitted Licensees, both on the date of the exercise of the Right of First Offer and on the ROFO Commencement Date, (b) this Lease remains in full force and effect, (c) no monetary or material non-monetary default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (d) there shall not have occurred any material adverse change in the financial condition of Tenant from the condition described on the financial statements submitted by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease, if the First Offer Space becomes available for leasing during the Term, and Landlord in good faith desires to offer the First Offer Space for lease on the open market, then, before offering the First Offer Space to any third party, Landlord shall first deliver to Tenant a written notice (“Landlord’s First Offer Notice”) offering to Tenant the right (the “Right of First Offer”) to add the First Offer Space to the Premises. Landlord’s First Offer Notice shall set forth (i) Landlord’s proposed increase in Fixed Rent if Tenant were to exercise the Right of First Offer, (ii) Landlord’s determination of the rentable square footage of the First Offer Space and (iii) the estimated ROFO Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall have no obligation to offer the First Offer Space to Tenant at any time after Landlord has delivered Landlord’s First Offer Notice, it being acknowledged that the Right of First Offer is a one (1) time right.

37.03

A. Tenant’s rights under this Article 37 are subject and subordinate to the rights of (X) Landlord to conduct, negotiate and/or document the initial lease-up of all or any portion of the First Offer Space, and (Y) each of the then existing tenants and/or occupants (each, an “Existing Tenant”) under their then respective existing leases or other rights of occupancy with respect to all or any portion of the First Offer Space, to renew or otherwise extend the respective terms of their leases or other rights of possession (whether or not pursuant to an option contained in such Existing Tenant’s lease or otherwise) or to execute a new lease with Landlord.

B. Tenant shall have twenty (20) days from the date of the Landlord’s First Offer Notice within which to accept said offer by delivering to Landlord written notice of such acceptance (“Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice”) time being of the essence with respect thereto. Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice shall expressly set forth (i) that Tenant elects to add the First Offer Space to the Premises and (ii) whether Tenant accepts or rejects Landlord’s proposed increase in Fixed Rent as provided in the Landlord’s First Offer Notice, and if Landlord’s proposed increase in Fixed Rent is rejected, Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice shall also set forth Tenant’s proposed increase in Fixed Rent with respect to the First Offer Space. Unless Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice expressly rejects Landlord’s proposed increase in Fixed Rent as provided in the Landlord’s First Offer Notice, the delivery of Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice shall be deemed and construed to be an acceptance of Landlord’s proposed increase in Fixed Rent. If Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice expressly rejects Landlord’s proposed increase in Fixed Rent as provided in the Landlord’s First Offer Notice, then the increase in Fixed Rent shall be determined in accordance with Sections 37.08 and 37.09 below. If Tenant fails to deliver Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice to Landlord within said twenty (20) day period, time being of the essence with respect thereto, the Right of First Offer shall automatically and conclusively be deemed to be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect whatsoever, it being understood and agreed to that in such event, Landlord shall have the absolute right, free of any rights and/or claims of Tenant of any kind or nature whatsoever and without any liability to Tenant whatsoever, to lease, license and/or allow the use and/or occupancy of the First Offer Space, and accordingly, the First Offer Space shall no longer be subject to the Right of First Offer. Alternatively, if Tenant duly

 

79


exercises the Right of First Offer by delivering to Landlord the Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice within said twenty (20) day period, time being of the essence with respect thereto, then the First Offer Space shall be leased to Tenant on all of the same terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease, except only as specifically modified by this Article 37. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 37.03 or in Landlord’s First Offer Notice, after Tenant’s delivery of the Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice, Landlord may elect, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the ROFO Commencement Date upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant.

37.04 In the event that Tenant duly and timely exercises the Right of First Offer in the manner set forth above, then, effective as of the date that vacant possession of the First Offer Space shall be delivered to Tenant (the “ROFO Commencement Date”):

(i) The Fixed Rent shall be increased by the annual fair market rental value for the First Offer Space as of the date on which vacant possession of same is scheduled to be delivered to Tenant, which if Tenant rejected Landlord proposed increase in Fixed Rent as provided in Subsection 37.03B, such amount shall be determined pursuant to Sections 37.08 and 37.09 below;

(ii) Tenant shall pay Recurring Additional Rent with respect to the First Offer Space pursuant to Articles 4 and 6 hereof and this Article 37;

(iii) The rentable square footage of the First Offer Space shall be determined solely by Landlord using the same loss factor that Landlord is then using in offering space in the Building on the open market to qualified parties (if Landlord shall then have space available for leasing), or if Landlord shall not then have space available for leasing, then using the same loss factor that Landlord would use at that time if Landlord were to offer the First Offer Space on the open market to qualified parties;

(iv) The Letter of Credit amount shall be increased by an amount equal to six (6) months of the Fixed Rent applicable to the First Offer Space, or four (4) months if the provisions of Section 28.07 are applicable; provided, that if the Tenant has a net worth (exclusive of intangibles, including goodwill) for the twelve month period prior to the ROFO Commencement Date which is in excess $[Omitted] computed in accordance with GAAP (which net worth shall be evidenced by certified financial statements prepared by Tenant’s independent certified public accountants (if such certified financial statements are regularly prepared therefor by a certified public accountant) or reasonably detailed uncertified financial statements (if certified financial statements are not regularly prepared therefor by a certified public accountant)), then the Letter of Credit shall be increased by an amount equal to two (2) months of the Fixed Rent applicable to the First Offer Space; and

(v) The First Offer Space shall be delivered in its then “AS IS” condition.

37.05 In the event that Tenant duly and timely exercises the Right of First Offer pursuant to this Article 37, the parties shall immediately be bound thereby without the execution of an amendment to this Lease; provided, however, at the request of either Landlord or Tenant, the parties shall promptly execute and deliver a written amendment to this Lease, in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, reflecting: (i) the addition of the First Offer Space as part of the Premises for the remainder of the Term, (ii) the increase of the Fixed Rent (provided that if Tenant rejected Landlord’s proposed increase in Fixed Rent as provided in Subsection 37.03B, such increase shall be included in a further amendment as set forth in Section 37.11 after the same shall be determined in accordance with Sections 37.08 and 37.09), and (iii) that Tenant shall pay Recurring Additional Rent with respect to First Offer Space in accordance with the terms of Articles 4, 6 and this Article 37 (it being agreed that Tenant’s Share, PILOT Space and PILOT Square Feet shall each be appropriately increased on account of the First Offer Space, provided that the CAM Base Amount, Expense Base, PILOT Base Rate and Tax Base Amount shall be calculated using the then current base years in which the estimated ROFO Commencement Date occurs).

 

80


37.06 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if Tenant timely exercises the Right of First Offer pursuant to this Article 37 and such exercise shall occur during the last eighteen (18) months of the initial Term, then Tenant shall be deemed, pursuant to Article 37, to have exercised its Renewal Option.

37.07 Tenant acknowledges and agrees that once Tenant gives the Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice, the same shall be binding upon Tenant and Tenant shall have no right to withdraw or rescind such notice, subject, however, to Landlord’s rights pursuant to Section 37.14 below.

37.08 Promptly following Tenant’s exercise of the Right of First Offer, if Tenant expressly rejects in Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice Landlord’s proposed increase in Fixed Rent provided for in Landlord’s First Offer Notice, then, Landlord and Tenant shall seek to agree as to the amount of such fair market rental value for the First Offer Space, taking into consideration the fair market rental value of space of similar size and similar condition in comparable downtown Manhattan office buildings (including the Building) available for a comparable term and that reflects adjustments for CAM Base Amount, Expense Base, PILOT Base Rate and Tax Base Amount and any other then relevant factors. If they shall not agree as to such value by the date which is one (1) month after the Right of First Offer shall be exercised by Tenant, then said annual fair market rental value shall be determined by arbitration as hereinafter in this Article provided.

37.09 If Landlord and Tenant shall be unable to agree as to the annual fair market rental value for the First Offer Space by the date which is one (1) month after the Right of First Offer shall be exercised by Tenant, then each of Landlord and Tenant, by no later than two (2) months after the date the Right of First Offer shall be exercised by Tenant, then each of Landlord and Tenant on a date thereafter designated by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant, simultaneously shall meet at the Building management office and shall exchange Arbitration Notices. In such event the annual fair market rental value for the First Offer Space shall be determined by arbitration in accordance with the applicable terms of Section 36.04(ii) of this Lease, except that in making their determinations, the arbitrators shall consider only the criteria set forth in this Article 37, as applicable to the First Offer Space, and follow the directions set forth in this Article 37. In making their determinations, the arbitrators shall (a) consider the criteria set forth in Sections 37.04, 37.05 and 37.08 hereof, and (b) follow the directions set forth in this Article 37. The arbitrators shall be required to select either the fair market rental value for the First Offer Space proposed by Landlord or the fair market rental value for the First Offer Space proposed by Tenant in their respective Arbitration Notices (i.e., so-called “baseball” arbitration without compromise). The decision of the arbitrators shall be final and binding.

37.10 If on the ROFO Commencement Date, the annual fair market rental value with respect to the First Offer Space shall not have been determined in accordance with the provisions of Sections 37.08 and/or 37.09 above, then, pending such determination, Tenant shall pay Fixed Rent for the First Offer Space at the rate proposed by Landlord (each, a “Temporary Offer Space Rate”). After the determination by arbitration of the annual fair market rental value of the First Offer Space, if such rental value is greater (or less) than the Temporary Offer Space Rate, Landlord shall provide to Tenant a rent credit in the amount equal to the excess of the Temporary Offer Space Rate over (or Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord the shortfall of the Temporary Offer Space Rate below) the rental value determined by the arbitration, together with interest at the Prime Rate on the amount so paid; and the annual fair market rental value for the First Offer Space shall be added to the Fixed Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease.

37.11 Upon determination of the annual fair market rental value for the First Offer Space pursuant to Sections 37.08 and 37.09 above, Landlord and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to each other an agreement specifying the amount of the Fixed Rent for the First Offer Space (but any failure to execute such an agreement shall not affect Tenant’s obligation to pay and Landlord’s right to receive such Fixed Rent).

37.12 In no event shall the existence of any one or more of the conditions set forth in Section 37.03 above be deemed or construed to relieve Tenant of its obligations pursuant to this Article 37, it being understood and agreed to that such conditions are for the sole benefit of Landlord and may be waived in whole or in part, only by

 

81


the written election of Landlord. In addition to the foregoing, if any one or more of the conditions set forth in Section 37.03 above shall exist either at the time of the giving of the Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice or on the ROFO Commencement Date, then, (x) at Landlord’s option, to the extent the First Offer Space has not then been delivered to Tenant, Tenant’s First Offer Acceptance Notice shall be null and void and of no force or effect and (y) for so long as any one or more of such conditions exist and/or otherwise remain uncured by Tenant, Landlord shall have the right in its sole discretion to lease all or any portion of the First Offer Space or to otherwise grant options or rights with respect to any First Offer Space to any other party, free of any rights of Tenant set forth in this Article 37, which options and rights shall be superior to the rights granted to Tenant pursuant to this Article 37, whether or not Tenant subsequently cures such conditions.

37.13 Nothing contained in this Article 37 shall be construed (i) to obligate Landlord to exercise any “takeover,” “takeback,” or “sublease-back” rights or to refuse its consent to any proposed sublease or assignment by a tenant in possession of any portion of any First Offer Space; or (ii) to obligate Landlord to buyout any tenant, terminate or cancel any lease, or to evict a tenant of any portion of the First Offer Space, notwithstanding the fact that any such tenant is in default under its lease thereof.

37.14 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event Landlord fails or is unable to deliver all or any portion of the First Offer Space to Tenant as a result of the holding over of any tenant, subtenant, occupant or otherwise, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability whatsoever for such failure or inability to deliver possession of the First Offer Space, and the exercise of the Right of First Offer by Tenant shall remain effective, but the Fixed Rent and additional rent shall not commence with respect to the First Offer Space and the First Offer Space shall not be or become a part of the Premises until the date upon which the same is actually delivered to Tenant.

37.15 Tenant expressly waives any right to rescind this Lease under Section 223-a of the New York Real Property Law or under any present or future statute of similar import then in force and further expressly waives the right to recover any damages, direct or indirect, which may result from Landlord’s failure or inability to deliver possession of the First Offer Space. Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Article 37 are intended to constitute “express provisions to the contrary” within the meaning of said Section 223-a.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

82


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have respectively signed this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

WTC TOWER 1 LLC

By:    Tower 1 Holdings LLC, its Sole Member
          By:    Tower 1 Joint Venture LLC, its Sole Member
                    By:    Durst WTC Holding LLC, its Authorized Signatory
                              By:    The Durst Manager LLC, its Manager
                                         By:    SRDA Manager, LLC, its Managing Member
By.   /s/ Jonathan D. Durst
  Name: Jonathan D. Durst
  Title: President

 

TENANT:

MOBO SYSTEMS, INC., d/b/a Olo

By:   /s/ Matthew Tucker                                                 
  Name: Matthew Tucker
  Title: Chief Operating Officer

-Signature Page to Lease-


TENANT ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF NEW YORK    )
   )              ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK    )

On the 3rd     day of     June                 in the year 2019 before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared Matthew Tucker personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

/s/ Valerie J. Stanolevich
Notary Public

-Acknowledgment Page to Lease-


EXHIBITS LIST

 

EXHIBIT A    FLOOR PLAN*
EXHIBIT B    STANDARD FORM OF NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT-NET LESSOR
EXHIBIT C    SALES TAX LETTER
EXHIBIT D    SUPPLEMENTAL AND OVERTIME HVAC RATES
EXHIBIT E    RULES AND REGULATIONS
EXHIBIT F    FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT
EXHIBIT G    CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

 

*

Each floor plan included in the above Exhibits is attached solely for the limited purpose(s) set forth herein. Such floor plans may not include details or reflect conditions beyond the scope of such limited purpose(s) and, accordingly, the parties shall rely on such floor plans solely for such limited purpose(s).

-Acknowledgment Page to Lease-


EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN

[Omitted]

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

STANDARD FORM OF NON-DISTURBANCE AGREEMENT -NET LESSOR

[Omitted]

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

SALES TAX LETTER

[Omitted]

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

SUPPLEMENTAL AND OVERTIME HVAC RATES

[Omitted]

 

D-1


EXHIBIT E

[Omitted]

 

E-1


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[Omitted]

 

F-1


EXHIBIT G

CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

[Omitted]

 

G-1

Exhibit 10.5

MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED: AUGUST 11, 2005

APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: AUGUST 11, 2005

TERMINATION DATE: AUGUST 10, 2015

1. PURPOSES.

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Available Stock Awards. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of Stock Awards may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards and (iv) Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) General Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.

2. DEFINITIONS.

(a) “Affiliate” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Capitalization Adjustment” has the meaning ascribed to that term in Section 11(a).

(d) “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any institutional investor, or any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions that are primarily a private financing transaction for the Company or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the

 

1.


outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company if, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction; or

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

The term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement (it being understood, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply).

(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “Committee” means a committee of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 3(c).

(g) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(h) “Company” means Mobo Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services or (ii) serving as a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate and who is

 

2.


compensated for such services. However, the term “Consultant” shall not include Directors who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors, and the payment of a director’s fee by the Company for services as a Director shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(j) “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant to an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy or in the written terms of the Participant’s leave of absence.

(k) “Corporate Transactionmeans the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(l) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(m)Disability” means the permanent and total disability of a person within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(n) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Service as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company for such service or for service as a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.

 

3.


(o) “Entity” means a corporation, partnership or other entity.

(p) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(q) “Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (A) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (B) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (D) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company.

(r) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined in good faith by the Board.

(s) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(u) “Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(v) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(x) “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(y) “Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(z) “Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(aa) “Plan” means this Mobo Systems, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

(bb) “Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of
Section 7(a).

 

4.


(cc) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(dd) “Stock Appreciation Right” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 7(b).

(ee) “Stock Award” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a Restricted Stock Award and a Stock Appreciation Right.

(ff) “Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(gg) “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).

(hh) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.

3. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in Section 3(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; and the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iii) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Optionholder, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding

 

5.


Option under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) a Restricted Stock Award (including a stock bonus), (C) a Stock Appreciation Right, (D) cash and/or (E) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(iv) To amend the Plan or a Stock Award as provided in Section 12.

(v) To terminate or suspend the Plan as provided in Section 13.

(vi) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one (1) or more members of the Board, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Stock Awards and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees of the Company; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

(f) Arbitration. Any dispute or claim concerning any Stock Awards granted (or not granted) pursuant to the Plan or any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the Plan shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding and confidential arbitration conducted pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in New York, New York. The Company shall pay all arbitration fees. In addition to any other relief, the arbitrator may award to the prevailing party recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs. By accepting a Stock Award, Participants and the Company waive their respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried by a judge or jury.

 

6.


4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 (a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards shall not exceed in the aggregate twenty-five thousand (25,000) shares of Common Stock.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any Stock Award shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not acquired under such Stock Award shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any Stock Award shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, or if any shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company, including, but not limited to, any repurchase or forfeiture caused by the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares, then the shares of Common Stock not acquired under such Stock Award shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan; provided, however, that subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued as Incentive Stock Options shall be twenty-five thousand (25,000) shares of Common Stock. If any shares subject to a Stock Award are not delivered to a Participant because such shares are withheld for the payment of taxes or the Stock Award is exercised through a reduction of shares subject to the Stock Award (i.e., “net exercised”), then the number of shares that are not delivered shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. If the exercise price of any Stock Award is satisfied by tendering shares of Common Stock held the Participant (either by actual deliver or attestation), then the number of such tendered shares shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(d) Source of Shares. The shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

5. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is

 

7.


not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“Rule 701”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of some other provision of Rule 701.

6. OPTION PROVISIONS.

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Incentive Stock Option granted shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date on which it was granted.

(b) Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(c) Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Nonstatutory Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(d) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised or (ii) at the discretion of the Board at the time of the grant of the Option (or subsequently in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option) (1) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, (2) according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Optionholder or (3) by a “net exercise” of the Option (as further described below) (4) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instruction to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds or (5) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery to the

 

8.


Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.

In the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (1) the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement and (2) the treatment of the Option as a variable award for financial accounting purposes.

In the case of a “net exercise” of an Option, the Company will not require a payment of the exercise price of the Option from the Participant but will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise by the largest number of whole shares that has a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. With respect to any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price, the Company shall accept a cash payment from the Participant. The shares of Common Stock so used to pay the exercise price of an Option under a “net exercise” will be considered to have resulted from the exercise of the Option, and accordingly, the Option will not again be exercisable with respect to such shares, the shares actually delivered to the Participant, and any shares withheld for purposes of tax withholding.

(e) Transferability of an Incentive Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

(f) Transferability of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. A Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be transferable to the extent provided in the Option Agreement. If the Nonstatutory Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

(g) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 6(g) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

 

9.


(h) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event that an. Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

(i) Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Option Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in Section 6(a) or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.

(j) Disability of Optionholder. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(k) Death of Optionholder. In the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the option upon the Optionholder’s death pursuant to Section 6(e) or 6(f), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement) or (2) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(l) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. The Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least

 

10.


six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option.

(m) Right of Repurchase. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option. The Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option otherwise specifically provided in the Option.

(n) Right of First Refusal. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Except as expressly provided in this Section 6(n) or in the Stock Award Agreement for the Option, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company. The Company will not exercise its right of first refusal until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following the exercise of the Option unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option.

7. PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award agreements need not be identical; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Purchase Price. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board will determine the price to be paid by the Participant for each share subject to the Restricted Stock Award. To the extent required by applicable law, the price to be paid by the Participant for each share of the Restricted Stock Award will not be less than the par value of a share of Common Stock. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded as a stock bonus (i.e., with no cash purchase price to be paid) to the extent permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Consideration. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board will determine the consideration permissible for the payment of the purchase price of the Restricted Stock Award. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award shall be paid in one of the following ways: (i) in cash at the time of purchase; (ii) at the discretion of the Board, according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Participant; (iii) by services rendered or to be rendered to the Company; or (iv) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board; provided, however, that at any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be paid by deferred payment and must be paid in a form of consideration that is permissible under the Delaware Corporation Law.

 

11.


(iii) Vesting. Shares of Common Stock acquired under a Restricted Stock Award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iv) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. In the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may repurchase or otherwise reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award agreement. The Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following the purchase of the restricted stock unless otherwise determined by the Board or provided in the Restricted Stock Award agreement.

(v) Transferability. Rights to purchase or receive shares of Common Stock granted under a Restricted Stock Award shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, and so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award agreement.

(b) Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Rights agreements need not be identical, but each Stock Appreciation Right agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Calculation of Appreciation. Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in share of Common Stock equivalents. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of share of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) an amount that will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Right as it deems appropriate.

(iii) Exercise. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Rights agreement evidencing such Right.

 

12.


(iv) Payment. The appreciation distribution in respect of a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, or any combination of the two, as the Board deems appropriate.

(v) Termination of Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, any unvested Stock Appreciation Rights shall be forfeited and any vested Stock Appreciation Rights shall be automatically redeemed.

8. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

9. USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(b) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms.

(c) No Employment or other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of

 

13.


a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(d) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of any Stock Award Agreement.

(e) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(f) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid variable award accounting); or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock.

 

14.


11. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in, or other event occurs with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company (each a “Capitalization Adjustment”), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Sections 4(a) and 4(b) and the outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without receipt of consideration” by the Company.)

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all outstanding Options shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such stock in still in Continuous Service.

(c) Corporate Transaction. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (it being understood that similar stock awards include, but are not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders or the Company, as the case may be, pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or such successor’s parent company), if any, in connection with such Corporate Transaction. In the event that any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue any or all such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine (or, if the Board shall not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), the Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such effective time, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated shall (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) lapse. With respect to any other Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan that have not been assumed, continued or substituted, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated, unless otherwise provided in a written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of such Stock Award, and such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction.

 

15.


(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award held by any Participant whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of a Change in Control may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after such event as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

12. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND STOCK AWARDS.

(a) Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Board, in its sole discretion, may submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

(c) Contemplated Amendments. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.

(d) No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.

(e) Amendment of Stock Awards. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards; provided, however, that the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.

13. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the Participant.

 

16.


14. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan shall become effective as determined by the Board, but no Stock Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock bonus, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

15. CHOICE OF LAW.

The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

17.

Exhibit 10.6

OLO INC. (F/K/A MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.)

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: OCTOBER 8, 2015

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: OCTOBER 30, 2015

AMENDMENT APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JANUARY 12, 2016

AMENDMENT APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JANUARY 12, 2016

AMENDMENT APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JANUARY 21, 2020

AMENDMENT APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JANUARY 21, 2020

AMENDMENT APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: APRIL 28, 2020

AMENDMENT APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: APRIL 28, 2020

AMENDMENT APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: NOVEMBER 18, 2020

AMENDMENT APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: NOVEMBER 18, 2020

AMENDMENT APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: FEBRUARY 1, 2021

AMENDMENT APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: FEBRUARY 1, 2021

TERMINATION DATE: OCTOBER 7, 2025

 

1.

GENERAL.

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Stock Awards.

(b) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following types of Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards and (vi) Other Stock Awards.

(c) Purpose. The Plan, through the granting of Stock Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

2.

ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine (A) who will be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award will be granted; (C) what type of Stock Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

 

1.


(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Stock Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which a Stock Award may be exercised or vest (or at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair a Participant’s rights under his or her then-outstanding Stock Award without his or her written consent except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to make the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan compliant with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or exempt from or compliant with the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, if required by applicable law, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided in the Plan (including subsection (viii) below) or a Stock Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Stock Award unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that a Participant’s rights under any Stock Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws.

 

2.


(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Stock Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Committee may, at any time, abolish the subcommittee and/or revest in the Committee any powers delegated to the subcommittee. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Stock Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(r) below.

 

3.


(e) Effect of Boards Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve.

(i) Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards from and after the Effective Date will not exceed (A) 2,346,093 shares plus (B) any shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Olo Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan that from and after 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on August 10, 2015 (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited, cancelled or otherwise returned to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares; or (iii) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (such aggregate number of shares described in (A) and (B) above, the “Share Reserve”).

(ii) For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the Share Reserve and Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.

ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however, that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock

 

4.


Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), or (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from or alternatively comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

5.

PROVISIONS RELATING TO OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Stock Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award if such Stock Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

 

5.


(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however, that interest will compound at least annually and will be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

 

6.


(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (and pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, upon the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than thirty (30) days if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause) and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the

 

7.


Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable laws), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (for a reason other than death), then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six (6) months if necessary to comply with applicable laws), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees. If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six (6) months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Stock Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or

 

8.


substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six (6) months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

(m) Early Exercise of Options. An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company will not be required to exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or SAR.

(o) Right of First Refusal. The Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Participant of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR. Such right of first refusal will be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement, such right of first refusal will otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the bylaws of the Company.

 

6.

PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND SARS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

 

9.


(ii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(vi) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

10.


(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participants Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(viii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(c) Other Stock Awards. Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

7.

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Stock Awards.

 

11.


(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

8.

MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Stock Award Agreement as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Stock Award Agreement, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Stock Award Agreement.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

12.


(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee) after the date of grant of any Stock Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares subject to any portion of such Stock Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Stock Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Stock Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(g) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

 

13.


(i) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

(l) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase right will be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, the repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock will be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, the repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock will be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company will not exercise its repurchase right until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

 

9.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution. Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Dissolution of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such Dissolution, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the Dissolution is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

14.


(c) Transactions. The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Transaction unless otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Transaction:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Transaction as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Transaction; provided, however, that the Board may require Participants to complete and deliver to the Company a notice of exercise before the effective date of a Transaction, which exercise is contingent upon the effectiveness of such Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration or no consideration, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise. For clarity, this payment may be zero ($0) if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price. Payments under this provision may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock in connection with the Transaction is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

15.


10.

PLAN TERM; EARLIER TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless terminated sooner by the Board, the Plan will automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant or as otherwise permitted in the Plan.

 

11.

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date.

 

12.

CHOICE OF LAW.

The laws of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

13.

DEFINITIONS. As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(a) Cause will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant has materially breached his or her employment or service agreement with the Company, which breach has not been remedied by the Participant after written notice has been provided to the Participant of such breach,

 

16.


(ii) such Participant has engaged in disloyalty to the Company, including, without limitation, fraud, embezzlement, theft, commission of a felony or proven dishonesty, (iii) such Participant has disclosed trade secrets or confidential information of the Company to persons not entitled to receive such information, (iv) such Participant has breached any written non-competition or non-solicitation agreement between the Participant and the Company or (v) such Participant has engaged in such other behavior detrimental to the interests of the Company as the Board determines. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(b) Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

 

17.


Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

(c) Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(d) Committee” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(e) Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(f) Company” means Olo Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(g) Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(h) Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(i) Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

18.


(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(j) Director” means a member of the Board.

(k) Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(l) “Dissolutionmeans when the Company, after having executed a certificate of dissolution with the State of Delaware, has completely wound up its affairs. Conversion of the Company into a Limited Liability Company (or other pass-through entity) will not be considered a “Dissolution” for purposes of the Plan.

(m) Effective Date” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, and (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(n) Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(o) Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(p) Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(q) Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

 

19.


(r) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code. If the Stock is admitted to trade on a national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price reported on such exchange on the date in question. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price.

(s) Good Reason” means that Participant resigns as set forth in this subsection (s) after the Participant has learned that one or more of the following conditions has come into existence without Participant’s prior written consent:

(i) A material diminution of Participant’s base salary, bonus opportunity or benefits (for the avoidance of doubt, a reduction in Participant’s base salary by more than 10% shall be considered a material diminution);

(ii) A material diminution of Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities), in each case other than in connection with a change in title; or

(iii) A change in the primary geographic location at which Participant must perform his services for the Company that is outside of a twenty-five (25) mile radius of the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York.

A condition will not be considered “Good Reason” unless Participant gives the Company written notice of the condition within 90 days after Participant has learned that the condition has come into existence, the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving Participant’s written notice and Participant resigns their employment within 60 days after the Company receives their written notice.

(t) Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and that qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(u) Nonstatutory Stock Option” means any option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(w) Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(y) Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(z) Other Stock Award” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

 

20.


(aa) Other Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(bb) Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership A person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(cc) Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(dd) Plan” means this 2015 Olo Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ff) Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(gg) Restricted Stock Unit Award means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(hh) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ii) Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(jj) Rule 701” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(kk) Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ll) Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(mm) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(nn) Stock Award” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right or any Other Stock Award.

 

21.


(oo) Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(pp) Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%) .

(qq) Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(rr) Transaction” means a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control.

 

22.

Exhibit 10.7

FORM OF OLO INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: [], 2021

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: [], 2021


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

 

1.

   General.      1  

2.

   Shares Subject to the Plan.      1  

3.

   Eligibility and Limitations.      2  

4.

   Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.      3  

5.

   Awards Other Than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.      6  

6.

   Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock; Other Corporate Events.      8  

7.

   Administration.      10  

8.

   Tax Withholding      12  

9.

   Miscellaneous.      13  

10.

   Covenants of the Company.      16  

11.

   Additional Rules for Awards Subject to Section 409A.      16  

12.

   Severability.      19  

13.

   Termination of the Plan.      19  

14.

   Definitions      20  

 

i.


1. GENERAL.

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plans. The Plan is the successor to and continuation of the Prior Plans. As of the Effective Date, (i) no additional awards may be granted under the Prior Plans; (ii) the Prior Plans’ Available Reserve plus any Returning Shares will become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan; and (iii) all outstanding awards granted under the Prior Plans will remain subject to the terms of the applicable Prior Plan (except to the extent such outstanding awards result in Returning Shares that become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan). All Awards granted under this Plan will be subject to the terms of this Plan.

(b) Plan Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of Employees, Directors and Consultants, to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and to provide a means by which such persons may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Awards.

(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options; (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options; (iii) SARs; (iv) Restricted Stock Awards; (v) RSU Awards; (vi) Performance Awards; and (vii) Other Awards.

(d) Adoption Date; Effective Date. The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date, but no Award may be granted prior to the Effective Date.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(c) and any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards will not exceed [•] shares, which number is the sum of: (i) [•] new shares, plus (ii) the Prior Plans’ Available Reserve, and plus (iii) the number of Returning Shares, if any, as such shares become available from time to time.

In addition, subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, such aggregate number of shares of Common Stock will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year for a period of ten years commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2031, in a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 5.0% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year; provided, however that the Board may act prior to January 1 of a given calendar year to provide that the increase for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock.

(b) Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2(a) and subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is [•] shares.

(c) Share Reserve Operation.

(i) Limit Applies to Common Stock Issued Pursuant to Awards. For clarity, the Share Reserve is a limit on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards and does not limit the granting of Awards, except that the Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy its obligations to issue shares pursuant to such Awards. Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by, as applicable, Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c), NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NYSE American Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

1.


(ii) Actions that Do Not Constitute Issuance of Common Stock and Do Not Reduce Share Reserve. The following actions do not result in an issuance of shares under the Plan and accordingly do not reduce the number of shares subject to the Share Reserve and available for issuance under the Plan: (1) the expiration or termination of any portion of an Award without the shares covered by such portion of the Award having been issued, (2) the settlement of any portion of an Award in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than Common Stock), (3) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; (4) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

(iii) Reversion of Previously Issued Shares of Common Stock to Share Reserve. The following shares of Common Stock previously issued pursuant to an Award and accordingly initially deducted from the Share Reserve will be added back to the Share Reserve and again become available for issuance under the Plan: (1) any shares that are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (2) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; and (3) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

3. ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS.

(a) Eligible Award Recipients. Subject to the terms of the Plan, Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(b) Specific Award Limitations.

(i) Limitations on Incentive Stock Option Recipients. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code).

(ii) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(iii) Limitations on Incentive Stock Options Granted to Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder may not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless (i) the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Option and (ii) the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant of such Option.

 

2.


(iv) Limitations on Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs. Nonstatutory Stock Options and SARs may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 405) unless the stock underlying such Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A because the Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction (such as a spin off transaction) or unless such Awards otherwise comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A.

(c) Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is the number of shares specified in Section 2(b).

(d) Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid, as applicable, to any individual for service as a Non-Employee Director with respect to any calendar year that follows the calendar year in which such individual is first appointed or elected to the Board, including Awards granted and cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director, will not exceed $[•] in total value, and with respect to the calendar year in which a Non-Employee Director is first appointed or elected to the Board, will not exceed $[•] in total value, in each case calculating the value of any equity awards based on the grant date fair value of such equity awards for financial reporting purposes.

4. OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Each Option and SAR will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board. Each Option will be designated in writing as an Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option at the time of grant; provided, however, that if an Option is not so designated, then such Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the shares purchased upon exercise of each type of Option will be separately accounted for. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. The terms and conditions of separate Options and SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each Option Agreement and SAR Agreement will conform (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant of such Award or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise or Strike Price. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and, if applicable, 424(a) of the Code.

(c) Exercise Procedure and Payment of Exercise Price for Options. In order to exercise an Option, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the procedures specified in the Option Agreement or otherwise provided by the Company. The Board has the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The exercise price of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and as determined by the Board, by one or more of the following methods of payment to the extent set forth in the Option Agreement:

(i) by cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

 

3.


(ii) pursuant to a “cashless exercise” program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the Common Stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock that are already owned by the Participant free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such delivery is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment, (3) such delivery would not violate any Applicable Law or agreement restricting the redemption of the Common Stock, (4) any certificated shares are endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate, and (5) such shares have been held by the Participant for any minimum period necessary to avoid adverse accounting treatment as a result of such delivery;

(iv) if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) such shares used to pay the exercise price will not be exercisable thereafter and (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such net exercise is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment; or

(v) in any other form of consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and permissible under Applicable Law.

(d) Exercise Procedure and Payment of Appreciation Distribution for SARs. In order to exercise any SAR, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the SAR Agreement. The appreciation distribution payable to a Participant upon the exercise of a SAR will not be greater than an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents that are vested and being exercised under such SAR, over (ii) the strike price of such SAR. Such appreciation distribution may be paid to the Participant in the form of Common Stock or cash (or any combination of Common Stock and cash) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the SAR Agreement.

(e) Transferability. Options and SARs may not be transferred to third party financial institutions for value. The Board may impose such additional limitations on the transferability of an Option or SAR as it determines. In the absence of any such determination by the Board, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply, provided that except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration and provided, further, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however, that the Board may permit transfer of an Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request, including to a trust if the Participant is considered to be the sole beneficial owner of such trust (as determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while such Option or SAR is held in such trust, provided that the Participant and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

4.


(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the execution of transfer documentation in a format acceptable to the Company and subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order.

(f) Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting and/or exercisability of an Option or SAR as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, vesting of Options and SARs will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service for Cause. Except as explicitly otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Participant’s Options and SARs will terminate and be forfeited immediately upon such termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising any portion (including any vested portion) of such Awards on and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in such forfeited Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to the forfeited Award, or any consideration in respect of the forfeited Award.

(h) Post-Termination Exercise Period Following Termination of Continuous Service for Reasons Other than Cause. Subject to Section 4(i), if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR to the extent vested, but only within the following period of time or, if applicable, such other period of time provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)):

(i) three months following the date of such termination if such termination is a termination without Cause (other than any termination due to the Participant’s Disability or death);

(ii) 12 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s Disability;

(iii) 18 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s death; or

(iv) 18 months following the date of the Participant’s death if such death occurs following the date of such termination but during the period such Award is otherwise exercisable (as provided in (i) or (ii) above).

Following the date of such termination, to the extent the Participant does not exercise such Award within the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period (or, if earlier, prior to the expiration of the maximum term of such Award), such unexercised portion of the Award will terminate, and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in terminated Award, the shares of Common Stock subject to the terminated Award, or any consideration in respect of the terminated Award.

 

5.


(i) Restrictions on Exercise; Extension of Exercisability. A Participant may not exercise an Option or SAR at any time that the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise would violate Applicable Law. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause and, at any time during the last thirty days of the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period: (i) the exercise of the Participant’s Option or SAR would be prohibited solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon such exercise would violate Applicable Law, or (ii) the immediate sale of any shares of Common Stock issued upon such exercise would violate the Company’s Trading Policy, then the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period will be extended to the last day of the calendar month that commences following the date the Award would otherwise expire, with an additional extension of the exercise period to the last day of the next calendar month to apply if any of the foregoing restrictions apply at any time during such extended exercise period, generally without limitation as to the maximum permitted number of extensions; provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)).

(j) Non-Exempt Employees. No Option or SAR, whether or not vested, granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, will be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, any vested portion of such Award may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant of such Award in the event of (i) such Participant’s death or Disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which such Award is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) such Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Award Agreement or another applicable agreement or, in the absence of any such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines). This Section 4(j) is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(k) Whole Shares. Options and SARs may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock or their equivalents.

5. AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award and RSU Award will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement and RSU Award Agreement will conform (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Form of Award.

(1) RSAs: To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until such shares become vested or any other restrictions lapse, or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant will have voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

(2) RSUs: A RSU Award represents a Participant’s right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of Common Stock that is equal to the number of restricted stock units subject to the RSU Award. As a holder of a RSU Award, a Participant is an unsecured creditor of the

 

6.


Company with respect to the Company’s unfunded obligation, if any, to issue shares of Common Stock in settlement of such Award and nothing contained in the Plan or any RSU Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or any other person. A Participant will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any RSU Award (unless and until shares are actually issued in settlement of a vested RSU Award).

(ii) Consideration.

(1) RSA: A Restricted Stock Award may be granted in consideration for (A) cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of consideration (including future services) as the Board may determine and permissible under Applicable Law.

(2) RSU: Unless otherwise determined by the Board at the time of grant, a RSU Award will be granted in consideration for the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate, such that the Participant will not be required to make any payment to the Company (other than such services) with respect to the grant or vesting of the RSU Award, or the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the RSU Award. If, at the time of grant, the Board determines that any consideration must be paid by the Participant (in a form other than the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock in settlement of the RSU Award, such consideration may be paid in any form of consideration as the Board may determine and permissible under Applicable Law.

(iii) Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award as determined by the Board and which may vary. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, vesting of Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(iv) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, (i) the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant under his or her Restricted Stock Award that have not vested as of the date of such termination as set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and (ii) any portion of his or her RSU Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon such termination and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the RSU Award, the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the RSU Award, or any consideration in respect of the RSU Award.

(v) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. Dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid or credited, as applicable, with respect to any shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award, as determined by the Board and specified in the Award Agreement).

(vi) Settlement of RSU Awards. A RSU Award may be settled by the issuance of shares of Common Stock or cash (or any combination thereof) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the RSU Award Agreement. At the time of grant, the Board may determine to impose such restrictions or conditions that delay such delivery to a date following the vesting of the RSU Award.

 

7.


(b) Performance Awards. With respect to any Performance Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, the other terms and conditions of such Award, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be determined by the Board.

(c) Other Awards. Other forms of Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Awards provided for under Section 4 and the preceding provisions of this Section 5. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete discretion to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Awards.

6. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan and the maximum number of shares by which the Share Reserve may annually increase pursuant to Section 2(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 2(a), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and exercise price, strike price or purchase price of Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be created in order to implement any Capitalization Adjustment. The Board shall determine an equivalent benefit for any fractional shares or fractional shares that might be created by the adjustments referred to in the preceding provisions of this Section.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards (other than Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may determine to cause some or all Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board. The Board has sole and complete discretion to determine to accelerate the vesting and exercisability of all or any Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction.

(i) Awards May Be Assumed. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar awards for Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant

 

8.


to Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of an Award or substitute a similar award for only a portion of an Award, or may choose to assume or continue the Awards held by some, but not all Participants. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution will be set by the Board.

(ii) Awards Held by Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards or substitute similar awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “Current Participants”), the vesting of such Awards (and, with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the time when such Awards may be exercised) will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five (5) days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction). With respect to the vesting of Performance Awards that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii) and that have multiple vesting levels depending on the level of performance, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the vesting of such Performance Awards will accelerate at 100% of the target level upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction. With respect to the vesting of Awards that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii) and are settled in the form of a cash payment, such cash payment will be made no later than 30 days following the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction..

(iii) Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards or substitute similar awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, such Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

(iv) Payment for Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event an Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Award may not exercise such Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value, at the effective time, to the excess, if any, of (1) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Award (including, at the discretion of the Board, any unvested portion of such Award), over (2) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

(d) Appointment of Stockholder Representative. As a condition to the receipt of an Award under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have agreed that the Award will be subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

 

9.


(e) No Restriction on Right to Undertake Transactions. The grant of any Award under the Plan and the issuance of shares pursuant to any Award does not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, rights or options to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

7. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in subsection (c) below.

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (1) which of the persons eligible under the Plan will be granted Awards; (2) when and how each Award will be granted; (3) what type or combination of types of Award will be granted; (4) the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person will be permitted to receive an issuance of Common Stock or other payment pursuant to an Award; (5) the number of shares of Common Stock or cash equivalent with respect to which an Award will be granted to each such person; (6) the Fair Market Value applicable to an Award; and (7) the terms of any Performance Award that is not valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Class A Common Stock, including the amount of cash payment or other property that may be earned and the timing of payment.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award Agreement stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To prohibit the exercise of any Option, SAR or other exercisable Award during a period of up to 30 days prior to the consummation of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Common Stock or the share price of the Common Stock including any Corporate Transaction, for reasons of administrative convenience.

(vi) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan will not Materially Impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

10.


(vii) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable; provided, however, that stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent required by Applicable Law. Except as provided above, rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan will not be Materially Impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(viii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

(ix) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be Materially Impaired by any such amendment unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(x) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(xi) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit and facilitate participation in the Plan by, or take advantage of specific tax treatment for Awards granted to, Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement to ensure or facilitate compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xii) To effect, at any time and from time to time, subject to the consent of any Participant whose Award is Materially Impaired by such action, (1) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR; (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, RSU Award or Other Award, under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company, covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) cash and/or (C) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board); or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to another Committee or a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Each Committee may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with Committee or subcommittee to which it has delegated its authority hereunder and may, at any time, revest in such Committee some or all of the powers previously delegated. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with any Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

 

11.


(ii) Rule 16b-3 Compliance. To the extent an Award is intended to qualify for the exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act that is available under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, the Award will be granted by the Board or a Committee that consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, as determined under Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act and thereafter any action establishing or modifying the terms of the Award will be approved by the Board or a Committee meeting such requirements to the extent necessary for such exemption to remain available.

(d) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board or any Committee in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

(e) Delegation to an Officer. The Board or any Committee may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, other types of Awards) and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the resolutions or charter adopted by the Board or any Committee evidencing such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant an Award to himself or herself. Any such Awards will be granted on the applicable form of Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Board or the Committee, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither the Board nor any Committee may delegate to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) the authority to determine the Fair Market Value.

8. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Withholding Authorization. As a condition to acceptance of any Award under the Plan, a Participant authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to such Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including), any sums required to satisfy any U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign tax or social insurance contribution withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise, vesting or settlement of such Award, as applicable. Accordingly, a Participant may not be able to exercise an Award even though the Award is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue shares of Common Stock subject to an Award, unless and until such obligations are satisfied.

(b) Satisfaction of Withholding Obligation. To the extent permitted by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign tax or social insurance withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (v) by allowing a Participant to effectuate a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, or (vi) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

12.


(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes; No Liability to Claims. Except as required by Applicable Law the Company has no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Award. Furthermore, the Company has no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award and will not be liable to any holder of an Award for any adverse tax consequences to such holder in connection with an Award. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant (i) agrees to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from such Award or other Company compensation and (ii) acknowledges that such Participant was advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Award and has either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. Additionally, each Participant acknowledges any Option or SAR granted under the Plan is exempt from Section 409A only if the exercise or strike price is at least equal to the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Internal Revenue Service and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Award. Additionally, as a condition to accepting an Option or SAR granted under the Plan, each Participant agrees not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that such exercise price or strike price is less than the “fair market value” of the Common Stock on the date of grant as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

(d) Withholding Indemnification. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, in the event that the amount of the Company’s and/or its Affiliate’s withholding obligation in connection with such Award was greater than the amount actually withheld by the Company and/or its Affiliates, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and/or its Affiliates harmless from any failure by the Company and/or its Affiliates to withhold the proper amount.

9. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

(b) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(c) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action approving the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(d) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms, if applicable, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award is reflected in the records of the Company.

 

13.


(e) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that a Participant may have with respect to any Award (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state or foreign jurisdiction in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be. Further, nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award will constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or service or confer any right or benefit under the Award or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of the Award Agreement and/or Plan.

(f) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board may determine, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(g) Execution of Additional Documents. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, the Participant agrees to execute any additional documents or instruments necessary or desirable, as determined in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, to carry out the purposes or intent of the Award, or facilitate compliance with securities and/or other regulatory requirements, in each case at the Plan Administrator’s request.

(h) Electronic Delivery and Participation. Any reference herein or in an Award Agreement to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access). By accepting any Award the Participant consents to receive documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line electronic system established and maintained by the Plan Administrator or another third party selected by the Plan Administrator. The form of delivery of any Common Stock (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

(i) Clawback/Recovery. All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other Applicable Law and any clawback policy that the Company otherwise adopts, to the extent applicable and permissible under Applicable Law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a Participant’s right to voluntary terminate employment upon a “resignation for good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

 

14.


(j) Securities Law Compliance. A Participant will not be issued any shares in respect of an Award unless either (i) the shares are registered under the Securities Act; or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Each Award also must comply with other Applicable Law governing the Award, and a Participant will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with Applicable Law.

(k) Transfer or Assignment of Awards; Issued Shares. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the form of Award Agreement, Awards granted under the Plan may not be transferred or assigned by the Participant. After the vested shares subject to an Award have been issued, or in the case of Restricted Stock and similar awards, after the issued shares have vested, the holder of such shares is free to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such shares provided that any such actions are in compliance with the provisions herein, the terms of the Trading Policy and Applicable Law.

(l) Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of any Award granted under the Plan, as determined upon grant, vesting or settlement, shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating any Participant’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

(m) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may also establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

(n) Section 409A. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months and one day following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(o) CHOICE OF LAW. This Plan and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in any application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

 

15.


10. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Compliance with Law. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency, as may be deemed to be necessary, having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary or advisable for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant is not eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any Applicable Law.

11. ADDITIONAL RULES FOR AWARDS SUBJECT TO SECTION 409A.

(a) Application. Unless the provisions of this Section of the Plan are expressly superseded by the provisions in the form of Award Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary set forth in the Award Agreement for a Non-Exempt Award.

(b) Non-Exempt Awards Subject to Non-Exempt Severance Arrangements. To the extent a Non-Exempt Award is subject to Section 409A due to application of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, the following provisions of this subsection (b) apply.

(i) If the Non-Exempt Award vests in the ordinary course during the Participant’s Continuous Service in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Agreement, and does not accelerate vesting under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, in no event will the shares be issued in respect of such Non-Exempt Award any later than the later of: (i) December 31st of the calendar year that includes the applicable vesting date, or (ii) the 60th day that follows the applicable vesting date.

(ii) If vesting of the Non-Exempt Award accelerates under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement in connection with the Participant’s Separation from Service, and such vesting acceleration provisions were in effect as of the date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award and, therefore, are part of the terms of such Non-Exempt Award as of the date of grant, then the shares will be earlier issued in settlement of such Non-Exempt Award upon the Participant’s Separation from Service in accordance with the terms of the Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, but in no event later than the 60th day that follows the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service. However, if at the time the shares would otherwise be issued the Participant is subject to the distribution limitations contained in Section 409A applicable to “specified employees,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such shares shall not be issued before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s Separation from Service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death that occurs within such six month period.

 

16.


(iii) If vesting of a Non-Exempt Award accelerates under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement in connection with a Participant’s Separation from Service, and such vesting acceleration provisions were not in effect as of the date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award and, therefore, are not a part of the terms of such Non-Exempt Award on the date of grant, then such acceleration of vesting of the Non-Exempt Award shall not accelerate the issuance date of the shares, but the shares shall instead be issued on the same schedule as set forth in the Grant Notice as if they had vested in the ordinary course during the Participant’s Continuous Service, notwithstanding the vesting acceleration of the Non-Exempt Award. Such issuance schedule is intended to satisfy the requirements of payment on a specified date or pursuant to a fixed schedule, as provided under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(a)(4).

(c) Treatment of Non-Exempt Awards Upon a Corporate Transaction for Employees and Consultants. The provisions of this subsection (c) shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan with respect to the permitted treatment of any Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction if the Participant was either an Employee or Consultant upon the applicable date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award.

(i) Vested Non-Exempt Awards. The following provisions shall apply to any Vested Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction:

(1) If the Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control then the Acquiring Entity may not assume, continue or substitute the Vested Non-Exempt Award. Upon the Section 409A Change of Control the settlement of the Vested Non-Exempt Award will automatically be accelerated and the shares will be immediately issued in respect of the Vested Non-Exempt Award. Alternatively, the Company may instead provide that the Participant will receive a cash settlement equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant upon the Section 409A Change of Control.

(2) If the Corporate Transaction is not also a Section 409A Change of Control, then the Acquiring Entity must either assume, continue or substitute each Vested Non-Exempt Award. The shares to be issued in respect of the Vested Non-Exempt Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of the Fair Market Value of the shares made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

(ii) Unvested Non-Exempt Awards. The following provisions shall apply to any Unvested Non-Exempt Award unless otherwise determined by the Board pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section.

(1) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Acquiring Entity shall assume, continue or substitute any Unvested Non-Exempt Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, any Unvested Non-Exempt Award will remain subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions that were applicable to the Award prior to the Corporate Transaction. The shares to be issued in respect of any Unvested Non-Exempt Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of Fair Market Value of the shares made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

 

17.


(2) If the Acquiring Entity will not assume, substitute or continue any Unvested Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction, then such Award shall automatically terminate and be forfeited upon the Corporate Transaction with no consideration payable to any Participant in respect of such forfeited Unvested Non-Exempt Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted and in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Board may in its discretion determine to elect to accelerate the vesting and settlement of the Unvested Non-Exempt Award upon the Corporate Transaction, or instead substitute a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant, as further provided in subsection (e)(ii) below. In the absence of such discretionary election by the Board, any Unvested Non-Exempt Award shall be forfeited without payment of any consideration to the affected Participants if the Acquiring Entity will not assume, substitute or continue the Unvested Non-Exempt Awards in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

(3) The foregoing treatment shall apply with respect to all Unvested Non-Exempt Awards upon any Corporate Transaction, and regardless of whether or not such Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change of Control.

(d) Treatment of Non-Exempt Awards Upon a Corporate Transaction for Non-Employee Directors. The following provisions of this subsection (d) shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary that may be set forth in the Plan with respect to the permitted treatment of a Non-Exempt Director Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

(i) If the Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change of Control then the Acquiring Entity may not assume, continue or substitute the Non-Exempt Director Award. Upon the Section 409A Change of Control the vesting and settlement of any Non-Exempt Director Award will automatically be accelerated and the shares will be immediately issued to the Participant in respect of the Non-Exempt Director Award. Alternatively, the Company may provide that the Participant will instead receive a cash settlement equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant upon the Section 409A Change of Control pursuant to the preceding provision.

(ii) If the Corporate Transaction is not also a Section 409A Change of Control, then the Acquiring Entity must either assume, continue or substitute the Non-Exempt Director Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Non-Exempt Director Award will remain subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions that were applicable to the Award prior to the Corporate Transaction. The shares to be issued in respect of the Non-Exempt Director Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of Fair Market Value made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

(e) If the RSU Award is a Non-Exempt Award, then the provisions in this Section 11(e) shall apply and supersede anything to the contrary that may be set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement with respect to the permitted treatment of such Non-Exempt Award:

(i) Any exercise by the Board of discretion to accelerate the vesting of a Non-Exempt Award shall not result in any acceleration of the scheduled issuance dates for the shares in respect of the Non-Exempt Award unless earlier issuance of the shares upon the applicable vesting dates would be in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

18.


(ii) The Company explicitly reserves the right to earlier settle any Non-Exempt Award to the extent permitted and in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, including pursuant to any of the exemptions available in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).

(iii) To the extent the terms of any Non-Exempt Award provide that it will be settled upon a Change in Control or Corporate Transaction, to the extent it is required for compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Change in Control or Corporate Transaction event triggering settlement must also constitute a Section 409A Change of Control. To the extent the terms of a Non-Exempt Award provides that it will be settled upon a termination of employment or termination of Continuous Service, to the extent it is required for compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the termination event triggering settlement must also constitute a Separation From Service. However, if at the time the shares would otherwise be issued to a Participant in connection with a “separation from service” such Participant is subject to the distribution limitations contained in Section 409A applicable to “specified employees,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such shares shall not be issued before the date that is six months following the date of the Participant’s Separation From Service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death that occurs within such six month period.

(iv) The provisions in this subsection (e) for delivery of the shares in respect of the settlement of a RSU Award that is a Non-Exempt Award are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that the delivery of the shares to the Participant in respect of such Non-Exempt Award will not trigger the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be so interpreted.

12. SEVERABILITY.

If all or any part of the Plan or any Award Agreement is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of the Plan or such Award Agreement not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of the Plan or any Award Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

13. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.

No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of: (i) the Adoption Date, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

19


14. DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Acquiring Entity” means the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

(b) Adoption Date” means the date the Plan is first approved by the Board or Compensation Committee.

(c) Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(d) Applicable Law” means shall mean any applicable securities, federal, state, foreign, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (including under the authority of any applicable self-regulating organization such as the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(e) Award” means any right to receive Common Stock, cash or other property granted under the Plan (including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a RSU Award, a SAR, a Performance Award or any Other Award).

(f) Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award. The Award Agreement generally consists of the Grant Notice and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice.

(g) Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company (or its designee). Any decision or determination made by the Board shall be a decision or determination that is made in the sole discretion of the Board (or its designee), and such decision or determination shall be final and binding on all Participants.

(h) Capital Stock” means the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock of the Company.

(i) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

20.


(j) Cause has the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude or attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (ii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iii) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (iv) such Participant’s gross misconduct, conduct that constitutes gross insubordination, incompetence or habitual neglect of duties and that results in (or might have reasonably resulted in) material harm to the business of the Company. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Board with respect to Participants who are executive officers of the Company and by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer with respect to Participants who are not executive officers of the Company. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(k) Change in Control” or “Change of Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events; provided, however, to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal income tax consequences to the Participant in connection with an Award, also constitutes a Section 409A Change of Control:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

 

21.


(iii) the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation;

(iv) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(v) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(l) Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(m) Committee” means the Compensation Committee and any other committee of Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board or Compensation Committee in accordance with the Plan.

(n) Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock of the Company.

(o) Company” means Olo Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(p) “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

(q) Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

 

22.


(r) Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(s) Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(t) Director” means a member of the Board.

(u) “determine” or “determined” means as determined by the Board or the Committee (or its designee) in its sole discretion.

(v) Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, such Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(w) Effective Date” means the IPO Date, provided this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders prior to the IPO Date.

 

23.


(x) Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(y) Employer” means the Company or the Affiliate of the Company that employs the Participant.

(z) Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(aa) Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(bb) Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(cc) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the value of the Common Stock (as determined on a per share or aggregate basis, as applicable) determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) If there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, or if otherwise determined by the Board, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(dd) Governmental Body” means any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any Tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (d) self-regulatory organization (including the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

 

24.


(ee) “Grant Notice” means the notice provided to a Participant that he or she has been granted an Award under the Plan and which includes the name of the Participant, the type of Award, the date of grant of the Award, number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award or potential cash payment right, (if any), the vesting schedule for the Award (if any) and other key terms applicable to the Award.

(ff) Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(gg) IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(hh) “Materially Impair” means any amendment to the terms of the Award that materially adversely affects the Participant’s rights under the Award. A Participant’s rights under an Award will not be deemed to have been Materially Impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights. For example, the following types of amendments to the terms of an Award do not Materially Impair the Participant’s rights under the Award: (i) imposition of reasonable restrictions on the minimum number of shares subject to an Option that may be exercised, (ii) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iii) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option in a manner that disqualifies, impairs or otherwise affects the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iv) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with or qualify it for an exemption from, Section 409A; or (v) to comply with other Applicable Laws.

(ii) Non-Employee Director means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“Regulation S-K”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(jj) “Non-Exempt Award” means any Award that is subject to, and not exempt from, Section 409A, including as the result of (i) a deferral of the issuance of the shares subject to the Award which is elected by the Participant or imposed by the Company, or (ii) the terms of any Non-Exempt Severance Agreement.

(kk) “Non-Exempt Director Award” means a Non-Exempt Award granted to a Participant who was a Director but not an Employee on the applicable grant date.

(ll) “Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement” means a severance arrangement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company that provides for acceleration of vesting of an Award and issuance of the shares in respect of such Award upon the Participant’s termination of employment or separation from service (as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code (and without regard to any alternative definition thereunder) (“Separation from Service”)) and such severance benefit does not satisfy the requirements for an exemption from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9) or otherwise.

 

25.


(mm) Nonstatutory Stock Option” means any option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(nn) Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(oo) Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(pp) Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and the Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of the Option grant. The Option Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the Option and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Option and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(qq) Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(rr) Other Award” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(c).

(ss) Other Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Award grant. Each Other Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(tt) Own, Owned, Owner, Ownership means that a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(uu) Participant” means an Employee, Director or Consultant to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

(vv) Performance Award” means an Award that may vest or may be exercised or a cash award that may vest or become earned and paid contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals and which is granted under the terms and conditions of Section 5(b) pursuant to such terms as are approved by the Board. In addition, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash or other property may be used in payment of Performance Awards. Performance Awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Common Stock.

 

26.


(ww) Performance Criteria” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals will be set by the Board, and may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following: earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); earnings before interest, taxes, and depreciation; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization; total stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; stock price; margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income; operating income after taxes; pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales or revenue targets; increases in revenue or product revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market share; cash flow; cash flow per share; share price performance; debt reduction; customer satisfaction; stockholders’ equity; capital expenditures; debt levels; operating profit or net operating profit; workforce diversity; growth of net income or operating income; billings; financing; regulatory milestones; stockholder liquidity; corporate governance and compliance; intellectual property; personnel matters; progress of partnered programs; partner satisfaction; budget management; partner or collaborator achievements; internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; investor relations, analysts and communication; implementation or completion of projects or processes; employee retention; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); establishing relationships with respect to the marketing, distribution, and sale of the Company’s products; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture, or other similar arrangements; individual performance goals; corporate development and planning goals; bookings goals; and other measures of performance selected by the Board or Committee.

(xx) Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Award.

 

27.


(yy) Performance Period” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to vesting or exercise of an Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(zz) Plan” means this Olo Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(aaa) “Plan Administrator” means the person, persons, and/or third-party administrator designated by the Company to administer the day to day operations of the Plan and the Company’s other equity incentive programs.

(bbb) Post-Termination Exercise Period” means the period following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service within which an Option or SAR is exercisable, as specified in Section 4(h).

(ccc) Prior Plans’ Available Reserve” means the number of shares available for the grant of new awards under the Prior Plans, to the extent applicable, as of immediately prior to the Effective Date.

(ddd) Prior Plans” means the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and the Company’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, each as amended.

(eee) Prospectus” means the document containing the Plan information specified in Section 10(a) of the Securities Act.

(fff) Restricted Stock Award” or “RSA” means an Award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(ggg) Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. The Restricted Stock Award Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the Restricted Stock Award and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hhh) Returning Shares” means shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plans and that following the Effective Date: (A) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such stock award having been issued; (B) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof is settled in cash; (C) are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (D) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price; or (E) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy a tax withholding obligation, provided, however, that any such shares that are shares of Class B Common Stock shall instead be added to the Share Reserve as shares of Class A Common Stock as described in Section 3(a).

(iii) RSU Award” or “RSU means an Award of restricted stock units representing the right to receive an issuance of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(jjj) RSU Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a RSU Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a RSU Award grant. The RSU Award Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the RSU Award and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the RSU Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each RSU Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

28.


(kkk) Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(lll) Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(mmm) Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.

(nnn) Section 409A Change of Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, as provided in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(ooo) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ppp) “Share Reserve” means the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan as set forth in Section 2(a).

(qqq) Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 4.

(rrr) SAR Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a SAR evidencing the terms and conditions of a SAR grant. The SAR Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the SAR and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the SAR and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each SAR Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(sss) Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding Capital Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(ttt) Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(uuu) Trading Policy” means the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell Company shares only during certain “window” periods and/or otherwise restricts the ability of certain individuals to transfer or encumber Company shares, as in effect from time to time.

(vvv) Unvested Non-Exempt Award” means the portion of any Non-Exempt Award that had not vested in accordance with its terms upon or prior to the date of any Corporate Transaction.

 

29.


(www) Vested Non-Exempt Award” means the portion of any Non-Exempt Award that had vested in accordance with its terms upon or prior to the date of a Corporate Transaction.

 

30.

Exhibit 10.8

OLO INC. (F/K/A MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.)

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Olo Inc. (f/k/a Mobo Systems, Inc.) (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:

  

 

Date of Grant:

  

As set forth on Carta

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

As set forth on Carta

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

  

As set forth on Carta

Exercise Price (Per Share):

  

As set forth on Carta

Total Exercise Price:

  

As set forth on Carta

Expiration Date:

  

As set forth on Carta

 

Type of Grant:      Incentive Stock Option1       Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:      Same as Vesting Schedule       Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule:   As set forth on Carta      

Payment:     By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Stock Option Agreement):

 

   By cash or check

   Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded

   By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded

   By deferred payment

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS:

 

 

 

 

 

1 

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.


OLO INC.     OPTIONHOLDER:
By:  

 

     

 

  Signature       Signature
Title:  

 

     
Date:  

 

   

Date:

 

 

ATTACHMENTS: Stock Option Agreement, 2005 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise


ATTACHMENT I

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


ATTACHMENT II

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


ATTACHMENT III

NOTICE OF EXERCISE


MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.

2005 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Stock Option Agreement, Mobo Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EXERCISE”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates that “Early Exercise” of your option is permitted) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

 

1.


4. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) In the Company’s sole discretion at the time your option is exercised and provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, by delivery of already-owned shares of Common Stock either that you have held for the period required to avoid a charge to the Company’s reported earnings (generally six (6) months) or that you did not acquire, directly or indirectly from the Company, that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) Pursuant to the following deferred payment alternative:

(i) Not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate exercise price, plus accrued interest, shall be due four (4) years from date of exercise or, at the Company’s election, upon termination of your Continuous Service.

(ii) Interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (1) the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement and (2) the treatment of the Option as a variable award for financial accounting purposes.

(iii) At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be made in cash and not by deferred payment.

(iv) In order to elect the deferred payment alternative, you must, as a part of your written notice of exercise, give notice of the election of this payment alternative and, in order to secure the payment of the deferred exercise price to the Company hereunder, if the Company so requests, you must tender to the Company a promissory note and a pledge agreement covering the purchased shares of Common Stock, both in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, or such other or additional documentation as the Company may request.

 

2.


5. WHOLE SHARES. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

6. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

7. TERM. You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. Except as otherwise set forth in your Grant Notice, the term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in Section 6, your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

(b) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(c) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;

(d) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(e) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or your permanent and total disability, as defined in Section 22(e) of the Code. (The definition of disability in Section 22(e) of the Code is different from the definition of the Disability under the Plan). The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

 

3.


8. EXERCISE.

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of time specified by the managing underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “Lock Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 8(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

9. TRANSFERABILITY. Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option.

 

4.


10. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the Listing Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Listing Date shall mean the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or on the National Market System of the Nasdaq Stock Market (or any successor to that entity).

11. OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

12. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid variable award accounting). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

 

5.


(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

13. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

14. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

6.


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Olo Inc.

One World Trade Center

82nd Floor

New York, NY 10007

Date of Exercise: _______________

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

   Type of option (check one):       Incentive ☐       Nonstatutory ☐
          Stock option dated:       _______________      
   Number of shares as to which option is exercised:       _______________      
   Certificates to be issued in name of:       _______________      
   Total exercise price:       $______________      
   Cash payment delivered
herewith:
      $______________      
   Promissory note delivered
herewith:
      $______________      

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the, 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option, (iv) to execute a counterpart signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time) and (v) to execute a counterpart signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time).


I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “Shares”), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the Option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and “control securities” under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

I further acknowledge and agree that, except for such information as required to be delivered to me by the Company pursuant to the option or the Plan (if any), I will have no right to receive any information from the Company by virtue of the grant of the option or the purchase of shares of Common Stock through exercise of the option, ownership of such shares of Common Stock, or as a result of my being a holder of record of stock of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, I hereby waive all inspection rights under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and all such similar information and/or inspection rights that may be provided under the law of any jurisdiction, or any federal, state or foreign regulation, that are, or may become, applicable to the Company or the Company’s capital stock (the “Inspection Rights”). I hereby covenant and agree never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety days (90) after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company during such period (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act as may be requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters. I further agree that the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,

 


JOINDER TO THE

VOTING AGREEMENT

The undersigned hereby agrees to be a party to the Voting Agreement dated as of April 28, 2020, as amended or amended and restated from time to time, by and among Olo Inc. and the persons and entities named therein (the “Voting Agreement”), as a Key Holder (as defined in the Voting Agreement), and to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions thereof.

The undersigned has executed this Joiner to the Voting Agreement as of ___________________________, 20___.

 

KEY HOLDER:**
Signature:  

             

Name:  

                 

 

**

Your signature will be affixed here if you exercise using an electronic capitalization table system (such as Carta).


JOINDER TO THE

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT

The undersigned hereby agrees to be a party to the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of April 28, 2020, as amended or amended and restated from time to time, by and among Olo Inc. and the persons and entities named therein (the “Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement”), as a Key Holder (as defined in the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement), and to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions thereof.

The undersigned has executed this Joiner to the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of ___________________________, 20___.

 

KEY HOLDER:**
Signature:  

             

Name:  

             

 

**

Your signature will be affixed here if you exercise using an electronic capitalization table system (such as Carta).

Exhibit 10.9

OLO INC. (F/K/A MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.)

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Olo Inc. (f/k/a Mobo Systems, Inc.) (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:

  

 

Date of Grant:

  

As set forth on Carta

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

As set forth on Carta

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

  

As set forth on Carta

Exercise Price (Per Share):

  

As set forth on Carta

Total Exercise Price:

  

As set forth on Carta

Expiration Date:

  

As set forth on Carta

 

Type of Grant:    ☐ Incentive Stock Option1    ☐ Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    ☐ Same as Vesting Schedule    ☐ Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule:    As set forth on Carta   
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Stock Option Agreement):
   ☐ By cash or check
   ☐ Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded
   ☐ By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded
   ☐ By deferred payment

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS:  

 

 

 

 

1 

If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.


OLO INC.     OPTIONHOLDER:
By:  

 

     

 

  Signature       Signature
Title:  

 

   

Date:

 

 

Date:  

 

     
       

ATTACHMENTS: Stock Option Agreement, 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise


ATTACHMENT I

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


ATTACHMENT II

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


ATTACHMENT III

NOTICE OF EXERCISE


MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Stock Option Agreement, Mobo Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Stock Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice.

2. NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EXERCISE”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates that “Early Exercise” of your option is permitted) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

 

1.


4. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) In the Company’s sole discretion at the time your option is exercised and provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal, by delivery of already-owned shares of Common Stock either that you have held for the period required to avoid a charge to the Company’s reported earnings (generally six (6) months) or that you did not acquire, directly or indirectly from the Company, that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, shall include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) Pursuant to deferred payment as approved by the Board.

5. WHOLE SHARES. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

6. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

7. TERM. You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. Except as otherwise set forth in your Grant Notice, the term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

 

2.


(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in Section 6, your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, that if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or your permanent and total disability, as defined in Section 22(e) of the Code. (The definition of disability in Section 22(e) of the Code is different from the definition of the Disability under the Plan). The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

The Company’s determination of the reason for termination of your Continuous Service shall be conclusive and binding on you and your representatives or legatees and any applicable transferee.

8. EXERCISE.

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you and you hereby agree to (x) enter into an

 

3.


arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise and/or (y) execute and deliver to the Company any applicable securityholders’ agreement, investor rights agreement, voting agreement, drag-along agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement or similar agreement (or a joinder thereto) that may be in effect from time to time among the Company and the holders of its capital securities (and which may contain, among other provisions, additional restrictions on transfer rights of repurchase in favor of the Company), including, without limitation, the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2016, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time) and the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2016, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time) (collectively, the “Securityholders’ Documents”).

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of time specified by the managing underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “Lock Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 8(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

9. TRANSFERABILITY. Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option.

10. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided,

 

4.


however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the Listing Date. For purposes of this Agreement, Listing Date shall mean the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or on the National Market System of the Nasdaq Stock Market (or any successor to that entity).

11. RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

(a) Shares that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of repurchase that may be described in the Securityholders’ Documents in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if there is no right of repurchase described in any of the Securityholders’ Documents at such time, the right of repurchase described below will apply. The Company’s right of repurchase below will expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system (the “Listing Date”).

(b) The Company may elect (but is not obligated) to repurchase all or any part of the Shares that you acquire upon exercise of your option (the Company’s “Repurchase Right”). If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding Shares which are subject to the provisions of your option, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which you are entitled by reason of your ownership of the Shares acquired upon exercise of your option will be immediately subject to this Repurchase Right with the same force and effect as the Shares subject to the Company’s Repurchase Right immediately before such event.

(c) The Company’s Repurchase Right will be exercisable within the 210 day period (or in the event the Repurchase Event occurs as a result of your death or Disability, 15 months), following the later of (x) a Repurchase Event or (y) your exercise of your option in connection with or following a Repurchase Event (or such longer period as may be required to avoid classification of the option as a liability for financial accounting purposes), or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and you (the “Repurchase Period”). Each of the following events will constitute a “Repurchase Event”:

(i) Termination of your Continuous Service for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause, including death or Disability, in which event the Repurchase Period will commence on the date of termination of your Continuous Service (or in the case of a post-termination exercise of your option, the date of such exercise).

(ii) If applicable, you, your legal representative, or other holder of Shares acquired upon exercise of your option attempts to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares without compliance with the terms and conditions of the applicable Securityholders’ Documents, in which event the Repurchase Period will commence on the date the Company receives actual notice of such attempted sale, transfer or other disposition.

 

5.


(iii) The receivership, bankruptcy, or other creditor’s proceeding regarding you or the taking of any of the Shares by legal process, such as a levy of execution, in which event the Repurchase Period will commence on the date the Company receives actual notice of the commencement of pendency of the receivership, bankruptcy or other creditor’s proceeding or the date of such taking, as the case may be.

(d) The Company will exercise its Repurchase Right for cash or by offsetting and cancelling any indebtedness then owed to the Company (or combination of the foregoing) and will give you written notice (by registered or certified mail) accompanied by payment for the Shares within thirty (30) calendar days after the Company’s exercise of its Repurchase Right or, if later, ninety (90) calendar days after a proper purchase of Shares following such Repurchase Event (i.e., upon exercise of the option), including after any extension of the Repurchase Period for financial accounting purposes.

(e) The repurchase price will be equal to (i) the lesser of (x) the Shares’ Fair Market Value determined as of the date of repurchase or (y) your original purchase or acquisition price with respect to the Shares being repurchased (subject to any adjustments for Capitalization Adjustments) in the event that the Repurchase Event occurs as a result of a termination of your Continuous Service for Cause and (ii) in the case of any other Repurchase Event, the Shares’ Fair Market Value determined as of the date of repurchase (or if a Repurchase Event described in 3(iii), above, occurs, determined as of the last day of the month preceding the month in which the applicable proceeding involved commenced or the taking occurred).

(f) To ensure that the Shares subject to the Company’s Repurchase Right will be available for repurchase by the Company, the Company may require you to deposit the certificates evidencing the Shares that you purchase upon exercise of your option with an escrow agent designated by the Company (which agent may, in the Company’s discretion, be the Company) under the terms and conditions of an escrow arrangement or agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of your option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require you to so deposit the certificates in escrow. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Company’s Repurchase Right, the agent will deliver to you the Shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction. In the event the Shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of its Repurchase Right, the notices required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company for the Shares, the escrow agent will deliver the Shares that the Company has purchased to the Company and will deliver the payment received from the Company to you.

12. OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

 

6.


13. WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid variable award accounting). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

14. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

15. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

7.


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Olo Inc.

One World Trade Center

82nd Floor

New York, NY 10007

Date of Exercise:                        

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):    Incentive ☐    Nonstatutory ☐
Stock option dated:                           
Number of shares as to which option is exercised:                           
Certificates to be issued in name of:                           
Total exercise price:    $                   
Cash payment delivered herewith:    $                   
Promissory note delivered herewith:    $                   

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the, 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option, (iv) to execute a counterpart signature page to the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time) and (v) to execute a counterpart signature page to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2020, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time).

 

1


I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “Shares”), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the Option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and “control securities” under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

I further acknowledge and agree that, except for such information as required to be delivered to me by the Company pursuant to the option or the Plan (if any), I will have no right to receive any information from the Company by virtue of the grant of the option or the purchase of shares of Common Stock through exercise of the option, ownership of such shares of Common Stock, or as a result of my being a holder of record of stock of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, I hereby waive all inspection rights under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and all such similar information and/or inspection rights that may be provided under the law of any jurisdiction, or any federal, state or foreign regulation, that are, or may become, applicable to the Company or the Company’s capital stock (the “Inspection Rights”). I hereby covenant and agree never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety days

(90) after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company during such period (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act as may be requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters. I further agree that the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,


JOINDER TO THE

VOTING AGREEMENT

The undersigned hereby agrees to be a party to the Voting Agreement dated as of April 28, 2020, as amended or amended and restated from time to time, by and among Olo Inc. and the persons and entities named therein (the “Voting Agreement”), as a Key Holder (as defined in the Voting Agreement), and to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions thereof.

The undersigned has executed this Joiner to the Voting Agreement as of                 , 20        .

 

KEY HOLDER:**
Signature:  

 

Name:  

 

 

**

Your signature will be affixed here if you exercise using an electronic capitalization table system (such as Carta).


JOINDER TO THE

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT

The undersigned hereby agrees to be a party to the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of April 28, 2020, as amended or amended and restated from time to time, by and among Olo Inc. and the persons and entities named therein (the “Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement”), as a Key Holder (as defined in the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement), and to be bound by the terms and subject to the conditions thereof.

The undersigned has executed this Joiner to the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of                 , 20        .

 

KEY HOLDER:**
Signature:  

 

Name:  

 

 

**

Your signature will be affixed here if you exercise using an electronic capitalization table system (such as Carta).


MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT GRANT NOTICE

(2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Mobo Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby awards to Participant a Stock Appreciation Right with respect to number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “Award”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (the “Award Agreement”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Award Agreement will have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement. Except as explicitly provided herein or in the Award Agreement, in the event of any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Participant:

  
  

 

Date of Grant:

  
  

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

  
  

 

Number of Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”):

  
  

 

Measurement Price:

                per SAR

Expiration Date:

   The Expiration Date is the earliest of: (i) the second anniversary of the date of termination of Participant’s Continuous Service, (ii) the seventh anniversary of the Date of Grant, and (iii) the date of termination of Participant’s Continuous Service for Cause (as defined in the Plan).

 

Vesting Schedule:    The SARs will vest on the first to occur of: (1) a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) or (2) the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act for the sale of the Company’s Common Stock (the “IPO”), in each case, prior to the Expiration Date.
   To the extent any payment hereunder upon such Change in Control is deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, and not otherwise exempt from complying with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, then a Change in Control shall only be deemed to occur if the Change in Control also qualifies as a change in ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation’s assets as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
Settlement:    If the SARs vests as provided for above, then the Company will deliver a number of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (measured as of the applicable vesting date) equal to (a) the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the applicable vesting date over (ii) the Measurement Price per SAR listed above, multiplied by (b) the number of vested SARs subject to this Award (the “SAR Payment Amount”), or, in the Company’s discretion, an amount in cash equal to the SAR Payment Amount. Shares, if any, issued hereunder, will be issued in accordance with the issuance schedule set forth in Section 6 of the Award Agreement. If the SARs do not vest on or prior to the Expiration Date, this Award will terminate without any payment of consideration therefor and will not be settled hereunder.

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Appreciation Right Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

1


Participant further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Appreciation Right Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the Award and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject, with the exception of (i) stock options, restricted stock units or other stock awards previously granted and delivered to Participant, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this Award upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

Notices may be delivered to the Participant by electronic transmission by email and in such instance, such notices shall be sent to the electronic mail address set forth below the Participant’s signature or to such other electronic mail address as shall be designated by the Participant in a written notice sent to:

Mobo Systems, Inc.

26 Broadway, 24th Floor

New York, New York 10004

Attention: Corporate Secretary

This consent applies to any and all notices required to be given to the Participant for any purposes relating to this Award, Participant’s SARs or any Common Stock issuable upon vesting of the SARs.

By accepting this Award, the undersigned Participant acknowledges having received and read this Stock Appreciation Right Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan and agrees to all of the terms and conditions set forth in these documents. Participant consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.      PARTICIPANT:
By:  

     

    

 

  Signature        Signature
Title:  

 

     Date:  

 

Date:  

 

     Designated Email Address:
      

 

ATTACHMENTS: Award Agreement, 2015 Equity Incentive Plan

 

1


MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.

2015 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the Stock Appreciation Right Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and this Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (the “Agreement”) and in consideration of your services, Mobo Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) has awarded you a Stock Appreciation Right Award (the “Award”) under its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for the number of SARs set forth on the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement will have the same meanings given to them in the Plan or the Grant Notice, as applicable. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, in the event of any conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

The details of your Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows.

1. GRANT OF THE AWARD. This Award was granted in consideration of your services to the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, you will not be required to make any payment to the Company (other than past and future services to the Company) with respect to your receipt of the Award, the vesting of the SARs or the delivery of the Common Stock to be issued in respect of the Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to issue you the cash equivalent of SAR Payment Amount, in part or in full satisfaction of the delivery of Common Stock upon vesting of your SARs, and, to the extent applicable, references in this Agreement and the Grant Notice to Common Stock issuable in connection with your SARs will include the potential payment of the SAR Payment Amount in cash upon settlement of such right.

2. VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, your Award will vest, if at all, in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the Grant Notice.

3. CAPITALIZATION ADJUSTMENTS AND TRANSACTIONS. The number of SARs subject to your Award and the Measurement Price may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan. Any additional SARs, shares, cash or other property that become subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3, if any, will be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other SARs covered by your Award. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock will be created pursuant to this Section 3. The Board will, in its discretion, determine an equivalent benefit for any fractional shares or fractional shares that might be created by the adjustments referred to in this Section 3. Further, in connection with a Transaction, this Award shall be subject to the provisions of Section 9(c) of the Plan.

4. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. You may not be issued any shares of Common Stock in respect of your Award unless either (i) the shares are registered under the Securities Act; or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations. To the extent the Company is unable to issue shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Company may pay you the SAR Payment Amount in cash as provided in Section 6(a).

5. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. Your Award is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities

 

1.


laws, you agree not to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in any of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award until the shares are issued to you in accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement. For example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your SARs as security for a loan. After the shares have been issued to you, you cannot assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such shares except in compliance with the Company’s Bylaws, any applicable securityholders’ agreement, investor rights agreement, voting agreement, drag-along agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement or similar agreement that may be in effect from time to time among the Company and the holders of its capital securities (collectively, “Securityholders’ Documents”) and provided that any such actions are in compliance with the provisions herein, any applicable Company policies (including, but not limited to, insider trading and window period policies) and applicable securities laws.

6. DATE OF ISSUANCE.

(a) Subject to the satisfaction of the Withholding Taxes set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement, to the extent the Company does not elect to settle this Award in cash, on the applicable vesting date the Company will deliver to you a number of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the SAR Payment Amount (measured as of the applicable vesting date). However, if a scheduled delivery date falls on a date that is not a business day, such delivery date will instead fall on the next following business day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent applicable at a vesting date when shares are registered under the Securities Act, in the event that (i) any shares covered by your Award are scheduled to be delivered on a day (the “Original Distribution Date”) that does not occur: (A) during an open “window period” applicable to you under the Company’s policy permitting officers, directors and other designated individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods, in effect from time to time (the “Policy”), (B) on a day on which you are permitted to sell shares of Common Stock pursuant to a written plan that meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Policy, or (C) on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Common Stock on the open market, and (ii) the Company elects not to satisfy its obligations for Withholding Taxes (as defined in Section 10) by withholding shares from your distribution or withholding from other compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company, then such shares will not be delivered on such Original Distribution Date and will instead be delivered on the first business day of the next occurring open “window period” applicable to you pursuant to such Policy (regardless of whether you are still providing Continuous Service at such time) or the next business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of Common Stock in the open market, but in no event later than the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third month following the end of the calendar year in which the applicable shares covered by the Award vest or (ii) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third month following the end of the Company’s taxable year in which the applicable shares covered by the Award vest (the “Issuance Deadline”). Delivery of the shares pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6(a) is intended to comply with the requirements for the short-term deferral exemption available under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such manner. The form of such delivery of the shares (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) will be determined by the Company.

(b) If the Company elects to issue you cash in part or in full satisfaction of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon vesting of your SARs, then the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(a) will not apply and such cash will be paid to you in a lump sum at any time on or after the vesting date of your SARs, but in no event later than the Issuance Deadline.

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon settlement of this Award, the Company may require you and you hereby agree to execute and deliver to the Company any applicable Securityholders’ Documents (or a joinder thereto) that may be in effect from time to time among the Company and the holders of its capital securities (and which may contain, among other provisions, additional restrictions on transfer rights of repurchase in favor of the Company).

 

2.


7. DIVIDENDS. You will receive no benefit or adjustment to your Award with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from a Capitalization Adjustment as provided in the Plan; provided, however, that this sentence will not apply with respect to any shares of Common Stock that are delivered to you in connection with your Award after such shares have been delivered to you.

8. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS. The shares issued in respect of your Award will be endorsed with appropriate legends determined by the Company.

9. AWARD NOT AN EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE CONTRACT.

(a) Your Continuous Service with the Company or an Affiliate is not for any specified term and may be terminated by you or by the Company or an Affiliate at any time, for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. Nothing in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Award pursuant to the schedule set forth in the Grant Notice herein or the issuance of the shares in respect of your Award), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Agreement or the Plan will: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company or an Affiliate of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

(b) By accepting this Award, you acknowledge and agree that the right to continue vesting in the Award pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in Section 2 and in the Grant Notice is earned only by continuing as an employee, director or consultant at the will of the Company or an Affiliate (not through the act of being hired, being granted this Award or any other award or benefit) and that the Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “reorganization”). You further acknowledge and agree that such a reorganization could result in the termination of your Continuous Service, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award. You further acknowledge and agree that this Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant with the Company or an Affiliate for the term of this Agreement, for any period, or at all, and will not interfere in any way with your right or the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate your Continuous Service at any time, with or without cause and with or without notice.

(c) Your Award is made at the discretion of the Company and the Plan may be suspended or terminated by the Company at any time. The grant of an Award in one year or at one time does not in any way entitle you to an Award in the future. The Plan is wholly discretionary and is not to be considered part of your normal or expected compensation subject to severance, resignation, redundancy or similar compensation. The value of your Award is an extraordinary item of compensation which is outside the scope of your service contract (if any).

 

3.


10. RESPONSIBILITY FOR TAXES.

(a) On or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares of Common Stock underlying the SARs or a cash payment, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you or the cash payment and/or otherwise agrees to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with the Award (the “Withholding Taxes”). Subject to Section 10(d) of this Agreement, if applicable, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to the Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the SARs with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued pursuant to Section 6) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the maximum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the SARs as a liability for financial accounting purposes); or (iv) withholding cash from the Award settled in cash.

(b) Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock or make a cash payment.

(c) In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or the cash payment or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock or the cash payment to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

(d) If specified in the Grant Notice, you may direct the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued pursuant to Section 6) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however, that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income.

11. LOCK-UP PERIOD. By accepting your Award, you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

4.


12. DATA TRANSFER. You explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of your personal data as described in this document by and among, as applicable, your employer, and the Company and its Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan. You understand that the Company, its Affiliates and your employer hold certain personal information about you, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social security number (or other identification number), salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, purchased, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in your favor for the purpose of implementing, managing and administering the Plan (“Data”). You understand that the Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in your country or elsewhere and that the recipient country may have different data privacy laws and protections than your country. You may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting the Stock Plan Administrator at the Company (the “Stock Plan Administrator”). You authorize the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing your participation in the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data, as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom you may elect to deposit any shares of Common Stock acquired upon the vesting of the Award. You understand that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage participation in the Plan. You may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data, require any necessary amendments to the Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting the Stock Plan Administrator in writing. You understand that refusing or withdrawing consent may affect your ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of refusing to consent or withdrawing consent, you may contact the Stock Plan Administrator.

13. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. The shares of Common Stock issued to you pursuant to your Award are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws or Securityholders’ Agreements in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right.

14. UNSECURED OBLIGATION. Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you will be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares pursuant to this Agreement. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

15. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your Award or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this Award you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

5.


16. INSIDER TRADING RESTRICTIONS/MARKET ABUSE LAWS. You acknowledge that, depending on your country, you may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect your ability to acquire or sell the shares of Common Stock or rights to the shares of Common Stock under the Plan during such times as you are considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in your country or any country in which the Company’s shares of Common Stock are registered or listed). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to comply with any applicable restrictions, and you are advised to speak to your personal advisor on this matter.

17. IMPOSITION OF OTHER REQUIREMENTS. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on your participation in the Plan, on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal administrative reasons, and to require you to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

18. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award may be transferred to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under your Award may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award, and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

(d) This Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

19. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of your Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, to the extent applicable, your Award (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Award) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

20. SEVERABILITY. If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any

 

6.


portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

21. EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The value of the Award subject to this Agreement will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating the Employee’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

22. AMENDMENT. This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Board by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that no such amendment adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change will be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

23. NO OBLIGATION TO MINIMIZE TAXES. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this Award and will not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this Award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

24. COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE. This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code and any state law of similar effect (collectively, “Section 409A”), and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). The Company makes no representation or warranty and will have no liability to you or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, Section 409A.

* * *

This Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

7.

Exhibit 10.13

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made between Olo Inc. (the “Company”) and Noah Glass (the “Executive”) (collectively, the “Parties”), and is effective as of January 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”).

Whereas, the Company and Executive are parties to an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective as of January 12, 2016 (the “Original Agreement”);

Whereas, the Company desires for Executive to continue to provide services to the Company on the terms and conditions of this Agreement from and after the Effective Date, and wishes to provide Executive with certain compensation and benefits in return for such continued employment services; and

Whereas, Executive wishes to continue to be employed by the Company and to provide personal services to the Company in return for certain compensation and benefits;

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. Executive shall continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will continue to devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved time off permitted by the Company’s general employment policies. Executive shall continue to serve as a Director of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) at the pleasure of the Board in accordance with the governing documents and applicable law.

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are required by the Board to whom Executive reports. The Company reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location from time to time, and to require reasonable business travel.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the Parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.


2. Compensation.

2.1 Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $443,000 per year (the “Base Salary”), subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

2.2 Annual Cash Bonus. Executive will be eligible for an annual cash bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) of 80% of Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Annual Bonus”). Whether Executive receives an Annual Bonus for any given year, and the amount of any such Annual Bonus, will be determined by the Board (or the Compensation Committee of the Board) in its sole discretion based upon the Company’s and Executive’s achievement of objectives and milestones as set forth in the Company’s Performance Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”). Any Annual Bonus that is awarded will be paid in the calendar year following the applicable bonus year, but in no event later than March 15th of such year. Executive will not be eligible for, and will not earn, any Annual Bonus (including a prorated bonus, if any) if Executive’s employment terminates for any reason before the last day of the year to which such Annual Bonus relates, except as set forth herein. If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, other than by the Company for Cause, after the last day of such year, but prior to payment of the applicable Annual Bonus for such year, Executive shall remain eligible to receive an Annual Bonus with respect to such completed year in accordance with the terms of this Section and the Bonus Plan.

2.3 Company Equity Awards. Executive remains eligible to be considered for future equity awards as may be determined by the Board (or the Compensation Committee of the Board) in its discretion in accordance with the terms of any applicable equity plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

2.4 Make Whole Bonus. If the Company consummates a Company Exit on or prior to January 12, 2026 and Executive is employed with the Company on the date the Company Exit is consummated, and (A) for a Company Exit that is a Deemed Liquidation Event, the proceeds of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock with respect to their shares of Series C Preferred Stock in the Company Exit equals or exceeds $35.5197 per share (whether based on share price or the entitlement of the holders of such Shares to receive distributions of cash or cash equivalents, which value shall be determined on an as converted basis and based on all amounts actually received by the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, including without limitation, escrows, installment payments, earnout payments, milestone payments and other payments to be received by the holders following the closing of the Deemed Liquidation Event) and (B) for a Company Exit that is a Qualifying Public Offering, the closing price of a share of Common Stock on the exchange or market the Company is listed on equals or exceeds $35.5197 per share on the 180th day following the closing of such Qualifying Public Offering, then the Company will pay Executive a bonus equal to the product of (i) 91,051 and (ii) the difference between (1) the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock in the Company Exit and (2) $2.73, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $2,335,484.00 (the “Make Whole Bonus”). If earned, the Company will pay Executive the Make Whole Bonus in U.S. Dollars within 30 days following the consummation of the Company Exit that constituted a Deemed Liquidation Event (or 30 days following the holders of Series C Preferred Stock actually receiving at least $35.5197 per share in such Deemed Liquidation Event) or 30 days following the 180th day following the closing of the Company’s Qualifying Public Offering. If the Company


Exit is a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Deemed Liquidation Event constitutes a “change in ownership” or a “change in the ownership of substantial assets” of the Company as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) and all or a portion of consideration received by the Company or its shareholders in connection with such Company Exit consists of contingent or deferred consideration (including any amounts placed in escrow, and regardless of the form of such contingent or deferred consideration), then the Company will pay Executive any additional Make Whole Bonus earned in connection with the payment of the contingent or deferred consideration within 30 days after the date such amounts are actually received by the Company or its shareholders (if at all). No Make Whole Bonus will be due to the Executive on any consideration paid in connection with the Company Exit after the fifth anniversary of the closing date of the Company Exit. For purposes of this Paragraph, a “Company Exit” means (i) a “Deemed Liquidation Event” or (ii) a “Qualifying Public Offering”, each as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time; provided that a bona fide equity financing shall under no circumstances constitute a “Company Exit”.

3. Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit programs for which Executive is eligible under the terms and conditions of the benefit plans that may be in effect from time to time and provided by the Company to its employees. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans or programs it offers to its employees at any time.

4. Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

5. Termination of Employment; Severance

5.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

5.2 Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason.

(i) The Company may terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time without Cause (as defined below). Further, Executive may resign at any time for Good Reason (as defined below).

(ii) In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, and provided that Executive remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall provide Executive with the following severance benefits:


(a) Severance in an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s base salary in effect as of the date of Executive’s employment termination, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings (the “Severance”). The Severance will be paid in equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule over the twelve (12) month period following Executive’s termination of employment, commencing within 60 days following Executive’s termination of employment; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period, and such initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Executive’s date of termination.

(b) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive’s COBRA premiums to continue Executive’s coverage (including coverage for eligible dependents, if applicable) (“COBRA Premiums”) through the period (the “COBRA Premium Period”) starting on Executive’s termination of employment and ending on the earliest to occur of: (i) twelve (12) months following Executive’s termination of employment; (ii) the date Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer; or (iii) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination. In the event Executive becomes covered under another employer’s group health plan or otherwise cease to be eligible for COBRA during the COBRA Premium Period, Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the COBRA Premiums without a substantial risk of violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company instead shall pay to Executive, on the first day of each calendar month, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the applicable COBRA premiums for that month (including premiums for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents who have elected and remain enrolled in such COBRA coverage), subject to applicable tax withholdings (such amount, the “Special Cash Payment”), for the remainder of the COBRA Premium Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Cash Payments toward the cost of COBRA premiums.

(c) A portion of Executive’s Target Annual Bonus for the calendar year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs, pro-rated for the period from the beginning of the calendar year up to the Termination Date, and payable on the date the first installment of the Severance is payable hereunder.

(iii) If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, in either case within three (3) months prior to or eighteen (18) months following the closing of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan), provided such transaction constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and provided that Executive remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, then in lieu of the payments and benefits described in Section 5.2(ii), above, the Company (or its successor) shall provide Executive with the following severance payments and benefits:


(a) Severance in an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of Executive’s base salary in effect as of the date of Executive’s employment termination, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings (the “CIC Severance”). The CIC Severance will be paid in a single lump sum within 60 days following Executive’s termination of employment; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the CIC Severance shall be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such termination occurs prior to a Change in Control, the CIC Severance shall commence to be paid in installments in accordance with Section 5.2(ii)(a), above, and upon the occurrence of such Change in Control, the remainder of the CIC Severance shall be payable in a lump-sum in accordance with this section.

(b) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive’s COBRA premiums to continue Executive’s coverage (including coverage for eligible dependents, if applicable) (“CIC COBRA Premiums”) through the period (the “CIC COBRA Premium Period”) starting on Executive’s termination of employment and ending on the earliest to occur of: (i) eighteen (18) months following Executive’s termination of employment; (ii) the date Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer; or (iii) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination. In the event Executive becomes covered under another employer’s group health plan or otherwise cease to be eligible for COBRA during the COBRA Premium Period, Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the CIC COBRA Premiums without a substantial risk of violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company instead shall pay to Executive, the Special Cash Payment for the remainder of the CIC COBRA Premium Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Cash Payments toward the cost of CIC COBRA premiums.

(c) A portion of Executive’s Target Annual Bonus for the calendar year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs, pro-rated for the period from the beginning of the calendar year up to the Termination Date, and payable on the date the first installment of the CIC Severance is payable hereunder.

(d) Effective as of Executive’s termination date or, if later, the date of such Change in Control, the vesting and exercisability of all outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the termination date (if any) that are subject to time-based vesting requirements, shall be accelerated in full and the vesting and exercisability of all outstanding equity awards subject to performance-based vesting will be treated as set forth in Executive’s equity award agreement governing such award.

5.3 Termination for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason; Death or Disability.

(i) The Company may terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time for Cause. Further, Executive may resign at any time without Good Reason. Executive’s employment with the Company may also be terminated due to Executive’s death or Permanent Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Permanent Disability” means Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position, with reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 180 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment as determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.


(ii) If Executive resigns without Good Reason, or the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, or upon Executive’s death or Permanent Disability, then (i) Executive will cease to vest in any time-based vesting equity awards, (ii) any equity awards subject to performance-based vesting will be treated as set forth in Executive’s equity award agreement governing such award, (iii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned and vested benefits as required by law), and (iv) Executive will not be entitled to any severance benefits, including (without limitation) the payments and benefits described in Section 5.2, above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive is entitled to any continuation of benefits required by COBRA or applicable law and, in the case of termination upon Executive’s death or Permanent Disability, payment of Executive’s Target Annual Bonus for the calendar year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs, pro-rated for the period from the beginning of the calendar year up to the Termination Date, and payable in accordance with the terms of the Bonus Plan.

6. Conditions to Receipt of Severance Payments and Benefits. The receipt of the severance payments and benefits described in Section 5.2, above, will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims (including non-disparagement and cooperation provisions) in the form provided by the Company (the “Separation Agreement”) within a time period specified by the Company, but not to exceed fifty-three (53) days (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). No such payments or benefits will be paid or provided until the Separation Agreement becomes effective. If the Separation Agreement does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to receive or retain the severance payments and benefits described in Section 5.2, or other benefits under this Separation Agreement. Executive shall also resign from all positions and terminate any relationships as an employee, advisor, officer or director with the Company and any of its affiliates, each effective on the date of termination.

7. Section 409A. It is intended that all of the severance benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1896, as amended (the “Code”) provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions, and to the extent not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments, reimbursements or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment


or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (Executive’s “Separation from Service”). The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and if any of the payments upon Separation from Service set forth herein and/or under any other agreement with the Company are deemed to be “deferred compensation”, then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company, (ii) the date of Executive’s death or (iii) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation. Upon the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code period, all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive, and any remaining payments due shall be paid as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable agreement. No interest shall be due on any amounts so deferred. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

8. Definitions.

(i) Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” means and only means any of the following: (i) a conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony or any crime involving fraudulent conduct under the laws of the United States or any State by Executive; (ii) any unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof that causes material harm to such entity, but excluding any disclosure required by subpoena, court order or applicable law; (iii) Executive’s fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct that causes material harm to the Company; (iv) Executive’s continuing failure to perform Executive’s assigned material duties, after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board that specifies such failure and such failure is not materially cured by Executive within thirty (30) days thereafter; (v) Executive’s material breach of any written agreement between Executive and the Company if such breach is not cured by Executive within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof from the Company that specifies such material breach; (vi) Executive’s material failure to comply with the Company’s reasonable and legal written policies or rules applicable to all executives if such failure is not cured by Executive within thirty (30) days of notice thereof from the Company that specifies such material failure; or (vii) Executive’s failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested Executive’s cooperation. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof to discharge or dismiss


Executive for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed or construed, for purposes of this Agreement, to constitute grounds for termination for Cause. It is understood and agreed that, where a cure period is specified above, but the condition constituting Cause is legally incapable of being cured, Executive shall not be entitled to such cure period. Whether a termination is for Cause shall be determined by the Board in its judgment and discretion, which shall be exercised in good faith.

(ii) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement “Good Reason” means that Executive resigns as set forth in this Agreement after the Executive has first learned that one or more of the following conditions has come into existence without Executive’s prior written consent: (i) a material diminution of Executive’s base salary, bonus target or benefits (for the avoidance of doubt, a reduction in Executive’s base salary by more than 10% shall be considered a material diminution); (ii) a material diminution of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities), provided, however, that a change in Executive’s title shall not, in and of itself, constitute Good Reason; (iii) a change in the primary geographic location at which Executive must perform Executive’s services for the Company that is outside of a twenty-five (25) mile radius of the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York or of Executive’s primary location of employment; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement or of any other agreement between the Company and Executive. A condition will not be considered “Good Reason” unless Executive gives the Company written notice of the condition within 90 days after Executive has learned that the condition has come into existence, the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving Executive’s written notice and Executive resigns Executive’s employment within 60 days after the Company receives Executive’s written notice.

9. Proprietary Information Obligations.

9.1 Confidential Information Agreement. As a condition of employment, Executive acknowledges Executive’s continuing obligations pursuant to Executive’s Restrictive Covenant and Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement with the Company, dated as of the date hereof (the “Confidentiality Agreement”).

9.2 Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, and that Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.


10. Outside Activities During Employment.

10.1 Non-Company Business. Except with the prior written consent of the Board, Executive will not during the term of Executive’s employment with the Company undertake or engage in any other employment, occupation or business enterprise, other than ones in which Executive is a passive investor. The Company acknowledges that the Board has consented to Executive’s continuing to engage in the activities set forth on Schedule 1, subject to his compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement. In any event, Executive may engage in civic and not-for-profit activities so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

10.2 No Adverse Interests. Executive agrees not to acquire, assume or participate in, directly or indirectly, any position, investment or interest known to be adverse or antagonistic to the Company, its business or prospects, financial or otherwise.

11. Dispute Resolution. To ensure the timely and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, negotiation, execution, or interpretation of this Agreement, the Confidential Information Agreement, or Executive’s employment, or the termination of Executive’s employment, including but not limited to all statutory claims, with the exception of discrimination and harassment claims, will be resolved pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §1-16 (the “FAA”), and to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration by a single arbitrator conducted in New York, New York by Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services Inc. (“JAMS”) under the then applicable JAMS rules (at the following web address: https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/); provided, however, this arbitration provision shall not apply to sexual harassment and discrimination claims to the extent prohibited by applicable law that is not preempted by the FAA. A hard copy of the rules will be provided to Executive upon request. A hard copy of the rules will be provided to Executive upon request. By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding. In addition, all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by Executive or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The Arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences regarding class claims or proceedings are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. The Company acknowledges that Executive will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. Questions of whether a claim is subject to arbitration under this Agreement) shall be decided by a federal court in the State of New York. However, procedural questions which grow out of the dispute and bear on the final disposition are matters for the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief


as would otherwise be permitted by law; (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award; and (c) be authorized to award any or all remedies that Executive or the Company would be entitled to seek in a court of law. Executive and the Company shall equally share all JAMS’ arbitration fees. To the extent JAMS does not collect or Executive otherwise does not pay to JAMS an equal share of all JAMS’ arbitration fees for any reason, and the Company pays JAMS Executive’s share, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be entitled to recover from Executive half of the JAMS arbitration fees invoiced to the parties (less any amounts Executive paid to JAMS) in a federal or state court of competent jurisdiction. Except as modified in the Confidential Information Agreement, each party is responsible for its own attorneys’ fees. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either Executive or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and state courts of any competent jurisdiction. To the extent applicable law prohibits mandatory arbitration of sexual harassment or discrimination claims and is not preempted by the FAA, in the event Executive intends to bring multiple claims, including a sexual harassment or discrimination claim, the sexual harassment and/or discrimination claims may be publicly filed with a court, while any other claims will remain subject to mandatory arbitration.

12. Section 280G Matters.

12.1 If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “280G Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then any such 280G Payment provided pursuant to this Agreement (a “Payment”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax, or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “Pro Rata Reduction Method”).

12.2 Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 12 to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A


as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without Cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

12.3 Unless Executive and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm or law firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control transaction shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity, or group effecting the Change in Control transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally-recognized accounting or law firm to make the determinations required by this Section 12. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting or law firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Executive and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by Executive or the Company) or such other time as requested by Executive or the Company.

12.4 If Executive receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of Paragraph 12.1 and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, Executive agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of Section 12(i)) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) of Section 12(i), Executive shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

13. General Provisions.

13.1 Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by email) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

13.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the parties.


13.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

13.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to this subject matter and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Parties’ agreement with regard to this subject matter and supersede any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements, including the Original Agreement. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and it cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company.

13.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

13.6 Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

13.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

13.8 Tax Withholding and Indemnification. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to the Agreement.

13.9 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.


In Witness Whereof, the Parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the Effective Date on the day and year written below.

 

        Olo Inc.
By  

Noah H. Glass

      By  

Nithya B. Das

Name Noah H. Glass                Name Nithya B. Das
Title Founder and Chief Executive Officer       Title Chief Legal Officer
Date Feb 4, 2021       Date Feb 4, 2021


Schedule 1

Executive may continue to engage in following outside activities:

 

GetTattle, Inc.    Advisor
Portillo’s    Board Member and Advisor
Founder Collective    Founder Partner
Culinary Institute of America    Trustee
Share Our Strength - No Kid Hungry    Board Member
Young Presidents’ Organization    Member

 

Signature:  

/s/ Noah Glass

    Signature:  

/s/ Nithya Das

  Noah Glass (Feb 4, 2021 15:28 EST)                Nithya Das (Feb 4, 2021 15:36 EST)
Email:   noah@olo.com     Email:   nithya.das@olo.com

Exhibit 10.14

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made between Olo Inc. (the “Company”) and Nithya B. Das (the “Executive”) (collectively, the “Parties”), and is effective as of January 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”).

Whereas, the Company and Executive are parties to an Employment Agreement effective as of October 1, 2019 (the “Original Agreement”);

Whereas, the Company desires for Executive to continue to provide services to the Company on the terms and conditions of this Agreement from and after the Effective Date, and wishes to provide Executive with certain compensation and benefits in return for such continued employment services; and

Whereas, Executive wishes to continue to be employed by the Company and to provide personal services to the Company in return for certain compensation and benefits;

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. Executive shall continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Legal Officer. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will continue to devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved time off permitted by the Company’s general employment policies.

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are required by the Chief Executive Officer to whom Executive reports as of this date or in the future. The Company reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location from time to time, and to require reasonable business travel.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the Parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

2. Compensation.

2.1 Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $338,000 per year (the “Base Salary”), subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.


2.2 Annual Cash Bonus. Executive will be eligible for an annual cash bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) of 41% of Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Annual Bonus”). Whether Executive receives an Annual Bonus for any given year, and the amount of any such Annual Bonus, will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) (or the Compensation Committee of the Board) in their sole discretion based upon the Company’s and Executive’s achievement of objectives and milestones as set forth in the Company’s Performance Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”). Any Annual Bonus that is awarded will be paid in the calendar year following the applicable bonus year, but in no event later than March 15th of such year. Executive will not be eligible for, and will not earn, any Annual Bonus (including a prorated bonus, if any) if Executive’s employment terminates for any reason before the last day of the year to which such Annual Bonus relates, except as set forth herein. If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, other than by the Company for Cause, after the last day of such year, but prior to payment of the applicable Annual Bonus for such year, Executive shall remain eligible to receive an Annual Bonus with respect to such completed year in accordance with the terms of this Section and the Bonus Plan.

2.3 Company Equity Awards. Executive remains eligible to be considered for future equity awards as may be determined by the Board (or the Compensation Committee of the Board) in its discretion in accordance with the terms of any applicable equity plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

3. Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit programs for which Executive is eligible under the terms and conditions of the benefit plans that may be in effect from time to time and provided by the Company to its employees. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans or programs it offers to its employees at any time.

4. Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

5. Termination of Employment; Severance

5.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

5.2 Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason.

(i) The Company may terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time without Cause (as defined below). Further, Executive may resign at any time for Good Reason (as defined below).


(ii) In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, and provided that Executive remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall provide Executive with the following severance benefits:

(a) Severance in an amount equal to 9 months of Executive’s base salary in effect as of the date of Executive’s employment termination, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings (the “Severance”). The Severance will be paid in equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule over the 9 month period following Executive’s termination of employment, commencing within 60 days following Executive’s termination of employment; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period, and such initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Executive’s date of termination.

(b) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive’s COBRA premiums to continue Executive’s coverage (including coverage for eligible dependents, if applicable) (“COBRA Premiums”) through the period (the “COBRA Premium Period”) starting on Executive’s termination of employment and ending on the earliest to occur of: (i) 9 months following Executive’s termination of employment; (ii) the date Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer; or (iii) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination. In the event Executive becomes covered under another employer’s group health plan or otherwise cease to be eligible for COBRA during the COBRA Premium Period, Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the COBRA Premiums without a substantial risk of violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company instead shall pay to Executive, on the first day of each calendar month, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the applicable COBRA premiums for that month (including premiums for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents who have elected and remain enrolled in such COBRA coverage), subject to applicable tax withholdings (such amount, the “Special Cash Payment”), for the remainder of the COBRA Premium Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Cash Payments toward the cost of COBRA premiums.

(c) The Company will pay Executive a Target Annual Bonus for the calendar year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs, pro-rated for the period from the beginning of the calendar year up to the Termination Date, and payable on the date the first installment of the Severance is payable hereunder.


(iii) If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, in either case within three (3) months prior to or eighteen (18) months following the closing of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan), provided such transaction constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and provided that Executive remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, then in lieu of the payments and benefits described in Section 5.2(ii), above, the Company (or its successor) shall provide Executive with the following severance payments and benefits:

(a) Severance in an amount equal to 12 months of Executive’s base salary in effect as of the date of Executive’s employment termination, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings (the “CIC Severance”). The CIC Severance will be paid in a single lump sum within 60 days following Executive’s termination of employment; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the CIC Severance shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such termination occurs prior to a Change in Control, the CIC Severance shall commence to be paid in installments in accordance with Section

5.2(ii)(a), above, and upon the occurrence of such Change in Control, the remainder of the CIC Severance shall be payable in a lump-sum in accordance with this section.

(b) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive’s COBRA premiums to continue Executive’s coverage (including coverage for eligible dependents, if applicable) (“CIC COBRA Premiums”) through the period (the “CIC COBRA Premium Period”) starting on Executive’s termination of employment and ending on the earliest to occur of: (i) 12 months following Executive’s termination of employment; (ii) the date Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer; or (iii) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination. In the event Executive becomes covered under another employer’s group health plan or otherwise cease to be eligible for COBRA during the COBRA Premium Period, Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the CIC COBRA Premiums without a substantial risk of violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company instead shall pay to Executive, the Special Cash Payment for the remainder of the CIC COBRA Premium Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Cash Payments toward the cost of CIC COBRA premiums.

(c) The Company will pay Executive a Target Annual Bonus for the calendar year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs, pro-rated for the period from the beginning of the calendar year up to the Termination Date, and payable on the date the first installment of the CIC Severance is payable hereunder.

(d) Effective as of Executive’s termination date or, if later, the date of such Change in Control, the vesting and exercisability of all outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the termination date (if any) subject to time-based vesting requirements, shall be accelerated in full and the vesting and exercisability of all outstanding equity awards subject to performance-based vesting will be treated as set forth in Executive’s equity award agreement governing such award.


5.3 Termination for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason; Death or Disability.

(i) The Company may terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time for Cause. Further, Executive may resign at any time without Good Reason. Executive’s employment with the Company may also be terminated due to Executive’s death or Permanent Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Permanent Disability” means Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position, with reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 180 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment as determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(ii) If Executive resigns without Good Reason, or the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, or upon Executive’s death or Permanent Disability, then (i) Executive will cease to vest in any time-vested equity award, (ii) any equity awards subject to performance-based vesting will be treated as set forth in Executive’s equity award agreement governing such award, (iii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned and vested benefits as required by law), and (iv) Executive will not be entitled to any severance benefits, including (without limitation) the payments and benefits described in Section 5.2, above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive is entitled to any continuation of benefits required by COBRA or applicable law and, in the case of termination upon Executive’s death or Permanent Disability, payment of Executive’s Target Annual Bonus for the calendar year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs, pro-rated for the period from the beginning of the calendar year up to the Termination Date, and payable in accordance with the terms of the Bonus Plan.

6. Conditions to Receipt of Severance Payments and Benefits. The receipt of the severance payments and benefits described in Section 5.2, above, will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims (including nondisparagement and no cooperation provisions) in the form provided by the Company (the “Separation Agreement”) within a time period specified by the Company, but not to exceed fifty-three (53) days (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). No such payments or benefits will be paid or provided until the Separation Agreement becomes effective. If the Separation Agreement does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to receive or retain the severance payments and benefits described in Section 5.2, or other benefits under this Separation Agreement. Executive shall also resign from all positions and terminate any relationships as an employee, advisor, officer or director with the Company and any of its affiliates, each effective on the date of termination.

7. Section 409A. It is intended that all of the severance benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1896, as amended (the “Code”) provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1. 409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions, and to the extent no so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments


under this Agreement (whether severance payments, reimbursements or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (Executive’s “Separation from Service”). The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and if any of the payments upon Separation from Service set forth herein and/or under any other agreement with the Company are deemed to be “deferred compensation”, then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company, (ii) the date of Executive’s death or (iii) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation. Upon the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code period, all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive, and any remaining payments due shall be paid as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable agreement. No interest shall be due on any amounts so deferred. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

8. Definitions.

(i) Cause. For purposes of this Agreement,Causemeans and only means any of the following: (i) a conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony or any crime involving fraudulent conduct under the laws of the United States or any State by Executive; (ii) any unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof that causes material harm to such entity, but excluding any disclosure required by subpoena, court order or applicable law; (iii) Executive’s fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct that causes material harm to the Company; (iv) Executive’s continuing failure to perform Executive’s assigned material duties, after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board that specifies such failure and such failure is not materially cured by Executive within thirty (30) days thereafter; (v) Executive’s material breach of any written agreement between Executive and the Company if such breach is not cured by Executive within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof from the Company that specifies such material breach; (vi) Executive’s material failure to comply with the Company’s reasonable and legal written policies or rules applicable to all executives if such failure is not


cured by Executive within thirty (30) days of notice thereof from the Company that specifies such material failure; or (vii) Executive’s failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested Executive’s cooperation. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof to discharge or dismiss Executive for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed or construed, for purposes of this Agreement, to constitute grounds for termination for Cause. It is understood and agreed that, where a cure period is specified above, but the condition constituting Cause is legally incapable of being cured, Executive shall not be entitled to such cure period. Whether a termination is for Cause shall be determined by the Board in its judgment and discretion, which shall be exercised in good faith.

(ii) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement “Good Reason” means that Executive resigns as set forth in this Agreement after the Executive has first learned that one or more of the following conditions has come into existence without Executive’s prior written consent: (i) a material diminution of Executive’s base salary, bonus target or benefits (for the avoidance of doubt, a reduction in Executive’s base salary by more than 10% shall be considered a material diminution); (ii) a material diminution of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities), provided, however, that a change in Executive’s title shall not, in and of itself, constitute Good Reason; (iii) a change in the primary geographic location at which Executive must perform Executive’s services for the Company that is outside of a twenty-five (25) mile radius of the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York or of Executive’s primary location of employment; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement or of any other agreement between the Company and Executive. A condition will not be considered “Good Reason” unless Executive gives the Company written notice of the condition within 90 days after Executive has learned that the condition has come into existence, the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving Executive’s written notice and Executive resigns Executive’s employment within 60 days after the Company receives Executive’s written notice.

9. Proprietary Information Obligations.

9.1 Confidential Information Agreement. As a condition of employment, Executive acknowledges Executive’s continuing obligations pursuant to Executive’s Restrictive Covenant and Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement with the Company, dated as of the date hereof (the “Confidentiality Agreement”).

9.2 Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, and that Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.


10. Outside Activities During Employment.

10.1 Non-Company Business. Except with the prior written consent of the Board, Executive will not during the term of Executive’s employment with the Company undertake or engage in any other employment, occupation or business enterprise, other than ones in which Executive is a passive investor. In any event, Executive may engage in civic and not- for-profit activities so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

10.2 No Adverse Interests. Executive agrees not to acquire, assume or participate in, directly or indirectly, any position, investment or interest known to be adverse or antagonistic to the Company, its business or prospects, financial or otherwise.

11. Dispute Resolution. To ensure the timely and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, negotiation, execution, or interpretation of this Agreement, the Confidential Information Agreement, or Executive’s employment, or the termination of Executive’s employment, including but not limited to all statutory claims, with the exception of discrimination and harassment claims, will be resolved pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §1-16 (the “FAA”), and to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration by a single arbitrator conducted in New York, New York by Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services Inc. (“JAMS”) under the then applicable JAMS rules (at the following web address: https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/); provided, however, this arbitration provision shall not apply to sexual harassment and discrimination claims to the extent prohibited by applicable law that is not preempted by the FAA. A hard copy of the rules will be provided to Executive upon request. A hard copy of the rules will be provided to Executive upon request. By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding. In addition, all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by Executive or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The Arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences regarding class claims or proceedings are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. The Company acknowledges that Executive will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. Questions of whether a claim is subject to arbitration under this Agreement) shall be decided by a federal


court in the State of New York. However, procedural questions which grow out of the dispute and bear on the final disposition are matters for the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award; and (c) be authorized to award any or all remedies that Executive or the Company would be entitled to seek in a court of law. Executive and the Company shall equally share all JAMS’ arbitration fees. To the extent JAMS does not collect or Executive otherwise does not pay to JAMS an equal share of all JAMS’ arbitration fees for any reason, and the Company pays JAMS Executive’s share, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be entitled to recover from Executive half of the JAMS arbitration fees invoiced to the parties (less any amounts Executive paid to JAMS) in a federal or state court of competent jurisdiction. Except as modified in the Confidential Information Agreement, each party is responsible for its own attorneys’ fees. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either Executive or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and state courts of any competent jurisdiction. To the extent applicable law prohibits mandatory arbitration of sexual harassment or discrimination claims and is not preempted by the FAA, in the event Executive intends to bring multiple claims, including a sexual harassment or discrimination claim, the sexual harassment and/or discrimination claims may be publicly filed with a court, while any other claims will remain subject to mandatory arbitration.

12. Section 280G Matters.

(i) If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “280G Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then any such 280G Payment provided pursuant to this Agreement (a “Payment”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax, or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “Pro Rata Reduction Method”).


(ii) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 12 to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without Cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

(iii) Unless Executive and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm or law firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control transaction shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity, or group effecting the Change in Control transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally-recognized accounting or law firm to make the determinations required by this Section 12. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting or law firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Executive and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by Executive or the Company) or such other time as requested by Executive or the Company.

(iv) If Executive receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, Executive agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of Section 12(i)) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) of Section 12(i), Executive shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

13. General Provisions.

13.1 Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by email) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

13.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the parties.


13.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

13.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to this subject matter and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Parties’ agreement with regard to this subject matter and supersede any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements, including the Original Agreement. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and it cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company.

13.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

13.6 Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

13.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

13.8 Tax Withholding and Indemnification. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to the Agreement.

13.9 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.


In Witness Whereof, the Parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the Effective Date on the day and year written below.

 

    Olo Inc.
By  

/s/ Nithya B. Das

    By  

/s/ Noah H. Glass

Name   Nithya B. Das     Name   Noah H. Glass
Title   Chief Legal Officer     Title   Founder and Chief Executive Officer
Date   Feb 4, 2021     Date   Feb 4, 2021

 

Signature:    LOGO            Signature:    LOGO
Email:    nithya.das@olo.com       Email:    noah@olo.com

Exhibit 10.15

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made between Olo Inc. (the “Company”) and Marty Hahnfeld (the “Executive”) (collectively, the “Parties”), and is effective as of January 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”).

Whereas, the Company and Executive are parties to an Employment Agreement effective as of January 1, 2018 (the “Original Agreement”);

Whereas, the Company desires for Executive to continue to provide services to the Company on the terms and conditions of this Agreement from and after the Effective Date, and wishes to provide Executive with certain compensation and benefits in return for such continued employment services; and

Whereas, Executive wishes to continue to be employed by the Company and to provide personal services to the Company in return for certain compensation and benefits;

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. Executive shall continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Customer Officer. During the term of Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will continue to devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved time off permitted by the Company’s general employment policies.

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are required by the Chief Executive Officer to whom Executive reports as of this date or in the future. The Company reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location from time to time, and to require reasonable business travel.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the Parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

2. Compensation.

2.1 Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive a base salary at the rate of $364,000 per year (the “Base Salary”), subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.


2.2 Commission. Executive will be eligible to participate in a commission structure that the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) may approve for senior executives of the Company (the “Commission”). The target amount of Executive’s Commission is equal to 100% of Executive’s Base Salary (the “Target Commission”). Whether Executive receives a Commission for any given period, and the amount of any such Commission, will be determined by the Board (or the Compensation Committee of the Board) in their sole discretion based upon Executive’s achievement of objectives and milestones as set forth in the Company’s Sales Compensation Plan (the “Sales Compensation Plan”). If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason prior to payment of any earned portion of Executive’s Commission as described in the Sales Compensation Plan, the Company shall pay Executive such earned Commission otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Section and the Sales Compensation Plan.

2.3 Company Equity Awards. Executive remains eligible to be considered for future equity awards as may be determined by the Board (or the Compensation Committee of the Board) in its discretion in accordance with the terms of any applicable equity plan or arrangement that may be in effect from time to time.

3. Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit programs for which Executive is eligible under the terms and conditions of the benefit plans that may be in effect from time to time and provided by the Company to its employees. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans or programs it offers to its employees at any time.

4. Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in furtherance or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

5. Termination of Employment; Severance

5.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

5.2 Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason.

(i) The Company may terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time without Cause (as defined below). Further, Executive may resign at any time for Good Reason (as defined below).

(ii) In the event Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, and provided that Executive remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall provide Executive with the following severance benefits:


(a) Severance in an amount equal to 9 months of Executive’s base salary in effect as of the date of Executive’s employment termination, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings (the “Severance”). The Severance will be paid in equal installments on the Company’s regular payroll schedule over the 9 month period following Executive’s termination of employment, commencing within 60 days following Executive’s termination of employment; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the Severance shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period, and such initial payment shall include a catch-up payment to cover amounts retroactive to the day immediately following the Executive’s date of termination.

(b) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive’s COBRA premiums to continue Executive’s coverage (including coverage for eligible dependents, if applicable) (“COBRA Premiums”) through the period (the “COBRA Premium Period”) starting on Executive’s termination of employment and ending on the earliest to occur of: (i) 9 months following Executive’s termination of employment; (ii) the date Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer; or (iii) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination. In the event Executive becomes covered under another employer’s group health plan or otherwise cease to be eligible for COBRA during the COBRA Premium Period, Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the COBRA Premiums without a substantial risk of violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company instead shall pay to Executive, on the first day of each calendar month, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the applicable COBRA premiums for that month (including premiums for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents who have elected and remain enrolled in such COBRA coverage), subject to applicable tax withholdings (such amount, the “Special Cash Payment”), for the remainder of the COBRA Premium Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Cash Payments toward the cost of COBRA premiums.

(c) The Company will pay Executive a Target Commission in an amount equal to the average sales commissions and/or bonuses earned monthly during the 12 months prior to the Termination Date (total sales commissions and/or bonuses earned during the trailing 12-month period, divided by 12), multiplied by six (6), and payable on the date the first installment of the Severance is payable hereunder.

(iii) If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause, or Executive resigns for Good Reason, in either case within three (3) months prior to or eighteen (18) months following the closing of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan), provided such transaction constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and provided that Executive remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, then in lieu of the payments and benefits described in Section 5.2(ii), above, the Company (or its successor) shall provide Executive with the following severance payments and benefits:


(a) Severance in an amount equal to 12 months of Executive’s base salary in effect as of the date of Executive’s employment termination, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings (the “CIC Severance”). The CIC Severance will be paid in a single lump sum within 60 days following Executive’s termination of employment; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in a second calendar year, the CIC Severance shall begin to be paid in the second calendar year by the last day of such 60-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such termination occurs prior to a Change in Control, the CIC Severance shall commence to be paid in installments in accordance with Section

5.2(ii)(a), above, and upon the occurrence of such Change in Control, the remainder of the CIC Severance shall be payable in a lump-sum in accordance with this section.

(b) Provided Executive timely elects continued coverage under COBRA, the Company shall pay Executive’s COBRA premiums to continue Executive’s coverage (including coverage for eligible dependents, if applicable) (“CIC COBRA Premiums”) through the period (the “CIC COBRA Premium Period”) starting on Executive’s termination of employment and ending on the earliest to occur of: (i) 12 months following Executive’s termination of employment; (ii) the date Executive becomes eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer; or (iii) the date Executive ceases to be eligible for COBRA continuation coverage for any reason, including plan termination. In the event Executive becomes covered under another employer’s group health plan or otherwise cease to be eligible for COBRA during the COBRA Premium Period, Executive must immediately notify the Company of such event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the CIC COBRA Premiums without a substantial risk of violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company instead shall pay to Executive, the Special Cash Payment for the remainder of the CIC COBRA Premium Period. Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Cash Payments toward the cost of CIC COBRA premiums.

(c) The Company will pay Executive a Target Commission in an amount equal to the average sales commissions and/or bonuses earned monthly during the 12 months prior to the Termination Date (total sales commissions and/or bonuses earned during the trailing 12-month period, divided by 12), multiplied by six (6), and payable on the date the first installment of the CIC Severance is payable hereunder.

(d) Effective as of Executive’s termination date or, if later, the date of such Change in Control, the vesting and exercisability of all outstanding equity awards held by Executive immediately prior to the termination date (if any) subject to time-based vesting requirements, shall be accelerated in full and the vesting and exercisability of all outstanding equity awards subject to performance-based vesting will be treated as set forth in Executive’s equity award agreement governing such award.


5.3 Termination for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason; Death or Disability.

(i) The Company may terminate Executive’s employment with the Company at any time for Cause. Further, Executive may resign at any time without Good Reason. Executive’s employment with the Company may also be terminated due to Executive’s death or Permanent Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “Permanent Disability” means Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position, with reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 180 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment as determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(ii) If Executive resigns without Good Reason, or the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, or upon Executive’s death or Permanent Disability, then (i) Executive will cease to vest in any time-vested equity award, (ii) any equity awards subject to performance-based vesting will be treated as set forth in Executive’s equity award agreement governing such award, (iii) all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned and vested benefits as required by law), and (iv) Executive will not be entitled to any severance benefits, including (without limitation) the payments and benefits described in Section 5.2, above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive is entitled to any continuation of benefits required by COBRA or applicable law and, in the case of termination upon Executive’s death or Permanent Disability, payment of an amount equal to the average sales commissions and/or bonuses earned monthly during the 12 months prior to the Termination Date (total sales commissions and/or bonuses earned during the trailing 12-month period, divided by 12), multiplied by six (6), and payable in accordance with the terms of the Sales Compensation Plan.

6. Conditions to Receipt of Severance Payments and Benefits. The receipt of the severance payments and benefits described in Section 5.2, above, will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims (including nondisparagement and no cooperation provisions) in the form provided by the Company (the “Separation Agreement”) within a time period specified by the Company, but not to exceed fifty-three (53) days (such deadline, the “Release Deadline”). No such payments or benefits will be paid or provided until the Separation Agreement becomes effective. If the Separation Agreement does not become effective by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any rights to receive or retain the severance payments and benefits described in Section 5.2, or other benefits under this Separation Agreement. Executive shall also resign from all positions and terminate any relationships as an employee, advisor, officer or director with the Company and any of its affiliates, each effective on the date of termination.

7. Section 409A. It is intended that all of the severance benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1896, as amended (the “Code”) provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1. 409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions, and to the extent no so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments, reimbursements or otherwise) shall be


treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. To the extent that any payment or benefit described in this Agreement constitutes “non-qualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, and to the extent that such payment or benefit is payable upon the Executive’s termination of employment, then such payments or benefits shall be payable only upon the Executive’s “separation from service” (Executive’s “Separation from Service”). The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, and if any of the payments upon Separation from Service set forth herein and/or under any other agreement with the Company are deemed to be “deferred compensation”, then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company, (ii) the date of Executive’s death or (iii) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation. Upon the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code period, all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive, and any remaining payments due shall be paid as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable agreement. No interest shall be due on any amounts so deferred. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or any other person if any provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

8. Definitions.

(i) Cause. For purposes of this Agreement,Causemeans and only means any of the following: (i) a conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony or any crime involving fraudulent conduct under the laws of the United States or any State by Executive; (ii) any unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof that causes material harm to such entity, but excluding any disclosure required by subpoena, court order or applicable law; (iii) Executive’s fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct that causes material harm to the Company; (iv) Executive’s continuing failure to perform Executive’s assigned material duties, after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board that specifies such failure and such failure is not materially cured by Executive within thirty (30) days thereafter; (v) Executive’s material breach of any written agreement between Executive and the Company if such breach is not cured by Executive within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof from the Company that specifies such material breach; (vi) Executive’s material failure to comply with the Company’s reasonable and legal written policies or rules applicable to all executives if such failure is not cured by Executive within thirty (30) days of notice thereof from the Company that specifies


such material failure; or (vii) Executive’s failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested Executive’s cooperation. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company or any successor or affiliate thereof to discharge or dismiss Executive for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed or construed, for purposes of this Agreement, to constitute grounds for termination for Cause. It is understood and agreed that, where a cure period is specified above, but the condition constituting Cause is legally incapable of being cured, Executive shall not be entitled to such cure period. Whether a termination is for Cause shall be determined by the Board in its judgment and discretion, which shall be exercised in good faith.

(ii) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement “Good Reason” means that Executive resigns as set forth in this Agreement after the Executive has first learned that one or more of the following conditions has come into existence without Executive’s prior written consent: (i) a material diminution of Executive’s base salary, commission target or benefits (for the avoidance of doubt, a reduction in Executive’s base salary by more than 10% shall be considered a material diminution); (ii) a material diminution of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities (including reporting responsibilities), provided, however, that a change in Executive’s title shall not, in and of itself, constitute Good Reason; (iii) a change in the primary geographic location at which Executive must perform Executive’s services for the Company that is outside of a twenty-five (25) mile radius of the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York or of Executive’s primary location of employment; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement or of any other agreement between the Company and Executive. A condition will not be considered “Good Reason” unless Executive gives the Company written notice of the condition within 90 days after Executive has learned that the condition has come into existence, the Company fails to remedy the condition within 30 days after receiving Executive’s written notice and Executive resigns Executive’s employment within 60 days after the Company receives Executive’s written notice.

9. Proprietary Information Obligations.

9.1 Confidential Information Agreement. As a condition of employment, Executive acknowledges Executive’s continuing obligations pursuant to Executive’s Restrictive Covenant and Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement with the Company, dated as of the date hereof (the “Confidentiality Agreement”).

9.2 Third-Party Agreements and Information. Executive represents and warrants that Executive’s employment by the Company does not conflict with any prior employment or consulting agreement or other agreement with any third party, and that Executive will perform Executive’s duties to the Company without violating any such agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive does not possess confidential information arising out of prior employment, consulting, or other third party relationships, that would be used in connection with Executive’s employment by the Company, except as expressly authorized by that third party. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive will use in the performance of Executive’s duties only information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to Executive’s own, common knowledge in the industry, otherwise legally in the public domain, or obtained or developed by the Company or by Executive in the course of Executive’s work for the Company.


10. Outside Activities During Employment.

10.1 Non-Company Business. Except with the prior written consent of the Board, Executive will not during the term of Executive’s employment with the Company undertake or engage in any other employment, occupation or business enterprise, other than ones in which Executive is a passive investor. In any event, Executive may engage in civic and not- for-profit activities so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder.

10.2 No Adverse Interests. Executive agrees not to acquire, assume or participate in, directly or indirectly, any position, investment or interest known to be adverse or antagonistic to the Company, its business or prospects, financial or otherwise.

11. Dispute Resolution. To ensure the timely and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance, negotiation, execution, or interpretation of this Agreement, the Confidential Information Agreement, or Executive’s employment, or the termination of Executive’s employment, including but not limited to all statutory claims, with the exception of discrimination and harassment claims, will be resolved pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §1-16 (the “FAA”), and to the fullest extent permitted by law, by final, binding and confidential arbitration by a single arbitrator conducted in New York, New York by Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services Inc. (“JAMS”) under the then applicable JAMS rules (at the following web address: https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration/); provided, however, this arbitration provision shall not apply to sexual harassment and discrimination claims to the extent prohibited by applicable law that is not preempted by the FAA. A hard copy of the rules will be provided to Executive upon request. A hard copy of the rules will be provided to Executive upon request. By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, both Executive and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding. In addition, all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this section, whether by Executive or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The Arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences regarding class claims or proceedings are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. The Company acknowledges that Executive will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. Questions of whether a claim is subject to arbitration under this Agreement) shall be decided by a federal court in the State of New York. However, procedural questions which grow out of the dispute


and bear on the final disposition are matters for the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award; and (c) be authorized to award any or all remedies that Executive or the Company would be entitled to seek in a court of law. Executive and the Company shall equally share all JAMS’ arbitration fees. To the extent JAMS does not collect or Executive otherwise does not pay to JAMS an equal share of all JAMS’ arbitration fees for any reason, and the Company pays JAMS Executive’s share, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be entitled to recover from Executive half of the JAMS arbitration fees invoiced to the parties (less any amounts Executive paid to JAMS) in a federal or state court of competent jurisdiction. Except as modified in the Confidential Information Agreement, each party is responsible for its own attorneys’ fees. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to prevent either Executive or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and state courts of any competent jurisdiction. To the extent applicable law prohibits mandatory arbitration of sexual harassment or discrimination claims and is not preempted by the FAA, in the event Executive intends to bring multiple claims, including a sexual harassment or discrimination claim, the sexual harassment and/or discrimination claims may be publicly filed with a court, while any other claims will remain subject to mandatory arbitration.

12. Section 280G Matters.

(i) If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “280G Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then any such 280G Payment provided pursuant to this Agreement (a “Payment”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “Reduced Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax, or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “Reduction Method”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “Pro Rata Reduction Method”).

(ii) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 12 to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section


409A, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without Cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.

(iii) Unless Executive and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm or law firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control transaction shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity, or group effecting the Change in Control transaction, the Company shall appoint a nationally-recognized accounting or law firm to make the determinations required by this Section 12. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting or law firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Executive and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by Executive or the Company) or such other time as requested by Executive or the Company.

(iv) If Executive receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, Executive agrees to promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of Section 12(i)) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) of Section 12(i), Executive shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

13. General Provisions.

13.1 Notices. Any notices provided must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery (including personal delivery by email) or the next day after sending by overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

13.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the parties.


13.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

13.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to this subject matter and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Parties’ agreement with regard to this subject matter and supersede any prior oral discussions or written communications and agreements, including the Original Agreement. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation other than those expressly contained herein, and it cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company.

13.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

13.6 Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof nor to affect the meaning thereof.

13.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators, except that Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company, which shall not be withheld unreasonably.

13.8 Tax Withholding and Indemnification. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has neither made any assurances nor any guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to the Agreement.

13.9 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.


In Witness Whereof, the Parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the Effective Date on the day and year written below.

 

    Olo Inc.
By  

/s/ Marty Hahnfeld

    By  

/s/ Noah H. Glass

Name   Marty Hahnfeld     Name   Noah H. Glass
Title   Chief Customer Officer     Title   Founder and Chief Executive Officer
Date   Feb 10, 2021                             Date   Feb 10, 2021                        

 

Signature:   LOGO     Signature:   LOGO
Email:   marty@olo.com     Email:   noah@olo.com


Marty Hahnfeld Employment Agreement (2-10-21)

 

Final Audit Report

 

  

2021-02-10

 

   
Created:    2021-02-10
   
By:    Steph Margulies (steph.margulies@olo.com)
   
Status:    Signed
   

Transaction ID:

 

  

CBJCHBCAABAALguFA8ne08SsAwLA3PTTeTBfLeCsssUL

 

“Marty Hahnfeld Employment Agreement (2-10-21)” History

 

LOGO    Document created by Steph Margulies (steph.margulies@olo.com)

2021-02-10 - 6:31:15 PM GMT- IP address: 104.3.180.49

 

LOGO   Document emailed to Marty Hahnfeld (marty@olo.com) for signature

2021-02-10 - 6:31:57 PM GMT

 

LOGO    Email viewed by Marty Hahnfeld (marty@olo.com)

2021-02-10 - 6:32:00 PM GMT- IP address: 209.85.238.161

 

LOGO    Document e-signed by Marty Hahnfeld (marty@olo.com)

Signature Date: 2021-02-10 - 6:46:19 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 70.95.72.6

 

LOGO   Document emailed to Noah Glass (noah@olo.com) for signature

2021-02-10 - 6:46:21 PM GMT

 

LOGO    Email viewed by Noah Glass (noah@olo.com)

2021-02-10 - 6:51:07 PM GMT- IP address: 66.102.8.86

 

LOGO    Document e-signed by Noah Glass (noah@olo.com)

Signature Date: 2021-02-10 - 6:51:36 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 67.243.158.60

 

LOGO    Agreement completed.

2021-02-10 - 6:51:36 PM GMT

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.17

OLO INC.

FORM OF 2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: [], 2021

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: [], 2021

IPO DATE: [], 2021

1. GENERAL; PURPOSE.

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, the Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

(c) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

2. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) The Board or the Committee will administer the Plan. References herein to the Board shall be deemed to refer to the Committee except where context dictates otherwise.

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii) To designate from time to time (A) which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan, (B) whether such Related Corporations will participate in the 423 Component or the Non-423 Component, and (C) to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings under the 423 Component, in which Offering the Related Corporations in the 423 Component will participate.

(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

 


(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan with respect to the 423 Component.

(viii) To adopt such rules, procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed or located outside the United States. Without limiting the generality of, and consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures, and sub-plans regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, the definition of eligible “earnings,” handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, any of which may vary according to applicable requirements, and which, if applicable to a Related Corporation designated for participation in the Non-423 Component, do not have to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed [•] shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on January 1st of each calendar year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the first January 1 following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, 2030, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) [•]% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, and (ii) [•] shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no January 1st increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock reserved under this Section 3(a) may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under the 423 Component and any remaining portion of such maximum number of shares may be used to satisfy purchases of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component.

 

2


(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4. GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS; OFFERING.

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and, with respect to the 423 Component, will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

5. ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation. Except as provided in Section 5(b) or as required by Applicable Law, an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may (unless prohibited by law) provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the Related Corporation is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component. The Board may also exclude from participation in the Plan or any Offering Employees who are “highly compensated employees” (within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code) of the Company or a Related Corporation or a subset of such highly compensated employees.

 

3


(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated, exceeds US $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e) Officers of the Company and any designated Related Corporation, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may (unless prohibited by law) provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, in the case of an Offering under the Non-423 Component, an Eligible Employee (or group of Eligible Employees) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Board has determined, in its sole discretion, that participation of such Eligible Employee(s) is not advisable or practical for any reason.

6. PURCHASE RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

 

4


(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

7. PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in an Offering and authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where Applicable Law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If required under Applicable Law or if specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash, check or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

 

5


(c) Unless otherwise required by Applicable Law, Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d) Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant whose employment transfers or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by or between the Company and a Related Corporation that has been designated for participation in the Plan will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a Participant transfers from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the Purchase Right will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component. The Board may establish different and additional rules governing transfers between separate Offerings within the 423 Component and between Offerings under the 423 Component and Offerings under the Non-423 Component.

(e) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(f) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering or as required by Applicable Law, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

8. EXERCISE OF PURCHASE RIGHTS.

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) Unless otherwise provided in the Offering, if any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest (unless otherwise required by Applicable Law).

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable U.S. federal and state, foreign and other securities, exchange control and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 27 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all Applicable Laws, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law).

 

6


9. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

The Company will seek to obtain from each U.S. federal or state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder unless the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that doing so would cause the Company to incur costs that are unreasonable. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

10. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b) If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions, without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law), to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

11. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

12. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by Applicable Law.

 

7


(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component or with respect to other Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Offering Document to the contrary, the Board will be entitled to: (i) establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars; (ii) permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections; (iii) establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Contributions; (iv) amend any outstanding Purchase Rights or clarify any ambiguities regarding the terms of any Offering to enable the Purchase Rights to qualify under and/or comply with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component; and (v) establish other limitations or procedures as the Board determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan. The actions of the Board pursuant to this paragraph will not be considered to alter or impair any Purchase Rights granted under an Offering as they are part of the initial terms of each Offering and the Purchase Rights granted under each Offering.

13. TAX QUALIFICATION; TAX WITHHOLDING.

(a) Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for special tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment, the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain special or to avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan. The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants.

(b) Each Participant will make arrangements, satisfactory to the Company and any applicable Related Corporation, to enable the Company or the Related Corporation to fulfill any withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items. Without limitation to the foregoing, in the Company’s sole discretion and subject to Applicable Law, such withholding obligation may be satsified in whole or in part by (i) withholding from the Participant’s salary or any other cash payment due to the Participant from the Company or a Related Corporation; (ii) withholding from the proceeds of the sale of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, either through a voluntary sale or a mandatory sale arranged by the Company; or (iii) any other method deemed acceptable by the Board.

14. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

 

8


15. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment, if applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

(e) If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

(f) If any provision of the Plan does not comply with Applicable Law, such provision shall be construed in such a manner as to comply with Applicable Law.

16. DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) 423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(b) Applicable Law” means shall mean any applicable securities, federal, state, foreign, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (or under the authority of the NASDAQ Stock Market or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(c) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) Capital Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.

(e) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large

 

9


nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(f) Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g) Committee means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock of the Company.

(i) Company” means Olo Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) “Contributions” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(k) Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Capital Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(l) Director means a member of the Board.

(m) Eligible Employee means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(n) Employee means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

10


(o) Employee Stock Purchase Plan means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(p) Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(q) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with Applicable Laws and regulations and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(r) Governmental Body” means any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government; (c) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (d) self-regulatory organization (including the NASDAQ Stock Market and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(s) IPO Date means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(t) “Non-423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(u) Offering means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “Offering Document” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(v) Offering Date” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(w) Officer means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

11


(x) Participant means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(y) Plan means this Olo Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time, including both the 423 Component and the Non-423 Component.

(z) Purchase Date means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(aa) Purchase Period” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(bb) Purchase Right means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(cc) Related Corporation means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(dd) Securities Act means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ee) Tax-Related Items” means any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising out of or in relation to a Participant’s participation in the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise of a Purchase Right and the receipt of shares of Common Stock or the sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan.

(ff) Trading Day means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

12

Exhibit 10.18

OLO INC.

PERFORMANCE BONUS PLAN

1.    PURPOSE

The Olo Inc. Performance Bonus Plan (the “Plan”) is designed to provide incentives to participating employees to make important contributions to the success of Olo Inc. (the “Company) and reward such employees for outstanding performance. The Plan is also intended to enhance the ability of the Company to attract and retain highly talented individuals.

2.    ADMINISTRATION

The Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee (the “Plan Administrator”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company. The Plan Administrator will have the sole discretion and authority to administer and interpret the Plan, and the decisions of the Plan Administrator will in every case be final and binding on all persons having an interest in the Plan.

3.    ELIGIBILITY

(a)    Participation

Each employee of the Company who (i) is an “officer” of the Company (within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Rule 16a-1 thereunder) (such individuals, the “Officers”) or is otherwise designated by the Plan Administrator as a participant in the Plan and (ii) has been provided with a Target Award (as defined in Section 4 below) and eligibility in the Plan by means of a written agreement with the Company or written notification by the Company, is eligible to participate in the Plan and shall be considered a “Participant” in the Plan. Unless otherwise specified by the Plan Administrator or expressly provided in a written agreement between a Participant and the Company, an individual who commences employment with the Company during an applicable performance period may become a Participant for such performance period, commencing on the date such individual commences employment with the Company (provided such individual meets all other eligibility criteria for participation in the Plan) and will receive a pro-rated Target Award (as defined below) for such initial performance period.

 

1.


(b)    Awards

Each Participant in a performance period will be granted an award of a contingent right to a future payment under the Plan (an “Award”) for such performance period, which will be paid contingent upon achievement of applicable performance goals established by the Plan Administrator for the applicable performance period and earned upon satisfaction of all applicable conditions for earning such Awards.

(c)    Award Payments

In order to be eligible to receive payment of an Award, a Participant must meet the following criteria unless otherwise specified by the Plan Administrator or expressly provided in a written agreement between a Participant and the Company: (A) continue to be employed with the Company from the date his or her participation in the Plan commences for the applicable performance period through the date the Award is paid; and (B) comply with any rules of the Plan established by the Plan Administrator. If a Participant ceases to be an Officer during a performance period but continues to be an employee through the date the Award is paid and otherwise is eligible to receive payment of an Award, such individual’s Award may be adjusted as determined appropriate by the Plan Administrator. There is no guarantee for any payment of an Award under the Plan. Awards are paid as advances and not earned until no longer subject to recoupment in accordance with the Clawback Provisions described in Section 6(h) below, as applicable.

4.    METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING AND DETERMINING AWARDS

(a)    Establishment of Target Awards

For each performance period, each Participant shall have a target award opportunity under the Plan (“Target Award”), expressed in such Participant’s offer letter with the Company or otherwise in writing and approved by the Plan Administrator, as either a percentage of such Participant’s Base Salary earned during such performance period or as a set dollar amount. The Plan Administrator is not obligated to treat all Plan Participants similarly. For purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, “Base Salary” for a Participant means the total amount of base salary or base wages earned by such Participant during the applicable performance period while such individual is a Participant. Base Salary does not include any bonuses, commissions or other incentive compensation, amounts received or otherwise recognized in connection with equity awards, expense reimbursements, relocation payments, overtime or shift differential payments, contributions made by the Company under any employee benefit plan, the value of any employee benefits or perquisites paid for by the Company, or any other similar items of compensation. Base Salary will be determined before any deductions for taxes or benefits and deferrals of compensation pursuant to any Company-sponsored plan.

(b)    Establishment of Performance Periods

The Plan Administrator will establish the applicable performance periods during which actual performance will be measured against the performance goals established by the Plan Administrator to determine the Participant’s potential Award. Performance periods will generally be established by the Plan Administrator in reference to the Company’s fiscal year and may consist of a single fiscal year, multiple fiscal years, or one or more portions of a fiscal year.

 

2.


(c)    Establishment of Performance Goals

With respect to each performance period, the Plan Administrator will establish the following for each Participant: (i) one or more performance goals (which may be corporate performance goals and/or individual performance goals) and (ii) the relative weights, if any, of such performance goals and (iii) such other terms and conditions of the Award, if any, the Plan Administrator determines appropriate in its discretion (and in accordance with the terms of the Plan). The Plan Administrator will make such determinations under this Section 5(c) at the times and in the manner determined appropriate in its sole discretion and is not obligated to treat all Plan Participants similarly. Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, performance goals established for each Award shall be selected pursuant to the “Performance Goals” and “Performance Criteria” set forth in the Company’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (or successor thereto).

(d)    Evaluation of Performance Results

Following the end of each performance period, the Plan Administrator will determine whether (and to what extent) the performance goals established for such performance period have been achieved.

(e)    Determination of Actual Awards

For each performance period, the Plan Administrator will determine the amount of any actual Award for each Participant (which may be below, at or above the applicable Target Award) based on (i) the extent to which the performance goals established for such performance period have been achieved (and any relative weighting of such performance goals), (ii) such Participant’s Target Award, and (iii) if and the extent to which any and all other conditions for a Participant to earn and receive an Award have been met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining the amount of any actual Award for any Participant, the Plan Administrator will have the discretion to reduce the amount of any actual Award below the amount calculated under the terms of the Plan, including to zero, or increase the amount of any actual Award above the amount calculated under the terms of the Plan. In making such determination the Plan Administrator may take into consideration such other factors as it determines appropriate, in its sole discretion, including the Participant’s individual performance. Awards will additionally be subject to any maximum payout limitation approved by the Plan Administrator for the applicable performance period.

Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator: (i) any Participant who switches from full-time to part-time employment during the performance period will have his or her actual Award reduced on a pro-rata basis based upon the applicable percentage of full-time equivalent employment that was in effect on an aggregate basis during the performance period and (ii) no adjustment will be made to the determined amount of an actual Award for any Participant due to any reduction in the percentage of full-time equivalent employment of a Participant that occurs after expiration of the performance period and prior to determination of the actual Award.

 

3.


Unless prohibited by applicable law or otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator: (i) any Participant who is absent due to an approved leave of absence during the performance period, and who otherwise is eligible to receive and earns an actual Award for such performance period, will have his or her actual Award reduced on a pro-rata basis based upon the applicable period of active employment during the performance period and (ii) no adjustment will be made to the determined amount of an actual Award for any Participant due to any leave of absence that commences after expiration of the performance period and prior to determination of the actual Award.

5.    PAYMENT OF AWARDS

Following, and subject to, the Plan Administrator’s determination of actual Awards for a performance period, the Plan Administrator will approve the payment of Awards for such performance period, subject to satisfaction of any continued services or additional conditions established by the Plan Administrator to receive the Award. Payment of Awards under the Plan will be made as soon as practicable after such approval or satisfaction of such conditions, as applicable. However, Awards are not earned until no longer subject to recovery pursuant to the Clawback Provisions described in Section 6(h) below, as applicable. As a result, to the extent the Clawback Provisions described in Section 6(h) below apply, the Company pays Awards in advance of the Participant’s earning of the Award, and such advances are subject to recovery pursuant to the Clawback Provisions described in Section 6(h) below.

All Awards made under the Plan will be paid in the form of cash or, if approved by the Board or the Committee, an equity award under the Company’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (or any successor thereto), as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. The terms and conditions of any such equity award will be determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

6.    MISCELLANEOUS

(a)    Withholding of Compensation. The Company will deduct and withhold from any amounts payable to Participants under the Plan any amounts required to be deducted and withheld by the Company under the provisions of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, regulation, ordinance or order. The Company reserves the right to require a Participant to satisfy such deduction and withholding obligation in such manner as specified by the Company under applicable law, in the event that amounts payable to Participants under the Plan are not paid in the form of cash.

(b)    Plan Funding. The Plan will be unfunded. Nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed to require the Company to deposit, invest or set aside amounts for the payment of any Awards under the Plan.

(c)    Amendment or Termination of the Plan. The Plan may be amended or terminated at any time by the Compensation Committee or the Board.

(d)    No Guarantee of Continued Service. The Plan will not confer any rights upon an employee to remain in service with the Company or any affiliate of the Company for any specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any affiliate of the Company to terminate an employee’s service with the Company (or affiliate, if applicable) for any reason, with or without cause or advance notice.

 

4.


(e)    No Assignment or Transfer. None of the rights, benefits, obligations or duties under the Plan may be assigned or transferred by any individual employee or Participant. Any purported assignment or transfer by any employee or Participant will be void. Participation in the Plan does not give any individual any ownership, security, or other rights in any assets of the Company.

(f)    Validity. In the event any provision of the Plan is held invalid, void, or unenforceable, the same will not affect, in any respect whatsoever, the validity of any other provision of the Plan.

(g)    Governing Documents. Each Award under the Plan shall be governed by the provisions of the Plan as set forth herein. This Plan contains the entire agreement between the Company and each Participant on this subject, and supersedes all prior bonus compensation plans or programs of the Company and all other previous oral or written statements regarding any such bonus compensation programs or plans.

(h)    Clawback/Recovery. All Awards and payouts under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with the following provisions, as applicable and subject to applicable law (the “Clawback Provisions”): (i) any clawback policy that the Company (x) is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law and (y) otherwise voluntarily adopts, to the extent applicable and permissible under applicable law; and (ii) such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions set forth in an individual written agreement between the Company and the Participant. No recovery of compensation under such a Clawback Provision will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

(i)    Recovery of Mistaken Payments: On occasion or by mistake, the Company may overpay or make incorrect payments of Awards. For these situations, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company reserves the right to offset or recover such mistaken payment amounts from any future payments of compensation to the Participant. By signing below, the Participant hereby authorizes the Company to reduce from any amounts owed to the Participant by the Company (including Base Salary, expense reimbursements, other bonuses or accrued vacation pay) such mistaken payment amounts and, to the extent the mistaken payment amounts are not repaid to the Company from such reduction, then the unpaid balance becomes a debt the Participant owes to the Company.

(j)    Governing Law. The rights and obligations of any employee under the Plan will be governed by and interpreted, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Participant primarily performs services to the Company, without regard to its or any other jurisdiction’s conflicts of laws principles.

 

5.


(k)    Section 409A. All Plan payments are intended to satisfy the requirements for the “short-term deferral” exemption from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

6.


OLO INC.

PERFORMANCE BONUS PLAN

TARGET AWARD AND PERFORMANCE GOALS FOR FY[    ]

Plan Year:    

Performance Period:    

Target Award:                             [    ]% of Base Salary

Performance Goals (each as set, calculated and determined by Olo Inc., in its discretion):

[INSERT DETAILS]

Participant’s Acknowledgement:

I have read and understood the terms and conditions of the Olo Inc. Performance Bonus Plan (attached hereto) (the “Plan”) and my participation terms described above, and I accept and agree to be bound by the Plan such terms. I understand that failure to sign this document will disqualify me from earning any other payments under the Plan, and that I will not be otherwise eligible to earn any or other bonus payments.

 

 

Name:  

 

 

7.

Exhibit 10.19

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

DELIVERY NETWORK AGREEMENT

BETWEEN MOBO SYSTEMS, INC. AND DOORDASH, INC.

This Delivery Network Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into and made effective as of March 30, 2017 (“Effective Date”) by and between DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation, located at 116 New Montgomery Street, Suite 400 (“DoorDash”), and Mobo Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, located at 26 Broadway, 24th Floor, New York, NY 10004 (“Olo”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Olo offers white label digital ordering and delivery applications (the Olo “Licensed Applications”) for multi-location restaurants (the Olo “Customer(s)”); and,

WHEREAS, DoorDash offers a proprietary system (the “DoorDash Platform”) which allows DoorDash customers to place orders (via online properties and mobile applications) for products provided by restaurants, which products are picked up from restaurants and delivered to customers by third-party delivery service providers (“Dashers”);

WHEREAS, Olo has developed a delivery application programming interface (the “Delivery API”) and desires to offer access to the Delivery API to DoorDash pursuant to the terms and conditions herein;

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

 

A.

Definitions

Available Delivery Service Providers shall mean the Delivery Service Platforms who have created a Profile on the Licensed Applications, are available to be selected by Customer and are authorized to make deliveries to End Users in a given Delivery Area on behalf of a Customer.

Dashers shall mean third-party delivery service providers who cover a specific Delivery Area(s) that comprise a portion of the Territory, have their own vehicles, connect to the DoorDash Applications, and pick up the Product from the Customer location and deliver it to the End User location.

Delivery Area shall mean the area(s) in which Dashers, using the DoorDash Applications, provide service to End Users.

Delivery Fees shall mean the fees received by Olo from a Customer based on: [***].

Delivery Guidelines shall mean the rules and responsibilities associated with the delivery of the Product to the End User, including the refund protocol, as further specified in Exhibit A of this Agreement.

Delivery Service Platforms shall mean the providers of technology platforms, accessed and used by delivery drivers, who cover a specific Delivery Area(s) that comprise a portion of the Territory and are available to pick up the Product from the Customer location and deliver it to the End User-specified location.


DoorDash Applications shall mean the DoorDash technology platform accessed and used by Dashers to fulfill deliveries.

End User(s) shall mean the consumers who access the Customer’s Olo Licensed Applications for the purpose of placing a digital order for delivery.

Olo Licensed Applications shall mean the software and systems that are developed and used by Olo to provide digital order solutions and services to its customers generally, including any associated application program interfaces and technology and any enhancements or modifications thereto.

Olo Dispatch API shall mean the application programing interface (API) that will allow a Delivery Network and/or a Delivery Service Provider to create a Profile and exchange information with the Licensed Applications in order to respond to and receive orders for the Delivery Services.

Personal Information (or “PII”) shall mean the data collected by either party from an End User that contains any confidential and/or personally identifiable information about the End User.

Product shall mean the food and/or beverage order from the End User for delivery from Customer locations.

Profile means the information provided by a Delivery Network, and any Delivery Service Provider, as described in Exhibit A, for review by Customer in order to allow Customer the information necessary to decide whether the Customer wants to use that Delivery Service Provider, including, but not limited to insurance information, use of independent contractor delivery drivers, indemnification obligations, pricing information, driver standards, and other characteristics as may be added from time to time.

Service Level shall mean the percentage of minutes during any month in which the DoorDash API will be operational and available to Olo. For sake of clarity, “Service Level” refers to the availability of the DoorDash API and not the availability of Dashers to fulfill orders.

Selected Delivery Service Provider means an Available Delivery Service Provider that has been selected by Customer to be eligible to bid on delivery orders for Products for that Customer in the Delivery Area.

Territory shall mean [***].

 

B.

Profiles.

 

  1.

Completion of Profile. As a condition of being eligible to respond to requests for Delivery Services from a given Customer and receiving the Delivery Fees, DoorDash must complete the Profile that accurately and completely provides the information requested in the Profile.

 

  2.

Accuracy of Profile. DoorDash represents and warrants that all information provided in the Profile is true, correct and complete and will remain true, correct and complete during the Term of this Agreement. DoorDash agrees to update its Profile at all times to the extent the information in the Profile changes.

 

2

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


  3.

No Guarantee of Selection. Completion of a Profile does not guarantee that DoorDash, will be eligible to respond to a given Customer’s request for Delivery Services. in order to be eligible to respond to requests for Delivery Services for a given Customer, DoorDash must be selected by the Customer as a “Selected Delivery Service Provider.” Once the Customer selects DoorDash, as a Selected Delivery Service Provider, DoorDash will be eligible to respond to deliveries for those Customers in the relevant Delivery Areas in the Territory.

 

C.

Delivery and Responding.

 

  1.

[***]

 

  2.

Responding. Customers may seek a bid for the delivery of its Product(s) to a given End User as ordered by that End User through the Licensed Applications. Each Selected Delivery Service Provider who is available to make a delivery in a given Delivery Area may respond to the request for a delivery and the delivery order will be assigned in accordance with the criteria set by Customer. If DoorDash does not meet a Customer’s criteria, then DoorDash will not be awarded the order for the Delivery Services for that End User’s order.

 

  3.

No Guarantees. Nothing in this Agreement guarantees that: (a) DoorDash will be selected by any Customer as a Selected Delivery Service Provider for that Customer or (b) DoorDash receive any orders for Delivery Services. DoorDash acknowledges and agrees that there are no guarantees of any orders being placed or of DoorDash being selected by a Customer as a Selected Delivery Service Provider.

 

D.

API License; Proprietary Rights

 

  1.

Olo API License. Subject to DoorDash’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement, Olo hereby grants to DoorDash a non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-sublicensable, revocable license to access and use the Delivery API solely for the purposes of: (a) providing data to DoorDash through the Delivery API for use by DoorDash in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and (b) obtaining data made available by Olo through the Delivery API for use by DoorDash in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  2.

License Restrictions. DoorDash will not and will not permit or authorize any third-party to: (a) sell, license, rent, resell, lease, assign (except as permitted herein), transfer, or otherwise commercially exploit the Delivery API; (b) circumvent or disable any security other technological features or measures of, or otherwise gain or attempt to gain unauthorized access to the Delivery API; (c) reverse engineer, disassemble, decompile or otherwise attempt to derive the source code or the underlying ideas, algorithms, structure or organization of the Delivery API; (d) create derivative works of or otherwise modify the Delivery API; (e) use the Delivery API in any manner or for any purpose that violates any law or regulation; and (1) use the Delivery API for a reason other than as specifically provided or intended under this Agreement.

 

  3.

Reservation of Rights; No Other Licenses. As between DoorDash and Olo, DoorDash hereby acknowledges and agrees that Olo owns all right, title and interest, including all copyrights and other intellectual property and proprietary rights, in and to the Delivery API, all computer documentation and other work product authored or prepared by Olo with regards to

 

3

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


  the Delivery API, and all data transmitted by its Dashers (collectively, “Olo IP”). DoorDash hereby acknowledges and agrees that Olo owns all right, title, and interest, including all copyrights and other intellectual property and proprietary rights, in and to all data transmitted through, or collected by, the Delivery API that concerns Customer restaurant orders. Each party agrees that with respect to PII, it will use and disclose PII only to the limited extent necessary to fulfill its obligations under the Agreement or as required by law.

 

  4.

Trademark License. Each party acknowledges that the ownership, right, title and interest in and to the other party’s trademarks rests with the other party, and both parties agree that neither will do anything inconsistent with such ownership. During the Term, each party (“Grantor”) hereby grants to the other party (“Grantee”) a non-exclusive, non-sublicensable, non-transferable right to use the Grantor’s trademarks, service marks, logos, trade names, trade dress and URLs (“Trademarks”) for the purposes contemplated hereby, provided that the Grantee obtains prior written approval from the Grantor for each use. Each party shall abide by any Trademark usage guidelines made available by the other party. Neither party shall use the other party’s Trademarks in any way that would disparage or injure the other party’s reputation.

 

E.

Parties’ Obligations

 

  1.

Olo Obligations. Olo will provide access to DoorDash and maintain use its Delivery API for delivery orders for Olo’s Customers and their respective End Users.

 

  2.

DoorDash Obligations. DoorDash will integrate into the Olo Delivery API to facilitate supporting delivery requests from Olo Customers in accordance to the following guidelines: (A) in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations; and (B) using the same level of care as it uses in providing delivery services for any of its other partners or client. Furthermore, DoorDash will provide an on-time operational Service Level of [***]% as measured over a [***] period of time. DoorDash agrees to the Delivery Guidelines as attached hereto as Exhibit B. DoorDash will provide customer service for all orders delivered through their API. Specifically, DoorDash will have a phone number and dedicated email address for Olo Customers to call in the event there is an issue with any specific delivery. DoorDash will be solely responsible for overseeing all Quality Assurance with DoorDash’s Dashers. DoorDash will implement the Reason Codes laid out in Exhibit B to describe end states of the ordering process.

 

  3.

Mutual Obligations. Each party agrees not to perform any action with the intent of introducing to the party’s systems, products or services any viruses, worms, defect, Trojan horses, malware or any items of a destructive nature.

 

F.

Data

 

  1.

Olo Data. During the Term of this Agreement, Olo hereby grants DoorDash and its contractors (including Dashers) a non-exclusive, non-transferable, royalty-free, fully paid-up license (with right to sublicense) to store, process, and otherwise use the Olo Data (i.e. order-level data) (A) in connection with providing and optimizing its delivery service response times; and (B) to improve the service from Dashers, including, but not limited to, pricing and delivery time estimates. Olo hereby grants DoorDash a non-exclusive, non-transferable license (with right to sublicense) to store, process, and otherwise use the Olo Data for DoorDash’s internal business purposes.

 

  2.

Collected Data. Olo will collect certain limited data (the “Collected Data”) to enable DoorDash to fulfill customer orders. In no event will Collected Data include any customer payment information (including without limitation, customer credit card information).

 

4

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


  3.

Use of Collected Data. DoorDash’s use of the Collected Data is subject to Olo’s Privacy Policy in effect at the time, which may be modified by Olo from time to time Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, DoorDash agrees that it will not and will not permit any third party (including any Dasher) to use the Collected Data, except to the extent necessary for DoorDash (or any Dasher) to fulfill customer orders or as otherwise permitted herein, in all cases, subject to Olo’s Privacy Policy. For the avoidance of doubt, DoorDash will not, and will not permit any third party to, re-market to any End User who places an order through the Delivery API, and DoorDash will require in its agreement with any Dasher that such Dasher not use the Collected Data to re-market to any End User.

 

4.

Data Protection

 

  i)

DoorDash will not use the Olo Data for any purpose other than as expressly permitted in Section D(1). Except as expressly set forth in this Section D, each party will not make available, display, disclose, transfer, sell, rent, or lease any of the other party’s Data, without the other party’s express written consent.

 

  ii)

To the extent Olo Data includes data from or regarding individuals or their devices (“PII”), Olo will obtain each applicable individual’s prior permission for the collection of the PII, as well as the use and sharing of such PII consistent with the terms hereof, and all applicable laws.

 

  iii)

Olo will have in place a privacy policy that accurately and completely describes the collection, use, and sharing of PII and the purposes for which the User Data is collected, used and shared. Olo will comply with any applicable laws and regulations in connection with the PII and its privacy policy, including personal data protection and privacy laws and regulations.

 

  iv)

Each party will implement reasonable security measures to safeguard the other party’s Data

 

  v)

Each party reserves the right to require the other party to delete the first party’s Data if the other party violates the Terms of this Section D(4).

 

G.

Fees and Payment

 

  1.

Fees. Fees to be paid by one party to the other party in connection with this Agreement shall be as set forth on Exhibit A (“Fees”). DoorDash [***] (as defined on Exhibit A). [***] except as may be expressly provided otherwise herein, All Fees shall be paid in U.S. Dollars.

 

  2.

Taxes. Olo shall pay any sales, use or value-added taxes imposed by any taxing authority with respect to the Fees payable hereunder, provided that Olo shall not be liable for any taxes related to DoorDash’s income.

 

H.

Confidential Information

 

  1.

The parties acknowledge and agree that in the course of fulfilling their obligations hereunder, or otherwise in connection with the activities contemplated, each party may receive or have access to information, data, or material of the other party that is commercially valuable to both companies and not generally known in the industry (as further described below, “Confidential Information”). During and after the Term of this Agreement, each party agrees not to: (A) disclose Confidential Information of the other party to any person other than its employees, agents or independent contractors, or legal advisors who have a need to know the same in connection with performance of this Agreement, and who are under written obligations of confidentiality substantially similar to this Section G or bound by law or professional ethics to

 

5

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


  safeguard such information; and (B) use the Confidential Information of the other party for any purpose other than as necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The term “Confidential Information” means all proprietary information belonging to one of the parties hereto that is not generally known by the public and includes, but is not limited to: (A) any and all versions of proprietary computer software and any documentation related thereto; (B) technical information concerning products and services, including product data and specifications including, but not limited to, the integration specifications, know-how, formulae, diagrams, flow charts, drawings, hardware configuration information, source code, object code, test results, processes, inventions, research projects and product development; (C) any and all version of any designs, patents, trademarks, or copyrightable works, discoveries, formulae, processes, manufacturing techniques, trade secrets, inventions, improvements, ideas, business plans; (D) information concerning each party’s business plans or strategies, Partner lists, and marketing programs; (E) any other information not generally known to the public or by actual or potential competitors of either party; or (F) any information that a reasonable person would deem as confidential or proprietary.

 

  2.

Each party agrees to treat the other party’s Confidential Information with at least the same manner as it treats its own Confidential Information (but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care), to take reasonable security precautions to safeguard the other party’s Confidential Information from theft or from access by unauthorized persons, to not use the other party’s Confidential Information in any way detrimental to such party, and to not, directly or indirectly, disclose or divulge the other party’s Confidential Information to any third party without the prior written consent of the other part, to not modify or reverse engineer the other party’s Confidential Information. Upon request from a party, the other party must delete or destroy such party’s Confidential Information and provide written confirmation of such,

 

  3.

The receiving party shall have no obligation with respect to Confidential Information of the ether party that: (A) is or becomes publicly known through no wrongful act, fault or negligence of the receiving party; (B) was disclosed to the receiving party by a third party who was free of obligations of confidentiality to the party providing the information; (C) is approved by disclosing party for release by the receiving party by express prior written authorization; or (D} is publicly disclosed pursuant to a subpoena, court order, requirement or request of a governmental agency, or where such disclosure is required by operation of law.

 

  4.

The parties acknowledge that this Agreement contains confidential information that may be considered proprietary by one or both parties, and agree to limit distribution of this Agreement to those employees of Olo and DoorDash with a need to know the contents of this Agreement. In no event may this Agreement be reproduced or copies shown to any third parties without the prior written consent of the other party, except as may be necessary by reason of legal, accounting, tax or regulatory requirements, in which event Olo and DoorDash agree to exercise reasonable diligence in limiting such disclosure to the minimum necessary under the particular circumstances. The parties further agree that where this Agreement or its contents must be disclosed to any regulatory or statutory body, then the parties shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to seek undertakings from such regulatory or statutory body to prevent the disclosure of this Agreement or its contents into the public domain.

 

  5.

In addition, each party shall give notice to the other party of any demands to disclose or provide Confidential Information received from any third party under lawful process prior to disclosing or furnishing Confidential Information, and shall cooperate in seeking reasonable protective arrangements requested by the other party. Either party may disclose or provide Confidential Information of the other party requested by a government agency having jurisdiction over the party; provided that the party uses its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain protective arrangements satisfactory to the party owning the Confidential Information. The party owning the Confidential Information may not unreasonably withhold approval of protective arrangements.

 

  6.

The receiving party shall notify the disclosing party immediately upon becoming aware of any actual or suspected breach of the security of disclosing party’s Confidential Information. A breach of security refers to any known or suspected breach or default in the confidentiality, integrity, accuracy, security or privacy of disclosing party’s Confidential Information.

 

6

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


  7.

If a party uses or discloses or attempts to use or disclose any of the Confidential information in contravention of this Agreement, then in addition to other available remedies, the party who owns the Confidential Information shall have the right to injunctive relief enjoining any such use, disclosure or attempt to use or disclose, it being acknowledged that legal remedies are inadequate.

 

I.

Representations and Warranties

 

  1.

Mutual Representations and Warranties.

 

  a.

Each party represents and warrants that it has the legal power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that no authorization or prior approval is required from any third-party in connection with the execution or performance of this Agreement.

 

  b.

DoorDash represents and warrants that it will provide the DoorDash Applications in a manner consistent with general industry standards reasonably applicable to the provision thereof. Olo represents and warrants that it will provide the Olo Licensed Applications in a manner consistent with general industry standards reasonably applicable to the provision thereof.

 

  c.

both parties represent and warrant that they are fully compliant with all applicable rules, regulations and laws applicable to PII.

 

  d.

Security. Without limiting the requirements of this Agreement, both parties agree that to the extent any Confidential or Personal Information is exchanged, it shall be secured from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, loss and theft using industry standard security practices and technologies. Without limiting the foregoing, each party represents and warrants that:

a. Each party has in place a comprehensive, information security program designed to protect the information under its custody, management or control, including all Personal Information. Each party’s information security program includes the following safeguards: (a) secure business facilities, data centers, servers, back-up systems and computing equipment; (b) network, device application, database and platform security; (c) secure transmission, storage and disposal; (d) encryption of Personal Information placed on any electronic notebook, portable hard drive or removable electronic media with information storage capability, such as compact discs, USB drives, flash drives, tapes; (e) encryption of Personal Information in transit; (f) segregating Personal Information from information of other clients so that such information is not commingled; and (g) personnel security and integrity including, but not limited to, background checks consistent with applicable law and the requirements of this Agreement. b. Each party shall regularly, but in no event less than annually, evaluate the effectiveness of its information security program and shall promptly adjust and/or update such programs as reasonably warranted by the results of such evaluation. c. All personnel of each party with access to Personal Information are provided appropriate information security and privacy training to ensure their compliance with each party’s obligations and restrictions under this Agreement, with applicable laws and with each party’s information security program.

 

  e.

Breaches of Security. “Breach of Security” shall mean any loss, misuse, compromise, or unauthorized access to Confidential or Personal Information that a party (“Receiving Party”) collects, generates, or obtains from or on behalf of the other party (“Disclosing Party”), or any act or omission that compromises or undermines the physical, technical, or organizational safeguards put in place by the Receiving Party in processing such information or otherwise providing services under this Agreement. If there is an actual or suspected Breach of Security involving Confidential or Personal Information that is

 

7

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


  stored, managed or received by, or transmitted to a party, the Receiving Party will notify the Disclosing Party as soon as possible (but In any event within [***] of becoming aware of such occurrence) and will provide such notice to the Disclosing Party by phone and email as listed here:

 

  a.

ln the case of DoorDash, contact [***], [***], ([***]) and copy [***];

 

  b.

In the case of Olo, contact [***], [***], [***].

 

  f.

In the event of an actual or suspected Breach of Security, the parties will cooperate with one another to mitigate any harm and will take all steps reasonably necessary to isolate, investigate, and remediate the effects of such occurrence, ensure the protection of those End Users that are affected or likely to be affected by such occurrence, prevent the re-occurrence, and comply with applicable laws.

 

J.

Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET-FORTH HEREIN, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED (EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW), OR STATUTORY, AS TO ANY MATTER WHATSOVER. THE APIS AND APPLICATIONS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” WITH NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF ANY [CND AND THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AVAILABILITY, SECURITY, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.

 

K.

Indemnification

 

  1.

DoorDash Indemnification. DoorDash shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Olo and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates, and each of their respective past or present officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, stockholders, predecessors, successors or assigns against all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) incurred by Olo resulting from or relating to: (i) any negligent, willful, or fraudulent acts or omissions of DoorDash (including any negligent, willful, or fraudulent acts or omissions of DoorDash’s employees, contractors, Dashers, or representatives hereunder); (ii) DoorDash’s breach of any representations or warranties under this Agreement; (iii) allegations that the use of the DoorDash Applications or DoorDash API infringe, violate, or misappropriates any United States, patent, trademark, or copyright of a third party; provided, that (1) Olo notifies DoorDash promptly in writing of the claim in question, (ii) DoorDash has sole control of the defense and all related settlement negotiations, and (iii) Olo provides DoorDash with all commercially reasonable assistance, information and authority to perform the above at DoorDash’s expense.

 

  2.

Olo Indemnification. Olo shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless DoorDash and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates, and each of their respective past or present officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, stockholders, predecessors, successors or assigns against all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) incurred by DoorDash resulting from or relating to: (i) any negligent, willful, or fraudulent acts or omissions of Olo (including any negligent, willful, or fraudulent acts or omissions of Olo’s employees, contractors, Dashers, or representatives hereunder); (ii) Olo’s breach of any representations or warranties under this Agreement; (iii) allegations that the use of the Olo Applications or Olo API infringe, violate, or misappropriates any United States, patent, trademark, or copyright of a third party; provided, that (i) DoorDash notifies Olo promptly in writing of the claim in question, (ii) Olo has sole control of the defense and all related settlement negotiations, and (iii) DoorDash provides Olo with all commercially reasonable assistance, information and authority to perform the above at Olo’s expense.

 

8

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


L.

Limitation of Liability

 

  1.

EXCEPT FOR INDIRECT DAMAGES AS A RESULT OF EITHER PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS HEREIN, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR (A) ANY LOST PROFITS OR CONSEQUENTIAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF ONE OR BOTH PARTIES KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES; AND (B) EXCEPT FOR EITHER PARTY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATION HEREIN, EACH PARTY’S TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT [***] [***]. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION I REFLECT THE ALLOCATION OF RISK SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT THE PARTIES WOULD NOT HAVE ENTERED INTO THIS AGREEMENT WITHOUT THESE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY.

 

M.

Term and Termination

 

  1.

Term. The Term shall begin on the Effective Date and shall remain in force for two (2) years (the “Initial Term”). At the end of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall be [***] renewed for successive one (1) year periods (each a “Renewal Term” and collectively with the Initial Term, the “Term”) unless, at least ninety (90) days prior to any Renewal Term, either party notifies the other in writing that this Agreement shall not be renewed. This Agreement may terminate earlier as provided in Section K(2) or as the parties may otherwise agree in writing.

 

  2.

Termination for Cause; Reasonable Opportunity to Cure Breach. If a party breaches any material provision of this Agreement, the non-breaching party may terminate this Agreement by giving [***] notice to the other party, except that such a termination shall not take effect if the breaching party cures the breach before the end of such [***] period. Breaches that constitute material breaches shall include, but not be limited to, those breaches specified as being material in Sections [***].

 

N.

Insurance

1. Insurance Coverage. Each party, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain at all times during the Term, the following types of insurance. i) Commercial General Liability on an “occurrence basis”, with a limit of not less than $[***] combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage liability, ii) Workers’ Compensation as provided for under any workers’ compensation or similar law in the jurisdiction where work is performed. (iii) Employer’s Liability with a limit of not less than $[***] by accident or disease (iv) Automotive Liability with a limit of not less than at $[***]. (v) Umbrella/Excess Liability with a minimum limit of $[***] in excess of the insurance under policies indicated in this section. (vi) Technology Errors and Omissions/Cyber Liability including Network Security/Privacy covering liability for loss or damage due to an act, error, omission, or negligence and for claims arising from unauthorized access to or use of the Licensed Software in an amount of at least $[***]. Such insurance shall cover include network security and privacy risks, including, but not limited to, unauthorized access, failure of security, breach of privacy perils, wrongful disclosure, or other negligence in the handling of Personal Information, privacy perils, and including coverage for related regulatory defense and penalties. Furthermore, the insurance shall cover data breach expenses and be payable whether incurred by Customer or 010, including but not limited to consumer notification, whether or not required by law, computer forensic investigations, public relations and crisis management firm fees, credit file or identity monitoring or remediation services. The coverage shall be written on a claims made and reported basis. All policies of insurance shall extend to the Dashers.

 

9

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


2. Insurance Requirements. All insurance coverages required under this Agreement (except Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability) (a) shall add the other party as an additional insured, and (b) shall include an endorsement providing that the insurance afforded under the Provider’s policy is primary insurance and without contribution from any other insurance maintained by the other part. Such insurance will not replace or reduce each party’s obligations of indemnification under this Agreement. Further, approval or acceptance of insurance does not represent that such insurance is sufficient or adequate to protect each other’s interests or liabilities, and such insurance coverage will be considered the minimum acceptable coverage.

 

O.

Feedback. If DoorDash provides or communicates any suggestions for improvements or enhancements to the API (collectively, “DoorDash Feedback”), Olo will own all right, title, and interest in and to the Feedback, and Olo will be entitled to use the Feedback without restriction or any obligation of compensation to you. DoorDash hereby irrevocably assigns all right, title and interest in and to the Feedback to Olo.

If Olo provides or communicates any suggestions for improvements or enhancements to the DoorDash Platform (collectively, “Olo Feedback”), DoorDash will own all right, title, and interest in and to the Feedback, and DoorDash will be entitled to use the Feedback without restriction or any obligation of compensation to you. Olo hereby irrevocably assigns all right, title and interest in and to the Feedback to DoorDash.

 

N.

Miscellaneous

 

  1.

Notices. All notices and other communications sent under this Agreement will be in writing and considered delivered when (i) hand delivered; (ii) delivered by prepaid overnight courier with written confirmation of receipt; or (iii) when sent when transmitted via email. Communications will be sent to the persons at the addresses set forth on the signature page hereof or such other persons/addresses as the parties subsequently may specify in writing.

 

  2.

[***]

 

  3.

Publicity. Neither party may issue a press release or otherwise refer to the other party in any manner with respect to this Agreement, without the prior written consent of such other party.

 

  4.

Assignment. This Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Neither party may assign its rights or delegate its duties under this Agreement (whether directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that either party may assign this Agreement in the event of a merger, acquisition or sale of substantially all of such party’s assets or business (subject to the terms of Section L(6) below). If consent is given, this Agreement will bind successors and assigns. Any purported assignment of rights or obligations, except as expressly permitted herein, will be null and void.

 

  5.

Data and Termination Rights Upon Acquisition. Prior to an event in which Olo or its business is acquired or merges with another company (each a “Change of Control”) (the acquiring entity is the “Acquirer”), Olo will provide [***] prior written notice to DoorDash. Olo shall be permitted to immediately terminate this Agreement upon such change of Control if, (i) prior to definitively completing such Change of Control, Olo gave DoorDash [***] prior written notice and an opportunity to consent to assignment of this Agreement in connection with such Change of Control or terminate this Agreement immediately, and (ii) DoorDash fails to consent to assignment of this Agreement in connection with such Change of Control during such notice period, or elects to terminate this Agreement. In the event of a termination pursuant to this provision, Olo shall delete any Order Data or other data transmitted or shared by DoorDash in Olo’s possession prior to definitively completing such Change of Control or providing or allowing any access by Acquirer.

 

10

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


  6.

Severability. The provisions of this Agreement other than Section G are severable, and the unenforceability of any such provision of this Agreement will not affect the enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement. The parties acknowledge that it is their intention that if any provision of this Agreement other than Section G is determined by a court to be unenforceable as drafted, that provision should be construed in a manner designed to effectuate the parties’ purpose in agreeing to that provision to the greatest extent possible under applicable law.

 

  7.

Relationship of Parties. Nothing in this Agreement or any exhibit will be construed as creating a partnership, joint venture, agency or fiduciary relationship between the parties, or as authorizing either party to act as agent for the other or to enter into contracts on behalf of the other.

 

  8.

Amendment/Modification. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a separate writing signed by Olo and DoorDash expressly so modifying or amending this Agreement.

 

  9.

Certain Remedies. The parties acknowledge that the breach of Sections F will give rise to irreparable injury to the non-breaching party inadequately compensable in damages. Accordingly, the parties agree that injunctive relief will be an appropriate remedy to prevent violation of the parties’ respective rights and/or obligations under those two sections. However, nothing in this Section L(8) shall limit a party’s right to any other remedies in equity or at law, including the recovery of damages.

 

  10.

Force Majeure. Neither party will be deemed to be in default of or to have breached any provision of this Agreement as a result of any delay, failure in performance or interruption of service, resulting directly or indirectly from acts of God, acts of civil or military authorities, civil disturbances, wars, strikes or other labor disputes, fires, transportation contingencies, interruptions in telecommunications or Internet services or network provider services, failure of equipment and/or software, other catastrophes (“Event”), and other causes beyond its reasonable control, provided that the nonperforming party informs the other party in writing immediately upon the occurrence of an Event, takes reasonable steps to mitigate the effects of nonperformance, and recommences performance immediately after the Event has ended.

 

  11.

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Executed counterparts transmitted via facsimile or email attachment shall constitute originals for all intents and purposes.

 

  12.

Waiver. A waiver by either party of any term or condition of this Agreement in one or more instances will not constitute a permanent waiver of the term or condition or any other term or condition of this Agreement or a general waiver.

 

  13.

Entire Agreement. This Agreement, along with Exhibits A and B, incorporated here by reference, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes any prior oral or written agreements between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers.

 

11

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


DOORDASH, INC.     MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.
By:   /s/ Aurelio Espinosa     By:   /s/ Matthew J. Tucker
Name:   Aurelio Espinosa     Name:   Matthew J. Tucker
Title:   Business Development Manager     Title:   Chief operating officer
Date:   03/30/17     Date:   3/31/2017
Mailing Address for Notices:     Mailing Address for Notices:
116 New Montgomery St.     26 Broadway
Suite 300     24th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94105     New York, NY 10004

Email Address for Notices:
[***]

   

Email Address for Notices:

 

12

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


EXHIBIT A: FEES & PAYMENT TERMS

 

1.

Order confirmed with a Dasher on the DoorDash Platform.

 

2.

[***]

 

3.

DoorDash will pay Olo a Service Fee detailed below, except in the instances set-forth in Exhibit B.

 

[***]    [***]    [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]   [***]   [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]   [***]   [***]

[***]

 

4.

[***]

 

5.

[***]

 

6.

Invoices should be sent to [***].

 

7.

In addition to the invoice, [***].

 

8.

Olo will reconcile DoorDash’s delivery report to Olo’s internal order history and shall pay DoorDash all undisputed amounts properly incurred and accurately invoiced to Olo within [***] of receipt of the invoice.

 

9.

Olo may withhold payment of an invoiced amount it disputes in good faith, pending resolution of the dispute, provided that Olo pays undisputed amounts in the associated invoice and notifies DoorDash of the dispute within the applicable payment period.

 

10.

In circumstances in which DoorDash reporting and Olo transaction history do not reconcile, Olo will provide detailed support (including, but not limited to, [***] as to why the payment was denied. If further support is requested by DoorDash, Olo will provide best efforts to investigate further and make any adjustments on the subsequent month’s invoice.

 

A-1

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

EXHIBIT B: DELIVERY GUIDELINES & Refund Matrix[***]

 

              

[***]

  

[***]

    

[***]

  

[***]

  

[***]

  

[***]

  

[***]

  

[***]

  

[***]

  

[***]

  

[***]

  

[***]

[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]             [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]       [***]       [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]       [***]       [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]          [***]    [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]          [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]          [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]          [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]             [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]       [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]          [***]    [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]          [***]    [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]             [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]             [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]             [***]

[***]

 

1

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


RAILS NETWORK ADDENDUM

This Rails Network Addendum (“Addendum”) to the Delivery Network Agreement between Mobo Systems, Inc. (“Olo”) and DoorDash, Inc. (“DoorDash”) is entered into and made effective as of March 30, 2017 (“Addendum Effective Date”). Capitalized terms used in this Addendum but not defined in this Addendum will have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Olo offers an Application Programming Interface (the “API”) for third parties to receive menu data and send pre-paid End User orders to restaurants with which Olo has partnership agreements (the “Customers”);

WHEREAS, DoorDash offers a proprietary system (the “DoorDash Platform”) which allows DoorDash customers (the “End Users”) to place orders (via online properties and mobile applications) for products provided by restaurants, which products are picked up from the restaurant and delivered to the End User by third party delivery service providers (“Dashers”);

WHEREAS, DoorDash has separate agreements with Customers who agree to accept orders from End Users placed through the DoorDash Platform; and,

WHEREAS, DoorDash desires to utilize the API to receive Customer menu data and submit orders from End Users to Customers through the DoorDash Platform, and Olo desires to provide DoorDash with access to its API.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:

A. Definitions

Olo Application Program Interface (“Olo API”) means programmatic web API’s and associated tools developed by Olo and made available to DoorDash under this Agreement, which will facilitate DoorDash’s receipt of menu data from Customers and the placing of orders from DoorDash End Users to Customers.

Customers(s) means the restaurants that shall receive orders that End Users place through the DoorDash Platform via the Olo API. For sake of clarity, Customers shall have separate agreements with DoorDash and Olo.

DoorDash Fees shall mean [***].

End User(s) shall mean the consumers who access Partners’ menus for the purpose of placing digital orders for delivery on the DoorDash Platform via DoorDash’s interface to the Olo API.

Product shall mean the food and/or beverage ordered by the End User for delivery from Customers.

Territory shall mean [***].

B. Fees and Payment

 

2

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


1.

[***]

[***]

 

[***]    [***]    [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]

 

  [***]

[***]

 

  2.

Payment Terms. DoorDash agrees to invoice Olo on a [***] basis. DoorDash will pay Olo within [***] from receipt of invoice.

 

  3.

Customer Payment. Pursuant to DoorDash’s agreements with Customers, DoorDash will be responsible for [***] (“Customer Fees”). For sake of clarity, in no event shall Olo be responsible for any Customer Fees.

C. Parties’ Obligations

 

  1.

Olo Obligations.

 

   

Olo agrees to make available the Olo API to DoorDash in order to facilitate submission of orders received from End Users on the DoorDash Platform directly into the Customer’s point of sale systems for processing. in addition, Olo will provide to DoorDash menu items from Customers through the Olo API.

 

   

[***]

 

   

Olo further agrees to abide by the service level agreement set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

 

  2.

DoorDash Obligations.

 

   

DoorDash will complete technical integration with the Olo API and use the Olo API in its sole discretion as a method of submitting food orders to Customers on behalf of DoorDash’s End Users.

 

   

DoorDash shall be fully responsible for payment of Customer Fees.

 

   

[***]

D. Other Agreements

 

  1.

Olo—Customer Agreements. The term of Agreements between Olo and the Customers that dictate and define the ability of Olo to process digital orders via its API will define Olo’s ability to support orders for that Customer under this Agreement. Should Olo’s Agreements expire or not be renewed, Olo will not continue processing any digital orders with this Customer for DoorDash and will not be obligated to under the terms of this Agreement, If Olo shall no longer support orders for a Customer, Olo shall provide written notice to DoorDash as soon as possible and in all cases at least [***] prior to discontinuing service.

 

3

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


E. API License and Proprietary Rights

1.License and Permitted Use. Olo grants DoorDash a limited, non-exclusive, non-assignable (except as provided herein), non-transferable license to: (i) use and access the Olo API solely as necessary to develop, maintain and support the DoorDash Application in accordance with the documentation or specifications included in the API (“API Docs”); and (ii) access and display information and content (“Content”) available via the API in the DoorDash Application to End Users of the DoorDash Application. DoorDash may only use the API with the DoorDash Application; DoorDash may not use the Olo API or any content created therein with any third-party application.

2. Restrictions; Responsibility for Account Credentials/Logins,

2.1Restrictions, DoorDash will not do any of the following (each, a “Restriction”), and will not assist, permit, authorize, or enable others to do any of the following without our express written consent: (i) reverse engineer or decompile the API or any component, or attempt to create a substitute or similar service through use of or access to the API, unless this is expressly permitted or required by applicable law; (ii) copy, rent, lease, sell, transfer, assign, sublicense, or alter any part of the API; (iii) use Olo’s name to endorse or promote any product, including a product derived from the API; (iv) use the API for any illegal, unauthorized, or otherwise improper purposes, or in any manner which would violate this Agreement; (v) remove any legal, copyright, trademark, or other proprietary rights notices contained in or on the API or any Content obtained therefrom; (vi) use the APE in a manner that is inconsistent with any part of the API Docs; (vii) imply inaccurate creation, affiliation, sponsorship, or endorsement of DoorDash or the DoorDash Application; or (viii) use any robot, spider, site search/retrieval application, or other device to collect information about users for any unauthorized purpose. DoorDash may cache Content in accordance with cache control headers Olo sends back with the content. DoorDash must provide reasonable security for any Content you store or transmit.

2.2Display of Content. DoorDash may not modify, obscure, delete, or otherwise disable the functioning of links to the API or Olo or third-party applications or websites, or change the resource associated with any link provided within any Content. If you display the Content in a way that Olo or, where applicable, a third-party provider of such Content to Olo, finds unacceptable for any reason, including if your display violates this Agreement or it disparages, damages, tarnishes, or impairs the value, integrity, or goodwill of the Content or its subjects or brands therein, Olo may require that you immediately change or cease your display of such Content. All Content transmitted by Olo in connection with your Application remains the property of the proper owners or licensors thereof. DoorDash acknowledges and agree that Olo has no obligation to, and does not, monitor the Content created by DoorDash.

3.Responsibility for Account Credentials/Logins. DoorDash is responsible for all use of the API and Content by your employees, individual independent contractors, and other personnel, and for any other use that occurs under user accounts or API Keys that Olo provisions for DoorDash, DoorDash will notify Olo of any unauthorized access to the API or Content of which it becomes aware.

E. Data

 

  1.

Order Data. The parties acknowledge and agree that (a) DoorDash collects and fogs order-level transaction data (including customer ID, item count, subtotal, and other fees and taxes) as part of the DoorDash Platform (“Order Data”) and (b) DoorDash owns all right, title, and interest to the Order Data. DoorDash hereby grants to Olo a non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, non-transferable, license to access, process, and transfer Order Data to Customers via the API. Order Data shall not include personally identifiable information (“Pill under this Agreement, and to the extent that the Parties agree to exchange PII, the Parties will execute an addendum to this Agreement or a separate agreement. Olo will transmit Order Data via the API using advanced encryption. Olo agrees not to share or otherwise disclose Order Data with any third party.

 

4

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


  2.

Customer Menu Data. Pursuant to this Agreement, Olo may collect and share Customer menu data with DoorDash. Olo represents and warrants that it has obtained any necessary rights, licenses or approvals to Customer menu data.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers.

 

DOORDASH, INC.

   

MOBO SYSTEMS, INC.

By:   /s/ Aurelio Espinosa     By:  

/s/ Matthew J. Tucker

Name:   Aurelio Espinosa     Name:   Matthew J. Tucker
Title:   Business Development Manager     Title:   Chief operating officer
Date:   03/30/17     Date:   3/31/2017

 

Mailing Address for Notices:     Mailing Address for Notices:
116 New Montgomery St.     26 Broadway
Suite 300     24th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94105     New York, NY 10004
Email Address for Notices:     Email Address for Notices:
[***]    

 

5

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


EXHIBIT A TO RAILS NETWORK ADDENDUM

MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

During the Term, the Olo Licensed Applications will be operational and available to DoorDash at least [***]% of the time in any calendar month (the “SLA”).

This SLA does not apply to any “Permitted Downtime”, defined as [***] that have been communicated to DoorDash in advance no less than [***] which are only scheduled between [***]. Any Downtime, scheduled or otherwise, or emergency maintenance, [***] shall be counted towards Downtime.

The SLA does not apply to any performance issues caused by: [***].

 

1

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


ADDENDUM #1 TO DELIVERY NETWORK AGREEMENT

BETWEEN MOBO SYSTEMS, INC. AND DOORDASH, INC.

THIS ADDENDUM to the Delivery Network Agreement (“Agreement”) by and between DoorDash, Inc. (“DoorDash”) a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at 901 Market Street, 6th Floor, San Francisco, California 94103 and Mobo Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, located at 26 Broadway, 24th Floor, New York, NY 10004 (“Olo”) is effective as of November 15, 2017 (“Addendum Effective Date”). DoorDash and Olo shall collectively be referred to as “Parties” and individually as a “Party”. All capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

The Parties agree to amend the Agreement as follows:

 

  1.

[***]

 

  a.

[***]

 

[***]

  

[***]

[***]    [***]]

 

  b.

[***]

 

[***]

  

[***]

  

[***]

  

[***]

[***]    [***]    [***]    [***]

[***]

 

  2.

Service Level Agreement (“SLA”).

 

  a.

Service Level. During the Term, the Olo API will be operational and available to Customer at least [***]% of the time in any calendar month (the “SLA”).

 

  b.

If Olo does not meet the SLA, and if DoorDash meets its obligations under this Agreement, DoorDash will be eligible to receive the Service Credits described below. This SLA states DoorDash’s sole and exclusive remedy for any failure by Olo to meet the SLA.

ii) Definitions. The following definitions shall apply to the SLA:

 

  i.

Downtime” means the period of time during which the Olo API fails to be operational and available to End Users (for reasons other than those set forth in Paragraph 2(e)) until the Olo API again becomes operational and available to End Users.

 

  ii.

Permitted Downtime” means the period of time during which the Olo API fails to be operational and available to End Users due to [***], of which Olo will give DoorDash and Authorized Operator [***] advanced notice, and will not occur during DoorDash’s hours of operation.

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


  iii.

Monthly Uptime Percentage” means total number of minutes in a calendar month minus the number of minutes of Downtime suffered in a calendar month, divided by the total number of minutes in a calendar month.

 

  iv.

Service Credit” means the following:

 

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]

[***]

  

[***]]

 

  c.

Olo shall notify DoorDash within [***] from the end of the month if DoorDash is eligible to receive a Service Credit for the preceding month. To the extent that any Downtime having been determined by Olo, in its good faith reasonable discretion, was caused by a reason outlined in Paragraph 1(d), Olo shall have [***] to notify DoorDash of their Service Credit for the preceding month if any.

 

  d.

The aggregate maximum Service Credit to be issued by Olo to DoorDash for all Downtime (not including Permitted Downtime) that occurs in a single calendar month shall not exceed a [***] reduction in the next month’s fees.

 

  e.

The SLA does not apply to any Downtime to the extent it was caused by: [***]

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


  f.

If Olo does not meet a Monthly Uptime Percentage of [***]%, as defined in Section 2.3(a), in any [***] during the Term, DoorDash has the right to terminate the Agreement with [***] written notice to Olo.

 

  3.

 

  a.

Account Management & Support

 

  i.

Point of Contact. Each Party shall designate a representative to serve as its point of contact with respect to the collaboration contemplated hereunder. The point of contact shall be reasonably available to address inquiries from the other Party. The respective points of contact shall periodically convene (either in person or by telephone / video chat) in order to discuss the progress of the collaboration and potential ways to enhance the collaboration. Olo’s point of contact shall be Andrea Coe ([***]).and DoorDash’s point of contact shall be Toby Espinosa ([***]).

 

  ii.

ii. Olo will make developer support (e.g., Olo Platform questions) available to DoorDash [***]. Contact information for the Olo Help Center is as follows: https://olosupport.zendesk.com/hc/en-us.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, each acting under due and proper authority, have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

DoorDash, Inc.     Mobo Systems, Inc.
By:   Aurelio Espinosa (Nov 15, 2017)     By:   Matthew Tucker (Nov 15, 2017)
Name:   Aurelio Espinosa     Name:   Matthew Tucker
Title:   Head of Business Development     Title:   Chief Operating Officer
Date:   Nov 15, 2017     Date:   Nov 15, 2017

 

Signature:   Aurelio Espinosa (Nov 15, 2017)     Signature:   Matthew Tucker (Nov 15, 2017)
Email:   [***]     Email:   [***]
Title:   Head of Business Development     Title:   Chief Operating Officer
Company:   DoorDash     Company:   Olo

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


AMENDMENT TO

DELIVERY NETWORK AGREEMENT

This Amendment (“Amendment”) to the Delivery Network Agreement by and between Olo Inc. (f/k/a Mobo Systems, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, having an address at 285 Fulton Street, 82nd Floor, New York, New York 10007 (“Olo”), DoorDash, Inc., a Delaware corporation, located at 901 Market Street, 6th Floor, San Francisco, California 94103 (“DoorDash”) and DoorDash’s affiliate DoorDash Technologies Canada Inc., a Canadian corporation, located at 171 E Liberty Street, Suite 340, Toronto, ONT M6K 3P6 (“DoorDash Canada”) is hereby entered into effective as of this 12th day of November, 2020 (“Amendment Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, on March 30, 2017, Olo and DoorDash entered into the Delivery Network Agreement between Mobo Systems, Inc. and DoorDash, Inc., which includes as an addendum the Rails Network Addendum, as amended, supplemented, and modified from time to time (the “Agreement”);

WHEREAS, on November 15, 2017, Olo and DoorDash entered into the Addendum #1 to Delivery Network Agreement between Mobo Systems, Inc. and DoorDash, Inc. (the “Addendum”); and

WHEREAS, the parties wish to modify or amend the terms of the Agreement as set forth in this Amendment;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1.

Integration. The Agreement, the Addendum and this Amendment constitute the entire and complete understanding of the parties regarding their subject matter, and supersede all written agreements and understandings between the parties regarding their subject matter. Except as expressly amended and supplemented hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Amendment and the provisions of the remainder of the Agreement, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail. Any capitalized term used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Any additional or inconsistent terms on any other document shall be null and void.

 

  2.

Payment of Fees

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Exhibit A of the Agreement or the Addendum, for each delivery consummated by DoorDash Canada, DoorDash Canada [***]. [***].

 

  3.

Miscellaneous

3.1 Amendment/Modification. This Amendment may be modified or amended only by a separate writing signed by Olo and DoorDash expressly so modifying or amending this Amendment.

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.


3.2 Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two counterparts, which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Executed counterparts transmitted via facsimile or email attachment shall constitute originals for all intents and purposes.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized officers.

 

OLO INC.     DOORDASH, INC.
By:   /s/ Matthew Tucker     By:   /s/ Gabriel Dobbs
Name:   Matthew Tucker     Name:   Gabriel Dobbs
Title:   Chief Operating Officer     Title:   Director of Enterprise Partnerships

 

DOORDASH TECHNOLOGIES CANADA INC.
By:   /s/ Ryan Freeman
Name:   Ryan Freeman
Title:   Head of Enterprise Partnerships—Canada

 

Signature:   /s/ Gabriel Dobbs     Signature:   /s/ Ryan Freeman
Email:   [***]     Email:   [***]
Title:   Director of Enterprise Partnerships     Title:   Head of Enterprise Partnerships—Canada
Company:   DoorDash     Company:   DoorDash Technologies Canada Inc.
Signature:   /s/ Matthew Tucker      
Email:   [***]      
Title:   Chief Operating Officer      
Company:   Olo      

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY [***], HAS BEEN OMITTED BECAUSE OLO INC. HAS DETERMINED THE INFORMATION (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO OLO INC. IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 19, 2021, in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related Prospectus of Olo Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

February 19, 2021